You are on page 1of 1140

Office / Manufacturing Facilities

Distribution Centers

PSG11_COVER_03032014-dmg.indd 1 3/7/14 2:29 PM


Acuity Brands is the North American market leader and one
of the world’s leading providers of innovative lighting systems.
With our comprehensive portfolio and proven expertise in indoor
and outdoor luminaires, controls and daylighting, we provide
customers with integrated, intelligent solutions from one company.

Our brands include:

LIGHTING

ACUITY CONTROLS & SYSTEMS DAYLIGHTING

TECHNOLOGIES

To learn more about our portfolio of brands, please visit www.acuitybrands.com.

1
TOTAL
SOLUTIONS PROVIDER
Acuity Brands is uniquely positioned to develop, deliver and support the industry’s most
innovative, energy-efficient, high-performance and quality conventional and digital
lighting solutions.

We are universally recognized – by lighting specifiers, facility managers, contractors and end users
around the world – as a leading provider of advanced lighting technologies, systems and solutions
for indoor and outdoor environments. We accomplish this through our strengths in innovative
products, customer-focused applications and superior service.

DIGITAL
SOLUTIONS

MARKET
SOLUTIONS

SERVICE
SOLUTIONS

PSG11_Intro-TOC_03062014.indd 2 3/10/14 11:25 AM


DIGITAL SOLUTIONS
Our focus is to develop superior lighting solutions using intelligent,
all-digital components to maximize performance, create better visual
SERVICES
environments and enhance energy savings.
Lighting Optimization,
Occupant Performance &
SYSTEM Functional Enhancement

SOLUTIONS
Networked Fixtures
INTEGRATED & Controls
SOLUTIONS
INDIVIDUAL Embedded Controls &
Customer-Focused
Intelligent Luminaires
PRODUCTS Solutions,
Total Cost of Ownership &
Standard Luminaires & Maximum Value
Off-board Controls Intelligent Product
Solutions

Energy Savings &


Simplicity
Lowest
Equipment Costs

SOLUTION TIERS
INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS
At the fixture level, LED lighting offers energy savings versus non-LED sources by virtue of greater efficacy and the
ability to precisely distribute light where it is needed, often reducing connected wattage by 50% or more. Automatic
controls provide light only when it is needed, allowing compliance to new codes and power savings.

INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS
An integrated solution is when intelligent fixtures with embedded controls deliver code compliance at the lowest installed cost for the
simplest design and installation experience.

SYSTEM SOLUTIONS
Systems include a series of intelligent elements designed to work seamlessly together, providing optimized outcomes through the
coordinated installation of lighting, daylighting, controls, power wiring and networking technologies.

SERVICES
Lighting as a managed network requires engineering, manufacturing and support services that assure design intent, optimized total cost
of ownership and technology upgrades delivered throughout the building life-cycle, for all aspects of the solution.

PSG11_Intro-TOC_03062014.indd 3 3/10/14 11:25 AM


MARKET SOLUTIONS
We deliver complete lighting solutions, for indoor and outdoor
applications, across a variety of key market segments.

COMMERCIAL

RETAIL

INDUSTRIAL

EDUCATION

ROADWAY

HEALTHCARE

PSG11_Intro-TOC_03062014.indd 4 3/10/14 11:26 AM


As a leading provider of lighting renovation
solutions, Acuity Brands has renovated lighting
applications in more than 10,000 facilities.

Our ability to customize these solutions


translates into multiple benefits:

ENERGY SAVINGS

MAINTENANCE SAVINGS

ENHANCED SAFETY

LONG-TERM VERSATILITY

OPTIMIZED TOTAL
COST OF OWNERSHIP

IMPROVED PRODUCTIVITY

PSG11_Intro-TOC_03062014.indd 5 3/10/14 11:26 AM


SERVICE SOLUTIONS
Our goal is to provide exceptional service and support before, during and after the sale,
while providing a customer experience that is smart and simple, end to end.

SPECIFICATION & ORDER SUPPORT


Acuity Brands supports specification and lighting design in multiple ways:

Our Visual® lighting software is a complete set of complementary, innovative lighting design software
tools to deliver highly efficient, sustainable design methods and product applications. Engineered by
Acuity Brands, Visual increases productivity and accuracy throughout the entire lighting design process.
www.acuitybrands.com/visual

Through our Centers for Light&Space, Acuity Brands continues to lead in lighting, controls and daylighting
educational seminars. Our breadth of training capabilities and locations exposes all customers to our
latest innovations that accentuate the architectural space, improve lighting quality and save energy.
www.acuitybrands.com/center-for-light-space

For our distributors, the Acuity Distributor Center provides easy access to product transactions including
ACUITY
order status, inventory status and pricing information to save time and improve customer responsiveness.
DISTRIBUTOR
CENTER
http://acuitydistributorcenter.com

MANUFACTURING & ASSEMBLY


Acuity Brands maintains major, large-scale
manufacturing facilities and additional specialty
manufacturing facilities located across North
America.

Our vertically integrated capabilities, which include


Surface Mount Technology (SMT ) for drivers and
LED modules, allow us to provide rapid design
and prototyping iterations, and deliver innovative
electronic components at a faster pace.

Also, we operate six “just in time” Regional


Manufacturing & Distribution Centers that are
capable of assembling more than 100,000 made-
to-order products, so we can offer a quick, local
response.

PSG11_Intro-TOC_03062014.indd 6 3/10/14 11:26 AM


DISTRIBUTION SERVICES
When you need products fast, Acuity Brands can meet your needs in virtually every category
of lighting and controls with more than one million products in our QuickShip programs
from Manufacturing & Distribution Centers around the country.
Our LightQuick® capabilities for Lithonia Lighting®, Gotham®, RELOC® Wiring,
Acculamp® and Sensor Switch® products include a 48-hour ship promise on more
than 100,000 stock and made-to-order products. And same-day shipment or Will Call
pick-up on more than 1,000 stock products.
www.acuitybrands.com/lightquick

Other Acuity Brands QuickShip programs include:

ANTIQUE STREET LAMPS RapidShip Program


10-day shipment on select Antique Street Lamps™ products

HYDREL QuickShip Program


5-day shipment on select Hydrel® products

LIGHTING CONTROL & DESIGN RapidShip Program


2-day shipment on select Lighting Control & Design™ products

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING On the Mark QuickShip Program


10-day shipment on select Mark Architectural Lighting™ products

PEERLESS QuickShip
10-day shipment with no surcharge or 5-day shipment with a small
surcharge on select Peerless® products

WINONA QuickShip
10-day shipment on select Winona® products

To find out more about our QuickShip programs, visit www.acuitybrands.com/QuickShip.

TECHNICAL SUPPORT & POST SALES


Acuity Brands has designed its central technical support capability using a solutions-based approach, cross-training our staff in
lighting and controls to address product specification and installation questions, as well as handle general troubleshooting. Our
post-sales capabilities are aligned with our Regional Manufacturing and Distribution Centers (RMDC) to be closer to the customer
to resolve problems and warranty issues after shipment.

PSG11_Intro-TOC_03062014.indd 7 3/10/14 11:26 AM


LIGHTING Whisper/LED 202-203
NOL/LED 204-205
INDOOR Magellan/LED 206-207
Aurora 208
Meridian 209
LITHONIA LIGHTING
Portico 210
COMMERCIAL INDOOR
Saros 211
Volumetric Architectural 20-29, 32-33
Slice 212
Architectural 36-37, 44-48
Multitask 213
Lensed Troffer 40, 42, 52, 54, 60
VC2A 214
Louvered 61-63
VC2C 215
Linear Wallwash 65
PERIMETER SYSTEMS 216-218
Parabolic 66-72
LINEAR 219-221
Surface 30-31, 34-35, 38-39,
QUICKSHIP 222-227
41, 43, 50, 53, 64, 73, 80-81
Surface/Wall 75-76 HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
Wall 51, 77-79 Ceiling 232-239
Wraparound 82-89 Wall 240-245
Relight 92-97 LED Night Light 246-247
Retrofit 98-99 Bathroom/Hand-Wash Sinks 248-251
Options & Accessories 102-109 Sconces 252-253
Miscellaneous 110-112 Under-Cabinet Task Lighting 254-256
Wiring 113 Low Voltage Controller 257
Exam/Minor Procedure 258-260
PEERLESS
Exam/Speciality Procedure 261
Vellum 116-118
OR/Surgical Suite 262-264
Mino 119
MRI 265-267
Round 4 120-121
Darkroom & X-Ray Illuminators 268-270
CONTENTS Round 2 122-123
Message Signs 271
Square 124-125
INDEX 1122 Station 126-127 WINONA
Origami 128-131 Solutions 275-277
Bruno 132-135 Pendant 278-279
Staple 136-137 Ceiling 280-281
Contrail 138-140 Sconce 282-283
Lightline 141-145 Parāta Series 284
Lightedge 146-151 Blanca Series 285
IceTray 152-155 Winline Series 286
Cerra 156-159 Step Series 287
Prima 160 Windirect Series 288-290
Mirage 161 OLED Overview 291
Lightfoil 162 Revel 292
Cove 163 Kindred 293
Naro 164-165 Trilia 294
Tulip 166-167 Canvis 295
Envision 168-169 QuickShip 296-297
Aero/Enzo 170
QuickShip 171 GOTHAM
Option and Wiring Guide 172-174 Downlighting 302-348
Mounting Hardware Guide 175-177 Decorative Lighting 330-335
Accent Lighting 349-358
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING Gotham Squares 360-374
SLOT SERIES 180-195 Elevations 375-386
RECESSED Cylinders 387-399
Bifocal 196 International 400-410
Datum 197 Vandal Resistant 412-418
FIN/LED 198-199 Options & Accessories 419-425
VEIL/LED 200-201

PSG11_Intro-TOC_03062014.indd 8 3/10/14 11:26 AM


LITHONIA LIGHTING OUTDOOR SYNERGY LIGHTING CONTROLS
COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING INTEGRATED LIGHTING CONTROLS
LED Retrofit Downlighting 428-429 LITHONIA LIGHTING Synergy Lighting
LED Downlighting 430-435 OUTDOOR Control System 1010-1012
Volumetric 436-437 Area Lighting 698-715 Synergy Enclosures 1013
Specification 438-450 Bollards 716-721 Power, Input/Output Modules 1014-1016
Light Commercial 451-461 Wall Mounted 724-751 Synergy Controllable Breaker Panel 1017
Options & Accessories 462-463 Floodlighting 754-767 Synergy System Controller 1018
Parking Garage & Canopy 769-776 User Interface Devices 1019-1020
LITHONIA LIGHTING Options & Accessories 777-781 Computers, Software 1020-1022
RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING Nighttime Friendly Lighting 782-783 NETWORK DEVICES 1022-1023
LED Modules 466-469 Design Guidelines 784-785 WALLBOX DIMMERS 1024-1025
LED & Incandescent 470-475 Poles 786-817 SWITCHPAK 1026-1027
Compact Fluorescent 476-477
Low Voltage 478-479 ANTIQUE STREET LAMPS ROAM
Steplights 480 Historical 820-831 ROAM System Overview 1030
Eurotique 832-839 ROAM Platforms 1031
LITHONIA LIGHTING Rapid-Ship Program 840-845 ROAM Hardware/Software
TRACK On-Line Tools 846-847 DCM127 NX1 1032
Track Heads 484-496 REN127 CM1A 1032
Track Sections 497 HYDREL
REN127 S01 1033
Track Configurations 498-499 In-Grade 850-873
REN127 NM1 1033
Track Connectors & Accessories 500-501 Floodlighting 874-894
REN347 NM1 1033
Mounting Accessories 895-897
REN127 NHX 1034
LITHONIA LIGHTING Landscape Lighting 898-908
REN480 NM1 1034
DECORATIVE INDOOR Step & Border 909-913
GATEWAY REG127 1035
LED Mini Pendants and Sconces 504-507 Bollards 914-916
ROAMview 1035
Flush/Semi-Flush 508-512 Area & Wall Mounted 917-921
Classic Collection 513-514 Underwater 922-931 DARK TO LIGHT
Ceiling Mount 515-517 Long Life Locking Type 1038
Wall Mount 518-520 Premium Locking Type 1039
Cabinet Lighting 521-523 Intelligent Locking Type 1040

LITHONIA LIGHTING
ACUITY CONTROLS & SYSTEMS Standard Locking Type 1041
Wire-in Type 1042
INDUSTRIAL
CONTROLS Accessories 1043
High Bay 526-546
Low Bay 547-574 LAMPS
SENSOR SWITCH
Options & Accessories 575-593
Wall Switch Controls 934-939
ACCULAMP
LITHONIA LIGHTING Wireless Switch and Sensors 940-941
S-Series LED Lamps
DEMANDING ENVIRONMENTS Occupancy Sensors 942-955
PAR38 1046
Recessed 596 Power Packs & Secondary Packs 956-957
PAR30 1046
Enclosed and Gasketed 597-603 Data Logger 958-959
PAR30S 1047
Food Processing 604-609 nLIGHT 960-983
PAR20 1047
Cleanroom 610-613 AR111 1048
LIGHTING CONTROLS & DESIGN
Rough Service 614-635 MR16 1048
Lighting Controls System Overview 986-987
Loading Dock 636-637 E-Series LED Lamps
GR 2400 988-989
Options & Accessories 638-641 BR Lamps 1049
Quick Configured Systems 990-993
Factory Engineered Solutions 994-997 A Lamps 1049
LITHONIA LIGHTING
Accessories 998-999 Candles 1049
EMERGENCY SYSTEMS
Exit Signs 644-653 EMERGENCY BALLASTS
AXION CONTROLS
Exit-Unit Combos 654-655
Fresco 1002-1003
Emergency Lighting Units 656-671 POWER SENTRY
Lighting Management Panel 1004-1005
Stock 672-673 Emergency Fluorescent Ballasts 1052-1055
Easyl 1006-1007
Central Inverter Systems 674-675 Self-Diagnostics Module 1056
New York, Chicago Products 676-679 Contractor Select Emergency Ballasts 1057
Wireless Reporting 680-681 Technical Information 1058-1059
General Information 682-693

9
WIRING SOLUTIONS

RELOC WIRING
BACK TO THE PANEL 1062-1065
MODULAR SYSTEMS
OnePass 1066-1070
System 820 Control Module 1071
System 820 1072-1076
RELOC HCF for Healthcare Facilities 1077
Quick-Flex 1077-1081
POWER PRODUCTS
Power Poles 1082-1083
Accessories 1084
Power Pole Base 1085
Retail Products 1086-1087
Raised Floor 1088
Floor Modules 1089-1091

DAYLIGHTING
SUNOPTICS
PRISMATIC SKYLIGHTS
Signature Series 1094
Proselect 1095
Double Hip & Pyramid 1096-1097
LIGHTFLEX MODELS
CONTENTS Lightflex 1098-1099
SMOKE VENT
INDEX 1122
Industrial Smoke Vent 1100
ACCESSORIES
Louvers 1101
Curb Top Inserts 1101

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

LEED & ENERGY CODES 1103


NIGHTTIME FRIENDLY LIGHTING 1104
LUMINAIRE
CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 1104-1105
LED TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Binning 1106-1108
Color Quality 1109-1110
Photometric Measurements 1111-1113
Life & Depreciation 1114-1115
ACRYLIC AND POLYCARBONATE
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY 1116-1117
ARCHITECTURAL COLORS
Polyester Powder Coatings 1118
Series 49 RAL &
Lithonia Lighting Colors 1119-1121

10

PSG11_Intro-TOC_03062014.indd 10 3/10/14 11:26 AM


TERMS & SYMBOLS
LED
The LED symbol designates Acuity Brands® products utilizing innovative
solid-state technology including LED and dimmable LED.

RGB
The RGB symbol designates dynamic color changing LED fixtures using
red, green and blue chips to create thousands of possible colors using
DMX512 controls.

eldoLED
The eldoLED symbol designates a family of high-performance, intelligent
LED drivers for LED-based lighting systems. The drivers provide full-
range dimming and advanced capabilities such as flicker-free dimming
to off, optimum power efficiency, configurability and robust thermal
management in a small footprint.

DesignLights Consortium
The DLC is a collaboration of utility companies and regional energy
efficiency organizations with the goal to ensure that high-quality,
energy-efficient lighting design becomes commonplace in all lighting
installations. To see the DLC list of high-quality, high-efficiency LED
products for the commercial sector, visit www.designlights.org.

ENERGY STAR
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) voluntary
program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect
our climate through superior energy efficiency.

LED Lighting Facts


LED Lighting Facts is a program of the U.S. Department of Energy that
showcases LED products for general illumination from manufacturers that
commit to testing products and reporting performance results according
to industry standards.

Nighttime Friendly
Nighttime Friendly™ designation focuses on no uplight and high-angle
brightness. It requires laboratory test data based on IESNA standards and
is consistent with LEED and Green Globes guidelines for environmental
sustainability.

All trademarks referenced are the property of their respective owners.

11
LITHONIA LIGHTING® COMMERCIAL INDOOR
For commercial and institutional applications, Lithonia Lighting manufactures the broadest, most innovative
selection of LED and fluorescent products in the industry. When integrated with our Smart + Simple digital controls
solutions, they represent the most advanced technology available for high-quality performance and energy-saving
responsiveness. Lithonia Lighting products meet any budget, and are backed by our industry-leading service, technical
expertise and support.

12

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Intro_12-19.indd 12 2/27/14 6:43 PM


20 CONTENTS
RECESSED
Volumetric Architectural............................................................................20-29, 32-33
Architectural..............................................................................................36-37, 44-48
Lensed Troffer.....................................................................................40, 42, 52, 54, 60
Louvered...............................................................................................................61-63
Linear Wallwash..........................................................................................................65
Parabolic...............................................................................................................66-72

SURFACE
22
Surface...........................................30-31, 34-35, 38-39, 41, 43, 50, 53, 64, 73, 80-81
Surface/Wall.........................................................................................................75-76
Wall................................................................................................................51, 77-79
Wraparound..........................................................................................................82-89

RELIGHT/RETROFIT
Relight...................................................................................................................92-97
Retrofit...................................................................................................................98-99

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


32 Options & Accessories......................................................................................102-109
Miscellaneous...................................................................................................110-112
Wiring.......................................................................................................................113

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


36

75

94

13

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Intro_12-19.indd 13 2/27/14 6:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

Dimensions of a Lighting Solution


Lithonia Lighting offers one of the most comprehensive indoor ambient lighting portfolios, providing traditional or LED products that meet the many
facets and decision points of a lighting application.

High End Advanced to Conventional Technology


Retrofit
Lithonia Lighting is the long-standing leader and innovator of linear fluorescent
luminaires and controls solutions. This leadership extends with the addition of a broad
Front of House line of differentiated and intelligently-controlled LED solutions.

Front-Of-The-House to Back-Of-The-House
Conventional
The design solution for public areas may differ from those frequented only by
employees. The broad product offering from Lithonia Lighting allows different
product solutions throughout the space — all designed to be efficient.

Advanced
Technology
High End to Value Driven
With several (and growing) architectural LED product families, numerous lensed
Back of House
troffers and surface-mounted product options; no one covers the entire value
spectrum better than Lithonia Lighting.
New Installation
Value-driven New Installation to Retrofit
Achieve the same lighting effect through the use of a new luminaire or a Lithonia
Lighting RELIGHT kit that retrofits into an existing fixture infrastructure.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

14 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Intro_12-19.indd 14 2/27/14 6:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

Lighting Distribution
Architectural lighting products distribute light in specific patterns.
Lambertian distribution is found in lensed troffers (not exclusive), diffused surfaces and lenses.
Batwing distribution is frequently used in parabolic fixtures.
Lambertian Batwing
(parabolic)
Volumetric Lighting
Lambertian and batwing distributions have long effectively illuminated our spaces. Lithonia Lighting has championed the application of an “advanced
lambertian” distribution that we call “volumetric lighting”.
Volumetric lighting provides the optimal balance of directional and diffuse light from a high-performing light source to enhance the interior space.
The directional light provides spatial definition and clarity. The diffuse light is reflected throughout the space to create a softer, more comfortable
luminous environment.

Volumetric lighting is ideal for offices, schools, hospitals, retail, and other workspaces because it enhances the
environment with a more even distribution of light to eliminate glare and dark spots. The result is a more comfortable
environment, with a quiet ceiling, and walls and other vertical surfaces illuminated smoothly from top to bottom.

The volumetric solution provides extra punch below 30° to maximize application efficiency while directing more light
above 70°, smoothly illuminating the wall up to the ceiling.
Volumetric

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 15

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Intro_12-19.indd 15 2/27/14 6:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

Smart+Simple
LED lighting can provide tremendous savings directly through reduced energy use and maintenance costs. Its adaptability for use in a broad range of
applications, and its digital ability to be controlled precisely for economics or aesthetics make it a viable solution.

Our Smart+Simple approach to integrated lighting, lighting controls and embedded smart technology means whether in one room or multiple
rooms, and over a vast array of applications, digital technology is responsive to specific demands. Integrated seamlessly, this technology allows you to
closely manage your lighting assets for significant energy savings while improving the user environment.

The technology also creates viability far into the future, thanks to built-in flexibility, guaranteed system compatibility across product lines, plus
unprecedented connectivity, portability and functionality.

Smart+Simple Components
t LED luminaires: Embedded controls manage lighting quality, power consumption and operational life.
t Controls: Help manage energy consumption and provide unprecedented design, installation and user interface simplicity.
t Sensors: Technologies and network-system devices integrate with LED luminaires.
t Software options: Program, modify and monitor lighting for improved energy savings.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

16 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Intro_12-19.indd 16 2/27/14 6:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

Advanced Controls Solutions Take Savings to the Extreme


Today’s digital lighting technology allows us to configure the use of light in ways like never before. From the simplest occupancy sensors and
photocontrols to the most sophisticated systems used to manage entire buildings and campuses, Lithonia Lighting products allow you to tailor your
lighting down to the last lumen.

It’s all thanks to system integration. Luminaires and the controls that adjust their output are connected organically, managing timing and intensity
in new ways that optimize lighting utilization and performance over time. Even our daylighting solutions are advanced, using prismatic and ultra-
reflective surfaces to harvest natural light and control it along with electric sources.

Digital Lumen Management


Embedded nLight® logic underdrives the luminaire (digital lumen management) to deliver constant lumen output over system life while maximizing
energy savings.

Design your next application to “maintained footcandle” levels from day one — no need to over-light the space; the embedded nIO LED driver
eliminates waste.

Without Lumen Management With Lumen Management


Energy is wasted and light level is inconsistent. Energy is saved and light level remains consistent.

100% 45W 100% 45W

POWER INPUT
Saved Energy
LIGHT OUTPUT

LIGHT OUTPUT
POWER INPUT

POWER INPUT
POWER
INPUT
LIGHT
OUTPUT

Wasted Energy
LIGHT OUTPUT
80% 36W 80% 36W

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS THOUSAND OPERATING HOURS

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 17

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Intro_12-19.indd 17 2/27/14 6:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

Companion Products
Surface Mount
Only Lithonia Lighting® lets you personalize your space with so many options — even in those hard-
to-design-in spaces where recessed is not an option, i.e. prohibitive construction material, plenums
that are better left undisturbed or where other obstructions in the plenum make recessed installation
impossible.
Use low-profile surface-mount products as part of the overall design, or use them to match existing
recessed luminaires.
2'x4', 2'x2' and 1'x4':
t Superior construction. Plasma-welded corners for a clean, finished appearance.
t Shallow profile housing. 4.7” overall depth, give hard-ceiling applications an unobtrusive design.
t Smart + Simple Lighting. Select nLight® bi-level dimming or standard 0-10V dimming where
applications allow.

Wraps & Wall Brackets:


t Available in 2’ or 4’ configurations with LED or fluorescent light sources.
t Surface, stem or suspended mounting options (architectural ST Series Volumetric).
t Smart + Simple Lighting. W Series LED (WL) integral control options include a PIR motion sensor, passive dual technology (PDT) for
sound and motion, and a daylight harvesting photocell to ensure occupants are safe and comfortable in the environment.

RELIGHT (Retrofit + Appearance)


RELIGHT solutions for fluorescent and LED lighting look and perform like brand-new luminaires, but they install easily and quickly in existing
recessed parabolic or lensed troffer locations.
RELIGHT is also an environmentally sound option, a commitment to REDUCE, REUSE & RECYCLE as many universal components as possible
while going a step further to REVITALIZE your space for the following benefits:
t Visual acuity. Create a more productive environment by improving the quality of your indoor lighting.
t Comfort. Rejuvenate the look and feel of your space by upgrading to contemporary lighting that’s proven to enhance the level of
comfort below.
t Convenience. Retrofit your existing lighting with minimal disruption to your business.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

t Economics. Reduce your energy use by as much as 67%, and enjoy reduced maintenance costs with fewer, longer-life light sources and
fewer electrical components.
See pages 90-99 for more on RELIGHT

18 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Intro_12-19.indd 18 2/27/14 6:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

Recessed LED Product Overview


LENSED TROFFERS
Source(s) Distribution Companion Product Controls RELIGHT

GT Series LED & LBL Series


Fluorescent

T Series LED TLX Surface Mount

ARCHITECTURAL
Source(s) Distribution Companion Product Controls RELIGHT

FSL Series LED ST Series

AC Series LED ACLX Surface Mount

SBS Series LED & SBSLX Surface Mount


Fluorescent

AL Series LED & 1'x4', ALS & ALLS Surface


Fluorescent Mount

VOLUMETRIC ARCHITECTURAL

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


Source(s) Distribution Companion Product Controls RELIGHT

VT Series LED & ST Series, W Series, VTLX &


Fluorescent VTX Surface Mount

RT Series LED & ST Series, W Series, RTLX, &


Fluorescent RTX Surface Mount

Breez™ Series LED

Distribution Key: L=Lambertian; V=Volumetric


PSG11 www.lithonia.com 19

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Intro_12-19.indd 19 2/27/14 6:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural
RECESSED

2BZL4 t Low profile, 3-5/8” overall height for use in restrictive


Intended Use
In a class of its own, Breez™ Series indirect architectural plenum applications
lighting is uniquely enabled by today’s LEDs and advanced
t No lens, diffuser or refractor to trap bugs or dust
2’x4’ optical technologies. The graceful gull-wing reflector design
and highly-reflective optical coating combine to create a fully- t Fully-indirect LED source eliminates glare and provides a
indirect, efficient optical system that is visually intriguing — quiet ceiling
yet congruous with contemporary minimalist design.
t Driver/electrical components are accessible from the floor
The patent-pending design delivers the spatial balance and
visual clarity of volumetric lighting, creating a softer, more t Powder-coated cold-rolled steel, painted after fabrication
comfortable luminous environment by reducing shadows and for durability and consistency in appearance
improving spatial rendering. The optimal balance of horizontal
t Enabled with nLight® technology making the luminaire
and vertical illumination increases the perceived volume of
digitally addressable for communication to other nLight
the space making it ideal for retail, office and institutional
control devices including lumen management
applications.
Listings
Features
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t 2’x4’ configuration available in 4000, 4800 or 6000 lumens
Patents pending. DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2BZL4 48L D46 LP835 N80
2 3
Series Lumens Voltage Wattage Color temperature Controls Options
2BZL4 LED 2x41 40L 4000 lumens (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D39 39W LP830 82 CRI, 3000K4 NX Dimming, no nLight JP16 Palletized job pack qty. 16
48L 4800 lumens D46 46W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming
60L 6000 lumens D58 58W LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management
N100 nLight without lumen management

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

NLIGHT® CONTROL ACCESSORIES:


ORDER AS SEPARATE CATALOG NUMBER. VISIT WWW.SENSORSWITCH.COM/NLIGHT Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

FOR COMPLETE LISTING OF NLIGHT CONTROLS. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
WallPod stations Model number
On/Off nPODM [color]
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color]
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX
Occupancy sensors Model number
Standard range 360°, ceiling (PIR/dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9
Extended range 360°, ceiling (PIR/dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10 ACCESSORIES
Wide view (PIR/dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16 ORDER SEPARATELY
Photocell controls Model number DGA24 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 2x4 fixture
Continous dimming nCM ADC
On/Off & Dimming nCM PC ADC
Cat-5 cable bundles (plenum rated) Model number
10’ , CAT5 10FT CAT5 10FT J1 Notes
15’, CAT5 15FT CAT5 15FT J1 1 Air function not available.
2 Approximate lumen output.
3 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5%
when operating between 120-277V +/- 10%.
4 Consult factory for lead time.

20 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 20 2/27/14 6:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
In a class of its own, Breez™ Series indirect architectural
lighting is uniquely enabled by today’s LEDs and advanced
t Low profile, 3-5/8” overall height for use in restrictive
plenum applications
t No lens, diffuser or refractor to trap bugs or dust
2BZL2
optical technologies. The graceful gull-wing reflector design 2’x2’
and highly-reflective optical coating combine to create a fully- t Fully-indirect LED source eliminates glare and provides a
indirect, efficient optical system that is visually intriguing — quiet ceiling
yet congruous with contemporary minimalist design.
t Driver/electrical components are accessible from the floor
The patent-pending design delivers the spatial balance and
t Powder-coated cold-rolled steel, painted after fabrication
visual clarity of volumetric lighting, creating a softer, more
for durability and consistency in appearance
comfortable luminous environment by reducing shadows and
improving spatial rendering. The optimal balance of horizontal t Enabled with nLight® technology making the luminaire
and vertical illumination increases the perceived volume of digitally addressable for communication to other nLight
the space making it ideal for retail, office and institutional control devices including lumen management
applications.
Listings
Features CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t 2’x2’ configuration available in 2400, 3000, 3400 lumens Patents pending. DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2BZL2 34L D36 LP835 NX
2 3
Series Lumens Voltage Wattage Color temperature Controls Options
2BZL2 LED 2x21 24L 2400 lumens (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D24 24W LP830 82 CRI, 3000K4 NX Dimming, no nLight JP32 Palletized job pack qty. 32
30L 3000 lumens D33 33W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming
34L 3400 lumens D36 36W LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management
N100 nLight without lumen management

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

NLIGHT® CONTROL ACCESSORIES: Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
ORDER AS SEPARATE CATALOG NUMBER. VISIT WWW.SENSORSWITCH.COM/NLIGHT Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


FOR COMPLETE LISTING OF NLIGHT CONTROLS.
WallPod stations Model number
On/Off nPODM [color]
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color]
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX
Occupancy sensors Model number
Standard range 360°, ceiling (PIR/dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9 ACCESSORIES
Extended range 360°, ceiling (PIR/dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10 ORDER SEPARATELY
DGA22 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 2x2 fixture
Wide view (PIR/dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16
Photocell controls Model number
Continous dimming nCM ADC
On/Off & Dimming nCM PC ADC
Cat-5 cable bundles (plenum rated) Model number
10’ , CAT5 10FT CAT5 10FT J1 Notes
15’, CAT5 15FT CAT5 15FT J1 1 Air function not available.
2 Approximate lumen output.
3 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5%
when operating between 120-277V +/- 10%.
4 Consult factory for lead time.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 21

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 21 2/27/14 6:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural
RECESSED

2RTL
Intended Use source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the
The RTL series combines the performance and benefits of system life
Volumetric lighting with the energy and operating savings
t Bi-level dimming option allows system to be switched to
2’x2’, 2’x4’ associated with LED systems.
50% power for compliance with common energy codes while
Features maintaining fixture appearance
t EEfficacy - up to 100 lpw
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting-eliminates dark
t Rated at L80 at 50,000 hours shadows and opens the space while providing improved
vertical illumination
t nLight® embedded controls make each luminaire addressable
- allowing it to digitally communicate with other nLight Listings
enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian CSA Listing,
sensors and photocontrols Optional NOM certification contact factory. IC RATED. DesignLights
Consortium® qualified product. Protected by one or more of
t Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides U.S. Patents Nos. 7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468; D544,633;
onboard intelligence that actively manages the LED light D544,634; D544,992; and D544,933. Additional patents
pending.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RTL2 33L D38 LP835 N80
1, 2 1,2,4
Series Air function Lumens Voltage Wattage Color Temperature Controls Options
2RTL4 Recessed 2x4 (blank) Static 24L 2400 lumens (blank) MVOLT D24 24W LP830 82 CRI, 3000K NX Dimming, no nLight EL14L 1400 lumen
CAS Center air slots 33L 3300 lumens (120-277V) D38 38W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming battery pack
2RTL2 Recessed 2x2
(air removal) 40L 4000 lumens 347 347V3,4 D40 40W LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen CP Chicago
management Plenum
48L 4800 lumens D49 49W LP850 82 CRI, 5000K
N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen
management. For use
with generator supply
EM power
N100 nLight without lumen
management
N100EMG nLight without lumen
management. For use
with generator supply
EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NOMINAL NOMINAL COLOR unless otherwise noted.
SERIES NOMINAL LUMENS CATALOG NUMBER
SIZE INPUT WATTS TEMPERATURE
2RTL2 2X2 2400 24 3000 2RTL2 24L D24 LP830 NX
2RTL2 2X2 2400 24 3500 2RTL2 24L D24 LP835 NX
2RTL2 2X2 2400 24 4000 2RTL2 24L D24 LP840 NX
2RTL2 2X2 2400 24 5000 2RTL2 24L D24 LP850 NX
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

2RTL2 2X2 3300 38 3000 2RTL2 33L D38 LP830 NX Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2)
2RTL2 2X2 3300 38 3500 2RTL2 33L D38 LP835 NX Length: 48 (121.9) Length: 24 (61.0)
2RTL2 2X2 3300 38 4000 2RTL2 33L D38 LP840 NX Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0)
2RTL2 2X2 3300 38 5000 2RTL2 33L D38 LP850 NX Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9) Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9)
2RTL4 2X4 4000 40 3000 2RTL4 40L D40 LP830 NX Weight: 24 lbs (10.9 kgs) Weight: 18 lbs (8.2 kgs)
2RTL4 2X4 4000 40 3500 2RTL4 40L D40 LP835 NX
2RTL4 2X4 4000 40 4000 2RTL4 40L D40 LP840 NX ACCESSORIES
2RTL4 2X4 4000 40 5000 2RTL4 40L D40 LP850 NX ORDER SEPARATELY
DGA24 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 2x4 fixture
2RTL4 2X4 4800 49 3000 2RTL4 48L D49 LP830 NX
DGA22 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 2x2 fixture
2RTL4 2X4 4800 49 3500 2RTL4 48L D49 LP835 NX
2RTL4 2X4 4800 49 4000 2RTL4 48L D49 LP840 NX
2RTL4 2X4 4800 49 5000 2RTL4 48L D49 LP850 NX
For other control options, please refer to ordering information.
Notes
1 Nominal value varies by color and wattage.
2 See configurations for lumens/wattage availability.
3 Not available with EL14L battery pack or BLD controls.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when operating
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. between 120/277V +/- 10%.

22 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 22 2/27/14 6:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
The RTL series combines the performance and benefits of
Volumetric lighting with the energy and operating savings
source so that constant lumen output is maintained over
the system life
t Bi-level dimming option allows system to be switched to
RTL
associated with LED systems.
50% power for compliance with common energy codes 1’x4’
Features while maintaining fixture appearance
t Efficacy - up to 104 lpw
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting-eliminates
t Rated at L80 at 50,000 hours dark shadows and opens the space while providing
improved vertical illumination
t nLight® embedded controls make each luminaire
addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with Listings
other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian CSA
occupancy sensors and photocontrol Listing. Optional NOM certification contact factory. IC RATED.
DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Protected by one
t Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides or more of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468;
onboard intelligence that actively manages the LED light D544,633; D544,634; D544,992; and D544,933. Additional
patents pending.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RTL4 40L D41 LP835 N80
1,2 1,2,3,4
Series Lumens Voltage Wattage Color Temperature Controls Options
RTL4 Recessed 1x4 25L 2500 (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D24 24W LP830 82 CRI, 3000K NX Dimming, no nLight EL14L 1400 lumen battery pack
lumens 347 347V3,4 D41 41W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming
40L 4000 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen management
lumens
LP850 82 CRI, 5000K N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen management.
For use with generator supply EM power
N100 nLight without lumen management
N100EMG nLight without lumen management. For
use with generator supply EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NOMINAL mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE NOMINAL INPUT WATTS COLOR TEMPERATURE CATALOG NUMBER unless otherwise noted.
LUMENS
RTL4 1x4 2500 24 3000 RTL4 25L D24 LP830 NX Specifications
RTL4 1x4 2500 24 3500 RTL4 25L D24 LP835 NX Length: 48 (121.9)
RTL4 1x4 2500 24 4000 RTL4 25L D24 LP840 NX Width: 12 (30.5)
RTL4 1x4 2500 24 5000 RTL4 25L D24 LP850 NX Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


RTL4 1x4 4000 41 3000 RTL4 40L D41 LP830 NX
RTL4 1x4 4000 41 3500 RTL4 40L D41 LP835 NX
RTL4 1x4 4000 41 4000 RTL4 40L D41 LP840 NX
RTL4 1x4 4000 41 5000 RTL4 40L D41 LP850 NX
For other control options, please refer to ordering information.

ACCESSORIES Notes
ORDER SEPARATELY 1 Nominal value varies by color and wattage.
DGA_14 Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation. 2 See configurations for lumen/wattage compatability.
3 Not available with EL14L battery pack or BLD controls.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when operating between
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 120/277V +/- 10%.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 23

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 23 2/27/14 6:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural
RECESSED

2RT5 t 33% energy saving when compared to common 3 lamp


Intended Use
The RT5 Series is designed for applications where comfort, fluorescent parabolics
aesthetics and energy savings are important. Luminous char-
t Low profile - only 3-1/8” fixture depth
2’x2’, 2’x4’ acteristics are carefully managed at high angles, providing just
enough intensity to deliver the volumetric effect. t Set light or step level dimming (switchable to 50% power)
Features available
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting - eliminates Listings
dark shadows and opens up the space while providing ideal UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian CSA Listing,
lighting appearance on vertical surfaces Optional NOM certification contact factory. Protected by one
t Micro-facet reflector echos the frequency of prisms in the or more of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468;
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling D544,633; D544,634; D544,992; and D544,933. Additional
patents pending.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RT5 28T5 MVOLT GEB95 LPM835P
1 1 4
Series Lamp type Voltage Ballast Lamp color Options
2RT5 2' wide 14T5 14W T5 (22") MVOLT GEB95 Ballast factor .95, set light LPM835P Lamped with premier 3500K lamp5 GLR Fast-blow fuse7
28T5 28W T5 (46") 3472 GEB95S Ballast factor .95, step dimming LPM830P Lamped with premier 3000K lamp5 PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" diameter, 18-gauge, 3-wire8
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22") GEB115 Ballast factor 1.15, set light LPM841P Lamped with premier 4100K lamp5 PWS1846 6' prewire, 3/8" diameter, 18-gauge, 4-wire9
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") GEB115S Ballast factor 1.15, step dimming LP835 Lamped with 3500K lamp6 EL14 Emergency battery pack
GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0, set light3 LP830 Lamped with 3000K lamp6 CSA Meets Canadian standards
LP841 Lamped with 4100K lamp6 NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NUMBER mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION unless otherwise noted.
OF LAMPS
2RT5 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, 0.95BF
2RT5 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, 0.95BF 3-1/8
2RT5 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF (7.9)
2RT5 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

24
2RT5 2'x4' 2 54T5HO GEB10PS High output, set light output, 1.0BF (61.0)
2RT5 2’x2' 2 14T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF
Specifications (2x4) Specifications (2x2)
2RT5 2’x2' 2 14T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF
2RT5 2'x2' 2 24T5HO GEB10PS High output, set light output, 1.0BF Length: 48 (121.8) Length: 24 (61.0)
Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0)
Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9) Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9)
ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
DGA_ Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation. (Add 24 for 2'x4', 22 for 2'x2').

Notes
1 See Configurations table for lamp and ballast compatibility.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 For 24T5HO and 54T5HO only.
4 Required. All fixtures shipped with lamps installed.
5 28T5 lamp type only.
6 14T5, 24T5HO and 54T5HO lamp types only.
7 Specify voltage.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 8 For use with standard, set light ballast.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 9 For use with step-dimming ballast.

24 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 24 2/27/14 6:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
The RT5 Series is designed for applications where comfort,
aesthetics and energy savings are important. Luminous char-
t 1 and 2 lamp configurations
t Low profile - only 3-1/8” fixture depth RT5
acteristics are carefully managed at high angles, providing just t Set light or step level dimming (switchable to 50% power) 1’x4’
enough intensity to deliver the volumetric effect. available for compliance with common energy codes
Features Listings
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting - eliminates UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian CSA Listing,
dark shadows and opens up the space while providing ideal Optional NOM certification contact factory. Protected by one
lighting appearance on vertical surfaces or more of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468;
t Micro-facet reflector echos the frequency of prisms in the D544,633; D544,634; D544,992; and D544,933. Additional
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling patents pending.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RT5 2 28T5 MVOLT GEB95 LPM835P
Number
Series of lamps1 Lamp type1 Voltage Ballast1 Lamp color4 Options
RT5 1' wide 1 28T5 28W T5 (46") MVOLT GEB95 Ballast factor .95, LPM835P Lamped with premier 3500K lamp5 GLR Fast-blow fuse7
2 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") 3472 set light LPM830P Lamped with premier 3000K lamp5 PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" diameter, 18-gauge, 3-wire8
GEB95S Ballast factor .95, LPM841P Lamped with premier 4100K lamp5 PWS1846 6' prewire, 3/8" diameter, 18-gauge, 4-wire9
step dimming LP835 Lamped with 3500K lamp6 EL14 Emergency battery pack
GEB115 Ballast factor 1.15, LP830 Lamped with 3000K lamp6 CSA Meets Canadian standards
set light
LP841 Lamped with 4100K lamp6 NOM Meets Mexican standards
GEB115S Ballast factor 1.15,
step dimming
GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0,
set light3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NUMBER
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION unless otherwise noted.
OF LAMPS
RT5 1'x4' 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF Specifications
RT5 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, 0.95BF
Length: 48 (121.8)
RT5 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, 0.95BF

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


RT5 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF Width: 12 (30.5)
RT5 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9)
RT5 1'x4' 1 54T5HO GEB10PS High output, set light output, 1.0BF

ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
DGA14 Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation.

Notes
1 See Configurations table for lamp and ballast compatibility.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 For 54T5HO only.
4 Required. All fixtures shipped with lamps installed.
5 28T5 lamp types only.
6 54T5HO lamp types only.
7 Specify voltage.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 8 For use with standard, set light ballast.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 9 For use with step-dimming ballast.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 25

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 25 2/27/14 6:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural
RECESSED

2RT5 CAS t Low profile - only 3-1/8” fixture depth


Intended Use
The RT - CAS is designed for effective air removal from a space.
RT5 Series is ideal for applications where comfort, aesthetics t Set light or step level dimming (switchable to 50% power)
available for compliance with common energy codes
Air Return and energy savings are important. Luminous characteristics
are carefully managed at high angles, providing just enough Listings
2’x2’, 2’x4’ intensity to deliver the volumetric effect. UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian CSA Listing,
Features Optional NOM certification contact factory. Protected by one
t Center slots for air removal or more of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468;
D544,633; D544,634; D544,992; and D544,933. Additional
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting - eliminates patents pending.
dark shadows and opens up the space while providing ideal
lighting appearance on vertical surfaces
t Micro-facet reflector echos the frequency of prisms in the
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RT5 CAS 28T5 MVOLT GEB95 LPM835P
1 1 4
Series Air function column Lamp type Voltage Ballast Lamp color Options
2RT5 2' wide CAS Center air slots, 14T5 14W T5 MVOLT GEB95 Ballast factor .95, LPM835P Lamped with premier 3500K lamp5 GLR Fast-blow fuse7
(air removal) (22") 3472 set light LPM830P Lamped with premier 3000K lamp5 PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" diameter, 18-gauge,
28T5 28W T5 GEB95S Ballast factor .95, LPM841P Lamped with premier 4100K lamp5 3-wire8
(46") step dimming LP835 Lamped with 3500K lamp6 PWS1846 6' prewire, 3/8" diameter, 18-gauge,
24T5HO 24W GEB115 Ballast factor 1.15, 4-wire9
LP830 Lamped with 3000K lamp6
T5HO set light EL14 Emergency battery pack
LP841 Lamped with 4100K lamp6
(22") GEB115S Ballast factor 1.15, CSA Meets Canadian standards
54T5HO 54W step dimming NOM Meets Mexican standards
T5HO GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0,
(46") set light3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
CONFIGURATIONS configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
NUMBER
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION
OF LAMPS
2RT5 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light ouput, 0.95BF
D
2RT5 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, .95BF
2RT5 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF
W
2RT5 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2)
2RT5 2'x4' 2 54T5HO GEB10PS High output, set light output, 1.0BF
Length: 48 (121.8) Length: 24 (61.0)
2RT5 2'x2' 2 14T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF
2RT5 2'x2' 2 14T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0)
2RT5 2'x2' 2 24T5HO GEB10PS High output, set light output, 1.0BF Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9) Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9)

Notes
ACCESSORIES 1 See Configurations table for lamp and ballast compatibility.
ORDER SEPARATELY 2 Available only with CSA option.
DGA_ Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation (Add 24 for 2’x4’; 22 for 2’x2’). 3 For 24T5HO and 54T5HO only.
4 Required. All fixtures shipped with lamps installed.
5 28T5 lamp type only.
6 14T5, 24T5HO and 54T5HO lamp types only.
7 Specify voltage.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 8 For use with standard, set light ballast.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 9 For use with step-dimming ballast.

26 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 26 3/6/14 11:19 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
The 6” aperture RT5N is the ideal solution for applications
requiring a narrow-profile high performance recessed fixture.
t 1 or 2 lamp configurations
t Low profile - only 2-7/8” fixture depth RT5N
The distinctive appearance makes this product ideal for t Set light or step level dimming (switchable to 50% power) 6” Aperture
corridors or private offices. available for compliance with common energy codes
Features
4’, 8’
Listings
t 6” aperture, 4’ and 8’ lengths UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian CSA Listing,
t Drop diffuser provides distinctive appearance in the space Optional NOM certification contact factory. Protected by one
or more of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468;
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting - eliminates D544,633; D544,634; D544,992; and D544,933. Additional
dark shadows and opens up the space while providing ideal patents pending.
lighting appearance on vertical surfaces

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RT5N 1 28T5 MVOLT GEB10PS LPM835P
Number
of
Series lamps1 Lamp type1 Voltage Ballast1 Lamp color4 Options
5
RT5N 4' 1 28T5 28W T5 (46") MVOLT GEB95 Ballast factor .95, set light LPM835P Lamped with premier 3500K lamp GLR Fast-blow fuse7
TRT5N 8' 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") 3472 GEB95S Ballast factor .95, step dimming LPM830P Lamped with premier 3000K lamp5 EL14 Emergency battery pack
GEB115 Ballast factor 1.15, set light LPM841P Lamped with premier 4100K lamp5 CSA Meets Canadian standards
GEB115S Ballast factor 1.15, step dimming LP835 Lamped with 3500K lamp6 NOM Meets Mexican standards
GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0, set light3 LP830 Lamped with 3000K lamp6
LP841 Lamped with 4100K lamp6

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
LAMPS PER
SERIES LENGTH LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION unless otherwise noted.
CROSS SECTION
RT5N 4' 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF
RT5N 4' 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF 2-7/8
RT5N 4' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, .95BF (7.3)
RT5N 4' 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, .95BF 1
RT5N 4' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF (2.5)
RT5N 4' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF 5-7/8
RT5N 4' 2 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF (14.9)
TRT5N 8' 1 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF
TRT5N 8' 1 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF
TRT5N 8' 1 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, .95BF
TRT5N 8' 1 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, .95BF
TRT5N 8' 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF Notes
1 See Configurations table for lamp and ballast compatibility.
TRT5N 8' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, .95BF 2 Available only with CSA option.
TRT5N 8' 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, .95BF 3 For 54T5HO only
TRT5N 8' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF 4 Required. All fixtures shipped with lamps installed.
TRT5N 8' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF 5 28T5 lamp type only.
TRT5N 8' 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF 6 54T5HO lamp type only.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 7 Specify voltage.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 27

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 27 2/27/14 6:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural
RECESSED

2RT5S/RT5B t 33% energy saving when compared to common 3 lamp


Intended Use
The RT5S/RT5B Series is designed for applications where fluorescent parabolics
comfort, aesthetics and energy savings are important.
t Ideal for shallow plenums - only 3-1/4” depth, 4 -1/2” (1X4)
2’x2’, 2’x4’, 1’x4’ Luminous characteristics are carefully managed at high angles,
providing just enough intensity to deliver the volumetric t Available with grid or flange options
effect. The RT5S is the ideal solution for economical volumetric
lighting. t 2x2 and 2x4 configurations include full steel door assembly,
1x4 doorframe includes PETE trim
Features
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting - eliminates Listings
dark shadows and opens up the space while providing ideal UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standard. Optional NOM
2RT5S
lighting appearance on vertical surfaces Certification. Protected by one or more of U.S. Patents Nos.
7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468; D544,633; D544,634; D544,992;
t Micro-facet reflector echos the frequency of prisms in the and D544,933. Additional patents pending.
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling

RT5B

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RT5S 2 28T5 MVOLT GEB95 LPM835P
2 2
Series Trim Number of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast
2RT5S 2' wide (blank) Grid 11 14T5 14W T5 (22") MVOLT GEB95 Ballast factor .95, set light GEB115 Ballast factor 1.15, set light
RT5B 1' wide F Flange 2 24T5HO 24W T5HO (22") 3473 GEB95S Ballast factor .95, step dimming GEB115S Ballast factor 1.15, step dimming
28T5 28W T5 (46") GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0, set light
54T5H0 54W T5HO (46")

Lamp color Options

LPM835P Lamped with premier 3500K lamp 4


LP835 Lamped with 3500K lamp 5 GLR Fast-blow fuse6
LPM830P Lamped with premier 3000K lamp4 LP830 Lamped with 3000K lamp5 EL14 Emergency battery pack
LPM841P Lamped with premier 4100K lamp4 LP841 Lamped with 4100K lamp5 CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS ACCESSORIES
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION ORDER SEPARATELY
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

2RT5S 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, 0.95BF Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation. Use G trim plus DGA for support in
DGA _
2RT5S 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, 0.95 BF plaster ceilings. (Add 24 for 2'x4' and 22 for 2'x2' and 14 for 1'x4').
2RT5S 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF
2RT5S 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
2RT5S 2'x4' 2 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF
2RT5S 2'x2' 2 14T5 GEB115 Standard, set light output, 1.15BF
4-1/2 3-1/4
2RT5S 2'x2' 2 14T5 GEB115S Standard, step dimming, 1.15BF (11.43) (8.3)
2RT5S 2'x2' 2 24T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF 24
12
RT5B 1'x4' 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF (30.5) (61.0)
RT5B 1'x4' 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF
RT5B 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, 0.95BF RT5B 2RT5S
RT5B 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, 0.95 BF
RT5B 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF Notes
1 RT5B 1x4 only.
RT5B 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF
2 See Configurations table for lamp and ballast compatibility.
3 Available only with CSA option.
4 28T5 lamp type only.
5 14T5, 24T5HO and 54T5HO lamp types only.
6 Specify voltage.

Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

28 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 28 2/27/14 6:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
The RT8S/RT8B Series is designed for applications where
comfort, aesthetics and energy savings are important.
• 33% energy saving when compared to common 3 lamp
fluorescent parabolics
• Ideal for shallow plenums - only 3-1/4” depth, 4-1/2” (1X4)
2RT8S/RT8B
Luminous characteristics are carefully managed at high angles, 2’x2’, 2’x4’, 1’x4’
providing just enough intensity to deliver the volumetric • Available with grid or flange options
effect. The RT8S is the ideal solution for economical volumetric
lighting. • 2x2 and 2x4 configurations include full steel door assembly,
1x4 doorframe includes PETE trim
Features
• Enhances the space with volumetric lighting - eliminates Listings
dark shadows and opens up the space while providing ideal UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standard. Optional NOM
lighting appearance on vertical surfaces Certification. Protected by one or more of U.S. Patents Nos.
7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468; D544,633; D544,634; D544,992; 2RT8S
• Micro-facet reflector echos the frequency of prisms in the and D544,933. Additional patents pending.
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling

RT8B

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RT8S 2 32 MVOLT BINP LP835HT8
Number
Series Trim of lamps1 Lamp type1 Voltage Ballast1 Lamp color Options
2RT8S 2' wide (blank) Grid 1 17 17W T8 (24") MVOLT GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start LP835 Lamped with 3500K lamp GLR Fast-blow
RT8B 1' wide F Flange 2 32 32W T8 (48") 3472 GEB10RS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed LP830 Lamped with 3000K lamp fuse6
rapid start LP841 Lamped with 4100K lamp EL Emergency
BILP T8 high-performance ballast, low ballast factor battery pack
L835HT8 Lamped with long-life
(.78), instant start3 3500K lamp CSA Meets
BINP T8 high-performance ballast, normal ballast Canadian
L830HT8 Lamped with long-life standards
factor (.88), instant start3 3000K lamp
BIHP T8 high-performance ballast, high ballast factor NOM Meets
L841HT8 Lamped with long-life Mexican
(1.2), instant start3,4 4100K lamp standards
BSNP T8 high-performance, normal ballast factor (.88),
step-dim programmed start, 2 lamp only3,4,5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS ACCESSORIES
NUMBER ORDER SEPARATELY
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION
OF LAMPS Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation. Use G trim plus DGA for suport in

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


2RT8S 2'x4' 2 32 BILP High efficiency, instant start, 0.78BF DGA_ plaster ceilings. (Add 24 for 2'x4', 22 for 2' x2' , 14 for 1' x4').
2RT8S 2'x4' 2 32 BINP High efficiency, instant start, 0.88BF
2RT8S 2'x4' 2 32 BIHP High efficiency, instant start, 1.2BF Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
2RT8S 2'x4' 2 32 BSNP High efficiency, step dimming, 0.88BF Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
2RT8S 2'x4' 2 32 GEB10IS Instant start, 0.88BF
2RT8S 2'x4' 2 32 GEB10RS Programmed rapid start, 0.88BF
2RT8S 2'x2' 2 17 BILP High efficiency, instant start, 0.81BF 4-1/2 3-1/4
2RT8S 2'x2' 2 17 BINP High efficiency, instant start, 0.90BF (11.43) (8.3)
2RT8S 2'x2' 2 17 BIHP High efficiency, instant start, 1.2BF 12 24
(30.5) (61.0)
2RT8S 2'x2' 2 17 BSNP High efficiency, step dimming, 0.88BF
RT8B 2RT8S
2RT8S 2'x2' 2 17 GEB10IS Instant start, 0.88BF
2RT8S 2'x2' 2 17 GEB10RS Programmed rapid start, 0.88BF Notes
RT8B 1'x4' 1 32 BILP High efficiency, instant start, 0.78BF 1 See Configurations table for lamp and ballast compatibility.
RT8B 1'x4' 1 32 BINP High efficiency, instant start, 0.88BF 2 Available only with CSA option.
RT8B 1'x4' 1 32 BIHP High efficiency, instant start, 1.2BF 3 CEE qualified HPT8, ballast to qualify for many utility rebates.
RT8B 1'x4' 1 32 GEB10IS Instant start, 0.88BF 4 Not available for 347V.
RT8B 1'x4' 1 32 GEB10RS Programmed rapid start, 0.88BF 5 Available with two-lamp model only.
6 Specify voltage.

Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 29
PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface
SURFACE/WALL

RTLX t Plasma welded corners provides clean finish


Intended Use
The RTX series is the right solution for high performance
volumetric surface mount lighting. Luminous characteristics t Low profile design does not overwhelm the
space - only 3-1/2” depth
2’x2’, 2’x4’, 1’x4’ are carefully managed at high angles, providing just enough
intensity to deliver the volumetric effect. t 33% energy saving when compared to common 3 lamp
Features fluorescent parabolics
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting - eliminates Listings
dark shadows and opens up the space while providing ideal UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian CSA Listing,
lighting appearance on vertical surfaces Optional NOM certification contact factory. Protected by one
t Micro-facet reflector echos the frequency of prisms in the or more of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468;
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling D544,633; D544,634; D544,992; and D544,933. Additional
patents pending. DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.

TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RTLX4 43L D49 LP835 NX
Series Lumens Voltage Wattage Color temperature Controls Options
2RTLX4 Surface LED, 2x4 22L 2200 lumens 1, 2 (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D24 24W 3, 6 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K NX Dimming, no nLight EL14L 1400 lumen
2RTLX2 Surface LED, 2x2 24L 2400 lumens 1, 3 347 347V 5 D26 26W 2, 6 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming battery pack 4
RTLX4 Surface LED, 1x4 32L 3200 lumens 1, 2 D38 38W 2, 6 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen
43L 4300 lumens 1, 4 D49 49W 4, 6 LP850 82 CRI, 5000K management 7
N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen
management. For use
with generator supply
EM power 7
N100 nLight without lumen
management 7
N100EMG nLight without lumen
management. For use
with generator supply
EM power 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL COLOR unless otherwise noted.
SERIES CATALOG NUMBER
SIZE LUMENS INPUT WATTS TEMPERATURE
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

2RTLX2 2x2 2200 26 3000 2RTLX2 22L D24 LP830 NX


2RTLX2 2x2 2200 26 3500 2RTLX2 22L D24 LP835 NX Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2)
2RTLX2 2x2 2200 26 4000 2RTLX2 22L D24 LP840 NX Length: 48 (121.9) Length: 24 (61.0)
2RTLX2 2x2 2200 26 5000 2RTLX2 22L D24 LP850 NX
2RTLX2 2x2 3200 38 3000 2RTLX2 32L D38 LP830 NX Width: 24-1/4 (61.6) Width: 24-1/4 (61.6)
2RTLX2 2x2 3200 38 3500 2RTLX2 32L D38 LP835 NX Depth: 3-1/2 (8.2) Depth: 3-1/2 (8.2)
2RTLX2 2x2 3200 38 4000 2RTLX2 32L D38 LP840 NX
Specifications(1x4)
2RTLX2 2x2 3200 38 5000 2RTLX2 32L D38 LP850 NX
2RTLX4 2x4 4300 49 3000 2RTLX4 43L D49 LP830 NX Length: 48 (121.9)
2RTLX4 2x4 4300 49 3500 2RTLX4 43L D49 LP835 NX Width: 12 (30.5)
2RTLX4 2x4 4300 49 4000 2RTLX4 43L D49 LP840 NX
2RTLX4 2x4 4300 49 5000 2RTLX4 43L D49 LP850 NX Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9)
RTLX4 1x4 2400 24 3000 RTLX4 24L D24 LP830 NX
RTLX4 1x4 2400 24 3500 RTLX4 24L D24 LP835 NX
RTLX4 1x4 2400 24 4000 RTLX4 24L D24 LP840 NX
RTLX4
RTLX4 1x4 2400 24 5000 RTLX4 24L D24 LP850 NX Notes
1 Approximate lumen output.
2 Only available on 2RTLX2.
3 Only available on RTLX4.
4 Only available on 2RTLX4.
5 Not available with EL14L battery pack or BLD controls.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 6 Approximate input power (watts) +/-5%.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 7 Consider CAT5 access when specifying.

30 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 30 3/6/14 11:19 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
The RTX series is the right solution for high performance
volumetric surface mount lighting. Luminous characteristics
t Low profile design does not overwhelm the
space - only 3-5/8” depth
t 33% energy saving when compared to common 3 lamp
2RT5SX/RT5BX
are carefully managed at high angles, providing just enough
fluorescent parabolics 2’x2’, 2’x4’, 1’x4’
intensity to deliver the volumetric effect.
Features Listings
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting - eliminates UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian CSA Listing,
dark shadows and opens up the space while providing ideal Optional NOM certification contact factory. Protected by one
lighting appearance on vertical surfaces or more of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,229,192; D541,467; D541,468;
D544,633; D544,634; D544,992; and D544,933. Additional
t Micro-facet reflector echos the frequency of prisms in the patents pending.
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling
t Plasma welded corners provides clean finish

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RT5SX 2 28T5 MVOLT GEB95 LPM835P
Number
Series of lamps1 Lamp type1 Voltage Ballast1 Lamp color5 Options
2RT5SX 2' wide 12 14T5 14W T5 (22") MVOLT GEB95 Ballast factor .95, set light LPM835P Lamped with premier 3500K lamp6 GLR Fast-blow fuse7
RT5BX 1' wide 2 24T5HO 24W T5HO (22") 3473 GEB95S Ballast factor .95, step dimming LPM830P Lamped with premier 3000K lamp6 EL14 Emergency battery pack
28T5 28W T5 (46") GEB115 Ballast factor 1.15, set light LPM841P Lamped with premier 4100K lamp6 CSA Meets Canadian standards
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") GEB115S Ballast factor 1.15, step dimming LP835 Lamped with 3500K lamp4 NOM Meets Mexican standards
GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0, set light4 LP830 Lamped with 3000K lamp4
LP841 Lamped with 4100K lamp4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NUMBER
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION unless otherwise noted.
OF LAMPS

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


2RT5SX 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, 0.95BF
4-3/4
2RT5SX 2'x4' 2 28T5 GE B95S Standard, step dimming, 0.95BF (12.1)
2RT5SX 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF
12
2RT5SX 2'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF (30.5)
2RT5SX 2'x4' 2 54T5HO GEB10PS High output, set light output, 1.0BF RT5BX
2RT5SX 2'x2' 2 14T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF
2RT5SX 2'x2' 2 14T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF 3-5/8
2RT5SX 2'x2' 2 24T5HO GEB10PS High output, set light output, 1.0BF (9.2)
RT5BX 1'x4' 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF 24
RT5BX 1'x4' 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0BF (61.0)
RT5BX 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, 0.95BF
2RT5SX
RT5BX 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, 0.95BF
RT5BX 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115 High light, set light output, 1.15BF
RT5BX 1'x4' 2 28T5 GEB115S High light, step dimming, 1.15BF
RT5BX 1'x4' 2 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output. 1.0BF

Notes 5 Required. All fixtures shipped with


1 See Configurations table for lamp and lamps installed.
ballast compatibility. 6 28T5 lamp type only.
2 1’x 4’ only. 7 Specify voltage.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 3 Available only with CSA option.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 4 14T5, 24T5HO, 54T5HO lamp type only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 31

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_20-31.indd 31 3/6/14 11:19 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural
RECESSED

2VTL t Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides


Intended Use
The VTL Series is an economical LED option providing a single onboard intelligence that actively manages the LED light
basket and volumetric performance in an energy and operating source so that constant lumen output is maintained over
2’x2’, 2’x4’ savings package. the system life
Features t Bi-level dimming option allows system to be switched to
t Efficacy - up to 102 lpw 50% power for compliance with common energy codes
while maintaining fixture appearance
t Rated at L80 at 50,000 hours
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting-eliminates
t nLight® embedded controls make each luminaire dark shadows and opens the space while providing
addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with improved vertical illumination
other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches,
occupancy sensors and photocontrols Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. IC RATED.
Patent pending. DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2VTL4 48L ADP EZ1 LP835 N80
Series Air function Lumens1 Diffuser Voltage Driver Color temperature Controls Options
2
2VTL4 2x4 VTL (blank) Static 20L 2000 ADP Acrylic (blank) MVOLT EZ1 eldoLED Dims LP830 82 CRI, 3000K (blank) No controls EL14L 1400
2VTL2 2x2 VTL H Heat 30L 30003 linear 347 347V4 to 1% LP835 82 CRI, 3500K N80 nLight with 80% lumen
removal prismatic EZB eldoLED Dims to lumen management battery
33L 33002 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K pack
Black N80EMG nLight with 80%
40L 4000 LP850 82 CRI, 5000K EL7L 700
EDB eldoLED DALI lumen management.
48L 48003 For use with lumen
EXB eldoLED DMX/ battery
60L 60003 RDM generator supply EM
power pack
72L 72003 SLD Step-level CP Chicago
dimming N100 nLight without lumen
management Plenum
N100EMG nLight without lumen
management. For use
with generator supply
EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS CONFIGURATIONS (cont’d)
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL COLOR SERIES NOMINAL SIZE NOMINAL LUMENS NOMINAL INPUT WATTS COLOR TEMPERATURE CATALOG NUMBER
SERIES CATALOG NUMBER
SIZE LUMENS INPUT WATTS TEMPERATURE 2VTL4 2x4 4000 39 3000 2VTL4 40L ADP LP830
2VTL2 2x2 2000 20 3000 2VTL2 20L ADP LP830 2VTL4 2x4 4000 39 3500 2VTL4 40L ADP LP835
2VTL2 2x2 2000 20 3500 2VTL2 20L ADP LP835 2VTL4 2x4 4000 39 4000 2VTL4 40L ADP LP840
2VTL2 2x2 2000 20 4000 2VTL2 20L ADP LP840 2VTL4 2x4 4000 39 5000 2VTL4 40L ADP LP850
2VTL2 2x2 2000 20 5000 2VTL2 20L ADP LP850 2VTL4 2x4 4800 47 3000 2VTL4 48L ADP LP830
2VTL2 2x2 3300 34 3000 2VTL2 33L ADP LP830 2VTL4 2x4 4800 47 3500 2VTL4 48L ADP LP835
2VTL2 2x2 3300 34 3500 2VTL2 33L ADP LP835 2VTL4 2x4 4800 47 4000 2VTL4 48L ADP LP840
2VTL2 2x2 3300 34 4000 2VTL2 33L ADP LP840 2VTL4 2x4 4800 47 5000 2VTL4 48L ADP LP850
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

2VTL2 2x2 3300 34 5000 2VTL2 33L ADP LP850 2VTL4 2x4 6000 52 3000 2VTL4 60L ADP LP830
2VTL2 2x2 4000 41 3000 2VTL2 40L ADP LP830 2VTL4 2x4 6000 52 3500 2VTL4 60L ADP LP835
2VTL2 2x2 4000 41 3500 2VTL2 40L ADP LP835 2VTL4 2x4 6000 52 4000 2VTL4 60L ADP LP840
2VTL2 2x2 4000 41 4000 2VTL2 40L ADP LP840 2VTL4 2x4 6000 52 5000 2VTL4 60L ADP LP850
2VTL2 2x2 4000 41 5000 2VTL2 40L ADP LP850
2VTL4 2x4 7200 70 3000 2VTL4 72L ADP LP830
2VTL4 2x4 3000 31 3000 2VTL4 30L ADP LP830
2VTL4 2x4 7200 70 3500 2VTL4 72L ADP LP835
2VTL4 2x4 3000 31 3500 2VTL4 30L ADP LP835
2VTL4 2x4 7200 70 4000 2VTL4 72L ADP LP840
2VTL4 2x4 3000 31 4000 2VTL4 30L ADP LP840
2VTL4 2x4 7200 70 5000 2VTL4 72L ADP LP850
2VTL4 2x4 3000 31 5000 2VTL4 30L ADP LP850
For other control options, please refer to ordering information.
ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
2VT4 F916 Trim to adjust fixture mounting flush with v9/16" T-bar; for 2x4 fixture Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. Notes
2VT2 F916 Trim to adjust fixture mounting flush with 9/16" T-bar; for 2x2 fixture
1 Approximate lumen output.
DGA24 Drywall ceiling adaptor , unit installation (2x4) Specifications(2x2) Specifications(2x4) 2 Only available on 2x2.
DGA22 Drywall ceiling adaptor , unit installation (2x2) 3 Only available on 2x4.
Length: 24 (61.0) Length: 48 (122.0)
4 Consult factory for availability. Not available with
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0) EL14L battery pack or SLD controls.
polycarbonate. Refer to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1) Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

32 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 32 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Volumetric Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
The VT Series is an economical solution for applications
requiring high vertical illumination with low brightness. The
t Set light or step level dimming (switchable to 50% power)
available for compliance with common energy codes
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting – eliminates
2VT
volumetric distribution of the single acrylic basket is carefully
dark shadows and opens up the space with controlled 2’x2’, 2’x4’
managed at high angles, providing just enough intensity to
deliver the volumetric performance. distribution

Features Listings
t Micro-facet reflector echo the frequency of prisms in the UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Patent pending.
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling
t 1 , 2 or 3 lamp configurations, T5, T5HO or T8 lamping

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2VT8 2 32 ADP MVOLT GEB10IS LP835
Number Ballast
Series Air function of lamps Wattage Diffuser Voltage configuration Ballast Lamp Options
1
2VT5 T5 (blank) Static 1 14T5 14W T5 ADP Acrylic (blank) MVOLT (blank) One or two GEB10IS T8 electronic, LP835 80 CRI, GLR Fast-blow
Volumetric H Heat 2 (22") linear 347 347V 2 lamps, per <10%THD, instant 3500K fuse 4
troffer removal 17 17W T8 prismatic Lithonia start LP841 80 CRI, RSW Smooth
3 Lighting
2VT8 T8 (24") GEB10PS T5 and T8 4100K reflector
Volumetric standards electronic, <10%
24T5HO 24W LP830 80 CRI, EL14 Emergency
troffer T5HO 1/3 One, THD, programmed 3000K battery pack,
(24") three-lamp start 1400 lumens
ballast 3 LP735 70 CRI,
28T5 28W T5 GEB95 T5 electronic, 3500K EL Emergency
(46") <10% THD, .95 battery pack
ballast factor, LP741 70 CRI,
32 32W T8 programmed start 4100K CSA Meets
(48") LP730 70 CRI, Canadian
GEB95S T5 electronic, standards 5
54T5HO 54W <10% THD, .95 3000K
T5HO ballast factor,
(46") step dimming,
programmed start

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NOMINAL NUMBER OF unless otherwise noted.
SERIES LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION
SIZE LAMPS
VT5 2X2 1 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2)
VT5 2X2 2 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF 4-3/8 Length: 48 (122.0) Length: 24 (61.0)
VT5 2X2 2 14T5 GEB115 Standard, set light output, 1.15 BF (11.1)
Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0)
VT5 2X2 3 14T5 GEB115S Standard, step dimming, 1.15 BF Depth: 4-3/8 (11.1) Depth: 4-3/8 (11.1)
8-1/4
Specifi
VT5 cations(2x2)
2X2 1 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF (21)
Length: 24
VT5 24 (61.0)
2X2 2 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF (61.0)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


Width:
VT5 24 (61.0)
2X2 3 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF
VT5 4-3/8 2(11.1)
Depth: X4 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF ACCESSORIES
VT5 2X4 2 28T5 GEB95 Standard, set light output, 0.95 BF ORDER SEPARATELY
VT5 2X4 2 28T5 GEB95S Standard, step dimming, 0.95 BF 2VT4 F916 Trim to adjust fixture mounting flush with v9/16" T-bar; for 2x4 fixture
VT5 2X4 3 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF 2VT2 F916 Trim to adjust fixture mounting flush with 9/16" T-bar; for 2x2 fixture
VT5 2X4 1 54T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF DGA24 Drywall ceiling adaptor , unit installation (2x4)
VT5 2X4 2 54T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF DGA22 Drywall ceiling adaptor , unit installation (2x2)
VT5 2X4 3 54T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF
VT8 2X2 1 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
VT8 2X2 2 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
VT8 2X2 3 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
VT8 2X4 1 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
VT8 2X4 2 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
VT8 2X4 3 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF Notes
1 MVOLT (120-277V) 50-60Hz.
For other control options, please refer to ordering information.
2 Not available with 32T8 GEB10PS.
3 Not available with 28T5.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Must specify 120 or 277.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5 347V only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 33

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 33 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface
SURFACE/WALL

2VTLX t Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides


Intended Use
The VTLX surface mount series is an economical LED option onboard intelligence that actively manages the LED light
providing a single basket and volumetric performance in an source so that constant lumen output is maintained over
2’x2’, 2’x4’ energy and operating savings package. the system life
Features t Bi-level dimming option allows system to be switched to
t Efficacy - up to 102 lpw 50% power for compliance with common energy codes
while maintaining fixture appearance
t Rated at L80 at 50,000 hours
t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting-eliminates
t Formed and sonic welded corners for clear visual appear- dark shadows and opens the space while providing
ance without seams improved vertical illumination
t Very low profile – only 4-3/4'' overall height Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Patent pending.
DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2VTLX2 36L ADP D36 LP835 NX
Series Lumens1,2 Diffuser Voltage Wattage1,2,4 Color temperature Options
2VTLX2 2x2 24L 2400 lumens ADP Acrylic linear (blank) MVOLT D24 24W LP830 82 CRI, 3000K NX Dimming, no nLight
2VTLX4 2x4 36L 3600 lumens prismatic 347 3473 D36 36W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming
40L 4000 lumens D40 40W LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen management5
48L 4800 lumens D47 47W LP850 82 CRI, 5000K N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen management. For
72L 7200 lumens D75 75W use with generator supply EM power5
N100 nLight without lumen management5
N100EMG nLight without lumen management. For
use with generator supply EM power5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configu-
CONFIGURATIONS ration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL COLOR
SERIES CATALOG NUMBER
SIZE LUMENS INPUT WATTS TEMPERATURE
VTLX 2x2 2400 24 3000 2VTLX2 24L ADP D24 LP830 NX Specifications (2x2)
VTLX 2x2 2400 24 3500 2VTLX2 24L ADP D24 LP835 NX 4-3/8 Length: 24 (61.0)
VTLX 2x2 2400 24 4000 2VTLX2 24L ADP D24 LP840 NX (11.1)
Width: 24 (61.0)
VTLX 2x2 2400 24 5000 2VTLX2 24L ADP D24 LP850 NX
8-1/4 Depth: 4 -3/4 (12.1)
VTLX 2x2 3600 36 3000 2VTLX2 36L ADP D36 LP830 NX (21)
24
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

VTLX 2x2 3600 36 3500 2VTLX2 36L ADP D36 LP835 NX (61.0)
VTLX 2x2 3600 36 4000 2VTLX2 36L ADP D36 LP840 NX
VTLX 2x2 3600 36 5000 2VTLX2 36L ADP D36 LP850 NX
VTLX 2x4 4000 40 3000 2VTLX4 40L ADP D40 LP830 NX Specifications (2x4)
4-3/8 Length: 48 (122.0)
VTLX 2x4 4000 40 3500 2VTLX4 40L ADP D40 LP835 NX (11.1)
VTLX 2x4 4000 40 4000 2VTLX4 40L ADP D40 LP840 NX Width: 24 (61.0)
VTLX 2x4 4000 40 5000 2VTLX4 40L ADP D40 LP850 NX 8-1/4 Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
(21)
VTLX 2x4 4800 47 3000 2VTLX4 48L ADP D47 LP830 NX 24
(61.0)
VTLX 2x4 4800 47 3500 2VTLX4 48L ADP D47 LP835 NX
VTLX 2x4 4800 47 4000 2VTLX4 48L ADP D47 LP840 NX
VTLX 2x4 4800 47 5000 2VTLX4 48L ADP D47 LP850 NX
VTLX 2x4 7200 75 3000 2VTLX4 72L ADP D75 LP830 NX
VTLX 2x4 7200 75 3500 2VTLX4 72L ADP D75 LP835 NX
VTLX 2x4 7200 75 4000 2VTLX4 72L ADP D75 LP840 NX
VTLX 2x4 7200 75 5000 2VTLX4 72L ADP D75 LP850 NX Notes
1 Nominal value, varies by color and wattage.
2 See configurations for lumens/wattage availability.
3 Consult factory for availability. Not available with BLD controls.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Approximate input power (watts) +/-5%.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.
5 Consider CAT5 access when specifying.

34 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 34 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
The VT Series is an economical solution for applications
requiring high vertical illumination with low brightness. The
t Very low profile – only 4-3/4'' overall height
t Set light or step level dimming (switchable to 50% power)
available for compliance with common energy codes
VTX
volumetric distribution of the single acrylic basket is carefully 2’x2’, 2’x4’
managed at high angles, providing just enough intensity to t Enhances the space with volumetric lighting – eliminates
deliver the volumetric performance. dark shadows and opens up the space with controlled
Features distribution
t Micro-facet reflector echo the frequency of prisms in the Listings
refractor providing a quiet appearance in the ceiling UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Patent pending.
t 1 , 2 or 3 lamp configurations, T5, T5HO or T8 lamping
t Formed and sonic welded corners for clear visual appear-
ance without seams

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2VT8X 2 14T5 ADP MVOLT GEB10IS LP835
Number Ballast
Series of lamps Wattage Diffuser Voltage configurations Ballast Lamp Options
2VT5X T5 2x2 1 14T5 14W T5 (22”) ADP Acrylic MVOLT (blank) One or GEB10IS T8 electronic, ≤10% LP835 80 CRI, 3500K GLR Fast-blow fuse2
or 2x4 2 17 17W T8 (24”) linear 347 two-lamp THD, instant start LP841 80 CRI, 4100K RSW Smooth
2VT8X T8 2x2 prismatic ballast, per GEB10PS T5 and T8 electronic, reflector
3 24T5HO 24W T5HO (22”) Lithonia LP830 80 CRI, 3000K
or 2x4 ≤10% THD, EL14 Emergency
32 32W T8 (48”) Lighting programmed start LP735 70 CRI, 3500K
standards battery pack,
28T5 28W T5 (46”) GEB115 T5 electronic, ≤THD, LP741 70 CRI, 4100K 1400 lumens
1/3 One, 1.15 ballast factor,
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46”) LP730 70 CRI, 3000K EL Emergency
three- programmed start
lamp battery pack
ballast GEB115S T5 electronic, ≤THD, CSA Meets
1.15 ballast factor, Canadian
step dimming Standards3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configu-
CONFIGURATIONS ration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
NOMINAL NUMBER
SERIES LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION
SIZE OF LAMPS
2VT5X 2x2 1 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Specifications (2x2)
4-3/8 Length: 24 (61.0)
2VT5X 2x2 2 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF (11.1)
2VT5X 2x2 3 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Width: 24 (61.0)
8-1/4
2VT5X 2x2 1 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF (21)
Height: 4-3/4 (12.1)
2VT5X 2x2 2 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF 24
(61.0)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


2VT5X 2x2 3 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF
2VT5X 2x2 1 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF Specifications (2x4)
2VT5X 2x2 2 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF 4-3/8 Length: 48 (122.0)
2VT5X 2x2 3 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF (11.1)
Width: 24 (61.0)
2VT5X 2x4 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
8-1/4 Height: 4-3/4 (12.1)
2VT5X 2x4 2 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF (21)
24
2VT5X 2x4 3 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF (61.0)
2VT5X 2x4 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
2VT5X 2x4 2 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
2VT5X 2x4 3 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF ACCESSORIES
2VT5X 2x2 1 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF ORDER SEPARATELY
2VT5X 2x2 2 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF SQ Swivel-stem hanger (specify in 2” increments)
1B Ceiling spacer (adjusts from 1-1/2” to 2-1/2” from ceiling)
2VT5X 2x2 3 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2VT5X 2x4 1 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2VT5X 2x4 2 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2VT5X 2x4 3 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
Notes
1 MVOLT (120-277V) 50-60Hz.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 2 Must specify 120 or 277.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.
3 347 only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 35

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 35 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Architectural
RECESSED

ALL t nLight® embedded controls make each luminaire


Intended Use
The ALL LED combines clean, fine lines with a unique design addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate with
that complements any space. The completely luminous optical other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches,
2’x2’, 2’x4’, 1’x4’ system provides a concave visual appearance while providing occupancy sensors and photocontrols
high fixture performance and even illumination. ALL is available
with several lighting control options including dimming t Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides
and occupancy sensors to maximize energy savings and onboard intelligence that actively manages the LED light
complement daylight harvesting. source so that constant lumen output is maintained over
the system life
Features
t Efficacy - up to 100 lpw t Bi-level dimming option allows system to be switched to
50% power for compliance with common energy codes
t Rated at L80 at 50,000 hours while maintaining fixture appearance
t Full luminous diffuser combined with concave refractor Listings
provides visual interest and clean lines UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. IC RATED.
Patent pending. DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2ALL2 37L D37 LP835 N80
Series Lumens1,2 Voltage Wattage1,2,4 Color temperature Controls Options
2ALL4 LED, 2x4 21L 2100 lumens (blank) MVOLT D24 24W LP830 82 CRI, 3000K NX Dimming, no nLight EL14L 1400 lumen battery pack 5
2ALL2 LED, 2x2 37L 3700 lumens (120-277V) D37 37W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming CP Chicago Plenum
ALL4 LED, 1x4 43L 4300 lumens 347 347V 3 D50 50W LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen management
49L 4900 lumens D75 75W LP850 82 CRI, 5000K N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen management. For
64L 6400 lumens use with generator supply EM power
N100 nLight without lumen management
N100EMG nLight without lumen management. For use
with generator supply EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
CONFIGURATIONS mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL COLOR
SERIES
SIZE LUMENS INPUT WATTS TEMPERATURE
CATALOG NUMBER Specifications(1x4)
2ALL2 2x2 3700 37 3000 2ALL2 37L D37 LP830 NX Length: 48 (121.9)
2ALL2 2x2 3700 37 3500 2ALL2 37L D37 LP835 NX Width: 12-1/4 (31.1)
2ALL2 2x2 3700 37 4000 2ALL2 37L D37 LP840 NX
D
Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
2ALL2 2x2 3700 37 5000 2ALL2 37L D37 LP850 NX
2ALL4 2x4 4900 50 3000 2ALL4 49L D50 LP830 NX W
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

2ALL4 2x4 4900 50 3500 2ALL4 49L D50 LP835 NX


Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2)
2ALL4 2x4 4900 50 4000 2ALL4 49L D50 LP840 NX D
D
2ALL4 2x4 4900 50 5000 2ALL4 49L D50 LP850 NX Length: 48 (121.9) Length: 24 (61.0)
ALL4 1x4 2100 24 3000 ALL4 21L D24 LP830 NX W Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0)
ALL4 1x4 2100 24 3500 ALL4 21L D24 LP835 NX Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5) Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5)
ALL4 1x4 2100 24 4000 ALL4 21L D24 LP840 NX Weight: 30 lbs (13.6 kgs) Weight: 17 lbs (7.7 kgs)
ALL4 1x4 2100 24 5000 ALL4 21L D24 LP850 NX
ACCESSORIES
ALL4 1x4 4300 50 3000 ALL4 43L D50 LP830 NX ORDER SEPARATELY
ALL4 1x4 4300 50 3500 ALL4 43L D50 LP835 NX DGA24 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 2x4 fixture
ALL4 1x4 4300 50 4000 ALL4 43L D50 LP840 NX DGA22 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 2x2 fixture
ALL4 1x4 4300 50 5000 ALL4 43L D50 LP850 NX DGA14 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 1x4 fixture
ALL4 1x4 6400 75 3000 ALL4 64L D75 LP830 NX
ALL4 1x4 6400 75 3500 ALL4 64L D75 LP835 NX
ALL4 1x4 6400 75 4000 ALL4 64L D75 LP840 NX Notes
1 Nominal value varies by color and wattage.
ALL4 1x4 6400 75 5000 ALL4 64L D75 LP850 NX 2 See configuration for lumen/wattage availability.
3 Not available with EL14L battery pack or BLD controls.
4 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when operating between 120/277V +/- 10%.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 EL14L not available with 6400 lumen option.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

36 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 36 3/6/14 11:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
The AL combines clean, fine lines with a unique design that
complements any space. The completely luminous optical
t 1 , 2 or 3 lamp configurations, T5, T5HO, CF40 or T8 lamping
t Available in 2x2, 2x4 or 1x4 configurations AL
system provides a concave visual appearance while providing t Set light or step level dimming (switchable to 50% power) 2’x2’, 2’x4’, 1’x4’
high fixture performance and even illumination. available for compliance with common energy codes
Features Listings
t Full luminous diffuser combined with concave refractor UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Patent pending.
provides visual interest and clean lines

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2AL5 2 14T5 MVOLT GEB10PS LP835
1 1
Series Number of lamps Wattage Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp Options
2
2AL5 T5 Recessed, 1 14T5 14W T5 (22") MVOLT 120-277V (blank) One or two GEB10IS T8 electronic, LP835 80 CRI, 3500K GLR Fast-blow
2x2, 2x4 2 17 17W T8 (24") 347 347V lamps, per <10%THD, LP841 80 CRI, 4100K fuse 3
2AL8 T8 Recessed, Lithonia instant start EL14 Emergency
3 24T5HO 24W T5HO (24") Lighting LP830 80 CRI, 3000K
2x2, 2x4 GEB10PS T5 and T8 battery
CF40 40W TT5 (22.5") standards electronic, LP735 70 CRI, 3500K pack, 1400
AL5 T5 Recessed,
1x4 28T5 28W T5 (46") 1/3 One, three- <10% THD, LP741 70 CRI, 4100K lumens
lamp ballast programmed
AL8 T8 Recessed, 32 32W T8 (48") LP730 70 CRI, 3000K
start
1x4 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") GEB10RS CF40
electronic
ballast, <10%
THD, program
rapid start 3
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.
CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NOMINAL NUMBER mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION unless otherwise noted.
SIZE OF LAMPS
2AL5 2x2 1 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Specifications(1x4)
2AL5 2x2 2 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Length: 48 (121.9)
2AL5 2x2 3 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Width: 12-1/4 (31.1)
D
2AL5 2x2 1 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
2AL5 2x2 2 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF
2AL5 2x2 3 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF
2AL5 2x2 1 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2AL5 2x2 2 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
Specifications(2x2) Specifications(2x4)
2AL5 2x2 3 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF D
D Length: 24 (61.0) Length: 48 (121.9)
2AL5 2x4 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
W Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0)
2AL5 2x4 2 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF W
2AL5 2x4 3 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5) Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5)
2AL5 2x4 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


2AL5 2x4 2 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
2AL5 2x4 3 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
2AL8 2x2 1 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2AL8 2x2 2 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2AL8 2x2 3 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2AL8 2x4 1 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2AL8 2x4 2 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2AL8 2x4 3 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
AL5 1x4 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
AL5 1x4 2 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
AL5 1x4 3 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF DGA24 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 2x4 fixture
AL5 1x4 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF DGA22 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 2x2 fixture
AL5 1x4 2 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF DGA14 Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation for 1x4 fixture
AL5 1x4 3 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
AL8 1x4 1 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
Notes
AL8 1x4 2 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity 1 See configurations for lamp/wattage compatibility.
of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the Acrylic &
AL8 1x4 3 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on 2 MVOLT 120-277V, 50-60Hz operation.
pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 3 Must specify voltage.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 37

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 37 3/6/14 11:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface
SURFACE/WALL

2ALLS t Very low profile – only 3-3/4” overall height- 2x2, 2x4
Intended Use
The ALLS LED surface mount series combines clean, fine
lines with a unique design that complements any space. The t Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides
onboard intelligence that actively manages the LED light
2’x2’, 2’x4’, 1’x4’ completely luminous optical system provides a concave visual
source so that constant lumen output is maintained over
appearance while providing high fixture performance and
even illumination. AL is available with several lighting control the system life
options including dimming and occupancy sensors to maximize t Bi-level dimming option allows system to be switched to
energy savings and complement daylight harvesting. 50% power for compliance with common energy codes
Features while maintaining fixture appearance
t Efficacy - up to 100 lpw Listings
t Rated at L80 at 50,000 hours UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Patent pending.
DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
t Full luminous diffuser combined with concave refractor
provides visual interest and clean lines
t Formed and plazma welded corners for clear visual appear-
ance without seams TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2ALLS2 37L D37 LP835 NX
Series Lumens1 Voltage Wattage2 Color temperature Controls
2ALLS2 2x2 21L 2100 lumens (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D24 24W LP830 82 CRI, 3000K NX Dimming, no nLight
2ALLS4 2x4 37L 3700 lumens 347 347V D37 37W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming
ALLS4 1x4 43L 4300 lumens D50 50W LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management3
49L 4900 lumens D75 75W LP850 82 CRI, 5000K N80EMG nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management for use with generator supply EM power3
64L 6400 lumens N100 nLight without lumen management3
N100EMG nLight without lumen management for use with generator supply EM power3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configu-
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL COLOR ration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
SERIES CATALOG NUMBER
SIZE LUMENS INPUT WATTS TEMPERATURE
2ALLS2 2x2 3700 37 3000 2ALLS2 37L D37 LP830 NX
Specifications (2x2)
2ALLS2 2x2 3700 37 3500 2ALLS2 37L D37 LP835 NX
Length: 24 (61.0)
2ALLS2 2x2 3700 37 4000 2ALLS2 37L D37 LP840 NX
2ALLS2 2x2 3700 37 5000 2ALLS2 37L D37 LP850 NX Width: 24-1/4 (61.6)
Height: 3-3/4 (9.5)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

2ALLS4 2x4 4900 50 3000 2ALLS4 49L D50 LP830 NX


2ALLS4 2x4 4900 50 3500 2ALLS4 49L D50 LP835 NX
Specifications (2x4)
2ALLS4 2x4 4900 50 4000 2ALLS4 49L D50 LP840 NX
2ALLS4 2x4 4900 50 5000 2ALLS4 49L D50 LP850 NX
Length: 48 (121.9)
ALLS4 1x4 2100 24 3000 ALLS4 21L D24 LP830 NX Width: 24 (61.0)
ALLS4 1x4 2100 24 3500 ALLS4 21L D24 LP835 NX Height: 3-3/4 (9.5)
ALLS4 1x4 2100 24 4000 ALLS4 21L D24 LP840 NX
Specifications (1x4)
ALLS4 1x4 2100 24 5000 ALLS4 21L D24 LP850 NX
ALLS4 1x4 4300 50 3000 ALLS4 43L D50 LP830 NX Length: 48 (121.9)
ALLS4 1x4 4300 50 3500 ALLS4 43L D50 LP835 NX Width: 12-1/4 (31.1)
ALLS4 1x4 4300 50 4000 ALLS4 43L D50 LP840 NX Height: 4-3/4 (12.1)
ALLS4 1x4 4300 50 5000 ALLS4 43L D50 LP850 NX
ALLS4 1x4 6400 75 3000 ALLS4 64L D75 LP830 NX
ALLS4 1x4 6400 75 3500 ALLS4 64L D75 LP835 NX
ALLS4 1x4 6400 75 4000 ALLS4 64L D75 LP840 NX
ALLS4 1x4 6400 75 5000 ALLS4 64L D75 LP850 NX Notes
1 Approximate lumen output.
2 Actual wattage may differ by +/-5% when
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the operating between 120-277V+/-10%.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 3 Consider CAT5 access when specifying.

38 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 38 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
The ALS combines clean, fine lines with a unique design that
complements any space. The completely luminous optical
t 1 , 2 or 3 lamp configurations, T5, T5HO, CF40 or T8 lamping
t Available in 2x2, 2x4 or 1x4 configurations 2ALS
system provides a concave visual appearance while providing t Set light or step level dimming (switchable to 50% power) 2’x2’, 2’x4’, 1’x4’
high fixture performance and even illumination. available for compliance with common energy codes
Features Listings
t Full luminous diffuser combined with concave refractor UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Patent pending.
provides visual interest and clean lines

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2ALS5S 2 14T5 MVOLT GEB10PS LP835
Number Ballast
Series of lamps Wattage Voltage configuration Ballast Lamps Options
1
2AL5S T5 or CF40 1 14T5 14W T5 (22") 32 32W (48”) MVOLT 120-277V (blank) One or GEB10IS T8 electronic LP835 80 CRI, 3500K GLR Fast-blow
2x2 or 2x4 2 17 17W T8 (24") 28T5 28W T5 (46”) 347 347V two-lamp ballast, <10% LP841 80 CRI, 4100K fuse2
2AL8S T8 2x2 ballast, THD, instant start EL14 Emergency
3 24T5HO 24W T5HO (22") 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46”) per LP830 80 CRI, 3000K
or 2x4 GEB10RS CF40 electronic battery
CF40 40W T5 (22.5") Lithonia ballast, <10% LP735 70 CRI, 3500K pack, 1400
AL5S T5 or Lighting
CF40 1x4 THD, program LP741 70 CRI, 4100K lumens
standards rapid start
AL8S T8 1x4 LP730 70 CRI, 3000K
1/3 One, GEB10PS T5 and T8
three- electronic ballast,
lamp <10% THD,
ballast programmed start
v

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE BALLAST DESCRIPTION not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
2ALS5 2x2 1 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF unless otherwise noted.
2ALS5 2x2 2 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
2ALS5 2x2 3 14T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Specifications (2x2)
2ALS5 2x2 1 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF Length: 24 (61.0)
2ALS5 2x2 2 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF Width: 24-1/4 (61.6)
2ALS5 2x2 3 24T5HO GEB10PS High Light, set light output, 1.0 BF
Height: 3-3/4 (9.5)
2ALS5 2x2 1 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2ALS5 2x2 2 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2ALS5 2x2 3 CF40 GEB10RS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF Specifications (2x4)
2ALS5 2x4 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Length: 48 (121.9)
2ALS5 2x4 2 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Width: 24 (61.0)
2ALS5 2x4 3 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
Height: 3-3/4 (9.5)
2ALS5 2x4 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


2ALS5 2x4 2 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
2ALS5 2x4 3 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF Specifications (1x4)
2ALS8 2x2 1 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF Length: 48 (121.9)
2ALS8 2x2 2 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF Width: 12-1/4 (31.1)
2ALS8 2x2 3 17 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
Height: 4-3/4 (12.1)
2ALS8 2x4 1 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2ALS8 2x4 2 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
2ALS8 2x4 3 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
ALS5 1x4 1 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
ALS5 1x4 2 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
SQ Swivel-stem hanger (specify in 2” increments)
ALS5 1x4 3 28T5 GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
1B Ceiling spacer (adjusts from 1-1/2” to 2-1/2” from ceiling
ALS5 1x4 1 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
ALS5 1x4 2 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF
Notes
ALS5 1x4 3 54T5HO GEB10PS Standard, set light output, 1.0 BF 1 MVOLT 120-277V, 50-60Hz operation.
ALS8 1x4 1 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF 2 Must specify voltage.
ALS8 1x4 2 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and
ALS8 1x4 3 32 GEB10IS Standard, set light output, 0.88 BF polycarbonate. Refer to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental
Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 39

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 39 3/6/14 11:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer
RECESSED

SBSL t 3300 and 4600 lumen packages


Intended Use
The Shadow Box Square combines digital lighting and control
technologies with an aesthetically pleasing, uniform brightness t Excellent lumen maintenance - L80 50,000 hrs

2’x2’, 2’x4’ and clean lines which make the SBSL the perfect solution t Stylish open matte white surrounded by perforated pat-
for applications such as schools, offices and hospitals. The terned trim creates a unique lighted appearance and adds
combination of perforated perimeter with white center section visual interest to the space
is a unique look for today’s recessed ceiling applications.
High-efficacy light engine delivers long life and excellent color, t Available with integrated nLight® technology
ensuring a superior quality light installation that is highly
Listings
efficient and sustainable.
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
Features DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
t 2’x2’ SBSL replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8; 2’x4’ SBSL replaces standards. Damp location listed.
2- lamp T5 or T8
t 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ configurations
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2SBSL2 33L RW D38 LP835 N80
Series Lamp type Door Voltage Wattage Color temperature Control Options
2SBSL2 Recessed LED, 2x2 33L 3300 lumens 1, 2 FW Flush (blank) MVOLT D38 38W2,4,5 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K6 NX Less controls EL14L 1400 lumen
2SBSL4 Recessed LED, 2x4 46L 4600 lumens 1, 3 aluminum, (120- D50 50W3,4,5 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming emergency
white 277V) battery
LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen
RW Regressed management
aluminum, LP850 82 CRI, 5000K6
white N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen
management. For use with
generator supply EM power
N100EMG nLight without lumen
management. For use with
generator supply EM power
N100EMG nLight without lumen
management. For use with
generator supply EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NLIGHT® CONTROL ACCESSORIES: mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
ORDER AS SEPARATE CATALOG NUMBER. VISIT WWW.SENSORSWITCH.COM/NLIGHT unless otherwise noted.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

FOR COMPLETE LISTING OF NLIGHT CONTROLS.


Specifications (2x4)
WallPod stations Model number
3-3/4 Length: 48 (122.0)
On/Off nPODM [color] (9.5)
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color] Width: 24 (61.0)
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX 24 Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5)
(61.0)
Photocell controls Model number
Specifications (2x2)
Continuous dimming nCM ADC
Length: 24 (61.0)
On/Off & Dimming nCM PC ADC ACCESSORIES
Occupancy sensors Model number Width: 24 (61.0)
ORDER SEPARATELY
Standard range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9 DGA24 Drywall grid adapter for 2x4 recessed fixture Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5)
Extended range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10 DGA22 Drywall grid adapter for 2x2 recessed fixture
Wide view (PIR / dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16
Cat-5 cable bundles (plenum rated) Model number Notes
10', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 10FT 1 Nominal lumens.
2 Only available with 2SBSL2.
30', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 30FT 3 Only available with 2SBSL4.
4 Nominal wattage.
5 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5%
when operating between 120/277V
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the +/- 10%.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Extended lead time.

40 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 40 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
The Shadow Box Square surface mount combines digital
lighting and control technologies with an aesthetically
t 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ configurations designed for surface mount
applications
t 3300 and 4600 lumen packages
2SBSLX
pleasing, uniform brightness and clean lines which make the 2’x2’, 2’x4’
SBSLX the perfect solution for applications such as schools, t Excellent lumen maintenance - L80 50,000 hrs
offices and hospitals. The combination of perforated perimeter
with white center section is a unique look for today’s surface t Stylish open matte white surrounded by perforated
ceiling applications. High-efficacy light engine delivers long life patterned trim creates a unique lighted appearance and
and excellent color, ensuring a superior quality light installation adds visual interest to the space
that is highly efficient and sustainable.
t Available with integrated nLight® technology
Features
Listings
t 2’x2’ SBSLX replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8; 2’x4’ SBSLX replaces
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
2- lamp T5 or T8
DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
standards. Damp location listed.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2SBSLX2 33L RW D38 LP835 N80
Series Lamp type Door Voltage Wattage Color temperature Control Options
2SBSLX2 LED Surface Mount, 2x2 33L 3300 FW Flush aluminum, (blank) MVOLT D38 38W2,4,5 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K6 NX Less controls EL14L 1400 lumen
2SBSLX4 LED Surface Mount, 2x4 lumens1,2 white (120-277V) D50 50W3,4,5 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming emergency
46L 4600 RW Regressed battery
LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen
lumens1,3 aluminum, white management
LP850 82 CRI, 5000K6
N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen
management. For use
with generator supply
EM power
N100 nLight without lumen
management
N100EMG nLight without lumen
management.
For use with generator
supply EM power.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


NLIGHT® CONTROL ACCESSORIES: Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
ORDER AS SEPARATE CATALOG NUMBER. VISIT WWW.SENSORSWITCH.COM/ unless otherwise noted.
NLIGHT FOR COMPLETE LISTING OF NLIGHT CONTROLS.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


WallPod stations Model number
On/Off nPODM [color] D
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color]
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX W
Photocell controls Model number Specifications (2x4) Specifications (2x2)
Continuous dimming nCM ADC
Length: 48-3/4 (123.8) Length: 24-3/4 (62.9)
On/Off & Dimming nCM PC ADC
Occupancy sensors Model number Width: 24-3/4 (62.9) Width: 24-3/4 (62.9)
Standard range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9 Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1) Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
Extended range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10
Wide view (PIR / dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16
Cat-5 cable bundles (plenum rated) Model number
10', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 10FT
30', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 30FT Notes
1 Nominal lumens.
2 Only available with 2SBSLX2.
3 Only available with 2SBSLX4.
4 Nominal wattage.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when operating between 120/277V +/-10%.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Extended lead time.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 41

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 41 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer
RECESSED

2ACL t Standard deep regressed door frame with step baffles


Intended Use
The ACLED architectural coffer combines digital LED lighting and provides unique architectural appearance
control technologies with a high performance optical system to
t Frosted acrylic tile provides superior efficiency and a clean
2’x2’, 2’x4’ deliver general ambient lighting for many applications such as
quite appearance in the ceiling
schools, offices, and hospitals. High efficacy light engine deliv-
ers long life and excellent color, ensuring a superior quality light t Available with integrated nLight® technology
installation that is highly efficient and sustainable.
Listings
Features CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t 2’x2’ ACL replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8; 2’x4’ ACL replaces 2- lamp DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
T5 or T8 standards. Damp location listed.
t 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ configurations
t 3500 and 4800 lumen packages
t Excellent lumen maintenance - L80 50,000 hrs

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2ACL2 35L D38 LP835 N100
Series Lumens Voltage Wattage Color temperature Controls Options
2ACL2 Recessed LED, 2x2 35L 3500 (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D38 38W2, 4,5 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K6 NX Less controls EL14L 1400 lumen
lumens1,2 D50 50W3,4,5 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming emergency
2ACL4 Recessed LED, 2x4 battery pack
48L 4800 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management
lumens1,3
LP850 82 CRI, 5000K6 N80EMG nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management.
For use with generator supply EM power
N100 nLight without lumen management
N100EMG nLight without lumen management. For
use with generator supply EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


NLIGHT® CONTROL ACCESSORIES: Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

ORDER AS SEPARATE CATALOG NUMBER. VISIT WWW.SENSORSWITCH.COM/NLIGHT FOR unless otherwise noted.
COMPLETE LISTING OF NLIGHT CONTROLS.
WallPod stations Model number
On/Off nPODM [color] 3-3/4
(9.5)
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color]
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX 24
Photocell controls Model number (61.0)

Continuous dimming nCM ADC Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2)


On/Off & Dimming nCM PC ADC Length: 48 (122.0) Length: 24 (61.0)
Occupancy sensors Model number
Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0)
Standard range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9
Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5) Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5)
Extended range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10
Wide view (PIR / dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16
Cat-5 cable bundles (plenum rated) Model number Notes
1 Nominal lumens.
10', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 10FT 2 Only available with 2ACL2.
30', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 30FT 3 Only available with 2ACL4.
4 Nominal wattage.
5 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the operating between 120/277V +/- 10%.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Extended lead time.

42 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 42 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
The ACLED surface mount architectural coffer combines digital
LED lighting and control technologies with a high performance
t 3500 and 4800 lumen packages
t Excellent lumen maintenance - L80 50,000 hrs 2ACLX
optical system to deliver general ambient lighting for many t Standard deep regressed door frame with step baffles 2’x2’, 2’x4’
applications such as schools, offices, and hospitals. High efficacy provides unique architectural
light engine delivers long life and excellent color, ensuring a
superior quality light installation that is highly efficient and t Frosted acrylic tile provides superior efficiency and a clean,
sustainable. quiet appearance

Features t Available with integrated nLight® technology


t 2’x2’ ACLX replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8; 2’x4’ ACLX replaces
Listings
2- lamp T5 or T8
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ configurations designed for surface mount DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
applications standards. Damp location listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2ACLX2 35L D38 LP835 N100
Series Lumens Voltage Wattage Color temperature Controls Options
2ACLX2 Surface Mount LED, 2x2 35L 3500 (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D38 38W2,4,5 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K6 NX Less controls EL14L 1400 lumen
lumens1,2 347 347V D50 50W3,4,5 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming emergency
2ACLX4 Surface Mount LED, 2x4 battery pack
48L 4800 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management
lumens1,3
LP850 82 CRI, 5000K6 N80EMG nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management.
For use with generator supply EM power
N100 nLight without lumen management
N100EMG nLight without lumen management.
For use with generator supply EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


NLIGHT® CONTROL ACCESSORIES: Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


ORDER AS SEPARATE CATALOG NUMBER. VISIT WWW.SENSORSWITCH.COM/NLIGHT mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
FOR COMPLETE LISTING OF NLIGHT CONTROLS. unless otherwise noted.
WallPod stations Model number
On/Off nPODM [color] D
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color]
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX W
Photocell controls Model number
Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2)
Continuous dimming nCM ADC
On/Off & Dimming nCM PC ADC Length: 48-3/4 (123.8) Length: 24-3/4 (62.9)
Occupancy sensors Model number Width: 24-3/4 (62.9) Width: 24-3/4 (62.9)
Standard range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9 Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1) Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
Extended range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10
Wide view (PIR / dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16
Cat-5 cable bundles (plenum rated) Model number
10', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 10FT Notes
1 Nominal lumens.
30', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 30FT 2 Only available with 2ACLX2.
3 Only available with 2ACLX4.
4 Nominal wattage.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when operating between 120/277V +/- 10%.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Extended lead time.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 43

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 43 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Architectural
RECESSED

2FSL4 Intended Use Features


The FS Series Architectural LED luminaire combines aesthetics t Lumen packages: 3000, 4000, 4800, 6000, or 7200 lumens
and performance in a general lighting product that enables
t Contractor-friendly construction for minimal jobsite
2’x4’ the transformation from fluorescent to modern architectural
assembly with no special handling required or excess
LED. The high-efficacy LED light engine delivers long life and
excellent color while ensuring a quality lighting installation. material to dispose of
Integrated controls options provide for design flexibility and t SMART + SIMPLE. Enabled with nLight® digital technology
optimum energy savings. allowing it to communicate with Acuity Brands control
devices such as occupancy sensors, photocells and wall
The FS Series Architectural LED provides quality ambient stations
lighting — with no distracting glare — and uniformity of
the aperature for a quiet ceiling and balanced task-to-vertical t Increased energy savings by including nLight lumen
illumination. It is ideal for general-ambient commercial management
applications including offices, schools, retail locations and
Listings
healthcare facilities.
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards.
DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2FSL4 40L EZ1 LP835 N100
1
Series Air function Lumens Lens Voltage Driver Color temperature Controls Options
2FSL4 2x4 FSL (blank) Static 30L 3000 (blank) Satin (blank) MVOLT EZ1 eldoLED Dims LP830 3000K (blank) No controls EL7L 700
H Heat 40L 4000 white 347 3472 to 1% LP835 3500K N80 nLight with 80% lumen lumen
removal EZB eldoLED Dims to management3 battery
48L 4800 LP840 4000K pack
Black N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen
60L 6000 LP850 5000K EL14L 1400
EDB eldoLED DALI management. For use with
72L 7200 generator supply EM power3 lumen
EXB eldoLED DMX/ battery
RDM N100 nLight without lumen pack
SLD Step-level management3
dimming N100EMG nLight without lumen
management. For use with
generator supply EM power3
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NLIGHT® CONTROL ACCESSORIES: mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
ORDER AS SEPARATE CATALOG NUMBER. VISIT WWW.SENSORSWITCH.COM/NLIGHT unless otherwise noted.
FOR COMPLETE LISTING OF NLIGHT CONTROLS.
WallPod stations Model number Specifications (2x4)
On/Off nPODM [color] 4 3/4 Length: 48 (122.0)
(12.1)
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color] Width: 24 (61.0)
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
15 3/4
Photocell controls Model number (40)
Continuous dimming nCM ADC 24
On/Off & Dimming nCM PC ADC (61.0)

Occupancy sensors Model number


Standard range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9 ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
Extended range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10 2FSL4 F916 Trim to adjust fixture mounting flush with 9/16” T-bar; for 2x4 fixture
Wide view (PIR / dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16 DGA24 Drywall ceilings adaptor, unit installation.
Cat-5 cable bundles (plenum rated) Model number
Notes
10', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 10FT J1 1 Approximate lumen output.
30', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 30FT J1 2 Consult factory availability. Not available with EL14L battery pack or SLD controls.
3 Not available with driver options: EZB, EDB or EXB.

44 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 44 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
The FS Series Architectural LED luminaire combines aesthetics
and performance in a general lighting product that enables
Features
t Lumen packages: 2000, 3300, or 4000 lumens
t Contractor-friendly construction for minimal jobsite as-
2FSL2
the transformation from fluorescent to modern architectural
sembly with no special handling required or excess material 2’x2’
LED. The high-efficacy LED light engine delivers long life and
excellent color while ensuring a quality lighting installation. to dispose of
Integrated controls options provide for design flexibility and t SMART + SIMPLE. Enabled with nLight® digital technology
optimum energy savings. allowing it to communicate with Acuity Brands control
devices such as occupancy sensors, photocells and wall
The FS Series Architectural LED provides quality ambient stations
lighting — with no distracting glare — and uniformity of
the aperature for a quiet ceiling and balanced task-to-vertical t Increased energy savings by including nLight lumen
illumination. It is ideal for general-ambient commercial management
applications including offices, schools, retail locations and
Listings
healthcare facilities.
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards.
DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2FSL2 20L EZ1 LP835 N100
1
Series Air function Lumens Lens Voltage Driver Color temperature Controls Options
2FSL2 2x2 FSL (blank) Static 20L 2000 (blank) Satin (blank) MVOLT EZ1 eldoLED Dims LP830 3000K (blank) No controls EL7L 700
H Heat 33L 3300 white 347 3472 to 1% LP835 3500K N80 nLight with 80% lumen lumen
removal EZB eldoLED Dims to management3 battery
40L 4000 LP840 4000K pack
Black N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen
LP850 5000K EL14L 1400
EDB eldoLED DALI management. For use with
generator supply EM power3 lumen
EXB eldoLED DMX/ battery
RDM N100 nLight without lumen pack
SLD Step-level management3
dimming N100EMG nLight without lumen
management. For use with
generator supply EM power3

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NLIGHT® CONTROL ACCESSORIES: mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
ORDER AS SEPARATE CATALOG NUMBER. VISIT WWW.SENSORSWITCH.COM/NLIGHT unless otherwise noted.
FOR COMPLETE LISTING OF NLIGHT CONTROLS.
WallPod stations Model number Specifications(2x2)
On/Off nPODM [color] 4 3/4 Length: 24 (61.0)
(12.1)
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color] Width: 24 (61.0)
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
15 3/4
Photocell controls Model number (40)
Continuous dimming nCM ADC 24
On/Off & Dimming nCM PC ADC (61.0)

Occupancy sensors Model number ACCESSORIES


Standard range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9 ORDER SEPARATELY
2FSL2 F916 Trim to adjust fixture mounting flush with 9/16” T-bar; for 2x2 fixture
Extended range 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10 DGA22 Drywall ceilings adaptor, unit installation.
Wide view (PIR / dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16
Cat-5 cable bundles (plenum rated) Model number
Notes
10', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 10FT J1 1 Approximate lumen output.
30', 15 pieces per bundle CAT5 30FT J1 2 Consult factory availability. Not available with EL14L battery pack or SLD controls.
3 Not available with driver options: EZB, EDB or EXB.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 45

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 45 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Architectural
RECESSED

2AV t Standard smooth reflectors finished with matte-white


Intended Use
Excellent choice for general commercial applications including powder paint
open office areas, public indoor spaces, libraries and airports.
t Optional diffuse aluminum stepped reflectors available
2’x2’, 2’x4’ Features
t Delivers optimum mix of direct and diffuse reflected light t Light traps prevent light leaks between shielding and end
for balanced illumination on horizontal and vertical surfaces plates

t Provides enhanced visual comfort and minimizes shadowing Listings


UL Listed, cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards.
t Available in 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ symmetric distributions NOM certified - optional. Protected by one or more of U.S.
Patents Nos. 5,988,829; 399,586; 411,641; 413,402; 2,212,513;
t Row mounting capable 87,513.
t Choice of several shielding options

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2AV G 2 32 MDR MVOLT GEB10IS
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Voltage
2AV 2' wide, symmetric distribution G Grid trim (blank) Standard 1 14T5 14W T5 (22") MDR Metal diffuser, round holes MVOLT
ST Screw slot A Air supply/return 2 17 17W T8 (24") SBL Straight blade louver, round holes 3471
3 24T5HO 24W T5HO (22") MDM Metal diffuser, mini slots
Not included. 28T5 28W T5 (46") ADP Acrylic diffuser, linear prismatic lens
32 32W T8 (48") MDC Metal diffuser, round holes with large
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") center slots
CF40 40W TT5 (24") MDS Metal solid diffuser
CF50 50W TT5 (24")

Ballast configuration Ballast Options


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts per Lithonia Lighting standards GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start ALG Acrylic litter guard
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start GLR Internal fast-blow fuse3
GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start APB Air pattern control blades
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, Normal ballast factor (.88), instant start2 ASR Aluminum stepped reflector
EL Emergency battery pack4
PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 3 wires
CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE BALLAST mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
AV 2'x4' 1, 2, 3 28T5, 54T5HO GEB10PS
AV 2'x4' 1, 2, 3 32 GEB10IS, GEB10RS 23-3/4
AV 2'x2' 1, 2, 3 14T5, 24T5HO GEB10PS (60.3)
AV 2'x2' 1, 2, 3 17 GEB10IS, GEB10RS
AV 2'x2' 1, 2, 3 CF40, CF50 GEB10IS, GEB10RS 5-1/2
(14.0)

ACCESSORIES 8
ORDER SEPARATELY (20.3)

DGA_ Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation. Use G trim plus DGA for support in plaster ceilings.
(Add 24 for 2'x4'; 22 for 2’x2’).

Notes
1 Available only with CSA option.
2 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballasts.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 3 Specify voltage.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 4 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

46 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 46 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
Symmetric 1’x4’ Avante is an excellent choice for general indoor
lighting, used in either patterns or continuous row mounting.
t Standard smooth reflectors finished with matte-white
powder paint
t Optional diffuse aluminum stepped reflectors available
AV
1’x2’ versions are ideal for finishing out rows or stand alone in 1’x2’, 1’x4’
small spaces. Companion to 2’ wide products. t Light traps prevent light leaks between shielding and end
Features plates
t Delivers optimum mix of direct and diffuse reflected light Listings
for balanced illumination on horizontal and vertical surfaces UL Listed, cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards.
t Provides enhanced visual comfort and minimizes shadowing NOM certified - optional. Protected by one or more of U.S.
Patents Nos. 5,988,829; 399,586; 411,641; 413,402; 2,212,513;
t Available in 1’x2’ and 1’x4’ symmetric distributions 87,513.
t Row mounting capable
t Choice of several shielding options

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AV G 2 32 MDR MVOLT GEB10IS


Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Voltage
AV 1' wide, symmetric distribution G Grid trim (blank) Standard 1 14T5 14W T5 (22") MDR Metal diffuser, round holes MVOLT
ST Screw slot A Air supply/return 2 17 17W T8 (24") SBL Straight blade louver, 3472
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22") round holes
28T5 28W T5 (46") MDM Metal diffuser, mini slots
32 32W T8 (48")
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46")
CF40 40W TT5 (24")1

Ballast Options
GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start ALG Acrylic litter guard
GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start EL Emergency battery pack4
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88) instant start3 GLR Internal fast-blow fuse5
GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start ASR Aluminum stepped reflector
PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 3 wires
CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE BALLAST mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
AV 1'x4' 1, 2 28T5, 54T5HO GEB10PS
AV 1'x4' 1, 2 32 GEB10IS, GEB10RS, BINP
AV 1'x2' 1, 2 14T5, 24T5HO GEB10PS
AV 1'x2' 1, 2 17 GEB10IS, GEB10RS, BINP 5-1/2
AV 1'x2' 1 CF40 GEB10IS, GEB10RS (14.0)

ACCESSORIES 5
(12.7)
ORDER SEPARATELY
12
DGA_ Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation. Use G trim plus DGA for support in plaster ceilings. (Add 12 for 1’x2’; 14 for 1'x4'). (30.5)

Notes
1 One-lamp only.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5 Specify voltage.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 47

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 47 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Architectural
RECESSED

AV t Available with MDR and MDM shielding options


Intended Use
Ideal for dedicated wall washing or in combination with
symmetric luminaires to maintain perimeter illumination. t Standard smooth reflectors finished with matte-white
powder paint
Asymmetric Excellent choice for accent lighting for retail applications in
continuous rows. t Optional diffuse aluminum stepped reflectors available
1’x2’, 1’x4’ Features t Light traps prevent light leaks between shielding and end
t Delivers optimum mix of direct and diffuse reflected light plates
for uniform vertical illumination
Listings
t Provides enhanced visual comfort and minimizes shadowing UL Listed, cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards.
t Available in 1’x2’ and 1’x4’ asymmetric distributions NOM Certified - optional. Protected by one or more of U.S.
Patents Nos. 5,988,829; 399,586; 411,641; 413,402; 2,212,513;
t Row mounting capable 87,513.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AV G 2 32 MDR ASY MVOLT GEB10IS
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Distribution
AV 1' wide, asymmetric distribution G Grid trim (blank) Standard 1 14T5 14W T5 (22") MDR Metal diffuser, round holes ASY Asymmetric distribution
ST Screw slot A Air supply/return1 2 17 17W T8 (24") MDM Metal diffuser, mini slots
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22")
28T5 28W T5 (46")
32 32W T8 (48")
54T5H0 54W T5HO (46")
CF40 40W TT5 (24")2
CF50 50W TT5 (24")2

Voltage Ballast Options


MVOLT GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start ALG Acrylic litter guard
3473 GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start EL Emergency battery pack5
GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start GLR Internal fast-blow fuse6
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start4 PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 3 wires
ASR Aluminum stepped reflector
CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE BALLAST unless otherwise noted.
AV - ASY 1'x4' 1, 2 28T5, 54T5HO GEB10PS
AV - ASY 1'x4' 1, 2 32 GEB10IS, GEB10RS
AV - ASY 1'x2' 1, 2 14T5, 24T5HO GEB10PS
5-1/2
AV - ASY 1'x2' 1, 2 17 GEB10IS, GEB10RS (14.0)
AV - ASY 1'x2' 1 CF40, CF50 GEB10IS, GEB10RS
11-3/4
ACCESSORIES (29.8)
ORDER SEPARATELY
DGA_ Drywall ceiling adaptor, unit installation. Use G trim plus DGA for support in plaster ceilings.
(Add 12 for 1’x2’; 14 for 1'x4').

Notes
1 Not available in AV 1'x2' asymmetric.
2 One-lamp only.
3 Available only with CSA option.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Must specify 120 or 277V.

48 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 48 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Architectural

RECESSED
Intended Use
Side-mount Avante is especially suited for conference rooms,
corridors and reception areas where soft, distinctive lighting
t Standard smooth reflectors finished with matte-white
powder paint
t Optional diffuse aluminum stepped reflectors available
2AV
is required. Side-Mount Diffuser
t Light traps prevent light leaks between shielding and end
Features
t Delivers optimum mix of direct and diffuse reflected light plates 2’x2’, 2’x4’
for balanced illumination on horizontal and vertical surfaces Listings
t Provides enhanced visual comfort and minimizes shadowing UL Listed, cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards.
NOM Certified - optional. Protected by one or more of U.S.
t Available in 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ symmetric distributions Patents Nos. 5,988,829; 399,586; 411,641; 413,402; 2,212,513;
87,513.
t Row mounting capable
t Available with MDR and MDM shielding options

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2AV G 2 32 MDR SMD MVOLT GEB10IS
Series Trim Number of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Distribution Voltage
2AV 2' wide, symmetric distribution G Grid trim 2 14T5 14W T5 (22") MDR Metal diffuser, round holes SMD Side-mounted diffuser MVOLT
ST Screw slot 4 17 17W T8 (24") MDM Metal diffuser, mini slots 3472
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22")
28T5 28W T5 (46")
32 32W T8 (48")
54T5H0 54W T5HO (46")
CF40 40W TT5 (24")1
CF50 50W TT5 (24")1

Ballast configuration Ballast Options


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts per Lithonia Lighting standards GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start ALG Acrylic litter guard
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast (T8 lamp type only) GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start GLR Internal fast blow fuse4
GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start EL Emergency battery pack5
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start3 PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 3 wires
CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards
ASR Aluminum stepped reflector

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES NOMINAL SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE BALLAST unless otherwise noted.
AV 2'x4' 2, 4 28T5, 54T5HO GEB10PS
AV 2'x4' 2, 4 32 GEB10IS, GEB10RS
23-3/4
AV 2'x2' 2, 4 14T5, 24T5HO GEB10PS (60.3)
AV 2'x2' 2, 4 17 GEB10IS, GEB10RS
AV 2'x2' 2 CF40, CF50 GEB10IS, GEB10RS 5-1/2
(14.0)
ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
Drywall ceiling adapter, unit installation. Use G trim plus DGA for support in plaster ceilings. (Add 24
DGA_ for 2'x4', 22 for 2'x2'.)

Notes
1 Two-lamp only.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Specify voltage.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 49

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 49 2/27/14 6:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface
SURFACE/WALL

AVSM t Available with MDR, MDM and SBL shielding options


Intended Use
Suitable for general area or task-specific lighting applications.
Ideal for use in conference rooms, reception areas, healthcare, t Reflector option includes painted white steel reflectors with
or without semi-perforated option for up-light or diffuse
Surface Suspended education facilities and commercial office space.
aluminum stepped reflector
Features
t Can be surface mounted or suspended Listings
UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
t Available in 1’x2’ and 1’x4’ sizes standards – optional. NOM Certified – optional.
t Row mounting capable

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AVSM 2 32 MDR DLS MVOLT GEB10IS
Series Number of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Distribution Voltage
2
AVSM 2' and 4' length 1 14T5 14W T5 (22") MDR Metal diffuser, round holes ULR Uplight, round hole, perforated band MVOLT
TAVSM 8' length 2 17 17W T8 (24") MDM Metal diffuser, mini slots DLS Downlight, solid 3473
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22") SBL Straight blade louver, round holes
28T5 28W T5 (46")
32 32W T8 (48")
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46")
CF40 40W TT5 (24")1
CF50 50W TT5 (24")1

Ballast Options5
GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start ALG Acrylic litter guard
GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start GLR Internal-fast blow fuse6
GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start EL Emergency battery pack7
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start4 ASR Aluminum stepped reflector8
NOM Meets Mexican standards
CSA Meets Canadian standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES NOMINAL LENGTH NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE BALLAST unless otherwise noted.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

AVSM 2' 1, 2 17 GEB10IS, GEB10RS


AVSM 2' 1, 2 14T5, 24T5HO GEB10PS 12
AVSM 2' 1 CF40, CF50 GEB10IS, GEB10RS (30.5)
AVSM 4' 1, 2 32 GEB10IS, GEB10RS
AVSM 4' 1, 2 28T5, 54T5HO GEB10PS
TAVSM 8' 1, 2 32 GEB10IS, GEB10RS 4-3/8
TAVSM 8' 1, 2 28T5, 54T5HO GEB10PS (11.1)

Notes
1 One-lamp only.
2 For suspended mounting only.
3 Available only with CSA option.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
5 For mounting options, refer to page 103.
6 Specify voltage.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 7 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 8 Not available with GLR.

50 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 50 2/27/14 6:54 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
Fixtures intended for corridor or accent lighting in hospitality,
educational, offices or health care applications.
t AVSR used in recessed applications, galvanized rough-in
box included
t ADA compliant
AVS
Features Sconces
t Matching companion sconces for Avante recessed and t Available with MDR and MDM shielding options
surface products Listings
t AVSC and AVSP provide distintive look for surface mounting UL Listed, cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards.
applications NOM Certified - optional.

AVSP

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AVSP 2 13TT MDR 120
Series Number of lamps1 Lamp type1 Diffuser Voltage Options
AVSP Perforated shield 1 13TT MDR Metal diffuser, round holes 120 ALB Anodized aluminum backplate3
AVSR Recessed perforated 2 13DTT MDM Metal diffuser, mini slots 277 ASR Aluminum stepped reflector4
AVSC Cylinder CF18 3472 CSA Meets Canadian standards
26DTT MVOLT NOM Meets Mexican standards
26TRT
32TRT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in
CONFIGURATIONS inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
NUMBER WIDTH DEPTH LENGTH
SERIES LAMP TYPE

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


OF LAMPS IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM) Junction
3-3/4 4
AVSP 2 13TT, 13DTT, 26DTT 10-7/8 (27.6) 4 (10.2) 11-3/4 (29.8) (9.5) box by (10.2)
AVSR5 1 CF18, 26DTT, 26TRT, 32TRT 14-1/4 (36.2) 4 (10.2) 14-1/4 (36.2) others
AVSC 1 CF18 12-7/8 (32.7) 3-3/4 (9.5) 13-1/8 (33.3)

13-1/8 14-1/4
LAMP DESIGNATIONS (33.3) (36.2)
7-7/8
TYPE DESCRIPTION (20.0)
13TT 13W T4 twin-tube, 2-pin, GX23 base
13DTT 13W quad-tube, 4-pin electronic ballast, G24q-1 base 12-7/8 14-1/4
CF18 18W twin-tube T5 (32.7) (36.2)
1-1/4
26DTT 26W quad-tube, 4-pin AVSC (3.2)
26TRT 26W tri-tube, 4-pin AVSR
32TRT 32W tri-tube, 4-pin
Junction
box by
others
11-3/4
(29.8)
5-7/8 Notes
(14.9) 1 See Configurations table for lamp compatibility.
2 Available only with CSA option.
10-7/8 4 3 Available only with AVSP.
(27.6) (10.2)
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Available only with AVSC.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. AVSP 5 1-1/4” (3.2 cm) extension from wall.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 51

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 51 3/6/14 11:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer
RECESSED

TL t 3300, 4300, and 4600 lumen packages


Intended Use
The TLED combines digital lighting and control technologies
with a high-performance optical system to deliver general t Excellent lumen maintenance - L80 50,000 hrs

1’x4’, 2’x2’, 2’x4’ ambient lighting for many applications such as schools, offices t Full, even illumination of the lens
and hospitals. High-efficacy light engine delivers long life and
excellent color, ensuring a superior quality light installation t Available with integrated nLight® technology
that is highly efficient and sustainable.
Listings
Features CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t 2’x2’ TLED replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8; 2’x4’ and 1’x4’ TLED DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
replaces 2- lamp T8 standards. Damp location listed.

t 2’x2’, 2’x4’ and 1’x4’ configurations

TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2TL2 33L FW A19 D38 LP835 N100
Series Lumens Door Lens Voltage Wattage Color temperature
TL4 1’x4’ Recessed LED 33L 3300 lumens1 FW Flush aluminum, white A12 #12 pattern acrylic (blank) MVOLT D38 38W2, 3 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K4
2TL2 2’x2’ Recessed LED 43L 4300 lumens1 RW Regressed aluminum, white A19 #19 pattern acrylic, 0.156" thick (120- D46 46W2,3 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K
277V)
2TL4 2’x4’ Recessed LED 46L 4600 lumens1 MWS Matte white .040 thick D50 50W2, 3 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K
347 347V
MPL Micro Prism LP850 82 CRI, 5000K4
SWL Satin white

Control Options
NX Dimming, no nLight EL14L 1400 lumen emergency battery5
BLD Bi-level dimming5
N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management
N80EMG nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management. For use with generator supply EM power
N100 nLight without lumen management
N100EMG nLight without lumen management. For use with generator supply EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2) Specifications(1x4)


ACCESSORIES
Length: 48 (122.0) Length: 24 (61.0) Length: 48 (121.9) ORDER SEPARATELY
D Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 12 (30.5) DGA14 Drywall grid adapter for 1x4 recessed fixture
Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5) Depth: 3-3/4 (9.5) Depth: 4-1/2 (11.4) DGA22 Drywall grid adapter for 2x2 recessed fixture
DGA24 Drywall grid adapter for 2x4 recessed fixture
W

Notes
1 Nominal lumens.
2 Nominal wattage.
3 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when
operating between 120-277V +/- 10%.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Extended lead time.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5 Not available with 347V.

52 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 52 2/27/14 6:54 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
The TLEDX surface mount combines digital lighting and control
technologies with a high-performance optical system to deliver
t 3300, 4300, and 4600 lumen packages
t Excellent lumen maintenance - L80 50,000 hrs TLX
general ambient lighting for many applications such as schools, t Full, even illumination of the lens 1’x4’, 2’x2’, 2’x4’
offices and hospitals. High-efficacy light engine delivers
long life and excellent color, ensuring a superior quality light t Available with integrated nLight® technology
installation that is highly efficient and sustainable.
Listings
Features CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t 2’x2’ TLEDX replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8; 2’x4’ and 1’x4’ TLEDX DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
replaces 2- lamp T8 standards. Damp location listed.

t 2’x2’, 2’x4’ and 1’x4’ configurations all designed for surface


mount applications

TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2TLX4 46L RW A19 D50 LP835 N100
Series Lumens Door Lens Voltage Wattage Color temperature Control Options
TLX4 1’x4’ Surface 33L 3300 lumens1 FW Flush A12 #12 pattern (blank) MVOLT D38 38W2, 3 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K4 NX Dimming, no EL14L 1400
Mount LED 43L 4300 lumens1 aluminum, acrylic (120- D46 46W2,3 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K nLight lumen
2TLX2 2’x2’ Surface white A19 #19 pattern 277V) BLD Bi-level dimming5 emergency
46L 4600 lumens1 D50 50W2, 3 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K battery5
Mount LED RW Regressed acrylic, 0.156" 347 347V N80 nLight with 80%
aluminum, thick LP850 82 CRI, 5000K4
2TLX4 2’x4’ Surface (L80) lumen
Mount LED white MWS Matte white management
.040 thick N80EMG nLight with 80%
MPL Micro prism (L80) lumen
SWL Satin white management. For
use with generator
supply EM power
N100 nLight
without lumen
management
N100EMG nLight
without lumen
management. For
use with generator
supply EM power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

W
W

Specifications(2x4) Specifications(2x2) Specifications(1x4)


Length: 48-3/4 (123.8) Length: 24-3/4 (62.9) Length: 48 (121.9)
Width: 24-3/4 (62.9) Width: 24-3/4 (62.9) Width: 12-1/4 (31.1)
Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1) Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1) Depth: 4-3/4 (12.1)
Notes
1 Nominal lumens.
2 Nominal wattage.
3 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when
operating between 120-277V +/- 10%.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Extended lead time.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5 Not available with 347V.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 53

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_32-53.indd 53 3/6/14 11:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer
RECESSED

2GTL Intended Use • 2000, 3000, 3300, 3700, 4000, 4800, 6000, and 7200 lumen
The GTL Series LED recessed troffer’s economical, solid-state packages
lighting is ideal for new construction, renovation and retrofit
• 3000, 3500, 4000 and 5000K CCTs
LED Recessed Troffers opportunities. It is ideal for the broad range of applications
where general-purpose fluorescent lighting currently prevails • Excellent lumen maintenance - L70 50,000 hrs
2’x2’, 2’x4’ including offices, schools and commercial general-ambient
applications. • Pattern A12, A19 and satin white lens options

Features • Available with integrated nLight® technology


• 2’x2’ GTL LED replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8; 2’x4’ GTL LED
Listings
replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
• 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ configurations DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
standards. Damp location listed.
TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2GTL 4 48L LP835 NX


1
Series Length Trim type Lumens Door Lens Voltage Color temperature
2GTL 2' wide recessed 2 2' (blank) Grid 20L 2000 lumens (blank) Flush steel, white (blank) #12 pattern (blank) MVOLT LP830 82 CRI, 3000K
LED luminaire F Overlapping flange 33L 3300 lumens FN Flush aluminum, natural acrylic (120- LP835 82 CRI, 3500K
A19 #19 pattern 277V)
37L 3700 lumens FM Flush aluminum, matte LP840 82 CRI, 4000K
black acrylic 120 120V
LP850 82 CRI, 5000K
FW Flush aluminum, white SWL Satin white 277 277V
RN Regressed aluminum, 347 347V2
2GTL 2' wide recessed 4 4' (blank) Grid 30L 3000 lumens
LED luminaire natural
F Overlapping flange 40L 4000 lumens
RM Regressed aluminum,
48L 4800 lumens matte black
60L 6000 lumens RW Regressed aluminum,
72L 7200 lumens white

Controls3 Options
NX 0-10V, dimming, no nLight EL14L 1400 lumen emergency battery6
BLD Bi-level dimming4 CP Chicago plenum
N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management PWS1836 6' pre-wire, 3/8" diameter, 18-gauge, 1-circuit
N80EMG nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management. For use with generator supply emergency power5 PWS1846 6' pre-wire, 3/8" diameter, 18-gauge, 2-circuit 7
N100 nLight without lumen management ABC Door frame gasketing8
N100EMG nLight without lumen management. For use with generator supply emergency power5 GLR Slow-blowing fuse9
GMF Fast-blowing fuse9
LATC Earthquake clip
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

NPLT Narrow pallet


PAF Paint after fab

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
Specifications mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) ACCESSORIES
Length: 24 (61.0) for 2' x 2' unless otherwise noted. ORDER SEPARATELY
48 (122.0) for 2' x 4' DGA22 Drywall grid adapter for 2x2 recessed fixture
3-1/4
(8.2) DGA24 Drywall grid adapter for 2x4 recessed fixture
Width: 24 (61.0)
Depth: 3-1/4 (8.2) 24
(61.0)
Notes
1 Approximate lumen output. Lumen output will vary
depending upon lens option chosen. See associated 6 Not available with the 2x4 72L. Consult factory
IES files for reference. on 2x2.
2 Not available with EL14L or BLD. 7 Only available with BLD.
3 Only choose one. 8 Only available with aluminum door.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 When using pre-wire option, use PWS1846. 9 Must specify voltage, 120 or 277.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5 Only available in 37L, 40L and 48L.

54 www.lithonia.com PSG11
PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer

RECESSED
Intended Use
An affordable digital lighting platform designed to deliver
general ambient lighting for recessed-ceiling applications in
• 3700 and 4000 lumen packages
• 3500 and 4000K CCTs LED TROFFERS
schools, offices and hospitals. Built on the tried-and-true GT • Excellent lumen maintenance - L70 50,000 hrs 2’x2’, 2’x4’
troffer platform, the LED technology ensures reliable color
consistency and extended service life of at least 50,000 hours. • Frosted pattern A12 lens

Features Listings
• 2’x2’ GTL LED replaces 2- to 4-lamp T8; 2’x4’ GTL LED CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
replaces 2-lamp T8 DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
standards. Damp location listed.
• 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ configurations

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2GTL4 LP835


Catalog Number Description Lumens Color temperature Lens type Voltage
2GTL2 LP835 2x2 LED Recessed Troffer 3700 Lumens 3500K Patterned #12 acrylic 120-277
2GTL2 LP840 2x2 LED Recessed Troffer 3700 Lumens 4000K Patterned #12 acrylic 120-277
2GTL4 LP835 2x4 LED Recessed Troffer 4000 Lumens 3500K Patterned #12 acrylic 120-277
2GTL4 LP840 2x4 LED Recessed Troffer 4000 Lumens 4000K Patterned #12 acrylic 120-277
2GTL4 347 LP835 2x4 LED Recessed Troffer 4000 Lumens 3500K Patterned #12 acrylic 347
2GTL4 347 LP840 2x4 LED Recessed Troffer 4000 Lumens 4000K Patterned #12 acrylic 347
2GTL2 347 LP835 2x2 LED Recessed Troffer 3700 Lumens 3500K Patterned #12 acrylic 347
2GTL2 347 LP840 2x2 LED Recessed Troffer 3700 Lumens 4000K Patterned #12 acrylic 347

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) ACCESSORIES
unless otherwise noted. ORDER SEPARATELY
Specifications DGA22 Drywall grid adapter for 2x2 recessed fixture
DGA24 Drywall grid adapter for 2x4 recessed fixture
Length: 24 (61.0) for 2' x 2'
3-1/4
48 (122.0) for 2' x 4' (8.2)
Width: 24 (61.0) 24
(61.0)
Depth: 3-1/4 (8.2)

Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 55
PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer
RECESSED

GT8 t Integral T-bar safety clips


Intended Use
Low-profile, static T8 luminaire provides general illumination
for recessed indoor applications. Ideal for restricted plenum t Ballast disconnect standard

Static spaces. Listings


Features UL Listed to U.S. safety standards. Optional Canadian safety
t 1’x4’, 2’x2’, and 2’x4’ configurations available standards and NOM Certification.

t Standard steel door frame features precise flush mitered


corners

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2GT8 4 32 A12 MVOLT 1/4 GEB10IS
Number of
Series Trim lamps1 Lamp type1 Door Diffuser Voltage
GT8 1' wide (blank) Grid 1 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) Flush steel, white A12 #12 pattern acrylic MVOLT
2GT8 2' wide F Flanged 2 32 32W T8 (48") FN Flush aluminum, natural A12125 #12 pattern acrylic, .125" thick 3474
3 CF40 40W TT5 (24")2 FM Flush aluminum, matte black A19 #19 pattern acrylic, .156" thick
4 U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) FW Flush aluminum, white PC1S 1/2"x1/2"x1/2" plastic cube louver, silver
Not included. U316 31W T8 U (6" leg)2 RN Regressed aluminum, natural PC2S 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1" plastic cube louver, silver
RM Regressed aluminum, matte black with flange3
RW Regressed aluminum, white PC3S 3/4"x3/4"x1/2" plastic cube louver, silver

Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts per Lithonia GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start LP735 Lamped with 700 series, 3500K EL Emergency battery pack6
Lighting standards GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed LP741 Lamped with 700 series, 4100K PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia.,
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast start 18-gauge, 1 circuit
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast GEB10PS T5 and T8 electronic, ≤10% THD, programmed start CSA Meets Canadian standards
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), NOM Meets Mexican standards
instant start5
BPNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88),
program rapid start

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NOMINAL NUMBER HEIGHT
SERIES LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
SIZE OF LAMPS IN.(CM)
1'x4' GT8 1, 2, 3 32 4-1/2 (11.4)
2'x2' 2GT8 2 17, U31, U316, CF40 3-1/4 (8.3)
3-1/4
2'x2' 2GT8 3 17, U31 3-1/4 (8.3) (8.3)
2'x2' 2GT8 4 17 3-1/4 (8.3)
2'x4' 2GT8 2, 3, 4 32 3-1/4 (8.3) 24
(61.0)
GT8 2GT8

Notes
1 See Configurations table for lamp compatibility.
2 Not available on 3-lamp fixtures. Use U31.
3 Available with flush door frames only. Some 2x2 lamp and electrical
combinations not available with PC2 louvers. Consult factory.
4 Available only with CSA option.
5 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

56 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 56 3/6/14 11:25 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer

RECESSED
Intended Use
Recessed lensed fixture for grid T-bar ceilings.
Features
• Acrylic pattern 12 prismatic lens
• Offered with and without lamps and pre-wire
Listings
TROFFERS
• 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ configurations available
UL Listed.
• MVOLT (120-277V) instant start ballast

ORDERING INFORMATION

Number of lamps Lamp type Number of


Catalog number Description Voltage Ballast Pre-wired Lamp included Lamp color
ballasts
GT2 MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 2 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
GT2L MV 2’x4’ recessed troffer 2 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N Y 700 series, 3500K
GT3 2MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 3 32 2 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
GT3 MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 3 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
GT3L MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 3 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N Y 700 series, 3500K
GT3L41 MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 3 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N Y 700 series, 4100K
GT3LW MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 3 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start Y Y 700 series, 3500K
GT4 2MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 4 32 2 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
GT4 MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 4 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
GT4L MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 4 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N Y 700 series, 3500K
GT4L41 MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 4 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N Y 700 series, 4100K
GT4L41W MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 4 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start Y Y 700 series, 4100K
GT4LW MV 2'x4' recessed troffer 4 32 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start Y Y 700 series, 3500K
GT2U MV 2'x2' recessed troffer 2 32-U lamp 1 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications (2x2) Specifications (2x4)


3-1/8
(7.9) Length: 24 (61.0) Length: 48 (121.9)
24 Width: 24 (61.0) Width: 24 (61.0)
(61.0)
Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9) Depth: 3-1/8 (7.9)

Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 57
PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer
RECESSED

SP5 t Integral T-bar safety clips


Intended Use
Specification premium, high performance, static T5 luminaires
provide general illumination for recessed indoor applications. t High fixture efficiency and reduced lamp image

Static Ideal for restricted plenum spaces. t Ballast disconnect standard


Features Listings
t 1’x4’, 2’x2’, and 2’x4’ configurations available UL Listed to U.S. safety standards. Optional Canadian safety
t T5 fluorescent standards and NOM Certification.

t Steel door frame standard. Aluminum door frame also


available

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2SP5 G 2 28T5 A12 MVOLT GEB95
Number
Series Trim of lamps1 Lamp type1 Door Diffuser Voltage
SP5 1' G Grid 1 14T5 14W T5 (22") (blank) Flush steel, white A12 #12 pattern acrylic, reverse apex technology MVOLT
wide F Flanged 2 24T5HO 24W T5HO (22") FN Flush aluminum, natural A15 #15 pattern acrylic, .2" thick 3472, 3
2SP5 2' 3 28T5 28W T5 (46") FM Flush aluminum, matte black A12125 #12 pattern acrylic, .125" thick
wide
4 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") FW Flush aluminum, white RA125 #12 pattern acrylic, .125" thick (reverse apex technology)
6 RN Regressed aluminum, natural A19 #19 pattern acrylic, .156" thick
RM Regressed aluminum, matte black K20 #20 pattern acrylic, .140" thick
RW Regressed aluminum, white 84Y Holophane 8224 with overlay
PC1S 1/2"x1/2"x1/2" plastic cube louver, silver
PC2S 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1" plastic cube louver, silver with flange
PC3S 3/4"x3/4"x1/2" plastic cube louver, silver

Ballast
configuration Ballast Lamp color Options
(blank) 1- and/ GEB95 Ballast factor .95, LP735 Lamped with 700 series 3500K EL Emergency battery pack 5 JP JP palletized and stretch-wrapped
or 2-lamp set light LPM835P Lamped with premiere, 800 series 3500K GLR Internal fast-blow fuse 6 without individual cartons; grid
ballast GEB95S Ballast factor .95, trim only
per LP835 Lamped with 800 series 3500K GMF Internal slow-blow fuse6
step dimming CSA Meets Canadian standards
Lithonia LP841 Lamped with 800 series 4100K PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 1 circuit
Lighting GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0, PWS1846 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 2 circuit NOM Meets Mexican standards
standards set light
GEB115 Ballast factor 1.15,
1/3 One set light
3-lamp GEB115S Ballast factor 1.15, step
ballast dimming
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

1/4 One
4-lamp
ballast

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NOMINAL SIZE SERIES NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE HEIGHT IN. (CM) BALLAST mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
1'x4' SP5 1, 2,3 54T5HO 4-1/2 (11.4) GEB10PS unless otherwise noted.
1'x4' SP5 1,3 28T5 4-1/2 (11.4) GEB10PS
1'x4' SP5 2 28T5 4-1/2 (11.4) GEB95, GEB95S, GEB115, GEB115S, GEB10PS 4-1/2 3-11/16
(11.4) (9.4)
2'x2' 2SP5 2, 4 14T5 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB115, GEB115S 24
12 (61.0)
2'x2' 2SP5 2, 3 14T5 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10PS (30.5)
2'x2' 2SP5 2, 3 24T5HO 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10PS SP5 2SP5
2'x4' 2SP5 2, 3, 4 54T5HO 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10PS
2'x4' 2SP5 2, 4 28T5 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB95, GEB95S, GEB10PS, GEB115, GEB115S
2'x4' 2SP5 3 28T5 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10PS

Notes 4 Not available with compact


1 See Configurations table for lamp fluorescent lamp-use GEB10RS.
and ballast compatibility. 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for
2 For 347, use GEB95S or GEB10PS. available options.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 3 Available only with CSA option. 6 Must specify voltage.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

58 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 58 3/6/14 11:25 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer

RECESSED
Intended Use
Specification premium, high performance, static T8 luminaires
provide general illumination for recessed indoor applications.
t Integral T-bar safety clips
t High fixture efficiency and reduced lamp image SP8
Ideal for restricted plenum spaces. t Ballast disconnect standard Static
Features Listings
t 1’x4’, 2’x2’, and 2’x4’ configurations available UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Optional Canadian safety and
t T8 fluorescent NOM Certification.

t Steel door frame standard. Aluminum door frame also


available

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 A12 MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS
Number
Series Trim of lamps1 Lamp type1 Door Diffuser Voltage
SP8 1' G Grid 1 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) Flush steel, white A12 #12 pattern acrylic, reverse apex technology MVOLT
wide F Flanged 2 U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) FN Flush aluminum, natural A15 #15 pattern acrylic, .2" thick 3473
2SP8 2' 3 U316 31W T8 U (6" leg)2 FM Flush aluminum, matte black A12125 #12 pattern acrylic, .125" thick
wide
4 32 32W T8 (48") FW Flush aluminum, white RA125 #12 pattern acrylic, .125" thick (reverse apex technology)
6 CF40 40W TT5 (24") RN Regressed aluminum, natural A19 #19 pattern acrylic, .156" thick
RM Regressed aluminum, matte K20 #20 pattern acrylic, .140" thick
black 84Y Holophane 8224 with overlay
RW Regressed aluminum, white PC1S 1/2"x1/2"x1/2" plastic cube louver, silver
PC2S 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1" plastic cube louver, silver with flange
PC3S 3/4"x3/4"x1/2" plastic cube louver, silver

Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballast per Lithonia GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, LP735 Lamped with EL Emergency battery JP JP palletized and
Lighting standards <10% THD, instant start 700 series 3500K pack6 stretch-wrapped without
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast GEB10PS T8 electronic ballast, LPM835P Lamped with GLR Internal fast-blow individual cartons; grid
<10% THD programmed start4 premiere, 800 series fuse 7 trim only
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast 3500K
GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, GMF Internal slow-blow CSA Meets Canadian standards
<10% THD, rapid start LP835 Lamped with 800 fuse7
series 3500K NOM Meets Mexican standards
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia.,
factor (.88), instant start5 LP841 Lamped with 800 18-gauge, 1 circuit
BPNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast series 4100K
PWS1846 6' prewire, 3/8" dia.,
factor (.88), programmed rapid start 18-gauge, 2 circuit

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.
CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NOMINAL SIZE SERIES NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE HEIGHT IN. (CM) BALLAST mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
1'x4' SP8 1, 2, 3 32 4-1/2 (11.4) GEB10IS, GEB10PS, BINP, BPNP unless otherwise noted.
2'x2' 2SP8 2 17, U31, U316 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10IS, GEB10PS, BINP, BPNP
2'x2' 2SP8 2, 3 CF40 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10IS, GEB10RS 4-1/2 3-11/16
(11.4) (9.4)
2'x2' 2SP8 4 17 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10IS, GEB10PS, BINP, BPNP 24
12
2'x4' 2SP8 2, 3, 4, 6 32 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10IS, GEB10PS, BINP, BPNP (30.5) (61.0)

v
2'x2' 2SP8 3 17, U31 3-3/4 (9.5) GEB10IS, GEB10PS, BINP, BPNP SP8 2SP8

Notes fluorescent lamp-use GEB10RS.


1 See Configurations table for lamp 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for
and ballast compatibility. additional high-efficiency ballast
2 Not available on 3-lamp fixtures. options.
Use U31. 6 Consult www.lithonia.com for
3 Available only with CSA option. available options.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Not available with compact 7 Must specify voltage.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 59

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 59 3/6/14 11:25 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lensed Troffer
RECESSED

SP t Air-flow control available with optional heat removal


Intended Use
Complete selection of specification premium air-handling dampers and air pattern control blades
luminaires recommended for all recessed general illumination
t Ballast disconnect standard
Static applications.
Listings
Air-Handling Features
t 1’x4’, 2’x2’, and 2’x4’ configurations available UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Canadian safety standards and
optional NOM Certification.
t Fully gasketed door frame with spring-loaded latches

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2SP G A 3 32 A12 MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS LP735
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps4 Lamp type4 Door Diffuser type6 Voltage
SP 1' G Grid (blank) Static, no reveal 1 T8 (blank) Flush steel, white A12 #12 pattern acrylic MVOLT
wide F Flanged B No air function 2 17 17W T8 (24") FN Flush aluminum, A12125 #12 pattern acrylic, 0.125" thick 3478
2SP 2' ST Screw (with reveal) 3 32 32W T8 (48") natural A19 #19 pattern acrylic, 0.156" thick
wide slot1, 3 A Air supply/ FM Flush aluminum,
4 CF40 40W TT5 (24") PC1S 1/2"x1/2"x1/2" plastic cube louver, silver7
4SP 4' return matte black
wide1,2 6 U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) PC2S 1-1/2"x 1-1/2"x1" plastic cube louver,
H Heat removal FW Flush aluminum, silver with flange7
8 U316 31W T8 U (6" leg)5 white
D Dual function PC3S 3/4"x3/4"x1/2" plastic cube louver, silver7
supply/ return/ Not RN Regressed aluminum,
included. T5 K20 #20 pattern acrylic, .140" thick
heat removal natural
14T5 14W T5 (22”) 84Y Holophane 8224 with overlay
RM Regressed aluminum,
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22”) matte black
28T5 28W T5 (46”) RW Regressed aluminum,
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46”) white

Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts T8 LP735 Lamped with 700 series, 3500K EL Emergency battery pack11
per Lithonia Lighting GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start LP741 Lamped with 700 series, 4100K PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia.,
standards 18-gauge, 1 circuit
GEB10PS T8 electronic ballast, <10% THD, programmed start9
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast JP Job pack without
GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, rapid start
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast individual cartons, G
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start trim only
2/3 Two 3-lamp ballasts
BPNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), rapid start LATC T-bar clips
2/4 Two 4-lamp ballasts
T5 CSA Meets Canadian standards
GEB95 Ballast factor .95, set light10 NOM Meets Mexican standards
GEB95S Ballast factor .95, step dimming10
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0, set light


GEB115 Ballast factor 1.15, set light10
GEB 115S Ballast factor 1.15, set dimming10

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent Notes
NOMINAL NUMBER HEIGHT actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in 1 Not available with flush steel AIR. 4’x4’ lens optional.
SERIES LAMP TYPE inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
SIZE OF LAMPS IN. (CM) door. 7 Not available with air handling.
1'x4' SP 1, 2, 3 32 4-7/8 (12.4) 2 Integral T-bar clips not 8 Available only with CSA option.
2'x2' 2SP 2 17, U31,U316, CF40 4-1/2 (11.4) 4-1/2 available. Use LATC option. 9 Not available with compact
2'x2' 2SP 3 17, U31, CF40 4-1/2 (11.4) (11.4) 3 Not available with static fluorescent lamps-use
2'x2' 2SP 4 17, CF40 4-1/2 (11.4) fixtures. Consult factory for GEB10RS.
24 fixture height. 10 Only available with 28T5 and
2'x4' 2SP 2, 3, 4 32 4-1/2 (11.4) (61.0) 4 See Configurations table for 14T5, two and four lamp only.
4'x4' 4SP 5, 6 4, 6, 8 32 5 (12.7) 2SP/4SP lamp compatibility. 11 Consult www.lithonia.com for
1’x4’ SP 1,2,3 54T5HO 4-7/8 (12.4) 5 Not available on 3-lamp available options.
1’x4’ SP 1,2,3 28T5 4-7/8 (12.4) 4-7/8 fixtures. Use U31. 12 Four lamp 14T5 only available
12
2’x2’ 2SP 2,3,4 14T5 4-1/2 (11.4) (12.4) 6 Center mullion standard on 4SP with GEB95 or GEB115.
2’x2’ 2SP 2,3 24T5HO 4-1/2 (11.4)
2’x4’ 2SP 2,3,4 28T5 4-1/2 (11.4) 12 Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and
(30.5) polycarbonate. Refer to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental
2’x4’ 2SP 2,3,4 54T5HO 4-1/2 (11.4)
SP Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

60 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 60 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Louvered

RECESSED
Intended Use
Specification premium air-handling luminaires recommended
for all indoor general illumination applications.
t Louver available in low-iridescent sliver or low-iridescent
diffuse anodized finish
t Ballast disconnect standard
SP
Features Small-Cell Louvers Static
Listings
t Premium-grade troffer with architectural small-cell
aluminum louvers UL Listed to U.S. safety standard. Canadian safety standards and Air-Handling
optional NOM Certification.
t Choice of 1-1/2” and 3/4” deep cells

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2SP G D 3 32 10515LD MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS
Number
Series Trim Air function of lamps1 Lamp type1 Louver type Louver finish
1
SP 1' wide G Grid (blank) Static, no reveal 1 T8 1'X4' 2'X2' LD Low-iridescent
2SP 2' wide F Flanged B No air function (with 2 17 17W T8 (24") 1315 13 cells, 1-1/2" deep 3615 36 cells, 1-1/2" deep anodized diffuse silver
reveal) 3 32 32W T8 (48") 2615 26 cells, 1-1/2" deep 4915 49 cells, 1-1/2" deep LS Low-iridescent
A Air supply/return anodized specular silver
4 CF40 40W TT5 (24") 3915 39 cells, 1-1/2" deep 16975 169 cells, 3/4" deep
H Heat removal 6 U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) 4515 45 cells, 1-1/2" deep 2'X4'
D Dual function supply/ Not U316 31W T8 U (6" leg)2 18675 186 cells, 3/4" deep 7815 78 cells, 1-1/2" deep
return/ heat removal included. T5 10515 105 cells, 1-1/2" deep
14T5 14W T5 (22”) 37775 377 cells, 3/4" deep
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22”)
28T5 28W T5 (46”)
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46”)

Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options


MVOLT (blank) 1- and/ T8 T5 LP835 Lamped with 800 EL Emergency battery pack6
3473 or 2-lamp GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, GEB95 Ballast factor .95, series, 3500K PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia.,
ballasts per instant start set light5 LP741 Lamped with 700 18-gauge, 1 circuit
Lithonia series, 4100K
Lighting GEB10PS T8 electronic ballast, <10% THD, prgrammed GEB95S Ballast factor .95, CSA Meets Canadian standards
standards start4 set dimming5 LP735 Lamped with 700 NOM Meets Mexican standards
GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, GEB10PS Ballast factor 1.0, series, 3500K
1/3 One 3-lamp
ballast programmed rapid start set light
1/4 One 4-lamp BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast GEB115 Ballast factor
ballast factor (.88), instant start 1.15, set light5
BPNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast GEB115S Ballast factor

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


factor (.88), rapid start 1.15, step
dimming5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NOMINAL NUMBER HEIGHT
SERIES LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
SIZE OF LAMPS IN.(CM)
1'x4' SP 1, 2, 3 32 4-7/8 (12.4) Notes
2'x2' 2SP 2 17, U31, U316, CF40 4-1/2 (11.4) 4-1/2
(11.4) 1 See Configurations table for lamp compatibility.
2'x2' 2SP 3 17, U31, CF40 4-1/2 (11.4) 2 Not available on 3-lamp fixtures. Use U31.
2'x2' 2SP 4 17, CF40 4-1/2 (11.4) 24 3 Available only with the CSA option.
2'x4' 2SP 2, 3, 4, 6 32 4-1/2 (11.4) (61.0) 4 Not available with compact fluorescent lamps - use GEB10RS.
1'x4' SP 1,2,3 54T5HO 4-7/8 (12.4) 2SP 5 Only available with 28T5 and 14T5, two and four lamp only.
1'x4' SP 1,2,3 28T5 4-7/8 (12.4) 6 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
2'x2' 2SP 2,3,4 14T5 4-1/2 (11.4) 4-7/8
2'x2' 2SP 2,3 24T5HO 4-1/2 (11.4) (12.4)
2'x4' 2SP 2,3,4 28T5 4-1/2 (11.4) 12
2'x4' 2SP 2,3,4 54T5HO 4-1/2 (11.4) Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and
(30.5)
polycarbonate. Refer to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental
SP Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 61

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 61 3/6/14 11:25 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Louvered
RECESSED

2ES8P t Mechanical shielding provided with angled length blades


Intended Use
Ideal for retail, educational and commercial applications and linear faceted cross baffles
requiring low lighting power density. Ideal replacement for
t Lamp cut-out maximizes shielding in low profile fixture
2’x2’, 2’x4’ traditional 3-lamp 18-cell parabolic.
design
Features
t Designed and optimized for use with high lumen T8 lamps t HE version delivers 91% photometric efficiency
and high-efficiency electronic ballasts t Louver painted after fabrication with low-gloss high
t Highly reflective surfaces combine with efficient design to reflectivity polyester powder coating
produce up to 86% photometric efficiency Listings
t Robust design, precision tooling and automated assembly UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards -
create the industry’s strongest louver optional. NOM Certified - optional. Protected by one or more of
U. S. Patents Nos. 6,210,025, 6,231,213.
t Mechanical light seals require no foam gasketing

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2ES8P 2 32 BILP L835HT8


Series Trim Number of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast
2ES8P (blank) Lay-in grid 2 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) MVOLT BILP T8 high-efficiency ballast, low ballast factor (.78), instant start
2ES8PHE1 F Overlapping flanged 32 32W T8 (48") 347 347V2 BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start
U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) BIHP T8 high-efficiency ballast, high ballast factory (1.20), instant start3
BSNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), step-dim progammed start,
2-lamp only3

Lamp color Options4,5


L830HT8 3100 lumens, long life, 3000K EL Emergency battery pack
L835HT8 3100 lumens, long life, 3500K PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia, 18-gauge, 3 wires
L841HT8 3100 lumens, long life, 4100K EL14 Emergency battery pack(nominal 1400 lumens)6
QFC Quick-Flex® fixture cable, factory installed prewired cable (RELOC®)7
CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

CONFIGURATIONS
NUMBER NUMBER OF CELLS HEIGHT
NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE (ROWS
OF LAMPS X NUMBER IN ROW) IN. (CM)
2'x2' 2 17, U31 6 (2x3) 3-3/4 (9.5)
2'x4' 2 32 12 (2x6) 3-3/4 (9.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

3-3/4
(9.5)
24 Notes
(61.0) 1 Available with 17W and 32W T8 only.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 Not available in 347V.
4 Other options available may increase fixture depth up to 6”. Consult
factory if plenum space is a concern.
5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
6 Only available for 2ES8P 2x4 (2 lamps, 32WT8).
7 Must specify voltage.

62 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 62 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Louvered

RECESSED
Intended Use
Ideal for use in corridors, small spaces or continuous row
mounting in retail, commercial or educational applications.
t Mechanical light seals require no foam gasketing
t Mechanical shielding provided with angled length blades
and linear faceted cross baffles
ES8P
Features 1’x4’
t Designed and optimized for use with high lumen T8 lamps t Louver painted after fabrication with low-gloss high
and high-efficiency electronic ballasts reflectivity polyester powder coating

t Highly reflective surfaces combine with efficient design to Listings


produce up to 86% photometric efficiency UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards -
optional. NOM Certified - optional.
t Robust design, precision tooling and automated assembly
create the industry’s strongest louver

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ES8P 2 32 BINP L835HT8


Series Trim Number of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast
ES8P (blank) Lay-in grid 1 32 32W T8 (48") (blank) MVOLT BILP T8 high-efficiency ballast, low ballast factor (.78), instant start2
F Overlapping flanged 2 347 347V1 BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start2
BIHP T8 high-efficiency ballast, high ballast factor (1.2), instant start2
BSNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88) step-dim programmed
start, 2-lamp only 2,3

Lamp color Options4


L830HT8 3100 lumens, long life, 3000K EL Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens)
L835HT8 3100 lumens, long life, 3500K EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens)
L841HT8 3100 lumens, long life, 4100K PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 3 wires
QFC Quick-Flex® fixture cable, factory installed prewired cable (RELOC®)5
CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF CELLS HEIGHT
NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE
LAMPS (ROWS X NUMBER IN ROW) IN. (CM)
1'x4' 1, 2 32 6 (1x6) 3-3/4 (9.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

3-3/4
(9.5)

12
(30.5)

Notes
1 Available only with CSA option.
2 CEE qualified ballast is not available in 347V.
3 Available in 2-lamp version only.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
5 Must specify voltage.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 63

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 63 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface
SURFACE/WALL

2ES8X t Mechanical shielding provided with angled length blades


Intended Use
Designed and optimized for use with high lumen T8 lamps and and linear faceted cross baffles
high-efficiency electronic ballasts. For surface or suspended
t Louver painted after fabrication with low-gloss high
2’x2’, 2’x4’ mounting applications.
reflectivity polyester powder coating
Features
t Designed and optimized for use with high lumen T8 lamps t Housing corners seam welded for smooth end to side corner
and high-efficiency electronic ballasts joints

t Highly reflective surfaces combine with efficient design to t HE version delivers 91% photometric efficiency
produce up to 86% photometric efficiency Listings
t Robust design, precision tooling and automated assembly UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards -
create the industry’s strongest louver optional. NOM Certified - optional. Protected by one or more of
U. S. Patents Nos. 6,210,025, 6,231,213.
t Mechanical light seals require no foam gasketing

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2ES8X 2 17 BILP L830HT8


Number
Series of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast Lamp color Options4
2ES8X 2 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) MVOLT BILP T8 high-efficiency ballast, low L830HT8 3100 lumens, long EL Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens)
2ES8PHEX1 32 32W T8 (48") 347 347V2 ballast factor (.78), instant start life, 3000K EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens)
U31 31W T8 U BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal L835HT8 3100 lumens, long FTC Full top cover
(1-5/8" leg) ballast factor (.88), instant start life, 3500K
CSA Meets Canadian standards
BIHP T8 high-efficiency ballast, high L841HT8 3100 lumens, long
ballast factor (1.20), instant start3 life, 4100K NOM Meets Mexican standards
BSNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal
ballast factor (.88), step-dim
progammed start, 2-lamp only3
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF CELLS HEIGHT
NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
LAMPS (ROWS X NUMBER IN ROW) IN. (CM)
2'x2' 2 17 6 (2x3) 4 (10.2)
2'x2' 2 U31 6 (2x3) 4 (10.2) 4
2'x4' 2 32 12 (2x6) 4 (10.2) (10.2)
24-3/8
(61.9)

Notes
1 Available with 17W and 32W T8 only.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 Not available in 347V.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

64 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 64 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Linear Wallwash

RECESSED
Intended Use
Provides high-performance uniform wall illumination to
highlight artwork and signage. Ideal for retail or commercial
applications.
t 12” wide assembly easily adpats to common ceiling systems
t Available in 2’ or 4’ lengths
t Grid or flange mounting available
WW
Perceiva®
Features Listings
t High performance: 92% of light output illuminates wall UL Listed, cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards.
t Eliminates hot spots, scalloping and shadows on vertical NOM Certified - optional.
surfaces

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WW G 2 32 MVOLT IRLS GEB10IS


Number
Series Trim of lamps Lamp type Voltage Reflector Ballast Options
WW Wallwash,12" G Lay-in grid1 1 14T5 14W T5 (22") MVOLT IRLS Low GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, EL Emergency battery pack6
aperture GF Grid 2 17 17W T8 (24") 3474 iridescent instant start GLR Internal fast-blow fuse7
TWW Tandem flanged2 specular GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤ 10%
24T5H0 24W T5HO (22") silver CSA Meets Canadian standards
double- ST Screw slot THD, programmed rapid start
length units; 28T5 28W T5 (46") IRLD Low NOM Meets Mexican standards
GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤ 10% THD,
2' WW units 32 32W T8 (48") iridescent programmed rapid start
only diffuse
54T5H0 54W T5HO (46") BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal
silver
CF40 40W TT5 RS (24")3 ballast factor (.88), instant start5
IRWH White
CF50 50W TT5 RS (24")3

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent
actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches
NOMINAL LAMPS PER LAMPS PER HEIGHT
SERIES LAMP TYPE (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
LENGTH CROSS SECTION FIXTURE IN. (CM)
WW 2' 1 1 17, CF40, CF50, 14T5, 24T5HO 4-1/2 (11.4)
WW 4' 1 1 32, 28WT5, 54WT5HO 4-1/2 (11.4)
TWW 4' 1 2 CF40, CF50 4-1/2 (11.4) 4-1/2 (11.4) or
5-1/2 (14.0)
WW 2' 2 2 17 5-1/2 (14.0)
WW 4' 2 2 32 5-1/2 (14.0)
WW 2' 2 2 14T5, 24T5HO 4-1/2 (11.4) 12
(30.5)
WW 4' 2 2 28T5, 54T5HO 4-1/2 (11.4)
Notes
1 Use G trim plus DGA accessory for fixture-trim flange
and fixture support in plaster or plasterboard ceilings.
2 Flanged sides, grid ends used in grid applications
only.
3 One-lamp only.
4 Available only with CSA option.
5 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-
efficiency ballast options.
6 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
7 Specify voltage.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 65

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 65 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Parabolic
RECESSED

PMO t Fully hemmed sides and ends provide smooth surface for
Intended Use
Ideal for applications requiring optimum light-control. easy handling
Features t Supplied with plastic film secured to face of louver for
Optimax® t Compound parabolic louver provides optimum light control protection during shipping and installation
t Louvers available with low-iridescent, specular silver or t Compatible with most ceiling types
diffuse silver aluminum
Listings
t Available in 1’x4’, 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ sizes UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.
t Air function capabilities available

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2PMO G B 3 32 27LS MVOLT 1/3 GEB1OIS
1
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Number of cells/Louver
PMO 1' wide G Grid B No air function 1 17 17W T8 (24") Number of cells Louver
2PMO 2' wide F Flanged A Air supply/return 2 32 32W T8 (48") 9 LS Low-iridescent anodized specular silver
ST Screw slot D Dual function supply/ 3 CF40 40W TT5 (24") 12 LD Low-iridescent anodized diffuse silver
return/heat removal Not included. U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) 27

Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast Options5,6


MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start EL Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens)
3472 ballasts per Lithonia GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start CSA Meets Canadian standards
Lighting standards
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start3 NOM Meets Mexican standards
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast
BSNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.87), step-dim EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens)
programmed start, 2-lamp only4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
HEIGHT1
SERIES OFNUMBER NUMBER OF CELLS
NOMINAL SIZE LAMP TYPE (ROWS unless otherwise noted.
LAMPS X NUMBER IN ROW) IN. (CM)
1'x4' PMO 1 32 9 (1x9) 7-1/4 (18.4)
1'x4' PMO 2 32 9 (1x9) 7-1/4 (18.4)
2'x2' 2PMO 3 17, U31, CF40 12 (3x4) 6 (15.2) 7-1/4 6
2'x2' 2PMO 2 17, U31, CF40 12 (3x4) 6 (15.2) (18.4) (15.2)
2'x4' 2PMO 3 32 27 (3x9) 6 (15.2)
2'x4' 2PMO 2 32 27 (3X9) 6 (15.2) 12 24
(30.5) (61.0)
PMO 2PMO

Notes
1 See Configurations table for lamp and cell compatibility.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
4 Not available in 347V.
5 Some options increase fixtue depth. Consult factory if plenum
depth is a factor.
6 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

66 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 66 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Parabolic

RECESSED
Intended Use
Ideal for corridors, stack lighting or wallwash indoor
applications where superior glare control is important.
t Air function capabilities available
t Supplied with plastic film secured to face of louver for
protection during shipping and installation
9PMO
Features Optimax®
t Complements design and style of other Optimax and t Compatible with most ceiling types
Paramax products Listings
t Louvers available with low-iridescent, specular silver or UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
diffuse silver aluminum standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.

t Available in three distribution patterns: symmetric,


asymmetric and bi-asymmetric

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 9PMO G B 2 32 10LD MVOLT GEB10IS
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Number of cells/Louver
9PMO 9" wide G Lay-in grid B No air function 1 32 32W T8 (48") Number of cells Louver
F Flanged A Air supply/return 2 10 1 row of 10 LS Low-iridescent anodized
GF Grid trim ends and flange sides Not included. specular silver
GF1 Grid trim ends, one grid side and one flange side LD Low-iridescent anodized
diffuse silver

Distribution Voltage Ballast Lamp color Options4


(blank) Symmetric MVOLT GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start LP835 800 series, 3500K EL Emergency battery pack
ASY Asymmetric 3471 GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, LP841 800 series, 4100K CSA Meets Canadian standards
BIAS Bi-asymmetric programmed rapid start L835HT8 3100 lumen, long life, 3500K NOM Meets Mexican standards
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast L841HT8 3100 lumen, long life, 4100K
factor (.88), instant start2
BSNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast
factor (.87), step-dim programmed start,
2-lamp only3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NUMBER NUMBER OF HEIGHT mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NOMINAL SIZE SERIES LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
OF LAMPS CELLS IN. (CM)
9"x4' 9PMO 1 32 10 7-1/2 (19.1)
9"x4' 9PMO 2 32 10 7-1/2 (19.1)
7-1/2
6-1/4 (19.1)
(15.9)

9
(22.9)

Notes
1 Available only with CSA option.
2 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
3 Not available in 347V.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 67

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 67 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Parabolic
RECESSED

2PM3N t Integral T bar safety clips secures fixture to T bar


Intended Use
High performance parabolic luminaires for light control, visual
comfort and light cutoff in open area indoor applications. t Available in 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ sizes

Paramax® Features t Air function capabilities available


t Design optimized for use with T8 lamps and electrronic t Supplied with plastic film secured to face of louver for
ballasts protection during shipping and installation
t Louvers available with low-iridescent, specular silver or t Compatible with most ceiling types
diffuse silver aluminum
Listings
t Hemmed sides and ends provide smooth edges for easy UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
handling during installation Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2PM3N G B 3 32 18LD MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS
1 1
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Number of cells/Louver Voltage
2PM3N 2' wide G Lay-in grid B No air function 2 17 17W T8 (24") Number of cells Louver MVOLT
F Flanged A Air supply/return 3 32 32W T8 (48") 6 LD Low-iridescent anodized diffuse silver 3473
ST Screw slot D Dual function supply/ 4 CF40 40W TT5 (24") 9 LS Low-iridescent anodized specular silver
return/heat removal Not included. U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) 12
U316 31W T8 U (6" leg)2 16
18
24
32

Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options6,7


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts per Lithonia GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start L830HT8 Long life, 3000K EL Emergency battery pack
Lighting standards GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed L835HT8 Long life, 3500K (nominal 300 lumens)
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast rapid start L841HT8 Long life, 4100K EL14 Emergency battery pack
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), (nominal 1400 lumens)
LP835 800 series, 3500K
instant start4 ACS Air closure strips
LP841 800 series, 4100K
BSNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.87), PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" diameter,
step-dim programmed start, 2-lamp only5 18-gauge, one circuit
CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
CONFIGURATIONS mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
3
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF CELLS HEIGHT unless otherwise noted.
NOMINAL SIZE SERIES LAMP TYPE
LAMPS (ROWS X NUMBER IN ROW) IN. (CM)
2'x2' 2PM3N 2 17, U31, CF40 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (4x3), 16 (4x4) 4-1/2 (11.4) 2R
2'x2' 2PM3N 2 U316 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (3x4) 4-1/2 (11.4) 4-1/2
2'x2' 2PM3N 3 17, U31, CF40 9 (3x3), 16 (4x4) 4-1/2 (11.4) (11.4)
2'x2' 2PM3N 4 17, CF40 9 (3x3), 12 (4x3), 16 (4x4) 4-1/2 (11.4)
2'x4' 2PM3N 2 32 12 (2x6), 18 (3x6) 4-1/2 (11.4) 24
(61.0)
2'x4' 2PM3N 3 32 18 (3x6), 24 (3x8) 4-1/2 (11.4)
2'x4' 2PM3N 4 32 12 (2x6), 16 (2x8), 18 (3x6), 4-1/2 (11.4)
2'x4' 2PM3N 4 32 24 (4x6), 32 (4x8) 4-1/2 (11.4)

Notes
1 See Configurations table for lamp and cell compatibility.
2 Not available on 3-lamp fixtures. Use U31.
3 Available only with CSA option.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
5 Not available in 347V.
6 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
7 Some options increase fixture height. Consult factory if plenum height is a
factor.

68 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 68 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Parabolic

RECESSED
Intended Use
High performance parabolic luminaires for light control, visual
comfort and light cutoff in open area indoor applications.
t Air function capabilities available
t Supplied with plastic film secured to face of louver for
protection during shipping and installation
PM3
Features Paramax®
t Design optimized for use with T8 lamps and electrronic t Compatible with most ceiling types
ballasts Listings
t Louvers available with low-iridescent, specular silver or UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
diffuse silver aluminum Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.

t Hemmed sides and ends provide smooth edges for easy


handling during installation

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PM3 G B 2 32 8LD MVOLT GEB10IS
1 1
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Number of cells/Louver Voltage
PM3 1' wide G Lay-in grid B No air function 1 17 17W T8 (24") Number of cells Louver MVOLT
4PM3 4' wide F Flanged A Air supply/return 2 32 32W T8 (48") 3 LD Low-irredescent anodized 3472
MT Modular fit-in D Dual function 3 CF40 40W TT5 (24") 4 diffuse silver
supply/return/heat 4 U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) 6 LS Low-irredescent anodized
removal specular silver
6 U316 31W T8 U (6" leg) 8
8 9
Not included. 12
16
36
64

Ballast configuration Ballast Options5


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts per Lithonia Lighting standards GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start EL Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens)
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens)
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start3 CSA Meets Canadian standards
BSNP T8 high-efficiency, normal ballast factor (.87), step-dim NOM Meets Mexican standards
programmed start, 2-lamp only4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NOMINAL NUMBER NUMBER OF CELLS HEIGHT6 mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
SIZE OF LAMPS (ROWS X NUMBER IN ROW) IN. (CM)
1'x2' PM3 1, 2 17, U31, CF40 3 (1x3), 4 (1x4), 6 (2x3), 8 (2x4) 7-1/4 (18.4)
1'x2' PM3 1 U316 3 (1x3), 4 (1x4), 6 (2x3), 8 (2x4) 7-1/4 (18.4)
7-1/4 6-1/2
1'x4' PM3 1, 2, 3 32 6 (1x6), 8 (1x8), 9 (1x9) 7-1/4 (18.4) (16.5)
(18.4)
1'x4' PM3 2 32 12 (2x6), 16 (2x8) 7-1/4 (18.4)
4'x4' 4PM3 6 32 36 (6x6), 64 (8x8) 6-1/2 (16.5) 48
12 (122.0)
4'x4' 4PM3 8 32 36 (6x6), 64 (8x8) 6-1/2 (16.5) (30.5)
PM3

Notes
1 See Configurations table for lamp and cell compatibility.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 Not available in 347V.
4 Available only with CSA option.
5 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
6 Some options increase fixture height. Consult factory if plenum height is a factor.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 69

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 69 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Parabolic
RECESSED

2PM3 t Air function capabilities available


Intended Use
High performance deep-cell parabolic luminaires for light
control, visual comfort and light cutoff in open area indoor t Available in 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ sizes

Paramax® applications. t Supplied with plastic film secured to face of louver for
Features protection during shipping and installation
t Louvers available with low-iridescent, specular silver or t Compatible with most ceiling types
diffuse silver aluminum
Listings
t Hemmed sides and ends provide smooth edges for easy UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards -
handling during installation optional. NOM Certified - optional.
t Integral T bar safety clips secures fixture to T bar

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2PM3 G B 3 32 18LD MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS
1 1
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Number of cells/Louver Voltage
2PM3 Paramax® G Lay-in grid B No air function 2 17 17W T8 (24") Number of cells Louver MVOLT
3" louver F Flanged A Air supply/return 3 32 32W T8 (48") 6 3472
family LD Low-iridescent anodized diffuse silver
ST Screw slot D Dual function supply/ 4 CF40 40W TT5 (24") 9 LS Low-iridescent anodized specular
return/heat removal 6 U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) 12 silver
Not U316 31W T8 U (6" leg) 16
included. 18
24
32

Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options5


4
(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, LP835 800 series, 3500K EL Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens) ACS Air closure strips (A and D
ballasts per Lithonia ≤10% THD, instant start LP841 800 series, 4100K EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens) models only)
Lighting standards GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, CSA Meets Canadian
PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 1 circuit
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast ≤10% THD, programmed standards
rapid start GLR Internal fast-blow fuse6
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast NOM Meets Mexican standards
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast,
normal ballast factor (.88),
instant start3
BSNP T8 high-efficiency ballast
normal ballast factor (.87),
step dim, program start,
2-Lamp only

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NUMBER NUMBER OF CELLS mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NOMINAL SIZE SERIES LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
OF LAMPS (ROWS X NUMBER IN ROW)
2'x2' 2PM3 2, 3, 4 CF40 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (3x4), 16 (4x4)
2'x2' 2PM3 2, 3 U31 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (3x4), 16 (4x4)
6
2'x2' 2PM3 2 U316 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (3x4), 16 (4x4) (15.2)
2'x2' 2PM3 2, 3, 4 17 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (3x4), 16 (4x4)
2'x4' 2PM3 2, 3, 4, 6 32 12 (2x6),16 (2x8), 18 (3x6), 24 (4x6), 32 (4x8) 24
(61.0)

Notes
1 See Configurations table for lamp and cell compatibility.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency
ballast options.
4 Not available with U316 lamp.
5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
6 Must specify voltage.

70 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 70 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Parabolic

RECESSED
Intended Use
Louvered parabolic luminaires for use in open area indoor ap-
plications where optical control, visual comfort and light cut-off
t Air function capabilities available
t Available in 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ sizes 2PM4
are important.
Features
t Supplied with plastic film secured to face of louver for
protection during shipping and installation 2PM2
t 2PM4 contains 4” deep louver while 2PM2 contians 2” deep t Compatible with most ceiling types Paramax®
louver
Listings
t Louvers available with low-iridescent, specular silver or UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards -
diffuse silver aluminum optional. NOM Certified - optional.
t Hemmed sides and ends provide smooth edges for easy
handling during installation
t Integral T bar safety clips secures fixture to T bar

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2PM4 G B 3 32 18LD MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS
1 1
Series Trim Air function Number of lamps Lamp type Number of cells/Louver Voltage
2PM4 Paramax® 4" G Lay-in grid B No air function 2 17 17W T8 (24") Number of cells Louver MVOLT
louver family F Flanged A Air supply/return 3 U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) 6 LD Low-iridescent 3473
2PM2 Paramax® 2" ST Screw slot D Dual function supply/ 4 U316 31W T8 U (6" leg)2 9 anodized diffuse silver
louver family return/ heat removal LS Low-iridescent
Not included. 32 32W T8 (48") 12
anodized specular silver
CF40 40W TT5 (24") 16
18
24
32

Ballast configuration Ballast Options6,7


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts per GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start EL Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens)
Lithonia Lighting standards GEB10RS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, progammed rapid start EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens)
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start4 CSA Meets Canadian standards
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast BSNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.87), step-dim programmed start, 2-lamp only5 NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS
NOMINAL NUMBER NUMBER OF CELLS 2PM2 HEIGHT7 2PM4 HEIGHT7
LAMP TYPE
SIZE OF LAMPS (ROWS X NUMBER IN ROW) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
2'x2' 2 U316 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (3x4), 16 (4x4) 4-1/2 (11.4) 6 (15.2)
2'x2' 2 17, U31, CF40 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (4x3), 16 (4x4) 4-1/2 (11.4) 6 (15.2)
2'x2' 3 17, U31, CF40 9 (3x3), 12 (3x4), 16 (4x4) 4-1/2 (11.4) 6 (15.2)
2'x2' 4 17, CF40 6 (2x3), 9 (3x3), 12 (4x3), 16 (4x4) 4-1/2 (11.4) 6 (15.2)
2'x4' 2 32 12 (2x6), 16 (2x8), 18 (3x6), 24 (4x6), 32 (4x8) 4-1/2 (11.4) 6 (15.2)
2'x4' 3 32 18 (3x6), 24 (3x8), 32 (4x8) 4-1/2 (11.4) 6 (15.2)
2'x4' 4 32 12 (2x6), 16 (2x8), 18 (3x6), 24 (4x6), 32 (4x8) 4-1/2 (11.4) 6 (15.2)
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
4-1/2 1 See Configurations table for lamp and cell compatibility.
6
(15.2) (11.4) 2 Not available on three-lamp fixtures. Use U31.
3 Available only with CSA option.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
24
24 (61.0) 5 Not available in 347V.
(61.0) 6 Consult www.lithonia.com for other options.
2PM4 2PM2 7 Some options increase fixture depth. Consult factory if plenum depth is a factor.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 71

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 71 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Parabolic
RECESSED

PARABOLICS Intended Use • Available with diffuse silver louver


Designed for use in open area applications where optical
control, visual comfort and light cut-off are important. • Supplied with plastic film secured to face of louver for
protection during shipping and installation
2’x2’, 2’x4’ Features
• Hemmed sides and ends provide smooth edges for easy • Available in 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ sizes
handling during installation Listings
• Integral T bar safety clips secures fixture to T bar UL Listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PT3 MV


Catalog Number Lamp
Description Lamp type Voltage Ballast Pre-wire Lamp color
number of lamps included
PT2U MV 2x2 recessed, static 2 32 U-lamp 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
PT2UA MV 2x2 recessed, supply/return air w/closure strips 2 32 U-lamp 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
PT2UALW MV 2x2 recessed, supply/return air w/closure strips 2 32 U-lamp 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start Y Y 700 series, 3500K
PT3 2MV 2x4 recessed, static 3 32 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
PT3 MV 2x4 recessed, static 3 32 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
PT3A MV 2x4 recessed, supply/return air w/closure strips 3 32 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N N -
PT3L MV 2x4 recessed, static 3 32 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N Y 700 series, 3500K
PT3LW MV 2x4 recessed, static 3 32 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start Y Y 700 series, 3500K
PT3ALW MV 2x4 recessed, air 3 32 120 - 277 NEMA Premium®, instant start Y Y 700 series, 3500K

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

72 www.lithonia.com PSG11
PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
Surface or stem-mounted lensed fixture for general
illumination in commercial offices and indoor retail
applications.
t Standard fully gasketed flush steel door with sturdy tee
hinges and opposing, rotary-action cam latches
t Unit or row installation
M
Features Listings
t 1’x4’, 2’x2’, 2’x4’, and 4’x4’ configurations available UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
Optional NOM Certification.
t Die-formed, cold-rolled steel housing finished with baked
white enamel

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2M 2 32 RW A19 MVOLT GEB10IS


2 2
Series Number of lamps Lamp type Door Diffuser Voltage
M 1' wide 1 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) Flush steel, white A12 #12 pattern acrylic MVOLT
2M 2' wide 2 32 32W T8 (48") FN Flush aluminum, natural A12125 #12 pattern acrylic, .125" thick 3475
4M 4' wide1 33 CF40 40W TT5 (24") FM Flush aluminum, matte black A19 #19 pattern acrylic, .156" thick
4 U31 31W T8 U (1-5/8" leg) FW Flush aluminum, white PC1S Parabolic plastic cube louver, specular silver
6 U316 31W T8 U (6" leg)4 RN Regressed aluminum, natural
8 14T5 14W T5 (24”) RM Regressed aluminum, matte black
Not included. 24T5HO 24W T5HO (24”) RW Regressed aluminum, white
28T5 28W T5 (46”)
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46”)

Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options


(blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts per GEB10IS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, LP735 Lamped with 700 series, 3500K EL Emergency battery pack6
Lithonia Lighting standards instant start CSA Meets Canadian standards
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast GEB10RS T8 and CF electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, NOM Meets Mexican standards
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast rapid start
2/3 Two 3-lamp ballasts GEB10PS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD,
programmed start
2/4 Two 4-lamp ballasts

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
NOMINAL NUMBER LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
SIZE OF LAMPS IN. (CM) IN.(CM) IN.(CM)
1'x4' M 1, 2, 3 32 48 (121.9) 12 (30.5) 3-3/4 (9.5) 3-3/4
2'x2' 2M 1, 2 U316 24 (61.0) 24 (61.0) 3-3/4 (9.5) (9.5)
2'x2' 2M 2, 3 17, U31, CF40 24 (61.0) 24 (61.0) 3-3/4 (9.5) 12
2'x2' 2M 4 17, CF40 24 (61.0) 24 (61.0) 3-3/4 (9.5) (30.5)
2'x4' 2M 2, 3, 4 32 48 (121.9) 24 (61.0) 3-3/4 (9.5) M
4'x4' 4M 4, 6, 8 32 48 (121.9) 48 (121.9) 3-3/4 (9.5)
3-3/4
(9.5)
24 Notes
(61.0) 1 Center mullion standard on 4M.
2M 2 See Configurations table for lamp
compatibility.
3-3/4 3 Stem mounting not available on
(9.5)
3-lamp 2x4 models.
48 4 Not available on 3-lamp models.
(121.9) Use U31.
4M 5 Available only with CSA option.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 6 Consult www.lithonia.com for
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. available options.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 73

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_54-73.indd 73 2/27/14 6:56 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
SURFACE/WALL

Smart+Simple Stairwell Lighting


According to the California Lighting Technology Center (cltc.ucdavis.edu), 30% of lighting energy on a typical
college campus is spent on corridors and stairwells. Lighting in these transitional areas can easily be upgraded
to reduce energy consumption and improve visibility for normal or emergency egress.
The NFPA 101 Life Safety Code requirements ensure safe egress at all times in these areas. NFPA 101 Section
7.8.1.3 requires the floors and other walking surfaces in and around an exit shall be a minimum illumination
of at least 10 fc during use (new stairs), and at least 1 fc, measured at the floor on existing or renovation
projects.
Supported by the Department of Energy (DOE), provisions of their commercial building code regarding energy
efficiency have been updated to meet or exceed ASHRAE 90.1-20101: Controls Requirements. Stairwell
lighting must now have a control device that automatically reduces the lighting power by at least 50% when
area is unoccupied. For stairwells in educational facilities, the IES recommends 2.5 to 10 fc for typical activity
and 5 to 20 fc for high activity.
Lighting with integrated occupancy sensors and sequential controls provide a simple solution
to maximize energy savings in slow traffic or low-occupied areas. Integral control options include dual
technology micro-sensor (occupancy sensors) and a short range sequential stairwell option. The sequential
control options keep occupants safe and comfortable when the space is occupied while saving energy
and money when not is use. Additionally, the sensor is designed with “fail-to-on” feature preventing any
disruption in operation.
1
http://lightingcontrolsassociation.org/ashrae-publishes-2010-version-of-90-1-standard/

Typical Stairwell:
t Lights are on 100% of the time.
t Stairwell is occupied 3% of the time2.
t 97% of energy used is wasted.

2
SensorSwitch® data-logger study, University of Minnesota
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

74 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 74 2/27/14 6:58 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface/Wall

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use t 1200, 1800, 2500, 4100 lumen packages
For wall or ceiling mounting, vertical or horizontal. The WL
combines digital LED lighting and controls technologies with
high-performance optical design to offer the most advanced
t 3000, 3500, 4000, and 5000K CCTs WL
wall-mount luminaire for general ambient lighting applica-
t Ideal for stairwells, tunnels and corridors Wall Bracket & Surface Mount LED
tions. High-efficacy light engine delivers long life and excellent t Available with integrated nLight® technology and
color, ensuring a superior quality lighting installation that is occupancy sensor
highly efficient and sustainable.
Listings
Features CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t Replaces 1- or 2-lamp T5 or T8 DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
standards.
t 2’ and 4’ configurations available

TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WL4 25L D24 LP835 NX
Series Lumens1 Voltage Wattage Color temperature Lumen management
WL2 2' Wall-Mount LED 12L2 (blank) MVOLT (120 - 277V) D13 13W7 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K8,9 NX Less nLight
WL4 4' Wall-Mount LED 18L3 347 347V6 D20 20W7 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management
25L4 D24 24W7 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80EMG nLight with 80% (L80) lumen management. For use with
41L5 D43 43W7 LP850 82 CRI, 5000K8,9 generator supply EM power
N100 nLight with 100% (L100) lumen management
N100EMG nLight with 100% (L100) lumen management. For use with
generator supply EM power

Occupancy control Standby mode11 Options Finish13


NES7 Sensor Switch nES 7 PIR integral occupancy sensor10 (blank) Fixture turns off when unoccupied EL14L LED Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens)12 (blank) White
NESPDT7 Sensor Switch nES PDT 7 dual technology integral DIM10 Fixture dims to 10% when unoccupied SC Surface conduit end cap provisions
occupancy control10 DIM50 Fixture dims to 50% when unoccupied
NES7ADCX Sensor Switch nES 7 ADCX PIR integral occupancy
sensor with automatic dimmng control10

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) Specifications
unless otherwise noted.
Length: with sensor - 25-7/8 (65.7)
50-15/16 (129.40)
without sensor - 23-3/8 (59.4)
3-11/16
(9.3) 46-13/16 (118.90)
Height: with sensor - 3-11/16 (9.3)
4-3/4 Without sensor without sensor - 3-7/8 (9.7)
(12.0) Width: 4-3/4 (12.1) Notes
1 Approximate lumen output.
2 For use with WL2 only, requires D13 driver.
3 For use with WL2 only, requires D20 driver.
3-7/8 4 For use with WL4 only, requires D24 driver.
(9.7) 5 For use with WL4 only, requires D43 driver.
6 Not available for use with WL2.
7 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when operating between 120-277V +/- 10%.
4-3/4 With sensor 8 Extended lead time.
(12.0) 9 Not available with 41L.
10 Requires N80 or N100.
11 Requires occupancy control.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 12 Not available with WL2; not available with 347V.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 13 For additional paint finishes refer to Architectural Colors.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 75

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 75 2/27/14 6:58 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface/Wall
SURFACE/WALL

WT t 2’ and 4’ configurations available


Intended Use
For wall or ceiling mounting - vertical or horizontal. Ideal
for stairwells, corridors, lavatories or any utility application. t High impact diffuser optically engineered for superior light
distribution and maximum efficacy
Wall Bracket & Surface Mount Fixture Optional integrated occupancy control for maximum energy
savings. t Available with an integral occupancy sensor for additional
Features energy savings
t Available in 1- or 2-lamp T5 or T8 Listings
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WT5 2 28T5 MVOLT GEB10PS
Series Number of lamps Lamp type Diffuser type Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast
WT5 T5, 1 or 2-lamp 1 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) Linear MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts GEB10IS .88 ballast factor, instant start2
WT8 T8, 1 or 2-lamp 2 32 32W T8 (48") facted 347 per Lithonia Lighting BSNP .88 ballast factor, step dimming,
impact standards program start2
Not 14T5 14W T5 (22-1/2") modified
included. 2/1 Two 1-lamp ballasts GEB95 .95 ballast factor3, 4
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22-1/2") diffuser
28T5 28W T5 (46-1/2") GEB95S .95 ballast factor, step dimming3, 4
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46-1/2") GEB115 1.15 ballast factor3,4
GEB115S 1.15 ballast factor, step dimming3,4
GEB10PS 1.0 ballast factor, program start

Occupancy control1 Standby mode Options


NESPDT7 Sensor Switch nES PDT 7 dual technology (blank) Fixture completely off CO Grounded convenience outlet, 120V only (lower right) SC Surface conduit end cap provisions
integral occupancy sensor5 when unoccupied S1 Pull-chain switch; installed bottom right; on/off GLR Internal fast-blow fuse9
NES7 Sensor Switch nES 7 PIR integral DIM10 Dims to 10% when operation of all lamps only (120V only) GMF Internal slow-blow fuse9
occupancy sensor5 unoccupied6 EL Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens)8 LP__ Lamped; specify lamp type and color
DIM50 Dims to 50% when EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens)8 CSA CSA Certified
unoccupied6, 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

3-11/16
(9.3)
Specifications
4-3/4 Without sensor
Length: T5: 22-7/8 (58.1) or 46-3/8 (117.8) (12.0)
Without sensor
T8: 24 (61.0) or 48 (122.0) nominal
Width: 4-3/4 (12.1) 3-7/8
(9.7)
Height: 3-13/16 (9.7)
All dimensions are inches (centimeters). Note
4-3/4 With sensor 1 Not available with instant start ballast.
(12.0) 2 Only available with T8 lamp types.
With sensor 3 Only available with T5 lamp types.
4 Not available in 1-lamp T5.
5 Not available with WT5 14T5 and 24T5HO configurations.
6 Requires 0-10V dimming ballast.
7 Available with BSNP.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 8 Not available with WT8 17T8, WT5 14T5 or 24T5HO.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 9 Must specify voltage.

76 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 76 2/27/14 6:58 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
For applications that require a low profile appearance. Ideal for
stairwells, restrooms, patient care, lobbies, or corridors.
t Proprietary snap-in diffuser of tinted 50% DR acrylic with
prismatic pattern
t Direct or direct/indirect distribution available
WP
Features
t All fabricated components of 20-gauge cold-rolled steel t No tools required for relamping

t All metal parts painted after fabrication t Through-wire/row-mount capabilities

t Available in 2’, 3’, or 4’ lengths with one or two lamps in Listings


cross-section UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
Standards-optional. NOM Certified - optional.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WP 2 32 MVOLT GEB10IS


Series Number of lamps Lamp type Shielding Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast
WP 1 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) #12 pattern inverted, .125" thick MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10%
2 25 25W T8 (36") acrylic, uplight 3471 per Lithonia Lighting THD, instant start
ACF125 Matte white flat acrylic, .125" thick, standards GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤10%
Not 14T5 14W T5 (22")
included. uplight 2/1 Two 1-lamp ballasts2,3 THD, programmed start
28T5 28W T5(46")
PCL12125V #12 pattern inverted, .125" thick
32 32W T8 (48") polycarbonate, uplight
54T5HO 54W T5HO(46")

Options
S1 Left-mounted on/off pull-switch (all lamps)5 RIF1 Radio interference filter (one per fixture)
S2 Left-mounted on/off pull-switch for downlight, remote uplight switching4,5 TPS Tamperproof screw
S4 Left-mounted four-position pull-switch (front only, rear only, all on, all off )4,5 DO Downlight only; solid-top metal housing
BF Internal baffle to divide uplight and downlight4 CSA Meets Canadian standards
SWR Rocker switch, bottom right5 NOM Meets Mexican standards
CO Grounded convenience outlet, installed bottom right (120V only)5
EL Emergency battery pack
MB Matte black

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NUMBER LAMP LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT
SERIES unless otherwise noted.
OF LAMPS TYPE IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
WP 1, 2 17, 14T5 24-1/2 (62.2) 7-3/8 (18.7) 3-1/4 (8.3)
WP 1, 2 25, 21T5 36-1/2 (92.7) 7-3/8 (18.7) 3-1/4 (8.3)
WP 1, 2 32, 28T5, 54T5HO 48-1/2 (123.2) 7-3/8 (18.7) 3-1/4 (8.3)

Notes
1 Available only with CSA option.
2 Must be specified with S2, S4, or BF options.
3 BF option must be specified if separation of up and down light is desired.
4 Requires 2/1 option.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 For optimal locations, consult factory. Applications requiring mounting
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. flush with both ceiling and wall, require DO option.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 77

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 77 2/27/14 6:58 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall
SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use t Available in 2’, 3’, and 4’ models

WC Ideal for stairwells, corridors, lavatories or any utility applica-


tion.
Features
t Suitable for wall or ceiling mounting - vertical or horizontal
t No tools required for diffuser removal
t Steel housing with opal acrylic diffuser standard Listings
t Clear, prismatic #12 pattern acrylic lens and front metal UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
fascia available Standards-optional. NOM Certified - optional.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WC 2 32 MVOLT GEB10IS


Series Number of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Voltage Ballast Options
WC 1 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) Matte white opal acrylic MVOLT GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast,≤ RMT Row mount2
2 25 25W T8 (36") A12 #12 pattern acrylic 3471 10% THD, S1 On/off pull-switch (all lamps), lower left3
instant start
Not 32 32W T8 (48") FAC Matte white opal acrylic with CO Grounded convenience outlet, lower right 3
included. front metal fascia GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤
14T5 14W T5 (22") 10% THD, MB Architectural matte black finish
21T5 21W T5 (34") FA12 #12 pattern acrylic with front programmed start EL Emergency battery pack4,5
metal fascia
28T5 28W T5 (46") CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) Notes
NUMBER LAMP LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT
SERIES unless otherwise noted. 1 Available only with CSA option.
OF LAMPS TYPE IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
WC 1, 2 17, 14T5 24 (61.0) 4-5/8 (11.7) 4-9/16 (11.6) 2 Includes continuous row joiner band. N/A with CSA; models
requiring CSA labeling shipped standard with joiner band.
WC 1, 2 25, 21T5 36 (91.4) 4-5/8 (11.7) 4-9/16 (11.6)
4-9/16 3 120V only.
WC 1, 2 32, 28T5 48 (121.9) 4-5/8 (11.7) 4-9/16 (11.6)
(11.6) 4 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Not available in 2’ configurations.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 4-5/8
(11.8)
PRODUCT INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Wall

FCW t Easy maintenance design for individual mounting


Intended Use
Wall or ceiling mounting - vertical or horizontal. Integral
occupancy sensor available. Ideal for stairwells, corridors, t Acrylic prismatic diffuser
bathrooms, or any utility application. t End caps spring-loaded for easy diffuser removal
Features Listings
t Heavy-duty code gauge steel UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian standards.
t Available with infrared or ultrasonic occupancy sensor NOM Certified–optional.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FCW2 1 17 120 GEB10IS


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Number
Series of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast Options2
FCW2 1 17 17W T8 (24") MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or GEB10PS Electronic 1CF9 9W compact fluorescent night light3 Integral sensor - night light stays
FCW4 2 28 28W T5 (46”) 120 2-lamp ballasts ballast, 20GA 20-gauge wiring on5
per Lithonia ≤ 10% THD, MSIUNL Ultrasonic, wall
FCW8 32 32W T8 (48") 277 Lighting programmed EL Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens)4
mount
standards start EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal 1400 lumens)4
MSI360LBNL 360° infrared ceiling
1/4 One 4-lamp GEB10IS Electronic Integral sensor - all lamps on/off5
ballast ballast, mount, 7-15'
≤ 10% THD, MSIU Ultrasonic, wall mount MSI360NL 360° infrared ceiling
2/1 Two one-lamp
ballast1 instant start MSI360LB 360° infrared ceiling mount, 7-15' mount, 15-45'

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS
Notes
LAMPS PER LAMPS PER LAMP WIDTH DEPTH LENGTH
SERIES 1 Not available with any sensor options. Consult factory.
CROSS SECTION FIXTURE TYPE IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
2 Battery packs available.
FCW2 1, 2 1, 2 17 5-3/8 (13.7) 4-3/16 (10.6) 24 (61.0)
3 Night light lamp not included. Requires any G23 base two-pin
FCW4 1, 2 1, 2 28T5 32 5-3/8 (13.7) 4-3/16 (10.6) 48 (121.9) 9W compact fluorescent lamp. Supplied by others.
FCW8 1, 2 2, 4 28T5 32 5-3/8 (13.7) 4-3/16 (10.6) 96 (243.8) 4 Not available on 17W T8.
5 Sensors wired to toggle between night light and normal
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the mode when used with 1CF9.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

78 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 78 3/6/14 11:27 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
For applications where a sleek, brushed aluminum fixture body
in a direct lighting pattern will enhance the space. Uplight and
downlight available standard.
t Lens housing secured to channel assembly by spring-loaded
latches
t Grounded convenience outlet available on 120V unit
W
Features t Standard configuration: Uplight and down-light; optional
t One-piece, brushed aluminum housing assembly downlight only available with DO option

t Injection-molded end plates standard with woodgrain Listings


vinyl finish UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to
Canadian Standards-optional. NOM Certified - optional.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: W 2 32 MVOLT GEB10IS


Number
Series of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Voltage Ballast Options
1
W 1 U16 16W T8 U (12") (blank) #12 pattern diffuser, MVOLT GEB10IS T8 electronic DO Downlight only MB Matte black finish
2 17 17W T8 (24") .187" thick, upper lens 3472 ballast, ≤10% S1 On/off pull-switch (all lamps)3 MW Matte white finish
A12U #12 pattern diffuser, THD, instant start
Not CF18 18W TT5 RS (12") BF Baffle to divide uplight and EL Emergency battery pack5
included. .125" thick, upper lens GEB10RS T8 and CF downlight4
25 25W T8 (36") electronic ballast, CSA Meets Canadian
A19 #19 pattern diffuser, N Night-light, unswitched, 7W C7 standards
32 32W T8 (48") .156" thick ≤10% THD,
programmed lamp (included), top left NOM Meets Mexican standards
ACF Flat acrylic matte white start NS Night-light with push-switch, 7W
diffuser, .125" thick C7 (included), top left
CO Grounded convenience outlet3
AE Brushed aluminum end cap
appliques

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
NOMINAL NUMBER LAMP LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT
SERIES
LENGTH OF LAMPS TYPE IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
1' W 1 U16 13-5/8 (34.6) 7-1/8 (18.1) 5-1/8 (13.0)
5-1/8
1' W 1, 2 CF18 13-5/8 (34.6) 7-1/8 (18.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) (13.0)
2' W 1, 2 17 24-3/8 (61.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 5-1/8 (13.0)
3' W 1, 2 25 36-3/8 (92.4) 7-1/8 (18.1) 5-1/8 (13.0)
4' W 1, 2 32 48-3/8 (122.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 7-1/8
(18.1)

Notes
1 One-lamp only.
2 Available only with CSA option.
3 120V only.
4 Not available with DO option.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 79

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 79 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface
SURFACE/WALL

STL t 3000, 3500, 4000, and 5000K CCTs


Intended Use
The STL combines digital LED lighting and controls technologies
with high-performance optical design to offer the most ad- t Excellent lumen maintenance - L80 at 50,000 hours

Surface Volumetric vanced surface-mount luminaire for general ambient lighting t Faceted refractor with light diffusing film for soft, even
applications. High-efficacy light engine delivers long life and illumination
excellent color, ensuring a superior quality lighting installation
that is highly efficient and sustainable. t Available with integrated nLight® technology

Features Listings
t Replaces 2-lamp T5 or T8 CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
t 2’ and 4’ configurations standards.
t 2200, 4000, and 4800 lumen packages

TM

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: STL2 22L D26 LP835 NX
1 6
Series Lumens Voltage Wattage Color temperature Control Options Finish14
STL2 2' Surface 22L2, 4 (blank) MVOLT D26 26W2, 7 LP830 82 CRI, 3000K10, 11 NX Less controls EL14L LED Emergency (blank) White
Volumetric LED 40L3, 4 (120-277) D40 40W3, 7, 8 LP835 82 CRI, 3500K BLD Bi-level dimming3, 12 battery pack DNA Natural
STL4 4' Surface 347 347V5 (nominal 1400 aluminum
48L3, 4 D50 50W3, 7, 9 LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% (L80) lumens)3,13
Volumetric LED lumen management
LP850 82 CRI, 5000K10, 11
N80EMG nLight with 80% (L80)
lumen management. For
use with generator supply
EM power
N100 nLight without lumen
management
N100EMG nLight without lumen
management. For use
with generator supply EM
power

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
Specifications STCR Continuous row connector (see mounting data)
ST adjustable aircraft cable gripper suspension kit (specify length as 36 or
Length: 22-7/8 (58.1) or 46-3/8 (117.8) STACG__
72 inches) (specify ceiling type F1 or F2 - see mounting data)
Width: 10-1/8 (25.7) ST adjustable aircraft cable gripper with power feed (specify length as 36 or
STACGF__
Depth: 3-7/8 (9.8) 72 inches) (specify ceiling type F1 or F2 - see mounting data)
ST adjustable aircraft cable gripper with emergency power feed (specify
STACGE__
length as 36 or 72 inches) (specify ceiling type F1 or F2 - see mounting data)

Notes operating between 120-277V +/-10%.


1 Approximate lumen output. 8 For use with 40L only.
2 For use with STL2 only. 9 For use with 48L only.
3 For use with STL4 only. 10 Extended lead time.
4 Actual performance may differ as a result of end- 11 Not available with 40L.
user environment and application. 12 Not for use with EL14L on 48L system.
5 Not for use with EL14L. 13 For use with NX control option only.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 6 Approximate input power. 14 For additional paint finishes refer to:
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 7 Actual wattage may differ by -3% to +6% when Architectural Colors.

80 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 80 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surface

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
The Surface Volumetric™ series is designed for surface or sus-
pend-mount applications that require the appealing aesthetics
Features
t Available in 2- or 3-lamp T5 or T8
t 2’ and 4’ configurations available
ST5- ST8
and high performance of volumetric lighting. Ideal for offices, Surface Volumetric
workrooms, retail and other commercial applications. t Excellent glare control and uniformity
t Faceted refractor with light diffusing film for soft even
illumination
Listings
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ST5 2 14T5 MVOLT GEB10PS
Number
Series of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast Options Finish7, 8
ST5 T5, 2 or 2 17 17W T8 (24") 120 GEB10IS .88 ballast factor, 1/3 One, three-lamp ballast (blank) White
3-lamp 3 32 32W T8 (48") 277 instant start3 EL Emergency battery pack (nominal DNA Natural aluminum
ST8 T8, 2 or Not 14T5 14W T5 (22-1/2")1 347 GEB95 .95 ballast factor4 300 lumens)5
3-lamp included. GEB95S .95 ballast factor, EL14 Emergency battery pack (nominal
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22-1/2")2 MVOLT
For tandem double- step dimming4 1400 lumens)5
length unit, add 28T5 28W T5 (46-1/2")
GEB115 1.15 ballast factor4 LP__ Lamped; specify lamp type and color
prefix "T". Ex: TST8 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46-1/2")2
GEB115S 1.15 ballast factor, GLR Internal fast-blow fuse6
step dimming4 GMF Internal slow-blow fuse6
GEB10PS 1.0 ballast factor, CSA Listed and labeled to comply with
program start Canadian Standards
SSR Specular silver interior finish (95%
reflective)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

Specifications
Length - T8: 24 (61.0), 48 (121.9) or 96 (243.8)
Length - T5: 22-7/8 (58.1), 46-3/8 (117.8) or 92-5/8 (235.3)
Width: 10-1/8 (25.7)
Depth: 3-7/8 (9.8)

Notes
1 Must use 1/3 ballast option.
2 Not available in 3-lamp configuration.
3 Only available with T8 lamp types.
4 Only available with T5 lamp types.
5 Not available with 2’ configuration.
6 Must specify voltage.
7 Die-cast end plates and light trap.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 8 For additional paint finishes refer to:
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. Architectural Colors.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 81

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 81 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound
SURFACE/WALL

LED Intended Use • 2000 and 4000 lumen packages


An affordable digital lighting platform designed to deliver
general ambient lighting for surface ceiling-mount applications • 3500K and 4000K CCTs

WRAPAROUND in schools, offices and hospitals. Built on the tried-and-true LB


low-profile basket wraparound, the LED technology ensures
reliable color consistency and extended service life of at least
• Excellent lumen maintenance - L70 50,000 hrs
Listings
2’ and 4’ 50,000 hours. CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
DesignLights Consortium® qualified product. Tested to LM80
Features standards. Damp location listed.
• Replaces 2-lamp T8
• 2’ and 4’ configurations available

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change.


Catalog Number Description Lumens Color temperature Lens type Voltage
LBL2 LP835 2’ LED Wraparound 2000 lumens 3500K Patterned #12 acrylic 120-277V
LBL2 LP840 2’ LED Wraparound 2000 lumens 4000K Patterned #12 acrylic 120-277V
LBL4 LP835 4’ LED Wraparound 4000 lumens 3500K Patterned #12 acrylic 120-277V
LBL4 LP840 4’ LED Wraparound 4000 lumens 4000K Patterned #12 acrylic 120-277V
LBL4 347 LP835 4’ LED Wraparound 4000 lumens 3500K Patterned #12 acrylic 347V
LBL4 347 LP840 4’ LED Wraparound 4000 lumens 4000K Patterned #12 acrylic 347V

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Length: 24 (61.0)
2-3/4
48 (122.0) (7.0)
Width: 10 (25.4) 10
Depth: 2-3/4 (7.0) (25.4)

Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

82 www.lithonia.com PSG11
PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
For surface ceiling-mount applications requiring a clean
appearance. Provides high vertical illumination and brightness
control.
t Luminous end plates soften appearance for improved
aesthetics
t Continuous side flanges on fixture body provide light trap
LB
and continuous diffuser support to prevent accidental
Features opening and simplify maintenance
t Curved prismatic diffuser with linear side prisms minimize
lamp image and provides high angle brightness control Listings
UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LB 2 32 MVOLT GEB10IS


1
Series Number of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast configuration
LB Standard width 2 17 17W T8 (24") MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2- lamp ballasts per Lithonia Lighting
2LB Two lamps in wide housing 32 32 32W T8 (48") 3474 standards
4 14T5 14W T5 (22") 1/3 One 3-lamp ballast
Not included. 28T5 28W T5 (46") 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46")3

Ballast Options
GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start EL Emergency battery pack6
GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤ 10% THD, programmed start3 NOM Meets Mexican standards
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start5 CSA Meets Canadian standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
CONFIGURATIONS mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
LAMPS PER LAMPS PER LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT unless otherwise noted.
SERIES LAMP TYPE
CROSS SECTION FIXTURE IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
LB 2 2 17 24 (61.0) 10 (25.4) 3 (7.6) 2-3/4 2-15/16
LB 2 2 14T5 22 (55.9) 10 (25.4) 3 (7.6) (7.0) (7.5)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


LB 4 4 17 24 (61.0) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6) 10 15-1/2
(25.4) (39.4)
LB 4 4 14T5 22 (55.9) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
LB 2 2 32 48 (121.9) 10 (25.4) 3 (7.6) 2-lamp 2 or 4 lamp
Narrow Housing Wide Housing
LB 2 2 28T5, 54T5HO 46 (116.8) 10 (25.4) 3 (7.6)
LB 3 3 32 48 (121.9) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
LB 3 3 28T5 46 (116.8) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
LB 4 4 32 48 (121.9) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
LB 4 4 28T5 46 (116.8) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
2LB 2 2 32 48 (121.9) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
2LB 2 2 28T5, 54T5HO 46 (116.8) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
TLB 2 4 32 96 (243.8) 10 (25.4) 3 (7.6)
TLB 2 4 28T5, 54T5HO 92 (233.7) 10 (25.4) 3 (7.6)
TLB 3 6 32 96 (243.8) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
TLB 3 6 28T5 92 (233.7) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
TLB 4 8 32 96 (243.8) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
TLB 4 8 28T5 92 (233.7) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
T2LB 2 4 32 96 (243.8) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6) Notes
1 For tandem double-length unit, add prefix T. Example: TLB.
T2LB 2 4 28T5, 54T5HO 92 (233.7) 15-3/8 (39.1) 3 (7.6)
2 Available with 28T5 and 32W only.
3 Not available in three- and four-lamp configurations.
4 Available only with CSA options.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 83

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 83 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound
SURFACE/WALL

AW t Optional high-impact-resistant diffuser available—


Intended Use
For surface ceiling-mount or suspended mount applications stronger than standard acrylic
that require a low-profile architectural appearance. High
vertical and horizontal illuminations for walkways, corridors, t For surface or stem mounting, individual installation
offices and retail applications. Listings
Features UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
t Flat-bottom acrylic prismatic diffuser with sonic-welded, Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.
injection-molded, luminous ends
t Diffuser hinges open from either side for easy maintenance

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AW 2 32 AR MVOLT GEB10IS


Number of
Series1 lamps Lamp type Diffuser Voltage Ballast configuration
AW Standard width 2 32 32W T8 (48") (blank) Prismatic MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2- lamp ballasts per Lithonia Lighting standards
2AW Two lamps in wide housing 3 28T5 28W T5 (46")2 AR High-impact prismatic 3474 1/3 One 3-lamp ballast
4 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46")2,3 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast
Not included.

Ballast Options
GEB10IS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start EL Emergency battery pack6,7
GEB10PS Electronic ballast ≤10% THD, programmed start MB Matte black
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start5 CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
LAMPS PER LAMPS PER LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES LAMP TYPE
CROSS SECTION FIXTURE IN. (CM) IN.(CM) IN.(CM) unless otherwise noted.
AW 2 2 32, 28T5, 54T5HO 48 (121.9) 11-1/4 (28.6) 3-3/16 (8.09)
AW 3 3 32, 28T5, 54T5HO 48 (121.9) 16-3/4 (42.5) 3-3/16 (8.09) 3-3/16 3-3/16
(8.09) (8.09)
AW 4 4 32, 28T5, 54T5HO 48 (121.9) 16-3/4 (42.5) 3-3/16 (8.09)
2AW 2 2 32, 28T5, 54T5HO 48 (121.9) 16-3/4 (42.5) 3-3/16 (8.09) 11-1/4 16-3/4
TAW 2 4 32 96 (243.8) 11-1/4 (28.6) 3-3/16 (8.09) (28.6) (42.5)
TAW 3 6 32 96 (243.8) 16-3/4 (42.5) 3-3/16 (8.09) AW 2-lamp
TAW 4 8 32 96 (243.8) 16-3/4 (42.5) 3-3/16 (8.09) AW 3-lamp
T2AW 2 4 32 96 (243.8) 16-3/4 (42.5) 3-3/16 (8.09) 3-3/16
(8.09)

16-3/4
(42.5)
AW 4-lamp

Notes 4 Available only with CSA option.


1 For tandem double-length unit, add prefix T. 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional
Example: TAW. high-efficiency ballast options.
2 T5 configurations not available in tandem 6 Consult www.lithonia.com for available
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the lengths. options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 3 Not available with four-lamp configurations. 7 T8 4’ fixtures only.

84 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 84 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
For surface ceiling or wall mount applications where a narrow-
profile architectural appearance is desired. Ideal for areas such
as corridors or stairwells where narrow width is important.
t Both diffusers available in high-impact versions
t Diffuser held by four torsion springs
t Hinges open from either side for easy cleaning and service
CA
Features Listings
t Companion to AW series, only 5-1/4” wide UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
t Choice of flat-bottom diffusers - prismatic acrylic or matte Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.
white opal acrylic

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CA 2 32 MVOLT GEB10IS


Number
Series1,2 of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Voltage Ballast configuration
CA 1 17 17W T8 (24") (blank) Prismatic MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2-lamp ballasts per Lithonia Lighting standards
2 25 25W T8 (36") AR High-impact prismatic 3473 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast
Not included. 32 32W T8 (48") ACW Matte white
14T5 14W T5 (22") AWR High-impact matte white
21T5 21W T5 (34")
24T5HO 24W T5HO (22½”)
28T5 28W T5 (46")
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46”)

Ballast Options
GEB10IS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start EL Emergency battery pack5
GEB10PS Electronic ballast, ≤ 10% THD, programmed start MB Matte black
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start4 CSA Meets Canadian standards
NOM Meets Mexican standards

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
LAMPS PER LAMPS PER LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
CROSS SECTION FIXTURE IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
CA 1 1 17, 14T5 24-1/2 (62.2) 5-1/4 (13.3) 4-5/8 (11.7)
CA 2 2 17, 14T5 24-1/2 (62.2) 5-1/4 (13.3) 4-5/8 (11.7) 4-5/8
CA 1 1 25, 21T5 36-1/2 (92.7) 5-1/4 (13.3) 4-5/8 (11.7) (11.7)
CA 2 2 25, 21T5 36-1/2 (92.7) 5-1/4 (13.3) 4-5/8 (11.7)
CA 1 1 32, 28T5 48-1/2 (123.2) 5-1/4 (13.3) 4-5/8 (11.7)
CA 2 2 32, 28T5 48-1/2 (123.2) 5-1/4 (13.3) 4-5/8 (11.7) 5-1/4
(13.3)
TCA 1 2 32 97 (246.4) 5-1/4 (13.3) 4-5/8 (11.7)
TCA 2 4 32 97 (246.4) 5-1/4 (13.3) 4-5/8 (11.7)

Notes
1 For tandem double-length unit, add prefix T. Example: TCA.
2 Tandem T5 consult factory.
3 Available only with CSA option.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 85

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 85 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound
SURFACE/WALL

CB t Linear side prisms control brightness; pyramidal bottom


Intended Use
For surface ceiling-mount applications requiring a narrow prisms minimize lamp image
profile and decorative appearance. Ideal for corridors or spaces
where medium light levels in a compact design are preferred. t For surface or stem mounting, unit or row installation

Features t Snap-in couplers permit row mounting without tools


t Acrylic prismatic diffuser with sonic-welded, Listings
injection-molded, luminous ends UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
t Matches LB Series in appearance Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.

t White enamel end plates

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CB 2 32 MVOLT GEB10IS


1,2
Series Number of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast configuration
CB 1 17 17W T8 (24") MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2- lamp ballasts per Lithonia Lighting standards
2 32 32W T8 (48") 3473 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast
Not included. 14T5 14W T5 (22")
28T5 28W T5 (46")

Ballast Options
GEB10IS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start EL Emergency battery pack5,6
GEB10PS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed start CSA Meets Canadian standards
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), instant start4 NOM Meets Mexican standards
BPNP T8 high-efficiency ballast, normal ballast factor (.88), programmed start4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
CONFIGURATIONS mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
LAMPS PER LAMPS PER LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT unless otherwise noted.
SERIES LAMP TYPE
CROSS SECTION FIXTURE IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
CB 1 1 17, 14T5 24 (61.0) 7 (17.8) 4-1/2 (11.4)
CB 2 2 32, 28T5 48 (121.9) 7 (17.8) 4-1/2 (11.4) 4-1/2
TCB 1 2 32 96 (243.8) 7 (17.8) 4-1/2 (11.4) (11.4)
TCB 2 4 32 96 (243.8) 7 (17.8) 4-1/2 (11.4)
7
(17.8)

Notes
1 For tandem double-length unit, add prefix T. Example: TCB.
2 Tandem T5 consult factory.
3 Available only with CSA option.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional high-efficiency ballast op-
tions.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 T8 4’ fixtures only.

86 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 86 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
For surface ceiling-mount applications that require the clean
appearance of a flat-bottom diffuser. Provides high light levels
for storage rooms, offices, extra space, or retail applications.
t Linear side prisms control brightness; pyramidal bottom
prisms minimize lamp image
t Diffuser hinges open from either side for easy cleaning and
SB
service
Features
t Flat-bottom acrylic prismatic diffuser t Surface or stem mounting (4’ models only), unit or row
installation
t Matches CS series in appearance
Listings
t Full-depth, white enamel end plates UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SB 2 32 MVOLT GEB10IS


1,2
Series Number of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast configuration
SB Standard width 2 17 17W T8 (24") MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2- lamp ballasts per Lithonia Lighting standards
2SB Two lamps in wide housing 42 32 32W T8 (48") 3473 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast
Not included. 14T5 14W T5 (22 ½”)
28T5 28W T5 (46”)
54T5HO 54W T5HO (46 ½”)

Ballast Options
GEB10IS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start EL Emergency battery pack 5,6
GEB10PS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programm start CSA Meets Canadian standards
BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast factor (.88), instant start4 NOM Meets Mexican standards
BPNP T8 high-efficiency ballast factor (.88), programmed rapid start4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
LAMPS PER LAMPS PER LAMP LENGTH WIDTH HEIGTH
SERIES unless otherwise noted.
CROSS SECTION FIXTURE TYPE IN. (CM) IN. (CM) IN. (CM)
SB 2 2 17 24 (61.0) 8-5/8 (21.9) 2-5/8 (6.7) 2-5/8
SB 2 2 32 48 (121.9) 8-5/8 (21.9) 2-5/8 (6.7) (6.7)
SB 4 4 32 48 (121.9) 14-3/16 (36.0) 2-3/4 (7.0) 8-5/8
2SB 2 2 32 48 (121.9) 14-3/16 (36.0) 2-3/4 (7.0) (21.9)
SB

2-3/4
7.0
Notes
14-3/16 1 For tandem double-length unit, use prefix T.
(36.0) Example: TSB.
2SB 2 Tandem not available with 2SB or S
B four-lamp configurations.
3 Available only with CSA option.
4 Consult www.lithonia.com for additional
high-efficiency ballast options.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Not available in 2’ configurations.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 87

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 87 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound
SURFACE/WALL

CLM t End of diffuser includes decorative white injection-molded


Intended Use
For applications where brightness and vertical illumination are end caps
beneficial. Ideal for schools and other applications that require
t Channel includes hemmed edges
Classmate™ high light levels.
Features t Twist and lock anti-vibration lampholders
t High-impact, vandal-resistant acrylic prismatic diffuser Listings
standard UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
t Spring pin diffuser support prevents accidental opening and Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.
simplifies maintenance

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CLM 2 32 MVOLT GEB10IS


Number
Series1,2 of lamps Lamp type Diffuser3 Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast Options
CLM 1 32 32W T8 (48") (blank) High-impact MVOLT (blank) 1- and/or 2- lamp GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤ 10% EL Emergency battery pack5
2 28T5 28W T5 (46") acrylic 3474 ballasts per Lithonia THD, instant start CSA Meets Canadian standards
IM Holophane Lighting standards GEB10PS T5 electronic ballast, ≤ 10%
3 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46”) NOM Meets Mexican standards
#7100 1/3 One 3-lamp ballast THD, programmed start
Not injection-
included. 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast BINP T8 high-efficiency ballast,
molded normal ballast factor (.88),
acrylic instant start
BILP T8 high-efficiency ballast, low
ballast factor (.79), instant
start

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

4-3/8
(11.1)

8-5/8
(21.9)
Notes
1 For double-length unit, add prefix T. Example: TCLM.
2 Consult www.lithonia.com for dimensions and lamp compatibility.
3 Diffuser shipped separately.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4 Available only with CSA option.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5 Consult www.lithonia.com for available options.

88 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_74-89.indd 88 2/27/14 6:59 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound

SURFACE/WALL
Intended Use
Small profile ideal for light commercial and residential
applications.
• Intended for surface mounting, unit installation
Listings NARROW-BASKET
Features
• One-piece channel/end plate design
UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.
WRAPS
• Acrylic prismatic diffuser lifts and shifts into place

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change.


Description ofNumber Lamp Number of
Catalog number Voltage Ballast Lamp included Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent
lamps type ballast
RB232 Wraparound 2 32W T8 1 120 Electronic, instant start N actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in
inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
RB232MV Wraparound 2 32WT8 1 120-277 Electronic, instant start N
2-1/8
(5.4)
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 5
(12.7)

PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound

Intended Use
Designed for applications requiring the clean appearance of a
flat-bottom diffuser.
• Intended for surface or stem mounting, unit or row
installation
SQUARE-BASKET
Features
• Acrylic prismatic diffuser hinges from both sides for easy
maintenance
Listings
UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.
WRAPS

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change.


Number Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent
Catalog Number Lamp Lamp actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches
Description Length of Voltage Ballast
number of lamps type included (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
ballasts
SB232 MV Basket wrap 2 48" 1 32W T8 120-277 NEMA premium®, instant start N 2-7/8 2-3/4
SB432 MV Basket wrap 4 48" 1 32W T8 120-277 NEMA premium®, instant start N (7.3) 7.0
SB217 MV Basket wrap 2 24" 1 17W T8 120-277 NEMA premium®, instant start N 8-5/16
(21.2) 14-3/16
2-lamp (36.0)
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 4-lamp
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PRODUCT INFORMATION Wraparound

Intended Use • Luminous end plates soften appearance for improved


CURVED-BASKET

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


For applications that require the clean appearance of a low aesthetics
profile, brightness controlled wraparound.
Features
• Curved prismatic diffuser with linear side prisms minimize
Listings
UL Listed. cUL Listed or CSA Certified to Canadian
Standards - optional. NOM Certified - optional.
WRAPS
lamp image and provides high angle brightness control

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change.


Catalog Number Lamp type Number of Lamp
Description Voltage Ballast Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
number of lamps ballasts included mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
LB232 MV Profile wrap 2 32W T8 1 120-277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N unless otherwise noted.
LB432 MV Profile wrap 4 32W T8 1 120-277 NEMA Premium®, instant start N 3 3
(7.6) (7.6)
10 15-3/8
(25.4) (39.1)
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 2-lamp 4-lamp
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 89
PRODUCT INFORMATION

Retrofit + Appearance + Performance =


RELIGHT
Achieve significant energy savings through a lighting retrofit without sacrificing lighting appearance or performance. The RELIGHT collection of
retrofit products from Lithonia Lighting® can improve the quality and aesthetics of the lighting while still generating optimum energy savings
and reducing maintenance costs. Fast, simple installation provides up-front labor savings while minimizing disruption in the space. Provide the
appearance and performance of a new light fixture without the expense and effort of a replacement!

THREE EASY STEPS: Major Influences in a Lighting Decision -


with RELIGHT, you don’t have to sacrifice one for the other
1. REMOVE and RECYCLE internal
components from existing fixture.

2. RELIGHT with Lithonia Lighting®


Energy Savings
solutions for a quick, clean installation.
OFFICES SCHOOLS

3. REFRESH and REVITALIZE your environment.

Installation, Labor,
Performance,
Maintenance &
Appearance
Disposal
REMOVE Existing Fixture REPLACE With RELIGHT Kit REVITALIZE Your Environment

HEALTHCARE
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

RELIGHT kits provide UL classified solutions in nearly any recessed linear fluorescent fixture, and kits are available in both LED and high-
efficiency fluorescent sources. RELIGHT LED kits are also available for most common round downlight fixtures.

RELIGHT systems provide the appearance, performance, and energy savings of a new light fixture at a far lower installed cost than a complete
fixture replacement. Which RELIGHT system will work best for you?

Lithonia Lighting® RELIGHT kits currently installed are saving our customers nearly one billion kWh per year in energy —all while providing
vastly improved lighting and appearance in their space.

90 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_90-99.indd 90 2/27/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

Before After

Before After

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 91

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_90-99.indd 91 2/27/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Relight
RELIGHT/RETROFIT

2VTLR/ 2VTLRT t Long life LEDs and efficient drivers provide L80 performance
Intended Use
The VTLR/VTLRT LED Relight assembly is designed to convert at 50,000 hours
most existing parabolic and lensed troffers into energy saving,
t Full range dimming capability (0-10V control signal) is
Relight LED highly efficient center-diffuser LED lighting solutions. Relight
standard
kits install quickly and easily from below to provide the ap-
pearance and performance of a new LED light fixture without t N80 Lumen Optimizer lighting management control and
removing the existing host fixture from the ceiling. bi-level switching capabilities are available
Features t Installs in most parabolic and lensed troffer housings
t Choice of lumen/wattage packages optimizes energy sav- (always check dimensional specifications)
ings while improving lighting performance
Listings
t Soft finish powder coated steel doorframe / reflector as- UL / cUL Classified for retrofit of existing host fluorescent
sembly maximizes durability and efficiency fixtures. Installation does not impact existing fixture UL listing.
t Unitized LED light engine allows fast, simple installation DesignLights consortium® qualified product.
and manages thermal performance
2VTL4R t Acrylic diffuser provides uniform volumetric lighting and TM

eliminates direct LED pixelation

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2VTL4RT 39L D43 LP835 BLD
Series Lumens Diffuser Voltage Driver Lamp Control
1 3
2VTL4R Recessed relight - LED, 2x4 45L 4500 delivered lumens (2x4) ADP Acrylic linear (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D49 49W LP835 82 CRI, NX Dimming driver, no
2VTL4RT Recessed relight - LED, 2x4 39L1 3900 delivered lumens (2x4) prismatic 347 347V2 D433 43W 3500K nLight controls
2VTL2R Recessed relight - LED, 2x2 33L1 3300 delivered lumens (2x2) D373 37W LP840 82 CRI, BLD Bi-Level dimming
4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen
2VTL2RT Recessed relight - LED, 2x2 23L1 2300 delivered lumens (2x2) D253 25W
LP830 82 CRI, management (lumen
3000K optimizer)
R = black end brackets LP850 82 CRI, N100 nLight with no lumen
RT = white end brackets 5000K management
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Notes
1 Approximate lumen output.
2 Option ships separately as a field-installed item. Verify compliance
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer with local codes before ordering.
to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for 3 Actual wattage may vary by up to -3% to +10% when operating
suitable uses. between 120-277V +/- 10%.

92 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_90-99.indd 92 2/27/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Relight

RELIGHT/RETROFIT
Intended Use
The VTR/VTRT Relight assembly is designed to convert most
existing parabolic and lensed troffers into energy saving, highly
• Acrylic diffuser provides uniform volumetric lighting while
minimizing lamp image
• 2VT-R has black trim to match parabolics; 2VT-RT version
2VTR/2VTRT
efficient center-diffuser lighting solutions. Relight kits install
has white trim to match lensed troffers Relight T8/T5
quickly and easily from below to provide the appearance and
performance of a new light fixture without removing the exist- • Standard ballasts are CEE certified to qualify for utility
ing host fixture from the ceiling rebate requirements
Features • Installs in most parabolic and lensed troffer housings
• One, two, or three lamp versions optimize energy savings (always check dimensional specifications)
while improving lighting performance
Listings
• Steel doorframe and highly reflective aluminum reflectors UL / cUL Classified for retrofit of existing host fluorescent
maximize durability and efficiency fixtures. Installation does not impact existing fixture UL listing.
• Standard reflectors are 92% high reflectance white; 95% NYC approved (#49192).
2VT8R
specular aluminum available (HE option)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2VT5RT 28T5 ADP GEB95S JP21
Number
Series of lamps Lamp type Diffuser Voltage Ballast Voltage
2VT8R Recessed relight - T8 1 T8 ADP Acrylic (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) T8 JP21 Job pack pallet - 21 kits (2x4 config)
2VT8RT Recessed relight - T8 2 32 32W T8 (2x4) linear 347 347V BINP IS, high efficiency, JP24 Job pack pallet - 24 kits (2x2 config)2
prismatic .88 bf (normal)
2VT5R Recessed relight - T5 3 17 17W T8 (2x2) JP32 Job pack pallet - 32 kits (2x2 config)3
2VT5RT Recessed relight - T5 T5 BILP IS, high efficiency,
.78 bf (low)
28T5 28W T5 (2x4)
BIHP IS, high efficiency,
R = black end brackets 54T5HO1 54W T5HO (2x4) 1.20 bf (high)
RT = white end brackets
14T5 14W T5 (2x2) BPNP PRS, high
24T5HO1 24W T5HO (2x2) efficiency, .88 bf
(normal)
BSNP PRS, step
dimming, high
efficiency, .87/.34
bf (normal)
T5
GEB95 PRS, .95 bf
GEB95S PRS, step
dimming, .95 bf
GEB115 PRS, 1.15 bf
GEB115S PRS, step
dimming, 1.15 bf
GEB10PS PRS, 1.0 bf
(required for
T5HO)

Other ballasts and ballast factors

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


available

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Notes
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer 1 Requires GEB10PS ballast.
to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for 2 Only available on the 2VT8R and 2VT8RT.
suitable uses. 3 Only available on the 2VT5R and 2VT5RT.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 93
PRODUCT INFORMATION Relight
RELIGHT/RETROFIT

2RTLR/ 2RTLRT t Long life LEDs and efficient drivers provide L80 performance
Intended Use
The RTLR/RTLRT LED Relight assembly is designed to convert at 50,000 hours
most existing parabolic and lensed troffers into energy saving,
t Full range dimming capability (0-10V control signal) is
Relight LED highly efficient, low-glare volumetric LED lighting solutions.
standard
Relight kits install quickly and easily from below to provide the
appearance and performance of a new LED light fixture without t N80 Lumen Optimizer lighting management control and
removing the existing host fixture from the ceiling. bi-level switching capabilities are available
Features t Installs in most parabolic and lensed troffer housings
t Reflector and refractor system delivers volumetric perfor- (always check dimensional specifications)
mance with optimum visual comfort
Listings
t Unitized LED light engine allows fast, simple installation UL / cUL Classified for retrofit of existing host fluorescent
and manages thermal performance fixtures. Installation does not impact existing fixture UL listing.
t Acrylic diffusers provide uniform volumetric lighting and DesignLights consortium® qualified product.
eliminate direct LED pixelation
t One-piece external reflector/trim assembly is molded from
2RTL4RT TM

highly durable recyclable material

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RTL4RT 38L D43 LP835 N80
Series Lumens Voltage Driver Lamp Control
1 3
2RTL4R Recessed volumetric relight - LED, 2x4 44L 4400 delivered lumens (2x4) (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) D50 50W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K NX Dimming driver, no nLight controls
2RTL4RT Recessed volumetric relight - LED, 2x4 38L1 3800 delivered lumens (2x4) 347 347V2 D433 43W LP840 82 CRI, 4000K BLD Bi-Level dimming
2RTL2R Recessed volumetric relight - LED, 2x2 32L1 3200 delivered lumens (2x2) D383 38W LP830 82 CRI, 3000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen
2RTL2RT Recessed volumetric relight - LED, 2x2 23L1 2300 delivered lumens (2x2) D253 25W LP850 82 CRI, 5000K management (lumen optimizer)
N100 nLight with no lumen management
R = black end brackets
RT = white end brackets
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Notes
1 Approximate lumen output.
2 Option ships separately as a field-installed item. Verify compliance
with local codes before ordering.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 3 Actual wattage may vary by up to -3% to +10% when operating
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. between 120-277V +/- 10%.

94 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_90-99.indd 94 2/27/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Relight

RELIGHT/RETROFIT
Intended Use
The RTR/RTRT Relight assembly is designed to convert most
existing parabolic and lensed troffers into energy saving, highly
• Acrylic diffusers provide uniform volumetric lighting while
minimizing lamp image
• 2RT-R has black trim to match parabolics; 2RT-RT version has
2RTR/2RTRT
efficient, low-glare volumetric lighting solutions. Relight kits
white trim to match lensed troffers Relight T8/T5
install quickly and easily from below to provide the appearance
and performance of a new light fixture without removing the • 2RT5R model has one-piece unitized light engine and
existing host fixture from the ceiling. capability of shipping with T5 lamps installed
Features • Standard ballasts are CEE certified to qualify for utility
• Reflector and refractor system delivers volumetric perfor- rebate requirements
mance with optimum visual comfort
• Installs in most parabolic and lensed troffer housings
• One-piece external reflector/trim assembly is molded from (always check dimensional specifications)
highly durable recyclable material
Listings
• Standard internal reflectors are high efficiency white; 95% UL / cUL Classified for retrofit of existing host fluorescent
specular inserts are available fixtures. Installation does not impact existing fixture UL listing.
NYC approved (#49192).
2RT5R

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2RT5R 28T5 GEB95S JP18
Series Lamp type Voltage Ballast Voltage
2RT8R Recessed volumetric relight, T8 T8 (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) T8 JP18 Job pack pallet - 18 kits (2x4 config)
2RT8RT Recessed volumetric relight, T8 232 2-lamp, 32W T8 (2x4) 347 347V BINP IS, high efficiency, .88 bf (normal) JP24 Job pack pallet - 24 kits (2x2 config)2
2RT5R1 Recessed volumetric relight, T5 217 2-lamp, 17W T8 (2x2) BILP IS, high efficiency, .78 bf (low) JP32 Job pack pallet - 32 kits (2x2 config)3
2RT5RT Recessed volumetric relight, T5 BIHP IS, high efficiency, 1.20 bf (high)
T5 BPNP PRS, high efficiency, .88 bf (normal)
R = black end brackets 28T5 2-lamp, 28W T5 (2x4) BSNP PRS, step dimming, high efficiency,
RT = white end brackets .87/.34 bf (normal)
54T5HO 2-lamp, 54W T5HO (2x4)
14T5 2-lamp, 14W T5 (2x2) T5
24T5HO 2-lamp, 24W T5HO (2x2) GEB95 PRS, .95 bf
GEB95S PRS, step dimming, .95 bf
GEB115 PRS, 1.15 bf
GEB115S PRS, step dimming, 1.15 bf
GEB10PS PRS, 1.0 bf (required for T5HO)

Other ballasts and ballast factors available

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Notes
1 2RT5R can be ordered with lamps installed. Consult factory.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 2 Only available on the 2RT8R and 2RT8RT.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 3 Only available on the 2RT5R and 2RT5RT.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 95
PRODUCT INFORMATION Relight
RELIGHT/RETROFIT

2BZL4R/2BZL2R t Long-life LEDs and efficient drivers provide L80 performance


Intended Use
The Breez Relight converts most recessed parabolic and older at 50,000 hours
lensed troffer fixtures quickly and easily to the same appear-
t Full range dimming capability (0-10V control signal) is
Relight LED ance and performance of the revolutionary Breez LED ambient
standard
lighting solution. Superior indirect lighting with fresh, unique
architectural aesthetics is delivered through a high-efficacy t N80 Lumen Optimizer lighting management control and
LED system. bi-level switching capabilities are available
Features t Installs in most parabolic and lensed troffer housings
t Highly reflective, uniform reflector system delivers efficient, (always check dimensional specifications)
balanced indirect lighting into the space
Listings
t Fully-shielded LED source eliminates glare and provides a UL / cUL Classified for retrofit of existing host fluorescent
quiet ceiling fixtures. Installation does not impact existing fixture UL listing.
t Unitized assembly with low-profile mounting brackets
2BZL4RT allows quick, simple installation
TM

t “SP” version is designed for even quicker installation in


Lithonia 2SP8/2ES8/2ES8P fixtures

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2BZL2RT 24L LP835


Series Lumens Voltage Wattage1 Controls Options
2BZL4R 2x4, black brackets 40L 4000 delivered lumens (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) (blank) 42W LP835 82 CRI, 3500K (blank) Dimming driver, no nLight controls
2BZL4RT 2x4, white brackets 48L 4800 delivered lumens (blank) 49W LP840 82 CRI, 4000K N80 nLight with 80% lumen
2BZL4RSP 2x4 for 2SP8/2ES8/2ES8P management (lumen optimizer)
2BZL2R 2x2, black brackets 24L 2400 delivered lumens (blank) 25W N100 nLight with no lumen management
2BZL2RT 2x2, white brackets 34L 3400 delivered lumens (blank) 36W BLD Bi-Level dimming
2BZL2RSP 2x2 for 2SP8/2ES8/2ES8P

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Notes
1 Actual wattage may differ +/-5% when operating between 120-277V +/-10%.

96 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_90-99.indd 96 2/27/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Relight

RELIGHT/RETROFIT
Intended Use
The 2ES8R/2ES8RT Relight assembly is designed to convert
most existing parabolic and many lensed troffers into energy
• Reflector panels provide high reflectivity for optimum
efficiency and uniformity with T8 lamps
• 2ES8RT models have lower profile end brackets to fit most
2ES8R/2ES8RT
saving, highly efficient T8 open louvered solutions. Relight kits
older lensed troffers Relight T8
install quickly and easily from below to provide the appearance
and performance of a new T8 light fixture without removing the • Standard ballasts are CEE certified to qualify for utility
existing host fixture from the ceiling. rebate requirements
Features • White finish is standard on all mounting brackets
• Soft finish high-reflectance white louvers maximize ef-
ficiency while reducing ceiling contrast Listings
UL / cUL Classified for retrofit of existing host fluorescent
• Rugged steel construction provides durability, economy, fixtures. Installation does not impact existing fixture UL listing.
and sustainability NYC approved (#49192).
• Pre-wired electrical assemblies install quickly and easily and
optimize lamp to louver distance

2ES8R

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2ES8RT 232 BINP JP18
Series Lamp type Voltage Ballast Options
2ES8R1 Recessed high - efficiency 232 2-lamp, 32W T8 (2x4) (blank) MVOLT (120-277V) BINP IS, high efficiency, .88 bf (normal) JP18 Job pack pallet - 18 kits (2x4 config)
louvered relight - T8 217 2-lamp, 17W T8 (2x2) 347 347V BILP IS, high efficiency, .78 bf (low) JP24 Job pack pallet - 24 kits (2x2 config)
2ES8RT1 Recessed high - efficiency 2U31 2-lamp, 31W T8U (1-5/8") (2x2) BIHP IS, high efficiency, 1.20 bf (high)
louvered relight - T8
BPNP PRS, high efficiency, .88 bf (normal)
BPNP PRS, high efficiency, .88 bf (normal)
R = one-piece end brackets - parabolics only1
RT = two-piece end brackets - most deep BSNP PRS, step dimming, high efficiency,
troffers (min 3-7/8”D) .87/.34 bf (normal)

Other ballasts and ballast factors available

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Notes
1 2ES8R has one-piece end brackets designed only for
parabolics. 2ES8RT will fit most older lensed troffers
(consult dimensional requirements). All 2ES8R / 2ES8RT
brackets are painted white.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 97
PRODUCT INFORMATION Retrofit
RELIGHT/RETROFIT

2MRT Intended Use • End support brackets can attach to endplates or fixture body
The 2MRT traditional reflector kit is designed as an economical for additional flexibility
retrofit solution to provide significant energy reductions and
• Reflector panels are available in highly specular (95%) or
Retrofit T8/T5 maintenance savings for existing recessed fluorescent fixtures.
high reflectance white (92%) finishes
2MRT kits install quickly and easily from below the ceiling and
are designed to fit universally while requring minimal removal • Two- or three-lamp configurations (2x4, 2x2) are available
of components from existing host fixture. for a broad range of light levels
Features • Standard ballasts are CEE certified to qualify for utility
• Pre-wired ballast / electrical assemblies install quickly and rebate requirements
easily in shallow fixtures
Listings
• Ballast disconnect supplied as standard when ordered as UL / cUL Classified for retrofit of existing host fluorescent
pre-wired ballast assembly fixtures. Installation does not impact existing fixture UL listing.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 2MRT 2 32 1/2 BPNP WHR
Series Number of lamps Lamp type Ballast Configuration Voltage Ballast Reflector
2MRT 2x4, 2x2 1 32 32W T8 (2x4, 1x4) 1/2 One 2-lamp ballast (blank) MVOLT (120-277) T8 WHR High reflectance
MRT 1x4 2 17 17W T8 (2x2) 2/1 Two 1-lamp ballasts 347 347V BINP IS, high efficiency, .88 bf (normal) (92%) white
Traditional reflector 31 28T5 28W T5 (2x4, 1x4) 1/3 One 3-lamp ballast BILP IS, high efficiency, .78 bf (low) SSR Specular (95%
retrofit kit reflectance)
14T5 14W T5 (2x2) 1/2 1/1 One 2-lamp ballast, BIHP IS, high efficiency, 1.20 bf (high)
24T5HO 24W T5HO (2x2) one 1-lamp ballast BPNP PRS, high efficiency, .88 bf
54T5HO 54W T5HO (2x4, (blank) No ballast2 (normal)
1x4) BSNP PRS, step dimming, high
efficiency, .87/.34 bf (normal)
T5
GEB95 PRS, .95 bf
GEB10PS PRS, 1.0 bf T5HO

L/BIS2 No ballast, shunted IS sockets


L/BPS2 No ballast, unshunted RS/PS
sockets

Other ballasts and ballast factors available


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Notes
1 2x4 and some 2x2 units only. Consult factory.
2 Kits ordered without ballast must be ordered in multiples of qty 10.

98 www.lithonia.com PSG11
PRODUCT INFORMATION Retrofit

RELIGHT/RETROFIT
Intended Use
The MRS series is designed as an economical retrofit solution
to convert existing 8’ and 4’ strip-type industrial fixtures to
• Ballast disconnect supplied as standard when ordered as
pre-wired ballast assembly
• Kits are available as simple channel cover or with highly
MRS4/MRS8
more efficient fluorescent solutions. MRS8 kit converts fixtures
efficient industrial reflectors Retrofit T8/T5
requiring 8’ lamps to much more efficient tandem 4’ T8 units.
Kits install quickly and easily to a range of channel widths and • Reflectors are available in highly specular (95%) or high
fixture types. reflectance white (92%) finishes
Features • Standard ballasts are CEE certified to qualify for utility
• Conversion brackets adjust easily to fit a range of common rebate requirements
channel widths from 4.0” to 5.25”
Listings
• Pre-wired ballast / electrical assemblies install quickly and UL / cUL Classified for retrofit of existing host fluorescent
easily in most common channels fixtures. Installation does not impact existing fixture UL listing.

Optional SSR
reflector shown

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MRS8 2 32 1/4 BINP WHR
Number
Series of lamps2 Lamp type Ballast configuration Voltage Ballast Reflector7
4
MRS4 4' channel 1 32 32W T8 (2x4, 1x4) 1/1 One 1-lamp ballast (blank) MVOLT (120-277) T8 WHR High
MRS8 8' channel 1 2 17 17W T8 (2x2) 1/2 One 2-lamp ballast5 347 347V BINP IS, high efficiency, reflectance
.88 bf (normal) (92%) white
Traditional strip 28T5 28W T5 (2x4, 1x4) 2/2 Two 2-lamp ballasts6
channel retrofit kit BILP IS, high efficiency, SSR Specular (95%
14T5 14W T5 (2x2) 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast6 reflectance)
.78 bf (low)
24T5HO 24W T5HO (2x2) (blank) No ballast3
BIHP IS, high efficiency,
54T5HO 54W T5HO (2x4, 1x4) 1.20 bf (high)
BPNP PRS, high
efficiency, .88 bf
(normal)
BSNP PRS, step
dimming, high
efficiency, .87/.34
bf (normal)
T5
GEB95 PRS, .95 bf
GEB10PS PRS, 1.0 bf T5HO

L/BIS No ballast,
shunted IS sockets
L/BPS3 No ballast,
unshunted RS/PS
sockets

Other ballasts and ballast factors


available

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Notes
1 Two 4’ channel covers.
2 Number of lamps in cross section per 4’ length
(e.g., MRS8 2 32 uses four lamps total).
3 Kits ordered without ballast must be ordered in
multiples of qty 10.
4 MRS4 1 32 only.
5 MRS4 2 32 or MRS8 1 32 only.
6 MRS8 2 32 only.
7 Reflectors ship separately for field installation.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 99
PRODUCT INFORMATION

Digital Facts About Digital Lighting


Embedded controls offer best in class flexibility and energy savings. It’s a digital world. Think about how simple connectivity has
become: personal computers, MP3 players, cellular phones-and add digital lighting to that growing list. Linking manual and automatic controls
is as simple as connecting a Cat-5 cable.
Contrary to fluorescent lighting, LEDs are not negatively impacted by on/off switching and LEDs become more efficient as they are dimmed.
Out-of-the-box energy savings with digital lumen management. Energy savings of about 10% over system life and 20% savings on day
one (see below). Included on all RTLED luminaires.

Connect nLight® controls to Lithonia Lighting® LED luminaires using only a Cat-5 cable. IT’S THAT EASY!
Digital Lumen Management
Enjoy 20% savings on day one and 10% average over the life of the fixture.
Manual Dimming
Luminaires enabled with nLight technology offer full-range dimming. Recommended as “best practice” due to occupant satisfaction.
Bi-Level Switching
Luminaires enabled with nLight technology can be programmed to simulate bi-level switching. While limiting occupant control, energy savings is
generally greater than dimming.
Occupancy Sensors
Full range of PIR and dual-technology sensors to meet any space or control requirements.
Photosensors (daylight harvesting)
Simplify installation and reap the benefits of daylight harvesting.
Combined Strategies
Create an energy savings multiplier effect. Control strategies are easily combined with a Cat-5 cable. For example: manual dimming, occupancy
sensing and daylight harvesting.

SOFTWARE FOR YOUR HARDWARE

SensorViewTM Software
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

· Provides global control of lighting system


· Provides remote access and control from any network computer
· Shows detailed screens with real-time lighting and occupancy status
· Creates scheduled lighting control profiles
· Compiles event logs, device inventory and lighting run-time reports
· Enables remote programming for every individual sensor
Personal Controls (Virtual WallPods®)
· Manually raise or lower overhead lighting from your desktop
· Convenient taskbar applet
· Simple to use and requires no additional hardware

100 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 100 2/27/14 7:16 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

nLight® Product Overview


WALLPOD® MANUAL CONTROL

Standard WallPods
Single-gang, decorator-style wall stations that provide manual control
· On/off
· On/off/dim
· Scene control
· Button-less touch controls

Graphic WallPod
· 3.5” full-color touch screen
· Up to 16 on/off/dim controls and eight lighting presets
· Mounts to single-gang box

SENSORS

Occupancy Sensors
· Full line of occupancy sensors and photosensors
· PIR or passive dual technology (PIR/microphonics)
· Remotely controllable and upgradeable
· Integrated RJ45 ports
Photosensors
· Automatic set-point configuration simplifies calibration
· Tools and/or multiple commissioning visits not required

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


NETWORK DEVICES (MULTI-ROOM SYSTEMS)

Bridge
· Routes information between lighting zones and system gateway
· Four or eight RJ45 ports to link rooms to nLight backbone
· Optional ZigBee® wireless capability

Gateway
· Stores profiles and contains system time clock
· Provides local control point and Ethernet network access point
· Required to implement personal controls

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 101

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 101 2/27/14 7:17 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options & Accessories
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

AVANTE®
Options

MDR MDM MDC

OPTIONS
AV 1X2 AV 1X4 2AV 2X2 2AV 2X4 AVSM AVSM AVSM
NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION AV 1X2 AV 1X4 2AV 2X2 2AV 2X4
ASY ASY SMD SMD 1X2 1X4 1X8
MDR Metal diffuser round holes ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MDM Metal diffuser mini-slots ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MDC Metal diffuser center-slot ■ ■
MDS Metal diffuser solid ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SBL Straight blade louver ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ADP Acrylic diffuser prismatic ■ ■
ASR Aluminum stepped reflector ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
APB Air pattern control blades ■ ■ ■ ■
ALG Acrylic litter guard ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
GLR Internal fast blow fuse ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LP_ Lamped. Specify lamp type and color ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Emergency battery pack (nominal 300 lumens, ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■1
EL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
see Life Safety section)
Emergency battery pack T5/T5HO (nominal ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■1 ■1
EL55 390-700 lumens, see Life Safety section)
PWS1836 6" prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 3 wires ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LST Labor-saving tandem ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CP Chicago plenum approved ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

■ = Available

Light Distributions

Symmetric Asymmetric Side-Mounted Diffuser (SMD)

102 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 102 3/6/14 1:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options & Accessories

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


AVANTE®
Accessories

AIRCRAFT CABLE ACCESSORIES


NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION AVSM 1X2 AVSM 1X4 AVSM 1X8
AVAC_ For grid mounting, adjustable cables non-feed individual or row fixtures ■ ■ ■
AVACF_4W For grid mounting, adjustable cables feed individual fixtures, 4-wire. (18 ga SJT) ■ ■ ■
AVACF_12AWG For grid mounting, adjustable cables feed row fixtures (12 ga SJT) ■ ■ ■
ACCESSORIES AVAC_DWL For j-box or dry wall mounting, adjustable cables non-feed individual or row fixtures ■ ■ ■
FOR AVSM1
AVACF_DWL For j-box or dry wall mounting, adjustable cables feeds individual fixtures, 4 wire (18 ga SJT) ■ ■ ■
AVACF_DWL12AWG For j-box or dry wall mounting, adjustable cables feed row fixtures (12 ga SJT) ■ ■ ■
SQ_ 30" swivel-stem hanger ■ ■ ■
_30 3" to 30" below ceiling adjustable cable mounting ■ ■ ■
_60 30" to 60" below ceiling adjustable cable mounting ■ ■ ■
LENGTHS FOR AVSM ■ ■ ■
_96 60" to 96" below ceiling adjustable cable mounting
EXAMPLE: AVACF30
_144 96" to 144" below ceiling adjustable cable mounting ■ ■ ■
SQ_ Lengths up to 48" ■ ■ ■

4" Octagonal J Box “A” “B” Universal Mounting Brackets


DRYWALL CEILING ADAPTER ACCESSORIES2 (by others)
AV 1X2 AV 1X4 2AV 2X2 2AV 2X4
DGA12 ■ Mounting Strap
DGA14 ■
DGA22 ■ Ceiling Canopy 4" J Box
DGA24 ■ (by others)
Cable Retainer Feed Cord
■ = Available Strain Relief
Cable 4" Canopy
5/8" Snap Bushing
Feed Cord Wire Clips
Adjustable
Cable Gripper Fixture Cable Gripper
Channel
Cable Mounting Plate
Cable
Mounting Plate

Acrylic litter guard (ALG) is a panel of clear acrylic permanently hinged


to each reflector. It effectively prevents litter from gathering in diffuser, Adjustable Cable Feed
yet does not interfere with relamping. (Drywall Mounting)
Adjustable Cable Feed
(Grid Mounting)

Notes

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


1 Fixtures supplied with 15/16" t-grid mounting hardware standard.
2 Use G trim plus DGA accessory for fixture trim flange and fixture support in
plaster or plasterboard ceilings.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 103

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 103 3/6/14 1:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options & Accessories
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

Listed below are the door frames and shielding media available for Lithonia

STATIC & AIR- Lighting static and air-handling fixtures. The matrix shows the availability
for each option within specific fixture families.

HANDLING Other lenses and louvers are available. Contact your Lithonia Lighting
sales representative.

FIXTURES
Door Frames, Lenses and Louvers

DOOR FRAMES & DIFFUSERS FOR STATIC & AIR-HANDLING TROFFERS


NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION GT8 SP8/SP5 SP SP AIR TLED
RN Regressed natural anodized aluminum ■ ■ ■ ■
RW Regressed aluminum, white finish ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RM Regressed aluminum, matte black finish ■ ■ ■ ■
DOOR FRAMES1
FN Flush natural anodized aluminum ■ ■ ■ ■
FW Flush aluminum, white finish ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
FM Flush aluminum, matte black finish ■ ■ ■ ■
A12 #12 pattern acrylic ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A12125 #12 pattern acrylic, .125" thick ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RA125 #12 pattern acrylic, reverse apex, .125" thick2 ■
A19 #19 pattern acrylic, .156" thick ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ASL Low-brightness acrylic school lens ■ ■ ■ ■
LENSES AND LOUVERS
ARF12 Radio frequency shielding (A12; others available) ■ ■ ■
AC Dropped dish, matte white acrylic ■ ■ ■
PC1 Parabolic plastic-cube, 1/2"x1/2"x1/2"3 ■ ■ ■
PC2 Parabolic plastic-cube, 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1"3 ■ ■ ■
PC3 Parabolic plastic-cube, 3/4"x3/4"x1/2"3 ■ ■ ■
REFLECTIVE SURFACES SSR 95% reflective silver ■ ■ ■ ■
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

■ = Available on all models.


= Available on most models; consult factory for exceptions.

Notes
1 Flush steel door standard unless otherwise noted. To order door frames, add
designation after lamps in catalog number.
2 Pattern acrylic, reverse apex, .125" thick.
3 Add suffix S for silver or G for gold. Example: PC1G. For acrylic, add A. Example:
PC1SA.

104 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 104 2/27/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options & Accessories

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


Door Frame Finishes
Regressed Aluminum Flush Aluminum
RN – Natural anodized FN – Natural anodized
RM – Matte black FM – Matte black Flush Steel
RW – White FW – White White (standard)

Ceiling Compatibility
PARAMAX® AND OPTIMAX® G F2 ST
TYPE OF CEILING APPROPRIATE TRIM TYPE
G F ST
Exposed grid tee ■
Concealed grid tee ■ ■
Concealed Z spline ■
Screw slot1 ■
Plaster or plasterboard ■ Lay-in trim, exposed grid tee Overlapping flanged trim with Screw slot trim, louver flush
■ = Available swing-gate hangers to ceiling

SP, SP8, GT8 G F2


TYPE OF CEILING APPROPRIATE TRIM TYPE
G F
Exposed grid tee ■
Concealed grid tee ■
Concealed Z spline ■
Metal pan1 ■
Screw slot1 ■ Lay-in trim, exposed or Overlapping flanged trim with
Plaster or plasterboard ■ concealed grid tee swing-gate hangers

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


■ = Available

Plaster Frames (order separately) Filler Pans (order separately) Drywall Grid Adapter
Plaster frames provide a clean, square edge for plaster ceiling open- Accessory filler pans to finish out ceiling grids. Side filler pans typically Drywall grid adapters (DGA) are used to install grid trimmed troffers in
ings. Order F trim factory installed on fixture, then order appropriate are used when 20"-wide fixtures are installed in 2’-wide grid systems. plasterboard or other hard ceilings. Order DGA accessories separately.
size plaster frame option for each fixture to be installed. (Not required End filler pans are used to install 4’ units into 5’ grid systems. Compatible with all lay-in troffers. Order using DGA plus nominal
for drywall ceilings.) fixture size. Example: DGA24.
2FP2 Side filler pans (pair), white, 2" wide, 2’ long.
PF4 Pair of sides for 4’ long 2FP6 End filler pans (pair), white, 6" wide, 2’ long.
PF2 Pair of sides for 2’ long 4FP2 Side filler pans (pair), white, 2" wide, 4’ long.
PFE Pair of ends for 1’x4’ 20FP6 Side filler pans (pair), white, 6" wide, 20" long.
2PFE Pair of ends for 2’ wide
20PFE Pair of ends for 20" wide

Notes
1 Consult factory prior to order.
2 Requires CRE and CRM trim options for continuous row mounting.
Metric versions of some recessed fluorescent fixtures are available. Consult
www.lithonia.com for details.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 105

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 105 3/6/14 1:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options & Accessories
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

Lens Options1

A122 A19 ASL


t 4UBOEBSE-JUIPOJB-JHIUJOHTIJFMEJOH t )JHI7$1‰WFSZMPXCSJHIUOFTTJOEJSFDUHMBSF[POF t "DSZMJDTDIPPMMFOT EFWFMPQFEGPSMJHIUJOHBQQMJDBUJPOTXIFSF
t &YUSVEFE DMFBSBDSZMJD t TRVBSFCBTFNBMFDPOJDBMQSJTNT brightness control is critical (schools, libraries, etc.)
t 3/16" female prisms t )JHIFóDJFODZ t &YUSVEFE DMFBSBDSZMJD
t /PNJOBMUIJDL  BOEPQUJPOBM
3,4 t .JOJNJ[FTMBNQJNBHF t /PNJOBMUIJDL PQUJPOBM
4
t /PNJOBMUIJDL PQUJPOBM
4
Example: 2GT8 4 32 A12 MVOLT 1/4 GEB10IS Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 ASL MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS
Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 A19 MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS

PC1 PC2 PC3


t *OKFDUJPONPMEFEQBSBCPMJDQPMZTUZSFOFQMBTUJDMPVWFS t *OKFDUJPONPMEFEQBSBCPMJDQPMZTUZSFOFQMBTUJDMPVWFS t *OKFDUJPONPMEFEQBSBCPMJDQPMZTUZSFOFQMBTUJDMPVWFS
t YYTRVBSFDFMM ¡TIJFMEJOH t YYTRVBSFDFMM ¡TIJFMEJOH t YYTRVBSFDFMM
t 4QFDJGZDIPJDFPGTQFDVMBSHPME (
PSTQFDVMBSTJMWFS 4
t 4QFDJGZDIPJDFPGTQFDVMBSHPME (
PSTQFDVMBSTJMWFS 4
t 4QFDJGZDIPJDFPGTQFDVMBSHPME (
PSTQFDVMBSTJMWFS 4

Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 PC1S MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 PC2S MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 PC3S MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

Small-Cell RF – Radio Frequency Shielding Reflective Surface


t 4NBMMDFMMBMVNJOVNQBSBCPMJDMPVWFSTGPS41"*3 t 'PSIPTQJUBMT 57TUBUJPOTPSXIFSFTFOTJUJWFFMFDUSPOJDFRVJQNFOU
SSR 95% minimum-reflectance silver inserts. 10-year warranty
t $IPJDFPGDFMMTJ[FBOEPSEFQUI is in use
by material manufacturer.
t 4QFDJGZOVNCFSPGDFMMTQMVTMPVWFSEFQUI GPSBOEGPS t $IPJDFPGQBUUFSOTBOEUIJDLOFTTFT4
.75") and finish. For 78 cells, 1.5" deep, specular finish: t /PUBWBJMBCMFJOöYUVSFTXJUIMFOTHBTLFUJOH
Example: 2SP G B 3 32 7815LS MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS.

Notes
1 Additional lenses and louvers available. Consult www.lithonia.com for details.
2 Reverse apex prism design used on SP8 only.
3 For .125", specify RA125.
4 To order any lens with optional thickness, add thickness to designation.
Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 A12125 MVOLT GEB10IS

106 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 106 2/27/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options & Accessories

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


Listed below are major electrical wiring and other options available
for Lithonia Lighting static and air-handling fixtures. The matrix
shows the availability of each option within specific fixture families. STATIC & AIR-
Certain combinations of options are incompatible in the same
fixture. Consult factory for details.
HANDLING
FIXTURES
Electrical, Wiring & Misc. Options

ELECTRICAL, WIRING & MISCELLANEOUS OPTIONS FOR STATIC & AIR-HANDLING TROFFERS
To order, add designation as a suffix to fixture catalog number, unless otherwise noted.
NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION GT8 SP8/SP5 SP SP AIR PM2/PM4 PMO/PM3/ 2PM3N NAT/CNAT AV WW RT5/RT8 ES8
HPM3
– Ballast options ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– Dimming ballast ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MVOLT Multi-volt ballasts (120-277V)1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ELECTRICAL EL/EL14 Emergency lighting2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
GLR/GMF Fusing ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RIF Radio interference filter ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
FR Labeled for fire-rated ceiling ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PW_ Prewiring ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
WIRING LST Labor-saving tandem ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– RELOC® wiring systems ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2R Two channel covers installed ■ ■
LG Additional lens gasketing 3 ■ ■ ■ ■
HTC T-bar safety clips (snap-on)4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LATC T-bar safety clips (screw-on)4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MISCELLANEOUS APB Air-pattern control blades ■ ■ ■ ■

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


HRD Heat-removal dampers ■ ■ ■ ■
ACS Air closure strips ■ ■ ■ ■
– Lamps furnished and installed ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
JP Job pack5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ = Available on all models.


= Available on most models; consult factory for exceptions.

Notes
1 Consult factory for availability.
2 Addition of emergency battery pack options may increase overall fixture
depth. Consult factory.
3 Aluminum doors only.
4 Integral T-bar safety clips are standard for most models of GT8, SP8, ES8,
RT5, AV, SP, 2PM2,2PM4, 2PM3N and 2PM0 fixture families. Also available on
1x4 PM3, PMO and HPM3 fixtures. Consult factory for specific exceptions.
5 Palletized and stretch-wrapped without individual cartons. Available for G
(grid) and MT (modular) trims only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 107

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 107 2/27/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options & Accessories
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

Reduces the number of ballasts required for fluorescent fixtures.

LABOR-SAVING Simple, snap-together design.


Uses half the connections, and uses half the wiring and components.

TANDEM Available on most sizes and types of Lithonia Lighting fixtures with
access plates. Wiring connections for both fixtures located at one

OPTIONS access plate.


Interconnection cable is fully prewired and pre-assembled.
Polarized nylon plugs ensure positive connections and prevents
miswiring.
Identified ballast leads simplify multi-level switching.
Simply wire in the master unit using hard wiring, prewiring or
RELOC® wiring. Then snap-connect the satellite unit to the master
unit. Installation is complete.

ORDERING INFORMATION Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 A12 MVOLT GEB10IS LST11

1. Select desired troffer model.


2. Add one of the following as a suffix to standard Lithonia Lighting
catalog number:
LST 9’ cable (standard cable length)
LST7 7’ cable
LST11 11’ cable
3. Consult factory for other lengths.
4. Not available for use with dimming ballast.
5. Order fixtures in pairs. Factory will supply correct number of
master and satellite units. Join nylon connector Close access plate
6. Not available with energy-saving T8 lamps.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

LST Method (saves up to 40% of installation labor and wiring costs) Conventional Method

108 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 108 2/27/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options & Accessories

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


Lithonia Lighting manufactures a complete line of fixtures designed to Best choice for...
provide any level of air-handling capability, from simple heat removal
to a combination of all air functions. Compatible with a full range of air
equipment by major manufacturers, these fixtures comprise the most
t
t
%FQFOEBCMFQFSGPSNBODF
"QQMJDBUJPOøFYJCJMJUZ
AIR-HANDLING
complete and comprehensive family of air-handling fixtures available. t "JSFRVJQNFOUDPNQBUJCJMJUZ

Ductwork, including air boots, supplied by others. OPTIONS


Complete Air-Handling Capability (available on SP AIR, Paramax® and Optimax® fixtures)

A – Air Supply A – Air Return H – Heat Removal


Air is supplied to occupied space through slots in side rails. Air diffusers Air is removed from occupied space through slots in side rails. Air is Room air and fixture heat are removed through slots in the top or end of
connected to slots provide cooled or heated air to the space. Optional returned to plenum or to air diffusers connected to slots. fixture housing. Slots in top are louvered to minimize entry of plenum
air-pattern control blades control airflow. contaminants into lamp cavity. Optional dampers available to control
air flow.

D – All Air Functions B – No Air Functions


Full-function air-handling capability. Dual-function air supply and/or Static troffer that provides no air functions, but matches other models
return through side rails and heat removal through lamp cavity. in appearance for continuity of design.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


Air Control Options

Air Closure Strip

APB – Air-Pattern Control Blades ACS – Air Closure Strips


Designed to adjust or direct airflow on air supply/return models. Designed to convert fixture from air-handling to static in the field (no tools
Adjusts without tools from fully open to fully closed. Accessible required). Not accessible from below.
from below.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 109

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 109 2/27/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Miscellaneous
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

MISCELLANEOUS Lamps Furnished and Installed (Troffers only)


LP730 70+ CRI, 3000K
Fusing
One per ballast furnished. Fusing not recommended for use with 277V
magnetic dimming ballasts.
LP735 70+ CRI, 3500K
LP741 70+ CRI, 4100K Internal Fusing
PW – Prewiring Option LP830 80+ CRI, 3000K BKTK Internal fast-blow fuse. For use in 347V fixtures.
LP835 80+ CRI, 3500K GLR Internal fast-blow fuse.
(Troffers only) LP841 80+ CRI, 4100K GMF Internal slow-blow fuse
Complete range of prewired whips for every installation requirement. L830HT8 85 CRI, 3000K, long life, 3100 lumens
L835HT8 85 CRI, 3500K, long life, 3100 lumens External Fusing
t 'BDUPSZJOTUBMMFEøFYJCMFDBCMF XJSFEJOUPöYUVSFUISPVHIBDDFTT (Strips and open industrials only)
L841HT8 85 CRI, 4100K , long life, 3100 lumens
plate.
LPM830P 80+ CRI, 3000K , premier lamp GLRX External fast-blow fuse.
t 3/8"cable with snap-in connectors standard. 1/2"cable optional.
LPM835P 80+ CRI, 3500K , premier lamp GMFX External slow-blow fuse.
t $IPJDFPGXJSFHBVHF
LPM841P 80+ CRI, 4100K , premier lamp
t 6QUPöWFXJSFT JODMVEJOHPOFOFVUSBM XIJUF
BOEPOFHSPVOE
L830XP 80+ CRI, 3000K , premier XP
(green) – permits multi-level switching.
L835XP 80+ CRI, 3500K , premier XP
t 3FBEZUPDPOOFDUUP+CPY
L841XP 80+ CRI, 4100K , premier XP
Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 A12 MVOLT GEB10IS LP735

Radio Interference Filters


RIF Inductive capacitor circuit designed to minimize interfer-
ence from feedback into line. 120V or 277V, 50Hz or 60Hz.
Order either one per fixture (RIF1) or one per ballast (RIF2).
Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 A12 277 GEB10IS RIF1
EIS Inductive capacitor circuit designed to minimize interfer-
ence from feedback into line. Meets MIL-STD 461A/462/463.
Order either one per fixture (EIS1) or one per ballast (EIS2).
Example: 2SP8 G 3 32 A12 120 GEB10IS EIS2

PW1236 6' prewire, 1/2" dia., 12-gauge, 1 circuit


PW1246 6' prewire, 1/2" dia., 12-gauge, 2 circuit Construction for Fire-Rated Ceilings
PW1256 6' prewire, 1/2" dia., 12-gauge, 3 circuit
(Troffers only)
PW1836 6' prewire, 1/2" dia., 18-gauge, 1 circuit
FR Lithonia fluorescent troffers are UL Listed and are compat-
PW1846 6' prewire, 1/2" dia., 18-gauge, 2 circuit
ible with UL fire-rated ceiling assemblies. Upon request
PW1856 6' prewire, 1/2" dia., 18-gauge, 3 circuit
for the FR option, the FR label is applied to the back of the
PWS1236 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 12-gauge, 1 circuit housing. Label states: This troffer is specially designed to be
PWS1246 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 12-gauge, 2 circuit installed in fire-rated or insulated ceilings.
PWS1256 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 12-gauge, 3 circuit
PWS1836 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 1 circuit
Example: 2GT8 4 32 A12 MVOLT 1/4 GEB10IS FR Spring Latches
NOTE: Not applicable for CSA or NOM listings. Some dimming and
PWS1846 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 2 circuit some compact lamp troffers may require electronic ballasts. (Troffers and M Series only)
PWS1856 6' prewire, 3/8" dia., 18-gauge, 3 circuit SLL Spring-loaded latch option
Example: 2GT8 3 32 A12 MVOLT 1/3 GEB101S PWS1836 (standard on 2SP) others consult factory
T-Bar Safety Clips SAL Spring-action latch option (Aluminum doors only)
(Troffers only) Example: 2GT8 4 32 FW A12 MVOLT GEB10IS SAL
Insulation
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

LATC Hold-down clips to secure troffer to T-bar. Field installed.


Attach by screwing to fixture end plates. Four furnished per
IC Insulation contact (recessed) fixture.
Consult factory. Example: 2PM4 G B 3 32 18LD MVOLT 1/3 GEB10IS LATC

Note: Safety clips may be used on fixtures with integral T-bar clips if
additional means of attachment are required.

Snap-on Clips (Troffers, RR, CRR)


HTC Hold-down clips to secure troffer to T-bar.
Four furnished per fixture.

110 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 110 2/27/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Miscellaneous

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


Tandem Quick-Connect Plug-In Emergency Battery Packs (cont.)
UL Listed
EL
CSA Certified
B100C Fixture equipped for one-lamp
MISCELLANEOUS
emergency operation of 4’ lamps.
(PS300QD installed) Ceiling Spacer (order separately)
EL5 B90C Fixture equipped for one-lamp 1B Hanger spaces fixtures 1-1/2" to 2-1/2" from ceiling. For unit
emergency operation of 4’ lamps. mounting, order two per fixture; for row mounting, order
(PS500QD installed) one per fixture plus one per row. Standard pack: 2, 20, 100.
EL6 B70C Fixture equipped for one-lamp or
Fully prewired secondary wiring for continuous row, strip and two-lamp emergency operation of
industrial applications. Simply install two channel sections and 4’ lamps and one-lamp emergency
connect plugs. operation of 8’ lamps. (PS600QD
installed)
One worker can install – more efficient than a two-worker
EL14 B50C Fixture equipped for one-lamp or
installation of one 16-foot length. Lock-together nylon plugs
two-lamp emergency operation of 4’
are polarized to prevent miswiring.
lamps and one-lamp operation of 8’
Available on all tandem-wired (T) strip, industrial fixtures and a lamps. (PS1400QD installed)
variety of architectural row-mounted products. EM CEM Inverter only option. Fixture labeled
for emergency use, no integral ballast.
TWP and TILWP available. Consult factory.
Add suffix DW to catalog number to specify damp/wet listing. UL Swivel-Stem Hangers (order separately)
Listed only. Example: EL6DW
Ballast Options SQ_ Complete assembly with stem up to 72" (consult factory for
longer lengths). Specify stem length in 2" increments and
GEB10IS Electronic ballast, instant start, < 10% THD, MVOLT BEKVTUBTOFFEFE0%TUFN4XJWFMT¡GSPNWFSUJDBM
(120-277V) standard. Factory choice, T8 and CF40. in any direction. Example: SQ24
GEB10PS Electronic ballast, program start, < 10% THD, HDSQ_ Complete heavy-duty assembly. Specify length in 2" incre-
MVOLT (120-277V) standard. Factory choice, T8,T5 NFOUTBOEBEKVTUBTOFFEFE TXJWFMT¡GSPNWFSUJDBM
and T5HO. Example: HDSQ36
GEB10RS Electronic ballast, rapid start, < 10% THD, MVOLT Packaging ST_ Pipe stem only. Specify length up to 72". Example: ST18
(120-277V) standard. Factory choice, CF40 and Job-site load of fixtures on pallets, wrapped without individual Q Canopy, offset bar and parts only.
TT5. cartons. Secured to pallet. ST_TBE Pipe stem only, threaded both ends. Coupler included.
BINP High-efficiency T8 electronic ballast, instant start, t /PDBSUPOEJTQPTBM Specify length from 6" to 72". Example: ST48TBE.
< 10% THD, MVOLT (120-277V) standard. Factory
t 'BTUFSBOEFBTJFSUPVOQBDL
choice.
t 1BSBNBY® and other Lithonia Lighting troffers packed with
BPNP High-efficiency T8 electronic ballast, program
end protectors secured to pallet by heavy-duty plastic.
start, < 10% THD, MVOLT (120-277V) standard. ¡
t *OEVTUSJBMTBOETUSJQTQSPUFDUFECZIFBWZEVUZDPSSVHBUFE Offset bar swivel
Factory choice.
sheet and secured to pallet. Reflectors packed separately.
BSNP High-efficiency T8 electronic ballast, step dimming
(100-50%) program start, < 10% THD, MVOLT JP Job Pack
(120 - 277V) standard. Factory choice. Consult factory for availability. Canopy
GEB95 High-efficiency T5 electronic ballast, program
start, <10% THD, MVOLT (120-277V) standard, Stem
Add suffix JP to fixture catalog number. Factory will determine Spin nut
0.95 ballast factor. Factory choice for T5 and T5HO. number of fixtures per pallet.
Also available in 0.80, 0.90 and 1.15 ballast fac- Example: 2GT8 4 32 A12 MVOLT GEB10IS JP
tors. Available in select fixture models.
GEB95S High-efficiency T5 electronic ballast, step dimming
(100-50%), program start, < 10% THD, MVOLT
(120-277V) standard, 0.95 ballast factor. Factory Double-Stem Hangers (order separately)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR


choice for T5 and T5HO. Also available in 0.80, 0.90
DSH24 Complete assembly with double canopy and two 24" stems
and 1.15 ballast factors. Available in select fixture
on 10" centers. For most 4’ fixtures. Other stem lengths
models.
available.
Dimming Several options available including low voltage,
line voltage and addressable dimming systems.

Generic nomenclature above represents normal (0.87 or 0.88)


ballast factor, except when noted otherwise. Other choices avail-
able. Ballast manufacturer may be specified. Consult factory for
nomenclature. Additional ballast information available on www.
lithonia.com.

Emergency Battery Packs


Factory-installed Lithonia Emergency Systems battery pack
available for most fluorescent fixtures. See page 474 for lamp
and ballast compatibility. Addition of an emergency option may
increase fixture depth in some 2’x2’ troffers. Consult factory.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 111

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 111 2/27/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Miscellaneous
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

Listed below are the major electrical and other options available for

SURFACE Lithonia Lighting fluorescent fixtures. The matrix shows the availability
of each option within specific fixture families.

MOUNT Additional options and accessories are available. Contact your Lithonia
Lighting sales representative for more information.

Electrical, Hanging & Misc. Options

ELECTRICAL, HANGING & MISCELLANEOUS OPTIONS FOR COMMERCIAL FIXTURES


Order hanging devices as accessories, using separate catalog numbers. Order options by adding suffix to catalog number, unless otherwise noted.
NOMENCLATURE PMOX/PM3X M AW CA SB LB/CB CLM ST RTX
– Ballast options ■
– Dimming ballast ■ ■
ELECTRICAL EL/EL14/EL55/EL65 Emergency lighting ■ ■ ■ ■
GLR/GMF Fusing ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RIF Radio interference filter ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SQ_ Swivel-stem hanger ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
HANGING DEVICES DSH24 Double-stem hanger ■
1B Ceiling spacer ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MISCELLANEOUS SSR 95% reflective silver ■ ■

■ = Available on all models.


= Available on most models; consult factory for exceptions.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

112 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 112 2/27/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wiring

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


Order RELOC wiring with lay-in troffers and parabolics for use in buildings, to connect. Auto-latching springs allow for an easy, secure connection and
schools and retail stores. Access plates have one pre-punched knockout to
speed up installation. UL Listed autoground. Fixtures are automatically
grounded as soon as the access plate is snapped in place. No ground leads
prevent accidental disengagement. Order RELOC factory wiring options for
recessed ceiling and open ceiling applications. RELOC®

RELOC
Recessed & Open Ceiling Add to Fixture
RRL Standard Wiring Instructions Product Detail
RRL - RELOC Ready Luminaire Description
Touch-safe design meets UL/CSA require-
Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #1 (Phase A) RRLA
ment
Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #2 (Phase B) RRLB Wiping contact design allows safe disconnect under load
Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #3 (Phase C) RRLC Mating connector must be ordered with RELOC cable
Outboard Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #1 (Phase A)
RRLAB
Inboard Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #2 (Phase B)
Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #1 (Phase A) RRLAE
RRL Emergency Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #2 (Phase B)
Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #1 (Phase A)
Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #2 (Phase B) RRLABE
Emergency Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #3 (Phase C)
Ballast/Driver wired to Pin Position #1 (Phase A)
Low Voltage wire (Positive|Purple)(Data1) wired to Pin Position #2
C12S
Low Voltage wire (Common|Gray)(Data2) wired to Pin Position #3
Recessed Add to Fixture
Series RELOC Cable Attached to Fixture Quick Flex and System 820 Standard Wiring Instructions Product Detail
Ceiling Description
12/2G Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #1 (Phase A) QFC2_A RELOC cable is prewired to the fixture in the factory
12/3G Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #1 (Phase A), Cap Hot #2 QFC3_A and shipped together.
Available in varying lengths to suit most common
12/3G Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #2 (Phase B), Cap Hot #1 QFC3_B
Quick-Flex QFC fixture
Outboard Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #1 (Phase A)
12/3G QFC3_AB spacing requirements.
Inboard Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #2 (Phase B)
Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #1 (Phase A) Cable length must be speficied (QFC211A or SSCD11A)
12/3G QFC3_AE UL Listed auto ground. No ground leads to connect
Emergency Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #2 (Phase B)
D Ballast/Driver wired Hot #1 (Phase A) SSCD_A
E Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #2 (Phase B), Cap Hot #1 SSCE_B
Outboard Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #1 (Phase A)
E SSCE_AB
Inboard Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #2 (Phase B)
Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #1 (Phase A)
E SSCE_AE
Emergency Ballast/Driver wired to Hot #2 (Phase B)
System 820 SSC

D Ballast/Driver wired to Hot Conductor (Phase A) SSC_C12S

Low Voltage wire (Positive|Purple)(Data1) wired to Pin Position #2

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL INDOOR

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 113

Lithonia_Commercial11_ Section_100-113.indd 113 2/27/14 7:05 PM


PEERLESS®
Peerless designs and manufactures architectural Lighting for People® for those who spend their days in offices,
classrooms, libraries and other public spaces. Long known for humanizing environments and fostering visual well-
being with comfortable, kind-to-the-eyes illumination, Peerless produces advanced lighting systems that offer leading-
edge design, state-of-the-art engineering and exceptional performance.

114

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 114 3/3/14 2:39 PM


116 CONTENTS
............................................................................................................ 116-118
Mino .......................................................................................................................119
Round 4 ......................................................................................................... 120-121
Round 2 ......................................................................................................... 122-123
Square............................................................................................................ 124-125
Station............................................................................................................ 126-127
Origami.......................................................................................................... 128-131
Bruno .............................................................................................................. 132-135
Staple ............................................................................................................. 136-137
119 Contrail .......................................................................................................... 138-140
Lightline ........................................................................................................ 141-145
Lightedge ...................................................................................................... 146-151
IceTray ........................................................................................................... 152-155
Cerra............................................................................................................... 156-159
Prima......................................................................................................................160
Mirage....................................................................................................................161
Lightfoil .................................................................................................................162
Cove........................................................................................................................163
Naro ................................................................................................................ 164-165
Tulip................................................................................................................ 166-167
120
Envision ......................................................................................................... 168-169
Aero/Enzo ..............................................................................................................170

QUICKSHIP ...........................................................................................................171

OPTION AND WIRING GUIDE .................................................................. 172-174

MOUNTING HARDWARE GUIDE ............................................................. 175-177

132

155
PEERLESS

158

115
115

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 115 2/26/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Suspended
VELLUM

VELLUM LED Construction Electrical


Extruded aluminum housing. Die-cast aluminum end caps LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V
mechanically attach with no exposed fasteners. remote dimming driver rated for 50,000 hours to L80 at 25° C
Indirect/Direct Source
ambient temperature. Driver input wattage is 50W. Estimated
4600-4800 total lumens per 4’ sections. Specify 120, 277 or
Edge-lit LEDs using light guide technology deliver 3400 or 4800 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG fixture wire. For special circuiting
nominal lumens. Three available color temperature options or wire gauge, consult factory. Plug-in electrical connectors
(3000K, 3500K and 4000K). included.
Optics Warranty
Softshine®-engineered optical system consists of high perfor- Five-year limited warranty coverage includes luminaire con-
mance acrylic lens. struction, LED light engine, driver and optional nLight control
Dimming device. Terms and conditions apply.
Dimming to black standard with eldoLED® driver (remotely Packaging
installed into ceiling). 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
Controls foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen paper tape.
management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug-and-play” AL
TOT

networking and control via CAT-5e cable.

SYSTE M
360˚

ION
AT
Environment INTE
GR

Ambient operating temperature 0°C + to 25°C

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VMM9 HI 40FT R8 277 EZB SCT LP835 F1/24 C041 LM
Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Light output Distribution row length section length Voltage Driver type* emergency modules Emergency type*
VMM9 LO 3500 nominal (blank) Std. 60% up, 40% down X FT (4’ R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED (blank) None (blank) None
delivered-lumens 20/80 20% up, 80% down increments) R8 8’ section(s) 277 dims to 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
HI 4400 nominal 0/100 0% up, 100% down black
347 2SE 2 sections *Emergency type is installed in 4’
delivered-lumens *Remote Driver or 8’ sections
XSE X sections

Switching LED Color Temperature Mounting Type Overall Suspension Finish Options
SCT Single circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F1/ T-bar ceiling (universal mounting bracket) 18 18” C041 White white DU Dust cover
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI * For hard ceiling installations, consult factory 24 24” (low gloss) DL Damp location label
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI XX XX” C110 Painted aluminum GLR Fusing (fast blow)
(low gloss) GMF Fusing (slow blow)
Overall suspension is
C201 Black (low gloss) 80% lumen management without
measured from ceiling to LM
bottom of fixture. C099 Custom finish networking
nLight-enabled control module per
N80 row/zone with 80% constant lumen
management
nLight-enabled control module per row/
N100 zone with NO lumen management
RDEP Rounded end cap
Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight
XXXX detection and/or network control available.
See luminaire specification sheet on
website for details and option code.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
Lumen Packages:
Specify by Low (LO) or High (HI) LO HI
9”
Delivered Lumens* up to 3500 up to 4400
Input Watts* 38 W LO 49 W HI
1” *nominal values per 4’
PEERLESS

Top View Top View

Squared End Cap Rounded End Cap

116 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 116 2/26/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Recessed

VELLUM
Construction
Extruded aluminum with mitered corners forms housing.
Source
Electrical
LED light engine consists of (2) LED boards and 0-10V dimmable
driver rated (to 1%) for 50,000 hours (L80) at 25°C ambient VELLUM LED
High-performance LED engine provides up to 4000 nominal delivered
temperature. Recessed
lumens. Two LED color temperature options — 3500K or 4000K — Specify MVOLT for 120V-277V or 347V with transformer. Pre-wired
both within 2.5 MacAdam ellipses. with 16AWG fixture wire. For special circuiting or wire gauge,
consult factory.
Lens
Acrylic, high-performance lens. Validation
CSA/CUS listed. FCC part 15 certified.
Finish LM-79 tested. Lighting Facts partner.
White paint is standard.
Warranty
Controls Five-year warranty includes luminaire construction, LED light
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen engine, driver and optional nLight control device. Terms and
management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug-and-play” conditions apply.
networking and control via Cat-5 cable.
Eco-friendly Packaging
AL
100% post-consumer recycled box. 100% recycled cardboard inserts
TOT

and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable, protective luminaire bag.


SYSTE M

360˚
ION
AT

GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VMR9 2X2 G MVOLT EZB LP835 C041 N80
LED Color
Luminaire Dimension Mounting Type Voltage Driver type temperature Finish Options
VMR9 2X2 G T-grid MVOLT 120V-277V EZB eldoLED LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C041 White (satin) GLR Fusing (fast blow)
ST Screw slot grid 347 347V dims to LP835 3500K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
black LP840 4000K 80+ CRI LM 80% lumen management without networking
nLight-enabled control module per row/zone with 80%
N80
constant lumen management
nLight-enabled control module per row/zone without
N100
lumen management

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

2.91

23.75

23.75
PEERLESS

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 117

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 117 3/3/14 2:39 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Suspended
VELLUM

VELLUM LED Construction Electrical


Extruded aluminum housing. Die-cast aluminum end caps LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V
mechanically attach with no exposed fasteners. dimming driver rated for 50,000 hours to L80 at 25° C ambient
temperature. Driver input wattage is 50W. Estimated 1500-
Single and Quad Source 6000 total lumens per luminaire.
Edge-lit LEDs using light guide technology deliver up to 6000
nominal lumens. Three available color temperature options Specify 120, 277 or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG fixture wire.
(3000K, 3500K and 4000K). For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. Plug-in
electrical connectors included.
Optics
Softshine®-engineered optical system consists of high Validation
performance acrylic lens. CSA/CUS listed. FCC part 15 certified. LM-79 tested. Lighting
Facts partner.
Dimming
Dimming to black standard with eldoLED® driver (remotely Warranty
installed into ceiling). Five-year limited warranty coverage includes luminaire
construction, LED light engine, driver and optional nLight
Finish control device. Terms and conditions apply.
Standard finish for housing and end caps is white, black or
painted aluminum. Consult factory for custom colors. Packaging
100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
Controls foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen paper tape. TOT
AL

management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug-and-play”

SYSTE M
networking and control via CAT-5e cable. 360˚

ION
AT
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VMM9 P1 HI 277 EZB SCT LP835 F1/24 C041
Luminaire Light Output Distribution Voltage Driver Type
VMPSS Single Square Corner HI 1500 nominal delivered-lumens (blank) Std. 60% up, 40% down 120 EZB eldoLED dims to black
VMPQS Quad Square Corner LO 6000 nominal delivered-lumens 20/80 20% up, 80% down 277 (remote driver)
VMPSR Single Radius Corner 0/100 0% up, 100% down 347
VMPQR Quad Radius Corner

Switching LED Color Temperature Mounting Type Overall Suspension Finish Options
SCT Single circuit LP830 3000K 80+CRI F1/ T-bar ceiling 18 18” C041 White white DU Dust cover
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI (universal mounting 24 24” (low gloss) DL Damp location label
bracket) C110 Painted aluminum (low gloss)
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI XX XX” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
F2/ Hard ceiling C201 Black (low gloss)
Overall suspension is GMF Fusing (slow blow)
measured from ceiling to C099 Custom finish
bottom of luminaire. XXXX Integrated occupancy
sensing, daylight
dectection and/
or network
control available.
See Luminaire
specification sheet on
website for details and
option code.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

12.63”

26.12”

Vellum LED Quad


PEERLESS

118 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 118 2/26/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Recessed and Surface

MINO
Construction
Extruded aluminum with mitered corners forms housing.
Source
Controls
Recessed: Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for
constant lumen management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug
and-play” networking and control via CAT-5e cable.
MINO LED
Three LED color temperature options — 3000K, 3500K or 4000K
— both within 2.5 MacAdam ellipses. Electrical
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V
Lens dimmable driver rated for 50,000 hours (L80) at 25°C ambient
1⁄4“ acrylic, high-performance Softshine® fastened with temperature. Specify MVOLT for 120V-277V or 347V with
thumb screws. transformer. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire wire. For special
Finish circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Recessed: White paint is standard. Surface, Pendant: Painted Validation
aluminum is standard. Custom colors available, consult factory. CSA/CUS Listed. FCC part 15 certified. LM-79 tested. Lighting
Mounting Facts partner. DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.
Recessed: Installs into most standard T-grid and screw slot Warranty
grid ceillings. Surface/Wall: Powder-coated steel mounting Five-year limited warranty includes luminaire construction,
pan is attached to aluminum housing for secure and simplified LED light engine, driver and optional nLight control device
installation. Pendant: Features finished top surface free of (Recessed only). Terms and conditions apply.
visible hardware, square white canopy and cylindrical stem.
Eco-Friendly Packaging
100% post-consumer recycled box and protective lens cover.
100% recycled cardboard inserts and kraft paper tape.
Biodegradable, protective luminaire bag.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MN9 1X4 G MVOLT D38 LP835 C312 N80
Overall
LED Color Mounting type/ Suspension
Luminaire Dimension Ceiling Voltage Driver Type Temperature (Pendant only) (Pendant only) Finish Options
MN9 1x1 (blank) Pendant MVOLT 120V-277V D10 10W LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F3C/Swivel stem 12 12” C311 Painted GLR Fusing (fast blow)
2x2 G T-grid 347 347V maximum LP835 3500K 80+ CRI 18 18” aluminum GMF Fusing (slow blow)
(Recessed) (1x1) (Not
1x4 LP840 4000K 80+ CRI 24 24” available FLNGW* Dry wall grid adapter
ST Screw D38 38W (Recessed only)
maximum 36 36” for
slot grid Recessed) LM 80% lumen
(Recessed) 48 48”
C312 White management
S Surface Overall suspension without networking
is measured from
(Satin)
(For use on N80 nLight-enabled
hardtop ceiling to bottom of C099 Custom
luminaire. finish control module per
ceiling and row/zone with 80%
walls only)* constant lumen
RW Recessed management
wall* (Recessed only)
N100 nLight-enabled
*Not available on 1x4 control module per
row/zone without
lumen management
(Recessed only)
* For use on hard-surface ceilings.
Minimum 10” plenum clearance
required. Must specify mounting type
G with this option

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions
(if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
30 LBS
23 3⁄4” MN9 2x2 ST Direct Recessed
MN9 2x2 G Direct Recessed
LED; Screw Slot Grid
3 1⁄8” LED; T-Grid
1
⁄4”
23” below ceiling
30 LBS
MN9 2x2 S Direct Surface

LED
3 7⁄8”

23”

30 LBS
PEERLESS

MN9 2x2 Direct Pendant

3 5/8” LED

23”

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 119

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 119 2/26/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Suspended
ROUND 4

ROUND 4 LED Construction


Extruded aluminum housing has diameter of 4”. Die-cast
aluminum end caps mechanically attach with no
exposed fasteners.
Environment
Damp location label option. Ambient operating temperature
0° C to 25° C.
Validation
Source CSA/CUS Listed. FCC part 15 certified. LM-79 tested. Lighting
Three available color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and Facts partner.
4000K).
Luminaire Length
RD4M Controls 4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension spacing
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen of 4’ and 8’. For total luminaire length, add 3” for each end cap.
management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug-and-play” Using internal joiners, 4’ and 8’ sections can be joined to form
networking and control via CAT-5e cable. longer rows.
Optics Warranty
RD4M1
Optical system consists of injection-molded primary optics, Five-year limited warranty coverage includes luminaire
co-extruded acrylic lenses and metal reflectors. Lenses connect construction, LED light engine, driver and nLight control device.
end to end to form a continuous line of light. Terms and conditions apply.
Dimming Packaging
Dimming down to black standard with eldoLED driver. 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
RD4MS
Dual circuit (DCT) option for independent indirect and direct foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft
dimming. paper tape.
AL
TOT

Finish

SYSTE M
Standard finish for housing and end caps is painted 360˚

ION
AT
GR
INTE

aluminum or gloss white. Consult factory for custom colors.


ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RD4MS W40 ASO 12FT R8 120 EZB SCT LP830 F1/24 CO32
Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Lamp wattage Shielding row length section length Voltage Driver type emergency modules Emergency type*
RD4M1 W20 1550 nominal delivered-lumens (blank) None X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED (blank) None (blank) None
RD4MS W40 3000 nominal delivered-lumens ASO Aisle/stack (4’ increments) R8 8’ section(s) 277 dims to black 1SE 1 section EC Emergency
RD4M4 W20/20 1550 nominal delivered-lumens up option 2SE 2 sections circuit
1550 nominal delivered-lumens down (RD4M4,
RD4MS only) XSE X sections
W20/40 1550 nominal delivered-lumens up *Emergency type is
3000 nominal delivered-lumens down installed in last 4’ of
W40/20 3000 nominal delivered-lumens up luminaire sections.
1550 nominal delivered-lumens down Separate feed required
W40/40 3000 nominal delivered-lumens up
3000 nominal delivered-lumens down
RD4MW W20 1400 nominal delivered-lumens
W40 2600 nominal delivered-lumens

Overall
Switching LED Color temperature Mounting type suspension* Finish Options
SCT Single LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F1/ T-bar ceiling 24 24” C032 White white CFG Configuration, consult factory for drawings
circuit LP835 3500K 80+ CRI (universal 36 36” (high gloss) (not available with ASO or RD4MW)
DCT Dual mounting bracket) C110 Painted aluminum CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI 48 48”
circuit F1A/ T-bar ceiling C099 Custom finish DL Damp location label
(RD4M4 (UMB with 72 72”
only) integrated J-box) XX XX” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
F2/ Hard ceiling Overall suspension GMF Fusing (slow blow)
(horizontal J-box) is measured from LM 80% lumen management without networking
ceiling to bottom MCS Matching feed canopy at support
of fixture.
N80 nLight nIO with 80% lumen management per row/zone
*Adjustable cable N100 nLight nIO without lumen management per row/zone
gripper comes SLP Sloped ceiling adapter (for 10-45°; must be specified along with
standard F2 and OJB options)
XXXX Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight dectection and/or
network control available. See luminaire specification sheet on
website for details and option code.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
RD4M4 RD4M4 (ASO) RD4M1 RD4MS RD4MW
PEERLESS

4” 4” 4” 4” 4”

120 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 120 2/26/14 6:06 PM


WALL SPECIFICATIONS LED Wall

ROUND 4
Construction
Extruded aluminum housing has diameter of 4”. Die-cast alumi-
num end caps mechanically attach with no exposed fasteners.
Environment
Damp location label option. Ambient operating temperature
0° C to 25° C. ROUND 4
Source
Three available color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and
4000K).
Validation
CSA/CUS Listed. FCC part 15 certified. LM-79 tested. Lighting Facts
partner.
WALL LED
Optics Luminaire Length
Optical system consists of injection-molded primary optics, 4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension spacing
co-extruded acrylic lenses and metal reflectors. Lenses connect of 4’ and 8’. For total luminaire length, add 3” for each end cap.
end to end to form a continuous line of light. Warranty RDRW4
Dimming Five-year limited warranty coverage includes luminaire
Dimming down to black standard with eldoLED driver. construction, LED light engine, driver and nLight control device.
Terms and conditions apply.
Finish
Standard finish for housing and end caps is painted aluminum Packaging
or gloss white. Consult factory for custom colors. 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable RD4WI
foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft paper
Controls tape.
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen
management (LM). RD4WS
AL
TOT
SYSTE M

360˚
ION
AT

GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RD4W1 W20 40FT R8 120 EZB SCT LP830 C110
Maximum section
Luminaire Lamp wattage Luminaire row length length Voltage Driver type
RD4W1 W20 1200 nominal delivered-lumens X FT (4’ increments) R4 4’ individual 120 EZB eldoLED dims to black
RD4W4 W40 2200 nominal delivered-lumens R8 8’ individual 277
W20/20 1300 nominal delivered-lumens up
1300 nominal delivered-lumens down
W20/40 1300 nominal delivered-lumens up
2500 nominal delivered-lumens down
W40/20 2500 nominal delivered-lumens up
1300 nominal delivered-lumens down
W40/40 2500 nominal delivered-lumens up
2500 nominal delivered-lumens down
RD4WS W20 1600 nominal delivered-lumens
W40 3200 nominal delivered-lumens

Number of
emergency modules Emergency Type* Switching LED Color Temperature Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None SCT Single circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C032 White white CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only, RD4WS & RD4W1 only)
(high gloss)
1SE 1 section EC Emergency LP835 3500K 80+ CRI DL Damp location label
circuit C110 Painted
2SE 2 sections LP840 4000K 80+ CRI aluminum GLR Fusing (fast blow)
XSE X sections C099 Custom finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
*Emergency type is
installed in last 4’ of
LM 80% lumen management without networking
luminaire sections. OJB Offset junction box
Separate feed required
For Stairway luminaires, see RD4W4 (STW) and RD4WS (STW) spec sheets on website

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
RD4W4 RD4W1 RD4WS
PEERLESS

4” 4” 4”

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 121

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 121 3/3/14 2:39 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Suspended
ROUND 2

ROUND 2 LED Construction Environment


Extruded aluminum housing has diameter of 2 3⁄4”. Die-cast Damp location label optional. Ambient operating temperature
aluminum end caps are mechanically attached with no exposed between 0° C and 25° C.
fasteners. Die-cast rotational device standard (RDMW only).
Luminaire Length
Source 4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
Two LED lumen packages (2000 lumens, 4000 lumens) and three spacing of 4’ and 8’. For total row length, add 2” for each end
available color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and 4000K). cap on RDM1 and add 3 1⁄4” per side for end cap and rotational
mechanism on RDMW. Using internal joiners, 4’ and 8’ sections
Optics can be joined to form longer rows.
RDM1 Indirect Optical system consists of injection-molded primary optic (RDM1
63–72 lumens per watt only), clear and white co-extruded acrylic lens and metal reflector. Validation
CSA/CUS Listed. Individual units are FCC part 15 certified. LM-79
Finish tested. Lighting Facts partner.
Standard finish for housing and end caps is painted aluminum or
gloss white. Consult factory for custom colors. Warranty
Five-year limited warranty includes luminaire construction, LED
RDMW Wall-Wash Direct Controls light engine and driver. Terms and conditions apply.
63–73 lumens per watt Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen
management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug-and-play” Eco-friendly Packaging
networking and control via CAT-5e cable (RDM1 only). 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft paper
Electrical tape.
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V
full-range dimming driver rated for 50,000 hours (L80) at 25°C Smart Luminaire
Painted Aluminum Gloss White ambient temperature. Driver input wattage is 60W for 4000 Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
delivered–lumen package and 30W for 2000 delivered-lumen network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
Shown with occupancy/daylight detection sensor package. Specify 120V or 277V. Pre-wired with 16AWG fixture specification on website for details and option code.
AL
TOT
wire. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included.

SYSTE M
360˚

ION
AT
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RDM1 HI 40FT R8 277 EZB 1SE EC SCT LP835 F1/24 C110 N80
Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Light output row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules Emergency type*
RDM1 LO 2000 nominal X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED dims to black (blank) None (blank) None
RDMW delivered-lumens 4’ increments 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
HI 4000 nominal R8 8’ section(s) 277
2SE 2 sections *Emergency type is installed in last 4’
delivered-lumens of luminaire sections. Separate feed
XSE X sections
required.

Switching Lamp color Mounting type Overall suspension Finish Options


SCT Single circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” CO32 Gloss white BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI (universal mounting 15 15” C310 Painted CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
bracket) aluminum
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI 18 18” DL Damp location label
F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB C099 Custom finish
Reference Lamp Chart on website or with integrated 21 21” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
consult factory for other options. J-box) 24 24” GMF Fusing (slow blow)
F2/ Hard ceiling XX XX” LM 80% lumen management without nIO
(horizontal J-box) Overall suspension is MCS Matching feed canopy at support
F4A/ IDS clip 15⁄16” tee measured from ceiling to N80 nLight nIO with 80% lumen management per row/zone (RDM1 only)
F4B/ IDS clip 9⁄16” tee bottom of luminaire.
N100 nLight nIO without lumen management per row/zone (RDM1 only)
F4C/ IDS clip screw slot OJB Off set junction box
SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2,
ACG and OJB options)
XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

RDM1 Indirect LED RDMW Direct Wall-Wash LED


PEERLESS

2 3 ⁄4 ” 2 3 ⁄4 ”

122 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 122 2/26/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Wall

ROUND 2
Construction
Extruded aluminum housing has diameter of 2 3⁄4”. Die-
cast aluminum end caps are mechanically attached with no
Environment
Damp location label optional. Ambient operating temperature
between 0° C and 25° C. ROUND 2 LED
exposed fasteners.
Luminaire Length Wall
Source 4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire length,
Two LED lumen packages (1400 lumens, 2700 lumens) and three add 2” for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’ and 8’ sections
available color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and 4000K). can be joined to form longer rows.
Optics Validation
Optical system consists of injection molded primary optic, clear CSA/CUS Listed. Individual sections are FCC part 15 certified.
and white co-extruded acrylic lens and metal reflector. LM-79 tested. Lighting Facts partner. ADA compliant.
RDW1 Wall Asymmetric
Finish Warranty 41–48 lumens per watt
Standard finish for housing and end caps is painted aluminum Five-year limited warranty includes luminaire construction,
or gloss white. Consult factory for custom colors. LED light engine and driver. Terms and conditions apply.
Electrical Eco-Friendly Packaging
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
dimming driver rated 50,000 hours (L80) at 25° C ambient foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft
temperature. Driver input wattage is 30W for 1400 delivered- paper tape.
lumen package and 60W for 2700 delivered-lumen package. Round 2 LED Wall Bracket End Cap

Specify 120V or 277V. Pre-wired with 16AWG fixture wire.


For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. Plug-in
electrical connectors included.

AL
TOT
SYSTE M

360˚
ION
AT

GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RDW1 HI 60FT 120 EZB SCT LP830 C110
Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Light output row length section length Voltage Driver emergency modules Emergency Type*
RDW1 LO 1400 nominal delivered-lumens X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED dims to black (blank) None (blank) None
HI 2700 nominal delivered-lumens 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
2SE 2 sections *Emergency type is installed in last
XSE X sections 4’ of luminaire sections. Separate
feed required.

Switching Lamp Color Finish Options


SCT Single circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI CO32 Gloss white DL Damp location label
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI C110 Painted aluminum GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI C099 Custom finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult LM 80% lumen management without nIO
factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

4”
11
⁄16” RDW1 Wall Asymmetric LED
PEERLESS

2 3⁄4”

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 123

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 123 2/26/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Suspended
SQUARE

SQUARE LED Construction lumen package and 40W for 3000 delivered-lumen package per
Extruded aluminum housing has 3 1/2” square. Extruded. 4’ section.
aluminum end caps mechanically attach with no exposed
fasteners. Specify 120V or 277V. Pre-wired with 16AWG fixture wire. For
special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. Plug-in electrical
Source connectors included.
Three available color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and
SQM1 4000K). Environment
Damp location label option. Ambient operating temperature O°
Optics C to 25° C.
Optical system consists of injection-molded primary optics, (not
on SQMS) co-extruded acrylic lenses and metal reflectors. Lenses Fixture Length
connect end to end to form a continuous line of light. 4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension spacing
of 4’ and 8’. For total luminaire length, add 1” standard and 2” for
SQMS Dimming scultpture end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’ and 8’ sections can
Dimming down to black standard with eldoLED driver. Dual be joined to form longer rows.
circuit (DCT) option for independent indirect and direct dimming.
Validation
Finish CSA/CUS Listed. FCC part 15 certified. LM-79 tested. Lighting
Standard finish for housing and end caps is painted aluminum or Facts partner.
SQM4 gloss white. Consult factory for custom colors.
Warranty
Controls Five-year limited warranty coverage includes luminaire
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen construction, LED light engine, driver and nLight control device.
management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug-and-play” Terms and conditions apply.
networking and control via CAT-5e cable.
Packaging
Electrical 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft paper
dimming driver rated 50,000 hours (L ) at 25° C ambient tape.
80
temperature. Driver input wattage is 20W for 1550 delivered-

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQM1 HI 32FT R8 120 EZB SCT LP835 F1/48 C032 DL
Luminaire Maximum Driver Number of
Fixture Lamp Wattage row length section length Voltage type emergency modules Emergency type* Switching
SQM1 LO 1550 nominal delivered-lumens X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB (blank) None (blank) None SCT Single circuit
SQMS HI 3000 nominal delivered-lumens (4’ increments) R8 8’ section(s) 277 eldoLED 1SE 1 section EC Emergency DCT Dual circuit
dims to circuit (SQM4 only)
SQM4 LO/LO 1550 nominal delivered-lumens up black 2SE 2 sections
1550 nominal delivered-lumens down XSE X sections *N/A with 4’ nLight
HI/LO 1550 nominal delivered-lumens up * Emergency type is
installed in last 4’ of
3000 nominal delivered-lumens down luminaire sections.
LO/HI 3000 nominal delivered-lumens up Separate feed required.
1550 nominal delivered-lumens down
HI/HI 3000 nominal delivered-lumens up
3000 nominal delivered-lumens down
Overall
LED Color temperature Mounting type suspension Finish Options
LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F1/ T-bar ceiling 24 24” C032 White white CFG Configuration, consult factory for drawings
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI (universal mounting 36 36” (high gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
bracket) C110 Painted
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI 48 48” DL Damp location label
F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB aluminum
with integrated 72 72” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
C099 Custom finish
J-box) XX XX” GMF Fusing (slow blow)
F2/ Hard ceiling Overall suspension LM 80% lumen management without networking
(horizontal J-box) is measured from MCS Matching feed canopy at support
ceiling to bottom of
fixture. Adjustable N80 nLight nIO with 80% lumen management per row/zone
cable gripper comes N100 nLight nIO without lumen management per row/zone
standard.
OJB Offset junction box
SLP Sloped ceiling adapter (for 10-45°; must be specified along with F2 and OJB options)
SCEP Sculptured end caps
XXXX Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight dectection and/or network control available. See Luminaire
specification sheet on website for details and option code.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
PEERLESS

3.5” 3.5” 3.5”

SQM1 SQMS SQM4

124 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 124 3/3/14 2:39 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Wall

SQUARE
Construction
Extruded aluminum housing is 2 1/2” square. Extruded
aluminum end caps mechanically attach with no exposed
dimming driver rated 50,000 hours (L ) at 25° C ambient
80
temperature. Driver input wattage is 20W for 1600 delivered-
lumen package and 40W for 3200 delivered-lumen package
SQUARE LED
fasteners. per 4’ section. Wall
Source Specify 120V or 277V. Pre-wired with 16AWG fixture wire.
Three available color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. Plug-in
4000K). SQWS, SQW1: Two LED lumen packages (High and Low). electrical connectors included.
SQW4: Four LED lumen packages. SQWS
Environment
Optics Damp location label option. Ambient operating temperature
Optical system consists of injection-molded primary optics, O° C to 25° C.
co-extruded acrylic lenses and metal reflectors. Lenses connect
end to end toform a continuous line of light. Luminaire Length
4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension spacing
Dimming SQW4
of 4’ and 8’. For total luminaire length, add 1” standard and 2”
Dimming down to black standard with eldoLED driver. for scultpture end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’ and 8’ sections
Finish can be joined to form longer rows.
Standard finish for housing and end caps is painted aluminum Validation
or gloss white. Consult factory for custom colors. CSA/CUS Listed. FCC part 15 certified. LM-79 tested. Lighting SQM1
Controls Facts partner.
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen Warranty
management (LM). Five-year limited warranty coverage includes luminaire
Electrical construction, LED light engine, driver and nLight control device.
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V Terms and conditions apply.
Packaging
100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft
paper tape.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQWS HI 40FT R8 277 EZB SCT LP830 C110
Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Lamp Wattage row length section length Voltage Driver type emergency modules Emergency type*
SQWS LO 1600 nominal delivered-lumens X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED dims (blank) None (blank) None
HI 3200 nominal delivered-lumens (4’ increments) R8 8’ section(s) 277 to black 1SE 1 section EC Emergency
2SE 2 sections circuit
SQW4 LO/LO 1300 nominal delivered-lumens up XSE X sections
1300 nominal delivered-lumens down *Emergency type is
installed in last 4’ of
HI/LO 2500 nominal delivered-lumens up luminaire sections.
1300 nominal delivered-lumens down Separate feed required.
LO/HI 1300 nominal delivered-lumens up
2500 nominal delivered-lumens down
HI/HI 2500 nominal delivered-lumens up
2500 nominal delivered-lumens down

SQW1 LO 1200 delivered lumens


HI 2200 delivered lumens
Switching LED Color temperature Finish Options
SCT Single circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C032 White white (high gloss) DL Damp location label
DCT Dual circuit LP835 3500K 80+ CRI C110 Painted aluminum GLR Fusing (fast blow)
(SQM4 only LP840 4000K 80+ CRI C099 Custom finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
N/A with 4’
nLight) LM 80% lumen management without networking
OJB Offset junction box (SQWS only)
SCEP Sculptured end caps

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
PEERLESS

3.5” 3.5” 3.5”

SQWS SQW4 SQW1

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 125

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 125 2/26/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Suspended
STATION

STATION LED
Construction Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
Nominal 10” x 3 5⁄16” extruded aluminum housing. Three-piece wire. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
extruded aluminum and polycarbonate hinged and latched Plug-in electrical connectors included.
door. Die-cast aluminum end caps and joiner brackets. IP65-
rated (dust and watertight) assembly. Environment
Specify wet (IP65 standard) or damp location (Option DL).
Source Ambient operating temperature between –25° C and 35° C.
STM9 Indirect Three LED color temperatures available: 3000K, 3500K
and 4000K. Luminaire Length
100% Direct
4’ and 8’ nominal luminaire sections. Add 6” for each end cap to
Optics determine total luminaire length. Request submittal drawings
Die-formed white steel reflectors, high efficiency optical film for joined sections.
and UV-stabilized polycarbonate extruded lens.
Validation
Integrated latches with IP65-rated; designated wet location Finish CSA/CUS Listed. LM-79 tested. Individual luminaires FCC Part 15
tamper-resistant option Luminaire, mounting strap and stem all painted metallic gray. Certified. Lighting Facts partner.
Black cord standard with all wet location mounting options.
White cord standard with all dry or damp location mounting Warranty
options. Custom colors available, consult factory. Five-year limited warranty includes luminaire construction, LED
light engine, and driver. Terms and conditions apply.
Electrical
UV-stabilized polycarbonate Die-cast aluminum LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10v full- Eco-Friendly Packaging
precision optic sculptured end cap range dimming driver rated for 50,000 hours (L80). Maximum 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box, 100% recycled
driver input wattage is 75W (per 4’) for the nominal 4400 lumen cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable,
package and 32W (per 4’) for the nominal 1800 lumen package. protective luminaire bag. TOT
AL

SYSTE M
360˚

ION
AT
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: STM9 LO 24FT R8 277 EZB SCT LP835 F3A/12 C400
Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Light output row length section length Voltage Driver type emergency modules Emergency type*
STM9 LO 1800 nominal delivered-lumens X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED dims to black (blank) None (blank) None
HI 4400 nominal delivered-lumens 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
347 2SE 2 sections *Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of luminaire
XSE X sections sections.

Switching Lamp color Mounting type Overall suspension* Finish Options


SCT Single circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI Damp location: 1,2 12 12” C400 Metallic gray DL Damp location label
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI F1/ T-bar ceiling (universal mounting bracket) 24 24” C099 Custom finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB with integrated J-box) 36 36” GMF Fusing (slow blow)
Reference Lamp Chart on F2/ Hard ceiling (horizontal J-box) XX XX” TRL Tamper resistant latches
website or consult factory for F4A/ IDS clip 15⁄16” tee *F1B, F3A and F3B mounting
other options. only available in 12”, 24” and
F4B/ IDS clip 9⁄16” tee
36” OAS (consult factory for
F4C/ IDS clip screw slot other OAS).
Wet location: Overall suspension is
F1B2,4⁄ 3⁄32” aircraft cable with U-bracket measured from ceiling to
(no wind load) bottom of luminaire.
F3A3,4⁄ Rigid stem mount with U-bracket
F3B/ Rigid stem mount with weatherproof J-box (no wind load)
1 Damp location (DL) option required.
2 Adjustable cable gripper comes standard.
3 Refer to specification on website for wind load applications.
4 Default cord length is 18” longer than overall suspension.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.

STM9 LED
PEERLESS

3 5⁄16”

10”

126 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 126 2/26/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended

STATION
Construction
Nominal 10” x 3 5⁄16” extruded aluminum housing. Three-piece
extruded aluminum and polycarbonate hinged and latched
door. Die-cast aluminum end caps and joiner brackets.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. CSA/CUS Listed for wet
STATION
IP65-rated (dust and watertight) assembly. location.
Reflectors Luminaire Length
Die-formed specular reflectors with ≥ 98% reflectance and 4’ and 8’ nominal luminaire sections. Add 6” for each end cap to
pre-finished white steel. determine total luminaire length. Request submittal drawings
for joined sections.
Shielding STM9 Direct or Indirect-Direct
All lenses are UV-stabilized polycarbonate. Uplight lenses with Eco-Friendly Packaging
asymmetric or symmetric distribution optional. 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box, 100% recycled
cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable,
Finish protective luminaire bag.
Luminaire, mounting strap and stem all painted metallic gray.
Black cord standard with all wet location mounting options. Integrated latches with IP65-rated;
White cord standard with all dry or damp location mounting tamper-resistant option designated wet location
options. Custom colors available, consult factory.

Extruded polycarbonate Die-cast aluminum


precision optic sculptured end cap

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: STM9 2 32 SPR ASL 24FT R8 277 GEB10 DCT LP835 F3A/12 C400
Number of lamps Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire in cross section Lamp type Reflector Shielding row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
STM9 1 28T5 28W T5 SPR (blank) Direct only X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
2 54T5HO 54W T5HO Specular ASH Direct w/ 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 (All) 1SE 1 section
reflector asymmetric OSDIM* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8)
32 32W T8 347 2SE 2 sections
uplight on ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8,
hinge side XSE X sections
T5HO)
ASL Direct w/ ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V
asymmetric dim (All)
uplight on
latch side DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim (All)
SYM Direct w/ *Not available in 347V.
symmetric Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
uplight consult factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting type Overall suspension* Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp Damp or dry location:1 12 12” C400 Metallic gray DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired F1/ T-bar ceiling (universal mounting bracket) 24 24” C099 Custom finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
circuit DCT Dual for energy F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB with integrated J-box) 36 36” GMF Fusing (slow blow)
ELBL65STU Bodine circuit saving T8 lamps
F2/ Hard ceiling (horizontal J-box) 48 48” TRL Tamper resistant
emergency LP830 3000K 80+ CRI latches
self-test battery F4A/ IDS clip 15⁄16” tee 96 96”
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI
pack (Not F4B/ IDS clip 9⁄16” tee XX XX”
available LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
F4C/ IDS clip screw slot * F1B, F3A and F3B mounting
in 347V) only available in 12,” 24”
Wet location:
ENBL65STU Bodine Available with T5 only: and 36” OAS (consult
emergency F1B2/ 3⁄32” aircraft cable with U-bracket (no wind load) factory for other OAS).
LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI
self-test battery Premier F3A2,3/ Rigid Stem mount with U-bracket Overall suspension is
pack with night
light circuit (Not LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI F3B Rigid Stem mount with weatherproof J-box (no measured from ceiling
available in Premier wind load) to bottom of luminaire.
347V) LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI 1 Damp location (DL) option required.
*Emergency type is installed Premier 2 Default cord length is 18” longer than overall suspension.
in last 4’ of luminaire sections. Reference Lamp Chart on 3 Refer to specification on website for wind load applications.
Separate feed required unless ELS website or consult factory for
or ELS2 is specified. other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Shielding Options: (Hinge side)
PEERLESS

STM9
Direct (only) (Latch side) ASH direct with asymmetric
3 5⁄16” (1, 2) T5, T5HO, T8 PLAN VIEW uplight on hinge side

10” SYM direct with symmetric uplight ASL direct with asymmetric
uplight on latch side

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 127

Peerless_ 114-127.indd 127 2/26/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Suspended
ORIGAMI

ORIGAMI LED Construction Environment


Formed aluminum housing creates a 5 1⁄2” x 3 1⁄2” body. Damp location label optional. Ambient operating temperature
Formed aluminum end caps are mechanically attached with no between 0° C and 25° C.
exposed fasteners.
Luminaire Length
Source 4’ and 8’ nominal luminaire sections. Add 1” for each end cap
Two LED lumen packages (2150 lumens, 4300 lumens) and three to determine total luminaire length. Using joiners, 4’ and 8’
available color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and 4100K). sections can be joined to form longer rows.
Optics Validation
Optical system consists of injection-molded primary optic and CSA/CUS Listed. Individual units are FCC part 15 certified. LM-79
metal reflector. tested. Lighting Facts partner.
OR3M LED Finish Warranty
Aluminum paint housing with gloss white end caps and joiners Five-year limited warranty includes luminaire construction, LED
OR gloss white, red or black housings with aluminum paint end light engine, driver and optional nLight control device. Terms
caps and joiners. Consult factory for custom color requirements. and conditions apply.
Controls Eco-Friendly Packaging
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug-and-play” foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft
networking and control via CAT-5e cable. paper tape.
Electrical Smart Luminaire
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
dimming driver rated for 50,000 hours (L80) at 25° C ambient network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
temperature. Specify 120V or 277V. Pre-wired with 16AWG specification on website for details and option code. TOT
AL

fixture wire. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.

SYSTE M
360˚
Plug-in electrical connectors included.

ION
AT
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: OR3M1 HI 40FT R8 277 EZB SCT LP830 F1/24 C301
Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Light output row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules Emergency type*
OR3M1 LO 2150 nominal X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED dims to black (blank) None (blank) None
delivered-lumens 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
HI 4300 nominal 2SE 2 sections *Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of luminaire
delivered-lumens sections. Separate feed required.
XSE X sections

Overall
Switching Lamp color Mounting type suspension Finish Options
SCT Single LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F1/
T-bar ceiling 12 12” C032 White white ACG Adjustable cable grippers
circuit LP835 3500K 80+ CRI (universal 15 15” (high gloss) BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
mounting C110 Painted
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI bracket) 18 18” CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
aluminum
F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB 21 21” (low gloss) DL Damp location label
Reference Lamp Chart on website or with integrated 24 24” C301 Black (gloss) DU Dust cover
consult factory for other options. J-box) XX XX” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
C302 Red (gloss)
F2/ Hard ceiling GMF Fusing (slow blow)
(horizontal J-box) C099 Custom finish
Overall MCS Matching feed canopy at support
suspension
is measured NYC New York City code
from ceiling OJB Offset junction box
to bottom of
luminaire. SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2, ACG and OJB options)
XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
PEERLESS

3 1⁄2” OR3M1 LED Origami LED End Cap

5 1⁄2”

128 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 128 2/26/14 6:23 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Wall

ORIGAMI
Construction
Formed aluminum housing creates a 5 1⁄2” x 3 1⁄2” body.
Formed aluminum end caps are mechanically attached with no
Environment
Damp location label optional. Ambient operating temperature
between 0° C and 25° C. ORIGAMI LED
exposed fasteners.
Source
Two LED lumen packages (1800 lumens, 3500 lumens) and three
Luminaire Length
4’ and 8’ nominal luminaire sections. Add 1” for each end cap
to determine total luminaire length. Using joiners, 4’ and 8’
WALL
available color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and 4100K). sections can be joined to form longer rows.
Optics Validation
Optical system consists of injection-molded primary optic and CSA/CUS Listed. Individual units are FCC part 15 certified. LM-79
painted metal reflectors. tested. Lighting Facts partner.
Finish Warranty
Aluminum paint housing with gloss white end caps OR gloss Five-year warranty coverage includes luminaire construction,
white, red or black housings with aluminum paint end caps and LED light engine, and driver. Terms and conditions apply.
joiners. Arms and wall canopy always match housing. Consult OR1W1 Indirect
factory for custom color requirements. Eco-Friendly Packaging
100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box. Biodegradable
Electrical foam inserts and protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V paper tape.
dimming driver rated for 50,000 hours (L80) at 25° C ambient
temperature. Specify 120V or 277V. Pre-wired with 16AWG
fixture wire. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult
factory. Plug-in electrical connectors included.
AL
TOT
SYSTE M

360˚
ION
AT

GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: OR3W1 LO 24FT R8 120 EZB SCT LP835 C110 LM
Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Light output row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules Emergency type*
OR3W1 LO 1800 nominal X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED dims to black (blank) None (blank) None
delivered-lumens 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
HI 3500 nominal 2SE 2 sections *Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of luminaire
delivered-lumens sections. Separate feed required.
XSE X sections

Switching Lamp color Finish Options


SCT Single circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C032 White white (high gloss) DL Damp location label
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI C110 Painted aluminum (low gloss) GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI C301 Black (gloss) GMF Fusing (slow blow)
Reference Lamp Chart on website or C302 Red (gloss) LM 80% lumen management without networking
consult factory for other options. C099 Custom finish

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
PEERLESS

OR3W1 LED Origami Wall LED


3 3/8”
End Cap

5 1⁄2”

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 129

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 129 2/26/14 6:23 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
ORIGAMI

Construction Electrical

ORIGAMI Formed aluminum housing creates a 8 5⁄8” x 3 3⁄4” body.


Die-cast aluminum end caps are mechanically attached with
no exposed fasteners.
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Reflectors Luminaire Length
Premium specular aluminum reflector with white optic 4’ and 8’ nominal luminaire sections. Add 5⁄8” for each end cap
enhancer. to determine total luminaire length. Using joiners, 4’ and 8’
sections can be joined to form longer rows.
Finish
Aluminum powder paint housing with gloss white end caps and Eco-Friendly Packaging
joiners OR gloss white, red or black housings with aluminum 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box, 100% recycled
powder paint end caps and joiners. Consult factory for custom cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable,
color requirements. protective luminaire bag.
OR1M1/OR2M1 Indirect

Origami End Cap

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: OR1M1 2 28T5 24FT R8 277 GEB10 DCT LP835 F1/24 C110
Number of lamps Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire in cross section Lamp type row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules Emergency type*
OR1M1 1 28T5 28W T5 X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None (blank) None
OR2M1 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
347 (T5HO) 2SE 2 sections EL Emergency battery pack
ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V XSE X sections (Not available in 347V)
dim EN Emergency battery pack
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim w/night light circuit (Not
*Not available in 347V. available in 347V)
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or *Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of
consult factory for other options. luminaire sections. Separate feed required
unless ELS or ELS2 is specified.

Overall
Switching Lamp color Mounting type suspension Finish Options
SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling (universal 12 12” C032 White white ACG Adjustable cable grippers
DCT Dual circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI mounting bracket) 15 15” (high gloss) BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB with 18 18” C110 Painted CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
integrated J-box) aluminum
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI 21 21” (low gloss) DL Damp location label
F2/ Hard ceiling (horizontal
J-box) 24 24” C301 Black (gloss) DU Dust cover
Available with T5 only: XX XX C302 Red (gloss) GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier Overall suspension C099 Custom finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier is measured from MCS Matching feed canopy at support
ceiling to bottom of
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier luminaire. NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
NYC New York City code
Reference Lamp Chart on website or OJB Off set junction box
consult factory for other options. SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2, ACG and
OJB options)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
Aluminum

1’ Elevation
3 3⁄4” 3 3⁄4” Gloss White
PEERLESS

8 5⁄8” 8 5⁄8”
OR1M1 Indirect OR2M1 Indirect Gloss Red
(1,2) T5, T5HO (1,2) T5, T5HO 2’ Elevation

Gloss Black

130 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 130 2/26/14 6:24 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

ORIGAMI
Construction
Formed aluminum housing creates a 8 3⁄8” x 3 3⁄4” body.
Die-cast aluminum end caps are mechanically attached with no
exposed fasteners.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
ORIGAMI WALL
Reflectors Luminaire Length
White, high-reflectance reflector and hammer tone aluminum 4’ and 8’ nominal luminaire sections. Add 3⁄4” for each end cap
reflector with prismatic acrylic kicker lens. to determine total luminaire length. Using joiners, 4’ and 8’
sections can be joined to form longer rows.
Finish
Aluminum powder paint housing with gloss white end caps and Eco-Friendly Packaging
joiners OR gloss white, red or black housings with aluminum 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box, 100% recycled
powder paint end caps and joiners. Consult factory for custom cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable,
color requirements. protective luminaire bag.

OR1W1 Indirect

Origami Wall End Cap

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: OR1W1 2 28T5 24FT R8 277 GEB10 DCT LP835 C110
Number of
lamps in Luminaire row Maximum
Luminaire cross section Lamp type length section length Voltage Ballast type Number of emergency modules
OR1W1 1 28T5 28W T5 X FT 4’ increments R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
2 54T5HO 54W T5HO R8 8’ section(s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim 1SE 1 section
347 (not (T5HO) 2SE 2 sections
available ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim XSE X sections
with DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
28T5)
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C032 White white (high gloss) DL Damp location label
EC Emergency DCT Dual circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C110 Painted aluminum (low gloss) DU Dust cover
circuit LP835 3500K 80+ CRI C301 Black (gloss) GLR Fusing (fast blow)
EL Emergency LP841 4100K 80+ CRI C302 Red (gloss) GMF Fusing (slow blow)
battery pack
(Not available in C099 Custom finish NYC New York City code
347V) Available with T5 only:
EN Emergency LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
battery pack w/ LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
night light circuit
(Not available in LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
347V) Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory
*Emergency type is installed in last for other options.
4’ of luminaire sections. Separate
feed required unless ELS or ELS2
is specified.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

3 3 ⁄4”
PEERLESS

8 3 ⁄ 8” 1’
OR1W1 Indirect (1,2) T5, T5HO Elevation

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 131

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 131 2/26/14 6:24 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Suspended
BRUNO

Construction lumen package and 45W for 4800 delivered-lumens per 4’

BRUNO LED Nominal 8 1⁄4” x 1 3⁄4” rectangular housing is formed from


cold-rolled steel. Die-cast end caps are mechanically attached
with no exposed fasteners.
section. Specify 120V or 277V. Pre-wired with 16AWG wire.
Environment
Damp location label option. Ambient operating temperature
Source between 0° C and 25° C.
Two LED lumen packages and three available color temperature
options (3000K, 3500K and 4000K). Luminaire Length
4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension spacing
Optics of 4’ and 8’. For total luminaire length, add 5⁄8” for each flat end
Softshine®-engineered optical system consists of high cap and 4” for each sculptured end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’
performance lens, diffusers and metal reflectors. and 8’ sections can be joined to form longer rows.
Finish Validation
Finish for housing and end caps is white, black or painted CSA/CUS Listed. Individual sections are FCC part 15 certified.
aluminum. Consult factory for custom colors. LM-79 tested. Lighting Facts partner.
Controls Warranty
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen Five-year warranty coverage includes luminaire construction,
management (N80) and facilitate simple “plug-and-play” LED light engine, driver and optional nLight control device.
networking and control via CAT-5e cable. Terms and conditions apply.
Electrical Packaging
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box and inserts.
dimming driver rated for 50,000 hours (L80) at 25° C ambient Biodegradable, protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft
temperature. Driver input wattage is 30W for 3400 delivered- paper tape.
AL
TOT

SYSTE M
360˚

ION
AT
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: BRM9L LO 40FT R8 277 EZB SCT LP830 F1/24 C110
Maximum Number of
Luminaire row section emergencey Emergency
Luminaire Light output Distribution* Shielding length length Voltage Driver type modules type* Switching
BRM9L LO 3400 (blank) Standard 70% up; 30% down SSH Softshine® X FT 4’ increments R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED (blank) None (blank) None SCT Single
nominal lens R8 8’ section(s) 277 dims to 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
delivered- 60/40 60% up; 40% down black
2SE 2 sections circuit
lumens 50/50 50% up; 50% down
HI 4800 40/60 40% up; 60% down XSE X sections *Emergency type is
installed in last 4’ of
nominal 30/70 30% up; 70% down luminaire sections.
delivered- 20/80 20% up; 80% down Separate feed
lumens required.
10/90 10% up; 90% down
0/100 0% up; 100% down
*Nominal distribution

LED Color Overall


Temperature Mounting type suspension Finish Options
LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F1/ T-bar ceiling 15 15” C110 Painted ACG Adjustable cable gripper
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI (universal 18 18” aluminum BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
mounting (low gloss)
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI bracket) 24 24” CFG Configuration, consult factory for drawings
C210 White
F1A/ T-bar ceiling 36 36” white (fine CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
(UMB with 48 48” textured) DU Dust cover (not available with 0/100 distribution)
integrated J-box) 72 72” C202 Black DL Damp location label
F2/ Hard ceiling XX XX” C099 Custom GLR Fusing (fast blow)
(horizontal J-box) finish
Overall GMF Fusing (slow blow)
suspension is LM 80% lumen management without networking
measured from
ceiling to bottom MCS Matching feed canopy at support N80 nLight-enabled control module per row/zone with 80% constant lumen management
of luminaire. N100 nLight-enabled control module per row/zone with NO lumen management
OJB Offset junction box
SCEP Sculptured end caps
SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2 and OJB options)
XXXX Smart Luminaire (Integrated occupancy sensing , daylight detection and/or network control available)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
PEERLESS

Tenon “L”, “T”, “X” and straight connectors available for suspended
1-¾” configurations. Additional pattern connector details available at
PeerlessLighting.com.
8-¼”

132 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 132 3/3/14 2:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Wall

BRUNO
Construction
Nominal 8 1⁄4” x 1 3⁄4” rectangular housing is formed from
cold-rolled steel. Die-cast end caps are mechanically attached
delivered-lumen package, 23W for 2400 delivered-lumen
package, per 4’ section. Specify 120V or 277V. Pre-wired with
16AWG fixture wire. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult BRUNO LED
with no exposed fasteners.
Source
Two LED lumen packages and three available color temperature
factory. Plug-in electrical connectors included.
Environment
Damp location label option. Ambient operating temperature
WALL
options (3000K, 3500K and 4000K). between 0° C and 25° C.
Optics Luminaire Length
Softshine®-engineered optical system consists of diffusers plus 4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension spacing
high peformance metal reflectors and lens film. of 4’ and 8’. For total luminaire length, add 5⁄8” for each flat end
cap and 4” for each sculptured end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’
Finish and 8’ sections can be joined to form longer rows.
Finish for housing and end caps is white, black or painted
aluminum. Consult factory for custom colors. Validation
CSA/CUS Listed. Individual sections are FCC part 15 certified.
Controls LM-79 tested. Lighting Facts partner.
Optional nLight-embedded controls allow for constant lumen
management (LM). Warranty
Five-year warranty coverage includes luminaire construction,
Electrical LED light engine, driver and optional nLight control device.
LED light engine consists of modular LED boards and 0-10V Terms and conditions apply.
dimming driver rated for 50,000 hours (L80) at 25° C ambient
temperature. Driver input wattage is 17W for 1800 Packaging
TOT
AL
100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box and inserts.
Biodegradable, protective luminaire bag. Recycled kraft paper
SYSTE M

360˚
tape.
ION
AT

GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: BRW9L LO 40FT R8 277 EZB SCT LP830 C110
Maximum Number of
Luminaire row section emergencey
Luminaire Light output Shielding length length Voltage Driver type modules Emergency type* Switching
BRW9L LO 1800 nominal delivered-lumens SSH Softshine® lens X FT 4’ increments R4 4’ section(s) 120 EZB eldoLED (blank) None (blank) None SCT Single circuit
HI 2400 nominal delivered-lumens R8 8’ section(s) 277 dims to 1SE 1 section EC Emergency
black circuit
2SE 2 sections
XSE X sections *Emergency type is
installed in last 4’ of
luminaire sections.
Separate feed required.

LED Color Temperature Finish Options


LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C210 White white (fine textured) CFG Configuration, consult factory for drawings
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI C110 Painted aluminun DL Damp location label
LP840 4000K 80+ CRI C202 Black DU Dust cover
C099 Custom finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
GMF Fusing (slow blow)
LM 80% lumen management without networking
SCEP Sculptured end caps

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
PEERLESS

Tenon inside, outside and straight connectors available for wall


1-¾” configurations. Additional pattern connector details available at
PeerlessLighting.com.
8-¼”

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 133

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 133 3/3/14 2:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
BRUNO

BRUNO Construction BRM3 is always painted aluminum (C110). Custom colors available, consult
Nominal 8 1⁄4” x 1 3⁄4” rectangular housing is formed from cold rolled steel. factory.
Die-cast end caps are mechanically attached with no exposed fasteners.
Electrical
Reflectors Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire wires.
BRM3 Die-formed specular reflector with 95% reflectance. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. Plug-in electrical
connectors included. UL and CUL Listed.
Shielding
BRM4
BRM3: Aluminum, die-formed drop pan with five 2 3⁄4” cylinder openings Luminaire Length
of down light feature. Also available with acrylic opal overlay on top of 4’ 3⁄8”, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section for nominal support spacing at
BRM7 down light openings. BRM4: Choose one of four parabolic baffle options: 4’, 8’ and 12’. For total luminaire length, add 5⁄8” for each flat end cap and
semi-specular, white painted, semi-specular perforated blade or white 4” for each sculptured end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’ and 12’ sections
painted, perforated blade. Each available with optional acrylic opal overlay. can be joined to form longer rows.
BRM9 ODD BRM7: Die-punched perforations with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. BRM9:
Die-formed drop acrylic diffuser or flush Softshine® high-performance lens. Smart Luminaire
Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or network control
BRM9 SSH Finish available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire specification on website for
Fine-textured, white polyester powder paint is standard. Drop pan on details and option code.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: BRM1 2 28T5 SPR 40FT R8 277 GEB10 DCT LP835 F1/18 C210 SCEP
Number
of lamps Distribution1
in cross (BRM4 and BRM9; Shielding (BRM3, Baffle Luminaire
Luminaire section Lamp type Reflector not available with DU option) BRM4 only) (BRM4 only) row length Voltage Ballast type Switching
BRM1 1 28T5 28W SPR Specular (blank) Standard; 65% up; (blank) None SSB Semi- X FT 120 GEB10 <10% THD SCT Single
BRM3 2* T5 (Not reflector 35% down OPD Opal diffuser specular 4’ increments 277 Electronic circuit
available 20/802 20% up, 80% down overlay WPB White ADEZ* Advance Mark DCT Dual
BRM4 3 in 347V) 347
40/602 40% up, 60% down (BRM3, painted 10 dim (T5HO) circuit
BRM7 54T5HO 54W T5HO BRM4)
(BRM4 only) SSP Semi- ADZT* Advance Mark
BRM9 *BRM7 32 32W T8
available 0/1002,3 0% up, 100% down ODD Opal drop specular 7 0-10V dim
diffuser perforated DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-
in 2 lamp CLI4 Center lamp isolater (BRM9 only) blade
only. (BRM4 only) Lume dim
SSH Softshine® WPP White *Not available in 347V.
1 BRM9: Available with SSH option high painted
only. Nominal distribution, refer to performance perforated Reference Ballast Wizard on
photometric tests for exact distribution. lens (BRM9) blade website or consult factory
2 BRM4: Nominal distribution, refer to for other options.
photometric tests for exact distribution.
3 BRM9: Not available with 3-lamp
54T5HO luminaires.
4 BRM4: Available with 3-lamp cross
section luminaires only.

Number of
emergency Overall
modules Emergency type* Lamp color Mounting Type suspension Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling (universal 12 12” C110 Painted ACG Adjustable cable grippers
1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for mounting bracket) 15 15” aluminum BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
energy saving T8 lamps. F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB (low (not available with F3)
2SE 2 sections EL Emergency battery pack 18 18” gloss)
(Not available in 347V) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI with integrated J-box) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
XSE X sections 21 21” C210 White
EN Emergency battery pack LP835 3500K 80+ CRI F2/ Hard ceiling DL Damp location label
(horizontal J-box) 24 24” white
w/night light circuit (Not LP841 4100K 80+ CRI (fine- DU Dust cover (BRM1, BRM3, BRM4, BRM9, not
available in 347V) F3/ Rigid stem XX XX”
textured available with 3-lamp T5HO cross section)
*Emergency type is installed in last 4’ Overall low gloss)
Available with T5 only: suspension GLR Fusing (fast blow)
of luminaire sections. Separate feed C099 Custom
required unless ELS or ELS2 is specified. LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier is measured GMF Fusing (slow blow)
from ceiling
finish
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier MCS Matching feed canopy at support
to bottom of
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier luminaire. NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
Reference Lamp Chart on website or NYC New York City code
consult factory for other options. OJB Offset junction box
SCEP Sculptured end cap
SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified
along with F2, ACG and OJB options)
XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
PEERLESS

BRM1 Indirect BRM3 Holes BRM7 Partial


1 3⁄4” (1, 2, 3) T5, 1 3⁄4” BRM4 I/D 1 3⁄4” Perf
Configurations
T5HO, T8 BRM9 Diffuser (2) T5, T5HO, T8 Tenon “L”, “T”, “X” and straight connectors available for
8 1⁄4” 8 1⁄4” (1, 2, 3) T5, T5HO, T8 8 1⁄4” suspended configurations. Additional pattern connector
details available at PeerlessLighting.com.

134 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 134 2/26/14 6:24 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

BRUNO
BRUNO WALL
Construction Finish
Nominal 8 1⁄4” x 1 3⁄4” rectangular housing is formed from cold Fine-textured, white polyester powder paint is standard. Drop
rolled steel. Die-cast end caps are mechanically attached with no pan on BRW3 is always painted aluminum (C110). Custom colors
exposed fasteners. available,
consult factory.
Reflectors BRW3
Die-formed white painted reflector. Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire BRW4
Shielding wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. Plug-in
BRW3: Aluminum, die-formed drop pan with five 2 3⁄4” cylinder electrical connectors included. UL and CUL Listed.
openings of down light feature. Also available with acrylic opal
BRW7
overlay on top of down light openings. BRW4: Choose one of four Luminaire Length
parabolic baffle options: 4’ 1⁄16”, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire
length, add 5⁄8” for each flat end cap and 4” for each sculptured BRW9 ODD
semi-specular, white painted, semi-specular perforated blade end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’ and 12’ sections can be joined
or white painted, perforated blade. Each available with optional to form longer rows.
acrylic opal overlay. BRW7: Die-punched perforations on lower BRW9 SSH
housing with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. BRW9: Die-formed, opal
drop diffuser or flush Softshine® high performance lens.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: BRW1 2 28T5 WHR 40FT R8 120 GEB10 DCT LP835 C210 SCEP
Number of
lamps in Shielding Baffle Luminaire
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Reflector (BRW3, BRW4 and BRW9 only) (BRM4 only) Row Length Voltage Ballast Type
BRW1 1 28T5 28W T5 (Not WHR White (blank) None SSB X FT 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic
BRW3 2 (Not available available in reflector OPD Opal diffuser overlay Semi-specular 4’ increments 277 OSDIM* Osram 0-10V dim (T5HO)
with BRW9 347V) (BRM3, BRM4) WPB
BRW4 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, T5HO)
Softshine) 54T5HO 54W T5HO ODD Opal drop diffuser White painted
BRW7 ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
32 32W T8 (BRM9 only) SSP
BRW9 Semi-specular DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
SSH Softshine® high-
performance perforated blade *Not available in 347V.
lens (BRM9 only, only WPP Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory
available in 1-lamp cross White painted for other options.
section) perforated blade

Number of
emergency modules Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp C110 Painted aluminum DL Damp location label
1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy saving (low gloss) DU Dust cover (BRW9: Ambient conditions not
2SE 2 sections EL Emergency battery DCT Dual T8 lamps. C210 White white to exceed 35° C for 2-lamp 54T5HO)
pack (Not available in circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI (fine-textured GLR Fusing (fast blow)
XSE X sections low gloss)
347V) LP835 3500K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency battery C099 Custom finish
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI NYC New York City code
pack w/night light
circuit (Not available SCEP Sculptured end cap
in 347V) Available with T5 only:
*Emergency type is installed in last 4’ LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
of luminaire sections. Separate feed
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
required unless ELS or ELS2 is specified.
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory
for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Tenon inside, outside and straight connectors available for wall
1-3/4 1-3/4 configurations. Additional pattern connector details available at
3
(4.4) (4.4) 1 ⁄4” PeerlessLighting.com.
1/2
8-1/8 (1.3)
8-1/8
PEERLESS

(20.6) 8 1⁄8”
(20.6)
BRW1 Indirect BRW9 Softshine
BRW7 Perforated BRW3 Holes
BRW4 Louver
BRW9 Diffuser

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 135

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 135 3/3/14 2:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
STAPLE

STAPLE Construction
Nominal 8 1⁄2” x 2 3⁄8” rectangular housing is formed from
cold-rolled steel. Die-cast aluminum end caps are mechanically
attached with no exposed fasteners.
Luminaire Length
4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section for nominal suspension
spacing of 4’, 8’ and 12’. For total luminaire length, add 1 1⁄8”
for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’ and 12’ sections
can be joined to form longer length luminaires.
Reflectors
Formed, pre-finished white reflector. Installation Features
SPM4
Y-hangers with adjustable cables come standard to simplify
Shielding luminaire leveling across the width and length. Individual 4’,
SPM4: Injection molded acrylic baffle with opal diffuser option. 8’ and 12’ luminaires can be ordered with end caps and power
SPM9: Acrylic lens. cords pre-installed and hanging hardware included in the
Finish luminaire packaging to reduce overall installation time
White gloss powder paint standard. Custom colors available, (option IND).
consult factory. Smart Luminaire
Electrical Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
SPM9
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. specification on website for details and option code.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SPM4 2 54T5HO WHR 40FT R12 277 GEB10 DCT LP835 F1/18 C032
Number
of lamps
in cross Shielding Luminaire Maximum
Luminaire section Lamp type Distribution (nominal) Reflector (SPM4 only) row length section length Voltage Ballast type
SPM4 1 28T5 28W T5 (blank) 65% up, 35% down WHR White (blank) None X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic
SPM9 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO standard reflector OPD Opal 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8)
3 32 32W T8 40/60* 40% up, 60% down diffuser R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, T5HO)
20/80* 20% up, 80% down ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
0/100* 100% down DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
CLI Center lamp isolator *Not available in 347V.
(Available with
3-lamp cross section Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
only) factory for other options.
*Nominal distribution, refer
to photometric test for exact
distribution.

Number of
emergency Overall
modules Emergency type Switching Lamp color Mounting type suspension Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar 24 24” C032 White CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy ceiling 48 48” white (high DL Damp location label
circuit DCT Dual saving T8 lamps. (universal gloss)
2SE 2 sections mounting 72 72” DU Dust cover (Not available with 3-lamp T5/T5HO)
circuit C099 Custom
XSE X sections EL Emergency LP830 3000K 80+ CRI bracket) 96 96” finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
battery pack LP835 3500K 80+ CRI
(Not available F1A/ T-bar XX XX” GMF Fusing (slow blow)
in 347V) LP841 4100K 80+ CRI ceiling Overall IND Individual luminaire (factory installed end caps
(UMB with suspension and power cord, hanging hardware in box)
EN Emergency integrated
battery pack Available with T5 only: is measured MCS Matching feed canopy at support
J-box) from ceiling
w/night light LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
circuit (Not F2/ Hard ceiling to bottom of
available in LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier (horizontal luminaire. NYC New York City code
347V) J-box)
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier OJB Offset junction box
*EL and EC are installed Reference Lamp Chart on website or SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along
in last 4’ of luminaire consult factory for other options. with F2, ACG and OJB options)
sections. Separate feed
required unless ELS or
XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
ELS2 is specified.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

2 3 ⁄ 8”
PEERLESS

2 3 ⁄ 8”

8 1 ⁄ 2” 8 1 ⁄ 2”
SPM4 Baffle SPM9 Lens
(1, 2, 3) T5, T5HO, T8 (1, 2, 3) T5, T5HO, T8

136 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 136 2/26/14 6:24 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

STAPLE
Construction Luminaire Length
Nominal 8 1⁄2” x 2 3⁄8” rectangular housing is formed from
cold-rolled steel. Die-cast aluminum end caps are mechanically
attached with no exposed fasteners.
4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire
length, add 1 1⁄8” for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’
and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer length luminaires.
STAPLE WALL
Reflectors Installation Feature
Formed, pre-finished white reflector. Individual 4’, 8’ and 12’ luminaires can be ordered with end
caps pre-installed and wall-mount hardware included in the
Finish luminaire packaging to reduce overall installation time
White gloss powder paint standard. Custom colors available, (option IND).
consult factory.
Smart Luminaire
Shielding Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or SPW9
SPW4: Injection molded acrylic baffle (opal diffuser optional). network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
SPW9: Acrylic lens. specification on website for details and option code.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed. SPW4

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SPW9 1 28T5 SPR 40FT R12 347 GEB10 1SE EC SCT L/LP 032 DL
Number of Luminaire
lamps in Shielding row Maximum
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Reflector (SPW4 only) length section length Voltage Ballast type
SPW4 1 28T5 28W T5 WHR White reflector (blank) None X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic
SPW9 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO (standard) OPD Opal Diffuser 4’ R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8)
32 32W T8 increments R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, T5HO)
ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory
for other options.

Number of
emergency
modules Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C032 White white DL Damp location label
1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy (high gloss) DU Dust cover
2SE 2 sections EL Emergency saving T8 lamps. C099 Custom finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
XSE X sections battery pack LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency LP835 3500K 80+ CRI IND Individual luminaire (factory installed end
battery pack w/ LP841 4100K 80+ CRI caps and hardware in the box)
night light circuit
Available with T5 only: N100 nLight-enabled control module per row/zone
*EL and EC are installed in last 4’ with NO lumen management
of luminaire sections and are not LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
available concurrently with each LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier NYC New York City code
other. Separate feed required for
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
each EL or EC unless ELH is specified.
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory
for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

2 3⁄8” 2 3⁄8”
PEERLESS

1
8 ⁄2” 8 1⁄2”
SPW4 Baffle SPW9 Lens
(1, 2) T5, T5HO, T8 (1, 2) T5, T5HO, T8

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 137

Peerless_ 128-137.indd 137 2/26/14 6:24 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
CONTRAIL®

®
CONTRAIL Construction Electrical
Die-formed, pre-painted steel housing. Extruded aluminum Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
fillers. Die-cast aluminum end caps. Highly specular aluminum wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. Plug-
Linear end plates. in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Shielding Luminaire Length
GrateOptic® curved, crenulated diffuser is extruded opal acrylic. 4’, 8’, and 12’ individual luminaire sections for nominal suspen-
CLM9 sion spacing of 4’, 8’ and 12’. Add 3 5⁄8” for each end cap to
Reflectors determine total luminaire length. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’
Die-formed, highly specular aluminum reflector has a minimum and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer length luminaires.
98% reflectance.
Smart Luminaire
Tenon Assembly Finish Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
with integrated sensor Fine-textured, white polyester powder paint is standard on the network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
fillers and end caps. specification on website for details and option code.

Corner
Assembly

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CLM9 2 28T5 COA 40FT R8 277 GEB10 SCT LP835 F1/18
Number of
lamps in Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Shielding row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
CLM9 2 28T5 28W T5 COA Crenulated X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
54T5HO 54W T5HO opal acrylic 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 1SE 1 section
R12 12’ section(s) 347 (not available ADZT* Advance 7 0-10V dim 2SE 2 sections
with T5) DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim XSE X sections
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
consult factory for other options.

Overall
Emergency type1 Switching Lamp color Mounting type suspension Options
(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp F1 T-Bar ceiling 12 12” ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit ALC* Alternate LP830 3000K 80+ CRI (univeral 15 15” BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
lamping module LP835 3500K 80+ CRI mounting
EL2 Emergency bracket 18 18” DL Damp location label
battery pack (Not circuit
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI F1A/ T-Bar ceiling 21 21” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
available in 347V)
2
Available with T5 only: (UMB with 24 24” GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency *ALC not available with integrated
battery pack w/night dimming LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI XX XX” MCS Matching feed canopy at support
Premier J-Box)
light circuit (Not Overall suspension NEPP5D Light enabled control module per row/zone
available in 347V) LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI F2/ Hard ceiling
is measured from OJB Offset junction box
Premier (horizontal
1 Emergency type is installed in last J-Box) ceiling to bottom of
luminaire.
SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along
4’ of luminaire sections. Separate feed LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI with F2, ACG and OJB options)
required unless ELS or ELS2 is specified. Premier
XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
2 Option EL or EN (Battery Pack) is: Reference Lamp Chart on website or
a. not permitted with dimming consult factory for other options.
b. must be in the same section as the
lamp being operated
c. not permitted in a 4’ section
d. limited to one battery pack per
section

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.

4’ 8’ 3” Configurations
Mitered tenon corner and tenon connectors available for suspended configurations.
Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
12’ 6”
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. CLM9 Indirect-Direct
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted. (2) T5, T5HO
PEERLESS

138 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 138-145.indd 138 2/26/14 6:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

CONTRAIL®
Construction
Cold rolled steel housing. Die-cast aluminum end caps.
Shielding
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Prewired with 16AWG
luminaire wires.For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult
factory. Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL
CONTRAILWall®
GrateOptic® curved, crenulated diffuser is extruded opal Listed.
acrylic. Shielding can be rotated to one of two positions, wall-
facing or ceiling-facing. Luminaire Length
Individual luminaire lengths in a single section are 2’, 3’, 4’
Reflectors and 8’. For total luminaire length, add 1 ⁄4” for each end cap.
Die-formed, white, high reflectance aluminum reflector. Using internal joiners, 2’, 3’, 4’ and 8’ sections can be joined
Finish to form longer length luminaires. Lenses are not continuous
Housing cover is painted white. Select white or painted in a run or 8’ unit. Lenses are
aluminum finish for joiners and end caps. separated by a 1 1 ⁄4” gap between lamp modules.
CLW9
Eco-friendly Packaging
100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box,
100% recycled cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape.
Biodegradable, protective luminaire bag. Two position, field-adjustable lens

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CLW9 1 28T5 32FT R8 120 GEB10 SCT L/LP C041
Number of
lamps in Luminaire Number of
Luminaire cross section Lamp type row length Maximum section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
CLW9 1 28T5 28W T5 2 FT R2 2’ sections (s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
54T5HO 54W T5HO 3 FT R3 3’ sections (s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 1SE 1 Section
Available for 3 FT: 4 FT R4 4’ sections (s) 347 (not available ADZT* Advance 7 0-10V dim 2SE 2 Sections
21T5 21W T5 8 FT R8 8’ sections (s) with 28T5 DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim XSE X Sections
39T5HO 39W T5HO X FT *Not available in 347V.
Available for 2 FT: Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
consult factory for other options.
14T5 14W T5
24T5HO 24W T5HO

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Joiner/End cap finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit ALC* Alternate lamping LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C110 Painted aluminum DU Dust cover
EL Emergency module circuit LP835 3500K 80+ CRI (low gloss) GLR Fusing (fast blow)
battery pack (Not *ALC is not available with dimming. LP841 4100K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
available in 347V)
Available with T5 only:
EN Emergency
battery pack w/ LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
night light circuit LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
(Not available in LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
347V)
Reference Lamp Chart on website or
*Option EL or EN (Battery Pack) is not
consult factory for other options.
permitted in 2’, 3’, 4’ section.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches 1
unless otherwise noted. 2’ ⁄4 ”

1
3’ ⁄4 ”
3” 1
4’ ⁄4 ”
PEERLESS

5” CLW9 5 3⁄8” 1
(1) T5 8’ ⁄4 ” Polycarbonate dust cover

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 139

Peerless_ 138-145.indd 139 2/26/14 6:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
CONTRAIL®

®
CONTRAIL Construction Electrical
Die-formed, pre-painted steel recessed housing. Specify 120V, 277V, or 347V. Prewired with prescribed circuits
PLM9 G: Extruded aluminum fixed-length suspension yokes. and quick connectors. Step switching option allows system
Parallels Steel ballast channel above ceiling. PLM9 S: Extruded aluminum to be switched to 50% power for compliance with common
surface-mounted housing. energy codes while maintaining luminaire appearance. UL and
cUL Listed.
Shielding
GrateOptic® curved, crenulated diffuser is extruded opal acrylic, Luminaire Length
with opaque painted ends. 4’ nominal individual luminaire sections. Overall luminaire
PLM9 S
length is 4’ 9”. Luminaires mount to
Reflectors 4’ grid or specify surface mounted option.
Die-formed, specular aluminum reflectors.
Finish
Satin anodized finish on suspension yokes. Low gloss, white
paint standard on surface-mounted housing.
PLM9 G

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PLM9 G 2 54T5HO U4 277 SCT GEB80S LP830
Number of lamps in
Luminaire Mounting type cross section Lamp type Nominal length Voltage Switching
PLM9 G Lay in grid 2 28T5 28W T5 U4 4’ 120 SCT Single circuit
S Surface 54T5HO 54W T5HO 277
347

Ballast type Lamp color Options


GEB10 <10% THD Electronic L/LP No lamp CP Chicago plenum (available with G mounting type)
GEB952,3 <10% THD, .95 BF LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GLR Fusing (fast blow)
GEB1152,3 <10% THD, 1.5BF LP835 3500K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
GEB801,3 <10% THD, .80 BF LP841 4100K 80+ CRI NYC New York City code
Dim Ballasts Available Available with T5 only:
GEB95S1,3 <10% THD, .95 BF step dim LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
GEB80S1,3 <10% THD, .80 BF step dim LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
GEB115S1,3 <10% THD, 1.15 BF step dim LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
DMHL3D3 Lutron Hi-Lume dim Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory for other
OSDIM1,3 Osram 0-10v dim options.
1 Available with 54T5HO only.
2 Available with 28T5 only.
3 Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
3-1/2 1-1/2
(8.9) (3.8)
5
3 17 (12.7)
(7.6) (43.2)
17
(43.2)
PLM9
(1) Lamp per diffuser
PEERLESS

20
(50.8) PLM9 S (Surface mount)
23
(58.4)

PLM9 G (Lay-in grid mount)

140 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 138-145.indd 140 3/3/14 2:49 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Recessed

LIGHTLINE®
®
Construction
Housing is formed, pre-finished steel. Four-stage,
iron-phosphate pretreatment ensures superior paint adhesion
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V, or 347V. For special circuits, consult factory.
UL and cUL Listed (NON-IC). LIGHTLINE
and rust resistance. Painted parts are finished with low-gloss
Luminaire Size Recessed
baked enamel.
Nominal 2-1/2” aperture. 2’ and 4’ lengths available.
Reflectors
LSR9, LAR9: pre-finished white reflector system. LWR9: Specular
asymmetric reflector system. Black perforated metal diffuser LWR9
with round holes.
Shielding
LSR9, LAR9: Arc-shaped, parabolic low-iridescent semi-specular
LSR9
aluminum louver.
LAR9

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LSR9 G 1 28T5 LDL U4 120 GEB10 L/LP C201
Number of
lamps in Baffle (LSR9 and Shielding
Luminaire Ceiling type cross Section Lamp type LAR9 only (LWR9 only) Luminaire row length Voltage
LSR9 G Lay in grid 1 24T5HO* 2’24W T5HO LDL Low-iridescent HOL Black metal U2 2’ sections(s) 120
LAR9 54T5HO* 4’54W T5HO louver diffuser with U4 4’ sections(s) 277
round holes
LWR9 14T5 2’14W T5 347
28T5 4’28W T5 MVOLT (Not for use when
*Available with LWR9 only. specifying battery pack)

Ballast type Emergency type Lamp color Finish Options


GEB10 <10% THD EL Emergency battery pack L/LP No lamp C200 White (low gloss) CP Chicago plenum
ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (Not available in 347V; LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C201 Black (low gloss) FLNGW Flange kit (dry wall only) white
(54T5HO only) only available with 28T5
and 54T5HO) LP835 3500K 80+ CRI FLNGB Flange kit (dry wall only) black
ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim LP841 4100K 80+ CRI GLR Fusing (fast blow)
(28T4, 54T5HO)
Available with T5 only: GMF Fusing (slow blow)
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier NYC New York City code
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
factory for other options. LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult
factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

LSR9 Symmetric LAR9 Asymmetric


Louver Louver
3 3⁄4” (1) T5 3 3⁄4” (1) T5

2 1⁄2” 2 1⁄2”
3 1⁄2” 3 1⁄2”
LWR9 Wall-Wash
(1) T5, T5HO
PEERLESS

3
3 ⁄4”

2 1⁄4”

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 141

Peerless_ 138-145.indd 141 2/26/14 6:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended/Surface
LIGHTLINE®

®
LIGHTLINE Construction Finish
Housing is extruded aluminum forming a 2 3⁄4” x 2 1⁄2” Standard colors include satin anodized aluminum, and white
rectangular profile. Die-cast end plate mechanically attaches white (low gloss). Custom colors available, consult factory.
Indirect with no exposed fasteners.
Luminaire Length
Shielding 4’, 8’ and 12’ individual luminaire sections. Add 3⁄4” for each
LL1M2: Small windows with perforated steel overlay. end cap to determine total luminaire length. Using internal
LL1M3: Small windows with soft white aluminum baffle. joiners, 4’, 8’ and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer length
LL1M1
LL1M4: Long window with soft white aluminum baffle. luminaires.
Reflectors Smart Luminaire
LL1M4 Die-formed, pre-finished white reflector with hammertone Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
specular aluminum. network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
specification on website for details and option code.
Electrical
LL1M3 Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
LL1M2

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LL1M1 1 28T5 12FT R12 120 GEB10 SCT LP830 F1/12 C100
Number of Number of
lamps in Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire cross section Lamp type row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules Emergency type*
LL1M1 1 28T5 28W X FT R4* 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD (blank) None (blank) None
LL1M2 T5 (Not 4’ increments (Not 277 Electronic 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
available in available for OS5C* Osram Line or
LL1M3 347V LL1M2 T5/ 347 (Not 2SE 2 sections *Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of luminaire
available 0-10V (T8) sections. Separate feed required unless ELS or ELS2
LL1M4 54T5HO 54W T5HO T5HO, LL1M3 XSE X sections
T5/T5HO, for LL1M2 ADEZ* Advance is specified.
32 32W T8 LL1M4 T5/ T5/T5HO, Mark 10 dim
T5HO. Consult LL1M3 (T8, T5HO)
factory.) T5/T5HO, ADZT* Advance
LL1M4 Mark 7 0-10V
R8 8’ section(s) T5/T5HO, dim
R12 12’ section(s) LL1M5 T5)
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-
*R4-LL1M1 available Lume dim
for use with T8, T5,
HOT5 lamps. LL1M2, *Not available in 347V.
LL1M3, & LL1M4 in 4’ Reference Ballast Wizard on
only available with T8 website or consult factory for
other options.

Overall
Switching Lamp color Mounting type suspension Finish Options
SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling (universal 12 12” C041 White ACG Adjustable cable grippers
circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for mounting bracket) 15 15” white BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
energy saving T8 lamps. F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB with (low
18 18” gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
LP830 3000K 80+ CRI integrated J-box)
21 21” C100 Satin DL Damp location label
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI F2/ Hard ceiling (horizontal
J-box) 24 24” anodized DU Dust cover
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI XX XX” finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
F3/ Rigid stem
Overall suspension
C099 Custom GMF Fusing (slow blow)
Available with T5 only: is measured from
finish
MCS Matching feed canopy at support
LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier ceiling to bottom
of luminaire. NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier OJB Off set junction box
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along with F2, ACG and OJB options)
Reference Lamp Chart on website or XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
consult factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
2-1/2 Mitered “L”, “X” and “T” connectors available for suspended configurations.
PEERLESS

(6.4) Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.


2-3/4
(7.0)

142 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 138-145.indd 142 3/3/14 2:49 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

LIGHTLINE®
Construction
Housing is extruded aluminum forming a 2 3⁄4”x 2 1⁄2”
rectangular profile. Die-cast end plate mechanically attaches
with no exposed fasteners.
Finish
Standard colors include satin anodized aluminum, and white
white (low gloss). Custom colors available, consult factory. LIGHTLINEWall®
Luminaire Length
Reflectors 4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths for a single section. For total luminaire
Die-formed, pre-finished white reflector with hammertone length, add 3⁄4” for each end plate. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’,
specular aluminum. and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer rows.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.

LL1W1

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LL1W1 D 1 28T5 8FT R8 120 GEB10 SCT LP830 C100
Number of
lamps in cross Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire Mounting type section Lamp Type row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
LL1W1 D Wall spacer 1 28T5 28W XFT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
X 6” extended T5 (Not 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T5HO) 1SE 1 section
arm mount available
in 347V) R12 12’ section(s) 347 (Not ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim 2SE 2 sections
available DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim XSE X sections
54T5HO 54W T5HO for T5)
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory
for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C100 Satin anodized finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
EL Emergency battery LP835 3500K 80+ CRI C099 Custom finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
pack (Not available LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
in 347V)
EN Emergency battery
pack w/night light Available with T5 only:
circuit LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
(Not available in LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
347V)
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
*Emergency type is installed in last 4’
of luminaire sections. Separate feed Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult
required unless ELS or ELS2 is specified. factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. 6"
Configurations
Mitered inside and outside “L” connectors available for wall configurations.
PEERLESS

2-1/2
(6.4) Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
4 3/4”
2-3/4 2 1/4”
(7.0) 1 1/4”
5/8
(1.6)

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 143

Peerless_ 138-145.indd 143 3/3/14 2:49 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended/Surface
LIGHTLINE®

®
LIGHTLINE Construction Electrical
Extruded aluminum housing forms a 3 5⁄8” x 4 1⁄16” rectangular Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
profile. Die-cast aluminum end caps mechanically attach with wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Direct no exposed fasteners. Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Shielding Luminaire Length
LLMA, LLMS: Arc-shaped, parabolic low iridescent semi-specular LLMA, LLMS, LLMW: 4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section for
LLMW
or white painted aluminum louver. LLML: Softshine® high- exact suspension spacing of 4’, 8’, and 12’. For total luminaire
performance lens controls light distribution. Uniform luminance length, add 7⁄8” for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’
along the length of the lens is achieved with staggered lamps. and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer rows. LLML: Stand
alone sections are 3’10” (R4), 7’3” (R8), and 10’8” (R12). Rows
Reflectors are comprised of starter, joiner and ender sections of various
LLMA LLMW: Specular asymmetric reflector system with black lengths. Refer to planning guide on website for details. For total
perforated metal diffuser. LLMA, LLMS, LLML: High reflectance luminaire length, add 7⁄8” for each end cap.
white painted reflector system.
Finish
Satin anodized finish consists of satin anodized housing with
LLML
end caps painted to match. Custom colors available, consult
factory.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LLMA 1 28T5 SSB 40FT R8 120 GEB10 SCT LP835 F1/18 C100
Number
of lamps
in cross Maximum
Luminaire Mounting type section Lamp type Shielding Luminaire row length section length Voltage Ballast type
LLMA (blank) Suspended 1 28T5 28WT5 SSB Semi-specular X FT 4’ increments for LLMA, LLMS, LLMW R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD
LLMS S Surface 54T5HO 54WT5HO baffle (LLMA, R8 8’ section(s) 277 Electronic
(Not LLMS only) 3FT10IN Individual (R4) for LLML S* OS5C* Osram Line
LLMW R12 12’ section(s) 347
available WPB White painted 7FT3IN Individual (R8) for LLML S* or 0-10V
LLML with LLMA, baffle (LLMA, (T8)
10FT8IN Individual (R12) for LLML S*
LLMS) LLMS only) ADEZ* Advance
For LLML (Consult factory for row
32 32WT8(Not SSH Softshine lens lengths greater than 99FT6IN): Mark 10
available (LLML only) dim (T8,
with LLMW, 14FT1IN 38FT0IN 61FT11IN 85FT10IN T5HO)
LLML) 17FT6IN 41FT5IN ADZT* Advance
65FT4IN 89FT3IN
20FT11IN 44FT10IN Mark 7
68FT9IN 92FT8IN 0-10V dim
24FT4IN 48FT3IN 72FT2IN 96FT1IN DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-
27FT9IN 51FT8IN 75FT7IN 99FT6IN Lume dim
31FT2IN 55FT1IN 79FT0IN *Not available in 347V.
34FT7IN 58FT6IN 89FT5IN Reference Ballast Wizard on
*Surface Mount: Available with individual units only (3FT10IN, website or consult factory for
7FT3IN, 10FT8IN). other options.

Number of Mounting Type


emergency (Suspended
modules Emergency type* Switching Lamp color only) Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None SCT L/LP No lamp F1/ C041 ACG* Adjustable cable grippers
1SE 1 section EC Emergency Single L/LPE No lamp. Wired T-bar ceiling White BLK* Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
circuit circuit for energy (universal white
2SE 2 sections mounting (low CP* Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
saving T8 lamps.
XSE X sections EL Emergency bracket) gloss) DL Damp location label
battery LP830 3000K 80+ CRI
pack (Not F1A/ C100 GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI T-bar ceiling Satin
available in GMF Fusing (slow blow)
347V) LP841 4100K 80+ CRI (UMB with anodized
integrated J-box) finish MCS* Matching feed canopy at support
EN Emergency NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
battery Available with T5 only: F2/ C099
pack w/ Hard ceiling Custom NYC New York City code
LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI (horizontal J-box) finish
night light Premier OJB* Offset junction box
circuit (Not
available in LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI SLP* Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along with F2, ACG and OJB options)
347V) Premier XXXX Smart luminaire
*Emergency type is installed LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI *Suspended only.
in last 4’ of luminaire Premier
sections. Separate feed Reference Lamp Chart on website
required unless ELS or ELS2 is or consult factory for other
specified. options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
PEERLESS

44” 4
4” 44” Configurations
(10.3)
(10.3) (10.3)
(10.3) (10.3)
(10.3) 4 1⁄16” Mitered corner, “X,” and “T” connectors available for suspended
configurations. Additional pattern connector details available at
3-5/8 3-5/8 3-5/8
3-5⁄8”
(9.2) 3-5⁄8”
(9.2) 3-5⁄8”
(9.2) 3 5⁄8” PeerlessLighting.com.
(9.2) (9.2) (9.2)
LLMW Wall Wash LLMA Asymmetric Louver LLMS Symmetric Louver LLML Softshine

144 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 138-145.indd 144 3/3/14 2:49 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

LIGHTLINE®
Construction Finish
®
Extruded aluminum housing forms a 3 5⁄8” x 4 1⁄16”
rectangular profile. Die-cast aluminum end caps mechanically
attach with no exposed fasteners. Extended arm mount
Satin anodized finish consists of satin anodized housing
with end caps painted to match. Custom colors available, LIGHTLINE
(Mounting Type “X”) is extruded aluminum.
consult factory. Direct Wall
Electrical
Shielding Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire LLWW
LLWS, LLWA: Arc-shaped, parabolic low iridescent semi-specular wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
or white painted aluminum louver. LLWL: Softshine® high- Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
performance lens controls light distribution. Uniform luminance
along the length of the lens is achieved with staggered lamps. Luminaire Length
LLWS, LLWA, LLWW: 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section. For
Reflectors total luminaire length, add 7⁄8” for each end cap. Using internal LLWA
LLWW: Specular asymmetric reflector system with black joiners, 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer length
perforated metal diffuser. LLWA, LLWS, LLWL: High reflectance luminaires. LLWL: Stand alone sections are 3’10” (R4), 7’3” (R8),
white painted reflector system. and 10’8” (R12). Rows are comprised of starter, joiner and ender
sections of various lengths. Refer to planning guide on website
for details. For total luminaire length, add 7⁄8” for each end cap. LLWL

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LLWS D 1 28T5 SSB 40FT R8 277 GEB10 SCT LP835 C100
Number of
lamps in Maximum
Luminaire Height cross section Lamp type Shielding Luminaire row length section length Voltage Ballast type
LLWS D Wall spacer 1 28T5 28W T5 SSB Semi specular X FT 4’ increments for LLWA, LLWS, LLWW R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD
LLWA X 21” extended 54T5HO 54W baffle (LLWA, R8 8’ section(s) 277 Electronic
arm mount T5HO (Not LLWS only) 3FT10IN Individual (R4) for LLML S* OS5C* Osram Line or
LLWW R12 12’ section(s) 347
available WPB White 7FT3IN Individual (R8) for LLML S* 0-10V (T8)
LLWL with painted baffle 10FT8IN Individual (R12) for LLML S* ADEZ* Advance
LLWS,LLWA) (LLWA, LLWS Mark 10 dim
only) For LLML (Consult factory for row
32 32W T8 (Not lengths greater than 99FT6IN): (T8, T5HO)
available SSH Softshine ADZT* Advance
with LLWW, lens (LLWL 14FT1IN 38FT0IN 61FT1IN 85FT10IN Mark 7 0-10V
LLWL) only) dim
17FT6IN 41FT5IN 65FT4IN 89FT3IN
20FT11IN 44FT10IN 68FT9IN 92FT8IN DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-
Lume dim
24FT4IN 48FT3IN 72FT2IN 96FT1IN
75FT7IN *Not available in 347V.
27FT9IN 51FT1IN 99FT6IN
79FT0IN Reference Ballast Wizard on
31FT2IN 55FT1IN
website or consult factory for
34FT7IN 58FT6IN 82FT10IN
other options.

*Surface Mount: Available with individual units only


(3FT10IN, 7FT3IN, 10FT8IN).

Number of
emergency
modules Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) DL Damp location label
1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired C100 Satin anodized finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
2SE 2 sections EL Emergency for energy saving C099 Custom finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
battery pack (Not T8 lamps.
XSE X sections NYC New York City code
available in 347V) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI
EN Emergency LP835 3500K 80+ CRI
battery pack w/ LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
night light circuit
(Not available in
347V) Available with T5 only:
*Emergency type is installed in last LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
4’ of luminaire sections. Separate
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
feed required unless ELS or ELS2 is
specified. LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or
consult factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.

4
Configurations
4 (10.3) 4 1⁄16”
Mitered inside and outside corners available for wall configurations.
4
PEERLESS

(10.3)
(10.3) Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
3-5/8 3-5/8
(9.2) (9.2)
21 3-5/8 3 5⁄8”
(53.3) (9.2) 3/8 3/8
(1.0) (1.0)
LLWW Wall Wash LLWA Asymmetric Louver LLWS Symmetric Louver LLWL Softshine
X 21” Extended Mount D Wall Spacer
D Wall Spacer D Wall Spacer

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 145

Peerless_ 138-145.indd 145 3/3/14 2:49 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
LIGHTEDGE®

® Construction Electrical

LIGHTEDGE Housing and end caps are extruded aluminum forming an


8” x 1 1⁄2” rectangular profile.
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Rectangular Reflectors
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Die-formed center reflectors with baked-white enamel finish Luminaire Length
EGRM1 (nominal reflectance 90%) and specular aluminum side 4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension spacing
reflectors. EGRM9: Die-formed white painted reflector (nominal of 4’ and 8.’ For total luminaire length add 4” for each end cap.
reflectance 90%) and specular aluminum side reflector. Using internal joiners, 4’ and 8’ sections can be joined to form
EGRM2
longer-length luminaires.
Shielding
EGRM2: Opal acrylic overlay above die-punched slot pattern in Smart Luminaire
aluminum housing. EGRM4: Parabolic semi-specular aluminum Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
EGRM4 baffles. EGRM9: Crenulated GrateOptic® diffuser or flush network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
Softshine® high-performance lens. specification on website for details and option code.
Finish
EGRMA9 GTO
Satin anodized standard. Custom colors available,
consult factory.

EGRM9 SSH

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EGRM1 3 54T5HO 12FT R8 277 GEB10 DCT L/LP F2/15 C100 ACG
Number
of lamps Baffle
in cross Shielding (EGRM9 Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire section Lamp type (EGRM9 only) only) row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
EGRM1 1 54T5HO 54W T5HO GTO Grateoptic SSB Semi X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
EGRM2 2 28T5 28W SSH Softshine specular 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim 1SE 1 section
T5 (Not baffle (T5HO)
EGRM4 3 347 (Not available 2SE 2 sections
available in WPB White with 28T5) ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V
EGRM9 347V) painted XSE X sections
dim (T5, T5HO)
baffle
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
EGRM1 2 32 32W T8
*Not available in 347V.
EGRM2
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
consult factory for other options.

Overall
Emergency type* Switching Lamp Color Mounting Type suspension* Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C041 White white ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for (universal 15 15” (low gloss) BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
DCT Dual energy saving T8 mounting
EL Emergency bracket) 18 18” C100 Satin anodized CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
battery pack (Not circuit lamps. finish
F1A/ T-bar ceiling 21 21” DL Damp location label
available in 347V) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C099 Custom finish
(UMB with 24 24” DU Dust cover (not available with 3-lamp T5HO)
EN Emergency LP835 3500K 80+ CRI integrated
battery pack w/ XX XX” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI J-box)
night light circuit *Overall GMF Fusing (slow blow)
(Not available in F2/ Hard ceiling suspension is
(horizontal MCS Matching feed canopy at support
347V) Available with T5 only: measured from
J-box) ceiling to bottom NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
*Emergency type is installed LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI
in last 4’ of luminaire sections. Premier of luminaire. OJB Off set junction box
Separate feed required unless SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2, ACG
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI
ELS or ELS2 is specified. and OJB options)
Premier
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or
consult factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
1-1/2 Sweep, mitered corner, “T” and “X” mitered connectors available for suspended configurations.
(3.8) Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
8-1/8
(20.6)
PEERLESS

EGRM Rectangular

146 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 146 3/3/14 2:54 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

LIGHTEDGE®
®
Construction
Housing and end caps are extruded aluminum forming an 7 1⁄2”
x 1 1⁄2” rectangular profile.
Finish
Satin anodized standard. Custom colors available, consult
factory. LIGHTEDGE
Reflectors Electrical Rectangular Wall
Die-formed reflectors with baked-white enamel finish (nominal Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
reflectance 90%) and hammertone specular aluminum. wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Prismatic acrylic kicker lens. EGRW9: Die-formed white painted Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
reflector (nominal reflectance 90%) and hammertone specular
aluminum. Prismatic acrylic kicker lens. Luminaire Length EGRW2
4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire
Shielding length add 4” for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’ and
EGRW2: Opal, acrylic overlay above die-punched slot pattern 12’ sections can be joined to form longer-length luminaires. EGRW4 EXT
in aluminum housing. EGRW4: Indirect/direct with parabolic
semi-specular aluminum baffles, two per 4’ section. EGRW9:
Crenulated GrateOptic® diffuser or Softshine® high-
performance lens.
EGRW9

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EGRW1 1 54T5HO 40FT R12 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 C100
Numer of
lamps in Shielding Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire cross section Lamp type (EGRW9 only) row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
EGRW1 1 54T5HO 54W T5HO GTO GrateOptic XFT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (All) (blank) None
EGRW2 2 32 32W T8 SSH Softshine 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
EGRW4 R12 12’ section(s) 347 (Not available ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, T5HO) 2SE 2 sections
EGRW9 with 28T5) ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim (All) XSE X sections
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim (All)
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory
for other options.

Emergency Type* Switching Lamp Color Finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy C100 Satin anodized finish DU Dust cover
EL Emergency saving T8 lamps C099 Custom finish EXT 3” extended mount (consult factory)
battery pack (Not LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GLR Fusing (fast blow)
available in 347V) LP835 3500K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
battery pack w/
night light circuit
(Not available in Available with T5 only:
347V) LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
*Emergency type is installed in last
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
4’ of luminaire sections. Separate
feed required unless ELS or ELS2 is LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
specified.
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult
factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
1-1/2 Angular sweep connectors for inside corners and mitered connectors for inside and outside corners
1-1/2
(3.8) (3.8) available for wall configurations. Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
7-1/2
(19.1)
PEERLESS

3 7-1/2
(7.6) (19.1) EGRW
EGRW with EXT 3” Extended Mount

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 147

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 147 3/3/14 2:54 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
LIGHTEDGE®

®
LIGHTEDGE Construction Electrical
Housing and end caps are extruded aluminum forming an Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
8” x 1 3⁄4” angular profile for shallow and 7” x 2 1⁄2” angular wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Angular profile for deep. Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Reflectors Luminaire Length
Die-formed, pre-painted white steel, hammertone specular 4’, 8’ and 12’ (deep only) lengths in a single section for exact
aluminum and specular aluminum. suspension spacing of 4’, 8’ and 12’ (deep only). For total
luminaire length add 4” for each end cap. Using internal joiners,
Shielding 4’, 8’ and 12’ (deep only) sections can be joined to form longer-
EGSAM2 and EGAM2: Opal acrylic overlay above die-punched length luminaires
slot pattern in aluminum housing. EGSAM4: 18” parabolic
semi-specular aluminum baffles with or without perforated Smart Luminaire
shield, four per 4’ section. Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
Finish specification on website for details and option code.
Satin anodized standard. Custom colors available,
consult factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EGSAM1 2 54T5HO 40FT R8 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 F1/24 C100
Number of Luminaire Number of
lamps in Baffle row Maximum emergency
Luminaire cross section Lamp type (EGSAM4 only) length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
EGSAM1 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO SSB Semi specular X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
EGSAM2 28T5 28W T5 (Not available SSBP Semi specular 4’ R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
EGSAM4 in 347V) baffle with increments R12 12’ section(s) 347 (Not ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, 2SE 2 sections
32 32W T8 (Not available perf shield (Available with available T5HO) XSE X sections
with EGSAM4) EGAM1 and with ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V
EGAM1 1 54T5HO 54W T5HO EGAM2 only) 28T5) dim
EGAM2 2 28T5 28W T5 (Not available DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
3 in 347V) *Not available in 347V.
32 32W T8 (2-lamp only) Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
consult factory for other options.

Overall
Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting type suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C041 White ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for (universal mounting 15 15” white BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
circuit energy saving T8 bracket) (low
18 18” gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
EL Emergency lamps. F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB
with integrated 21 21” C100 Satin DL Damp location label
battery pack LP830 3000K 80+ CRI
(Not available J-box) 24 24” anodized DU Dust cover (not available with 3-lamp T5HO)
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI finish
in 347V) F2/ Hard ceiling XX XX” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI (horizontal J-box) C099 Custom
EN Emergency Overall GMF Fusing (slow blow)
battery pack suspension
finish
MCS Matching feed canopy at support
w/night light Available with T5 only: is measured
circuit (Not from ceiling NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI
available in Premier to bottom of OJB Offset junction box
347V) luminaire.
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2,
*Emergency type is ACG and OJB options)
Premier
installed in last 4’ of
luminaire sections. LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
Separate feed required Premier
unless ELS or ELS2 is Reference Lamp Chart on website or
specified. consult factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Sweep, mitered corner, “T” and “X” mitered connectors available for suspended configurations.
Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com
1-3/4 2-1/2
PEERLESS

(4.4) (6.4)
8
(20.3) 7
(17.8)
EGSAM Shallow Angular
EGAM Deep Angular

148 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 148 3/3/14 2:54 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

LIGHTEDGE®
®
Construction
Housing and end caps are extruded aluminum forming a
7 1⁄2” x 2 1⁄8” profile channel.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. LIGHTEDGE
Reflectors
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed. Angular Wall
Die-formed reflectors combine hammertone specular Luminaire Length
aluminum and baked white enamel (nominal reflectance 90%). 4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire
Prismatic acrylic kicker lens on 1-lamp product. length add 4” for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’ and
12’ sections can be joined to form longer-length luminaires.
Shielding Individual 2’ and 3’ units also available for EGAW1 and EGAW2, EGAW1 EXT
EGAW2 T5/T5HO: Opal acrylic overlay above die-punched slot consult factory.
pattern in aluminum housing. EGAW4: Parabolic semi-specular
aluminum baffles with opal diffuser, two per 4’ section.
Finish
Satin anodized standard. Custom colors available, EGAW2
consult factory.

EGAW4

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EGAW1 1 54T5HO 40FT R12 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 C100
Number of
lamps in Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire cross section Lamp type row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
EGAW1 1 (T5, T5HO, T8) 28T5 28W T5 X FT 4’ increments R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
EGAW2 2 (T5, T5HO) 54T5HO 54W T5HO R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
32 32W T8 R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, T5HO) 2SE 2 sections
EGAW4 2 (T5, T5HO) 28T5 28W T5 ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim XSE X sections
54T5HO 54W T5HO DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim

*Not available in 347V.


Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory for
other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) DL Damp location label
EC Emergency DCT Dual circuit (Not L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy C100 Satin anodized finish DU Dust cover
circuit available with saving T8 lamps. C099 Custom finish EXT 3” extended mount (consult factory)
EL Emergency T8 lamps) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GLR Fusing (fast blow)
battery pack LP835 3500K 80+ CRI
(Not available GMF Fusing (slow blow)
in 347V) LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
EN Emergency
battery pack Available with T5 only:
w/night light LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
circuit (Not
available in LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
347V) LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
*Emergency type is installed Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult
in last 4’ of luminaire factory for other options.
sections. Separate feed
required unless ELS or ELS2
is specified.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
2-1/4 Angular sweep connectors for inside corners and mitered connectors for inside and outside corners
(5.7) 2-1/4 available for wall configurations. Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
(5.7)
PEERLESS

7-1/2
(19.1) 7-1/2
3 (19.1)
EGAW Angular Wall
(7.6)

EGAW with EXT 3” Extended Mount

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 149

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 149 3/3/14 2:54 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
LIGHTEDGE®

®
LIGHTEDGE Construction Electrical
Housing and end caps are extruded aluminum forming an Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
8” x 1 9⁄16” curvilinear profile for shallow and 7” x 2 1⁄4” wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Curved curvilinear profile for deep. Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Reflectors Luminaire Length
Die-formed pre-painted white steel, hammertone specular 4’, 8’ and12’ (Deep only) lengths in a single section for exact
aluminum and specular aluminum. suspension spacing of 4’, 8’ and12’ (Deep only). For total
luminaire length add 4” for each end cap. Using internal joiners,
Shielding 4’, 8’ and12’ (Deep only) sections can be joined to form longer-
EGSCM2 and EGCM2: Opal acrylic overlay above die-punched length luminaires.
EGSCM1 slot pattern in aluminum housing. EGSCM4: 18” parabolic
semi-specular aluminum baffles with or without perforated Smart Luminaire
shield, four per 4’ section. Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
Finish specification on website for details and option code.
EGSCM2
Satin anodized standard. Custom colors available,
consult factory.

EGSCM4

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EGSCM1 2 54T5HO 40FT R8 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 F1/24 C100
Number of Number of
lamps in Baffle Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire cross section Lamp type (EGSCM4 only) row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
EGSCM1 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO SSB Semi- X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
EGSCM2 28T5 28W T5 (Not available in specular 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
EGSCM4 347V) SSBP Semi- R12 12’ section(s) 347 (Not ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, 2SE 2 sections
32 32W T8 (Not available with specular (Available with available T5HO)
baffle with XSE X sections
EGSCM4) EGCM1 and with ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
perf shield EGCM2 only) 28T5)
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
EGCM1 1 54T5HO 54W T5HO *Not available in 347V.
EGCM2 2 28T5 28W T5 (Not available in Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
3 347V) factory for other options.
32 32W T8 (2-lamp only)

Overall
Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting Type suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar 12 12” C041 White ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for ceiling 15 15” white BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
(universal (low
EL Emergency battery DCT Dual energy saving T8 lamps.
mounting 18 18” gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
pack (Not available circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI bracket) 21 21” C100 Satin DL Damp location label
with U2 or U3; not LP835 3500K 80+ CRI
available in 347V) F1A/ T-bar 24 24” anodized DU Dust cover
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI ceiling XX XX” finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
EN Emergency battery (UMB with
pack w/night Overall
C099 Custom GMF Fusing (slow blow)
integrated finish
light circuit (Not Available with T5 only: J-box) suspension MCS Matching feed canopy at support
available with U2 LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier F2/ Hard ceiling is measured
or U3; not available from ceiling NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
in 347V) LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier (horizontal
J-box)
to bottom of OJB Off set junction box
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier luminaire.
SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2,
*Emergency type is installed in last Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult ACG and OJB options)
4’ of luminaire sections. Separate factory for other options. XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
feed required unless ELS or ELS2 is
specified.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Sweep, mitered corner, “T” and “X” mitered connectors available for suspended configurations.
Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
2-1/4 1-5/8
(4.1)
PEERLESS

(5.7)
8
7 (20.3)
(17.8)
EGSCM Shallow Curved
EGSCM Deep Curved

150 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 150 3/3/14 2:54 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

LIGHTEDGE®
®
Construction
Housing and end caps are extruded aluminum forming a 7 1⁄2”
x 2 1⁄4” curvilinear profile.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. LIGHTEDGE
Reflectors
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed. Curved Wall
Die-formed reflectors combine hammertone specular Luminaire Length
aluminum and baked white enamel (nominal reflectance 90%). 4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire
Prismatic acrylic kicker lens on 1-lamp product. length add 4” for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’ and
12’ sections can be joined to form longer-length luminaires.
Shielding Individual 2’ and 3’ units also available EGCW1 EXT
EGCW2: Opal acrylic overlay above die-punched slot pattern in (EGCW1 and EGCW2 only), consult factory.
aluminum housing. EGCW4: Parabolic semi-specular aluminum
baffles with opal diffuser, two per 4’ section.
Finish
Satin anodized standard. Custom colors available, EGCW2
consult factory.

EGCW4

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EGCW1 1 54T5HO 40FT R12 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 C100
Number of Number of
lamps Baffle Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire in cross section Lamp type (EGSCM4 only) row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
EGCW1 1 (T5, T5HO, T8) 28T5 28W T5 SSB Semi-specular XFT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
EGCW2 2 (T5, T5HO) 54T5HO 54W T5HO SSBP Semi-specular 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
EGCW4 32 32W T8 (Not available baffle with perf R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, 2SE 2 sections
with EGCW4) shield T5HO) XSE X sections
ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Overall suspension


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for C100 Satin anodized finish DU Dust cover
EL Emergency battery energy saving T8 lamps. C099 Custom finish EXT 3” extended mount (consult factory)
pack (Not available in LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GLR Fusing (fast blow)
347V) LP835 3500K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency battery LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
pack w/night light
circuit (Not available
in 347V) Available with T5 only:
*Emergency type is installed in last 4’ LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
of luminaire sections. Separate feed
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
required unless ELS or ELS2 is specified.
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier

Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult


factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
2-1/4 Curved sweep connectors for inside corners and mitered connectors for inside and outside corners
(5.7) 2-1/4 available for wall configurations. Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
(5.7)
7-1/2
PEERLESS

(19.1)
EGCW Curved Wall 3 7-1/2
(7.6) (19.1)
EGCW with EXT 3” Extended Mount

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 151

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 151 3/3/14 2:54 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
ICETRAY®

®
ICETRAY Construction Electrical
Nominal 10” x 3” (9” x 3” for IRM8) with extruded aluminum Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
spine and nominal 4’ one-piece aluminum baffle assemblies. wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Indirect/Direct Steel and die-cast aluminum sculptured end cap. Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Reflectors Luminaire Length
White painted center reflector is integrated with 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
the baffle (nominal 90% reflectance). Perforated side reflector/ spacing of 4’, 8’ and 12’. For total luminaire length, add 1 3⁄8” for
shield. One-lamp uses hammertone center reflector. each end cap. Using internal joiners 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections can be
joined to form longer rows.
Shielding
Straight blade baffles with perforated side reflector/shield. Smart Luminaire
Optional opal acrylic diffuser overlay (recommended with T5HO Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/
lamps). or network control available. Limitations may apply, see
specification sheets on website for details and option code.
Finish
Satin anodized or white polyester powder paint. Satin
anodized finish consists of satin anodized housing, clear-coated
aluminum baffles and end caps painted C110 to match.
Note that clear coated aluminum baffles retain the slight
imperfections and characteristics of the raw aluminum source
material. Custom colors available, consult factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: IRM8 2 54T5HO OPD 20FT R8 120 GEB10 1SE EL SCT LP835 F1/18 C100
Number of Number of
lamps in Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire cross aection Lamp type Distribution* Shielding row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
IRM8 1 (T5/T5HO 28T5 28W T5 (blank) T8: 85% up, 15% down (blank) No opal diffuser X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD (blank) None
IAM8 only) 54T5HO 54W T5/T5HO: 85% up, 15% down OPD Opal diffuser 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 Electronic 1SE 1 section
ICM8 2 T5HO 50/50 50% up, 50% down (T8 only) (Recommended R12 12’ section(s) 347 OS5C* Osram Line or 2SE 2 sections
3 32 32W T8 40/60 40% up, 60% down with T5HO 0-10V (T8)
not available *Not available with XSE X sections
4 (T5/T5HO only) 4-lamp cross section. ADEZ* Advance Mark 10
with 5/95 dim (T8, T5HO)
30/70 30% up, 70% down (T8 only) distribution)
5/95 5% up, 95% down (Not ADZT* Advance Mark 7
available with OPD) 0-10V dim
* T8: Nominal percentages without OPD DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume
shielding. dim
T5/T5HO: Nominal percentages with OPD *Not available in 347V.
(except 5/95) Reference Ballast Wizard on
Variable distributions not available website or consult factory for
with DU. other options.

Overall
Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting Type Suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C041 White ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired (universal 15 15” white BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3 mtg)
circuit DCT Dual for energy mounting 18 18” (low
bracket) gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
EL Emergency circuit saving T8 lamps. 21 21”
DL Damp location label
battery LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F1A/ T-bar ceiling 24 24” C100 Satin
pack (Not (UMB with XX XX” anodized DU Dust cover (Not available with 5/95 or 40/60 T5HO and T8; 50/50, 30/70 T8; 3- or
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI integrated finish 4-lamp T5HO)
available in
347V) LP841 4100K 80+ CRI J-box) C099 Custom GLR Fusing (fast blow)
F2/ Hard ceiling Overall finish
EN Emergency suspension GMF Fusing (slow blow)
battery Available with T5 only: (horizontal
J-box) is measured MCS Matching feed canopy at support
pack w/ LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI from ceiling
night light F3/ Rigid stem NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
Premier to bottom of
circuit (Not luminaire. NYC New York City code
available in LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI
347V) Premier OJB Offset junction box
*Emergency type is LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along with F2, ACG and OJB options)
installed in last 4’ of Premier XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
luminaire sections. Reference Lamp Chart on
Separate feed required website or consult factory for
unless ELS or ELS2 is other options.
specified.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

Configurations
PEERLESS

3 1⁄8” 3 1⁄2” 3 1⁄8”


Tenon “L”, “X”, “T” and straight connectors available for suspended configurations.
9” 9 3⁄4” 10 1⁄2” Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
IRM8 Rectangular IAM8 Angular ICM8 Curved
(1, 2, 3, 4) T5, T5HO (1, 2, 3, 4) T5, T5HO (1, 2, 3, 4) T5, T5HO
(2, 3, 4) T8 (2, 3, 4) T8 (2, 3, 4) T8

152 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 152 3/3/14 2:55 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

ICETRAY®
®
Construction
Housing is extruded aluminum with one-piece aluminum baffle
and a steel end cap.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. ICETRAY
Reflectors
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed. Indirect/Direct Wall
Reflecting surfaces have white finish (nominal 90% reflec- Luminaire Length
tance). Nominal 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections form row lengths. For longer
run lengths, sections are attached using internal joiners. Add
Shielding 1 3⁄8” for each end cap to determine total luminaire length.
Straight blade baffles with perforated side reflector/shield and Using internal joiners 4’, 8’, and 12’ fixtures can be joined to form IRW8
opal acrylic diffuser overlay. longer rows.
Finish
Satin anodized or white polyester powder paint. Satin
anodized finish consists of satin anodized housing, clear-coated
aluminum baffles and end caps painted C110 to match. IAW8
Note that clear-coated aluminum baffles retain the slight
imperfections and characteristics of the raw aluminum source
material. Custom colors available, consult factory.
ICW8

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: IAW8 2 54T5HO OPD 20FT48 120 GEB10 SCT LP835 C041
Number of
lamps in Fixture Maxium Number of emergency
Fixture cross section Lamp type Shielding row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
IRW8 1 28T5 28W T5 (blank) No opal X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
IAW8 2 54T5HO 54W OPD Opal overlay 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
ICW8 T5HO recommended R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, 2SE 2 sections
32 32W T8 with T5HO T5HO) XSE X sections
ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy (low gloss) DU Dust cover
EL Emergency battery saving T8 lamps. C100 Satin GLR Fusing (fast blow)
pack (Not available LP830 3000K 80+ CRI anodized
finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
in 347V) LP835 3500K 80+ CRI
C099 Custom NYC New York City code
EN Emergency battery LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
pack w/night light finish
circuit (Not available
in 347V) Available with T5 only:
*Emergency type is installed in last 4’ LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
of luminaire sections. Separate feed
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
required unless ELS or ELS2 is specified.
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult
factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
PEERLESS

3-1/4 3-1/2 3-1/8


(8.3) (8.9) (7.9)

5-7/8 6-1/4 6-5/8


(14.9) (15.9) (16.8)
IRW8 Rectangular Wall IAW8 Angular Wall ICW8 Curved Wall

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 153

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 153 3/3/14 2:55 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
ICETRAY®

®
ICETRAY Construction Electrical
Nominal 7” x 4” (6” x 4” for IRDM8) extruded aluminum spine Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
and nominal 4’ one-piece aluminum baffle assemblies. Steel wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Direct and die-cast aluminum sculptured end cap. Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Reflectors Luminaire Length
White painted center reflector (nominal 90% reflectance). 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
Perforated side reflector/shield. spacing of 4’, 8’ and 12’. For total luminaire length, add 1 3⁄8” for
each end cap. Using internal joiners 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections can be
Finish joined to form longer rows.
Satin anodized or white polyester powder paint. Satin
anodized finish consists of satin anodized housing, clear-coated Smart Luminaire
aluminum baffles and end caps painted C110 to match. Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/
Note that clear-coated aluminum baffles retain the slight or network control available. Limitations may apply, see
imperfections and characteristics of the raw aluminum source specification sheets on website for details and option code.
material. Custom colors available, consult factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ICDM8 S 1 54T5HO OPD 12FT R8 277 GEB10 SCT LP835 C041
Number of Luminaire Number of
lamps in row Maximum emergency
Luminaire Ceiling type cross section Lamp type Shielding length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
IRDM8 (blank) Suspended 1 28T5 28W T5 OPD Straight blade X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
IADM8 S Surface mounted 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO baffle with 4’ R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
opal diffuser increments
ICDM8 32 32W T8 (Not available R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim 2SE 2 sections
with 2-lamp (T8, T5HO) XSE X sections
cross section) ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V
SBP Straight dim
blade baffle DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
with side *Not available in 347V.
perforated Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
shield consult factory for other options.

Overall
Emergency type* Switching Lamp Color Mounting type Suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C041 White ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired (universal 15 15” white BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
DCT Dual for energy saving T8 mounting (low (not available with F3)
EL Emergency bracket) 18 18” gloss)
battery pack (Not circuit lamps. CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
F1A/ T-bar ceiling 21 21” C100 Satin
available in 347V) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI DL Damp location label
(UMB with 24 24” anodized
EN Emergency LP835 3500K 80+ CRI integrated finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
battery pack w/ XX XX”
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI J-box) C099 Custom GMF Fusing (slow blow)
night light circuit Overall
(Not available in F2/ Hard ceiling suspension
finish MCS Matching feed canopy at support
347V) Available with T5 only: (horizontal is measured
J-box) NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
*Emergency type is installed in last LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier from ceiling
F3/ Rigid stem to bottom of OJB Off set junction box
4’ of luminaire sections. Separate
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier luminaire. NYC New York City code
feed required unless ELS or ELS2 is
specified. LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier SCEP Sculptured end cap
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along with
factory for other options. F2, ACG and OJB options)
XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
3-7/8 3-7/8 3/8 Tenon “L”, “T”, “X” and straight connectors available for suspended configurations.
(9.8) (9.8) (1.0) Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
3-7/8
PEERLESS

6-3/8 7 (9.8)
(16.2) (17.8)
IRDM8 Rectangular with IADM8 Angular with 7-1/8
SBP Perforated Side Shield SBP Perforated Side Shield (18.1)
ICDM8 Curved with OPD Opal Diffuser
and S Surface Mounted

154 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 154 3/3/14 2:55 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

ICETRAY®
®
Construction
Nominal 4” x 7” (4” x 6” for IRDW8) extruded aluminum spine
and nominal 4’ one-piece aluminum baffle assemblies. Steel
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. ICETRAY
and die-cast aluminum sculptured end cap. Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed. Direct Wall
Reflectors Luminaire Length
IRDW8
White painted center reflector (nominal 90% reflectance). 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
spacing of 4’, 8’ and 12’. For total luminaire length, add 1 3⁄8”
Shielding for each end cap. Using internal joiners 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections
Straight blade baffles with intermediate or standard brightness can be joined to form longer rows. Individual 2’ and 3’ units also
opal acrylic diffuser overlay. available, consult factory ICDW8
Finish
Satin anodized or white polyester powder paint. Satin
anodized finish consists of satin anodized housing, clear-coated
aluminum baffles and end caps painted C110 to match.
Note that clear-coated aluminum baffles retain the slight
IADW8
imperfections and characteristics of the raw aluminum source
material. Custom colors available, consult factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: IADW8 1 28T5 OPI 24FT R8 120 GEB10 SCT LP841 C100
Number of lamps Luminaire Maxium Number of
Luminaire in cross section Lamp type Shielding row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
IRDW8 1 28T5 28W T5 OPI Intermediate X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
IADW8 54T5HO 54W T5HO brightness 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
opal diffuser
ICDW8 32 32W T8 R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, 2SE 2 sections
OPD Standard T5HO)
brightness XSE X sections
opal diffuser ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy C100 Satin anodized finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
EL Emergency saving T8 lamps. C099 Custom finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
battery pack (Not LP830 3000K 80+ CRI NYC New York City code
available in 347V) LP835 3500K 80+ CRI
EN Emergency LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
battery pack w/
night light circuit
(Not available in Available with T5 only:
347V) LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
*Emergency type is installed in last
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
4’ of luminaire sections. Separate
feed required unless ELS or ELS2 is LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
specified. Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult
factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
6-3/8 7 7-1/8 Tenon inside, outside “L” and straight connectors available for suspended configurations.
(16.2) (17.8) (18.1)
Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
PEERLESS

3-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8


(9.8) (9.8) (9.8)
3/8 3/8 3/8
(1.0) (1.0) (1.0)
IRDW8 Rectangular Wall IADW8 Angular Wall ICDW8 Curved Wall

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 155

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 155 3/3/14 2:55 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
CERRA®

®
CERRA 7 Construction Finish
Nominal 7” x 2” crescent housing is formed from one-piece Fine-textured, white or aluminum polyester powder paint.
cold-rolled steel. Flat end plate standard. Sculptured die-cast Custom colors available, consult factory.
aluminum end cap is optional.
Electrical
Reflectors Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
7CRM1
7CRM1, 7CRM2, 7CRM7: Die-formed highly reflective white or wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
specular reflector. 7CRM3: Reflecting surfaces have white finish Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
(nominal 90% reflectance).
Luminaire Length
Shielding 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
7CRM2
7CRM2: Die-punched 1⁄4” square windows on lower housing spacing of 4’, 8’, and 12’ (nominal suspension spacing for 7CRM3).
with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. 7CRM3: White painted For total luminaire length, add 1⁄16” for each flat end plate or 3”
steel baffles with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. Die-punched for each sculptured end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’, and 12’
perforations on uppper housing with acrylic opal diffuser sections can be joined to form longer length luminaires.
7CRM3 overlay. 7CRM7: Die-punched perforations on lower housing
with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. Smart Luminaire
Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/
or network control available. Limitations may apply, see
7CRM7 specification sheets on website for details and option code.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 7CRM1 2 54T5HO WHR 40FT R12 277 GEB10 DCT LP835 F1/18 C210 SCEP
Number of
lamps in Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Reflector row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
7CRM1 1 28T5 28W T5 WHR White reflector X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
7CRM2 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO (standard) 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OSDIM* Osram 0-10V dim (T5HO) 1SE 1 section
7CRM3 3 SPR Specular reflector R12 12’ section(s) 347 (Not ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T5HO) 2SE 2 sections
(Not available for available
7CRM7 7CRM3) ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim XSE X sections
with T5
lamps) DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
*Not available in 347V
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Overall
Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting type suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C110 Painted ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI (universal 15 15” aluminum BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
circuit DCT Dual LP835 mounting (low gloss)
3500K 80+ CRI bracket) 18 18” CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
EL Emergency circuit C210 White white
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI F1A/ T-bar ceiling 21 21” (fine-textured DL Damp location label
battery pack
(Not available in (UMB with 24 24” low gloss) DU Dust cover (may not be available for all units)
347V) Available with T5 only: integrated XX XX” C099 Custom finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
J-box)
EN Emergency LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Overall suspension GMF Fusing (slow blow)
battery pack Premier F2/ Hard ceiling is measured from
(horizontal MCS Matching feed canopy at support
w/night light LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI ceiling to bottom of
circuit (Not J-box) luminaire. NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
Premier
available in NYC New York City code
347V) LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI
Premier OJB Offset junction box
*EN, EL and EC are installed
in last 4’ of luminaire Reference Lamp Chart on SCEP Sculptured end cap
sections. Separate feed website or consult factory for SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2,
required unless ELS or ELS2 other options. ACG and OJB options)
is specified. XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Cast tenon corners, “T” and “X” connectors and tenons available for suspended configurations.
Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
PEERLESS

2-3/8
(6.0)
7-1/8
(18.1)

156 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 156 3/3/14 2:55 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended

CERRA®
Construction
Nominal 10” x 3” crescent housing is formed from one-piece
cold-rolled steel. Flat end plate standard. Sculptured die-cast
aluminum end cap is optional.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
CERRA® 10
Reflectors Luminaire Length
10CRM1, 10CRM2, 10CRM6: Die-formed highly reflective white 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
10CRM1
or specular reflector. 10CRM3: Reflecting surfaces have white spacing of 4’, 8’, and 12’ (nominal suspension spacing for
finish (nominal 90% reflectance). 10CRM3). For total luminaire length, add 1⁄16” for each flat end
plate or 3” for each sculptured end cap. Using internal joiners, 10CRM2
Shielding 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer length
10CRM2: Die-punched 3⁄8” square windows on lower housing luminaires.
with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. 10CRM6, 10CRM7: Die-
punched perforations on housing with acrylic opal diffuser Smart Luminaire 10CRM3
overlay. 10CRM3: White painted steel baffles with acrylic opal Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/
diffuser overlay (for 10CRM3 T5). Die-punched perforations on or network control available. Limitations may apply, see
upper housing with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. specification sheets on website for details and option code.
10CRM6
Finish
Fine-textured, white or aluminum polyester powder paint.
10CRM7 SCEP
Custom colors available, consult factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 10CRM1 2 32 WHR 40FT R8 120 GEB10 DCT C110
Number of
lamps in cross Luminaire Maximum
Luminaire section Lamp type Reflector row length section length Voltage Ballast type
10CRM1 1 2 3 4 32 32W T8 WHR White reflector (standard) X FT 4’ increments R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic
SPR Specular reflector (Not R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8)
10CRM2 2 3 4 32 32W T8 available for 10CRM3) R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, T5HO)
ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
10CRM3 1 2 3 28T5 28W T5 DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
54T5HO 54W T5HO
*Not available in 347V.
10CRM3 2 3 4 32 32W T8
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory for
other options.
10CRM6 2 32 32W T8

10CRM7 2 3 4 32 32W T8

Overall
Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting type suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C110 Painted ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. (universal 15 15” aluminum BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
circuit DCT Dual Wired for mounting (low
bracket) 18 18” gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
EL Emergency circuit energy saving
T8 lamps. F1A/ T-bar ceiling 21 21” C210 White DL Damp location label
battery pack
(Not available LP830 3000K 80+ CRI (UMB with 24 24” white DU Dust cover (not available with 3- or 4-lamp T5/T5HO)
in 347V) integrated XX XX” (fine- GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI J-box) textured
EN Emergency LP841 4100K 80+ CRI Overall low gloss) GMF Fusing (slow blow)
battery pack F2/ Hard ceiling suspension
w/night light Available with T5 only: (horizontal is measured
C099 Custom MCS Matching feed canopy at support
circuit (Not LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI J-box) from ceiling
finish NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
available in Premier F3/ Rigid stem to bottom of NYC New York City code
347V) LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI luminaire.
SCEP Sculptured end cap
*EN, EL and EC are Premier SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along with F2, ACG and OJB options)
installed in last 4’ of
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
luminaire sections.
Premier
Separate feed required
unless ELS or ELS2 Reference Lamp Chart on
is specified. website or consult factory
for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Cast corner and tenon connectors available for suspended configurations.
Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.
PEERLESS

2-5/8 2-5/8
(6.7) (6.7)
10 10
(25.4) (25.4)

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 157

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 157 3/3/14 2:55 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
CERRA®

®
CERRA ID Construction Electrical
Nominal 10” x 3” crescent housing is formed from one-piece Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG fixture
cold-rolled steel. Flat end plate standard. Sculptured die-cast wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
aluminum end cap is optional. Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Reflectors Luminaire Length
Die-formed highly reflective white or specular reflector. 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for nominal suspension
spacing of 4’, 8’, and 12’. For total luminaire length, add 1⁄16”
Shielding for each flat end plate or 4” for each sculptured end cap. Using
SSB—Parabolic aluminum baffle with semi specular finish internal joiners, 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections can be joined to form
SBL—Steel straight blade baffle longer length luminaires.
PPL—Perforated steel straight blade baffle
WPB—Parabolic aluminum baffle with white finish Smart Luminaire
Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
10CRM4 Finish network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
Fine-textured, white or aluminum polyester powder paint. specification on website for details and option code.
Custom colors available, consult factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 10CRM4 2 28T5 WHR SSB 40FT R12 277 GEB10 DCT LP835 F1/18 SCEP
Number
of lamps
in cross Luminaire Maximum
Luminaire section Lamp type Reflector VDR Baffle row length section length Voltage Ballast type
10CRM4 1 28T5 28W T5 WHR White 40/60 40% Up, 60% SSB Semi specular X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic
2 54T5HO 54W T5HO reflector Down SBL White steel 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8,
(standard) 20/80 20% Up, 80% blade HOT5)
3 32 32W T8 R12 12’ section(s) 347
SPR Specular Down PPL White DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
reflector 0/100 0% Up, 100% perforated ADZT Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
Refer to photometric Down steel baffle
test for exact *Not available in 347V
CLI Center Lamp WPB White Baffle Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
distribution. Isolator (pre-finished or factory for other options.
(Available with painted)
3-lamp cross
section only)

Number of
emergency Mounting Overall
modules Emergency type* Switching Lamp color type suspension Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar 12 12” C110 Painted ACG Adjustable cable grippers
1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired ceiling 15 15” aluminum BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
circuit DCT Dual for energy (universal (low
2SE 2 sections mounting 18 18” gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
circuit saving lamps
XSE X sections EL Emergency bracket) 21 21” C210 White DL Damp location label
battery LP830 3000K 80+ CRI
pack (Not F1A/ T-bar 24 24” white DU Dust cover (not available with 3 54T5HO)
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI ceiling (fine-
available in XX XX” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
347V) LP841 4100K 80+ CRI (UMB with textured
integrated Overall low GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency J-box) suspension gloss) MCS Matching feed canopy at support
battery Available with T5 only: is measured
pack w/ F2/ Hard from ceiling
C099 Custom NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
LP830P 3000K 80+ ceiling finish
night light CRI Premier to bottom of NYC New York City code
circuit (Not (horizontal luminaire.
available in LP835P 3500K 80+ J-box) OJB Off set junction box
347V) CRI Premier F3/ Rigid stem SCEP Sculptured end cap
EL and EC are installed LP841P 4100K 80+ SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2,
in last 4’ of luminaire CRI Premier ACG and OJB options)
sections. Separate feed Reference Lamp Chart on XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
required. website or consult factory for
other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Cast corner and tenon connectors available for suspended configurations.
PEERLESS

2-5/8
(6.7)
10
(25.4)

158 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 158 3/3/14 2:55 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

CERRA®
Construction
Housing is formed from one-piece cold-rolled steel. Flat end
plate standard. Sculptured die-cast aluminum end cap is
optional.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
CERRA® WALL
Reflectors Luminaire Length
Die-formed highly reflective white or specular reflector. CRW1 T5/T5HO, CRW2 T5/T5HO: Nominal 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections
CRW1
form row lengths. Actual section length is 11 5⁄8” per nominal
Shielding foot specified. For total run length, add 1⁄16” for each flat end
CRW2: Die-punched 3⁄8” square windows on lower housing plate or 4” for each sculptured end cap. For longer run lengths,
with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. CRW3: Die-punched sections are attached using internal joiners. Consult factory for CRW2
perforated window on lower housing with acrylic opal diffuser 2’ and 3’ individual sections. CRW1 T8, CRW2 T8, CRW3, CRW4,
overlay. CRW4: Window opening with straight blade baffle and CRW7: Nominal 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections form row lengths. Consult
white opal overlay. CRW7: Die-punched perforations on lower factory for 2’ and 3’ sections. For total run length, add 1⁄16” for
housing with acrylic opal diffuser overlay. CRW3
each flat end plate or 4” for each sculptured end cap. For longer
Finish run lengths, sections are attached using internal joiners.
Fine-textured, white or aluminum polyester powder paint. CRW4
Custom colors available, consult factory.

CRW7

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CRW1 1 54T5HO WHR 40FT R12 277 GEB10 SCT LP835 C210 SCEP
Number Number of
of lamps in Shielding Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Reflector (CRW4 only) row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
CRW1 1 28T5 28W T5 WHR White reflector (blank) Standard X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
CRW2 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO (standard) Perforation 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
CRW3 32 32W T8 SPR Specular Perf Continuous R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, 2SE 2 sections
reflector Perforation T5HO)
CRW4 Top Edge XSE X sections
CRW7 (CRW4 DMHL3D* Lutron
only) Hi-Lume dim
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Shielding Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp WHR White C110 Painted DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy saving T8 lamps. reflector aluminum (low DU Dust cover
(standard) gloss)
EL Emergency battery pack (Not available LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GLR Fusing (fast blow)
in 347V) SPR Specular C210 White white
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI reflector (fine-textured GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency LP841 4100K 80+ CRI low gloss) SCEP Sculptured end cap
battery pack w/night light circuit (Not
available in 347V) Available with T5 only: C099 Custom finish
*EL and EC are installed in last 4’ of luminaire sections and LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
are not available concurrently with each other. Separate LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
feed required for each EL or EC unless ELH is specified.
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult
factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
2-3/4 Cast aluminum tenon, inside and outside “L” connectors available for wall configurations.
PEERLESS

(7.0) Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.

7-5/8
(19.4)

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 159

Peerless_ 146-159.indd 159 3/3/14 2:55 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
PRIMA®

®
PRIMA Construction
9” x 3” one-piece cold-rolled steel housing with flat end plate.
Reflectors
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Die-formed highly reflective white or specular reflector.
Luminaire Length
Shielding 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
PRM3: Die-punched perforated hole pattern. spacing of 4’, 8’, and 12’. For total luminaire length add 1⁄16”
PRM4: Semi-specular parabolic aluminum baffles. for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections
PRM6 and PRM7: Die-punched perforations can be joined to form longer-length luminaires.
on housing.
Smart Luminaire
Finish Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
Fine-textured, white or aluminum paint. Custom colors network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
available, consult factory. specification on website for details and option code.

ORDERING INFORMATION Example: PRM1 1 32 WHR 40FT R12 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 F1/24 C518
Number of
Number Baffle Shielding Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire of lamps Lamp type Reflector (PRM4 only) (PRM4 only) row length section length Voltage Ballast modules
PRM1 1 32 32W T8 WHR White SSB Semi- OPD Baffle with X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
2 reflector specular standard 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, T5HO) 1SE 1 section
(standard) WPB White brightness ADZT* Advance Mark 70 10V dim 2SE 2 sections
3 opal R12 12’ section(s) 347
SPR Specular painted DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim XSE X sections
4 reflector baffle diffuser
overlay
PRM3 2 32 32W T8 *Not available in 347V.
PRM7 3 Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.
4
PRM4 1 28T5 28W T5
2 54T5HO 54W
T5HO
3 32 32W T8
PRM6 2 32 32W T8

Overall
Emergency* Switching Lamp color Mounting suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C110 Painted ACG Adjustable cable grippers
circuit L/LPE No lamp. (universal 15 15” aluminum BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
EC Emergency Wired for mounting 18 18” (low gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
circuit DCT Dual energy saving
T8 lamps. bracket 21 21” DL Damp location label
circuit 24 24” C518 White DU Dust cover
EL Emergency LP830 3000K 80+ CRI F1A/ T-bar ceiling (fine-textured GLR
battery pack (Not LP835 3500K 80+ CRI XX XX Fusing (fast blow)
(UMB with low gloss) GMF Fusing (slow blow)
available n 347V) LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
Available with T5 only: XX XX” C099 Custom finish NYC New York City code
EN Emergency integrated NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
LP830P 3000K 80+
battery pack w/ CRI Premier J-box) MCS Matching feed canopy at support
night light circuit LP835P 3500K 80+ OJB Offset junction box
(Not available in CRI Premier F2/ Hard ceiling SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along with F2, ACG
347V) LP841P 4100K 80+ (horizontal and OJB options)
CRI Premier J-box) XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
*EL and EC are installed in
last 4’ of luminaire sections. Reference Lamp Chart on
F3/ Rigid stem
Separate feed required unless website or consult factory for
ELS or ELS2 is specified. other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

3 3 3
(7.6) (7.6) (7.6)
PEERLESS

9 9 9
(22.9) (22.9) (22.9)
PRM1 Indirect PRM4 Indirect/Direct PRM6 Fully perforated
PRM3 Lightvent
PRM7 Partially perforated

160 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 160 3/3/14 2:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended

MIRAGE®
Construction
Housing is extruded aluminum forming a 9 7⁄8” x 2 3⁄4”
profile. Die-cast end caps are mechanically attached with no
exposed fasteners.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
MIRAGE®
Reflectors Luminaire Length
Die-formed, hammertone specular aluminum. 4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
spacing of 4’, 8’, and 12’. For total luminaire length, add 4 1⁄4”
Shielding for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’ and 12’ sections
Satin aluminum parabolic baffles with luminous edges and can be joined to form longer rows.
VisorOptic™ opal diffuser lamp shield (T5HO only).
Finish
Satin anodized or white paint standard; custom colors available.
Design detail: black perforated side strips.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MRM4 154T5HO 36FT R12 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 C041
Number of Number of
lamps in Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Baffle row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules Emergency types*
MRM4 1 54T5HO 54W T5HO SSB Semi- XFT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD (blank) None (blank) None
2 32 32WT8 specular 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 Electronic 1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit
baffle ADEZ* Advance
R12 12’ section(s) 347 2SE 2 sections EL Emergency battery pack (Not
Mark 10 dim available in 347V)
XSE X sections
ADZT* Advance EN Emergency battery pack
Mark 7 w/night light circuit (Not
0-10V dim available in 347V)
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi- *Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of
Lume dim luminaire sections. Separate feed required
*Not available in 347V. unless ELS or ELS2 is specified.
Reference Ballast Wizard on
website or consult factory for
other options.

Switching Lamp color Mounting type Overall suspension Finish Options


SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C041 White white ACG Adjustable cable grippers
DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired (universal 15 15” (low gloss) BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
for energy saving mounting bracket) 18 18” C100 Satin CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
T8 lamps. F1A/ T-bar ceiling (UMB 21 21” anodized
with integrated finish DL Damp location label
LP830 3000K 80+ CRI 24 24”
J-box) C099 Custom GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI XX XX
F2/ Hard ceiling finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI (horizontal J-box) Overall suspension is MCS Matching feed canopy at support
measured from ceiling to
Reference Lamp Chart on website or bottom of luminaire. NYC New York City code
consult factory for other options. OJB Offset junction box
SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2, ACG and OJB
options)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
2-3/4 2-3/4 Aluminum cast corners available. Additional pattern
PEERLESS

(7.0) (7.0) connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.


9-7/8 9-7/8
(25.1) (25.1)
MRM4 with VisorOpticTM

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 161

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 161 3/3/14 2:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall
LIGHTFOIL®2 & 3

®
LIGHTFOIL 2 & 3 Construction Luminaire Length
Housing and cylinder are extruded aluminum. Foil is 21-5/8”, 43”, 53” 65’ and 76” individual fixture sections with
Reynobond® (Alcoa) composite consisting of two sheets cylinders. 16”, 35”, 45” 57” and 69” individual fixture sections
of corrosion resistant aluminum laminated to an extruded without cylinders.
thermoplastic core material.
Reflectors
Finish Die-formed pre-finished white steel, hammertone specular
Foil is available in bronze, silver and white. Housing and aluminum and specular aluminum.
cylinders are painted in complementary beige, aluminum
and white.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LF2FW 2 24T5HO U3 277 GEB10 SCT LP830 C223
Number
of Emergency type*
Series lamps Lamp t ype Luminaire row length Voltage Ballast (Not available for Sconce)
LF2FW 1,2 24T5HO 24W 2’ T5HO U1* 1’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
LF3FW 1,3,4 39T5HO 39W 3’ T5HO U2 2’ section(s) 277
ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (54T5HO only) EC Emergency circuit
54T5HO 54W 4’ T5HO U3 3’ sections(s) 347 (Not available
28T5 28W 4’ T5 (3- or 4-lamp) U4 4’ sections(s) for sconce) ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim EL Emergency battery pack (Not
21T5 21W 3’ T5 (3- or 4-lamp) *Sconce only (28T5 or 54T5HO only) available in 347V; only available with
14T5 14W 2’ T5 (3- or 4-lamp) 28T5 and 54T5HO lamping)
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim (T5 or T5HO)
42TRT* Sconce (1-lamp LF2FW EN Emergency battery pack w/night
only) *Not available in 347V.
light circuit (Not available in 347V;
57TRT* Sconce (1-lamp LF3FW Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory
for other options.
only available with 28T5 and 54T5HO
only) lamping)
*EL, EN, and EC only available with SCT.
*Not available in 347V.

Switching Lamp color Finish Options


SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C222 Bronze DL Damp location label
DCT Dual circuit (Not LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C223 Silver metallic FEP Flat endplate (no cylinder)
available for Sconce) LP835 3500K 80+ CRI C224 Bone white GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)

Available with T5 only:


LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


ASDF

Drawings are for dimensional detail and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions
LENGTH WITH are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
LAMP TYPE LENGTH CYLINDERS
42RT OR 57 16’” 21-5/8” LF2FW Lightfoil 2
2 3 ⁄4”
14T5, 24T5HO 35” 43” 4 7⁄ 8 ”
2’, 3’, 4’ versions (1, 2) T5, T5HO
21T5, 39T5HO 45” 53” 1’ sconce (1) 42W TRT
28T5, 54T5HO 57” 65” compact fluorescent

11 3 ⁄4”
LF3FW Lightfoil 3
PEERLESS

3 3 ⁄4” 2’, 3’, 4’ versions (2, 3, 4) T5, T5HO


6 1 ⁄4” 1’ sconce (1) 57W TRT
compact fluorescent

14 3 ⁄ 8”

162 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 162 2/26/14 7:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

PEERLESS COVE
Construction
Pre-finished cold-rolled sheet steel housing forms a 6 1⁄8” x 1
7⁄8” (HCM5) rectangular channel. One-piece cold rolled sheet
steel housing with die-formed end plate forms a 7 1⁄4”x 3 3⁄4”
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
PEERLESS COVE
(7ECXM5) and 8 ¾” x 2 3⁄4” (9ECXM5) rectangular channel.
Luminaire Length
Reflectors Available in nominal 2,’ 3,’ 4,’ and 8’ sections.
HCM5: Die-formed, white reflector with a minimum 85%
reflectance. Optical system includes micro-prismatic, 100%
virgin acrylic optical lens.7ECXM5/9ECXM5: Reflectors combine
hammertone specular aluminum and baked white enamel
(nominal reflectance 86%). Optical system includes
micro-prismatic, 100% virgin acrylic optical lens.
Finish
White painted.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HCM5 1 39T5HO U3 120 GEB10 LP835 GLR
Number of
Number of lamps Luminaire emergency
Luminaire in cross section Lamp type row length Voltage Ballast type modules
HCM5* 1 54T5HO 4’ 54W T5HO U2 2’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
39T5HO 3’ 39W T5HO U3 3’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (32) 1SE 1 section
24T5HO 2’ 24W T5HO U4 4’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (32, 54T5HO) 2SE 2 sections
28T5 4’ 28W T5 U8 8’ section(s) MVOLT (Not for use when ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim (32, 28T5, 54T5HO) XSE X sections
21T5 3’ 21W T5 specifying battery DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
pack)
14T5 2’ 14W T5 *Not available in 347V.
7ECXM5 1 32 4’ T8 Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory for other
options.
9ECXM5 2 25 3’ T8
17 2’T8

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy saving T8 lamps. DU Dust cover
EL Emergency battery pack (Not available (7ECXM5, 9ECXM5 only) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GLR Fusing (fast blow)
with U2 or U3; not available in 347V) LP835 3500K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency battery pack w/night light LP841 4100K 80+ CRI NYC New York City code
circuit (Not available with U2 or U3; not
available in 347V) RIF2 Radio interference filter
Available with T5 only:
*Not for use when specifying battery pack; not available for T8. LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

1-7/8 2-3/4
(4.8) 3-3/4 (7.0)
PEERLESS

6 (9.5)
(15.2) 8-3/4
7-1/4 (22.2)
HCM5 (18.4) 9ECXM5
7ECXM5

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 163

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 163 3/3/14 2:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
NARO

NARO Construction
Nominal 4 1⁄2”W x 2 1⁄4”H (T5/T5HO) and 5 1⁄4”W x 2 3⁄4”H (T8)
extruded aluminum housing. Die-cast aluminum end caps are
mechanically attached with no exposed fasteners.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.

Reflectors Luminaire Length


Semi-specular high reflectance aluminum or high reflectance 4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire length
NRM9 T8 white painted steel. Select semi-specular (SPR) for a wide add 1⁄2” for each standard end cap or 4-½” for each sculptured
distribution and maximum row spacing. Select white (WHR) for end cap (T5/T5HO only). Using internal joiners, 4’ and 8’ sections
narrow applications (i.e. corridors) to soften side wall shadows. can be joined to form longer rows.
Shielding Eco-Friendly Packaging
NRM9 T5
Frosted acrylic diffuser. 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box, 100% recycled
cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable,
Finish protective luminaire bag.
NRM9 T5 White, polyester powder painted or satin anodized. Satin
Sculptured anodized consists of satin anodized housing with end caps Smart Luminaire
End Cap painted C110 (aluminum) to match. Custom colors available, Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
consult factory. network control available. Limitations may apply, consult
factory for details and option code.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: NRM9 2 28T5 SPR FST 40FT R8 277 GEB10 DCT LP835 F1/18 C100
Number of
lamps in cross Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire section Lamp type Reflector Shielding row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
NRM9 1 28T5 28W T5 SPR Specular FST Frosted X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
2 54T5HO 54W T5HO reflector diffuser 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8)
3 WHR White 1SE 1 section
347 (Not available ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8,
reflector with 28T5) T5HO)
NRM9 1 32 32W T8 2SE 2 sections
2 ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
XSE X sections
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting type Overall Suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C041 ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired (universal 15 15” White white BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
circuit DCT Dual for energy mounting 18 18” (low gloss)
saving T8 lamps CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
EL Emergency circuit bracket) 21 21” C100 Satin
LP830 3000K 80+ CRI anodized DL Damp location label
battery 24 24”
pack (Not LP835 3500K 80+ CRI F1A/ T-bar ceiling finish DU Dust cover (not available with 3-lamp T5HO)
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI XX XX”
available in (UMB with Overall suspension is C099 GLR Fusing (fast blow)
347V) Available with T5 only: integrated measured from ceiling to Custom GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI bottom of luminaire. finish
Premier J-box) MCS Matching feed canopy at support
battery
pack w/ LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI F2/ Hard ceiling NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
night light Premier (horizontal OJB Offset junction box
circuit (Not LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI
available in J-box) SCEP Sculptured end cap (available with T5/T5HO only)
Premier
347V) SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified along with F2,
Reference Lamp Chart on website or F3/ Rigid stem ACG and OJB options)
*Emergency type is installed consult factory for other options.
in last 4’ of luminaire sections. XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
Separate feed required unless
ELS or ELS2 is specified.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Mitered corner, “X” and “T” connectors available for suspended configurations
2-¼” 2-¼” (T5/T5HO only). Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
(5.7) (5.7)
PEERLESS

4-½”
(11.4) 5-¼”
NRM9 T5 NRM9 T8 13.3
(1, 2, 3) T5, T5HO (1, 2) T8

164 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 164 3/3/14 2:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Walll

NARO
Construction
Nominal 4 1⁄2”W x 2 1⁄4”H (T5/T5HO) and 5 1⁄4”W x 2 3⁄4”H (T8)
extruded aluminum housing. Die-cast aluminum end caps are
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. NARO
mechanically attached with no exposed fasteners Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed. WALL
Reflectors Luminaire Length
Die-formed, white pre-finished steel and prismatic 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire
kicker lens (T5/T5HO). length add 1⁄2” for each standard end cap or 4 1⁄2” for each
NRW9 T8
Shielding sculptured end cap (T5/T5HO only). Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’
Frosted acrylic diffuser. and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer rows.

Finish Eco-Friendly Packaging


White, polyester powder paint or satin anodized. Satin 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box, 100% recycled NRW9 T5
anodized finish consists of satin anodized housing with end cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable,
caps painted C110 (aluminum) to match. Custom colors available, protective luminaire bag.
consult factory.
NRW9 T5
Sculptured
End Cap

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: NRW9 1 28T5 WHR FST 40FT R8 277 GEB10 SCT LP835 C100
Number of
lamps in Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Reflector Shielding row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
NRW9 1 28T5 28W T5 WHR White FST Frosted X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
2 (T8 only) 54T5HO 54W T5HO reflector diffuser 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
32 32W T8 R12 12’ section(s) 347 (Not ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, 2SE 2 sections
available T5HO) XSE X sections
with T5) ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim *For T8, emergency type is
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim installed in last 4’ of luminaire
*Not available in 347V. sections. Separate feed required
unless ELS or ELS2 is specified.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp type Finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) DL Damp location label
EC Emergency circuit DCT Dual circuit (T8 only) L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy saving T8 C100 Satin anodized finish DU Dust cover
EL Emergency battery pack lamps. C099 Custom finish GLR Fusing (fast blow)
(Not available in 347V) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
EN Emergency battery pack LP835 3500K 80+ CRI NYC New York City code
w/night light circuit (Not LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
available in 347V) SCEP Sculptured end cap (T5/T5HO only)
*Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of
luminaire sections. Separate feed required Available with T5 only:
unless ELS or ELS2 is specified. LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory
for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
3 3
Configurations
⁄8” ⁄8” Mitered corner connector available for wall configurations (T5/T5HO only).
Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
PEERLESS

2 3⁄4”
2 1⁄4”

4 1⁄2” 5 1⁄4”
NRW9 T5 (1) T5, T5HO NRW9 T8 (1, 2) T8

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 165

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 165 2/26/14 7:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
TULIP

TULIP Construction Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.


Extruded aluminum housing forms a 3 5⁄8” x 4” curved channel.
Die-cast aluminum end caps are mechanically attached with no Luminaire Length
exposed fasteners. TLMA, TLMS, TLMW: 4’, 8’ and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact
suspension spacing of 4’, 8’ and 12’. For total luminaire length, add
Reflectors 3⁄8” for each end cap or 1” for each sculptured end cap (SCEP) when
TLMA TLMW: Specular asymmetric reflector system with black perforated F3 stem mount or option ELS2 is specified. Using internal joiners, 4’,
metal diffuser. TLMA, TLMS, TLML: High reflectance white painted 8’ and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer rows. TLML: Stand
reflector system. alone sections are 3’10” (R4), 7’3” (R8), and 10’8” (R12). Rows are
comprised of starter, joiner and end sections of various lengths.
TLMS Shielding Refer to planning guide on website for details. For total luminaire
TLMA, TLMS: Arc-shaped, parabolic low iridescent semi-specular or length, add 3⁄8” for each end cap or 1” for each sculptured end cap
white painted aluminum louver. TLML: Softshine® high performance (SCEP) when F3 stem mount or option ELS2 is specified.
lens controls light distribution. Uniform luminance along the length
TLMW of the lens is achieved with staggered lamps. Eco-Friendly Packing
100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box, 100% recycled
Finish cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable, protective
Satin anodized or white low gloss paint. With satin anodized option, luminaire bag.
TLML housing is satin anodized and end caps are painted to match.
Custom colors available, consult factory. Smart Luminaire
Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or network
Electrical control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire specification
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire wires. on website for details and option code.
For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: TLMA 1 28T5 SSB 40FT R8 120 GEB10 SCT LP835 F1/18 C100
Number of Maximum Number of
lamps in Luminaire section emergency
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Shielding row length Length Voltage Ballast type modules
TLMA 1 28T5 28W T5 SSB Semi specular baffle For TLMA, TLMS, TLMW: R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (All) (blank) None
TLMS 54T5HO 54W (TLMA, TLMS) X FT 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8) 1SE 1 section
TLMW T5HO (Not WPB White painted baffle For TLML: 3FT10IN Individual (R4) R12 12’ section(s) 347 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, 2SE 2 sections
available (TLMA, TLMS) T5HO)
TLML with 7FT3IN Individual (R8) XSE X sections
SSH Softshine lens (TLML) ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim
TLMA, 10FT8IN Individual (R12)
TLMS) (All)
32 32W T8 DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim (All)
(TLMA, *Not available in 347V.
TLMS only) Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
consult factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting type Overall suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C041 White ACG Adjustable cable grippers
EC Emergency circuit circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired (universal 15 15” white BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy (not available with F3)
for energy saving mounting (low
EL Emergency bracket) 18 18” gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
battery pack T8 lamps.
F1A/ T-bar ceiling 21 21” C100 Satin DL Damp location label
(Not available in LP830 3000K 80+ CRI
347V) (UMB with 24 24” anodized GLR Fusing (fast blow)
LP835 3500K 80+ CRI integrated J-box) finish
EN Emergency XX XX” GMF Fusing (slow blow)
LP841 4100K 80+ CRI F2/ Hard ceiling C099 Custom
battery pack w/ Overall suspension is MCS Matching feed canopy at support
night light circuit (horizontal J-box) measured from ceiling to
finish
NYC New York City code
(Not available in Available with T5 only: bottom of luminaire.
347V) OJB Offset junction box
LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI
Premier SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified with F2, ACG
and OJB options)
*Emergency type is installed LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI
in last 4’ of luminaire sections. Premier XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)
Separate feed required unless
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI
ELS or ELS2 is specified.
Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or
consult factory for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Mitered “L”, “X” and “T” connectors available for suspended configurations.
4” 4” 4” 4” Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
PEERLESS

3 5⁄8” 3 5⁄8” 3 5⁄8” 3 5⁄8”


TLMA Asymmetric TLMS Symmetric TLMW Wall-Wash TLML Softshine®
(1) T5, T8 (1) T5, T8 (1) T5, T5HO (1) T5, T5HO

166 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 166 2/26/14 7:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

TULIP
Construction
Extruded aluminum housing forms a 3 5⁄8” x 4” curved
channel. Die-cast aluminum end caps mechanically attach with
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory. TULIP
no exposed fasteners. Extended arm mount (option “X”) is Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed. WALL
extruded aluminum and die-cast aluminum, extending 21”.
Luminaire Length
Reflectors TLWA, TLWS, TLWW: 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section.
TLWA
TLWW: Specular asymmetric reflector system with black For total luminaire length, add 3⁄8” for each end cap. Using
perforated metal diffuser. TLWA, TLWS, TLWL: High reflectance internal joiners, 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections can be joined to form
white painted reflector system. longer length luminaires. Individual 2’ and 3’ luminaires also
available. TLWL: Stand alone sections are 3’10” (R4), 7’3” (R8),
Shielding and 10’8” (R12). Rows are comprised of starter, joiner and end
TLWS
TLWA, TLWS: Arc-shaped, parabolic low iridescent semi-specular sections of various lengths. Refer to planning guide on website
or white painted aluminum louver. TLWL: Softshine® high for details. For total luminaire length, add 3⁄8” for each end cap.
performance lens controls light distribution. Uniform luminance
along the length of the lens is achieved with staggered lamps. Eco-Friendly Packing
TLWW
100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box, 100% recycled
Finish cardboard cradles and kraft paper tape. Biodegradable, rotective
Satin anodized or white low gloss paint. With satin anodized luminaire bag.
option, housing is satin anodized and end caps are painted to
match. Custom colors available, consult factory. TLWL

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: TLWA D 1 28T5 SSB 40FT R8 277 GEB10 SCT LP835 C100
Number of
Mounting lamps in Luminaire Maximum
Luminaire Type cross section Lamp type Shielding row length Section Length Voltage Ballast Type
TLWA D Wall spacer 1 28T5 28W T5 SSB Semi For TLWA, TLWS, TLWW: R2 2’ individual 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic
TLWS X 21” 54T5HO 54W T5HO specular X FT 4’ increments unit (Not 277 (All)
extended baffle available on OS5C* Osram Line or 0-10V (T8)
TLWW 32 32W T8 (TLWA, For TLWL: 3FT10IN Individual (R4) TLWL) 347
arm mount (TLWA, TLWS ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8,
TLWL TLWS) 7FT3IN Individual (R8) R3 3’ individual
only) T5HO)
WPB White 10FT8IN Individual (R12) unit (Not
painted available on ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V
baffle TLWL) dim (All)
(TLWA, R4 4’ section(s) DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim (All)
TLWS) *Not available in 347V.
R8 8’ section(s)
SSH Softshine Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
lens R12 12’ section(s)
consult factory for other options.
(TLWL)

Number of
emergency modules Emergency type* Switching Lamp Color Finish Options
(blank) None (blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low DL Damp location label
1SE 1 section EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy saving gloss) GLR Fusing (fast blow)
2SE 2 sections EL Emergency battery pack T8 lamps. C100 Satin anodized finish GMF Fusing (slow blow)
XSE X sections (Not available in 347V) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI C099 Custom finish NYC New York City code
EN Emergency battery pack w/ LP835 3500K 80+ CRI
night light circuit (Not available LP841 4100K 80+ CRI
in 347V)

Available with T5 only:


*Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of
luminaire sections. Separate feed required LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier
unless ELS or ELS2 is specified. LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier
LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory
for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Mitered “L”, “X” and “T” connectors available for suspended configurations.
TLWA Asymmetric Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
4” (1) T5, T5HO, T8 4”
PEERLESS

21” 5
⁄8”
3 5⁄8”
⁄16”
7 X 21” Extended arm mount

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 167

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 167 2/26/14 7:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
ENVISION®

®
ENVISION Construction
Housing is extruded aluminum forming a 8” x 3” curved profile.
Die-cast end plate attaches with no exposed fasteners.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
Shielding
ENM2, ENM3: Die-punched pattern in aluminum housing. Luminaire Length
ENM4: Parabolic, semi-specular aluminum baffles. VisorOptic 4’ 1⁄4”, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
opal diffuser lamp shield (T5HO only). spacing of 4’, 8’, and 12’. For total luminaire length add 1⁄2” for
each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections can be
Reflectors joined to form longer-length luminaires.
Die-formed pre-painted white steel, hammertone specular
aluminum and specular aluminum. Smart Luminaire
Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
Finish network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
Satin anodized or white paint standard. Custom colors specification on website for details and option code.
available, consult factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ENM1 1 32 40FT R12 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 F1/24 C041
Shielding Number of
Number of Baffle (ENM2, Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire lamps in cross section Lamp type (ENM4 only) ENM3 only) row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
ENM1 1 (Not available with 1ENM3) 32 32WT8 SSB Semi- HOL Holes XFT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB110 <10% THD (blank) None
ENM2 2 specular SLT Slots 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 Electric (All) 1SE 1 section
ENM3 3 WPB White WIN Windows R12 12’ section(s) 347 OS5C* Osram Line or 2SE 2 sections
painted 0-10V (T8)
ENM4 baffle XSE X sections
ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim (T8, T5HO)
ENM4 1 28T5 28WT5
ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim (All)
2 54T5HO 54WT5HO
DMHL3D Lutron Hi-Lume dim (All)
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult
factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting type Overall suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C041 White ACG Adjustable cable grippers
circuit (universal white
EC Emergency circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for 15 15” BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
DCT Dual energy saving T8 lamps. mounting (low
EL Emergency battery pack bracket) 18 18” gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A mtg only)
circuit
(Not available in 347V) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI 21 21” DL Damp location label
F1A/ T-bar ceiling C100 Satin
EN Emergency battery pack LP835 3500K 80+ CRI (UMB with 24 24” anodized DU Dust cover
w/night light circuit (Not LP841 4100K 80+ CRI integrated J-box) finish
available in 347V) XX XX” GLR Fusing (fast blow)
Available with T5 only: F2/ Hard ceiling C099 Custom
Overall suspension is GMF Fusing (slow blow)
LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier (horizontal J-box) measured from ceiling to
finish
*Emergency type is installed in last 4’ MCS Matching feed canopy at support
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier bottom of luminaire.
of luminaire sections. Separate feed NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
required unless ELS or ELS2 is specified. LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier
NYC New York City code
EL and EN not available with DCT option Reference Lamp Chart on website or
in 4’ individual luminaires. consult factory for other options. OJB Offset junction box
SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified
with F2, ACG and OJB options)
XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Mitered corner, “T” and “X” connectors available for ENM1, ENM2, ENM3 suspended
3 3 3 2-9/16
(7.6) (7.6) (7.6) (6.5) configurations. Cast corner connectors available for ENM4 suspended configurations.
Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
8 8 8 8
(20.3) (20.3) (20.3) (20.3)
PEERLESS

ENM1 Indirect ENM2 Indirect/Open ENM3 Indirect/Lightvent ENM4 Indirect/Direct

168 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 168 3/3/14 2:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wall

ENVISION®
Construction
Housing is extruded aluminum forming a 9” x 3” curved profile.
Die-cast end plate attaches with no exposed fasteners.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
ENVISIONWall®
Reflectors
Die-formed, pre-finished steel and hammertone specular Luminaire Length
aluminum reflector. 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section. For total luminaire
length add 1⁄2” for each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’,
Finish and 12’ sections can be joined to form longer-length luminaires.
Satin anodized or white paint standard. Custom colors Individual 2’ and 3’ units also available, consult factory.
available, consult factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ENW1 01005 32 40FT R12 120 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP835 F1/24 C041
Number of
lamps in Luminaire Maximum Number of
Luminaire cross section Lamp type row length section length Voltage Ballast type emergency modules
ENW1 0110005 1 32 32W T8 XFT 4’ increments R2 2’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD Electronic (blank) None
020006 2 R3 3’ section(s) 277 ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 dim 1SE 1 section
R4 4’ section(s) 347 ADZT* Advance Mark 7 0-10V dim 2SE 2 sections
R8 8’ section(s) DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim XSE X sections
R12 12’ section(s) *Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or consult factory
for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Finish Options


(blank) None SCT Single circuit L/LP No lamp C041 White white (low gloss) CFG Configuration
EC Emergency circuit DCT Dual circuit L/LPE No lamp. Wired for energy saving C100 Satin anodized finish DL Damp location label
EL Emergency battery pack T8 lamps. C099 Custom finish DU Dust cover
(Not available in 347V) LP830 3000K 80+ CRI GLR Fusing (fast blow)
EN Emergency battery pack w/night LP835 3500K 80+ CRI GMF Fusing (slow blow)
light circuit (Not available in 347V) LP841 4100K 80+ CRI NYC New York City code
*Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of luminaire
sections. Separate feed required unless ELS or ELS2 is Reference Lamp Chart on website or consult factory
specified. for other options.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
Configurations
Cast inside and outside corner connectors available for wall configurations.
3” Additional pattern connector details available at PeerlessLighting.com.
(7.6)
9”
PEERLESS

(22.9)

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 169

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 169 2/26/14 7:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Suspended
AERO AND ENZO®

AERO®AND Construction Luminaire Length


6 1⁄2” x 2 3⁄16” one-piece cold-rolled steel housing with flat 4’, 8’, and 12’ lengths in a single section for exact suspension
end plate. spacing of 4’, 8’, and 12’. For total luminaire length add 1/16” for

ENZO Reflectors
Die-formed highly reflective white or specular reflector.
each end cap. Using internal joiners, 4’, 8’, and 12’ sections can be
joined to form longer-length luminaires.
Smart Luminaire
Shielding Integrated occupancy sensing, daylight detection and/or
AEM1
AEM2, EZM2: Die-punched, perforated hole pattern. network control available. Limitations may apply, see luminaire
AEM2 specification on website for details and option code.
Finish
AEM2-CWIN
Fine-textured, white or aluminum paint. Custom colors
available, consult factory.
Electrical
Specify 120V, 277V or 347V. Pre-wired with 16AWG luminaire
EZM1 wires. For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
Plug-in electrical connectors included. UL and cUL Listed.
EZM2

EZM2-CWIN

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AEM1 1 54T5HO WHR 40FT R12 277 GEB10 2SE EL SCT LP841 F1/24 C518 GLR
Number of Shielding Number of
lamps in (AEM2 and Luminaire Maximum emergency
Luminaire cross section Lamp type Reflector EZM2 only) row length section length Voltage Ballast type modules
AEM1 1 28T5 28W T5 WHR White (blank) Partial X FT R4 4’ section(s) 120 GEB10 <10% THD (blank) None
AEM2 2 54T5HO 54W T5HO reflector perforation 4’ increments R8 8’ section(s) 277 Electronic 1SE 1 section
EZM1 SPR Specular CWIN Continuous R12 12’ section(s) 347 (Not ADEZ* Advance Mark 10 2SE 2 sections
reflector perforation available with dim (T5HO)
EZM2 XSE X sections
T5) ADZT* Advance Mark 7
0-10V dim
DMHL3D* Lutron Hi-Lume dim
*Not available in 347V.
Reference Ballast Wizard on website or
consult factory for other options.

Emergency type* Switching Lamp color Mounting type Overall suspension Finish Options
(blank) None SCT Single L/LP No lamp F1/ T-bar ceiling 12 12” C110 Painted ACG Adjustable cable grippers
circuit (universal aluminum
EC Emergency circuit LP830 3000K 80+ CRI 15 15” BLK Black cord, cord manager and canopy
DCT Dual mounting (low
EL Emergency battery LP835 3500K 80+ CRI bracket) 18 18” gloss) CP Chicago plenum (available with F1A only)
circuit
pack (Not available with LP841 4100K 80+ CRI 21 21” DL Damp location label
U2 or U3; not available F1A/ T-bar ceiling C518 White
in 347V) (UMB with 24 24” (fine- DU Dust cover
Available with T5 only: integrated XX XX” textured GLR Fusing (fast blow)
EN Emergency battery J-box) low gloss)
pack w/night light LP830P 3000K 80+ CRI Premier Overall suspension is GMF Fusing (slow blow)
circuit (Not available F2/ Hard ceiling measured from ceiling to
C099 Custom
LP835P 3500K 80+ CRI Premier (horizontal finish MCS Matching feed canopy at support
with U2 or U3; not bottom of luminaire.
available in 347V) LP841P 4100K 80+ CRI Premier J-box) NEPP5D nLight enabled control module per row/zone
NYC New York City code
*EL and EC are installed in last 4’ of Reference Lamp Chart on website or OJB Off set junction box
luminaire sections and are not available consult factory for other options. SLP Sloped ceiling (for 10-45°, must be specified
together. Separate feed required for each along with F2, ACG and OJB options)
EL, EC or EN unless ELH is specified.
XXXX Smart luminaire (see note above)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.peerlesslighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
PEERLESS

2-3/16 2-3/16
(5.6) (5.6)
6-1/2 6-1/2
(16.5) (16.5)
AEM Aero EZM Enzo

170 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 170 3/3/14 2:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Quickship

QUICKSHIP
Don’t want to pay extra but still need it fast? These
luminaires QuickShip within 10-days* without a surcharge.
*From date of order activation at factory. 500 ft. order limit. Standard lamps only. Emergency
option limited to placement in the last 4’ module of luminaire section. Hardware can be
shipped in advance of luminaire shipment after 3 days of order activation. Ask your agent for details.

Staple Prima ID Naro Cerra 7 Lightvent Cerra 10 Lightvent Bruno ID IceTray IceTray IceTray
Baffle PRM4QST NRM9QST 7CRM3QST 10CRM3 QST BRM4QST Angular ID Rectangular ID Curved ID
Luminaire SPM4QST Cerra 10 ID ICM8QST IRM8QST IRM8QST
Staple Lens 10CRM4QST
SPM9QST
T5/T5HO 2,3,4 (10CRM3)
1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4
Lamp Type 1,2,3 (10CRM4)
T8 2,3,4 (10CRM3)
1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2 N/A 1,2,3 2,3,4 2,3,4 2,3,4
Lamp Type 1,2,3 (10CRM4)
Color WHITE
Distribution INDIRECT/DIRECT
GEB10 Generic non-dim (32 T8, 28 T5, 54 T5HO) ADEZ Advance Mark “X” dim (54T5HO)
Ballast Type GEB10/347V 347V Generic non-dim (32 T8) OSDIM Osram 0-10V dim (54T5HO)
OS5C Osram 0-10V dim or line voltage control (32 T8) ADZT Advance Mark “VII” 0-10V dim (54T5HO)
EC Emergency circuit
Emergency
EL Emergency battery pack

These luminaires QuickShip within 5 days* with a small surcharge.


*From date of order activation at factory. 500 ft. order limit. Standard lamps only. Emergency option
limited to placement in the last 4’ module of luminaire section. Hardware can be shipped in advance of
luminaire shipment after 3 days of order activation. Ask your agent for details.

Naro Cerra 7 Lightvent Cerra 10 Lightvent Bruno ID IceTray IceTray Rectangular ID IceTray
Luminaire NRM9QS 7CRM3QS 10CRM3QS BRM4QS Angular ID IAM8QS IRM8QS Curved ID IRM8QS
Cerra 10 ID 10CRM4QS
T5/T5HO 2,3,4 (10CRM3)
1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4
Lamp Type 1,2,3 (10CRM4)
T8 2,3,4 (10CRM3)
1,2 N/A 1,2,3 2,3,4 2,3,4 2,3,4
Lamp Type 1,2,3 (10CRM4)
Color WHITE
Distribution INDIRECT/DIRECT
GEB10 Generic non-dim (32 T8, 28 T5, 54 T5HO) ADEZ Advance Mark 10 dim (54T5HO)
Ballast Type
OS5C Osram 0-10V dim or line voltage control (32 T8) OSDIM Osram 0-10V dim (54T5HO)
PEERLESS

EC Emergency circuit
Emergency
EL Emergency battery pack

TO ORDER: For complete product catalog number, go to PeerlessLighting.com/QuickShip and click on your product choice for spec sheet.

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 171

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 171 2/26/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
OPTION AND WIRING GUIDE

General Options
DL Damp location label. Fixtures will be shipped compliant with UL requirements for damp location fixtures.
DU Clear plastic dust cover.
FEP Flat end plates. When sculptured end plates are standard, product will be shipped with flat end plates instead. Applies to LF2FW and LF3FW only.
GLR Fusing (fast blow). Electronic ballasts contain inherent electrical protection. Select GLR if code or regulation requires externally fused ballasts.
GMF Fusing (slow blow). Electronic ballasts contain inherent electrical protection. Select GMF if code or regulation requires externally fused ballasts.
NYC New York City code. Fixtures will be shipped compliant with New York City code requirements.
OTM On tenon mount. This is an option for use with our tenon and corner assemblies. When OTM is specified, the support or power feed/support is connected directly to the
tenon or corner assembly. This reduces the number of support locations with configurations.
SCEP Sculptured end cap. Please see product spec sheets for availability.

Mounting Options
ACG Adjustable cable gripper. Allows you to shorten overall suspension to obtain custom lengths. (See below.)
CP Chicago plenum. Fixtures will be shipped compliant with Chicago plenum code requirements.
MCS Match canopy at support. Increases the canopy diameter on support locations to match the default power feed canopy diameter. For F1 it is 3-1/2” in
diameter and for F2 it is 5” in diameter.
OJB Offset J-box (adjacent to support location). Provides a support connection kit and a separate power feed kit with two additional feet of power cable to accommodate an
offset J-box. (See below.)

4" Octagonal J-box — by others 1/4 -20 Mounting rod — by others

18" Overall Suspension 18" Fixed Ceiling Ceiling


with ACG Option Overall Suspension

Support

Power cord

18" or less 18" +/- 1/4 "


PEERLESS

172 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 172 2/26/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

OPTION AND WIRING GUIDE


Switching Options Key
Power Feed and Support Location
SCT Single circuit. All lamps are wired to a single circuit. Support Location
DCT Dual circuit. Two light levels are achieved by switching separate rows of lamps in the same fixture on two independently switched circuits. Emergency Power Feed and Support Location
Dual circuit fixtures share a common neutral.
Power Feed, Emergency Power Feed and Support
For fixtures or runs with two lamps in the cross section, the standard circuiting is that one side is wired to circuit A and the other side is wired to a
circuit B.
Two Lamps in Cross Section
A A A A A A
B B B B B B
4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

The default for a fixture with three lamps (or more) in the cross section is that the row of lamps on the outside is wired to a switched circuit A
and the lamps located in the middle are wired to a switched circuit B.
Three Lamps in Cross Section
A B A B A B A B A B A B
A A A A A A
4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

ALC Alternating lamp circuits. Lamps in the same cross section are wired to one circuit and the next cross section is wired to the second circuit.
These two circuits alternate across the fixture row. Alternating lamp circuits share a common neutral.
Single Lamp in Cross Section
A A B A B A

4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

Emergency Lighting Options


Number of Emergency Modules
1SE 1 section. One 4FT module per run will have an emergency lighting option.
2SE 2 sections. Two 4FT modules per run.
The standard maximum number of 4FT modules is one per 4-, 8- or 12-foot fixture section.

Emergency Type
EL Emergency battery pack. In the event of a power failure, the battery pack will supply emergency power. Each battery pack will be connected to
one lamp unless otherwise specified.
Single Lamp in Cross Section
EL EL EL

4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

Two Lamps in Cross Section

EL EL EL
4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

Three Lamps in Cross Section

EL EL EL
4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

EC Emergency circuit or night-light circuit. When used as an emergency circuit, separate circuit wiring is provided for an alternate building power
source (generator, uninterruptable power supply, etc.). When used as a night-light circuit, separate circuit wiring is provided for an unswitched
circuit so that designated lamps will always remain on. Each emergency or night-light circuit will be connected to a single lamp when only one
lamp is in the cross section. When two or more lamps are in the cross section, the two outermost lamps will be connected to the circuit.
Single Lamp in Cross Section
EC EC EC

4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

Two Lamps in Cross Section


EC EC EC
EC EC EC
4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

Three Lamps in Cross Section


PEERLESS

EC EC EC
EC EC EC
4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 173

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 173 3/3/14 2:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
OPTION AND WIRING GUIDE

Emergency Lighting Options (continued) Key


EN Emergency battery pack with night-light circuit. Each battery pack will be connected to one lamp unless otherwise specified. Each night-light Power Feed and Support Location
circuit will be connected to a single lamp when only one lamp is in the cross section or to the two outermost lamps when two or more lamps are Support Location
in the cross section. Emergency Power Feed and Support Location

Single Lamp in Cross Section


EN (EL) EN (EL) EN (EL)

4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"


Two Lamps in Cross Section
EN EN EN
EN (EL) EN (EL) EN (EL)
4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"
Three Lamps in Cross Section
EN EN EN
EN (EL) EN (EL) EN (EL)
4'-0" 8'-0" 12'-0"

Example Runs Maximum Run Distance


With Emergency Battery Pack Per Power Feed
A A A A A A EL
Lamp Type 120V 277V 347V
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 1 T5HO 56' 124' 160'
24'-0" 2 T5HO 28' 64' 80'

Lamps in Cross Section


3 T5HO 16' 40' 52'
Two Lamps in Cross Section, Single Circuit with Two Emergency Battery Packs 4 T5HO 12' 32' 40'
A A A A A A 1 T5 and T8 104' 240' 292'
A A A A EL A A EL
2 T5 and T8 52' 120' 148'
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 3 T5 and T8 36' 80' 96'
24'-0" 4 T5 and T8 24' 60' 72'

Three Lamps in Cross Section, Dual Circuit with Two Emergency Battery Packs Assumptions: Single-circuit, no emergency lighting
A A A A A A option, T8 .88 BF ballast and T5/T5HO 1.0 BF ballast.
BA BA BA B A EL BA B A EL
Consult factory for other scenarios.
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0"
24'-0"
PEERLESS

174 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 174 2/26/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

OPTION ANDHARDWARE
MOUNTING
F1 for use with most T-bar and screw slot grid ceiling F1A for use with most T-bar and screw slot grid ceiling applications. Designed for on-grid and
applications. Designed for on-grid and off-grid installations. off-grid installations. F1A comes complete with vertical junction box with welded waywire.

WIRING GUIDE
F1 AND F1A MOUNTING TYPE
On-Grid Mounting

GUIDE
FEED SUPPORT

Support to structure _ 4" x 1-1/2"deep


by others square junction
box at feed —
by others
Universal
Crimp-on strain relief mounting
Universal mounting bracket bracket
F1: T-bar / grid
T-bar / grid Screw-in connector,
Ceiling tile
1/2" flex adaptor
Ceiling tile 2” canopy
Finish: white
3-1/2" canopy White power cord
Order option MCS
Finish: white to match 3-1/2” canopy
J- box & at feed
Cable retainer cover by
Peerless Cable retainer
Snap-in bushing
Aircraft cable
Aircraft cable F1A:
Wire way

F1 AND F1A MOUNTING TYPE


Off-Grid Mounting
FEED SUPPORT

Support to structure _
Universal mounting by others Support to structure _
bracket by others
Universal mounting
4" x 1-1/2" deep bracket
Caddy #512 bar
square junction
Caddy #512 bar _
box at feed _
by others
by others

T-bar / grid
Ceiling tile
T-bar / grid Ceiling tile
3-1/2” canopy
Finish: white
Snap-in bushing
2” canopy
Cable retainer Finish: white
Order option MCS
White power cord Cable retainer to match 3-1/2” canopy
at feed
PEERLESS

Aircraft cable

Aircraft cable

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 175

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 175 2/26/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
MOUNTING HARDWARE GUIDE

F2 MOUNTING TYPE
F2 for use with recessed or surface-mount horizontal J-box applications.

FEED SUPPORT
PEERLESS

176 www.peerlesslighting.com PSG11

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 176 2/26/14 7:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

OPTION ANDHARDWARE
MOUNTING
F3 MOUNTING TYPE
F3 stem mounting for use with recessed or surface-mount horizontal J-box applications. Check with local jurisdiction regarding rigid stem code requirements.

WIRING GUIDE
FEED & SUPPORT

GUIDE
1/4 - 20 mounting rod — by others

4" octagonal J-box 1/4 - 18 Hex nuts


at feed —
by others
Reinforcing strap — by Peerless

Tile or hard ceiling

White power cord Mounting strap


(power feed locations only) Mounting screw
5" canopy
Finish: white

1/2" O.D. stem


Finish:white

Surface mount

PEERLESS

PSG11 www.peerlesslighting.com 177

Peerless_ 160-177.indd 177 2/26/14 7:02 PM


MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING™
Mark Architectural Lighting collaborates with discerning designers and architects who design purpose-driven interior
environments. Our comprehensive portfolio of state-of-the-art luminaires combines elegant aesthetics with maximum
performance. We offer project specific modifications and custom products with integrated technology and support
services. Our one-source technology solution provides greater color consistency, beautiful dimming, maximum energy
efficiency and integrated system controls. Our industry leading On The Mark service and delivery program meets your
project needs quickly and efficiently. We make great design happen... turning your vision in to reality easier, faster and
more beautiful than ever.

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 178 2/21/14 7:03 PM


182 CONTENTS
SLOT SERIES
Slot 2/Slot 2 LED ............................................................................................ .180-186
Slot 4/Slot 4 LED ............................................................................................. 187-193
Slot 6/Slot 6 LED ............................................................................................. 194-195

RECESSED
Bifocal............................................................. .........................................................196
Datum.......................................................................................................................197
FIN/LED................................................... ....................................................... 198-199
198
VEIL/LED......................................................................................................... 200-201
Whisper/LED............................................... .................................................... 202-203
NOL/LED...................................................... ................................................... 204-205
Magellan/LED............................................... .................................................. 206-207
Aurora.......................................................................................................................208
Meridian.................................................................................................................. 209
Portico..................................................................................................................... 210
Saros....................................................................................................................... 211
Slice............................................................ ............................................................ 212
Multitask..................................................... ............................................................ 213
202 VC2A....................................................................................................................... 214
VC2C....................................................................................................................... 215

PERIMETER SYSTEMS
SP/LED............................................................................................................ 216-217
Perimeter Plus......................................................................................................... 218
MP........................................................................................................................... 218

LINEAR
Procyon....................................................................................................................219
Planar............................................................ .......................................................... 220
206 Quicksilver............................................................................................................... 221

QUICKSHIP
On The Mark (OTM)............................................................ ............................. 222-227

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


218

219

179

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 179 3/6/14 1:34 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 2
SLOT SERIES

SLOT 2 t Reflector: Precision-formed steel


Intended Use
At a nominal 2 inches wide, Slot 2 is the thinnest member of
the Slot family of products. These long, narrow channels of t Polyester powdercoat high reflectance matte white
light allow you to achieve both optimum illumination and ideal t Shielding: Snap-in extruded frosted clear acrylic (flush or
design. Standard lengths range from 2 to 8 feet, and custom regressed) or parabolic baffle
lengths are also available.
t Lamps: (1) T5 or T5HO lamp, in-line or staggered
Slot 2 is available with a snap-in frosted clear acrylic lens or
parabolic baffle. The extruded acrylic shielding can be flush or t Ballast: Thermally protected Class P energy-saving
regressed, and its universal mounting detail accommodates electronic ballast
sheetrock or various tile grid ceilings.
t Mounting: Recessed universal mounting bracket
Features accommodates sheetrock or various acoustical tile grid
t Housing: Nominal 2” wide x 2-ft., 3-ft., 4-ft., 6-ft., or 8-ft. ceilings
long units fabricated from heavy-gauge extruded aluminum
t Consult factory for other ceiling types
t Finish: Housing and internal components baked white
Listings
enamel
cULus Listed, IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SL2 4FT UNIV 1T5 ECOS 120 PB CP
Series Length Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
4 1
SL2 Slot 2 2FT 2' UNIV Universal Number Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 PB Parabolic EMPK Emergency
(flush or 3FT4 3' sheetrock, 9/16" of lamps GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 277 baffle, diffuse Battery Pack3
regressed) or 15/16" inverted 1 T5 aluminum CP Chicago plenum
4FT4 4' tee slot grid DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D 3472
T5HO FA 3/32" thick
6FT 6' ECOS Lutron Eco System® clear frosted
8FT 8' T5S1 ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series acrylic
_FT. Specify T5HOS1 ADZT Advance Mark 7
continuous
run length
(in whole
feet)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.
1T5 STAGGERED
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

5¾" 5¾"

43⁄8" 43⁄8"

23⁄16" 23⁄16"
3" O.C. 3" O.C. Notes
1 S = Staggered lamping.
2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
3 4’, 6’, and 8’ units only.
4 Staggard lamping is not available.

180 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 180 2/21/14 7:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 2 LED

SLOT SERIES
Intended Use
Slot 2 LED combines the very slender styling of Slot 2 with
a diminutive LED light source to provide a luminaire that is
perfect where visually harmonious illumination and energy
t Reflector has 98% high reflectance
t Snap-in extruded clear frosted acrylic (flush or regressed)
t Board of 24V LED lamps. Available in 3000K, 3500K or 4000K
SLOT 2 LED
efficiency are desired. Standard lengths range from 2 to 8 feet, color temperature
and a unique 2’x2’ configuration is ideal as a creative design
element. Custom lengths and configurations are also available. t Electronic, 75W max. 120-277V input and 24V output

Slot 2 LED features a snap-in clear frosted acrylic lens, which t Recessed universal mounting bracket accommodates
can be positioned flush or regressed, and universal mounting sheetrock or various acoustical tile grid ceilings
detail for sheetrock or various tile grid ceilings.
t Consult factory for other ceiling types
Features
Listings
t Nominal 2” wide x 2’, 3’, 4’, 5’, 6’ or 8’ long units fabricated
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
from heavy-gauge extruded aluminum
(Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Matte white

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S2L 4FT UNIV 35EDVR 120 FA
Series Length/size Ceiling type LED color temp Driver Voltage Shielding
S2L Slot 2 LED 2FT 2’ UNIV1 Universal sheetrock, 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI EDVR Electronic driver (75W max.) 120 FA 3/32” thick clear frosted acrylic
3FT 3’ 9/16” or 15/16” 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI 277
inverted tee slot grid EDIM Electronic driver (75W max.)
4FT 4’ 1
40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI and 1-10V dimming interface
FL Flanged
5FT 5’
6FT 6’
8FT 8’
_FT. Specify continuous run
length (in whole feet)
22 2’x2’

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. INITIAL BOARD DELIVERED LUMENS
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
(one board/two boards in cross section, lm)
LENGTH 3,000K 3,500K 4,000K
2x2 w/ CLG. tile at center Standard 2’ x 2’ 3,740 3,528 4,128
S2L 1FT 430 441 514
S2L 2FT 860 882 1,028
S2L 3FT 1,290 1,323 1,542

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


S2L 4FT 1,720 1,764 2,056
S2L 5FT 2,150 2,205 2,570
S2L 6FT 2,580 2,646 3,084
S2L 7FT 3,010 3,087 3,598
S2L 8FT 3,440 3,528 4,112

4 ¼”

4 1/8” 2 3/8”

Notes
1 Remote mounted driver is required
for all sheetrock installation.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

181

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 181 2/21/14 7:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 2 LED
SLOT SERIES

SLOT 2 LED t Driver: AD LED Driver option allows for 0 -10V dimming,
Features
t Housing: Nominal 2.5” x 3.5” extruded aluminum housing flicker-free from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-
277VAC, 50/60Hz. Integrated thermal fold-back manage-
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat
Direct or Indirect Pendant ment to prevent over heating
t Reflector: Extruded aluminum with high reflectance t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
powdercoat flicker-free 100% to off
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with Listings
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
the indirect distribution
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)

TM
L
TOTA

SYSTE M
360 ˚

N
TIO
A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S2LD 4FT CRD 1N35ADWW L735SQ 120 WHT N80
Series Length Mounting Distribution Lumens Color Temp Driver Optics
S2LD Direct 2FT1
2’ CRD Cable, Round Canopy 1 Direct Distribution N Normal Output 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant current, Direct
Pendant 0-10v, 2%
3FT 3’ CSQ Cable, Square Canopy 2 Indirect Distribution H High Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI (blank) No Optics
S2LI Indirect dimming
4FT 4’ 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI WW Wall Washer
Pendant HI constant current,
5FT 5’ 0-10v, 1% WG Wall Graze Distribution
6FT 6’ dimming to off
Indirect
7FT 7’
(blank) No Optics
8FT 8’
_FT. Specify BW Batwing Distribution
continuous AS Asymmetric Distribution
run length
(in whole DC Dust Cover (Clear)
feet)

Downlights2,3 Downlight color temp Downlight apperature Voltage Finish Controls


(blank) Linear LED only (blank) Linear LED only RD Round 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight without lumen management
L7 10W LED MR16 (700lm) 27 2700K >80 CRI SQ Square 277 BLK Black N80 N80 - nLight with 80% lumen management
30 3000K >80 CRI SLV Silver N80EMG N80 - nLight 80% lumen management for use with
generator supply EM power
35 3500K >80 CRI N100EMG N100 - nLight without lumen management for use with
41 4100K >80 CRI generator supply EM power
OCS4 Integrated Occupancy Sensor/Photocell
ECO Lutron EcoSystem Interface Module
NX Dimming, No nLight
EMPK5 Emergency Battery Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

Notes
3-3/4'' 1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
3-3/4''
2 Downlights are not adjustable and are provided with a solite lens.
3 Downlight modules are supplied at each end of individual unit. For
other configurations, consult factory.
4 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
2-1/2'' 2-1/2'' Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
Direct Pendant Indirect Pendant 5 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

182 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 182 3/3/14 2:23 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 2 LED

SLOT SERIES
Features
t Housing: Nominal 2” x 4” extruded aluminum housing
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)
t Driver: AD LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-277VAC,
SLOT 2 LED
50/60Hz. Integrated thermal fold-back management to Direct/Indirect Pendant
t Reflector: Extruded aluminum with high reflectance prevent over heating
powdercoat
t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with flicker-free 100% to off
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for Listings
the indirect distribution CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
(Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360 ˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S2LID 4FT CRD 1N35ADWW 2H35ADBW L735SQ WHT N80
Series Length Mounting Distribution Lumens Color Temp Driver Distributions
S2LID Direct/Indirect 2FT 1
2’ CRD Cable, Round Canopy 1 Direct N Normal Output 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant Direct
3FT 3’ CSQ Cable, Square Canopy Distribution 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI current,
H High Output 0-10v, 2% (blank) No Optics
4FT 4’ 2 Indirect
Distribution 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI dimming WW Wall Washer
5FT 5’ HI constant WG Wall Graze Distribution
6FT 6’ current,
0-10v, 1% Indirect
7FT 7’ dimming to off (blank) No Optics
8FT 8’
_FT. Specify BW Batwing Distribution
continuous AS Asymmetric Distribution
run length
(in whole DC Dust Cover (Clear)
feet)

Downlights2 Downlight color temp Downlight apperature Voltage Finish Controls


(blank) Linear LED only (blank) Linear LED only RD Round 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight without lumen management
L7 10W LED MR16 (700lm) 27 2700K ≥ 80 CRI SQ Square 277 BLK Black N80 N80- nLight with 80% lumen management
30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI SLV Silver N80EMG N80 - nLight 80% lumen management for use with
35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI generator supply EM power
41 4100K ≥ 80 CRI N100EMG N100-nLight without lumen managent for use with
generator supply EM power
OCS4 Integrated Occupancy Sensor/Photocell
ECO Lutron EcoSystem Interface Module
NX Dimming, No nLight
EMPK 5 Emergency Battery Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

4-3/8'' Notes
1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
2 Downlights are not adjustable and are provided with a solite lens.
3 Downlight modules are supplied at each end of individual unit. For
other configurations, consult factory.
2-1/2'' 4 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
Direct/Indirect Pendant Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
5 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

183

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 183 3/3/14 2:23 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 2 LED
SLOT SERIES

SLOT 2 LED t Driver: AD LED Driver option allows for 0 -10V dimming,
Features
t Housing: Nominal 2.5” x 3.5” extruded aluminum housing flicker-free from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-
277VAC, 50/60Hz. Integrated thermal fold-back manage-
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat
Direct or Indirect Wall ment to prevent over heating
t Reflector: Extruded aluminum with high reflectance t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
powdercoat flicker-free 100% to off
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with Listings
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
the indirect distribution
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)

TM
L
TOTA

SYSTE M
360 ˚

N
TIO
A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S2LWD 4FT 1N35ADWW 120 WHT N80
Series Length Distribution Lumens Color Temp Driver Optics Voltage Finish Integrated Controls
S2LWD Direct 2FT 1
2’ 1 Direct N Normal 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant Direct 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight without
Wall Distribution Output current, lumen management
3FT 3’ 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI (blank) No Optics 277 BLK Black
S2LWI Indirect 2 Indirect H High 0-10v, 2% N80 N80 - nLight with 80%
4FT 4’ 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI dimming WG Wall Graze SLV Silver
Wall Distribution Output lumen management
5FT 5’ HI constant Distribution
N80EMG N80 - nLight 80%
6FT 6’ current, Indirect lumen management
0-10v, 1% (blank) No Optics for use with generator
8FT 8’ dimming supply EM power
_FT. Specify to off AS Asymmetric
continuous N100EMG N100 - nLight without
Distribution lumen management
run length DC Dust Cover
(in whole for use with generator
(Clear) supply EM power
feet)
OCS2 Integrated Occupancy
Sensor/Photocell
ECO Lutron EcoSystem
Interface Module
NX Dimming, No nLight
EMPK3 Emergency Battery
Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

3-3/4'' 3-3/4''

Notes
1/2'' 2-1/2'' 1/2'' 2-1/2'' 1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
Direct Wall Mount Indirect Wall Mount 2 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
3 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

184 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 184 3/3/14 2:23 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 2 LED

SLOT SERIES
Features
t Housing: Nominal 2.5” x 4.5” extruded aluminum housing
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat
t Driver: AD LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-277VAC,
50/60Hz. Integrated thermal fold-back management to SLOTDirect/Indirect
2 LED
prevent over heating Wall
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a flicker-free 100% to off
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for
the indirect distribution Listings
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI) (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360 ˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S2LWID 4FT CG 1N35ADWG 2H35ADAS WHT N80
Series Length Distribution Lumens Color Temp Driver Distributions Voltage Finish Controls
S2LWID Direct/Indirect 2FT 1
2’ 1 Direct N Normal 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant Direct 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight
Wall Mounted 3FT 3’ Distribution Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI current, without lumen
0-10v, 2% (blank) No Optics 277 BLK Black management
4FT 4’ 2 Indirect H High
Distribution Output 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI dimming WG Wall Graze SLV Silver N80 N80- nLight
5FT 5’ HI constant Distribution with 80% lumen
6FT 6’ current, Indirect management
0-10v, 1% N80EMG N80 - nLight
7FT 7’ (blank) No Optics
dimming 80% lumen
8FT 8’ to off AS Asymmetric management for
_FT. Specify Distribution use with generator
continuous DC Dust Cover supply EM power
run length (Clear)
(in whole N100EMG N100-nLight
feet) without lumen
managent for use
with generator
supply EM power
OCS2 Integrated
Occupancy Sensor/
Photocell
ECO Lutron EcoSystem
Interface Module
NX Dimming,
No nLight
EMPK3 Emergency Battery
Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

4-3/8''

Notes
1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
1/2'' 2-1/2'' 2 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
Direct/Indirect Wall
3 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

185

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 185 2/21/14 7:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 2 LED
SLOT SERIES

SLOT 2 LED t Driver: AD LED Driver option allows for 0 -10V dimming,
Features
t Housing: Nominal 2.5” x 3.5” extruded aluminum housing flicker-free from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-
277VAC, 50/60Hz. Integrated thermal fold-back manage-
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat
Surface Mount ment to prevent over heating
t Reflector: Extruded aluminum with high reflectance t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
powdercoat flicker-free 100% to off
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with Listings
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
the indirect distribution
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)

TM
L
TOTA

SYSTE M
360 ˚

N
TIO
A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S2LS 4FT 1N35ADWW L735SQ 120 WHT N80
Series Length1 Distribution Lumens Color Temp Driver Optics
S2LS Surface 2FT 2’ 1 Direct N Normal Output 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant current, 0-10v, 2% dimming (blank) No Optics
Mount 3FT 3’ Distribution 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI WW Wall Washer
H High Output HI constant current, 0-10v, 1% dimming to off
4FT 4’ 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI WG Wall Graze Distribution
5FT 5’
6FT 6’
8FT 8’
_FT. Specify
continuous
run length
(in whole
feet)

Downlights2,3 Downlight color temp Downlight apperature Voltage Finish Integrated Controls
(blank) Linear LED only (blank) Linear LED only RD Round 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight without lumen management
L7 10W LED MR16 (700lm) 27 2700K ≥ 80 CRI SQ Square 277 BLK Black N80 N80 - nLight with 80% lumen management
30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI SLV Silver N80EMG N80 - nLight 80% lumen management for use with
35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI generator supply EM power
N100EMG N100 - nLight without lumen management for use with
40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI generator supply EM power
OCS4 Integrated Occupancy Sensor/Photocell
ECO Lutron EcoSystem Interface Module
NX Dimming, No nLight
EMPK 5 Emergency Battery Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

3-3/4''
Notes
1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
2 Downlights are not adjustable and are provided with a solite lens.
3 MR16 modules are supplied at each end of individual unit. For other
configurations, consult factory.
2-1/2'' 4 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
Surface Mount Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
5 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

186 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 186 3/3/14 2:23 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 4

SLOT SERIES
Intended Use
Utilizing the linear design of the Slot family, Slot 4 takes both form
and function a step further. Through an optional halogen or metal
halide MR16 downlight component, Slot 4 integrates point-source
t Finish: Standard trim finish is baked white enamel. MR16 trim is
matte black (standard) or white
t Reflector: Precision-formed steel. Painted white, 91% reflectivity
SLOT 4
lighting with general illumination, and a regressed lens option t Shielding: Nominal 1/4”-thick frosted clear acrylic with rabbeted
provides added dimension to the sleek, slender design. ends to prevent light leaks against downlight components
Available with a frosted clear acrylic lens or parabolic baffle, Slot 4 is a t Lamps: (1) or (2) T5, T5HO or T8 lamps. (2) MR16 (max. 50W) or MH
natural choice for spaces that emphasize a clean style and basic lines. MR16 (max. 39W) lamps for optional downlight component
Features t Mounting: Recessed. Available for sheetrock, 9/16” slot grid or
t Housing: Nominal 4” x 3-ft., 4-ft., 5-ft., 6-ft. or 8-ft. units 15/16” inverted tee ceilings, or 9/16” inverted tee. Please specify.
fabricated from 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel Consult factory for other ceiling types
t Ceiling trim is extruded aluminum Listings
cULus, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SL4F 4 DF 2T5 GEB10PS 120 FA
Number of lamps/
Series Length Downlights1 Ceiling type3 Lamp type Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
5
SL4R Slot 4 2 2' M 50W MR16 DF 9/16" slot Number Lamp GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 FA 1/4" thick EMPK Emergency
Regressed 35 3' MH20 20W MH grid or 15/16" of lamps type GEB10IS6 Instant Start 277 clear Battery Pack
SL4F Slot 4 MR162 inverted tee 1 T5 frosted WHD White MR16
45 4' GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3474 acrylic
Flush MH39 39W MH TG 9/16" inverted 2 T5HO trim
5 5' tee grid with DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D PB Semi-
MR162 T8 CP Chicago
6 6' tegular tiles ECOS Lutron Eco System® diffuse plenum
(blank) Fluorescent T5S2,3 parabolic
_FT. Specify only GB6 Gypsum board ECOSH Lutron Eco System MLV Magnetic
(sheetrock) T5HOS2,3 baffle
continuous run H-Series transformer2
length FL 5/8" flange ADZT Advance Mark 7
(in whole feet) (sheetrock)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) Notes
unless otherwise noted. 6-3/4 6 1 MR16 modules are supplied at each end of individual
(15.2) (15.2)
unit. compatibility.
2 Fixture depth increases to 6 3/4” for these options. 5 Not available with staggered lamping.
3-1/8
(7.9)
2-7/8
(7.3)
3 S = Staggered lamping. 6 Not intended for post sheetrock installation.
3-5/8 3-5/8 4 Fluorescent only. Consult factory for lamp and ballast 7 Available in T8 Lamping ONLY.
(9.2) (9.2)
Slot 4 STAG DF Slot 4 DF/GB
PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 4T
Intended Use t Continuous runs available. Consult factory
Slot 4T brings another dimension to the Slot family by providing
superior vertical illumination through asymmetric distribution.

Slot 4T features a compact profile—a nominal 3¾ x 4 inches—


t Reflector: Die-formed matte aluminum reflector provides
asymmetric distribution
t Lamps: (1) T5 or T5HO lamp. Lamps provided by others
SLOT 4T
and follows the family’s slender, linear style. Length choices range
from 2 to 8 feet, and custom lengths are available. Maximizing t Ballast: Thermally protected Class P energy-saving electronic
efficiency and output, Slot 4T utilizes one T5 or T5HO lamp. ballast
Features
t Mounting: Recessed 9/16” slot grid ceilings or sheetrock
t Housing: All internal components and housing fabricated from
die-formed, 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel Listings
cULus, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Finish: Baked matte white enamel
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SL4T 3FT FL 1T5 GEB10PS 120
Series Length Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Options
SL4T Slot 4T 2FT 2’ DF 9/16" slot grid Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Electronic 120 EMPK Emergency Battery Pack

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


3FT 3’ G15 15/16" inverted tee 1 T5 GEB10DIM Electronic dimming 277 CP Chicago plenum
4FT 4’ FL 5/8” flange (sheetrock) T5HO DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D 3471
5FT 5’ ECOS Lutron Eco System®
6FT 6’ ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
8FT 8’ ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. 3-3/4
(9.5)

Notes
3-3/8 1 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
(8.6)

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

187

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 187 2/21/14 7:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 4 LED
SLOT SERIES

SLOT 4 LED t Shielding: Nominal 1/4”-thick P95 Opal acrylic with


Intended Use
Slot 4 LED takes both form and function a step further by rabbeted ends to prevent light leaks against downlight
integrating a LED light source to provide a luminaire that is
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)
Recessed perfect where visually harmonious illumination and energy
efficiency are desired. Through an optional Xicato® LED t Lumen Management: An optional lumen management
downlight component, Slot 4 LED integrates point-source system provides onboard intelligence that actively manages
lighting with general illumination. A regressed lens option the LED light source so that constant lumen output is
provides added dimension to the sleek, slender design. Slot maintained over the system’s life, creating a consistently
4 is a natural choice for spaces that emphasize basic lines and illuminated environment while preventing energy waste
clean design.
t Mounting: Recessed. Available for sheetrock, 9/16” slot grid
Features or 15/16” inverted tee ceilings, or 9/16” inverted tee. For
t Nominal 4” x 2’, 3’, 4’, 5’, 6’, 7’ or 8’ units fabricated from Hunter Douglas Techstyle® or other ceiling types, consult
cold-rolled steel (Steel gauge sized to meet all code factory
requirements). Ceiling trim is extruded aluminum.
Downlight component (where applicable) is die-cast Listings
aluminum CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, rated for
Chicago Plenum, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Finish: Matte white. MR16 trim is matte black (standard) TOTA
L
TM

or white

SYSTE M
360˚

N
TIO
A
GR

t Reflector: Precision-formed steel; white


INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S4LR 4FT TG N35AD 120 SW L735WHT N80
Series Length Ceiling Trim Linear LED Output2 Linear LED Color Temp Driver Voltage
S4LR Regressed Lens 2FT 2’ FL 5/8” flange (sheetrock) N Normal Output 30 3000K AD constant current, 0-10v, 2% 120
S4LF Flush Lens 3FT 3’ TG 9/16” inverted tee dimming
H High Output 35 3500K 277
4FT 4’ gred with tegular tiles HI constant current, 0-10v, 1%
40 4000K dimming to off 3473
5FT 5’ GB1 Trimless (sheetrock)
6FT 6’
7FT 7’
_FT. Specify
continuous
run length
(in whole
feet)

Shielding Downlights4,5,6 LED Downlight Color Temp LED Downlight Trim Color Integrated Controls Options
SW 1/4” P95 opal (blank) Linear LED ONLY 27 2700K ≥ 80 CRI WHT White Trim N100 N100 nLight without lumen mgt CP9 Chicago Plenum
acrylic L10 14W LED Module 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI EMPK10 Emergency
BLK Black Trim N80 N80 nLight with 80% lumen mgt
HT 90% (1000lm) 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI Battery Pack
transmissive N80EMG N80 nLight with 80% lumen mgt for
L7 10W LED Module 41 4100K ≥ 80 CRI use with generator supply EM power
textured (700lm)
polycarbonate N100EMG N100 nLight without lumen mgt for
LR7 Retro-fit LED MR16 use with generator supply EM power
NX Dimming, No nLight
ECO Lutron Ecosystem Interface Module
OCS8 Integrated Occupancy/Photocell

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
5-3/8''
3-5/8''

6-3/4'' Notes
1 Not intended for post sheetrock installation. downlights require a remote driver.
2 Delivered lumens are variable and contingent on LED color temperature 6 Downlights are not adjustable and are provided with a solite lens.
and fixture configuration. 7 Retro-fit lamps by others.
3 Consult factory. 8 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplies at one end of individual unit.
4 MR16 modules are supplied at each end of individual unit. For other Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor locations by others.
configurations, consult factory. 9 Chicago Plenum not available for fixtures with integrated downlights.
5 2’-0”L fixtures are not available with downlights, 3’-0”L fixtures with 10 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

188 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 188 3/3/14 2:23 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 4 LED

SLOT SERIES
Intended Use
Slot 4 LED takes both form and function a step further by inte-
grating a LED light source to provide a luminaire that is perfect
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for SLOT 4 LED
where visually harmonious illumination and energy efficiency the indirect distribution Direct or Indirect Pendant
are desired. Through an optional Xicato® LED downlight compo-
nent, Slot 4 LED integrates point-source lighting with general t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)
illumination. A regressed lens option provides added dimension t Driver: LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
to the sleek, slender design. Slot 4 is a natural choice for spaces from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120V-277VAC,
that emphasize basic lines and clean design. 50/60Hz. Integrated themal fold-backmanagement to
Features prevent over heating
t Housing: Nominal 3.5” x 3.5” extruded aluminum housing t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat flicker-free 100% to off

t Reflector: Extruded aluminum with high reflectance Listings


powedercoat CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
(Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S4LD 4FT CRD 1N35ADWW 2H35ADBW L735SQ WHT N80
Series Length Mounting Distribution Lumens Color Temp Driver
S4LD Direct Pendant 2FT 1
2’ CRD Cable, Round Canopy 1 Direct N Normal Ouput 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant current, 0-10v,
S4LI Indirect Pendant 3FT 3’ CSQ Cable, Square Canopy Distribution H High Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI 2% dimming
4FT 4’ 2 Indirect HI 100W constant current, 0-10v,
Distribution 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI 1% dimming to off
5FT 5’
6FT 6’
7FT 7’
8FT 8’
_FT. Specify continuous run
length
(in whole feet)

Optics Downlights2,3 Downlight color temp Downlight apperature Voltage Finish Controls
Direct (blank) Linear LED only (blank) Linear LED only RD Round 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight without lumen management
(blank) No Optics L7 10W LED MR16 27 2700K ≥ 80 CRI SQ Square 277 BLK Black N80 N80 - nLight with 80% lumen management
(700lm)
WW Wall Washer 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI SLV Silver N80EMG N80 - nLight 80% lumen management for use
WG Wall Graze 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI with generator supply EM power
Distribution N100EMG N100 - nLight without lumen management for
41 4100K ≥ 80 CRI use with generator supply EM power
Indirect
(blank) No Optics N80EMG nLight with 80% lumen mgt for use with
generator supply EM power
BW Batwing
Distribution OCS4 Integrated Occupancy Sensor/Photocell
AS Asymmetric ECO Lutron Ecosystem Interface Module
Distribution NX Dimming, No nLight
DC Dust Cover EMPK5 Emergency Battery Pack
(Clear)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
3-3/4'' 3-3/4'' 2 Downlights are not adjustable and are provided with a solite
lens.
3 MR16 modules are supplied at each end of individual unit. For
other configurations, consult factory.
4 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of
individual unit. Fixtures with downlights require a remote
3-1/2'' 3-1/2''
sensor, location by others.
Direct Pendant Indirect Pendant 5 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

189

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 189 3/3/14 2:24 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 4 LED
SLOT SERIES

SLOT 4 LED t Driver: AD LED Driver option allows for 0 -10V dimming,
Features
t Nominal Nominal 3.5” x 5” extruded aluminum housing flicker-free from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage
120-277VAC, 50/60Hz. Integrated thermal fold-back
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat
Direct/Indirect Pendant management to prevent over heating
t Reflector:Extruded aluminum with high reflectance t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
powdercoat flicker-free 100% to off
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with Listings
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
the indirect distribution
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 7Nichia® - 757S LED chips
(>80 CRI)

TM
L
TOTA

SYSTE M
360˚

N
TIO
A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S4LID 4FT CRD 1N35ADWW 2H35ADBW L735SQ 120 WHT N80
Series Length Mounting Distribution Lumens Color Temp Driver
S4LID Direct/Indirect 2FT 1
2’ CRD Cable, Round Canopy 1 Direct N Normal Ouput 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant current, 0-10v,
3FT 3’ CSQ Cable, Square Canopy Distribution H High Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI 2% dimming
4FT 4’ 2 Indirect HI 100W constant current, 0-10v,
Distribution 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI 1% dimming to off
5FT 5’
6FT 6’
7FT 7’
8FT 8’
_FT. Specify continuous
run length
(in whole feet)

Distributions Downlights2 Downlight color temp Downlight apperature Voltage Finish Controls
Direct (blank) Linear LED only (blank) Linear LED only RD Round 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight without lumen
management
(blank) No Optics L7 10W LED MR16 27 2700K ≥ 80 CRI SQ Square 277 BLK Black
(700lm) N80 N80 - nLight with 80% lumen
WW Wall Washer 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI SLV Silver management
WG Wall Graze Distribution 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI N80EMG N80 - nLight 80% lumen management
Indirect 41 4100K ≥ 80 CRI for use with generator supply EM power
(blank) No Optics N100EMG N100 - nLight without lumen
management for use with generator
BW Batwing Distribution supply EM power
AS Asymmetric Distribution OCS4 Integrated Occupancy Sensor/Photocell
DC Dust Cover (Clear) ECO Lutron EcoSystem Interface Module
NX Dimming, No nLight
EMPK5 Emergency Battery Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

5-1/4 Notes
1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
2 Downlights are not adjustable and are provided with a solite lens.
3 MR16 modules are supplied at each end of individual unit. For other
configurations, consult factory.
4 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
3-1/2 Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
Direct/Indirect Pendant 5 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

190 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 190 2/21/14 7:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 4 LED

SLOT SERIES
Features
t Housing: 3.5” x 3.5” extruded aluminum housing
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)
t Driver: LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120V-277VAC,
SLOT 4 LED
50/60Hz. Integrated themal fold-backmanagement to Direct or Indirect Wall
t Reflector: Extruded aluminum with high reflectance prevent over heating
powedercoat
t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with flicker-free 100% to off
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for Listings
the indirect distribution CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
(Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S4LWD 4FT 1N35ADWG 120 WHT N80
Direct
Series Length distribution Lumens Color Temp Driver Optics Voltage Finish Controls
S4LWD Direct 2FT 1
2’ 1 Direct N Normal 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD Constant Direct 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight without
Wall Distribution Output current, lumen management
3FT 3’ 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI (blank) No Optics 277 BLK Black
S4LWI Indirect 4FT 2 Indirect H High 0- 10v, 2% N80 N80 - nLight with 80%
4’ 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI dimming WG Wall Graze SLV Silver
Wall Distribution Output lumen management
5FT 5’ HI Constant Distribution
N80EMG N80 - nLight 80%
6FT 6’ current, Indirect lumen management
0- 10v, 1% (blank) No Optics for use with generator
7FT 7’ dimming supply EM power
8FT 8’ to off AS Asymmetric
Distribution N100EMG N100 - nLight without
_FT. Specify lumen management
continuous DC Dust Cover for use with generator
run length (Clear) supply EM power
(in whole
feet) OCS Integrated Occupancy
Sensor/Photocell
ECO3 Lutron EcoSystem
Interface Module
NX Dimming, No nLight
EMPK4 Emergency Battery
Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configura-
tion. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

3-3/4
3-3/4

Notes
1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
2 Consult factory for 347.
1/2 3-1/2 3 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
1/2 3-1/2
Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
Direct Wall Mount Indirect Wall Mount 4 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

191

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 191 2/21/14 7:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 4 LED
SLOT SERIES

SLOT 4 LED t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)
Intended Use
Slot 4 LED takes both form and function a step further by
integrating a LED light source to provide a luminaire that is t Driver: AD LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120V-277VAC,
Direct/Indirect Wall perfect where visually harmonious illumination and energy
50/60Hz. Integrated themal fold-backmanagement to
efficiency are desired. Slot 4 LED is a natural choice for spaces
that emphasize basic lines and clean design. prevent over heating

Features t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,


t Housing: Nominal 4” x 5” extruded aluminum housing flicker-free 100% to off

t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat Listings


CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
t Reflector: Extruded aluminum with high reflectance (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
powedercoat
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for
the indirect distribution TM
L
TOTA

SYSTE M
360˚

N
TIO
A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S4LWID 4FT 1N35WG 2H35ADAS 120 SLV N80
Series Length Distribution Lumens Color temp Driver Distributions Voltage Finish Controls
S4LWID Direct/Indirect 2FT1
2’ 1 Direct N Normal 30 3000K ≥ AD Constant Direct 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight
Wall Mounted 3FT 3’ Distribution Output 80 CRI current, 0- 10v, without lumen
2% dimming (blank) No Optics 277 BLK Black management
4FT 4’ 2 Indirect H High 35 3500K ≥
Distribution Output 80 CRI HI Constant WG Wall Graze SLV Silver N80 N80 - nLight
5FT 5’ current, 0- 10v, Distribution with 80% lumen
40 4000K ≥
6FT 6’ 80 CRI 1% dimming Indirect management
to off (blank) No Optics N80EMG N80 - nLight
7FT 7’
AS Asymmetric 80% lumen
8FT 8’ management
_FT. Specify Distribution
for use with
continuous DC Dust Cover generator supply
run length (Clear) EM power
(in whole N100EMG N100 - nLight
feet) without lumen
management
for use with
generator supply
EM power
OCS2 Integrated
Occupancy
Sensor/Photocell
ECO Lutron
EcoSystem
Interface Module
NX Dimming, No
nLight
EMPK3 Emergency
Battery Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

5 1/4

Notes
1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
1/2 3 1/2 2 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
Direct/Indirect Wall
3 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

192 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 192 2/21/14 7:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 4 LED

SLOT SERIES
Intended Use
Slot 4 LED takes both form and function a step further by inte-
grating a LED light source to provide a luminaire that is perfect
t Shielding: Extruded 90% transmissive acrylic lens with
a textured surface providing diffuse illumination and a
uniform appearance. Clear Acrylic dustcover is available for SLOT 4SurfaceLED
where visually harmonious illumination and energy efficiency the indirect distribution Mount
are desired. Through an optional Xicato® LED downlight compo-
nent, Slot 4 LED integrates point-source lighting with general t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757S LED chips (>80 CRI)
illumination. A regressed lens option provides added dimension t Driver: AD LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
to the sleek, slender design. Slot 4 LED is a natural choice for from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120V-277VAC,
spaces that emphasize basic lines and clean design. 50/60Hz. Integrated themal fold-backmanagement to
Features prevent over heating
t Housing: Nominal 3.5” x 3.5” extruded aluminum housing t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
t Finish: White, Black or Silver powdercoat flicker-free 100% to off

t Reflector: Extruded aluminum with high reflectance Listings


powedercoat CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, and IBEW
(Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S4LS 2FT 1N35ADWW L735RD WHT N80
Series Length Direct distribution Lumens Color temp Driver Optics Downlights2,3
S4LS Surface mount 2FT 1
2’ 1 Direct N Normal Output 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD Constant (blank) No Optics (blank) Linear LED only
Distribution current, 0 - 10v,
3FT 3’ H High Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI 2% dimming WW Wall Washer L7 10W LED MR16 (700ml)
4FT 4’ 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI HI Constant WG Wall Graze
5FT 5’ current, 0 - 10v, Distribution
6FT 6’ 1% dimming
to off
7FT 7’
8FT 8’
_FT. Specify
continuous
run length (in
whole feet)

Downlights color temp Downlight apperature Voltage Finish Controls


(blank) Linear LED only RD Round 120 WHT White N100 N100 - nLight without lumen management
27 2700K ≥ 80 CRI SQ Square 277 BLK Black N80 N80 - nLight with 80% lumen management
30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI SLV Silver N80EMG N80 - nLight 80% lumen management for use with
generator supply EM power
35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI
N100EMG N100 - nLight without lumen management for use with
41 4100K ≥ 80 CRI generator supply EM power
OCS4 Integrated Occupancy Sensor/Photocell
ECO Lutron EcoSystem Interface Module
NX Dimming, No nLight
EMPK5 Emergency Battery Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

3-3/4
Notes
1 Consult factory for 2’ length.
2 Downlights are not adjustable and are provided with a solite lens.
3 MR16 modules are supplied at each end of individual unit. For other
configurations, consult factory.
3-1/2 4 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
Surface Mount Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
5 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

193

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 193 2/21/14 7:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 6
SLOT SERIES

SLOT 6 t Reflector: Precision-formed steel. Painted white, 91%


Intended Use
Slot 6, the most versatile member of the Slot family, offers reflectivity
endless creative possibilities. It also boasts higher efficiencies
and lamping flexibility, and it’s a perfect fit for Armstrong t Shielding: Nominal 1/4”-thick frosted clear acrylic with
TechZone™ ceiling systems. rabbeted ends to prevent light leaks against downlight
components
Featuring an optional halogen or metal halide MR16 downlight t Lamps: (1) or (2) T5, T5HO or T8 lamps
component, Slot 6 offers not only the ability to integrate point-
source lighting with general illumination, but also the ability t (2) MR16 (max. 50W) or MH MR16 (max. 39W) lamps for
to utilize the sleek, clean Slot profile for point-source-only optional downlight component. All lamps provided by
illumination. Slot 6 is available with a frosted clear acrylic lens others
or parabolic baffle.
t Mounting: Recessed - Available for sheetrock, 9/16” slot grid
or 15/16” inverted tee ceilings, or 9/16” inverted tee
Features
t Housing: Nominal 6” x 3-ft., 4-ft., 5-ft., 6-ft. or 8-ft. units t Unit is compatible with Armstrong TechZoneTM ceiling
fabricated from 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel system. Consult factory for other ceiling types
t Finish: Standard trim finish is baked white enamel. MR16 Listings
trim is matte black (standard) or white cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SL6F 4FT DF 2T5 GEB10PS 120 FA
Number of lamps/
Series Length Downlights1 Ceiling type3 Lamp type Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
SL6R Slot 6 2FT 2' (blank) Fluorescent DF 9/16" slot grid or Number Lamp GEB10IS7 Standard instant 120 FA 1/4" thick clear EMPK Emergency
Regressed 3FT 3’ only 15/16" inverted of lamps type start 277 frosted acrylic Battery
SL6F Slot 6 M 50W MR16 tee 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed rapid PB Semi-diffuse Pack
4FT 4’ 3475
Flush MH202 20W MH TG 9/16" inverted 2 T5HO start parabolic WHD White MR16
5FT 5’ tee grid with baffle trim
MR16 NFL3 T8 GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v
6FT 6’ tegular files CP Chicago
MH392 39W MH T5S2,4 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
8FT 8’ MR16 GB6 Gypsum board plenum
(sheetrock) T5HOS2,4, ECOS Lutron Eco System®
_FT. Specify
continuous FL 5/8" flange ECOSH Lutron Eco System
run length (sheetrock) H-Series
(in whole ADZT Advance Mark 7
feet)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

6-3/4
(17.1)

Notes
1 MR16 modules are supplied at each end of individual, for other
configurations, consult factory.
5-1/8
2 Fixture depth increases to 6-3/4” for these options.
(13.0)
3 No fluorescent lamp; metal plate with downlights spaced 2’ on center
5-5/8 (minimum).
(14.3) 4 S = Staggered lamping.
5 Fluorescent only. Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
Slot 6 STAG DF/GB
6 Not intended for post sheetrock installation.
7 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

194 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 194 2/21/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slot 6 LED

SLOT SERIES
Intended Use
Slot 6 LED, the most versatile member of the Slot family, offers
endless creative possibilities. It also boasts higher efficiencies
and layout flexibility, and it’s a perfect fit for Armstrong
t LED Components: Linear: Nichia® - 757A -V1 LED chips (>80
CRI)
t Driver: AD LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
SLOT 6 LED
TechZone™ ceiling systems. Through an optional Xicato® LED from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120V-277VAC,
downlight component, Slot 6 LED integrates point-source 50/60Hz. Integrated themal fold-backmanagement to
lighting with general illumination, and a regressed lens option prevent over heating
provides added dimension to the sleek, slender design. Slot 6 t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
LED is a natural choice for spaces that emphasize basic lines and flicker-free 100% to off
clean design.
t Mounting: Recessed. Available for sheetrock, 9/16” slot grid
Features or 15/16” inverted tee ceilings, or 9/16” inverted tee. For
t Housing: 6” x 2’, 3’, 4’, 5’, 6’, 7’ or 8’ units fabricated from Hunter Douglas Techstyle® or other ceiling types, consult
cold-rolled steel 20ga. Ceiling trim is extruded aluminum. factory
Downlight component (where applicable) is die-cast
aluminum Listings
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, rated for
t Finish: Matte white. MR16 trim is matte black (standard) Chicago Plenum, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
or white
TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S6LR 4FT FL N35HI 277 HT L735 WHT N80
Linear LED Linear LED
Series Length Ceiling trim output2 color temp Driver Voltage Shielding
S6LR Regressed 2FT 2' FL 5/8” Flange (sheetrock) N Normal Output 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD 100W constant 120 SW 1/4” P95 opal acrylic
S6LF Flush Lens 3FT 3’ TG 9/16” Flat or Inverted Tee H High Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI Current Driver, 277 HT 90% transmissive textured
0 -10V 2% polycarbonate
4FT 4’ GB1 Trimless (sheetrock) 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI Dimming
5FT 5’ HI Constant
6FT 6’ current, 0-10v,
8FT 8’ 1% dimming
to off
_FT. Specify continuous
run length
(in whole feet)

LED Downlight LED Downlight


Downlights3,4,5 color temp trim color Integrated controls Options
(blank) Linear LED only 27 2700K ≥ 80 CRI WHT White Trim N100 N100 nLight with outLumen management CP7 Chicago
L10 14W LED Module (1000lm) 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI BLK Black Trim N80 N80 nLight with 80% Lumen management plenum
L7 10W LED Module (700lm) 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI N80EMG N80 nLight with 80% Lumen management. For use with generator supply EM power EMPK9 Emergency
Battery
LR8 Retro-fit LED MR16 41 4100K ≥ 80 CRI N100EMG N100 nLight with out Lumen management. For use with generator supply EM power Pack
NX Dimming, No nLight
ECO Lutron Ecosystem Interface Module
OCS6 Integrated occupancy/photocell
v

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


7-3/8
5-5/8

6-3/4

Notes
1 Not intended for post sheetrock installation.
2 Delivered lumens are variable and contingent on LED color temperature 5 Downlights are not adjustable and are provided with a solite lens.
and fixture configuration. 6 Occupancy/Photocell sensors are supplied at one end of individual unit.
3 MR16 modules are supplied at each end of individual unit. For other Fixtures with downlights require a remote sensor, location by others.
5/8 configurations, consult factory. 7 Chicago plenum not available for fixtures with integrated downlights.
4 2’-0”L fixtures are not available with downlights, 3’-0”L fixtures with 8 Not available with 277V. Retro-fit lamps by others.
Regressed Lens
downlights require a remote driver. 9 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

195

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 195 2/21/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION BiFocal
RECESSED

BIFOCAL t Downlight trim finish is matte black (standard) or white


Intended Use
BiFocal provides both general illumination and pointsource
lighting in one elegantly simple luminaire. MR16 lamps that t Reflector: Precision-formed steel. Painted white, 91%
appear to float within the lens provide accent downlighting, reflectivity
while T5, T5H0 or T8 lamps offer general illumination. The MH t Shielding: Nominal 1/4”-thick frosted clear acrylic
version uses metal halide MR16 lamps for crisp, energy-efficient
accent lighting. t Lamps: (1) or (2) T8, T5 or T5HO lamps. BiFocal 6: Maximum
50W MR16 downlight; BiFocal 6 MH: Maximum 20W or 39W
Both versions require a minimum spacing of 2 feet on center MH MR16 lamps. Lamps provided by others
for the MR16 lamps. Units can be continuously row mounted
t Mounting: Recessed. Available for sheetrock ceilings, 9/16”
or spaced individually and are compatible with Armstrong
slot grid or 15/16” inverted tee, or tegular tile with 9/16”
TechZone™ ceiling systems.
grid
Features t Unit is compatible with Armstrong TechZoneTM ceiling
t Housing: Nominal 6” wide x 3-ft., 4-ft., 5-ft., 6-ft. or 8-ft. system. Consult factory for other ceiling types
long housing fabricated from 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel
Listings
t Standard finish for regressed trim is baked white enamel. ETL Listed, IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
Please specify other finishes

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: BFL/MH20 4FT GB 2T5 GEB10PS 120 FA
2
Series Length Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type3,4
BFL BiFocal 2FT 2’ w/one downlight (max.) DF 9/16" slot grid or 15/16" inverted tee 1 T5
BFL/MH201 BiFocal MH 20W 3FT 6" x 3' w/one downlight (max.) TG Tegular tile with 9/16" grid 2 T5HO
BFL/MH391 BiFocal MH 39W 4FT 6" x 4' w/two downlights (max.) GB6 Gypsum board (sheetrock) Flangeless T8
5FT 6" x 5' w/two downlights (max.) FL 5/8" flange (sheetrock)
6FT 6" x 6' w/three downlights (max.)
8FT 6" x 8' w/four downlights (max.)
_FT. Specify continuous run length (in whole feet)

Ballast Voltage Shielding Options


GEB10IS7 Standard instant start 120 FA 1/4" thick clear frosted acrylic EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 WHD White downlight trim
GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3475 CP Chicago plenum
DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D MLV1 Magnetic low-voltage transformer
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
5-5/8
5-5/8 (14.3)
(14.3)

6-3/4 7-3/4
(17.1) (19.7)
Notes
1 Fixture depth increases to 7 3/4” for these options.
2 Consult trim detail sheet for additional information.
6 3 Each 6’ and 8’ unit contains 2 sets of fluorescent lamps in tandem.
(15.2) 5-1/8 4 Each downlight requires one maximum 50W MR16, or 20W or 39W MH
BiFocal (13.0) MR16 lamp.
6-3/8 5 Fluorescent only. Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
(16.2) 6 Not intended for post sheetrock installation.
BiFocal MH 7 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

196 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 196 2/21/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Datum

RECESSED
Intended Use
The low-profile, energy-efficient Datum allows you to put
lighting where you need it. With versions as shallow as 2 5/16
inches, Datum is perfect in situations where plenum space is
t End caps and joiners are die-cast aluminum for 6” wide units
and formed cold-rolled steel for 1’ wide units
t Finish: Powder-coated, baked matte white enamel
DATUM
restricted. The 6-inch version is compatible with Armstrong t Reflector: Precision-contoured, heavy-gauge extruded
TechZone™ ceiling systems, making it easy to accommodate aluminum for 6” unit
components such as low-voltage downlighting, sprinklers,
speakers and air returns. t Lens: Co-extruded translucent acrylic
t Lamps: (1) T5 or T5HO (6” and 1’ wide versions); (2) T5 or
Datum seamlessly blends architectural elegance and clean,
T5HO (1’ wide versions)
simple styling with optimum luminance control and efficiencies
as high as 84.5 percent. t Mounting: Recessed grid; 6” wide units are compatible with
Armstrong TechZoneTM ceiling system
Features
t Housing: Die-formed, 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel Listings
cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DAT RD SS 14 G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120
Number of lamps/
Series Reflector Lens Size Ceiling type Lamp type1 Ballast Voltage Options
DAT Datum RD Rounded SS Square smooth 4FT 6”W X 4’-0” G9 15/16" 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 EMPK Emergency
RT Rectangular SR Square ribbed 5FT 6W” X 5’-0” inverted 2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 277 Battery Pack
tee CP Chicago
RS Round smooth 14 1' x 4' DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D 3472
DF 9/16" slot plenum
RR Round ribbed 15 1' x 5' grid or ECOS Lutron Eco System®
_FT. Specify continuous run superfine ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
length (in whole feet), ADZT Advance Mark 7
6”W units ONLY
(For TechZone
specify grid type.)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


CONFIGURATIONS 6IN DF 1T5 RT 6IN G9 1T5 RD Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
LAMPS PER CROSS LAMPS PER unless otherwise noted.
SIZE LAMP TYPE
SECTION FIXTURE
6" wide 1 1 T5, T5HO 211⁄16"
25⁄16"
1' wide 1 or 2 1 or 2 T5, T5HO Notes
53⁄8" 5" 1 Lamps per cross section. See configurations table.
6"
6" 2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.

PRODUCT INFORMATION Datum

Intended Use
The low-profile, energy-efficient Datum allows you to put lighting
where you need it. With versions as shallow as 2 5/16 inches,
Datum is perfect in situations where plenum space is restricted.
Features
t Housing: Die-formed, 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel
t Panels are available with 6” fixture only
DATUM PANEL
The 6-inch version is compatible with Armstrong TechZone™ ceiling t Complete modular system accommodates sprinklers,
systems, making it easy to accommodate components such as low- low-voltage downlights, speakers, air returns and blank panels
voltage downlighting, sprinklers, speakers and air returns.
Listings
Datum seamlessly blends architectural elegance and clean, simple UL Listed, IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
styling with optimum luminance control and efficiencies as high
as 84.5 percent.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DATPNL 62 G9 120 INT SP

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


Series Size Ceiling type Voltage Run information Panel insert
DATPNL Datum panel 62 6" x 24" G9 15/16" inverted tee 120 B/E Beginning/end of MR/LED1 LED downlight SP3 Sprinkler panel
63 6" x 30" DF 9/16" slot grid or 277 row (with cross tees) MR/MH201 20W MH MR16 downlight BL Blank panel
superfine INT Intermediate (no MR/MH391 39W MH MR16 downlight SK3 Speaker panel
cross tees)
MR/LV1,2 Low voltage MR16 downlight AR Air return panel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.

Notes
1 Depth is 4-1/2” for MR panels.
2 MR/LV is 50W maximum.
3 Speaker and sprinkler panels are prepared to accept those items by others.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

197

Mark_ 11Section_178-197.indd 197 2/21/14 7:04 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fin
RECESSED

FIN t Reflector: Precision-formed steel; white


Intended Use
Fin is a decorative accent fixture with a clean, geometric form
that complements any environment. Versatile and ornamental, t Nominal 1 1/2”-thick acrylic fin
it is perfect for making an aesthetic statement, creating t (1) T5 or T5HO lamp. Lamps provided by others
intriguing patterns of light or enhancing other design elements.
t Thermally protected Class P energy-saving electronic ballast
Fin can be mounted horizontally or vertically and is available in
a choice of clear sides with frosted edges or frosted sides with t Recessed in sheetrock ceiling; rod-mounted to structure
frosted edges. Lengths range from 2 to 8 feet, and the depth
t Consult factory for other ceiling types
below the fixture door can be 2, 3 or 4 inches.
Listings
Features
cULus Listed, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Housing and internal components fabricated from
20-gauge, cold-rolled steel
t Finish: Matte white

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FIN 2FT 2D 1T5 GEB10PS 120 CF EMPK
Fin Depth Below
Series Length Face of Door No. of lamps/Lamp type1 Ballast Voltage Finish Options
FIN Fin 2FT 2’ 2D 2” 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 CF Clear sides, frosted edges EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
3FT 3’ 3D 3” T5SHO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 277 FF Frosted sides, frosted edges
4FT 4’ 4D 4” DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D 3472
5FT 5’ ECOS Lutron Eco System®
6FT 6’ ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
8FT 8’ ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

4½"

2"
3" 4"

1½"
Notes
3¾" 1 Consult factory for other lamps and for LED options.
2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.

198 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 198 2/21/14 7:08 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fin LED

RECESSED
Intended Use
Fin LED is a decorative accent fixture with a clean, geometric
form that complements any environment. Versatile and orna-
mental, it is perfect for making an aesthetic statement, creating
t Nominal 1 1/2”-thick acrylic fin
t LED Components: Linear: Nichia® - 757A -V1 LED chips (>80
CRI)
FIN LED
intriguing patterns of light or enhancing other design elements. t Driver: AD LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
Fin can be mounted horizontally or vertically and is available in from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120V-277VAC,
a choice of clear sides with frosted edges or frosted sides with 50/60Hz. Integrated themal fold-backmanagement to
frosted edges. Lengths range from 2 to 8 feet, and the depth prevent over heating
below the fixture door can be 2, 3 or 4 inches. t HI LED Driver option allows superior 0 - 10V dimming,
Features flicker-free 100% to off
t Housing and internal components fabricated from t Mounting: Recessed in sheetrock ceiling; rod-mounted to
20-gauge, cold-rolled steel structure.
t Finish: Matte white t For other ceiling types, consult factory
t Reflector: Precision-formed steel; white Listings
TOTA
L
TM
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, rated for
Chicago Plenum, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FINL 2FT 2D N35AD 120 CF N80
Fin depth
below
face of Linear LED Linear LED
Series Length door output color temp Driver Voltage Finish Integrated controls Options
FINL Fin LED 2FT 2’ 2D 2” N Normal 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD Current Driver, 120 CF Clear sides, N100 N100 nLight with out CP Chicago
3FT 3’ 3D 3” Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI 0-10V 10% 277 frosted edges Lumen mgt plenum
H High Dimming FF Frosted sides, N80 N80 nLight with 80% EMPK1 Emergency
4FT 4’ 4D 4” 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI 347
Output HI Current Driver, frosted edges Lumen mgt Battery
5FT 5’ 0-10V 1% Pack
N80EMG N80 nLight with 80%
6FT 6’ Dimming to Off Lumen mgt for use with
8FT 8’ generator supply EM power
N100EMG N100 nLight with out
Lumen mgt for use with
generator supply EM power
NX Dimming, No nLight
ECO Lutron Ecosystem Interface
Module

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Notes
1 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

199

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 199 2/21/14 7:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Veil
RECESSED

VEIL t Reflector: Precision-formed steel. Painted white, 91%


Intended Use
Like a thin and delicate piece of fabric, Veil softens, warms and reflectivity
enhances light. A flexible, translucent PVC membrane provides
the shielding that gently scatters light to give Veil its superior t Shielding: Flexible, translucent white PVC membrane with
diffusing qualities. clear overlay membrane assembled to extruded aluminum
frame door
The almost sky-like light warms the appearance of interior t Lamps: T5, T5HO, T8, 40W BX, or 50W BX lamps. See Configu-
environments, and with its wide range of standard and custom rations table for lamp quantities
sizes, Veil is able to provide soft volumetric illumination for
almost any room. t Ceiling trims designed to accommodate: 9/16” slot grid,
15/16” grid, 15/16 concealed Tee and drywall installations.
Features Consult factory for other ceiling types
t Housing: Nominal 1’x4’, 2’x2’, 2’x4’, 4’x4’, or 5’x5’ housing
Listings
fabricated from 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel
cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Standard finish is matte white

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VL 22 DF 2T5 GEB10PS 120 EMPK
Series Size Ceiling Trim Number of lamps/Lamp type3 Ballast Voltage Options
3
VL Veil 14 1' x 4' DF 15/16” Grid , 9/16” Slot Grid Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
22 2' x 2' GB2 15/16" Concealed Tee, 1 T5 GEB10IS4 Instant start 277
24 2' x 4' Trimless (sheetrock) 2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 347
441 4' x 4' 3 T8 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
551 5' x 5' 4 40BX ECOS Lutron Eco System®
6 50BX ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
8 ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent
actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are CONFIGURATIONS
shown in inches unless otherwise noted. SIZE LAMP TYPE 6" DEPTH 8" DEPTH 10" DEPTH
1' x 4' T5, T5HO, T8 2, 3 lamps -- 1 lamp
6 2' x 2' BX, T5, T5HO, T8 -- 3, 4 lamps 2 lamps
(15.2) 2' x 4' T5, T5HO, T8 3, 4 lamps -- 2 lamps
W 4' x 4' T5, T5HO, T8 6, 8 lamps -- 4 lamps
5' x 5' T5, T5HO, T8 6, 8 lamps -- 4 lamps
1X4 2X4 4X4 5X5
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Length: 48 (121.9) 48 (121.9) 48 (121.9) 60 (152.4)


Width: 12 (30.5) 24 (61.0) 48 (121.9) 60 (152.4)

8
(20.3)

24 (61.0) X 24 (61.0)

10
(25.4)

W
Notes
1X4 2X2 2X4 4X4 5X5 1 4’x4’ and 5’x5’ units require support to structure.
Length: 48 (121.9) 24 (61.0) 24 (61.0) 48 (121.9) 60 (152.4) 2 Not intended for post sheetrock installation.
Width: 12 (30.5) 24 (61.0) 48 (121.9) 48 (121.9) 60 (152.4) 3 Specify number of lamps and lamp type. See configurations table.
4 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

200 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 200 2/21/14 7:08 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Veil LED

RECESSED
Intended Use
Like a thin and delicate piece of fabric, Veil softens, warms and
enhances light. A flexible, translucent PVC membrane provides
the shielding that gently scatters light to give Veil its superior
t HI driver option provides superior 0-10V dimming,
flicker-free 100% to off, universal voltage 120/277, 50/60Hz
t The Acuity Brands circuit boards for the linear LED
VEIL LED
diffusing qualities. components use a precise binning algorithm which creates
a consistent color temperature from board to board. The
The almost sky-like light warms the appearance of interior color a variation of no greater than a 2.5 Step MacAdam
environments, and with its wide range of standard and custom (2.5SDCM) along the black body locus from board to board
sizes, Veil LED is able to provide soft volumetric illumination for
almost any room. t Standard nLight® embedded controls make luminaire
addressable- allowing it to digitally communicate with
Features other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches,
t Standard finish is matte white occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Simply connect all
the nLight enabled control devices using standard CAT5
t Shielding: Flexible, translucent white PVC membrane with Cabling
clear overlay membrane assembled to extruded aluminum
frame door t Ceiling trims designed to accommodate: 9/16” slot grid,
15/16” grid, 15/16 concealed Tee and drywall installations.
t Nichia® - 757A-V1 LED chips (>80 CRI) Consult factory for other ceiling types
t AccuDrive LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, Listings
flicker-free from 2 to 100%.Universal input voltage CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, rated for
120-277VAC,50/60Hz. Integrated thermal fold-back Chicago Plenum, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
management to prevent over heating.

TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VLD 22 DF N35AD 120 N80 CP
Series Size Ceiling Trim LED Output LED Color Temp Driver Voltage Integrated Controls Options
VLD Veil LED 14 1' x 4' DF 15/16” Grid, N Normal 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD Constant 120 N100 N100 nLight without lumen mgt CP Chicago
22 2' x 2' 9/16” Slot Grid Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI Current Driver, 0 277 N80 N80 nLight with 80% lumen mgt plenum
GB2 15/16" H High - 10v Dimmable EMPK3 Emergency
24 2' x 4' 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI N80EMG N80 nLight with 80% lumen mgt
Concealed Output HI Constant for use with generator supply Battery Pack
441 4' x 4' Tee, Trimless Current Driver, EM power
551 5' x 5' (sheetrock) 0-10V, 1%
Dimming to off N100EMG N100 nLight without lumen mgt
for use with generator supply
EM power
NX Dimming, No nLight
ECO Lutron Ecosystem Interface
module

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent
actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are
shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

VEIL 4X4 OR 5X5


MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

VEIL 1X4, 2X2, & 2X4 Notes


1 4’x4’ and 5’x5’ units require support to structure.
2 Not intended for post sheetrock installation.
3 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

201

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 201 3/3/14 2:25 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Whisper
RECESSED

WHISPER t Reflector: Precision-formed steel. Painted white, high


Intended Use
Gently sloping side panels give Whisper its depth and appealing reflectance white powder coat
angles. Whether units are installed in rows or individually, the
look is artfully clean and simple. t Shielding: Center Panel: Clear linear prismatic, soft-white
acrylic or K20 prismatic lens
Multiple lens options for the center and side panels allow you
to achieve the appropriate design and illumination for each t Clear linear prismatic, soft-white acrylic or K20 prismatic
space. Whisper is available in 1’ x 4’, 2’ x 2’ and 2’ x 4’ sizes, and lens
it fits perfectly in a variety of business and institutional settings t Lamps: (1) or (2) T5, T5HO or T8 for 1’x4’, or 2’x4’; (2) T5,
including offices, schools and hospitals. T5HO, T8, 40W BX or 50W BX for 2’x2’
Features t Universal trim, accommodates 9/16” slot grid or 15/16”
t Housing: Nominal 1’x4’, 2’x2’ or 2’x4’ housings fabricated inverted tee, or 9/16” inverted tee
from 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel
Listings
t Standard finish is matte white. Specify other finishes cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Operable Door Frame with encapsulated lens (WHSD)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WHS 22 2T5 GEB10IS 120 SWC SWO
Number of lamps/
Series Size Lamp type1,2 Ballast Voltage Shielding (center) Shielding (sides) Options
3
WHS Whisper 14 1' x 4' Number Lamp GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 SWC Soft-white acrylic SWO Soft-white acrylic EMPK Emergency Battery
WHSD Whisper 22 2' x 2' of lamps1 type2 GEB10RS Programmed rapid start 277 LRC Clear, linear-ribbed LRO Clear, linear-ribbed Pack
w/Door 24 2' x 4' 1 T5 GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3474 prismatic acrylic prismatic acrylic CP Chicago plenum
2 T5HO DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D K20C Clear prismatic acrylic K20O Clear prismatic AR Air return
T8 acrylic 35 3 1/2” depth (T5 only)
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
40BX ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
50BX ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. CONFIGURATIONS
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted. SIZE LAMPS PER CROSS SECTION LAMPS PER FIXTURE LAMP TYPE
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

1' x 4' 1, 2 1, 2 T5, T5HO, T8


2' x 2' 2 2 T5, T5HO, T8, 40BX, 50BX
2' x 4' 2 2 T5, T5HO, T8

Notes
1 Lamp per cross section. See configurations table.
2 Consult factory for other lamps.
3 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.
4 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.

202 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 202 2/21/14 7:08 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Whisper LED

RECESSED
Intended Use
Gently sloping side panels give Whisper LED its depth and
appealing angles. Whether units are installed in rows or
individually, the look is artfully clean and simple.
t LED Components Nichia® - 757A-V1 chips (>80CRI)
t Driver(s):AD driver option allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-
free from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-277VAC,
WHISPER LED
50/60Hz. HI driver option provides superior 0-10V dimming,
Multiple lens options for the center and side panels allow you to flicker-free 100% to off, universal voltage 120/277, 50/60Hz
achieve the appropriate design and illumination for each space.
Whisper LED is available in 1’ x 4’, 2’ x 2’ and 2’ x 4’ sizes, and it t Universal trim, accommodates 9/16” slot grid or 15/16”
fits perfectly in a variety of business and institutional settings inverted tee, or 9/16” inverted tee
including offices, schools and hospitals. Listings
Features CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, rated for
t Shielding options are as follows: Chicago Plenum, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
Center Panel: Soft-white acrylic or Micro prismatic conical
de-glaring lens. Side Panels: Soft-white acrylic
t Reflector: Precision-formed steel. Painted white, high
reflectance white powder coat
TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WHSL 22 N35AD 120 SWC SWO N80 CP
Linear LED Linear LED
Series Size output1 color temp Driver Voltage Shielding (center) Shielding (sides) Integrated controls Options
WHSL Whisper 14 1' x 4' N Normal 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant 120 SWC Soft-white SWO Soft-white N100 N100 nLight CP Chicago
LED 22 2' x 2' Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI Current 277 acrylic acrylic without lumen mgt plenum
H High Driver, YBC Micro- N80 N80 nLight with EMPK2 Emergency
24 2' x 4' 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI 0-10V 10%
Output prismatic 80% lumen mgt Battery Pack
Dimming conical N80EMG N80 nLight with
HI constant de-glaring 80% lumen mgt for
Current lens use with generator
Driver, 0-10V supply EM power
1% Dimming
to Off N100EMG N100 nLight
without lumen
mgt for use with
generator supply
EM power
NX Dimming, No nLight
ECO Lutron Ecosystem
Interface Module)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted. LUMEN-WATTAGE
DELIVERED LM/W DELIVERED
SIZE LED OUTPUT COLOR TEMP SHEILDING SYSTEM WATTS

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


LUMENS
2’ x 2’ Normal (N) 3500K SWSW 31 2817 91
2' x 2' Hi (H) 3500K SWSW 53 4762 89
1’ x 4’ Normal (N) 3500K SWSW 31 2642 84
1’ x 4’ Hi (H) 3500K SWSW 54 4782 88
2’ x 4’ Normal (N) 3500K SWSW 48 4200 87
2’ x 4’ Hi (H) 3500K SWSW 81 7792 81

Notes
1 Refer to Chart for wattage and lumen outputs.
2 Remote mounted; Consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

203

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 203 3/3/14 2:25 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION NOL
RECESSED

NOL t Reflector: High-reflectance matte white


Intended Use
With its distinctive and elegant styling, unique design ele-
ments, and high efficiency, the Nol series is ideal for a wide t Contoured acrylic lens diffusion system; available in clear,
range of environments. clear with overlay, clear frost and white frost; squared and
rounded profiles
A compact form, center reveal, decorative accents and multiple
lensing options all contribute to Nol’s aesthetic appeal, while t (1), (2) or (3) T5 or T5HO in cross section. All lamps provided
efficiencies as high as 88%, shallow plenum depth and a quick- by others
release ballast/lamp chamber are among its practical benefits. t Accommodates 9/16” slot grid, 15/16” inverted tee, or 9/16”
Nol’s patent-pending install-from-below option virtually inverted tee
eliminates the need for space above the grid during installation
t Room-side access. Install-from-below option available
Features
Listings
t Fabricated from 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: NOL 22 G9 2 T5 GEB10PS 120 RWF
Lamp
Series Size Ceiling type No. of lamps type Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
1
NOL Nol 14 1’x4’ G9 9/16” wide 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed 120 RCO Rounded clear with EL81 Iota ISL54, 800 lumens (28/54W T5/T5HO)
22 2’x2’ inverted tee 2 T5HO rapid start 277 overlay EL141, 3 Iota ISL540, 1300 lumens (54W T5HO only)
24 2’x4’ G15 15/16” wide 31 GEB10DIM Dimming 0-10V 3472 RCF Rounded clear frost Z Install from below
inverted tee DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® RWF Rounded white LP830 830 lamps installed
DF 9/16” slot grid 3D frost
LP835 835 lamps installed
ECOS Lutron Eco SCF Squared clear frost
System® LP841 841 lamps installed
SWF Squared white frost
ECOSH Lutron Eco RP Round perforated insert
System H-Series SP Square perforated insert
ADZT Advance Mark 7 OP Oblong perforated insert
CP Chicago plenum
AR4 Air return
WH6 6’ prewired whip
EMPK 5 Emergency Battery Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

24''
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

1-13/16''

24''

3-5/16''

12''

1-13/16''
Notes
12'' 1 Increases fixture depth to 3”.
2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
3-5/16'' 3 EL14 will be a remote ballast assembly.
4 AR option not available with Z option.
5 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

204 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 204 2/21/14 7:08 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION NOL LED

RECESSED
Intended Use
With its distinctive and elegant styling, unique design ele-
ments, and high efficiency, the Nol LED series is ideal for a
wide range of environments. A compact form, center reveal,
t LED Components Nichia® - 757A-V1 chips (>80CRI)
t Driver:AD driver option allows for 0-10V dimming,flicker-
free from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-277VAC,
NOL LED
decorative accents and multiple lensing options all contribute 50/60Hz
to Nol LED’s aesthetic appeal, while high efficiencies, shallow t Accommodates 9/16” slot grid, 15/16” inverted tee, or 9/16”
plenum depth provide the performance criteria to meet today’s inverted tee
demanding design challenges.
t Room-side access. Install-from-below option available
Features (Z option)
t Fabricated from 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel Listings
t High-reflectance matte white CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, rated for
Chicago Plenum, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Contoured acrylic lens diffusion system; available in clear
with overlay, clear frost and white frost; squared and
rounded profiles
TM
L
TOTA
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: NOLLD 22 DF N35AD 120 RCF N80 CP
Linear LED Linear LED
Series Size Ceiling type output1 Color Temp Driver Voltage Shielding Integrated controls Options
NOLLD Nol LED 14 1’x4’ G9 9/16” wide N Normal 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant 120 RCO Rounded N100 N100 nLight without Z Install from
22 2’x2’ inverted tee Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI Current Driver, 277 clear with lumen mgt below
0-10V 2% overlay
24 2’x4’ G15 15/16” wide H High 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI Dimming
N80 N80 nLight with RP Round
inverted tee RCF Rounded 80% lumen mgt perforated
Output clear frost insert
DF 9/16” slot grid N80EMG N80 nLight with
RWF Rounded 80% lumen mgt for SP Square
white use with generator perforated
frost supply EM power insert
SCF Squared N100EMG N100 nLight without OP Oblong
clear frost lumen mgt for use perforated
SWF Squared with generator insert
white supply EM power CP Chicago
frost NX Dimming, No nLight plenum
ECO Lutron Ecosystem EMPK 2 Emergency
Interface Module) Battery
Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted. LUMEN-WATTAGE
LED COLOR SHEILDING SYSTEM DELIVERED LM/W
SIZE
NOLLD 2'x2' or 2'x4', fixed grid, round lens OUTPUT TEMP WATTS LUMENS DELIVERED
2’ x 2’ Normal (N) 3500K RCF 24 1860 75

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


2' x 2' Hi (H) 3500K RCF 45 3565 80
1’ x 4’ Normal (N) 3500K RCF 45 4140 92
1’ x 4’ Hi (H) 3500K RCF 90 8124 90
NOLLD 2'x2' or 2'x4', install from below, round lens 2’ x 4’ Normal (N) 3500K RCF 45 3730 82
2’ x 4’ Hi (H) 3500K RCF 90 7319 82

NOLLD 1'x4', fixed grid, round lens

NOLLD 1'x4', install from below, round lens

Notes
1 Refer to Chart for wattage and lumen outputs.
2 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

205

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 205 3/3/14 2:25 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Magellan
RECESSED

MAGELLAN t Trim: Spun steel with 3/8” flange suitable for lay-in or
Intended Use
A softly translucent, concave dome complemented by a sheetrock installation. (Note: Fixture must be installed
flangeless lens trim and a minimal 3/8-inch ceiling-trim before ceiling for sheetrock installation)
flange, Magellan appears to be a floating circle of light. With
six standard sizes and a variety of custom colors, it entices the t Finish: Standard finish is matte white
imagination and inspires creativity. t Shielding: Shielding: Nominal .125”- thick white acrylic
dome in nominal 12”, 24”, 36”, 48” available in concave
Magellan is suitable for lay-in or sheetrock ceilings; fixtures or convex orientation. Nominal 60” or 72” diameters are
must be installed before the sheetrock ceiling. Standard sizes available in concave orientation only
are 12, 24, 36 ,48”, 60” or 72” diameters inches in diameter.
Consult factory for other sizes and for surface and pendant t Mounting: Recessed, lay-in or sheetrock
applications.
Listings
cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
Features
t Housing: Housing and internal components fabricated from
20-gauge, cold-rolled steel

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MG 24IN 3T5 GEB10PS 120 CCV SM2
Series Size Number of lamps/Lamp type1 Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
1 3
MG Magellan 12IN 12" diameter Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 CCV Concave White Acrylic EMPK Emergency
24IN 24" diameter 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 CVX4 Convex White Acrylic Battery Pack
36IN 36" diameter 2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3472 CP Chicago plenum
48IN 48" diameter 3 T8 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D SM2 Sheet metal
ceiling panel
60IN 60” diameter 4 18BX ECOS Lutron Eco System® 2’x2’
72IN 72” diameter 6 40BX ECOSH Lutron Eco System SM4 Sheet metal
8 50BX H-Series ceiling panel 4’x4’
10 26CFL ADZT Advance Mark 7
32CFL
42CFL

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) CONFIGURATIONS
unless otherwise noted. NUMBER
SIZE LAMP TYPE
OF LAMPS
12" diameter 1,2 18BX,26CFL, 32CFL, 42CFL
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

24" diameter 3,4 T5, T5HO, T8, 40BX, 50BX


6-5/8 7-3/4 36" diameter 4,6 T5, T5HO, T8
(16.8) (19.7) 48" diameter 6,8 T5, T5HO, T8
60" diameter 6,8 T5, T5HO, T8
72" diameter 6,8,10 T5, T5HO, T8
10-3/8, 22-3/8, 36-3/8, 46-3/8
(26.4, 56.8, 92.4, 117.8)
11-3/8, 23-3/8, 37-3/8, 47-3/8
(28.9, 59.4, 94.9, 120.3)

Notes
1 Specify number of lamps and lamp type. See configurations table.
Consult factory for other lamps.
2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
3 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.
4 Not available in 60'' and 72'' diameters.

206 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 206 3/3/14 2:25 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Magellan LED

RECESSED
Intended Use
A softly translucent, concave dome complemented by a
flangeless lens trim and a minimal 3/8-inch ceiling-trim flange,
Magellan LED appears to be a floating circle of light. With six
t Driver(s):AD driver option allows for 0-10V dimming,flicker-
free from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-277VAC,
50/60Hz. HI driver option provides superior 0-10V dimming
from 100% to off, universal voltage 120/277, 50/60Hz
MAGELLAN LED
standard sizes and a variety of custom colors, it entices the
imagination and inspires creativity. t Trim: Spun steel with 3/8” flange suitable for lay-in or
sheetrock installation. (Note: Fixture must be installed
Magellan LED is suitable for lay-in or sheetrock ceilings; fixtures before ceiling for sheetrock installation)
must be installed before the sheetrock ceiling. Standard sizes t Finish: Standard finish is matte white
are 12”, 24”, 36”, 48”, 60” or 72” diameters. Consult factory for
other sizes and and mounting options. t Shielding: Nominal .125”- thick white acrylic dome in
nominal 12”, 24”, 36”, 48” available in concave or convex
Features orientation. Nominal 60” or 72” diameters are available in
t Housing: Housing and internal components fabricated from concave orientation only.
20-gauge, cold-rolled steel
t Mounting: Recessed, lay-in or sheetrock
t LED Components Nichia® - 757A-V1 chips (>80CRI)
Listings
TOTA
L
TM
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, rated for
Chicago Plenum, and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MGL 24IN H35AD 120 CCV N80 CP
Series Size Linear LED output Linear LED color temp Driver Voltage Shielding Integrated controls Options
MGL Magellan LED 12IN 12" diameter N Normal Output 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD constant 120 CCV Concave N100 N100 nLight CP Chicago
24IN 24" diameter 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI Current 277 White without lumen mgt plenum
H High Output Driver, 0-10V Acrylic
36IN 36" diameter 40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI N80 N80 nLight with SM2 Sheet metal
2% Dimming CVX2 Convex 80% lumen mgt ceiling
48IN 48" diameter HI constant White panel 2’x2’
N80EMG N80 nLight with
60IN 60” diameter Current Acrylic 80% lumen mgt for SM4 Sheet metal
Driver, 0-10V use with generator ceiling
72IN 72” diameter 1% Dimming supply EM power panel 4’x4’
to Off
N100EMG N100 nLight EMPK1 Emergency
without lumen Battery
mgt for use with Pack
generator supply
EM power
NX Dimming, No
nLight
ECO Lutron Ecosystem
Interface Module)
EMPK2 Emergency
Battery Pack

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Notes
1 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.
2 Not available in 60” and 72” diameters.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

207

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 207 3/3/14 2:25 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Aurora
RECESSED

AURORA t Finish: Standard finish is matte white


Intended Use
Featuring a large, concave center reflector, Aurora gives
the illusion of a skylight. Its softly reflected light provides t Reflector: Precision-formed steel. Painted high reflectance
uniform illumination that is ideal for a variety of business and white powder coat
institutional settings, and its classic styling complements many t Lamps: (2) T5, T5HO or T8, or (2) 40W or 50W BX in cross
architectural environments. section

Aurora offers a choice of either perforated side baskets with t Mounting: Recessed lay-in. Accommodates 9/16” slot grid or
soft-white acrylic overlay or an acrylic diffuser in 15/16” inverted tee, or 9/16” inverted tee. Unit requires top
smooth or ribbed styles. The lens increases performance and access to ballasts
enables it to achieve efficiencies as high as 78.8 percent.
Listings
Aurora - Perforated shielding cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
Features
t Housing: Nominal 2’x2’ or 2’x4’ housing fabricated from
20-gauge, cold-rolled steel. Ballast compartments provided
with 7/8”-diameter KOs

Aurora - Contoured Acrylic shielding

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AU 22 G9 2T5 ECOS 120


Series Size Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type1,2 Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
2 4
AU Aurora 22 2' x 2' G9 9/16" wide Number Lamp type GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 (blank) Perforated EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
24 2' x 4' inverted tee of lamps1 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 side baskets AR Air return
DF 9/16" slot grid 2 T5 3473 SWR Soft-white ribbed CP Chicago plenum
or 15/16" wide GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v
T5HO SWS Soft-white
inverted tee DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D smooth
T8
40BX ECOS Lutron Eco System®
50BX ECOSH Lutron Eco System
H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual CONFIGURATIONS
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. SIZE LAMPS PER CROSS SECTION LAMPS PER FIXTURE LAMP TYPE
2' x 2' 2 2 T5, T5HO, T8, 40BX, 50BX
2' x 4' 2 2 T5, T5HO, T8
6 2' x 4' 2 4 40BX, 50BX
(15.2)

23
(58.2)
24 x 24 or 24 x 48 O.C.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

(61.0 x 61.0 or 61.0 x 122.0 O.C.)


Aurora - Perforated shielding

6
(15.2)

23
(58.2)
23-3/4
(60.3)
Aurora - Contoured Acrylic shielding Notes
1 Lamps per cross section. See configurations table.
2 Consult factory for other lamps.
3 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
4 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

208 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 208 2/21/14 7:08 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Meridian Series

RECESSED
Intended Use
The well-balanced, glare-free illumination of the Meridian
series is created by a center diffuser combined with a curved
reflector. The resulting redirected light is effective in many set-
t Reflector: Precision-formed steel. Painted white, 92%
reflectivity
t Perforated center basket with soft-white acrylic overlays,
MERIDIAN
tings including office, educational and institutional spaces. or contoured acrylic lens diffuser in soft-white smooth or
linear ribbed
Utilizing a soft-white acrylic diffuser in a choice of smooth or t Lamps: (1) or (2) T5, T5HO or T8, or (1) or (2) 40W or 50W
ribbed design, Meridian is able to achieve efficiencies as high BX in cross section. See Configurations table. All lamps
as 84.9 percent. Meridian is also available in a non-lensed style provided by other
that features a perforated center basket with a soft-white
acrylic overlay. t Perforated side baskets with soft-white acrylic overlays, Meridan - Perforated shielding
or contoured acrylic lens diffuser in soft-white smooth or
Features linear ribbed
t Housing: Nominal 1’x4’, 2’x2’ or 2’x4’ housings fabricated
Listings
from 20-guage cold-rolled steel. Ballast compartments
cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
provided with 7/8”-diameter KOs
t Standard finish is matte white. Consult factory for other
finishes
Meridan - Contoured Acrylic shielding.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MD 22 G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120


Series Size Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type1,2 Ballast
MD Meridian 14 1' x 4' G9 9/16" wide inverted tee Number of lamps1 Lamp type2 GEB10IS5 Standard instant start
22 2' x 2' DF 9/16" slot grid or 15/16" wide 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start
24 2' x 4' inverted tee 2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v
33 T8 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
40BX ECOS Lutron Eco System®
50BX ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

Voltage Shielding Options


120 (blank) Perforated center basket EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
277 SWR Soft-white ribbed lens AR Air return
3474 SWS Soft-white smooth lens CP Chicago plenum

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual CONFIGURATIONS
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. SIZE LAMPS PER CROSS SECTION LAMPS PER FIXTURE LAMP TYPE
1' x 4' 1, 2 1, 2 T5, T5HO, T8
1' x 4' 1 2 40BX, 50BX
6 2' x 2' 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 T5, T5HO, T8
(15.2) 2' x 2' 2 2 40BX, 50BX
2' x 4' 1, 2, 3 1,2, 3 T5, T5HO, T8
8-1/2 2' x 4' 2 4 40BX, 50BX
(21.6)
24 x 24 or 24 x 48 O.C.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


(61.0 x 61.0 or 61.0 x 122.0 O.C.)
Meridian - Perforated shielding

6
(15.2)

24 x 24 or 24 x 48 O.C.
(61.0 x 61.0 or 61.0 x 122.0 O.C.)
Meridian LDS - Contoured Acrylic shielding

Notes
1 Lamps per cross section. See configurations table.
2 Consult factory for other lamps.
3 T5, T5HO and T8 only; for 2x2 and 2x4.
4 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
5 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

209

Mark_ 11Section_198-209.indd 209 2/21/14 7:08 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Portico
RECESSED

PORTICO t Finish: high reflectance white powder coat


Intended Use
The Portico series features a fresh yet classic style that fits
perfectly in a wide variety of settings. Interesting design t Shielding - Perforated center basket with soft-white acrylic
elements include a center reveal, which creates a unique accent, overlay, or contoured acrylic lens diffuserin soft-white
and lamp positioning below the ceiling line, which allows wider smooth or linear ribbed
light distribution. t Lamps: (2) T5 or T5HO , or (2) 40W or 50W BX in cross sec-
Portico is available with a perforated basket and acrylic overlay tion. See Configurations table
or with an acrylic diffuser in smooth or ribbed styles. The lens t Mounting: Recessed lay-in. Accommodates 9/16” slot grid or
allows it to achieve efficiencies as high as 88.7 percent. Its shal- 15/16” inverted tee, or 9/16” inverted tee
Portico - Perforated shielding low depth above the ceiling line virtually eliminates concerns
about plenum obstruction. Listings
cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
Features
t 2’x2’ and 2’x4’ housings are die-formed, 20-gauge, cold-
rolled steel
t Ballast compartments provided with 7/8”-diameter KOs
t Reflector: Precision-formed steel
Portico - Contoured Acrylic shielding

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: POR 22 G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120 SWR
Series Size Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type1,2 Ballast Voltage Shielding Option
1 2 4
POR Portico 22 2' x 2' G9 9/16" wide, inverted tee Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 (blank) Perforated EMPK Emergency
24 2' x 4' DF 9/16" slot grid or 15/16" 2 T5 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 basket Battery
wide inverted tee SWR Soft-white Pack
T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3473
ribbed lens AR Air return
40WBX DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
SWS Soft-white CP Chicago
50WBX ECOS Lutron Eco System® smooth plenum
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series lens
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

2-1/4 CONFIGURATIONS
(5.7) 3-7/8 SIZE LAMPS PER CROSS SECTION LAMPS PER FIXTURE LAMP TYPE
(9.8)
2' x 2' 2 2 T5, T5HO, 40BX, 50BX
2' x 4' 2 2 T5, T5HO
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Grid 24 x 24 or 24 x 48 2' x 4' 2 4 40BX, 50BX


(61.0 x 61.0 or 61.0 x 122.0)
Portico - Perforated shielding
2-1/8
(5.4) 3-7/8
(9.8)

Grid 24 x 24 or 24 x 48
(61.0 x 61.0 or 61.0 x 122.0)
Portico - Contoured Acrylic shielding

Notes
1 Lamps per cross section. See configurations table.
2 Consult factory for other lamps.
3 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
4 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

210 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 210 3/3/14 2:27 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Saros

RECESSED
Intended Use
Refined lines, gentle curves and a divided basket give the Saros
series its unique yet stylish aesthetic appeal. A concave reflector
redirects light to provide uniform, glare-free lighting for visual
t Painted white, high reflectance white powder coat
t Shielding: Dual perforated steel baskets with soft-white
acrylic overlays, or contoured acrylic lens diffuser in
SAROS
comfort. soft-white smooth or linear ribbed. Louver available as an
option; 45-degree cutoff
Saros is available either with dual perforated steel baskets t Lamps: (2) T5, T5HO or T8, or (2) 40W or 50W BX in cross
or with an acrylic diffuser that enables it to achieve efficiencies section. See Configurations table. All lamps provided by
as high as 76.7 percent. The lensed versionis also available with others
a center solid-blade baffle that provides 45-degree cutoff.
t Mounting: Recessed lay-in. Accommodates 9/16” slot grid
Features or 15/16” inverted tee, or 9/16” inverted tee. Unit requires Saros - Perforated shielding
t Nominal 2’x2’ or 2’x4’ housing fabricated from 20-gauge, top access
cold-rolled steel
Listings
t Ballast compartments provided with 7/8”-diameter KOs cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

t Reflector: Precision-formed steel

Saros - Contoured Acrylic shielding

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SR2 22 G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120 SWS
Series Size Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type1, 2 Ballast
SR Saros 22 2'x2' G9 9/16" wide inverted tee Number of lamps1 Lamp type2 GEB10IS5 Standard instant start
24 2'x4' DF 9/16" slot grid or 15/16" wide 2 T5 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start
inverted tee 33 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v
T8 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
40BX ECOS Lutron Eco System®
50BX ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

Voltage Shielding Options


120 (blank) Dual perforated baskets EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
277 SWR Soft-white ribbed lens CP Chicago plenum
3474 SWS Soft-white smooth lens CTRL6 Center louver

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configura-
tion. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
PERFORATED
CONFIGURATIONS
5¼" SIZE LAMPS PER
CROSS SECTION LAMPS PER FIXTURE LAMP TYPE
2' x 2' 2,33 2,33 T5,T5HO,T8,40BX,50BX
GRID 24" X 24" 2' x 4' 2,33 2,33 T5, T5HO, T8

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


OR 24" X 48" O.C. 2' x 4' 2 4 40BX, 50BX
CTRL Option

5¼"

GRID 24" X 24"


LENSED OR 24" X 48" O.C.

5¼" Notes
1 Lamps per cross section. See configurations table.
2 Consult factory for other lamps.
GRID 24" X 24" 3 T5, T5HO and T8 only; for CTRL option only.
OR 24" X 48" O.C. 4 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
5 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.
6 Not available with SWR or SWS shielding options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

211

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 211 3/3/14 2:27 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Slice
RECESSED

SLICE t Finish: Standard finish is matte white high reflectance white


Intended Use
Basic geometry, a core element in architectural design, offers powder coat
the key to the unique appeal of Slice. An exciting creative tool,
these triangular lay-in units can be rowed or grouped in a wide t Shielding: Nominal .125”-thick soft-white acrylic. Tip-tilt
array of imaginative patterns. for removal
t Lamps: (2) T5, T5HO, 40W BX, or 50W BX lamps. All lamps
Slice’s geometric form complements architectural elements provided by others
while providing a dynamic visual impression along the ceiling
plane. Designed to fit into the most common t Mounting: Recessed lay-in for 9/16” slot grid or 15/16”
2x2 ceiling grids, Slice can be used to create patterns of light inverted tee, or 9/16” inverted tee
to delineate a space or to create visually interesting general
t Fixture relamps from room side; ceiling access is not
illumination.
required
Features Listings
t Housing: 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SLC DF 2T5 GEB10PS 120
Series Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Options
SLC Slice G9 9/16” wide inverted tee Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid 120 EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
DF 9/16” slot grid 2 T5 start 277 CP Chicago plenum
G15 15/16” wide inverted tee T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3471
40BX DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
50BX ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System
H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

6
(15.2)

16-7/8
(42.9)

Notes
1 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.

212 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 212 3/3/14 2:27 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Multitask

VIDEO CONFERENCING
Intended Use
The Mark videoconferencing products are designed to provide
outstanding illumination for video/teleconferencing with
excellent glare control and reduced shadowing on participants.
t Basket swings down for easy relamping and maintenance
t Curved baffle blades, 1” high x 1” on center, with soft-white
acrylic overlay
MULTITASK
The Multitask series offers both directional teleconference- t Baffle assembly hinges down for relamping and
mode illumination and general illumination. Units are available maintenance
in 1’ x 4’, 2’ x 2’ and 2’ x 4’ sizes and may be mounted end to end t (4) T5 or T5HO for 1’x4’, (4 or 5) T5 or T5HO for 2’x2’ or 2’x4’.
in a grid ceiling. Lamps provided by others
Features t Thermally protected Class P energy-saving electronic ballast
t Ballast compartment provided with 7/8”-diameter KOs
t Recessed lay-in. Accommodates 9/16” slot grid or 15/16”
t Finish: Standard finish is matte white high reflectance white inverted tee, or 9/16” inverted tee
powder coat
Listings
t Reflector: Precision-formed steel cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Perforated basket style combined with soft-white acrylic
overlay

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MTK 22 G9 5T5 GEB10PS 120
Series Size Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type1 Ballast Voltage Options
1
MTK Multitask 14 1' x 4' G9 9/16" wide inverted tee Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
22 2' x 2' DF 9/16" slot grid or 15/16" wide inverted tee 4 T5 GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 277 CP Chicago plenum
24 2' x 4' 5 T5HO DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D 3472
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. CONFIGURATIONS
SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


1' x 4' 4 T5, T5HO
2' x 2' 4 T5HO
6-1/4 2’ x 2’ 4, 5 T5
(15.9) 2' x 4' 4, 5 T5, T5HO

24 x 24 or 24 x 48 O.C.
(61.0 x 61.0 or 61.0 x 122.0 O.C.)

Notes
1 Specify number of lamps and lamp type. See configurations table.
Consult factory for other lamps.
2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

213

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 213 3/3/14 2:27 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION VC2A
RECESSED

VC2A t Matte white interior; matte black exposed exterior


Intended Use
The VC2A videoconferencing series was developed for proper (standard). Matte White exposed exterior option is
performance under the most difficult job conditions. It provides available
directional illumination to reduce any over-contrast or fade-
out and minimizes veiling brightness on video displays. It is t Reflector: Precision-formed steel; white
available in 2’ x 2’ and 2’ x 4’ sizes. t Clear prismatic, low-brightness acrylic lens or injection-
molded, specular silver 1/2”x1/2” parabolic louver with
All Mark videoconferencing products are designed to provide 45-degree cutoff
outstanding illumination with excellent glare control and
reduced shadowing on participants. t (4) T5, T5HO or T8 lamps. Consult factory for other lamps
t Thermally protected Class P energy-saving electronic ballast
Features
t Nominal 2’x2’ or 2’x4’ units fabricated from die-formed, t Recessed lay-in for 9/16” or 15/16” inverted tee
20-gauge, cold-rolled steel
Listings
t Ballast compartments provided with 7/8”-diameter KOs cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
t Die-formed, 18-gauge, cold-rolled steel door assembly
securely encloses the shielding on four sides preventing any
light leak

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VC2A 22 G9 4T5 GEB10PS 277 PA
Series Size Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type1 Ballast
VC2A 22 2' x 2' G9 9/16” or 15/16” inverted tee Number of lamps Lamp type1 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start
24 2' x 4' 4 T5 GEB10IS3 Instant Start
T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v
T8 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

Voltage Shielding Options


120 PA Clear prismatic asymmetric acrylic lens EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
277 PLM Specular silver parabolic louver with 45-degree cutoff CP Chicago plenum
3472 WHT White exposed exterior

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches CONFIGURATIONS
unless otherwise noted. SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE
2' x 2' 4 T5, T5HO, T8
2' x 4' 4 T5, T5HO, T8
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

5"

23"
24"

Notes
1 See configurations table. Consult factory for other lamps.
2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
3 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

214 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 214 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION VC2C

RECESSED
Intended Use
The VC2C series was designed to be the foundation of any
successful videoconference room installation. It incorporates
a sophisticated reflector/shielding system to provide superior
t Regressed angled bottom trim die-formed, 20-gauge,
cold-rolled steel
t Matte black housing, trim and ends
VC2C
teleconference illumination and extraordinary glare control. t Reflector: Precision-formed steel; white
VC2C is available in 1’ x 2’ and 1’ x 4’ sizes.
t Cross baffle, matte black with clear prismatic acrylic lens
Like all Mark videoconferencing products, it provides contrast- overlay; or clear prismatic asymmetric acrylic lens
free illumination with minimal veiling backlight and reduced
t (1) or (2) T5, T5HO or T8 lamps
shadowing on participants.
t Thermally protected Class P energy-saving electronic ballast
Features
t Nominal 1’x2’ or 1’x4’ units fabricated from die-formed, t Recessed lay-in for 9/16” or 15/16” inverted tee
20-gauge, cold-rolled steel. Ballast compartments provided Listings
with 7/8”-diameter KOs cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VC2C 12 G9 1T5 GEB10PS 120 CBPA
Series Size Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type1 Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
1
VC2C 12 1' x 2' G9 9/16” or Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 CBPA Cross baffle, matte black EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
14 1' x 4' 15/16” 1 T5 GEB10IS3 Instant Start 277 with clear prismatic CP Chicago plenum
inverted tee acrylic lens overlay
2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3472
PA Clear prismatic
T8 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D asymmetric acrylic lens
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) CONFIGURATIONS
unless otherwise noted. SIZE NUMBER OF LAMPS LAMP TYPE
1' x 2' 1, 2 T5, T5HO, T8
1' x 4' 1, 2 T5, T5HO, T8

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


61⁄16"

111⁄16"
12"
Notes
1 See configurations table. Consult factory for other lamps.
2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
3 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

215

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 215 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION SP Series
PERIMETER SYSTEMS

SP t Finish: Natural Aluminium; Fascia is high reflectance matte


Intended Use
The shallow profile of SP makes it the perfect perimeter selec- white
tion where minimal ceiling penetration is desired. It is available
in semi-recessed or fully recessed versions with fluorescent or t Extruded matte white acrylic lens snaps into housing
LED light sources. t Standard 6” stagger, (1) or (2) T5 or T5HO or (1) T8 (in cross
section)
Housing and vertical fascias are extruded aluminum, and the
extruded matte white acrylic lens snaps into the housing. SP is t Recessed perimeter wall wash in 8’, 6’, 4’, 3’ and 2’ sections
available in 8-, 6-, 4-, 3- and 2-foot sections. A 6-inch stagger-
t 90-degree inside or outside corners
ing of T5, T5HO or T8 lamps is standard. Corners are available;
please consult factory. Listings
cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
Features
t Housing and vertical fascias are extruded aluminum
t Internal wiring trays are 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SPR 18FT G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120 SW
Series Length1 Ceiling type Number of lamps/Lamp type
SPR Fully recessed SP FT. Provide wall-to-wall G9 9/16” wide inverted tee Number of lamps Lamp type
SPS Semi recessed SP dimensions FL 5/8” flange (sheetrock) 1 T5
22 T5HO
T8

Ballast Voltage Lens Options


GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 SW Soft-white acrylic EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
GEB10IS4 Instant Start 277 CP Chicago plenum
GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3473
DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

Notes
1 Provide field dimensions when placing order. For patterns, clearly
indicate inside or outside corners. Upon request, factory will prepare
installation drawings for approval.
2 T5 and T5HO only.
3 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
4 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

216 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 216 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION SPR Series

PERIMETER SYSTEMS
Intended Use
SPR LED combines the environmental and cost-saving benefits
of solid-state lighting with the popular SP design. The result is a
recessed linear wall product that provides an excellent balance
t LED Components Linear: Nichia® - 757A -V1 LED chips (>80
CRI)
t Driver: AD LED Driver allows for 0-10V dimming, flicker-free
SPR LED
of efficiency and performance. SPR LED, which features a very from 2 to 100%. Universal input voltage 120-277VAC,
compact profile, offers highly uniform illumination along wall 50/60Hz. Integrated thermal foldback management to
surfaces. Housing and vertical fascias are extruded aluminum, prevent over heating
and the extruded clear frosted acrylic lens snaps into the t Color Consistency: The Acuity Brands circuit boards for the
housing. SPR LED is available in 8-, 6-, 4-, 3- and 2-foot sections. linear LED components use a precise binning algorithm
Corners are available; please consult factory which creates a consistent color temperature from board to
Features board. Color variation is no greater than a 2.5 Step MacAdam
t Housing and vertical fascias are extruded aluminum (2.5SDCM) along the black body locus from board to board

t Finish: Natural Aluminium; Fascia is high reflectance matte t Mounting: Recessed perimeter wall wash in 8’, 6’, 4’, 3’ and
white 2’ sections
Listings
TM
CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards, rated for
L
TOTA
Chicago Plenum, and IBEW (Local 3) Unionmade in the USA.
SYSTE M

360˚
N
TIO

A
GR
INTE

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SPRL 24FT06IN G9 N35AD 120 FA N100 CP
Linear LED Linear LED color
Series Length1 Ceiling type output temp Driver Voltage Shielding Integrated controls Options
SPRL Fully _FT. Provide G9 9/16” wide N Normal 30 3000K ≥ 80 CRI AD 100W constant 120 FA Clear N100 N100 nLight without CP Chicago
recessed _IN. wall-to-wall inverted Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI Current Driver, 277 frosted lumen mgt plenum
SP LED dimensions tee H High 0 -10V 2% acrylic N80 N80 nLight with EMPK2 Emergency
40 4000K ≥ 80 CRI Dimming
FL 5/8” flange Output 80% lumen mgt Battery
(sheetrock) N80EMG N80 nLight with Pack
80% lumen mgt for
use with generator
supply EM power
N100EMG N100 nLight without
lumen mgt for use
with generator
supply EM power
NX Dimming, No nLight
ECO Lutron Ecosystem
Interface Module

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

Powerfeed box occurs at Powerfeed box occurs at

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


the end of each individual the end of each individual
fixture length fixture length

Notes
1 Provide field dimensions when placing order. For patterns, clearly indicate inside or
outside corners. Upon request, factory will prepare installation drawings for approval.
2 Remote mounted; consult factory for remote mounting options.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

217

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 217 3/3/14 2:27 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Perimeter Plus
LINEAR

PERIMETER PLUS t Reflector can be field-trimmed with scissors or utility knife


Intended Use
With up to 40 feet of seamless reflector, Perimeter Plus is at job site to accommodate any run length
perfect for corridors and other long spaces. Staggering of lamps
eliminates socket shadows and provides perimeter lighting for t Standard 9” stagger, (1) or (2) T5, T5HO or T8
less than 8 watts per linear foot. t Recessed perimeter wall wash in 8’, 6’, 4’, 3’ and 2’ sections

Features t Telescoping housing and lamp sections provided in all runs


t Die-formed, 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel and patterns

t Finish: matte white for all visible metal surfaces t 90-degree inside or outside molded corner reflectors

t Opaque white or silver metallic reflector in standard lengths Listings


up to 40 feet cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PPL 16FT WH 2T5 GEB10PS 120
Series Length1 Color Corner configurations Number of lamps/Lamp type1,2 Ballast Voltage Options
1
PPL Perimeter FT. Provide SL Silver (blank) No Corners Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 EMPK Emergency
Plus wall-to-wall WH White 90IC 90° inside 1 T5 GEB10IS4 Instant Start 277 Battery Pack
dimensions molded corner CP Chicago plenum
2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3473
90OC 90° outside T8 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
molded corner
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent
actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in Notes
inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. 1 Provide field dimensions when placing order. For patterns, clearly
indicate inside or outside corners. Upon request, factory will prepare
installation drawings for approval.
2 Consult factory for other lamps.
3 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
4 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.

PRODUCT INFORMATION MP Series

MP Intended Use
MP offers virtually shadowless perimeter lighting. Staggered lamps
and telescopic strips ensure even illumination from wall to wall.
MP features uninterrupted shielding throughout each fixture run,
t Finish: Matte White for all visible metal surfaces
t Extruded aluminum bold baffle, parabolic baffle, clear prismatic
lens or soft-white acrylic
including corners. t (1) or (2) T8, T5 or T5HO with 3” stagger. Strips snap into clevises
Features within outer housings
t Die-formed, 20-gauge, cold-rolled steel construction
t Recessed perimeter wall wash in 8’, 6’, 4’, 3’ and 2’ sections
t Precision-extruded aluminum trim rails
t 90- and 135-degree inside or outside, available as standard units
t Trimmable aluminum housing
Listings
t Reflector: Die-formed semi-specular aluminum cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MP 16FT 2T5 GEB10PS 120 PB2
Series Length1 Number of lamps/Lamp type2 Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

2
MP FT. Provide Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 EBB Extruded aluminum bold baffle, EMPK Emergency
wall-to-wall 1 T5 GEB10IS4 Instant Start 277 3/16" blades 1" h. x 1.2" o.c. Battery Pack
dimensions PB2 Parabolic louver, blades 2" h. X 4" o.c. CP Chicago plenum
2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3473
diffuse aluminum
T8 DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
PA Clear prismatic acrylic, K12 pattern
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
SW Soft-white acrylic
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) Notes
unless otherwise noted. 8-1/2 1 Provide field dimensions when placing order. For patterns, clearly indicate inside or
(21.6)
outside corners. Upon request, factory will prepare installation drawings for approval.
2 Consult factory for other lamps.
9-1/4 3 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
(23.5)
12-1/8 4 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.
(30.8)

218 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 218 3/3/14 2:27 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Procyon

LINEAR
Intended Use
The sleek, shallow profile and refined curve of Procyon are accentuated by
contoured die-cast aluminum end caps. The Procyon pendant is available
t Reflector: Die-formed semi-specular aluminum
t PR1: perforated side panels with soft-white acrylic overlay
PR2: solid housing
PROCYON
with a choice of either perforated side panels with acrylic overlay or a Suspended
solid body that provides all-indirect illumination. t PR1: (2 or 3) T5 or T5HO. PR2: (1, 2 or 3) T5 or T5HO. Lamps provided
Section lengths are 4 or 8 feet, and Procyon accommodates T5 or T5HO by others
lamps. A wall-mount version is also available. t Pendant mounted with stainless steel cable
Features t Vinyl power feed. 6’ length provided as standard; gripper fitting
t Nominal 4’ and 8’ housings fabricated from 18-gauge, cold-rolled allows quick length adjustment at job site.
steel
t Units can be continuously rowed
t Die-cast aluminum end caps and joiners
Listings
t Finish: Matte white cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PR1 4 CG 2T5HO GEB10PS 120 IND
Series Length4 Mounting Number of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Designation Options
PR1 Procyon 4 Nominal 4’ CG Cable and Number of Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 IND Individual EMPK Emergency
(perforated) 8 Nominal 8’ gripper lamps GEB10IS3 Instant Start 277 RUN Continous Battery
PR2 Procyon CGPF Cable, gripper 11 T5 Run Pack (small
_FT. Specify continous GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3472 case only)
(solid) run lenth and power 2 T5HO
feed DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
(4’ increments) 3 ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

2 1/16”
Notes
1 One-lamp option available only with PR2.
*2 *2 2 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
9 ¾” 3 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.
*Perforated area (Procyon 1 only; Procyon 2 is entirely indirect.)
4 Cast end caps add 7” to length on each individual unit and each row length.

PRODUCT INFORMATION Procyon


Intended Use t Die-cast aluminum end caps and joiners
The sleek, shallow profile and refined curve of Procyon Wall are accentu-
ated by contoured die-cast aluminum end caps. The perforated side panels
have soft-white acrylic overlay.
t Finish: Matte white PROCYON
t Reflector: Die-formed semi-specular aluminum Wall
Procyon Wall is available in 4- and 8-foot section lengths that accom- t Perforated side panels with soft-white acrylic overlay
modate one or two T5 or T5HO lamps. It is the perfect companion for the
Procyon pendant. t (1 or 2) T5 or T5HO. Lamps provided by others

Features t Wall-mounted. Units may be continuously rowed


t Nominal 4’ and 8’ housings fabricated from 18-gauge, cold-rolled steel
Listings
cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PRW 4 2T5HO GEB10PS 120 IND
3
Series Length Number of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Designation Options
PRW Procyon Wall 4 Nominal 4’ Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 IND Individual EMPK Emergency Battery Pack
8 Nominal 8’ 1 T5 GEB10IS2 Instant Start 277 RUN Continous Run (small case only)
GLS GLR fuse and HLR holder

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


_FT. Specify 2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 3471
continous run DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D
lenth
(4’ increments) ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System
H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

2 1/8”
Notes
1 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.
2 Available with T8 lamping ONLY.
3 Cast end caps add 7” to length on each individual unit and each row length.
6 3/8”

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

219

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 219 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Planar
LINEAR

PLANAR t Soft-white acrylic diffuser, parabolic diffuse aluminum


Intended Use
Planar has a classic look that can fit into almost any business baffle, or parabolic diffuse aluminum baffle with white
environment from corporate to retail to healthcare, and its 90% acrylic overlay
efficiency makes it a welcome addition anywhere.
t Pendant mounted with stainless steel cable (single or split
With its small profile (6 by 1 3/4 inches) and multiple length “Y”)
choices (2 to 10 feet), Planar has the flexibility to fit in a variety
of spaces and configurations.. t Vinyl power feed. 6’ length provided as standard; gripper
fitting allows quick length adjustment at job site
Features
t Heavy-gauge, one-piece, extruded and mitered aluminum. t Consult factory for continuous runs
Internal bracketry is 18-gauge, cold-rolled steel Listings
t Finish: Matte white cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

t Precision-formed specular aluminum

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PLA 3 SYPF 2T5HO GEB10PS 120 PB IND
Series Length Mounting Number of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Shielding Designation Options
PLA Planar 2 Nominal 2’ SY Split “Y” cable Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid 120 SW Soft-white IND Individual EMPK Emergency
3 Nominal 3’ SYPF Split “Y” cable 1 T5 start 277 acrylic RUN Continous Battery
with power feed GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v PB Parabolic Run Pack
4 Nominal 4’ 2 T5HO 3471 (limited to
CG Cable and DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D diffuse
6 Nominal 6’ aluminum 1.18”wide
gripper ECOS Lutron Eco System® by 1” high)
8 Nominal 8’ baffle
CGPF Cable, gripper ECOSH Lutron Eco System
10 Nominal 10’ and power feed PBO Parabolic
H-Series diffuse
_FT. Specify
ADZT Advance Mark 7 aluminum
continous baffle with
run lenth white
(4’ acrylic
increments) overlay

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

Split “Y” Hanger CG Hanger


(Shown with baffle) (Shown with acrylic)
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

1 ¾”

2 7/8”
6

1 ¾”

2 7/8”
Notes
6 1 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.

220 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 220 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Quicksilver

LINEAR
Intended Use
The high-tech industrial look of Quicksilver makes it a popular
choice for a variety of commercial and corporate settings. An
open-louver direct luminaire, Quicksilver also features parabolic
t Flat aluminum end plate
t Natural anodized aluminum
t Reflector: Precision-formed specular aluminum
QUICKSILVER
side rails that are slotted to provide a touch of uplight. An
integrated track along the top of the housing allows mounting t Specular aluminum baffle. Parabolic side rails slotted to
flexibility. provide uplight

Quicksilver is available in 4- and 8-foot lengths, and units t Pendant mounted with stainless steel cable
accommodate one or two T5 or T5HO lamps.
t Hanging brackets slide along integral track in top of fixture
Features and allow adjustment for various job-site conditions
t Nominal 4’ and 8’ housings fabricated from heavy-gauge
Listings
extruded aluminum housing
cULus Listed and IBEW (Local 3) Union-made in the USA.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: QSI 4 CG 2T5 GEB10PS 120
Series Length Mounting Number of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Options
QSI Quicksilver CG Cable and gripper Number of lamps Lamp type GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 EMPK Emergency
CGPF Cable, gripper and power feed 1 T5 GEB10DIM Dimming, 0-10v 277 Battery Pack
(small case
2 T5HO DMHL3D Lutron Hi-lume® 3D 3471 only)
ECOS Lutron Eco System®
ECOSH Lutron Eco System H-Series
ADZT Advance Mark 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.marklighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

3”

2” MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

43/8”

6”
Notes
1 Consult factory for lamp and ballast compatibility.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

221

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 221 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION OTM
ON THE MARK

Making Design Happen...

Now, project schedules – even for Class “A”


commercial interiors – are shorter than ever. Clients
measure timetables in days and hours, not weeks.
Demanding options such as ceiling system details,
energy efficiency, controls and programming LEDs
can add to delivery times.
But you have options, too! With the “On the Mark”
quick ship program Mark Architectural Lighting can
make it happen on your schedule with an assortment
of fixtures that can be tailored to your project
needs and ready when you need them. It all begins
in Edison, New Jersey, where our fully integrated
manufacturing and design facility can give you choices
– plenty of them – plus the latest LEDs, controls and
great luminaire design.

TERMS
t"MM05.PSEFSTTIPVMECFTFOUUP.BSLMJHIUJOHPSEFST! t*GBOPSEFSFYDFFETUIFQSPEVDUTQFDJöDBUJPOTIFFURVBOUJUZ 
acuitybrands.com UIFOUIFGPMMPXJOHTIBMMBQQMZ

t4IJQEBUFTBSFCVTJOFTTEBZTGSPNEBUFPGDMFBOSFMFBTF *GMFTTUIBOPSFRVBMUPUJNFTNBYJNVN05.RVBOUJUZ UIF


order will be split into two delivery dates. The first will go in
t"MMPSEFSTSFDFJWFEBGUFSQN&45XJMMCFQSPDFTTFEUIFOFYU EBZTGPMMPXFECZUIFTFDPOEJOEBZT
business day and will receive an ESD from that date.
*GUIFPSEFSJTNPSFUIBOUJNFTNBYJNVN05.RVBOUJUZ 
t0SEFSTXJUICPUI05.QSPEVDUBOEOPO05.QSPEVDUTXJMM then said order would not qualify as an OTM order.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

EFGBVMUUPUIFMPOHFTUMFBEUJNFJUFN*GUIF05.QSPEVDUTBSF
SFRVJSFEJOEBZT UIFOUIFTFQSPEVDUTNVTUCFSFMFBTFEPOB t$IBOHFPSEFSTPGBOZLJOEXJMMBòFDUMFBEUJNFT
separate order.
t$BODFMMBUJPOBGUFSSFMFBTFXJMMSFTVMUJOBSFTUPDLJOHGFF

t0SEFSSFRVJSFNFOUT
$PNQMFUFTIJQUPBEESFTT
$POUBDUJOGPSNBUJPO
$PNQMFUF05.DBUBMPHOVNCFS
1SJDJOHBOEDPNNJTTJPOSBUF
"OZTIJQQJOHOPUFTTJUFSFTUSJDUJPOT

222 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 222 3/3/14 2:27 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION OTM

ON THE MARK
NOL
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: NOLOTM 22 G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120 RWF
Series Size Ceiling type No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
NOLOTM Nol 14 1’ x 4’ G9 9/16" wide inverted tee 2 T5 GEB10PS Programmed 120 RCO Rounded clear with overlay CP Chicago
1,2
22 2' x 2' G15 15/16” wide inverted tee T5HO rapid start 277 RCF Rounded clear frost plenum
1,3 2,4
24 2' x 4' DF 9/16" slot grid GEB10DIM Dimming 0 -10V 3473 RWF Rounded white frost EMPK Emergency
Battery Pack

Quantity Limits: 200 units each size (1x4, 2x2, 2x4) Notes 3 Dimming not available for 347V.
1 Dimming not available for 2x2 with T5HO lamping. 4 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 lamping and
2 Emergency not available for 2x2. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.

NOL LED
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: NOLLDOTM 22 DF N35GEDR 120 RCF N80 CP
Series Size Ceiling type Linear LED Output Linear LED color temp Driver Voltage Shielding Options
NOLLDOTM Nol 14 1’ x 4’ G9 9/16" wide N Normal Output 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI GEDR Current 120 RCO Rounded clear N100 N100 nLight CP Chicago
LED 22 2' x 2' inverted tee Driver, 0-10V 277 with overlay without plenum
H High Output 2% Dimming RCF Rounded clear Lumen mgt
24 2' x 4' G15 15/16” wide
inverted tee frost N80 N80 nLight
with 80%
DF 9/16" slot grid RWF Rounded Lumen mgt
white frost
NX Dimming,
No nLight

Quantity Limits: 200 units each size (1x4, 2x2, 2x4)

WHISPER
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WHSDOTM 14 2T5 GEB10PS 120 SWC SWO CP
Series Size No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Shielding, Center Shielding, Sides Options
2
WHSDOTM Whisper 14 1’ x 4’ 2 T5 GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 SWC Soft-white acrylic SWO Soft-white CP Chicago plenum
221 2' x 2' T5HO GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 LRC Clear linear-ribbed acrylic acrylic
EMPK1 Emergency
T8 GEB10DIM1,3 Dimming 0- 10v 3473 LRO Clear, linear- Battery Pack
24 2' x 4' ribbed acrylic

Quantity Limits: 200 units each size (1x4, 2x2, 2x4) Notes
1 Dimming not available for 2x2 with T5HO lamping.
2 Available for T8 lamping options ONLY.
3 Dimming not available for 347V.

WHISPER LED
Example: WHSLOTM 22 H35GEDR 120 SWC SWO NX CP
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change.
Linear LED Linear LED
Series Size Output Color Temp Driver Voltage Shielding, Center Shielding, Sides Integrated Controls Options
WHSLOTM Whisper 14 1’ x 4’ N Normal 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI GEDR Constant 120 SWC Soft-white SWO Soft-white N100 N100 nLight without CP Chicago
LED OTM 22 2' x 2' Output Current 277 acrylic acrylic Lumen mgt plenum
H High Driver, N80 N80 nLight with 80%
24 2' x 4' Output 0-10V 10% Lumen mgt
Dimming
NX Dimming, No nLight

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

223

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 223 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION OTM
ON THE MARK

MERIDIAN
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MDOTM 22 G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120 SWR CP
Series Size Ceiling type No. of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
MDOTM Meridian 221 2' x 2' G9 9/16" wide inverted tee 2 T5 GEB10IS2 Standard instant start 120 SWR Soft-white EMPK Emergency Battery
24 2' x 4' DF 9/16" slot grid or 15/16" T5HO GEB10PS Standard program start 277 ribbed lens Pack
wide inverted tee T8 GEB10DIM1,3 Dimming 0-10v 3473 SWS Soft-white CP Chicago plenum
smooth lens

Quantity Limits: 200 units each size (2x2, 2x4) Notes


1 Dimming not available for 2x2 with T5HO lamping.
2 Available with T8 lamping option ONLY.
3 Dimming not available for 347V.

AURORA
ORDERING INFORMATION Example: AUOTM 22 G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120 SWR EMPK
Specifications subject to change.
Series Size Ceiling type No. of lamps/Lamp type1 Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
4 2
AUOTM Aurora 22 2' x 2' G9 9/16" wide inverted tee 2 T5 GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 SWR Soft-white EMPK Emergency Battery
24 2' x 4' DF 9/16" slot grid or 15/16" T5HO GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 ribbed lens Pack
wide inverted tee T8 GEB10DIM3,4 Dimming 0 - 10v 3473 SWS Soft-white CP Chicago plenum
smooth lens
Quantity Limits: 200 units each size (2x2, 2x4) Notes
1 Lamps per cross section.
2 Available for T8 lamping options ONLY.
3 Dimming is not available for 347V.
4 Dimming not available for 2x2 with T5HO lamping.

PORTICO
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: POROTM 22 G9 2T5 GEB10PS 120 SWR EMPK
Series Size Ceiling type No. of lamps/Lamp type1 Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
3
POROTM Portico 22 2' x 2' G9 9/16" wide inverted tee 2 T5 GEB10PS Programmed 120 SWR Soft-white EMPK Emergency Battery
24 2' x 4' DF 9/16" slot grid or 15/16" T5HO2 rapid start 277 ribbed lens Pack
wide inverted tee GEB10DIM2,3 Dimming 0 - 10v 3473 SWS Soft-white CP Chicago plenum
smooth lens

Quantity Limits: 200 units each size (2x2, 2x4) Notes


1 Lamps per cross section.
2 Dimming not available for 2x2 with T5HO lamping.
3 Dimming not available in 347V.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

MAGELLAN
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MGOTM 24IN 3T5 GEB10PS 120
Series Size No. of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
MGOTM Magellan 24IN 24” 31 T5 GEB10IS3 Standard instant start 120 VW Convex White CP Chicago plenum
diameter 4 T5HO GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 Acrylic EMPK6 Emergency Battery Pack
36IN 36” 62 T8 GEB10DIM4,5 Dimming 0 - 10v 3474 SM2 Sheet Metal Ceiling Panel 2x2
diameter
Quantity Limits: 25 units each size (24” & 36”) Notes 5 Dimming not available for T5HO lamping.
1 24” ONLY. 6 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 and T8 lamping.
2 36” ONLY. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.
3 Available with T8 lamping options ONLY.
4 Dimming not available in 347V.

224 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 224 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION OTM

ON THE MARK
SLOT 2
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SL2OTM 4FT UNIV 1T5 GEB10PS 120 FA
Series Size Ceiling type No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
1 3
SL2OTM Slot 2 4FT 4' UNIV Universal trimless 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed 120 FA 3/32” thick clear frosted EMPK Emergency
(flush or 8FT 8' sheetrock, 9/16" or T5HO rapid start 277 acrylic Battery Pack
regressed) 15/16" inverted tee 2
GEB10DIM Dimming 0 -10V
slot grid 3472

Quantity Limits: 50 units each length (4ft & 8ft) Notes


1 Individual units ONLY.
2 Dimming not available for 347V.
3 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 lamping. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.

SLOT 4
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SL4ROTM 4FT TG 1T5 GEB10PS 120 FA CP
Series Length Ceiling type No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
1 4 6
SL4ROTM Slot 4 4FT 4' TG 9/16" inverted tee grid 1 T5 GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 FA 1/8" thick clear CP Chicago
Regressed 5FT2 5’ with regular files 25 T5HO GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 frosted acrylic plenum
SL4FOTM1 Slot 4 Flush 8FT 8' FL 5/8" flange (sheetrock) T8 GEB10DIM2 Dimming 0 -10v 3477 EMPK8 Emergency
GB 3 Trimless (sheetrock) Battery Pack

Quantity Limits: 200 units each length (4ft, 5ft & 8ft) Notes
1 Individual units as listed ONLY. 5 2-Lamp 8’-0” units do not have staggered lamping.
2 Dimming not available for T5/T5HO lamping in 5ft lengths (35/80w ). 6 Available with T8 lamping options ONLY.
3 Not intended for post sheetrock installation. 7 Dimming not available for 347V.
4 Single lamp 8’-0” units will have staggered lamping. 8 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 and T8 lamping. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.

SLOT 4 LED
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S4LROTM 4FT TG N35GEDR 120 HT N100 CP
Linear LED Linear LED
Series Length Ceiling Trim Output Color Temp Driver Voltage Shielding Integrated controls Options
1
S4LROTM Regressed 4FT 4' TG 9/16” Flat N Normal 35 3500K ≥ 80 CRI GEDR Constant 120 SW 1/4" P95 N100 N100 nLight CP Chicago
Lens or Inverted Output Current opal acrylic without Lumen plenum
1
5FT 5’ Tee Driver, 277 mgt
S4LFOTM Flush Lens 8FT 8' H High 0 -10v EMPK Emergency
FL 5/8” flange Output Dimmable HT 90% N80 N80 nLight with Battery
__FT
2
Cont. (sheetrock) transmissive 80% Lumen
textured mgt Pack
3
Rows GB Trimless poly
(sheetrock) carbonate NX Dimming, No
nLight
Quantity Limits:
Individual Units: 100 units each length (4ft,5ft & 8ft) Notes
Continuous Runs: 250 l/ft maximum per total order 1 Individual units as listed ONLY.
2 Continuous Runs are available in 4FT increments up to 40FT.
3 Not intended for post sheetrock installation.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


SLOT 6
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SL6ROTM 4FT TG 1T5 GEB10PS 120 FA CP
Series Length Ceiling type No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
4 6
SL6ROTM 1
Slot 6 4FT 4' TG 9/16" inverted tee grid with 1 T5 GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 FA 1/8" thick CP Chicago
Regressed 5FT2 5’ tegular files 25 T5HO GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 clear frosted plenum
SL6FOTM1 Slot 6 FL 5/8" flange (sheetrock) acrylic EMPK 8
Emergency
8FT 8' T8 GEB10DIM2,7 Dimming 0- 10v 3477
Flush GB 3 Trimless (sheetrock) Battery Pack

Quantity Limits: Notes 3 Not intended for post sheetrock installation. 7 Dimming not available for 347V.
200 units each length (4ft, 5ft & 8ft) 1 Individual units as listed ONLY. 4 Single lamp 8’-0” units will have staggered lamping. 8 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 and T8 lamping.
2 Dimming not available for T5/T5HO lamping in 5ft 5 2 -Lamp 8’-0” units do not have staggered lamping. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.
lengths (35/80w). 6 Available with T8 lamping options ONLY.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

225

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 225 2/21/14 7:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION OTM
ON THE MARK

SLOT 6 LED
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: S6LOTM 4FT FL N35GEDR 120 SW N100 CP
Series Size Ceiling trim Linear LED Output Linear LED Color Temp Driver Voltage Shielding Integrated controls Options
S6LROTM Regressed 4FT 4’ FL 5/8” Flange N Normal 35 3500K GEDR Constant 120 SW 1/4” P95 N100 N100 nLight CP Chicago
Lens 5FT 5’ (sheetrock) Output Current 277 opal acrylic without plenum
S6LFOTM Flush TG 9/16" Flat H High Driver, HT 90% Lumen mgt
8FT 8’ 0-10V 2%
Lens or Inverted Output transmissive N80 N80 nLight
_FT1 Cont. Tedd Dimming textured with 80%
Runs GB2 Timeless poly Lumen mgt
(sheetrock) carbonate NX Dimming,
No nLight
Quantity Limits: Notes
Individual Units:100 units each lenght ( 4ft, 5ft & 8ft) 1 Continuous runs available in 4ft increments up to 40ft.
Continuous Runs: 250 l/ft maximum per total order 2 Not intended for post sheetrock installation.

SPR
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SPROTM 24FT G9 1T5S GEB10PS 120 SW
Series Length1 Ceiling type No. of lamps/Lamp type Ballast Voltage Lens Options
4
SPROTM Fully recessed FT. Provide G9 Universal 9/16”, 1 T5S GEB10IS Standard instant start 120 SW Soft- CP Chicago
SP dimensions to 15/16”, inverted tee 22 T5HOS3 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 white plenum
the even foot or slot grid acrylic EMPK6 Emergency
T8S GEB10DIM3,5 Dimming 0 -10v 3475
FL 5/8” flange Battery
(sheetrock) Pack
Quantity Limits: 250 l/ft maximum per total order
Notes 4 Available with T8 lamping options ONLY.
1 Maximum individual run length is 24 feet. 5 Dimming not available in 347V.
2 T5 and T5HO lamping options ONLY. 6 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 and T8 lamping.
3 Dimming not available in T5HO lamping. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.

SPR LED
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SPRLOTM 24FT G9 N35GEDR 120 FA N80 CP
Linear LED
Series Length1,2 Ceiling trim Linear LED Output color temp Driver Voltage Shielding Integrated controls Options
SPRLOTM Fully FT. Provide G9 9/16” wide N Normal 35 3500K GEDR Constant 120 FA Clear N100 N100 nLight CP Chicago
recessed dimensions inverted tee Output Current frosted without lumen plenum
SP LED 277 mgt
to the even FL 5/8” flange Driver, acrylic
foot H High 0-10V N80 N80 nLight with
(sheetrock) Output 80% lumen mgt
2% Dimming
NX Dimming,
No nLight

Quantity Limits: Notes


Maximum individual run length is 24’-0” 1 Maximum individual run length is 24’-0”.
Maximum total order is 250 l/ft total for all runs 2 Provide even foot run lengths when placing order. A run length component planner will be submitted for record with each order.
MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING

MP
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MPOTM 20FT 1T5S GEB10PS 277 EBB CP
1
Series Length No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
MPOTM MP FT. Provide 1 T5S GEB10IS3 Standard instant start 120 EBB Extruded aluminum bold baffle, CP Chicago plenum
wall- 2 T5HOS2 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 3/16" blades 1" h. x 1.2" o.c.
to-wall 3474 EMPK5 Emergency Battery Pack
dimensions T8S GEB10DIM4,5 Dimming 0 -10v

Quantity Limits: 250 l/ft maximum per total order Notes 4 Dimming not available in 347V.
1 Maximum individual run length is 24 feet. 5 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 and T8 lamping.
2 Dimming not available in T5HO lamping. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.
3 Available with T8 lamping options ONLY.

226 TM

www.marklighting.com PSG11

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 226 3/3/14 2:27 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION OTM

ON THE MARK
PERIMETER PLUS
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PPLOTM 24FT SL 1T5S GEB10PS 277 CP
Series Length1 Color No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Options
PPLOTM Perimeter Plus FT. Provide wall-to- SL Silver 1 T5S GEB10IS 2,3
Standard instant start 120 CP Chicago plenum
wall dimensions WH White 2 T5HOS2 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 277 EMPK
5
Emergency
T8S GEB10DIM2,4 Dimming 0 -10v 3474 Battery Pack

Notes
Quantity Limits: 250 l/ft maximum per total order 1 Maximum individual run length is 24 feet. 4 Dimming not available in 347V.
2 Dimming not available in T5HO lamping. 5 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 and T8 lamping.
3 Available with T8 lamping options ONLY. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.

PROCYON
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PR1OTM 4FT SYO 2T5HO GEB10PS 120 IND
Series Length Mounting No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Designation Options
1
PR1OTM Procyon 4FT Nominal 4’ SYO Split ‘Y’ 2 T5 GEB10PS Programmed 120 IND Individual EMPK 3 Emergency Battery Pack
(perforated) 8FT Nominal 8’ cable T5HO rapid start 277 (limited to 1.18” wide by
mounting GEB10DIM2 Dimming 0 -10v 1” high)
kit 3472

Quantity Limits: 50 units each length (4ft & 8ft)


Notes 2 Dimming not available for 347V.
1 Mounting kit includes: (2) canopies, 3 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 lamping.
(2) split ‘Y’ cables and (1) power feed. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.

PLANAR
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PLAOTM 4FT SYO 1T5 GEB10PS 120 PBO IND
Series Length Mounting No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Shielding Designation Options
PLAOTM Planar 4FT1 Nominal 4' SYO2 Split “Y” 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed 120 SW Soft-white acrylic IND Individual EMPK4 Emergency
8FT1 Nominal 8' cable 2 T5HO rapid start 277 PBO Parabolic diffuse Battery Pack
mounting GEB10DIM3 Dimming aluminum baffle (limited to
kit 3473 1.18"wide by
0 -10v
1" high)

Quantity Limits: 50 units each length (4ft & 8ft) Notes


1 Individual units ONLY. 3 Dimming not available for 347V.
2 Mounting kit includes: (2) canopies, 4 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 lamping.
(2) split ‘Y’ cables and (1) power feed. ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.

MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING


PROCYON WALL
ORDERING INFORMATION Example: PRWOTM 4FT 1T5 GEB10PS 120 IND
Specifications subject to change.
Series Length No. of lamps/Lamp types Ballast Voltage Shielding Options
1
PRWOTM Procyon 4FT Nominal 4’ 1 T5 GEB10PS Programmed rapid start 120 IND Individual EMPK3 Emergency Battery Pack
Wall 8FT1 Nominal 8’ 2 T5HO GEB10DIM Dimming 0 -10v 277
3472

Quantity Limits: 25 units each length (4ft & 8ft) Notes


1 Individual units ONLY.
2 Dimming not available in 347V.
3 ISL- 28 supplied for T5 lamping.
ISL- 54 supplied for T5HO lamping.

PSG11 www.marklighting.com TM

227

Mark_ 11Section_210-227.indd 227 2/21/14 7:12 PM


HEALTHCARE LIGHTING®
Healthcare Lighting was founded with a singular mission to deliver high-quality lighting systems that contribute to
positive patient outcomes. Our solutions are designed to meet the needs of the healthcare environment, enhancing the
patient experience while enabling caregiver effectiveness and performance. This commitment is manifested through
tailored light distributions, intuitive controls and ease of maintenance.

We offer thoughtful, innovative lighting solutions for patient care settings and surgical, procedure and diagnostic
applications.

Healthcare_ Section.indd 228 2/21/14 4:49 PM


CONTENTS
CEILING
Omnilume .......................................................................................................232-233
232 HPT100 Series ........................................................................................................ 234
Trilume .................................................................................................................... 235
Trilume with Exam................................................................................................... 236
ComfortView ........................................................................................................... 237
Tandem ................................................................................................................... 238
EVO ........................................................................................................................ 239

WALL
Chrysalite .........................................................................................................240-241
Archer .............................................................................................................242-243
Stratus .................................................................................................................... 244
235
Sierra ..................................................................................................................... 245

LED NIGHT LIGHT


Geo & Oval.............................................................................................................. 246
Pathfinder................................................................................................................ 247

BATHROOM/HAND-WASH SINKS
Stratus Vanity .......................................................................................................... 248
Avonia Vanity ...................................................................................................249-250
Archer Vanity........................................................................................................... 251
236
SCONCES
Les Mini ................................................................................................................. 252
Sierra Sconce.......................................................................................................... 253

UNDER-CABINET TASK LIGHTING


Spectra-SF .............................................................................................................. 254
Quark-OF ............................................................................................................... 255
Teron-OF & Teron SF .............................................................................................. 256

LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLLER


241 Low Voltage Controller............................................................................................ 257

EXAM/MINOR PROCEDURE
Solume ................................................................................................................... 258
Corona ................................................................................................................... 259
Louvered Exam ....................................................................................................... 260

EXAM/SPECIALITY PROCEDURE
LDR ........................................................................................................................ 261

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
OR/SURGICAL SUITE
250 SURG5 ................................................................................................................... 262
HST .................................................................................................................263-264

MRI
Teron-SF MRI ......................................................................................................... 265
ComfortView LED/MRI ........................................................................................... 266
Trilume MRI ........................................................................................................... 267

DARKROOM & X-RAY ILLUMINATORS


Darkroom Safelight ................................................................................................ 268
Techline X-Ray Illuminator ..................................................................................... 269
266 Economy X-Ray Illuminator .................................................................................... 270

MESSAGE SIGNS
Alert ....................................................................................................................... 271 229

Healthcare_ Section.indd 229 2/27/14 2:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

ILLUMINATING THE PATIENT ROOM


APPLICATION DETAILS
The patient room in an acute care hospital is a complex environment. Lighting needs are diverse and often demanding, all in
support of the facility’s overarching goal to achieve the best possible patient experience and outcomes. Today’s patient room
typically requires the following lighting:

PATIENT
t Bed lighting should provide multiple light levels to align with updated Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) recommendations
and to allow adjustment based upon individual preference, age, and medical condition. Controls should be easily accessible and
intuitive.
t Ceiling-mounted luminaires should deliver diffuse, comfortable light for normal activities, avoiding discomfort glare for
patients in prone or reclined positions.
t Night lighting must illuminate the floor, providing a clear path to the lavatory or doorway in the darkened room, while
minimizing sleep disruption.

CAREGIVER
t Exam lighting should be separately controlled, delivering higher level intensity over the entire bed for examination, as well as
minor procedures that are increasingly performed in the patient room. Color rendering and correlated color temperature are
important considerations for visual acuity and accurate rendition of the patient’s pallor, skin, and tissues.
t Hand-wash sinks should be independently illuminated with sufficient intensity for task effectiveness while including
appropriate cut-off to minimize glare and excessive light trespass to the patient.
t Night lighting should allow safe passage through the room at night without undue patient disruption.
t Low-level observation lighting allows nighttime viewing of the patient without interrupting their sleep.

GUEST
t Separate lighting for the visitor area should allow glare-free, visually comfortable reading and ambient illumination while
limiting trespass to a resting patient.

It is important to consider not only the average light intensity but also how the light is distributed over the relevant area.
Considerations such as glare, uniformity, lighting controls, clearance for equipment such as lift rails, and other factors unique to
the space will further guide selection.
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

The right combination of lighting and controls equipment can result in a patient room solution that fully meets the functional
and aesthetic requirements of the space. While specific room dimensions and layouts vary, the following page provides one
configuration for lighting the Patient Care Zone.

230 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 230 2/21/14 4:50 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

ILLUMINATING THE PATIENT ROOM

Guest Lighting

Exam

Ambient /
Reading
Vanity /
Hand-Wash

Night Light

ANATOMY OF THE PATIENT ROOM


Patient Care Zone
t Ambient / Reading: Provides the patient with comfortable light levels for reading and general ambient room illumination

Exam HEALTHCARE LIGHTING


t Direct task lighting for patient examination and minor procedures

Support Zone
t Hand-wash Sink: Mounted above the hand-wash basin, providing task illumination even in low level room lighting
t Night Light: Unobtrusive pathway illumination enables patient and staff to safely move about room in dark conditions
t Guest Lighting: Provides comfortable guest lighting without patient disruption

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 231

Healthcare_ Section.indd 231 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Omnilume
CEILING

OMNILUME Intended Use Features


Omnilume provides the ultimate versatility in patient bed light- t Patient and caregiver lighting with separate controls
ing with superior examination illumination, ambient light level
t Motorized exam head (optional) sweeps 0-60° with wall
2’x4’ selections, and chart light options. The motorized exam head
control, included
(optional) sweeps through a 60-degree range to direct high-
intensity illumination exactly where it is needed. The center t Greater than 250fc light delivered across entire bed surface
section of the fixture is designed for multi-level switching so when head is positioned throughout range of motion
that the patient can easily select lighting that is comfortable
for reading/tasks or general ambient illumination. Light levels t 100 CRI exam lighting
can be controlled via the nurse call system, if wired to the low
t Bi-level patient lighting controlled from nurse call system
voltage controller in the fixture, or using a separate pendant
with 2C optional Ambient Control (low voltage controller
pillow switch (optional).
standard with MA option)
t LED chart/observation light (optional)
t Entirely serviceable from within the room
t EZ-Hang mounting system allows quick and easy connection
to ceiling supports

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPT224 MA F 120 TAI SX 2C LCL
Series Exam Type Mounting Voltage Diffuser Ambient lamping Ambient control Circuits Options Finish
Product Size MA Motorized G Grid 120 120V TAI Translucent (blank) 4 ea. 21WT5 LVA - Low Voltage 1C 1 Circuit ambient LCR LED Chart GW Gloss White
HPT224 2x4 FT (includes F Flange 277 277V Acrylic Standard Controller (FA adder) 2C 2 Circuit - Light on (Standard)
LVM) (Standard) bi-level ambient Right
LV1A - LVC with AM Anti-
FA Non- PAI Perforated J-box and Pillow optional LCL LED Chart Microbial
Motorized Acrylic Insert Switch (FA) Ambient Control Light on White
(Recommended ADEZ Mark X Dimming Left
for Patient LVMJPS - 1-gang ballast 5-100% CR11 MR11 Chart
Rooms) J-box with pillow phase control Light on
switch (MA Only) Right
ADZT Mark VII
LVMEC - Remote Dimming ballast CL11 MR11 Chart
pendant exam 0-10V low Light on
control voltage dimmer Left
(MA only) GLR Fast-Blo
LVMJPSEC - Both Fuse
LVMJPS and LVMEC GMF Slo-Blo
(MA only) Fuse
SX - No Switch LNL LED Night
Light
NFL Fluorescent
Night Light

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

22 - 5/8" Flange
47 - 5/8" 22 - 9/16" Grid
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

5 -11/16" Flange
5 -15/16" Grid

49 -1/8" Flange
23 - 3/4" 47 - 5/8" Grid
Notes
1 Three each 75W MR16 exam lamps included.
2 MA option comes with 4-Circuit Low Voltage Controller and 2-gang wall
plate (LVM).
3 Program start ballasts standard.
4 LVA and LV1A with FA only - 2 circuit low voltage switch.
5 JPS and EC with Motorized Exam only; when nurse call system
unavailable.
6 Ambient dimming only with SX option; controlled by others.

232 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 232 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Omnilume

CEILING
Intended Use
The louvered patient lighting section of the fixture is designed
for bi-level switching so that the patient can easily select light-
Features
t Patient and caregiver lighting with separate controls
t Motorized exam head (optional) sweeps 0-60° with wall
OMNILUME
ing that is comfortable for their purpose. Light levels can be
control, included 2’x2’
controlled via the nurse call system, if wired to the low voltage
controller in the fixture, or using a separate pendant pillow t Greater than 250fc light delivered across entire bed surface
switch (optional). A center basket style is also offered as an when head is positioned throughout range of motion
alternative to the louvered design. (Consult factory.)
t 100 CRI exam lighting
t LED chart/observation light (optional)
t Entirely serviceable from within the room

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPT222LB MA F 120 TAI 2ACF55 1C LCL

Series Exam Type Mounting Voltage Diffuser Ambient lamping Ambient control Ambient circuits Options Finish
Product Size MA Motorized G Grid 120 120V TAI Translucent 2ACF55 2x55W Biax LVA - 1C 1 Circuit LCR LED Chart GW Gloss
HPT22LB 2X2 FT (includes LVM) F Flange 277 277V Acrylic Low Voltage ambient Light on White
(Standard) 3ACF55 3x55W Biax Controller (FA adder) Right (Standard)
FA Non-Motorized 2C 2 Circuit -
PAI Perforated 2ACF40 2x40W Biax LV1A - bi-level LCL LED Chart AM Anti-
Acrylic Insert LVC with J-box and ambient Light on Microbial
(Recommended 3ACF40 3x40W Biax Pillow Switch (FA) ADEZ Mark X Left White
for Patient Dimming CR11 MR11 Chart
Rooms) LVMJPS - 1-gang
J-box with pillow ballast Light on
switch (MA Only) 5-100% Right
phase control CL11 MR11 Chart
LVMEC - Remote ADZT Mark VII Light on
pendant exam Dimming Left
control ballast 0-10V
(MA only) GLR Fast-Blo
low voltage Fuse
LVMJPSEC - Both dimmer
LVMJPS and LVMEC GMF Slo-Blo
(MA only) Fuse
LNL LED Night
SX - No Switch Light
NFL Fluorescent
Night Light

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

23 - 23/32" Flange
23 - 5/8" Grid 22 -1/2"

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
5 - 5/8" Flange
5 -7/8" Grid
Notes
1 Three each 75W MR16 exam lamps included.
2 MA option comes with 4-Circuit Low Voltage Controller and
2-gang wall plate (LVM).
23 - 3/4" 25 - 1/8" Flange 3 LVA and LV1A with FA only - 2 circuit low voltage switch.
23 5/8" Grid 4 JPS and EC with Motorized Exam only; when nurse call system
unavailable.
5 Ambient dimming only with SX option; controlled by others.
6 Program start ballasts standard.
7 For HPT222LB (2x2), ambient section has louvers with acrylic
overlay.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 233

Healthcare_ Section.indd 233 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HPT100 Series
CEILING

HPT100 SERIES Intended Use Intended Use


The HPT100 family offers a traditional design in a multi- t Patient and caregiver lighting with separate controls
function bed light. A basket section for ambient lamping and
a louvered section for caregiver exam lighting are controlled t Tri-level control (3 lamp option) for ambient, reading, and
separately. Exam lighting is directed downward on the bed task lighting
surface through a parabolic louver that both reduces glare and t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient control from
obscures lamp silhouette. An acrylic overlay is inserted between nurse call system
the lamps and the louvered panel. Incorporating a low voltage
controller (optional) allows the patient to control lighting from t Sanitary lens (option) with concealed hinge design improves
the nurse-call handset or a separate pendant pillow switch cleanliness
(optional).
t Multiple lamping options available for both patient and
caregiver lighting
t Entirely serviceable from within the room

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPT124 G 120 ALB TAI LV 1C 2ACF40 3XCF40 LNL AM
Ambient Ambient Ambient Ambient
Series Mounting Voltage Basket lens lens insert control circuits lamps Exam Lamping Options Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V ALB Acrylic Lens TAI Translucent LV Low 1C 1 Circuit 2ACF40 2x40W 3XCF40 3x40W SL Sanitary GW Gloss
HPT124 2x4 FT F Flange 277 277V Basket Acrylic Voltage 2C 2 Circuit - Biax (2x4) Biax (2x4) Lens White
(Standard) (Standard) Controller tri-level 2ACF50 2x55W 3XCF50 3x50W with (Standard)
HPT122 2x2 FT MVOLT 120- Door
277V PAI Perforated LV3 LVC with control Biax (2x4) Biax (2x4) AM Anti-
PMB Perforated Acrylic J-box, ADEZ Mark X 2ACF55 2x55W 3XCF55 3x55W LNL LED Microbial
Metal Insert receptacle Dimming Biax (2x4) Biax (2x4) Night White
Basket and Pillow ballast Light
Switch 3ACF40 3x40W 4XCF40 4x40W
WAV Acrylic 5-100% Biax (2x4) Biax (2x4) NLF 9 Watt
Wave with Cord phase Night
Pattern SX No Switch control 3ACF50 3x50W 4XCF50 4x50W Light
Insert Biax (2x4) Biax (2x4)
ADZT Mark VII GLR Fast-Blo
Dimming 3ACF55 3x55W 4XCF55 4x55W Fuse
ballast Biax (2x4) Biax (2x4)
GMF Slo-Blo
0-10V low 2ACF27 2x27W 2xCF55 2x55W Fuse
voltage Biax (2x2) Biax (2x2)
dimmer 3ACF27 3x27W
Biax (2x2)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

47 - 3/4" 22 -1/2" 22 -1/2"


23 - 3/4"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

5 -11/16"
5 - 11/16"

25 -1/4" Flange
49 -1/4" Flange 23 - 3/4" 23 - 3/4" Grid
23 - 3/4"
47 - 3/4" Grid

Notes
1 Dimmer only available with SX option.
2 Contact factory for 347V availability.

234 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 234 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Trilume

CEILING
Intended Use
The Trilume provides glare- and shadow-free illumination in
a clean, visually comfortable aesthetic. Specify three lamps
and 2 circuits to provide the patient with versatile tri-level
Features
t Direct and indirect lighting via acrylic lens with translucent
acrylic insert TRILUME
light control for patient comfort. If a low voltage controller is t 2 circuits (optional) allow multi-level light control
included (optional), light levels can be conveniently adjusted t Multiple lamping options available
via the nurse call system or using a separate pendant pillow
switch (optional). This design is a complement to the Trilume t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient control from
with Exam fixture and is also suitable for corridors and for other nurse call system
areas of the facility where general lighting is needed.
t Sanitary lens (option) with concealed hinge design improves
cleanliness
t Entirely serviceable from within the room

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPT324 G 120 ALB TAI 2 T5 2C LNL AM
Ambient Lamp Qty Ambient
Series Mounting Voltage Basket lens lens insert (AMB) Lamping control Switching Options Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V ALB Acrylic Lens TAI Translucent 2 T8 17W (2 ft) LV Low Voltage 1C 1 Circuit GLR Fast-Blo GW Gloss White
HPT324 2x4 FT F Flange 277 277V Basket Acrylic 3 32W (4 ft) Controller Fuse (Standard)
(Standard) PAI 2C 2 Circuit -
HPT322 2x2 FT MVOLT 120- Perforated 4 T5 14W (2 ft) LV3 LVC with J-box, 2 or 3 level GMF Slow-Blo AM Anti-
277V PMB Perforated Acrylic 28W (4 ft) receptacle and control Fuse Microbial
Metal Insert T5HO 24W (2 ft) Pillow Switch LNL LED Night White
Basket with Cord ADEZ Mark X
WAV Acrylic 54W (4 ft) Dimming Light
Wave SX No Switch ballast SL Sanitary
Pattern 5-100% Lens and
Insert [Only phase Door
available control
with ALB NLF 9 Watt
option] ADZT Mark VII Night
Dimming Light
ballast
0-10V low
voltage
dimmer

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

47 - 3/4" 22 -1/2" 22 -1/2"


23 - 3/4"

5 -11/16"
5 - 11/16"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

25 -1/4" Flange
49 -1/4" Flange 23 - 3/4"
23 - 3/4" 23 - 3/4" Grid
47 - 3/4" Grid

Notes
1 T8 standard with instant start ballast.
2 TS standard with program start ballast.
3 Consult factory for availability of 347V.
4 If SL option, then PMB required.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 235

Healthcare_ Section.indd 235 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Trilume with Exam
CEILING

TRILUME Intended Use Features


The Trilume with Exam offers multi-purpose functionality in a t Patient and caregiver lighting with separate controls
clean design that is more contemporary. The patient and exam

WITH EXAM sections run the full length of the fixture for more uniform light
distribution over the bed surface.
Exam lighting is asymmetrically directed from each side of the
t Tri-level control (3 lamp option) for ambient, reading, and
task lighting
t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient control from
fixture toward the bed surface, providing effective distribution nurse call system
and limited light trespass while mitigating shadows. A t Separate exam sections asymmetrically deliver light toward
full-length sanitary lens with concealed hinge door frame is the bed
standard. If a low voltage controller is included (optional), light
levels can be conveniently adjusted via the nurse call system or t Sanitary lens with concealed hinge design improves
using a separate pendant pillow switch (optional). cleanliness
t Entirely serviceable from within the room

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPT524 G 120 ALB TAI 2 T5 LV 2C 2XT5 LNL AM
Lamp
Ambient Qty Ambient Ambient
Series Mounting Voltage Basket lens lens insert (AMB) lamping control Switching Exam lamping Options Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V ALB Acrylic TAI Translucent 2 T8 17W LV Low 1C 1 Circuit 2XT5HO 1 per side SL Sanitary GW Gloss
HPT524 2x4 FT F Flange 277 277V Lens Acrylic insert 3 (2 ft) Voltage 24W (2 ft) Lens with White
Basket (Standard) 32W Controller 2C 2 Circuit 54W (4 ft) Door (Standard)
HPT522 2x2 FT MVOLT 120- (Standard) PAI (4 ft) - 2/3 (Standard) AM Anti-
277V Perforated LV3 LVC with Level 2XT5 1 per side:
PMB Perforated Acrylic Insert T5 14W J-box, Control 14W (2 ft) LNL LED Night Microbial
Metal (Recommended (2 ft) receptacle 28W (4 ft) Light White
Basket for Patient 28W and ADEZ Mark X
Dimming 2XT8 1 per side LRL 3W LED
Room) (4 ft) Pillow 17W (2 ft) Reading
Switch ballast
WAV Acrylic Wave T5HO 24W 5-100% 32W (4 ft) Light
Pattern Insert (2 ft) with Cord
phase 4XT5 2 per side: GLR Fast-Blo
(only available 54W SX No Switch control 14W (2 ft) Fuse
with ALB (4 ft) 28W (4 ft)
option) ADZT Mark VII GMF Slow-Blo
Dimming 4XT8 2 per side Fuse
ballast 17W (2 ft)
0-10V 32W (4 ft)
low
voltage
dimmer

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

22 - 17/32"
47 - 5/8"
23 - 5/8" 22 -17/32"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

5 - 11/16"
5 -11/16"

49 - 1/8" Flange 25 - 1/8" Flange


23 - 3/4" 23 - 3/4"
47 - 5/8" Grid 23 - 5/8" Grid

Notes
1 Contact factory for availability of 347V.
2 Recommended Exam lamping is T5HO which comes with custom
parabolic reflector for best performance.
3 T8 ballast standard instant start. T5 ballast standard program start.

236 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 236 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION ComfortView

CEILING
Intended Use
General lighting in radiology, oncology, and specialized treat-
ment areas should create a calming atmosphere to ease patient
tensions as much as possible. Ceiling fixtures with interesting
Features
t Vivid color, proprietary high-definition lens
t Library of impressive National Geographic® images
COMFORTVIEW
graphics such as colorful landscape scenes can provide a pleas- t Customized layouts and images are available; consult
ant distraction while patients are prone or recumbent for long factory
periods of time.
t Multiple lamping options available
t Tool-free cam-lock tabs secure door against gasket for dust
seal

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HCV124 G MVOLT SP1 H1 GI270 LED AM
Series Mounting Voltage Fixture spacing Configurations Image Number Lamping type Options Finish
Product Size G Grid MVOLT 120- SPO 0-inch For 2x2 FT See image gallery T8 17W (2 FT) GLR Fast-Blo Fuse GW Gloss White
HCV122 2x2 FT Fluorescent F Flange 277V SP1 1-inch (Standard Grid) A1 on website www. 32W (4 FT) GMF Slow-Blo Fuse (Standard)
B2 healthcare-lighting.com T5 14W (2FT) AM Anti-Microbial
HCV124 2x4 FT Fluorescent SP15 1.5-inch grid (e.g. GI270) ADEZ Mark X
C2 28W (4FT) Dimming White
HCV222 2x2 FT LED D4
SPN Non-Std LED 3500K LED ballast
HCV224 2x4 FT LED E6 5-100%
F6 *4 lamps per fixture
by others for even phase control
G9
backlighting ADZT Mark VII
For 2x4 FT Dimming
H1 ballast 0-10V
I1 low voltage
J2 dimmer
K2 SX No Switch
L3
M3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

D B

E HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

A C

Notes
1 Comes standard with universal voltage ballast or driver.
2 Four lamps per fixture to provide even backlighting.
3 Contact factory for non-standard grid size to preserve patterns.
4 Certain images not available in F, G, and L patterns.
5 See image gallery at www.healthcare-lighting.com.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 237

Healthcare_ Section.indd 237 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Tandem
CEILING

TANDEM Intended Use Features


Streamlined and unobtrusive, a set of Tandem fixtures offers t Light distribution from two angles minimizes shadows and
an ideal combination of form and function. Each individual glare
fixture, mounted outboard of the patient bed, asymmetrically
distributes light toward the bed but outside of the patient’s t Outboard mounting accommodates lift systems and other
direct line of sight. Shadowing is reduced because light is obstacles over center of patient bed
delivered from both sides of the bed. t Delivers consistent exam-level lighting over entire bed
surface
t Sanitary lens with concealed hinge design improves
cleanliness (optional)
t Entirely serviceable from within the room

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPT410 G MVOLT 1AT5HO LV 2XT5 SL AM

Series Mounting Voltage Ambient lamping Ambient control Exam lamping Options Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V (blank) 1AT5-28W LV Low Voltage (blank) 2 ea. 54W T5HO SFO Single fixture option (blank) Gloss White
HPT410 Pair of F Flange 277 277V 1AT5HO 54W T5HO Controller per housing (One 6” x 4 FT. fixture only) (Standard)
Fixtures MVOLT 120- LV3 LVC with J-box, 2XT5 2 ea. 28W T5 GLR Fast-Blo Fuse AM Anti-Microbial
6”x4 FT 277V receptacle and Pillow per housing GMF Slow-Blo Fuse White
Switch with cord
SL Sanitary lens and door
SX No Switch
ADEZ Mark X Dimming ballast
5-100% phase control
ADZT Mark VII Dimming
ballast 0-10V low
voltage dimmer

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

5 - 7/8"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

47 - 3/4"

3 - 1/4" Notes
1 Contact factory for availability of 347V.
2 Exam lamp switching provided by others.
3 Standard exam lamps are 2 54W T5HO.
4 One Tandem consists of 2 4-foot long fixtures.
5 Dimming only available with SX; dimming control by others.
6 LV and LV1 is for patient control of ambient lamps.
7 Consult factory for specifications.
8 For SL option, dimensions of fixture change.

238 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 238 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Evo®

CEILING
Intended Use
Within the patient room, recessed downlights can provide
soothing ambient illumination for the whole space - or deliver
more narrowly focused reading lighting for guests without light
Features
t Advanced solid-state components efficiently deliver lumen
levels comparable to CFL fixtures EVO®
trespass to a resting patient. t Thermal design ensures that LED temperatures remain
at or below 50% of the thermal limit - for enhanced color
EVO® meets today’s standards but with an eye on tomorrow. Its stability, better fixture-to-fixture consistency, and longer
unobtrusive design, elegant in its simplicity, addresses general LED life
lighting applications throughout the facility. A modular design t Modular design allows future upgrades with advancing
allows re-configuring of the light engine - mixing chamber, technology
reflector, lenses, and LEDs can be independently changed -
affording tremendous flexibility for upgrades as technology t Retrofit kit allows simple renovation, without removal from Regressed
advances. ceiling
t Multiple lumen packages and aperture sizes provide
exceptional uniformity and energy savings

Drop

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ALED35 18 6 DFR PCL 120 ECOS3 SF DWHG
Series Nominal Lumens Aperture Trim style Lens Voltage Driver Options Finish
Sealed Downlight 10 1000 lumens 6 6-inch DFR Non-Conductive PCL 1/8” Clear 120 120V (blank) 0-10v SF Single Fuse DWHG Matte White
ALED27 2700K (6-inch) 8 8-inch Regressed (ALED) Polycarbonate 277 277V dimming ELR Emergency DDB Dark Bronze
ALED30 3000K 14 1400 lumens DFD Non-conductive T73 3/16” 347 347V ECOS3 Lutron Battery
(6-inch) drop (ALED) Hi-Lume Pack DBL Black
ALED35 3500K Tempered
18 1800 lumens Prismatic Dimming CP Chicago DMB Medium Bronze
ALED41 4100K WR White Trim
(6- or 8-inch) (VRALED) CVX 3/16” Clear Plenum
Vandal Resistant DNA Natural Aluminum
22 2200 lumens AR Clear Trim Convex Glass NSD Sensor
VRALED27 2700K (8-inch) (VRALED) Switch
29 2900 lumens nLight™
VRALED30 3000K
(8-inch) Dimming
VRALED35 3500K Relay
VRALED41 4100K

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

Notes
1 Lens and finish must be specified for VRALED only.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 239

Healthcare_ Section.indd 239 2/21/14 5:11 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Chrysalite
WALL

CHRYSALITE t Top and bottom lenses are fully supported in grooves to


Intended Use
The Chrysalite is a stylish solution for wall-mounted patient prevent sagging
bed lighting. Photometric testing shows that placement above
and behind the patient delivers optimal distribution of light t Separate mounting plate makes installation easy; mount
for reading. If a low voltage controller is included (optional), rigid but lightweight plate to wall and then install fixture
light levels can be adjusted via the nurse call system or using a t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient control from
separate pendant pillow switch (optional). nurse call system or separate pillow switch (option)
Features t Tool-free access to ballast compartment while
t Delivers multiple light levels for patient and caregiver: fixture remains on wall
indirect, direct, both, as well as flip-top examination section
t Single-piece extruded aluminum body with die-cast
t Unique convenience switch (option) allows exam lighting to handles for extreme durability
illuminate automatically when exam head is flipped open
t Entirely serviceable without removal from wall
t Automatically returns to previous light mode when exam
head is closed

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPW248 120 T5 2U2D LV LCR AM
Lamp
Series Voltage Lamping type configuration Switching Options Finish
Product Size 120 120V T8 32W (4 FT) 25W (3 FT) 2U1D 2 Up, 1 Down LV Low Voltage Controller -sequential switching CS Convenience Switch FW Flat White
HPW236 3FT 277 277V T5 28W (4FT) 21W (3FT) 2U2D 2 Up, 2 Down LV1L LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight on Left (Standard)
HPW248 4FT T5HO 54W (4FT) 39W (3FT) 1U1D 1 Up, 1 Down LV1R LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight on Right LCR LED Chart Light with AM Anti-
switch on right Microbial
LV2L LVC with pillow switch on Left- sequencing White
1U2D 1 Up, 2 Down up + down light
LCL LED Chart Light with CC Custom
LV2R LVC with pillow switch on Right- sequencing switch on left Color2 (need
up + down light customer
S2L On/Off pull chain on left BD Bed-stop switch to provide
RAL#)
S2R On/Off pull chain on right GLR Fast-Blo Fuse
S2C On-off pull chain center GMF Slo-Blo Fuse
S2LDL On/Off pull chain on left (for Bottom Only) LCRW LED Chart Light on
S2RDL On/Off pull chain on right (for Bottom Only) Right Hard-Wired
S2CDL On/Off pull chain on center (for Bottom Only) LCLHW LED Chart Light on
S4L 4-position pull chain on left Left Hard-Wired
S4R 4-position pull chain on right
S4C 4-position pull chain center
SX No Switch

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

T5 – 39 - 3/8"
T8 – 41 - 1/8"
8 - 3/4"
1/2" DIA. 7/8" DIA. 3/8" DIA.
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

Length
6"-T5 7" 7" 6"-T5
7"-T8 4-1/8" 7"-T8
LVC WIREWAY WIREWAY FEED

6 - 3/8"
Length: T5 – 51 - 1/4"
HPW236 T8 = 41 - 1/8" T8 – 53 - 1/8"
3 -15/16" 8 - 3/4"
HPW236 T5 = 39 - 3/8"
8 -1/16" 1/2" DIA. 7/8" DIA. 3/8" DIA. Notes
HPW248 T8 = 53 - 1/8" Open 1 T5HO must include convenience switch (CS).
HPW248 T5 = 51 - 1/4 " 6 -7/8"
6"-T5 7" 7" 3" 3" 7" 7" 6"-T5 2 Custom color requires factory pricing.
7"-T8 7"-T8
LVC WIREWAY WIREWAY FEED 3 Switching: S2 and S4 options are compatible with 120v only.
4 Wall mount brackets included, packaged separately.
5 T8 instant start ballast; T5 program start ballast.
6 Consult factory for 347V availability.

240 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 240 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Chrysalite

WALL
Intended Use
The Chrysalite LED is a stylish alternative solution for wall-
mounted patient bed lighting. Photometric testing shows
that fixture placement above and behind the patient delivers
Features
t Delivers multiple light levels for patient and caregiver:
indirect, direct, both, as well as flip-top examination section CHRYSALITE LED
optimum light for reading and tasks. The Chrysalite LED comes t Unique convenience switch (option) allows exam lighting to
with our unique convenience switch (option) which permits the illuminate automatically when exam head is flipped open
caregiver to switch to exam mode after flipping the top section t Automatically returns to previous light mode when exam
forward. Installation of a low voltage controller (option) will head is closed
allow the interface of either the nurse call system or a separate
pendant pillow switch (option). t Separate mounting plate makes installation easy; mount
rigid but lightweight plate to wall and then install fixture
t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient control from
nurse call system or separate pillow switch (option)
t Tool-free access to LED driver compartment while fixture
remains on wall
t Single-piece extruded aluminum body with die-cast
handles for extreme durability.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPW248 120 LED35 2U2D LV LCR AM
Lamp
Series Voltage Lamping type configuration Switching Options Finish
Product Size 120 120V LED35 LED 3500K 2U1D 2 Up, LV Low Voltage Controller -sequential switching CS Convenience Switch FW Flat White (Standard)
HPW236 3FT 277 277V 1 Down AM Anti-Microbial White
LV1L LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight on Left
HPW248 4FT 2U2D 2 Up, LCR LED Chart Light with
2 Down Switch on right CC Custom Color (need
LV1R LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight on Right customer to provide
1U1D 1 Up, LV2L LVC with Pillow Switch on Left- sequencing up + down light RAL #)
1 Down LCL LED Chart Light with
LV2R LVC with Pillow Switch on Right- sequencing up + down light Switch on Left
1U2D 1 Up,
2 Down S2L On/Off Pull Chain on Left
S2R On/Off Pull Chain on Right BD Bed-Stop Switch
S2C On-Off Pull Chain Center LCRW LED Chart Light on
Right Hard-Wired
S2LDL On/Off Pull Chain on Left (for Bottom Only)
LCLHW LED Chart Light on Left
S2RDL On/Off Pull Chain on Right (for Bottom Only) Hard-Wired
S2CDL On/Off Pull Chain on Center (for Bottom Only)
S4L 4-Position Pull Chain on Left
S4R 4-Position Pull Chain on Right
S4C 4-Position Pull Chain Center
SX No Switch

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

Notes
1 Custom color requires factory pricing.
2 Switching: S2 and S4 options are compatible with 120V only.
3 Wall mount brackets included, packaged separately.
4 For pull chain and pillow switch, specify “left” or “right” as viewed facing the headwall.
5 3W LED chart light (option) always installed opposite end from pull chain or pillow switch.
6 Consult factory for LED availability and specifications.
7 Healthcare Lighting reserves the right to make design changes to this product at any time
without prior notice and such modifications will be effective immediately.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 241

Healthcare_ Section.indd 241 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Archer
WALL

ARCHER Intended Use Features


The Archer bed light provides versatility with optional sequen- t Delivers multiple light levels for patient: indirect, direct,
tial switching for patient room ambient and task lighting. The both
sleek housing profile echoes the Chrysalite and can be used
together to create a complementary look in a lighting design. t Separate mounting plate makes installation easy; mount
rigid but lightweight plate to wall and then install fixture
Multiple lamping and switching options allow this fixture to be
used in a wide array of applications. As a bed light, placement t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient control from
above the patient on the headwall delivers optimal distribution nurse call system or separate pillow switch (option)
of light for reading and also comfortable ambient illumination. t Tool-free access to ballast compartment while fixture
If a low voltage controller is included (optional), light levels remains on wall
can be adjusted via the nurse call system or using a separate
pendant pillow switch (optional). This fixture is also a good t Single-piece extruded aluminum body for extreme
choice for guest lighting. durability
t Entirely serviceable without removal from wall

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPW348 120 T5 2U2D LV AM

Series Voltage Lamping type Lamp configuration Switching Ballast Options Options Finish
Product Size 120 120V T8 32W (4 FT) 2U1D 2 Up, 1 Down LV Low Voltage Controller -Sequential GEB10IS T8 (Standard) LCR LED Chart FW Flat White
HPW336 3FT 277 277V 25W (3 FT) Switching Light with (Standard)
2U2D 2 Up, 2 Down GEB10PS T5 (Standard) Switch on
HPW348 4FT T5 28W (4FT) LV1L LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight AM Anti-Microbial
21W (3FT) on Left Right White
1U1D 1 Up, 1 Down I48 Iota
T5HO 54W (4FT) LV1R LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight Emergency LCL LED Chart CC Custom
39W (3FT) 1U2D 1 Up, 2 Down on Right Ballast for Light with Color (need
One T8 Switch on customer to
0U1DMT 1 Down only LV2L LVC with Pillow Switch on Left- Left
with top plate sequencing up + down light I320 Iota provide RAL#)
Emergency LCRHW LED Chart
0U2DMT 2 Down only LV2R LVC with Pillow Switch on Right- Ballast for Light
with top plate sequencing up + down light One T5 “Hardwired”
S2L On/Off Pull Chain on Left (Top & Right
Bottom) LCLHW LED Chart
S2R On/Off Pull Chain on Right (Top & Light
Bottom) “Hardwired”
S2L On/Off Pull Chain on Left (Top & Left
Bottom) BD Bed-stop
S2LDL On/Off Pull Chain on Left (for Bottom Switch
Only) GLR Fast-Blo Fuse
S2RDL On/Off Pull Chain on Right (for GMF Slo-Blo Fuse
Bottom Only)
S2CDL On/Off Pull Chain on Center (for
Bottom Only)
S4L 4-Position Pull Chain on Left
S4R 4-Position Pull Chain on Right
S4C 4-Position Pull Chain Center
SX No Switch

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted. T5 – 35 - 7/8"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

T8 – 37 - 5/8"
1/2" DIA. 8 - 3/4" 7/8" DIA. 3/8" DIA.

Length
6"-T5 7-3/4" T5 3" 3" 7-3/4" T5 6"-T5
7-5/8"-T8 7" T8 7" T8 7-5/8"-T8
LVC WIREWAY WIREWAY FEED

T5 – 47 - 5/8"
Length: 4" T8 – 49 - 5/8"
Notes
1/2" DIA. 8 - 3/4"
1 Custom color requires factory pricing.
HPW336 T8 = 37 - 5/8" 7/8" DIA. 3/8" DIA.
HPW336 T5 = 35 - 7/8" 2 Switching: S2 and S4 options are compatible with 120v only.
HPW348 T8 = 49 - 5/8" 3 Wall mount brackets included, packaged separately.
6 - 7/8" 7"-T5 7" 7" 3" 3" 7" 7" 7"-T5
HPW348 T5 = 47 - 5/8" 6-5/8" 11-1/4" T5 11-1/4" T5 6-5/8" 4 T8 instant start ballast; T5 program start ballast.
T8 LVC WIREWAY WIREWAY FEED T8 5 Consult factory for 347V availability.

242 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 242 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Archer

WALL
Intended Use
The Archer LED bed light provides versatility with optional se-
quential switching for patient room ambient and task lighting.
Multiple lamping and switching options allow this fixture to be
Features
t Delivers multiple light levels for patient: indirect, direct,
both ARCHER LED
used in a wide array of applications. As a bed light, placement t Separate mounting plate makes installation easy; mount
above the patient on the headwall delivers optimal distribution rigid but lightweight plate to wall and then install fixture
of light for reading and also comfortable ambient illumination. t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient control from
If a low voltage controller is included (optional), light levels nurse call system or separate pillow switch (option)
can be adjusted via the nurse call system or using a separate
pendant pillow switch (optional). t Tool-free access to ballast compartment while fixture
remains on wall
t Single-piece extruded aluminum body for extreme
durability
t Entirely serviceable without removal from wall

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. EXAMPLE: HPW348 120 LED35 2U2D LV LCR AM

Series Voltage Lamping type Lamp configuration Switching Options Finish


Product Size 120 120V LED35 3500K 2U1D 2 Up, 1 Down LV Low Voltage Controller -sequential switching LCR LED Chart Light with Switch on Right FW Flat White
HPW336 3FT 277 277V LV1L LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight on left LCL LED Chart Light with Switch on Left (Standard)
2U2D 2 Up, 2 Down
HPW348 4FT AM Anti-Microbial
LV1R LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight on Right LCRHW LED Chart Light “Hardwired” Right White
1U1D 1 Up, 1 Down
LV2L LVC with Pillow Switch on Left- sequencing up LCLHW LED Chart Light “Hardwired” Left
CC Custom
1U2D 1 Up, 2 Down + down light BD Bed-Stop Switch Color (need
0U1DMT 1 Down only LV2R LVC with Pillow Switch on Right- sequencing customer to
with top plate up + down light provide RAL#)
0U2DMT 2 Down only S2L On/Off Pull Chain on Left (Top & Bottom)
with top plate S2R On/Off Pull Chain on Right (Top & Bottom)
S2C On/Off Pull Chain on Left (Top & Bottom)
S2LDL On/Off Pull Chain on Left (for Bottom Only)
S2RDL On/Off Pull Chain on Right (for Bottom Only)
S2CDL On/Off Pull Chain on Center (for Bottom Only)
S4L 4-Position Pull Chain on Left
S4R 4-Position Pull Chain on Right
S4C 4-Position Pull Chain Center
SX No Switch

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

Notes
1 Custom color requires factory pricing.
2 Switching: S2 and S4 options are compatible with 120v only.
3 Wall mount brackets included, packaged separately.
4 For pull chain and pillow switch, specify “left” or “right” as viewed facing the headwall.
5 3W LED chart light (option) always installed opposite end from pull chain or pillow switch.
6 Consult factory for LED availability and specifications.
7 Healthcare Lighting reserves the right to make design changes to this product at any time
without prior notice and such modifications will be effective immediately.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 243

Healthcare_ Section.indd 243 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Stratus
WALL

STRATUS Intended Use Features


The Stratus bed fixture can be customized in color and design to t Delivers multiple light levels for patient: indirect, direct,
add vibrancy to a patient room. Choose from a variety of attrac- both
tive laminates for the front panel or specify a complementary
color for the powdercoat finish of the fixture itself. t Door inserts are replaceable for future renovations; inserts
available in various patterns, solid laminate or backlit
If ease of maintenance is a priority, the Stratus should be your (translucent); contact company for customized graphics
fixture of choice. The front panel is framed by a hinged door
which opens for easy access to lamps. The ballast tray assembly t Top and bottom lenses are fully supported in grooves to
is quickly and easily removed without tools by simply sliding the prevent sagging
lenses and divider panels out of their channels and releasing the t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient control from
quick-disconnect plug. nurse call system or separate pillow switch (option)
t Multiple lamping options available
t Quick and easy maintenance: modular ballast assembly with
quick-disconnect allows tool-free removal from installed
fixture, hinged door stays open for easy relamping

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPW148 120 T5 2U2D LV LCR AM
Lamp Emergency
Series Voltage Lamping type configuration Switching Options ballast Door inserts Finish
Product Size 120 120V T8 32W (4 FT), 2U1D 2 Up, 1 LV Low Voltage Controller CO Grounded B50 Bodine (blank) Flat White FW Flat White
HPW124 2FT 277 277V 25W (3 FT), Down -sequential switching Convenience 2-lamp CR Crayon (Standard)
17W (2FT) 2U2D 2 Up, 2 LV1L LVC with Pillow Switch Outlet B70A Bodine AM Anti-Microbial
HPW136 3FT MVOLT 120- (120V) AP Aged
277V T5 28W (4FT), Down for Downlight on left 1-lamp Piazza White
HPW148 4FT 21W (3FT), LNL LED Night
1U1D 1 Up, 1 LV1R LVC with Pillow Switch for I48 T8 One- FG Folk-Stone CC Custom
14W (2FT) Down Downlight on Right Light on Lamp Color (need
Left Granite
1U2D 1 Up, 2 LV2L LVC with Pillow Switch on Left- Emergency customer to
LNR LED Night GO Golden provide RAL#)
Down sequencing up + down light I320 T5 One- Oak
Light on Lamp
0U1DMT 1 Down LV2R LVC with Pillow Switch on Right- Right CCD Custom
only with sequencing up + down light Emergency
GLR Fast-Blo Specified
top plate S2L On/Off Pull Chain on Left (Top Fuse
0U2DMT 2 Down & Bottom)
only with GMF Slo-Blo Fuse
S2R On/Off Pull Chain on Right (Top
top plate & Bottom)
S2C On/Off Pull Chain on Center (Top
& Bottom)
S2LDL On/Off Pull Chain on Left (for
Bottom Only)
S2RDL On/Off Pull Chain on Right (for
Bottom Only)
S2CDL On/Off Pull Chain on Center (for
Bottom Only)
S4L 4-Position Pull Chain on Left
S4R 4-Position Pull Chain on Right
S4C 4-Position Pull Chain Center
SX No Switch

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.
7/8" DIA.
1/4" DIA. 1/4" DIA.
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

Length
B B
A

5" Length A B C
3' 39 - 1/2" 17 - 1/2" 8 - 1/4"
Length: 4' 51 - 5/16" 23 - 3/8" 8 - 1/4"
6"
Notes
HPW136 T8 = 39 - 1/2" 1 Switching: S2 and S4 options are compatible with 120V only.
3 - 3/4"
HPW136 T5 = 37 - 3/4"
Length A B C 2 Custom color and custom door insert require factory pricing.
HPW148 T8 = 51 - 5/16"
HPW148 T5 = 49 - 1/2" 3' 37 - 3/4" 16 - 5/8" 8 - 1/4" 3 Laminate and backlit door require factory pricing.
4' 49 - 1/2" 22 - 1/2" 8 - 1/4"
4 CO Option only with 120V.
5 Consult factory for availability of 347V.

244 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 244 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Sierra

WALL
Intended Use
The Sierra combines beauty and function in a fixture that is also
ADA compliant. Its low profile design is a perfect choice for pa-
tient rooms, corridors, and stairways. The sleek, sloping design
Features
t Delivers multiple light levels for patient: indirect, direct,
both SIERRA
shields lamp silhouette while providing forward distribution t Low profile complies with the Americans with Disabilities
of light. When a low voltage controller is included (optional), Act (ADA)
light levels can be adjusted via the nurse call system or using a t Uniquely contoured architectural design
separate pendant pillow switch.
t Sloping lenses shield lamp silhouette, eliminating glare and
An optional occupancy sensor improves efficiency for corridor reducing dust build-up
and stairway applications. The grounded convenience outlet
option is popular when the fixture is installed in bathrooms or t High efficiency asymmetric specular reflectors provide
long-term care patient rooms. forward light distribution
t Low voltage controller (option) allows patient
control from nurse call system or separate pillow switch
(option)
t Multiple lamping options available
t Single-piece extruded aluminum body with die-cast
aluminum end caps for extreme durability

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPW548 120 T5 2U2D LV LCR AM
Series Voltage Lamping Type Lamp Configuration Switching Ballast configuration
Product Size 120 120V T8 32W (4 FT), 2U1D 2 Up, 1 Down (T5) LV Low Voltage Controller (blank) 2 ballasts (One Up, One Down)
HPW518 18-in. 277 277V 25W (3 FT), 2U2D 2 Up, 2 Down (T5) LV1L LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight on left 1/2 One 2-lamp ballast (one circuit for 1U1D)
17W (2FT),
HPW524 2FT 15W (18 in) 1U1D 1 Up, 1 Down LV1R LVC with Pillow Switch for Downlight on Right 2/1 Two 1-lamp ballasts (for 1U1D only)
HPW536 3FT T5 28W (4FT), 1U2D 1 Up, 2 Down (T5) LV2L LVC with Pillow Switch on Left- sequencing up + down light
HPW548 4FT 21W (3FT), LV2R LVC with Pillow Switch on Right- sequencing up + down light
14W (2FT)
S2R On/Off Pull Chain on Right (Top & Bottom)
T5HO 54W (4FT),
39W (3FT), S2L On/Off Pull Chain on Left (Top & Bottom)
24W (2FT) S2C On/Off Pull Chain on Center (Top & Bottom)
S2LDL On/Off Pull Chain on Left (for Bottom Only)
S2RDL On/Off Pull Chain on Right (for Bottom Only)
S2CDL On/Off Pull Chain on Center (for Bottom Only)
S4R 4-Position Pull Chain on Right
S4L 4-Position Pull Chain on Left
S4C 4- Position Pull Chain on Center
SX No Switch

Ballast options Options Finish


GEB10IS T8 (Standard) COL Convenience Outlet on Left (120V) FW Flat White (Standard)
GEB10PS T5 (Standard) COR Convenience Outlet on Right (120V) AM Anti-Microbial White
DMHL3D Lutron Hi-Lume LNL LED Night Light CC Custom Color
ADEZ Mark X dimming ballast TR Tamper Resistant Lens Bracket and Screws
ADZT Mark VII dimming ballast GLR Fast-Blo Fuse
GMF Slo-Blo Fuse

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
unless otherwise noted.

Length
Notes
1 Switching: S2 and S4 options are compatible with 120V only.
2 Two lamps up or down only with T5, not T8 or T5HO.
3 Custom Color requires factory pricing.
Length: 9 9/16" 4 MVOLT not available with switching, CO or special ballasts; must specify
HPW536 T8 =40 - 1/4" voltage.
HPW536 T5 = 38 - 7/16" 5 HPW518 is only available with one circuit, 2 Lamps.
HPW548 T8 = 52 - 1/4" 2 7/8"
HPW548 T5 = 50 - 1/4"
6 CO Option with 120V only.
7 Consult factory for availability of 347V.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 245

Healthcare_ Section.indd 245 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Geo & Oval
LED NIGHT LIGHT

GEO & OVAL Intended Use Features


Night lighting serves an important purpose in a medical facility. t Sleek design with flush contoured lens
For ambulatory patients, sufficient light must be available complements softer interior designs
to safely navigate from the bed to the restroom at night.
Caregivers must see a clear path from hallway to bed and then t Integral photocell (Geo only) restricts illumination when
have adequate light to observe the patient’s condition, while ambient light is above a preset level
minimizing disruption of the patient’s sleep. Therefore, inten- t Die cast aluminum faceplate offers supreme durability
sity and color of the light, as well as fixture placement, must be
carefully considered. t High efficiency LED light source, available in warm white,
amber, or custom color (consult factory)
Both the Geo and Oval offer rugged die cast aluminum housings
that meet the standards of the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA), extending only 1.3” off the wall. Choose from standard
warm white or optional amber LEDs.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HNL710 120 LED30 PC AM

Series Voltage LED Color Options Finish


HNL710 Geo 120 120V LED30 LED 3000K PC Integrated Photocell (Geo only) FW Flat White (Standard)
HNL720 Oval 277 277V LEDAMB LED Amber OS Integrated Occupancy Sensor (Geo 120v only) AM Anti-Microbial White
DPF1 Venetian Blue Marble
DPF2 Foresta Green Marble
DPF3 Burl Walnut
DPF4 Knotty Pine
CC Custom Color

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

1 - 5/16"
3 - 3/4" 25/32"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

5 - 3/4"

5 - 5/8"

1 -1/4" 4 - 1/4" Notes


Geo Oval 1 Custom finish requires factory pricing.
2 Other LED colors- contact factory; 25 pc min order.

246 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 246 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Pathfinder

LED NIGHT LIGHT


Intended Use
The low-profile recessed design of the Pathfinder makes it a
popular choice for night lighting when the intent is to blend
the fixture into the wall. The louver design is engineered to
Features
t High-efficiency LED light source is energy efficient and
maintenance-free PATHFINDER
maximize light output with clean cut-off, delivering sufficient t Low-profile design extends only ¼” off the wall
light to navigate a darkened room but minimizing disruption of t Engineered louvers maximize light output with clean cut-off
a sleeping patient. Dependable LED lighting will provide years
of energy-efficient and maintenance-free operation. t Through-wall version includes polarized quick-disconnects
and backbox that adjusts from 4-3/8” to 4-7/8” deep
Choose from standard warm white or optional amber LEDs.
An integral photocell (option) may be specified for additional t Available with warm white or amber LEDs
energy efficiency.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HNL610 MVOLT LED30 TR AM

Series Voltage LED Color Options Finish


HNL610 Single face MVOLT 120-277V LED30 LED 3000K (warm white) TR Tamper Resistant Screws FW Flat White (Standard)
HNL612 Double face through wall LEDAMB LED Amber PC Integrated Photocell AM Anti-Microbial White
LEDBL LED Blue 470nm MB Matte Black
LEDRD LED Red 625nm
SS Stainless Steel
LED55 LED 5500K (cool white)
CC Custom Color

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

7 - 3/4" HEALTHCARE LIGHTING


3 - 5/8

3 - 5/8"
3 -1/2"

4 - 1/4"
7 -13/64" 7 - 1/4"

Notes
1 Double faced housing adjustable for 3-4 inch wall depth.
2 Custom color requires factory pricing.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 247

Healthcare_ Section.indd 247 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Stratus Vanity
BATHROOM/HAND-WASH SINKS

STRATUS VANITY Intended Use Features


The Stratus Vanity allows you to coordinate the fixture color t Delivers multiple light levels: indirect, direct, both
and design with the bathroom decor. Choose from a variety of
attractive opaque laminates for the front panel or customize t Door inserts are replaceable for future renovations; inserts
with a translucent design for a backlit effect. You might even available in various patterns, solid laminate or backlit
choose to specify a complementary color for the powdercoat (translucent); contact company for customized graphics
finish of the fixture itself. t Top and bottom lenses are fully supported in grooves to
Like its full-size sister fixture, the Stratus Vanity is designed for prevent sagging
maintenance ease. The ballast tray assembly can be quickly and t Multiple lamping options available
easily removed - without tools – by simply sliding the lenses
and divider panels out of their channels and releasing the t Quick and easy maintenance: modular ballast assembly with
quick-disconnect plug. quick-disconnect allows tool-free removal from installed
fixture, hinged door stays open for easy relamping

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPW124 120 T8 1U1D CR FW

Series Voltage Lamp type Lamp Configuration Options Door inserts Finish
Product Size 120 120V T8 25W (3 FT), 2U1D 2 Up, 1 Down CO Grounded Convenience Outlet FWD Flat White FW Flat White (Standard)
HPW124 24 -in. 277 277V 17W (2 FT) 2U2D 2 Up, 2 Down (120V) CR Crayon AM Anti-Microbial White
HPW136 36 -in. MVOLT 120 -277V T5 21W (3 FT), 1U1D 1 Up, 1 Down GLR Fast-Blo Fuse FG Folk-Stone CC Custom Color
14W (2 FT) GMF Slo-Blo Fuse Granite
347 347V (Canada) 1U2D 1 Up, 2 Down
GO Golden Oak
CCD Custom
Specified

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

2' Side Profile 2' Back View

7/8 dia.
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

1/4 dia. 1/4 dia.

A 3 -11/16"
5"

B B
5" 6"
A

2' Fixture Dimensions


6"
3 - 3/4"
Notes
1 Voltage must be specified for fusing.
2 Convenience outlet only available with 120V fixture.

248 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 248 2/21/14 4:51 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Avonia

BATHROOM/HAND-WASH SINKS
Intended Use
The Avonia vanity fixture provides a stylish way to light small
but important spaces like hand-wash sinks for patients,
caregivers and hospital staff. The curved extruded aluminum
Features
t Sleek architectural housing blends easily into room design
t Adjustable mounting allows housing to be pivoted through
AVONIA VANITY
housing is both appealing and rugged. more than 60° to direct light right where it’s needed

Longer, 3 ft. and 4 ft., versions are available to address multi- t Clean cut-off is ideal for vanity and task lighting while
station hand sinks or provide complementary fixtures for other minimizing trespass to the rest of the space
applications in the room. Consider mounting the Avonia upside- t Available with high-efficiency T5 fluorescent light sources
down for indirect lighting or as a wall wash.
t Extruded aluminum housing with die-cast aluminum
endcaps for supreme durability

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HAV124 ADJ 120 T5 DIM AM

Series Bracket Voltage Lamping type Options Finish


Product Size FIX Fixed Bracket 120 120V T5 28W (4 FT), OS Occupancy Sensor FW Textured Flat White (Standard)
HAV124 24-in. ADJ Adjustable Bracket 277 277V 21W (3 FT), DIM Dimming AM Anti-Microbial White
14W (2 FT)
HAV136 36-in. MVOLT 120-277V
HAV148 48-in.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

6 - 3/16"
MAX
8 - 23/32" 5 - 9/16"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
2 - 3/4" 1-7/8"
MAX

2 -3/4"

3 -13/16"
MAX
5 - 5/8" 2-1/4"

22 -13/16"
37° 27°
Notes
1-13/16"
MIN. 1 Dimming not available with MVOLT.
2 Custom color requires factory pricing.
3 Contact factory for availability of 347V.
4 Dimming option for T5 not available.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 249

Healthcare_ Section.indd 249 2/21/14 5:11 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Avonia Vanity
BATHROOM/HAND-WASH SINKS

AVONIA Intended Use Features


The Avonia vanity fixture provides a stylish way to light small t Sleek architectural housing blends easily into room design
but important spaces like hand-wash sinks for patients,
t Adjustable mounting allows housing to be pivoted through

VANITY LED caregivers and hospital staff. The curved extruded aluminum
housing is both appealing and rugged.
Longer, 3 ft. and 4 ft., versions are available to address multi-
more than 60° to direct light right where it’s needed
t Clean cut-off is ideal for vanity and task lighting while
minimizing trespass to the rest of the space
station hand sinks or provide complementary fixtures for other
applications in the room. Consider mounting the Avonia upside- t Available with high-efficiency LED light source
down for indirect lighting or as a wall wash.
t Extruded aluminum housing with die-cast aluminum
endcaps for supreme durability

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HAV224 ADJ 120 LED30 DIM24 AM

Series Bracket Voltage Lamping type Options Finish


Product Size FIX Fixed Bracket 120 120V LED30 LED 3000K OS Occupancy Sensor FW Textured Flat White (Standard)
HAV224 24-in. ADJ Adjustable Bracket 277 277V LED35 LED 3500K DIM24 24-in. LED Dimming AM Anti-Microbial White
HAV236 36-in. MVOLT 120-277V LED40 LED 4000K DIM36 36-in. LED Dimming
HAV248 48-in. DIM48 48-in. LED Dimming

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

6 - 3/16"
MAX
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

8 - 23/32" 5 - 9/16"

2 - 3/4" 1-7/8"
MAX

2 -3/4"

3 -13/16"
MAX
5 - 5/8" 2-1/4"

22 -13/16"
1-13/16" 37° 27°
MIN. Notes
1 Dimming not avalable with MVOLT.
2 Custom color requires factory pricing.
3 Contact factory for availability of 347V.

250 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 250 2/21/14 5:11 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Archer Vanity

BATHROOM/HAND-WASH SINKS
Intended Use
The Archer Vanity light is an attractive option for bathroom
lighting, whether used on its own or as a complement to the
Features
t Delivers multiple light levels: indirect, direct, both
t Top and bottom lenses are fully supported in grooves to
ARCHER
full-size Archer bed light in the patient room.
The luminaire attaches to a separate back plate, making instal-
lation quick and easy. The back plate can be located and leveled
prevent sagging
t Separate mounting plate makes installation easy; mount
rigid but lightweight plate to wall and then install fixture
VANITY
before securing the fixture via three fasteners.
t Multiple lamping options available
t Tool-free access to ballast compartment while fixture
remains on wall
t Single-piece extruded aluminum body for
extreme durability
t Entirely serviceable without removal from wall

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPW324 MVOLT T5 2U2D AM

Series Voltage Lamping type Lamping configuration Options Finish


Product Size 120 120V T8 17W (24-in.), 2U1D 2 Up, 1 Down GLR Fast-Blo Fuse FW Textured Flat White (Standard)
HPW318 18-in. 277 277V 15W (18-in.) 2U2D 2 Up, 2 Down GMF Slo-Blo Fuse AM Anti-Microbial White
HPW324 24-in. MVOLT 120-277V T5 14W (24-in.) 1U1D 1 Up, 1 Down CC Custom Color
T5HO 24W (24-in.) 1U2D 1 Up, 2 Down
LED35 LED 3500K 0U1DMT 1 Down only
with top plate
0U2DMT 2 Down only
with top plate

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

WIREWAY
T5 23-5/8"
Length
T8 25-5/32"
1/4" DIA. 1-1/2" DIA.
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
4"

5/16" T5 6-5/16" T5 8-1/4" T5 6-5/16"


DIA. T8 7-1/16" T8 8-1/4" T8 7-1/16"

Length: T5 21-9/32"
HPW324 T8 = 25 - 5/32" T8 22-25/32"
HPW324 T5 = 23 - 5/8"
6 - 7/8"
Notes
1 18 inch version only available with T8 lamping.
2 Custom color requires factory pricing.
3 Mounting bracket included; packaged separately.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 251

Healthcare_ Section.indd 251 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lés mini
SCONCES

LÉS MINI Intended Use Features


The stylish Lés Mini sconce provides low-level ambient lighting t Contemporary, sleek design complements both modern and
in a compact decorative package. The clean cut-off design of traditional interior designs
this fixture distributes an attractive conical pattern of light
on the wall, whether mounted for uplight or downlight. An t Mount for direct or indirect lighting, with clean
integral photocell (optional) automatically powers the fixture cut-off and elegant wall wash
when the ambient light level drops below a preset level. Couple t Die-cast aluminum faceplate offers supreme durability
with an external controller to use as a hallway nurse call alert in
long-term care facilities. Custom colors and decorative pattern t High efficiency LED light source, available in warm white,
finishes are available to complement any décor. Easily mounts cool white, or custom color (consult factory)
to a standard single-gang box (by others).
t Decorative faux finishes (option) available to coordinate with
— or blend into — any décor

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HSN600 120 LED30 DPF2

Series Voltage LED Color Finish


HSN600 120 120V LED30 LED 3000K (Warm White) FW Flat White (Standard)
LED40 LED 4000K (Cool White) AM Anti-Microbial White
DPF1 Venetian Blue Marble
DPF2 Foresta Green Marble
DPF3 Burl Walnut
DPF4 Knotty Pine
CC Custom Color

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches unless otherwise noted.

1 -11/32" 13/16"

3 - 9/32"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

6 -11/16"

5 -1/4"
Notes
1 Custom color requires factory pricing.
2 Other LED colors- contact factory; 25 pc min order.

252 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 252 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Sierra Sconce

SCONEES
Intended Use
The low-profile Sierra Sconce is an attractive way to provide
supplemental lighting while complying with ADA protrusion
limits. Use the Sierra Sconce as a complement to the Sierra bed
Features
t Delivers both direct and indirect lighting
t Low profile complies with the Americans
SIERRA SCONCE
light to achieve a consistent look in a lighting lay-out. with Disabilities Act (ADA)
t Uniquely contoured architectural design
t Sloping lenses shield lamp silhouette eliminating glare and
reducing dust build-up
t High efficiency asymmetric specular reflectors
provide forward light distribution
t Single-piece extruded aluminum body with die-cast
aluminum end caps for extreme durability

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPW516 277 T5 1U1D

Series Voltage Lamping type Lamping configuration Finish


Product Size 120 120V T5 8W T5 (16-in.) 1U1D 1 Up, 1 Down FW Flat White (Standard)
HPW516 16-in. 277 277V PL 9W PL (12-in.) 2U2D 2 Up, 2 Down; (T5 Only) AM Anti-Microbial White
HPW512 12-in. MVOLT 120-277V 2U1D 2 Up, 1 Down (T5 Only) CC Custom Color

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

11 - 11/16"

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

9 - 9/16"

2 - 7/8"
Notes
1 MVOLT not available with dimming or fusing.
2 Customer color requires factory pricing.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 253

Healthcare_ Section.indd 253 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Spectra-SF
UNDER-CABINET TASK LIGHTING

SPECTRA-SF Intended Use Features


Localized task lighting is essential in many areas of a t Solid front housing provides cut-off and minimizes light
healthcare facility. This is especially important where work trespass
areas lay beneath cabinets or counters, as commonly found in
pharmacies, laboratories, and nurse stations. Properly lighting t Rugged steel construction for installation ease and long-
these dim task areas reduces workers’ eye strain and fatigue. term durability

The custom lens design of the Spectra-SF LED undercabinet t Linking connectors and extensions (options) join fixtures
fixture effectively diffuses the point sources of light to eliminate end-to-end, eliminating individual
dark bands and multiple shadowing sometimes associated power feeds (120v only)
with LEDs. The result is uniform distribution of light across the t Occupancy sensor (option) with field-adjustable time delay
work surface without bothersome striations and distortions. A improves energy-efficiency
solid front housing creates clean cut-off and eliminates forward
glare. t Available with LED or fluorescent (T5) lamping
t Maximum 12W power for fixtures under 2 ft.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HUC523 120 LED35 S1 DIM24 LX6 AM

Series Voltage Lamps Switching Options Linking options- 120 volt only Finish
Product Size 120 120V LED35 3500K LED S1 On-Off Rocker GMF Slo-Blo Fuse LX Linking power GW Gloss White (Standard)
HUC512 12IN LED 277 277V (Standard) OS Occupancy GLR Fast Blo Fuse connector only AM Anti-Microbial White
HUC523 23IN LED MVOLT 120-277V LED30 3000K LED Sensor CP Cord and Plug LX6 6” linking extension CC Custom Color
LED40 4000K LED with connector
HUC535 35IN LED CO Single gang
T5 Non-Std convenience LX12 12” linking extension
HUC546 46IN LED with connector
2T5 (One Circuit) outlet
HUC519 Only available in LED35 LX24 24” linking extension
BW Batwing
with connector
DIM12 LED dimming
HUC212 12IN T5 HUC512
HUC223 23IN T5 DIM24 LED dimming
HUC235 35IN T5 HUC523
HUC246 46IN T5 DIM36 LED dimming
HUC535
DIM48 LED dimming
HUC546

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

Length
5"

1 -1/16" Length: Notes


HUC212 = 12 - 5/16" HUC512 = 11 - 7/8"
1 MVOLT not available with S1 switch or dimming.
HUC223 = 22 - 5/8" HUC519 = 19" 2 Custom color requires factory pricing.
HUC235 = 34 - 3/8" HUC523 = 23 - 1/8" 3 LX6, LX12, LX24 include LX connector and one extension.
HUC246 = 46 - 3/16" HUC535 = 35 - 7/8"
4 Linking only available in 120V.
HUC546 = 46 - 3/16"
5 Dimming and occupancy sensor cannot be specified together.
6 Convenience outlet only available with LED and not available with cord
and plug.

254 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 254 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Quark-OF

UNDER-CABINET TASK LIGHTING


Intended Use
Sometimes dedicated task lighting is needed where mounting
space is at a premium. With its shallow 2-1/2” profile, the
Quark-OF undercabinet fixture is the ideal solution to install
Features
t Ultra-slim design is only 2-1/2” deep and 1-1/32” high
t Open-front design delivers maximum light output from
QUARK-OF
in tight spots such as under the narrow ledge of a transaction T5 lamp
counter in a nurse station. The open front lens design distrib- t Rugged steel construction for installation ease and long-
utes light both forward and downward. term durability
t Linking connectors and extensions (options) join fixtures
end-to-end, eliminating individual power feeds (120V only)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HUC134 120 S1 GLR LX6 GW

Series Voltage Switching Options Linking options - 120 volt only Finish
Product Size 120 120V S1 On-Off Rocker GLR Fast-Blo Fuse LX Linking power connector only GW Gloss White (Standard)
HUC112 12IN 8W T5 277 277V Switch (120V only) GMF Slo-Blo Fuse LX6 6” linking extension with connector AM Anti-Microbial White
HUC123 23IN 14W T5 CP Cord and Plug LX12 12” linking extension with connector CC Custom Color
HUC134 34IN 21W T5 LX24 24” linking extension with connector
HUC146 46IN 28WT5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Length
2 - 1/2"

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
1 - 1/32"
Length:
HUC112 = 12 - 5/16"
HUC123 = 22 - 5/8"
HUC134 = 34 - 3/8"
HUC146 = 46 - 3/16"

Notes
1 Rocker switch only compatible with 120V for this size fixture.
2 Linking available in 120V only.
3 LX6, LX12, and LX24 include LX connector and one extension.
4 Standard - No switch.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 255

Healthcare_ Section.indd 255 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Teron-OF and Teron-SF
UNDER-CABINET TASK LIGHTING

TERON-OF Intended Use Features


Even though wall-mounted cabinets create dark spaces t Available in solid front or open front housing
beneath, these areas are commonly used as work surfaces. The
t Solid front housing provides cut-off and minimizes light

& TERON-SF dimness can result in worker eye strain, fatigue, and mistakes.
This is a particularly important consideration in pharmacies,
laboratories, and other areas of the hospital where task ac-
curacy is essential.
trespass
t Open-front design distributes light both forward and
downward
The Teron is offered in 2 styles. The solid-front (SF) housing t Uses common T8 lamp (by others)
provides a clean cut-off for downward delivery of light onto the
work surface. The open-front (OF) housing delivers light both t Rugged steel construction for installation ease and long-
downward and forward. term durability
t Occupancy sensor (option) with field-adjustable time delay
improves energy-efficiency
t Linking connectors and extensions (options) join fixtures
end-to-end, eliminating individual power feeds (120v only)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HUC436 120 S1 LX6 GEB10IS AM

Series Voltage Switching Linking options - 120 volt only Ballast Options Finish
Product Size 120 120V S1 On-Off LX Linking power GEB10IS Generic Instant Start GLR Fast-Blo Fuse GW Gloss White
Open Front 277 277V Rocker connector only Ballast (Standard) GMF Slo-Blow Fuse (Standard)
HUC318 18IN 15W T8 MVOLT 120-277V OS Occupancy LX6 6” linking extension GEB10RS Optional Rapid-Start CP Cord and Plug AM Anti-Microbial White
Sensor with connector
HUC324 24IN 17W T8
LX12 12” linking extension
HUC336 36IN 25W T8 with connector
HUC348 48IN 32W T8 LX24 24” linking extension
Solid Front with connector
HUC418 18IN 15W T8
HUC424 24IN 17W T8
HUC436 36IN 25W T8
HUC448 48IN 32W T8

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

HUC3 (OF) 4-7/8"


HUC4 (SF) 5" Length
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

1-3/8"

Length:
Notes
1 MVOLT not available with switching, linking, or occupancy sensor.
HUC318/HUC418 = 18 -1/8"
2 Custom color requires factory pricing.
HUC324/HUC424 = 24 -1/8"
3 Programmed rapid start ballast not available in 18 inch version.
HUC336/HUC436 = 36 -1/8" 4 Linking available in 120V only.
HUC348/HUC448 = 48 -1/8" 5 LX6, LX12, and LX24 include LX connector and one extension.
6 347V not available with switch, linking, or dimming options.
7 Dimming and occupancy sensor cannot be specified together.
8 T8 lamps - instant start ballast standard.

256 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 256 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Low Voltage Controller

LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLLER


Intended Use
Many of our fixtures contain an option for a Low Voltage
Controller (LVC) to connect with the nurse call system or to a pil-
Features
t Class 2 UL® Listed
LOW VOLTAGE
low switch. The LVC is also available as a separate component.
It can be installed in fixtures that require momentary contact
switching.
t Optically isolated solid state design
t 2 circuits for individual or sequential control via momentary
contact switch (by others)- 4 amps maximum per load,
CONTROLLER
8 amps total device load
t AC: 120 or 277 volt / 60 Hz
t DC: 9 volt @ 200 amps
t All load circuits reset to off after power interruption
t Compatible with any nurse call handset that utilizes
normally open momentary contact switches

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LVC1200


Series Options
LVC1200 Low Voltage Controller: 2 x Class 2 Circuits JBC Remote Installation Enclosure

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.
Brown Load -1 WARNING:
1 -1/16" Red Load -2 Un-used lead
6 -3/4"
1200
Black Line
Orange 277VAC is hot and must
Yellow 120VAC be capped
White Line/Load
Green Ground

2 -1/8" Individual Wiring Sequential Wiring 120VAC


Operation: Connect HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
2-Loads/(2) 2-Pos Pin Assignments 2 Loads/4-Position Pin Assignments Line to Black and
Yellow leads. Cap
Jumper: 1&3 (1) Load-1: ON Jumper: 1 to 2 Orange lead.
Load-1: ON/OFF Open: 2 (2) Load-2: ON Open: 3&4 277VAC
#1 MCS: 5(Ckt-1) (3) Load- 1&2 ON To MCS: 5&6 Operation: Connect
Load-2: ON/OFF #2 MCS: 4(Ckt-2) (4) ALL OFF Line to Black and
1 -1/8" 1/2" (Separately Controlled) Comm: 6(Ckt-1&2) Orange leads. Cap
Yellow lead.

1-1/8"
Notes
1 Codes require line voltage and low voltage to enter and exit enclosure
from separate locations, and to be isolated from one another.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 257

Healthcare_ Section.indd 257 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Solume
EXAM/MINOR PROCEDURE

SOLUME Intended Use Features


As hospitals strive to provide more clinical care within the t Motorized exam head (optional) sweeps 60° with wall
patient room, lighting becomes a critical element in the design. control, included
Light intensity, distribution, and color rendering must all be
considered when choosing a fixture for examination and minor t Greater than 250fc light delivered across entire
procedure lighting. bed surface when head is positioned throughout
range of motion
The Solume is a dedicated exam light that directs illumination
right where it’s needed. The head is available in two motorized t 100 CRI
sweep options - (0 to 60°) or (-30° to 30°) - for mounting at the t LED chart/observation light (optional)
headwall or centered over the bed. Positioning is controlled
from the wallplate (standard) or at the bedside using the t Entirely serviceable from within the room
remote plug-in switch (optional). Halogen lamping provides
high color rendering. When paired with a patient bed light such
as the Archer, the package provides optimum lighting for both
patient and caregiver.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HMX5 MA F 120 LCL


Series Exam head Mounting Voltage Options Finish
HMX5 Solume MA Motorized G Grid 120 120V LCR LED Chart Light on Right GW Gloss White (Standard)
0 to 60 degrees rotation FA Non-Motorized F Flange 277 277V LCL LED Chart Light on Left AM Anti-Microbial White
HMX6 Solume XT LCLR LED Chart Light on Left and Right
30 to 45 degrees rotation
CR11 MR11 Chart Light on Right
CL11 MR11 Chart Light on Left
EC Remote Pendant Exam Control
(MA Only)
GLR Fast-Blo Fuse
GMF Slow-Blo Fuse

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

12-15/16"

22 - 9/16"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

5 - 15/16"

25 -1/8" Flange
23 - 5/8" Grid

14 -7/16" Flange
12 -15/16" Grid

Notes
1 Motorized exam head includes Class 2 Wall Control.

258 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 258 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Corona

EXAM/MINOR PROCEDURE
Intended Use
Fixtures that deliver high-intensity lighting are being added
to patient room lighting designs as hospitals strive to provide
more care in the space, rather than transporting the patient to
Features
t Dedicated exam light exceeds IES recommended
illumination for localized patient examination CORONA
other areas of the hospital. t 250W T4 (CRI 100) lamp included

The Corona is a fixed-position exam light that utilizes a Fresnel t Available with vertical or diagonal throw
lens and polished reflectors to provide a localized area of t Automatic shut-off timer
illumination that exceeds the IES recommended level for
examination (100fc). t Entirely serviceable from within the room

Pair with the Chrysalite bed light on the headwall for a system
approach that provides ideal patient lighting and effective care-
giver examination lighting. The fixtures can be wired so that
flipping open the exam head on the Chrysalite also illuminates
the Corona exam light, resulting in 100fc of light across the
entire bed surface.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HEX810 F 120 AST AM


Series Mounting Voltage Options Finish
HEX810 Corona Vertical G Grid 120 120V AST Auto shut-off timer included GW Gloss White (Standard)
HEX820 Corona Diagonal F Flange 277 277V GLR Fast-Blo Fuse AM Anti-Microbial White
GMF Slow-Blo Fuse
TGC T Grid Mounting Clips (T-grid only)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

10 - 1/2" SQ Vertical Mount


10 - 1/4" SQ Diagonal Mount 10 - 19/32"

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
7 -15/16" Vertical Mount
9 - 5/8" Diagonal Mount

11-13/16" 11-13/16"

Notes
1 Comes standard with thermostatic thermal protection.
2 Standard with auto-shut-off timer.
3 Contact factory for 347V availability.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 259

Healthcare_ Section.indd 259 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Louvered Exam
EXAM/MINOR PROCEDURE

LOUVERED EXAM Intended Use Features


The Louvered Exam directs exam lighting onto the bed surface t Louvered lamp shield limits light trespass and glare
through a parabolic louver that both reduces glare and obscures
lamp silhouette. An acrylic overlay is inserted above the t Sanitary lens (option) with concealed hinge design improves
louvered panel to shield lamps from dust. If a sealed fixture is cleanliness
desired, a hinged door assembly with sanitary lens (option) is t Multiple lamping options available
available.
t Entirely serviceable from within the room
This fixture is effective when installed in clinical areas that are
dedicated to performing examinations and minor procedures.
Installing it as part of the patient room lighting design allows
caregivers to provide examinations on the spot, supporting
facility initiatives to minimize patient moves. When used in this
way, a separate patient bed light, such as the Archer, should be
included in the lay-out.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HEX1 F 120 3XCF55 SL AM


Series Mounting Voltage Exam lamping Options Finish
HEX1 G Grid 120 120V 3XCF40 3x40W Biax SL Sanitary Lens GW Gloss White (Standard)
F Flange 277 277V 3XCF55 3x55W Biax GLR Fast-Blo Fuse AM Anti-Microbial White
MVOLT 120-277V 4XCF40 4x40W Biax GMF Slow-Blo Fuse
4XCF55 4x55W Biax

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

22 - 9/16"
23 - 3/4"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

5 - 23/32"

25 - 1/4" Flange
23 - 3/4" 23 - 3/4" Grid

Notes
1 Contact factory for 347V availability.

260 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 260 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LDR LED

EXAM/SPECIALITY PROCEDURE
Intended Use
The new LDR system offers an unobtrusive recessed design that
blends into the ceiling until needed. When illuminated, the
twin LED fixtures deliver 4500 foot candles uniformly across a
Features
t Max light intensity (fc) at distance (ft.)
4600
3000
6ft. (Pair of fixtures)
8ft. (Pair of fixtures)
LDR LED
8” diameter spot(1) without feathering of the edge. For labor
and delivery the fixture may be dimmed for illumination during t Typical lumen maintenance of greater than 70% after
normal deliveries. However, the pair can be easily brought to 60,000 hours
full intensity if obstetric surgical procedures or emergency t CRI=92
attention to the infant are needed.
t Dimmable from 10% - 100%
Along with the benefit of extended life, LEDs do not emit heat
into the room, eliminating a problem associated with com- t Service indicator lamps
monly used halogen lamps. Each of the fixtures is indepen-
t No heat output into patient space
dently adjustable in two planes from a single wallplate control
for vertical and horizontal beam positioning. t 2-Speed motor control - Jog and Fast - for precise
positioning of beam
t Modularized controls for easy maintenance
t Finish: textured white door matte black interior

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HMX2 120 AM


Series Voltage Options Finish
HMX2 Pair of LDR fixtures 120 120V SFO Single Fixture Option (blank) Textured White Matte Door with Black
277 277V Interior
347 347V AM Anti-Microbial White

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

CEILING
90º TILT

22 - 1/2" 22 - 1/2" 9' 0" 6' 0"

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
6' 4"
4" FLOOR
10 - 1/4" 9' 4"
2 - 1/2"
71 - 1/2"
24"

23 - 5/8" 23 - 5/8"
75˚ FOOT
75˚
52"

72"x36" HEAD
Patient Bed
Notes
1 Touch membrane control panel included (standard).
2 Universal housing is suitable for either grid or flange installation (standard).

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 261

Healthcare_ Section.indd 261 2/21/14 5:10 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Surg5
OR/SURGICAL SUITE

SURG5 Intended Use Features


Recognized by the Illuminating Engineering Society for its in- t 5 lamps deliver light equivalent to typical 6-lamp surgical
novative design, the Surg5 is the energy-efficient alternative to troffers (17% energy savings!)
standard 6-lamp surgical troffers. The custom-designed optics
allow 5 lamps in this fixture to deliver lighting performance that t Ballast access without removing lamps and reflector system
is equivalent to typical 2x4 recessed troffers employing 6 lamps. t Entirely serviceable from within room
That’s a 17% energy savings per fixture. But the benefits of this
fixture don’t end with energy savings. Maintenance of typical t Swing-out mounting arms and easy hang divots simplify
6-lamp troffers requires removal of all lamps and reflectors to installation
access ballasts. This increases the likelihood of lamp breakage
t Concealed hinge design improves cleanliness
in the surgical suite. The Surg5 design allows for the ballast
to be replaced without removing the lamps and reflectors. Of
course, there is also one fewer lamp to carry up the ladder when
it is time for re-lamping. All of these innovations translate to
savings in maintenance time.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HST524 F 120 T8 2C RM


Series Mounting Voltage Lamping Circuits Ballast options Options Emergency Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V T8 32W (4 FT) 1C 1 circuit GEB10RS Generic IP65Sealed IP65 Rated B70A One lamp Bodine GW Gloss White
HST524 2x4 FT F Flange 277 277V 17W (2 FT) 2C 2 circuits Electronic PF Flange Mount only I48 Iota 1-2 lamp (Standard)
T5 28W (4 FT) Rapid Start 350-700 lumens AM Anti-
HST522 2X2 FT MVOLT 120-277V 3C 3 circuits RM Flange Mount only
14W (2 FT) GEB10PS Generic B501LP Bodine 1 lamp Microbial
347 347V 1C/1DM 1 normal Program RMP Row Mount White
(Canada) T5HO 54W (4 FT) ballast; Pattern (specify emergency
24W (2 FT) Start
1 dimming pattern/consult B50 Bodine 2 lamp
circuit DMHL3D Lutron factory) emergency
Hi-Lume
2C/1DM 2 normal GP1 One Green Lamp B30 1-2 lamp
ballast; ADEZ Mark X requires multi- emergency
1 dimming Dimmer circuit ballast
circuit 5-100%
Phase GP2 Two Green Lamps,
1DIM 1 dimming control requires multi
circuit circuit
ADZT Mark VII
2DIM 2 dimming Dimmer GLR Fast-Blo Fuse
circuits 0-10V Low GMF Slo-Blo Fuse
3DIM 3 dimming Voltage ALD Aluminum Door
circuits Dimmer Painted
BSD Brushed Stainless
Door
PSD Painted Stainless
Door

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

23 - 3/32"
48"

4 -1/2" Flange
4 -7/8" Grid
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

24" Flange 49 - 1/4" Flange


23 3/4" Grid 47 - 3/4" Grid 24" 23 - 3/32"

4 - 1/2" Flange
4 - 7/8" Grid Notes
1 Special ballast require specified 120 or 277 voltage (no MVOLT or 347).
24" Flange
23 - 3/4" Grid
25 - 1/4" Flange 2 1x4 is 3 lamps; 2x2 and 2x4 are 3,4,5,6 lamps.
23 - 3/4" Grid 3 Consult factory for availability of 347V.
4 T5HO not available with 6 lamps.
5 Row mount adapter; specify pattern. Adapters shipped with fixtures.
6 Non-standard wiring contact factory.
7 PF and RM only with flange mount.
8 T8 ballast standard instant start, T5 ballast standard program start.

262 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 262 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HST

OR/SURGICAL SUITE
Intended Use
Surgical troffers are designed to supplement the primary
procedure lighting in the surgical theater. When grouped to
surround the perimeter of the operating table, the symmetric/
Features
t Sealed door with clean concealed hinge is superior
alternative to conventional piano hinge HST
asymmetric lens distributes light both downward and toward t Integral grounding grid shields sensitive medical equipment
the surgical field, diminishing shadows and reducing eyestrain from radiated electromagnetic emissions
of the surgical team. t Each circuit includes a radio frequency suppressor to shield
A gasketed steel door with clean concealed hinge seals plenum sensitive medical equipment from conducted emissions
contaminates from the surgical suite. For t Multiple circuit and lamping configurations are available,
row-mounted flange applications, linking connectors are including green lamps
offered or end flanges may be conveniently removed to allow
fixtures to be fastened to one another. t Available with dimming and emergency ballasts (options)
t Entirely serviceable from within the room

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HST124 G 120 6 T8 2C RM AM


Series Mounting Voltage Lamp Qty Lamping Circuits Ballast options Options Emergency Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V 4 T8 32W (4 FT) 1C 1 circuit GEB10RS Generic PF Flange Mount B70A One lamp GW Gloss White
HST124 2x4 FT F Flange 277 277V 5 17W (2 FT) 2C 2 circuits Electronic only Bodine (Standard)
T5 28W (4 FT) Rapid Start RM Flange Mount I48 Iota 1-2 AM Anti-
HST122 2x2 FT MVOLT 120-277V 6 3C 3 circuits
14W (2 FT) GEB10PS Generic only lamp Microbial
HST114 1X4 FT 347 347V 1C/1DM 1 normal Program 350-700 White
(Canada) T5HO 54W (4 FT) ballast; RMP Row Mount
24W (2 FT) Start Pattern (specify lumens
1 dimming
circuit DMHL3D Lutron pattern/consult B501LP Bodine
Hi-Lume factory) 1 lamp
2C/1DM 2 normal emergency
ballast; ADEZ Mark X GP1 One Green Lamp
1 dimming Dimmer requires multi B50 Bodine
circuit 5-100% circuit 2 lamp
Phase GP2 Two Green Lamps emergency
1DIM 1 dimming control
circuit requires multi B30 1-2 lamp
ADZT Mark VII circuit emergency
2DIM 2 dimming Dimmer ballast
circuits GLR Fast-Blo Fuse
0-10V Low
3DIM 3 dimming Voltage GMF Slo-Blo Fuse
circuits Dimmer ALD Aluminum Door
Painted
BSD Brushed Stainless
Door
PSD Painted Stainless
Door
TGC T Grid Mounting
Clips (T-grid only)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

22 - 9/16" Flange
22 - 5/8" Grid

48"
4 - 5/8" HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

49 - 1/2" Flange
48" Grid
23 - 15/16" Flange 22 - 9/16" Flange Notes
24" 22 - 5/8" Grid 1 Special ballast require specified 120 or 277 voltage (no MVOLT or 347).
23 -3/4" Grid
2 1x4 is 3 lamps; 2x2 and 2x4 are 3,4,5,6 lamps.
4 - 5/8" 3 Consult factory for availability of 347V.
4 T5HO not available with 6 lamps.
25 - 1/2" Flange 5 Row mount adapter; specify pattern. Adapters shipped with fixtures.
24" Grid 6 Non-standard wiring contact factory.
23 - 15/16" Flange
23 - 3/4" Grid 7 PF and RM only with flange mount.
8 T8 ballast standard instant start, T5 ballast standard program start.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 263

Healthcare_ Section.indd 263 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HST LED
OR/SURGICAL SUITE

HST LED Intended Use Features


The HST LED provides an energy efficient alternative to t Sealed door with clean concealed hinge is superior
fluorescent Surgical troffers. Surgical troffers are designed alternative to conventional piano hinge
to supplement the primary procedure lighting in the surgical
theater. When grouped to surround the perimeter of the t Integral grounding grid shields sensitive medical equipment
operating table, the symmetric/asymmetric lens distributes from radiated electromagnetic emissions
light both downward and toward the surgical field, diminishing t Each circuit includes a radio frequency suppressor to shield
shadows and reducing eyestrain of the surgical team. A sensitive medical equipment from conducted emissions
gasketed steel door with clean concealed hinge seals plenum
contaminates from the surgical suite. For row-mounted flange t Multiple circuit and lamping configurations are available
applications, linking connectors are offered or end flanges may
t Available with dimming and emergency (options)
be conveniently removed to allow fixtures to be fastened to
one another. t Entirely serviceable from within the room

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HSTLED24 F 120 LED35 1C PF EM1 AM
Series Mounting Voltage LED Color Circuits Options Emergency Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V LED35 3500K 1C 1 circuit PF Flange only EM1 (1) Emergency driver GW Gloss White
HSTLED24 2X4 FT F Flange 277 277V LED40 4000K 2C 2 circuits ALD Aluminum Door Painted (designate 120V or 277V) (Standard)
HSTLED22 2X2 FT MVOLT 120-277V 3C 3 circuits RM Flange only EM2 (2) Emergency driver AM Anti-Microbial White
(designate 120V or 277V)
4C 4 circuits RMP Row Mount Pattern
DIM Dimming circuit Flange only
(specific pattern/
consultant factory)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

22 - 9/16" Flange
22 - 5/8" Grid

48"
ult 4 - 5/8"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

49 - 1/2" Flange
48" Grid
23 - 15/16" Flange 22 - 9/16" Flange
24" 22 - 5/8" Grid
23 -3/4" Grid Notes
1 Special and emergency ballasts require specified 120
4 - 5/8" or 277 voltage (no MVOLT or 347V).
2 Row mount adapter: specify pattern. Adapters shipped with fixtures
25 - 1/2" Flange 3 Fuses require specific voltage.
24" Grid 4 Contact factory for special dimming requirements.
23 - 15/16" Flange
23 - 3/4" Grid 5 T8 ballast standard instant start, T5 ballast standard program start.
6 PF and RM only with flange mount.

264 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 264 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Teron-SF MRI

MRI
Intended Use
The Teron-SF MRI provides effective undercabinet task lighting
with an entirely non-ferrous design. Its non-magnetic
construction, along with DC power compatibility, makes this
Features
t Solid front housing provides cut-off and minimizes
light trespass TERON-SF MRI
fixture especially suitable for use in the MRI environment. t Uses 15W T7 intermediate base lamps by others - 3 ea. for
the 18” and 6 ea. for the 36” versions
t Rugged die-formed aluminum construction for installation
ease and long-term durability
t Compatible with both AC and DC power supplies
(120v only)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HUCMRI36 120 SX AM


Series Voltage Switching Finish
Product Size 120 120V S1 On-Off Rocker Switch GW Gloss White (Standard)
HUCMRI18 18-in. SX No Switch AM Anti-Microbial White
HUCMRI36 36-in. CC Custom Color

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
Length
4 - 3/4"

2"

Length:
HUCMRI18 = 18 - 1/4"
HUCMRI36 = 36 - 1/4"

Notes
1 Custom color require factory pricing.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 265

Healthcare_ Section.indd 265 2/21/14 5:10 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION ComfortView MRI
MRI

COMFORTVIEW Intended Use Features


General lighting in radiology, oncology, and specialized treat- t High-efficiency LED light source
ment areas should create a calming atmosphere to ease patient

MRI/LED tensions as much as possible. Ceiling fixtures with interesting


graphics such as colorful landscape scenes can provide a pleas-
ant distraction while patients are prone or recumbent for long
t Sealed universal housing suits either grid
or flange installations
t Vivid color, proprietary high-definition lens
periods of time. For MRI applications, the fixture is built with
entirely non-ferrous construction and a remotely-mounted t Library of impressive National Geographic
LED driver. images to choose

Visit the image library on our website to choose from a wide t Customized layouts and images are available;
array of high-quality graphics from renowned National consult factory
Geographic® photographers. Our proprietary lens construction
t Tool-free cam-lock tabs secure door against
results in a high-definition effect with amazing color. Choose
gasket for dust seal
a single fixture to provide a backlit focal point, or spread the
image across an arrangement of fixtures to create a panoramic
view.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HCV322 G 120 SP1 D4 GI1298
Series Mounting Voltage Fixture Spacing Configuration Image number Options Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V SP0 0-inch For 2x2FT See image gallery on website DMTR2 0-10v Dimming GW Gloss White (Standard)
HCV322 2x2 FT LED MRI F Flange 277 277V SP1 1-inch (Std Grid) A1 www.healthcare-lighting.com (2x2) AM Anti-Microbial White
HCV324 2x4 FT LED MRI SP15 1.5 inch Grid B2 (e.g. GI1270) DMTR4 0-10v Dimming
C2 (2x4)
SPN Non-Std D4 SX No Switch
E6
F6
G9
For 2x4FT
H1
I1
J2
K2
L3
M3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

46 - 1/2" 22 - 19/32"
22 -1/2" 22 - 7/8"

4 - 1/2" 4 -1/2"
HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

23 - 3/4" 47 - 19/32" 23 - 3/4" 23 - 3/4"

Notes
1 MRI fixture requires remote-mounted driver, included.
2 Contact factory for non-standard grid size to preserve patterns.
3 Certain images not available in G, F, and L patterns.
4 See image gallery at healthcare-lighting.com.
5 RFI filters supplied by others.

266 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 266 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Trilume MRI

MRI
Intended Use
The Trilume MRI features completely non-ferrous construction
that will not interfere with sensitive magnetic scanning
equipment. This special consideration, along with DC power
Features
t Rugged die-formed aluminum construction for
long-term durability TRILUME MRI
compatibility, makes this 2x2 fixture especially suitable t Removable lamp shield for easy relamping
for general lighting of the MRI environment. The enclosed t Compatible with both AC and DC power supplies
lamp shield delivers shadow-free lighting without glare to (120v only)
immobilized patients and for radiology technicians.
t Uses (2) T10 medium base halogen lamps (by others), 60w,
75w, or 100w

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HPT3M G 120 60T10 PAB AM
Series Mounting Voltage Lamping Basket Finish
Product Size G Grid 120 120V 60T10 2 60W Medium Base Halogen PAB Perforated Aluminum Basket (no insert) GW Gloss White (Standard)
HPT3M 2x2 FT F Flange 75T10 2 75W Medium Base Halogen AM Anti-Microbial White
100T10 2 100W Medium Base Halogen

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
23 - 5/8" 22 - 13/32"

5 - 11/16"

25 - 1/8" Flange
23 - 3/4" 23 - 5/8" Grid
Notes
1 Lamps and switching provided by others.
2 Only available in 120V.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 267

Healthcare_ Section.indd 267 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Darkroom Safelight
DARKROOM & X-RAY ILLUMINATORS

DARKROOM Intended Use Features


Darkroom safe lights are specialty fixtures for use in film t Sealed partition between light sources
development or scientific laboratories. Incandescent lamping protects processes from exposure

SAFELIGHT and special filters protect the images captured on sensitive


X-ray and photographic films. Films may be exposed for short
durations to low intensity, limited spectrum light, allowing
t Includes quality Kodak® brand filter
t Hinged, sealed door frame with integral light trap
transfer to equipment where processing takes place in total
darkness. Recommended filter and lamp wattage is specified
by the film manufacturer. A variety of filters is available to
suit most applications. With proper filter selection, this fixture
provides illumination without film damage.
Available in single compartment (primary) or two-compart-
ment (primary and secondary) styles. Lamp wattage is limited
to 15W for the primary (filtered) compartment. Higher watt-
ages will result in filter damage and over-exposure of film.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HDR112 F F1


Series Mounting Kodak Filter and color name
HDR111 One Primary Lens; 15W A25 Incandescent Lamp F Flange F1 Red
HDR112 One Primary and One Secondary Lens; 200W A23 Incandescent Lamp (G and F) or 150W A21 Incandescent Lamp (S) G Grid F3 Dark Green
S Surface F10 Dark Amber
F13 Amber
FOC Light Amber

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Surface Grid & Flange


HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

268 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 268 2/21/14 4:52 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Techline X-Ray Illuminator

DARKROOM & X-RAY ILLUMINATORS


Intended Use
The Techline X-Ray Illuminator provides uniform light diffusion for
optimally viewing diagnostic imaging films. Customize the viewing
Features
t Shatter-proof translucent viewing panel consistently
diffuses light TECHLINE X-RAY
arrangement with multi-panel configurations - side by side or
double row – in a thin, 3” profile for surface or recessed mounting.
A two-position rocker switch is included with every viewing panel,
t Roller-gravity grip accommodates all film thicknesses
and requires no field adjustments
ILLUMINATOR
conveniently grouped in a centralized cluster for multi-panel t Continuous bottom film ledge allows reading of
arrangements. multiple film sizes on a single viewing panel
Choose the 200 Series for 2 lamps per panel, suitable for reading films t Various multi-panel configurations available
of normal density. The 3-lamp (300 Series) and 4-lamp (400 Series)
options are available to achieve the additional brightness preferred t Cluster switching is standard on all multi-panel configurations
by some radiologists. Dual-intensity switching is available on the 400
t Easily serviced without removal from wall
Series to independently control “Hi/Low” illumination of each panel.
t Film-activated switch (option) adds operating
convenience and eliminates excess light from adjacent panels
t Multi-panel master switch (option) allows on/off
control of all panels as a group
t 15W T8 lamps included
t Hospital grade cord and plug is standard on surface-mount version
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HXR200 R 120 1R FAS
Series Mounting Voltage Panel rows Options
HXR200 2-lamp S Surface 120 120V 1R Single Row (21 in. height; 17 in. viewing height) FAS Film Activated Switch
HXR300 3-lamp R Recessed 2R Double Row (42 in. height; 28 in. viewing height) MS Master Switch
HXR400 4-lamp DIS Dual Intensity Switching
(HXR400 only - includes FAS
Option)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.
FRONT VIEW RIGHT VIEW
31" 1 -1/2" recess trim flange
28" Is factory attached on each
26" Wall Surface
16" 12" of the four sides of recess
2"
mounted configuration
5"
Roller Gravity Film Retainer

3/8" Max Dia. for fastening NOTE:


HEALTHCARE LIGHTING
45" fixture to wall, keyhole DO NOT DISTORT THE
3/16" slot FIXTURE. USE SHIMS
42"
BETWEENTHE FIXTURE AND
THE WALL CUT-OUT
Body is 18 Ga
FRAMING AT SCREW
welded steel construction
21" FASTENING LOCATIONS.

Fluorescent lamps included.


1 inch knock-out typical,
3" Lamp model #F15T8/D
1.5" right hand side is
4 ea-(400 series)
standard location on
(1) Ballast per Panel: Switching Modules 1.5" recess mounted fixtures.
rapid start, low leakage Standard On/Off Removalable access 3"
thermally protected Standard Cluster wireway panel
Class p type
400 Series - 1.4 amps/panel
PN - 1060U Rough-in cut-out dimension: 28 -3/4" x 42 - 3/4" Notes
1 Consult factory for 347V availability.

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 269

Healthcare_ Section.indd 269 2/21/14 4:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Economy X-Ray Illuminator
DARKROOM & X-RAY ILLUMINATORS

ECONOMY X-RAY Intended Use Features


The Economy X-Ray Illuminator offers the same high quality t Thin profile is clean, simple, and unobtrusive
construction as the Techline series but in a simpler design with

ILLUMINATOR fewer options. It provides a lower cost alternative to address


basic viewing needs.
Side-by-side configurations of up to 4 panels are available
t Shatter-proof translucent viewing panel consistently
diffuses light
t Film holding system accommodates all film thicknesses,
in a slim-profile, surface or recessed mount, housing. Each wet or dry, with no field adjustment
panel is uniformly illuminated by two lamps controlled by an t Continuous bottom film ledge allows reading of multiple
independent on/off rocker switch. film sizes on a single viewing panel
t Includes (2) 15W T8 lamps per viewing panel
t Hospital-grade cord and plug is standard on
surface-mount version

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HXR800 R 120 02


Series Mounting Voltage Configuration (Panels)
HXR800 S Surface 120 120V 01 Single Panel 14 x 17 Viewing Area 14 x 21 L x H
R Recessed 02 2 Panel 28 x 17 Viewing Area 28 x 21 L x H
03 3 Panel 42 x 17 Viewing Area 42 x 21 L x H
04 4 Panel 56 x 17 Viewing Area 56 x 21 L x H

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

FRONT VIEW RIGHT VIEW


31" 1 -1/2" recess trim flange
28" is factory attached on each
26" 16" Wall Surface
12" 2"
of the four sides of recess
mounted configuration

5" Film Retainer


HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

3/8" max dia. for fastening NOTE:


24" fixture to wall, keyhole DO NOT DISTORT THE
3/16" slot FIXTURE. USE SHIMS
21"
BETWEEN THE FIXTURE AND
THE WALL CUT-OUT
Body is 18 ga
FRAMING AT SCREW
welded steel construction
FASTENING LOCATIONS.

Fluorescent lamps included.


1 inch knock-out typical
2 ea - lamp model #F15T8/D
1.5" right hand side is
standard location on
(2) Ballast per Panel: Switching modules 1.5" recess mounted fixtures.
Type 1 - 0.70 amps/panel Standard on/off Standard removal 3"
PN - 1031 (2) access wireway panel
Rough-in cut-out dimension: 28 - 3/4" x 21 - 3/4"

270 www.healthcare-lighting.com PSG11

Healthcare_ Section.indd 270 2/21/14 4:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Alert

MESSAGE SIGNS
Intended Use
Message signs can be used to identify hazardous areas such
as X-ray and laser procedure rooms or simply to provide
wayfinding guidance. Choose from a selection of the most
Features
t Top-mounted, downward-facing LED board
with integral universal (120v/277v) driver ALERT
common legends or specify custom wording to suit your specific t Tool-free access to LED strip, transformer, and
needs – illuminated by ultra-low consumption LEDs in your quick-disconnect for easy installation and service
choice of green, red, or blue. t Surface and canopy mount versions available;
double-side legend is available on canopy-mount
t Universal canopy plate for ceiling or wall installation
t Choose from many standard legends or specify
custom wording
t Emergency battery back-up and weather guard (surface
mount only) options are available

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HSG301 XIU RD

Series Legend code Legend and LED Color Options


HSG301 Surface Mount; Single Side DIRU DARKROOM IN USE RD Red EMNICAD Emergency Battery Backup
HSG302 Canopy Mount; Single Side DNE DO NOT ENTER GR Green LENS Replacement Lens Only
HSG303 Canopy Mount; Double Side IU IN USE BL Blue WG Weather Guard
XIU X-RAY IN USE TS Tamper Resistant Screws
XO X-RAY ON VS Vandal Resistant Polycarb Face Shield
MIU MRI IN USE
EX EXIT
ARA AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE
ARAW AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE
(with wheelchair graphic)
BO BEAM ON
BR BEAM READY
LIU LASER IN USE
AOR AREA OF REFUGE
SW SPECIAL WORDING
ARR SPECIAL ARROW

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.healthcare-lighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

HEALTHCARE LIGHTING

8 - 1/4"
LASER 5"

IN USE 5"

5/8"
13 - 1/2"

2 - 1/2" Notes
1 Contact factory for special wording/special arrow.
2 Weather guard not compatible with canopy mount (HSG301 only).

PSG11 www.healthcare-lighting.com 271

Healthcare_ Section.indd 271 2/21/14 4:53 PM


WINONA®
Winona is synonymous with bringing the visions of architects and designers to life through quality, performance and
architectural style lighting, in both interior and exterior spaces. Winona’s leadership and commitment to solid-state
lighting technology delivers static and dynamic LED solutions with intuitive integrated controls for both architectural
and performance applications. Unique custom and modification capabilities allow for the unmatched ability to address
and solve customer needs.

272

Winona_ Section.indd 272 2/21/14 8:28 PM


278 CONTENTS
SOLUTIONS
Custom, Restoration, Replication ..................................................................... 275-277

FORMS
Pendant ............................................................................................................ 278-279
Ceiling ............................................................................................................. 280-281
Sconce ............................................................................................................. 282-283

LIGHT
282
PARATA Series .........................................................................................................284
BLANCA Series ........................................................................................................285
Winline Series ..........................................................................................................286
Step Series ...............................................................................................................287
Windirect Series ............................................................................................... 288-290

OLED
Overview ..................................................................................................................291
Revel ........................................................................................................................292
Kindred ....................................................................................................................293
284 Trilia .........................................................................................................................294
Canvis ......................................................................................................................295

QUICK SHIP
The Ten Day Solution ....................................................................................... 296-297

286

288
WINONA

292

273

Winona_ Section.indd 273 2/27/14 2:05 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

SOLUTIONS FORMS LIGHT


Technology Infused Custom, Aesthetic Driven Architectural Luminance and Effects Driven
Restoration, Replication Services Lighting Systems Architectural Lighting Systems

Providing custom design freedom and The Winona portfolio, showcasing a High performance products that
endless possibilities, no manufacturer complete line of pendants, ceiling provide solutions for a wide range of
is more qualified to create that unique mounts, and sconces, reflects careful lighting applications. Committed to the
luminaire to perfectly suit your project. attention to design detail and a development of LED products, Winona
Innovative manufacturing and finishing commitment to technology. Using only offers great performance in a variety
technologies along with expert quality materials, our engineering of forms ranging from programmable
craftsmen enable Winona to restore and team and manufacturing expertise dynamic RGB luminaires, the ultra thin,
replicate luminaires of any guarantees that a Winona luminaire high performance Winline series,
scale or quantity while preserving will be both beautiful and step lighting, and a full line of
the fixtures original elegance. will endure the test of time. asymmetric luminaires.
WINONA

274 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 274 2/21/14 8:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
Technology Infused Custom, Restoration, Replication Services
CUSTOM RESTORATION REPLICATION

Cato Institute / Lighting Design: SBLD Studio, NY / 4th Presbyterian Church / US Capitol Visitor Center / Architect: RTKL Associates /
Photography: Fred Gerlich Photography: David Seide - Defined Space Lighting Design: H.M. Brandston & Partners, Inc /
Photography: Fred Gerlich

Winona’s roots lie in custom design and manufacturing. Originating in 1961, our
relentless pursuit of unparalleled quality and the challenge of that “one-of-a-kind”
luminaire have been the driving forces behind our custom division. This expertise can
be applied to restoration and replication projects as well. Winona has the knowledge,
WINONA

experienced designers, and craftsmen to provide solutions for your project needs.

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 275

Winona_ Section.indd 275 2/21/14 8:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
SOLUTIONS

SOLUTIONS
Technology Infused Custom, Restoration, Replication Services
Why choose custom lighting?
A unique design is required.
Special lighting performance is necessary.
The scale of the space demands a luminaire
size appropriate to the surroundings.
A custom luminaire begins like any other
design, with an idea and a sketch. From here
the Winona design and engineering team can
begin the process.
Building a custom luminaire requires
engineering expertise in the design phase,
skilled fabricators during construction,
talented metal finishers and painters, and a
staff of skilled assembly workers.
Let us help you create that unique luminaire
that can transcend any project from ordinary to
extraordinary.

JW Marriott / Lighting Design: Gary Steffy Lighting Design


WINONA

Warburg Pincus / Lighting Design: Hillman DiBernardo Leiter Castelli (HDLC) Architectural Lighting Design / Photography: David Joseph

276 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 276 2/21/14 8:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
Technology Infused Custom, Restoration, Replication Services

Who do you trust with priceless?


Detailed documentation, innovative manufacturing
University of Minnesota Walter Library / Architect: Stageberg Beyer Sachs Architects /
Lighting Design: Eriksen Ellison & Associates, Inc. / Photography: Dana Wheelock and finishing technologies, along with 50 years of experience,
set Winona apart when it comes to restoring or reproducing
WINONA

a fixtures original elegance.

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 277

Winona_ Section.indd 277 2/21/14 8:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
FORMS

PENDANT

6130 POLDI

5800 GISELLE
WINONA

Photography: Capture Studios


6000 TAMSIN 1 6800 CANOE

278 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 278 2/21/14 8:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

FORMS
PENDANT

5430 FINN

5206 VIVO

WINONA

CS Mott Children’s Hospital / Lighting Design: HKS Architects /


POPS01 Photography: Blake Marvin Photography 4920 CLASSICAL

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 279

Winona_ Section.indd 279 2/21/14 8:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
FORMS

CEILING

6151 ORTWIN

5821 MATHIS
WINONA

Atrens-Counsel Insurance Brokers Inc. / Lighting Design: Britacan Design Facilities


6030 WERNER Photography: Andrew Ross Photography - arossphoto.com 6111 GERHARDT

280 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 280 2/21/14 8:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

FORMS
CEILING

5411 HALEN

POPS08

WINONA

Ernst & Young Atlanta / Lighting Design: HOK Lighting Group / Photography: Lance Davies
6200 FULL CIRCLE 5230 DORIN

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 281

Winona_ Section.indd 281 2/21/14 8:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
FORMS

SCONCE

6132 POLDI

6102 BENNO
WINONA

5803 MARIE 5950 LUCA

282 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 282 2/21/14 8:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

FORMS
SCONCE

4608 TRACE

POPS11

WINONA

Casablanca Hotel / Photography: CMZ Photographics


4610 BOLIVARDE 5250-VHB CISCO

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 283

Winona_ Section.indd 283 2/21/14 8:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
LIGHT

PARĀTA SERIES
Dynamic RGB

PARĀTA Series dynamic color


changing luminaires create vibrant
color and color-changing effects for
a wide variety of interior or exterior
applications.
Performance is premium in both
lumen output and efficiency while
multiple beam spread options and
aiming flexibility provide the user
superb optic control.
707 PARĀTA Full Flood 703 PARĀTA Half Flood
Remote device management (RDM)
capability allows bi-directional
communication simplifying
installation.
Luminaires calibrated and tested to
ensure uniform hue and intensity
from fixture to fixture regardless
of temperature or environment.
PARĀTA’s unique ratio of red, green
and blue LEDs allows for superior
architectural white color.
717 PARĀTA Medium Spot 713 PARĀTA Small Spot

IP66
WINONA

728/729W PARĀTA Surface Linear 724 PARĀTA Linear Cove

284 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 284 2/21/14 8:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

LIGHT
BLANCA SERIESLED
BLANCA Series flood luminaires
are powerful high performance
instruments designed to wash or
graze architectural installations.
These ruggedly built IP66 rated
die-cast luminaires offer premium
performance in both lumen output
and energy efficiency with multiple
beam options and aiming flexibility
that provide superb optic control. In
addition to energy savings, LEDs offer 705 BLANCA Full Flood 701 BLANCA Half Flood
reduced maintenance for interior or
exterior architectural applications.
BLANCA 700 Series smooth, uniform
distribution provides a concentration
of light on a target surface. Color
temperatures of 2700K, 3000K,
3500K or 4000K are available, while
bin tolerances provide tight color
consistency.
Multiple beam patterns are available
715 BLANCA Medium Spot 711 BLANCA Small Spot
making it easy for the user to select
an appropriate optic distribution for
any application. 0-10 volt dimming is
standard.

IP66
WINONA

726/727W BLANCA Surface Linear 720/722 BLANCA Linear Cove

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 285

Winona_ Section.indd 285 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
LIGHT

WINLINE SERIES
Low Voltage Linear LED

The WINLINE Series of low voltage


linear LED luminaires offers high
performance from a small profile.
Powerful and reliable, the WINLINE
series can be used in both interior
and exterior applications.

104-106 WINLINE 105W-107W WINLINE


Surface Linear Interior Surface Linear Exterior

206-208-210 WINLINE 207W-209W-211W WINLINE 212-214 WINLINE


Surface Linear Interior Surface Linear Exterior Cove Interior

Multiple beam spreads ensure


the right distribution for various
applications and all luminaires are
available in four color temperatures:
2700K, 3000K, 3500K, and 4000K.

IP66

308 WINLINE 309W WINLINE


WINONA

Surface Linear Interior Surface Linear Exterior

286 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 286 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

LIGHT
STEP SERIESLED

STEP11
Round / Rectangle / Square

STEP12
Square / Round

The Press Club Four Seasons Hotel, San Francisco /


STEP12 Architect: Baldauf Catton Von Eckartsberg - Architects and Interior Designers / STEP13
WINONA

Lighting Design: Michael Webb Revolver Design / Lighting Engineer: CB Engineers /


Photography: Rien Van Rijthoven ARCHITECTUREPHOTOGRAPHY Rectangle 3 / 6 / 9 / 12 inch

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 287

Winona_ Section.indd 287 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
LIGHT

WINDIRECT SERIES
Asymmetric

Winona offers a complete


WINDIRECT Series of quality, high-
performance extruded asymmetric
products designed to provide the
lighting professional solutions for a
wide range of lighting applications.
Each product is engineered to
produce maximum forward throw
while providing uniform distribution
and illumination on vertical or
SURFACE WALL SURFACE CEILING horizontal surfaces.
Our reflector is extruded from
high purity aluminum alloy to
exact specifications for both
form and finish. To provide long-
term durability and stability, we
incorporate the heaviest wall
thickness of any asymmetric product
in the market.
The innovative and patented involute
shape is designed to squeeze the
RECESSED SURFACE LINEAR maximum performance from the
luminaire while keeping the profile
as small as possible.
WINONA

COVE PENDANT

288 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 288 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

LIGHT
WINDIRECT SERIES
Asymmetric

CANTILEVER

BASE MOUNT

WINONA

Wrigley Building Chicago / Architect: Graham, Anderson, Probst & White /


BASE MOUNT Lighting Design: HOK Lighting Group / Photography: ©Benkrut dreamstime.com TRUSS

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 289

Winona_ Section.indd 289 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
LIGHT

WINDIRECT SERIES
Asymmetric
WINONA

Yale University Kroon Hall / Architect: Hopkins Architects of Great Britain in partnership with Centerbrook Architects and Planners, Connecticut /
LINEAR PENDANT Photography: © Robert Benson Photography

290 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 290 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

OLED
WHAT IS OLED?
With OLED, we can appreciate and feel the presence of the light itself in incredibly thin and transformative forms. New
possibilities in design are unleashed in OLED luminaires that harmonize our connection with architecture and light.
OLED stands for Organic Light-Emitting Diodes. OLEDs are “organic” in that the key functional layers are composed of
organic compounds – complex carbon containing molecules.
The diagram below illustrates the basic structure of an OLED panel.

How it Works
Cathode: Aluminum with LiF electron injection layer

Electron Transport and Emitting Layer (ETL): Alq3

Hole Transport Layer (HTL): NPB

Anode: Typically Indium-Tin-Oxide (ITO), a transparent


conductive oxide

Substrate: Transparent glass or plastic

Light is emitted from the bottom

Not all OLEDs are created equal.


Our incredibly thin OLEDs glow with calm and efficient light, giving each OLED luminaire a captivating design character.
Choose from several families of products to create your own unique OLED lighting solution.
Light Output
A unique attribute of OLED luminaires is that the luminaire performance will closely match that of the OLED panels because
there are minimal optical and thermal losses.
Lifetime
Spectrum
Operating lifetime is measured from the beginning of operation at initial light
output and full brightness until the panel reaches 70% of its initial light output
(and luminance).
Color
The broad-band light emission of our OLEDs yields a full spectral power
distribution, resulting in excellent CRI. Virtually no energy is wasted in the UV or
WINONA

IR regions of the spectrum.

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 291

Winona_ Section.indd 291 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
OLED

REVEL™
REVEL offers the ability to sculpt a ceiling or wall with brightness and texture.
Designers can create patterns tailored for their unique lighting needs.
Regimented layouts are a thing of the past.
REVEL is ideal for creating unique design statements in office, retail,
hospitality, restaurant, and many types of feature spaces.

REVEL PM Pendant

REVEL HCM/WM Hard Ceiling Mount


and Wall Mount Sconce
WINONA

Photography: John Sutton Photography


REVEL GCM Grid Ceiling Mount REVEL GCM

292 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 292 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

OLED
KINDRED™

KINDRED PM Pendant

KINDRED WM Wall Mount Sconce

KINDRED immerses the user in a soft


volume of light and creates a sense of
companionship and comfort. When
mounted in close proximity, it transforms
the interaction within an interior space to a
more human and personal experience.
KINDRED invites us to gather.
KINDRED makes an iconic design statement
in any feature space.
WINONA

Photography: Naomi Castillo


KINDRED PM

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 293

Winona_ Section.indd 293 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
OLED

TRILIA™

TRILIA TRI

TRILIA STR

Designed to inspire creativity and


imagination, Trilia evokes the connectivity
and beautiful branching of a growing
neuron. Modular units allow designers
to shape single luminaires or expansive
networks. By combining Tri and Straight
sections, organic patterns form and flow
gracefully through a space, making light
and architecture one.
Comforting OLED lighting in unique and
fluid motifs for close-to-ceiling applications.
Trilia is not only for offices but also ideal
for any space that commands a strong
design element.
WINONA

Photography: John Sutton Photography


TRILIA TRI and STR

294 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 294 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

OLED
CANVIS™

CANVIS HRZ

CANVIS HZM

CANVIS VTM CANVIS VRT

Canvis captures the essence of a work of art. This family of luminaires


is designed for ceiling and wall applications and can
be used as a single unit or multiples.
Canvis can sculpt and define the shape of a space. Suitable for office,
retail, hospitality, restaurant, and many types of feature spaces.
WINONA

CANVIS HZM

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 295

Winona_ Section.indd 295 2/21/14 8:31 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION
QUICK SHIP

QUICK SHIP
The 10 Day Solution

WINONA® proudly introduces Quick Ship. We understand


WIN NA
®

how fast the world is moving and how critical timing can be. solutions forms light

Quick Ship represents our commitment to you as a leading


solutions provider and quality manufacturer. The Quick
Ship program offers the same uncompromising quality that
Winona consistently offers through our standard delivery
program, now in just 10 days. Choose from families of
architectural pendant, ceiling, and sconce luminaires or
high performance asymmetric, step, linear, spot and flood
lighting, along with a complete family of dynamic color- QUICKSHIP The 10 Day Solution

changing LED solutions.

PROGRAM DETAILS
t All Quick Ship orders must be sent to winorderentry@acuitybrands.com.
t Ship dates are 10 business days from date of clean release.
t All orders received after 3:00pm CST will be processed the next business day and will receive an Estimated Ship Date (ESD) from
that date.
t All purchase orders must be clearly identified as Quick Ship. Non-Quick Ship products must be ordered on a separate purchase order.
t If an order exceeds the product specification sheet quantity, then the following shall apply:
t If less than or equal to 2 times maximum Quick Ship quantity, the order will be split into two delivery dates.
The first will go in 10 days followed by the second in 15 days.
t If the order is more than 2 times maximum Quick Ship quantity, then the order would not qualify as a Quick Ship order.
t Change orders will affect lead times.
t Cancellation after release will result in a 50% restock fee, minimum.
t Order requirements:
t Complete Quick Ship catalog number
t Complete ship to address
t Contact information, any shipping notes / site restrictions
WINONA

296 www.winonalighting.com PSG11

Winona_ Section.indd 296 2/21/14 8:32 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

QUICK SHIP
QUICK SHIP
The 10 Day Solution

FORMS Aesthetic Driven Architectural Lighting Systems

LIGHT Luminance and Effects Driven Architectural Lighting Systems

Assembled in the USA


WINONA

PSG11 www.winonalighting.com 297

Winona_ Section.indd 297 2/21/14 8:32 PM


GOTHAM®
Gotham architectural downlighting has an extensive history of delivering quality architectural downlighting while blending
harmoniously with the ceiling. With each fixture, Gotham strives for design simplicity and excellent performance. Gotham aims
to meet the needs of architects, designers and engineers with quality products that set the highest standards in appearance and
uniformity. We remain on the leading edge of lighting design and technology development, researching new optical materials and
design techniques to optimize system performance and deliver superior lighting solutions.

298

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 298 2/27/14 5:41 PM


306 CONTENTS
DOWNLIGHTING
LED ..................................................................................................................302-317
System Accessories ................................................................................................ 318
Compact Fluorescent .......................................................................................319-329
HID...................................................................................................................336-341
Incandescent ....................................................................................................342-348

DECORATIVE LIGHTING
Compact Fluorescent .......................................................................................330-333
321
HID.......................................................................................................................... 334
Incandescent .......................................................................................................... 335

ACCENT LIGHTING
Compact Fluorescent .............................................................................................. 349
HID...................................................................................................................350-353
Incandescent ....................................................................................................354-355
Low Voltage .....................................................................................................356-358

GOTHAM SQUARES
330 Compact Fluorescent .............................................................................................. 360
HID...................................................................................................................361-369
Incandescent ....................................................................................................370-371
Low Voltage .....................................................................................................372-374

ELEVATIONS
Compact Fluorescent .......................................................................................375-380
HID...................................................................................................................381-383
Incandescent ....................................................................................................384-385
Options ................................................................................................................... 386

333
CYLINDERS
Compact Fluorescent .......................................................................................387-391
HID...................................................................................................................392-393
Incandescent ....................................................................................................394-399

INTERNATIONAL
Compact Fluorescent .......................................................................................400-406
HID...................................................................................................................407-408
Incandescent ................................................................................................... 409, 411
Low Voltage ............................................................................................................ 410
351
VANDAL RESISTANT
HID...................................................................................................................412-413
Incandescent ....................................................................................................414-415
Compact Fluorescent .......................................................................................416-418

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


Accessories......................................................................................................419-420
GOTHAM

Lens & Louvers....................................................................................................... 421


Options ............................................................................................................422-425

376

299

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 299 3/6/14 11:32 AM


incito evo
PRODUCT INFORMATION

vs ®

Which is right for your application?

Incito™ Point Source


Gotham IncitoTM is ideal for task, directional, accent lighting, and general illumination. Produces sharp contrast
with crisp highlights and deep shadows, creating a look comparable to T6, T4 and MR16. Beam quality is similar
to a traditional spot. Go Forward.

Precision Illumination
Self-flanged and flangeless trims
Lumen Packages up to 6500
Architectural dimming to less than 1%
4" & 6" Apertures

IncitoTM LED Luminaires

open round downlight open square downlight cylinder adjustable

color temperature — 2700K I 3000K I 3500K I 4000K


distributions

10º 15º 20º 25º 30º 35º 40º 45º 55º 60º 65º 70º

lumen packages — 500 I 750 I 1000 I 1250 I 1500 I 2000 I 2500 I 3000 I 3500 I 4000 I 4500 I 5000 I 5500 I 6000 I 6500
GOTHAM

300 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 300 2/27/14 5:41 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

Evo® Diffuse Source


Gotham Evo® is ideal for general ambient, wallwash, and decorative illumination. Quality of light is diffuse with
soft edges, comparable to CFL or an etched A lamp. Beam quality is similar to a general flood. Future Ready.

General Illumination
Self-flanged & flangeless trims
Lumen Packages up to 2900
Decorative and Special Application Options
4", 6" & 8" Apertures

Evo® LED Luminaires

open downlight / wallwash cylinder open square downlight vandal resistant IP65 shower light

decorative ring or disk round lensed wallwash square lensed wallwash open retrofit

color temperature distributions


2700K I 3000K I 3500K I 4100K
0.4 S/MH 0.6 S/MH 0.8 S/MH 1.0 S/MH 1.2 S/MH
GOTHAM

Very Narrow Narrow Medium Standard Wide


lumen packages
600 I 1000 I 1400 I 1800 I 2000 I 2200 I 2900

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 301

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 301 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Dimming to less than 1% using 0-10V, DALI and DMX/RDM

ICO The Incito LED is ideal for task, directional, accent lighting,
and general illumination. Produces sharp contrast with crisp
highlights and deep shadows, creating a look comparable to T6,
dimming drivers
t Available with Sensor Switch nLight control system
T4 and MR16. Beam quality is similar to a traditional spot. t Binned to a 3-step MacAdam Ellipse and centered on
Features ANSI bin
t Precision optical design with beam angles from 10° to 70° t CRI: 85 typical
t Lumen packages ranging from 500 to 6500 Listings
t Fully serviceable from above and below Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
wet location, covered ceiling. ENERGY STAR® Listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ICO 35/65 6AR LD 40D 120 DMXR
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Trim style Finish Beam Voltage
1 1
ICO 27/ 2700K 05 500 lumens 4 AR Clear (blank) Self-flanged (blank) Semi-specular 10D 10° beam angle 120
30/ 3000K 07 750 lumens 1 6 PR Pewter FL Flangeless LD Matte-diffuse 15D 15° beam angle 1 277
35/ 3500K 10 1000 lumens 1 WTR Wheat 20D 20° beam angle 347
40/ 4000K 12 1250 lumens 1 GR Gold 25D 25° beam angle 2
15 1500 lumens 1 WR White4 30D 30° beam angle
20 2000 lumens BR Black 4 35D 35° beam angle 2
25 2500 lumens 40D 40° beam angle
30 3000 lumens 45D 45° beam angle 2
35 3500 lumens 2
50D 50° beam angle 1
40 4000 lumens 2
55D 55° beam angle 2
45 4500 lumens 2
60D 60° beam angle 2
50 5000 lumens 2
65D 65° beam angle 2
55 5500 lumens 2
70D 70° beam angle 2
60 6000 lumens 2
65 6500 lumens 2,3

Driver Options
(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level <1% SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
DALIR DALI dimming driver. Minimum dimming level <1% TRW White painted flange 5
DMXR DMX with RDM (remote device management). Minimum TRBL Black painted flange 6
dimming level <1%. Includes termination plug ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch 7
HAO High ambient capability up to 40° C. Fixture height is 10-3/8” 2
BHSG Blacked-out housing
CP Chicago plenum 2
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
ICO 4 8 (20.3) 9-3/16 (24.9) 6-7/16 (16.3) 4-5/16 (11) 5-1/8 (13) 5-7/16 (13.8)
ICO 6 8-7/8 (22.5) 15-1/16 (38.2) 10-1/2 (26.7) 6-1/4 (15.8) 6-15/16 (17.6) 7-1/2 (19.1)
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches
(centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Only available in 4” aperture.
2 Only available in 6” aperture.
101
2 [26.7] 87 H *
8 [22.5]
W 3 Only available in 20° through 40°.
4 Not available with finishes.
GOTHAM

5 Not available with white reflector.


6 Not available with black reflector.
7 Not available with CP option.
(ICO 6” shown)
1 [38.2]
1516
8 Refer to specification sheets for
L additional dimension information.

302 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 302 3/5/14 3:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Available with Sensor Switch nLight control system
The Incito LED is ideal for task, directional, accent lighting,
and general illumination. Produces sharp contrast with crisp
highlights and deep shadows, creating a look comparable to T6,
t Binned to a 3-step MacAdam Ellipse and centered on
ANSI bin
ICO SQ
T4 and MR16. Beam quality is similar to a traditional spot. t Self-flanged matte-diffuse high-impact polymer finishing
Features trim with a durable, proprietary, vapor deposition finish
t Precision optical design with beam angles from 10° to 70° t Patent pending rough-in design allows up to 5 degrees of
t Lumen packages ranging from 500 to 6500 rotation allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure
consistent trim-to-trim alignment
t Fully serviceable from above and below
Listings
t Dimming to less than 1% using 0-10V, DALI and DMX/RDM Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
dimming drivers wet location, covered ceiling. ENERGY STAR® Listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ICO SQ 35/30 6AR 20D 120
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Trim style Finish Beam Voltage
ICO SQ 27/ 2700K 05 500 lumens 1 4 AR Clear (blank) Semi-flanged (blank) Semi-specular 10D 10° beam angle 1 120
30/ 3000K 07 750 lumens 1 6 PR Pewter FL Flangeless LD Matte-diffuse 15D 15° beam angle 1 277
35/ 3500K 10 1000 lumens 1 WTR Wheat 20D 20° beam angle 1 347
40/ 4000K 12 1250 lumens 1 WR White 4 25D 25° beam angle 2
15 1500 lumens 1 BR Black 4 30D 30° beam angle
20 2000 lumens 1 35D 35° beam angle 2
25 2500 lumens 40D 40° beam angle
30 3000 lumens 45D 45° beam angle 2
35 3500 lumens 2
50D 50° beam angle 1
40 4000 lumens 2
55D 45° beam angle 2
45 4500 lumens 2
60D 60° beam angle 2
50 5000 lumens 2
65D 65° beam angle 2
55 5500 lumens 2
70D 70° beam angle 2
60 6000 lumens 2
65 6500 lumens 2,3

Driver Options
(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level <1% SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
DALIR DALI dimming driver. Minimum dimming level <1% TRW White painted flange 5
DMXR DMX with RDM (remote device management). Minimum TRBL Black painted flange 6
dimming level <1%. Includes termination plug ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch 7
CP Chicago plenum 2
HAO High ambient capability up to 40° C. Fixture height is 10-3/8”
BHSG Blacked-out housing
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE CEILING OPENING OVERLAP TRIM
ICO SQ 4 7-15/16 (20.2) 11-3/16 (29.9) 7 (17.8) 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 (11.4 x 11.4) 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 (13 x 13) 5-7/16 x 5-7/16 (14 x 14))
ICO SQ 6 8-15/16 (21.2) 15-1/16 (38.2) 10-1/2 (26.7) 6-1/8 x 6-1/8 (15.6 x 15.6) 6-9/16 x 6-9/16 (16.7 x 16.7) 7-3/16 x 7- 3/16 (18.3 x 18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches
(centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Only available in 4” aperture.
2 Only available in 6” aperture.
101
2 [26.7]
W 5 [21.2
816 H 3 Only available in 20° through 40° beam angles.
4 Not available with finishes.
GOTHAM

5 Not available with white reflector.


6 Not available with black reflector.
7 Not available with CP option.
(ICO SQ 6” shown) 8 Refer to specification sheets for additional
1 [38.2]
1516 L dimensional information.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 303

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 303 3/5/14 3:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
DOWNLIGHTING

ICO CYL t Binned to a 3-step MacAdam Ellipse and centered on


Intended Use
The Incito LED cylinder series is ideal for task, directional, ANSI bin
accent lighting, and general illumination. Produces sharp
contrast with crisp highlights and deep shadows, creating a t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing, rolled and seam-welded
look comparable to T6, T4 and MR16. Beam quality is similar to with no visible seam
a traditional spot. t Ceiling mount, wall mount, pendant mount or aircraft cable
Features & cord available
t Precision optical design with beam angles from 10° to 70° Listings
t Lumen packages ranging from 500 to 6500 Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards.
Wall mount suitable for wet locations. Ceiling and pendant
t Dimming to less than 1% using 0-10V, DALI and DMX/RDM mount suitable for wet locations, covered ceiling. ENERGY
dimming drivers STAR® Listed.
t Available with Sensor Switch nLight control system

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ICO CYL 35/30 6AR 30D FCM DWHG
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Finish Beam Voltage
ICO CYL 27/ 2700K 05 500 lumens 1 4 AR Clear (blank) Semi-specular 10D 10° beam angle 1 MVOLT
30/ 3000K 07 750 lumens 1 6 PR Pewter LD Matte-diffuse 15D 15° beam angle 1 120
35/ 3500K 10 1000 lumens 1 WTR Wheat 20D 20° beam angle 277
40/ 4000K 12 1250 lumens 1 GR Gold 25D 25° beam angle 2
15 1500 lumens 1 WR White 30D 30° beam angle
20 2000 lumens BR Black 35D 35° beam angle 2
25 2500 lumens 40D 40° beam angle
30 3000 lumens 45D 45° beam angle 2
35 3500 lumens 2
50D 50° beam angle 1
40 4000 lumens 2
55D 45° beam angle 2
45 4500 lumens 2
60D 60° beam angle 2
50 5000 lumens 2
65D 65° beam angle 2
55 5500 lumens 2
70D 70° beam angle 2
60 6000 lumens 2
65 6500 lumens 2,3

Driver Mounting Options


(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum FCM Ceiling mount NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® Architectural Colors- Powder Paint For accessories, see pages
dimming level <1% WM Wall mount nLight® network with DWGH Matte white (standard) 419-425.
DALIR DALI dimming driver. Minimum integral power supply4
PM Pendant 3/8” DDB Dark bronze
dimming level <1% thread mount DBL Black
DMXR DMX with RDM (remote device ACC Aircraft cable and DWH Gloss white
management). Minimum cord mount
dimming level <1%. Includes DMB Medium bronze
termination plug DNA Natural aluminum
DSS Sandstone
DGC Charcoal grey
DTC Tennis green
DBR Bright red
DSB Steel blue

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

4” ICO CYL Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
REFLECTOR HOUSING
MOUNTING HEIGHT A B C D
APERTURE DIAMETER
Pendant 4-5/16 (11) 6-3/8 (16.2) 10 (25.4)
Cieling/Surface 4-5/16 (11) 6-3/8 (16.2) 10 (25.4)
Wall 4-5/16 (11) 6-3/8 (16.2) 10 (25.4) 5 (12.7) 5-1/4 (13.3) 3 (7.6) 9-1/2 (24.1) A

6” ICO CYL B
REFLECTOR HOUSING
MOUNTING HEIGHT A B C D
APERTURE DIAMETER
Pendant 6-1/4 (15.9) 10-1/12 (25.6) 16-1/16 (40.8)
Cieling/Surface 6-1/4 (15.9) 10-1/12 (25.6) 19-1/12 (48.5)
Wall 6-1/4 (15.9) 10-1/12 (25.6) 16-1/16 (40.8) 9-3/4 (24.8) 5-1/3 (13.5) 3-1/4 (8.3) 13-3/4 (34.9)
GOTHAM

304 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 304 3/5/14 3:29 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Fully serviceable from above and below
The Incito LED adjustable series is ideal for task, directional,
accent lighting, and general illumination. Produces sharp
contrast with crisp highlights and deep shadows, creating a
t Dimming to less than 1% using 0-10V, DALI and DMX/RDM
dimming drivers
ICO ADJ
look comparable to T6, T4 and MR16. Beam quality is similar t Available with Sensor Switch nLight control system
to a traditional spot.
t Binned to a 3-step MacAdam Ellipse and centered on
Features ANSI bin
t Precision optical design with beam angles from 20° to 70°
in 5° increments t Self-locking, continuous vertical tilt from 0°-40°

t Lumen packages ranging from 1000 to 6000 in 500 t Free and fine-tuning horizontal rotation
lumen increments
Listings
Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
wet location, covered ceiling.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ICO ADJ 30/30 6ACT00 30D 120
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Type Finish Beam Voltage
ICO ADJ Round adjustable 27/ 2700K 10 1000 lumens 1 4 AC Clear T00 Cut for angles (blank) Semi- 10D 10° beam angle 1 120
ICO SQADJ Square adjustable 30/ 3000K 15 1500 lumens 1 6 PC Pewter 0°-20° specular 15D 15° beam angle 1 277
35/ 3500K 20 2000 lumens WTC Wheat T20 Cut for angles LD Matte- 20D 20° beam angle 347
20°-40° 4 diffuse
40/ 4000K 25 2500 lumens 2 GC Gold 25D 25° beam angle 2
30 3000 lumens 2 WC White3 30D 30° beam angle
35 3500 lumens 2 BC Black3 35D 35° beam angle 2
40 4000 lumens 2 40D 40° beam angle
45 4500 lumens 2 45D 45° beam angle 2
50 5000 lumens 2
50D 50° beam angle 1
55 5500 lumens 2
55D 55° beam angle 2
60 6000 lumens 2
60D 60° beam angle 2
65D 65° beam angle 2
70D 70° beam angle 2

Driver Options
(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level <1% SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
DALIR DALI dimming driver. Minimum dimming level <1% TRW White painted flange 5
DMXR DMX with RDM (remote device management). Minimum dimming level <1%. TRBL Black painted flange 6
Includes termination plug ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test
switch 7
BHSG Blacked-out housing
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network
with integral power supply

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
ICO ADJ 4 8-7/8 (22.5) 12-7/8 (32.7) 15-1/2 (39.4) 4-5/16 (11) 5-1/8 (13) 5-7/16 (13.8)
ICO ADJ 6 10 7/8 (27.6) 22 (55.9) 20-9/16 (52.2) 6-1/4 (15.8) 6-15/16 (17.6) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

20-9/16 [54.8] 10-7/8 [27.6]


W H

Notes
1 Only available in 4” aperture.
22 [55.9] 2 Only available in 6” aperture.
GOTHAM

3 Not available with finishes.


4 Only available with round adjustable.
5 Not available with white reflector.
6 Not available with black reflector.
L 7 Top access required.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 305

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 305 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Multiple lumen packages and aperture sizes provide

EVO Gotham Evo is ideal for general ambient, wallwash, and


decorative illumination. Quality of light is diffuse with
exceptional uniformity and energy savings in design choices
t 70% lumen maintenance at 60,00 hours

EVO WW soft edges, comparable to CFL or an etched A lamp. Beam


quality is similar to a general flood.
Features
t Fully servicable and upgradeable lensed light engine
t 0-10V dimming standard
t Advanced, solid state (mercury-free) components efficiently
deliver lumens at levels comparable to CFL fixtures t Available with Sensor Switch nLight control system

t High performance patented Bounding Ray® optics deliver Listings


optimal light control Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
wet location, covered ceiling. ENERGY STAR® Listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EVO 35/18 6AR MVOLT
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Trim style Distribution Finish Voltage
1 7
EVO 27/ 2700K 06 600 lumens 4 AR Clear (blank) Self-flanged (blank) 1.0 s/mh (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT 8
EVO WW 30/ 3000K 10 1000 lumens 2 6 PR Pewter FL Flangeless 6 VND Very narrow (0.43 s/mh) 3,7 LD Matte-diffuse 120
35/ 3500K 14 1400 lumens 2 8 WTR Wheat ND Narrow (0.52 s/mh) 3,7 277
41/ 4100K 18 1800 lumens GR Gold MD Medium (0.80 s/mh) 7 347
20 2000 lumens WR White 5 WD Wide (1.1 s/mh) 7
22 2200 lumens 3 BR Black 5
29 2900 lumens 4

Driver Options
(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level 10% SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire forward-phase dimming TRW White painted flange 9
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%, 120V only TRBL Black painted flange 10
ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or EcoSystem® dimming EL Emergency battery pack with integral test switch 11,12
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%
ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch 11,12
CP Chicago plenum
BGTD Bodine generator transfer device
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply 13

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
EVO/EVO WW 4 6-7/16 (16.4) 14 -3/16 (36.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 4-15/16 (11) 5-1/8 (13) 5-7/16 (13.8)
EVO/EVO WW 6 7-9/16 (19.2) 15-1/16 (38.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
EVO/EVO WW 8 8-5/8 (21.9) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (21.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Only available in 4” aperture.
5 [22.0]
2 Not available in 8” aperture.
88
H 3 Only available in 6” and 8” aperture.
4 Only available in 8” aperture.
15 7 W
8 [40.3] 5 Not available with finishes.
6 Not available with EVO WW.
7 Not available with EVO WW.
8 Only available in 6” aperture.
GOTHAM

9 Not available with white reflector.


10 Not available with black reflector.
3 [36.0]
1416 11 Not available with CP.
L
12 Must specify 120V or 277V.
13 Not available with ECOS2 or ECOS3.

306 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 306 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t 70% lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours
Gotham Evo is ideal for general ambient, wallwash, and
decorative illumination. Quality of light is diffuse with
soft edges, comparable to CFL or an etched A lamp. Beam
t 0-10V dimming standard
t Available with Sensor Switch nLight control system
EVO SQ
quality is similar to a general flood.
t Self-flanged matte-diffuse high-impact polymer finishing
Features trim with a durable, proprietary, vapor deposition finish
t Advanced, solid-state (mercury-free) components efficiently
deliver lumens at levels comparable to CFL fixtures t Patent pending rough-in design allows up to 5 degrees of
rotation allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure
t High-performance patented Bounding Ray® optics deliver consistent trim-to-trim alignment
optimal light control
Listings
t Fully serviceable and upgradeable lensed light engine Fixtures are CSA certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
wet location, covered ceiling. ENERGY STAR® Listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EVO SQ 35/18 6AR 120
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Trim style Finish Voltage
EVO SQ 27/ 2700K 06 600 lumens 4 AR Clear (blank) Self-flanged (blank) Semi-specular 120
30/ 3000K 10 1000 lumens 6 PR Pewter FL Flangeless LD Matte-diffuse 277
35/ 3500K 14 1400 lumens WTR Wheat 347
41/ 4100K 18 1800 lumens GR Gold
20 2000 lumens WR White2
22 2200 lumens1 BR Black2

Driver Options
(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level 10% SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire forward-phase dimming TRW White painted flange3
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%, 120V only TRBL Black painted flange4
ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or EcoSystem® dimming EL Emergency battery pack with integral test switch5,6
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%
ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch5,6
CP Chicago plenum
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
EVO SQ 4 6-5/8 (16.9) 12-7/16 (31.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 11-3/8 (28.9) 5-1/8 (13) 5-1/2 (14)
EVO SQ 6 6-3/4 (17.2) 13-7/16 (34.2) 12-3/8 (31.4) 6 (15.24) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7(17.8)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

12 38 [31.4]
W 643 [17.2]
H

Notes
1 Only available in 6” aperture.
2 Not available with finishes.
7 [34.2]
13 16
GOTHAM

L 3 Not available with white reflector.


4 Not available with black reflector.
5 Must specifiy 120V or 277V.
6 Not available with CP.
7 Not available with ECOS2 or ECOS3.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 307

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 307 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t 70% lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours

EVO LW High-performance solid-state recessed luminaire for general


wallwash applications. Gotham’s solid-state wallwash
luminaires provide uniform vertical illumination and low
t Fully serviceable and upgradeable lensed light engine
t Multiple lumen packages and aperture sizes provide
aperture brightness. exceptional uniformity and energy savings in design choices
Features t 0-10V dimming standard
t Advanced, solid state (mercury-free) components efficiently
deliver lumens at levels comparable to CFL fixtures t Available with Sensor Switch nLight control system

t High performance patented Bounding Ray® optics deliver Listings


optimal light control Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
wet location, covered ceiling.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EVO LW 35/18 6AR 120
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Finish Voltage
EVO LW 27/ 2700K 10 1000 lumens 4 AR Clear (blank) Semi-specular 120
30/ 3000K 14 1400 lumens 6 PR Pewter LD Matte-diffuse 277
35/ 3500K 18 1800 lumens WTR Wheat 347
41/ 4100K 20 2000 lumens 1 GR Gold
22 2200 lumens 2 WR White3

Driver Options
(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level 10% SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire forward-phase dimming TRW White painted flange4
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%, 120V only TRBL Black painted flange
ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or EcoSystem® dimming ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch5
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%
CP Chicago plenum6
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
EVO LW 4 5-3/8 (13.7) 14-3/8 (36.4) 15-13/16 (40.2) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-7/16 (13.8)
EVO LW 6 6-1/4 (15.9) 14-3/8 (36.5) 15-13/16 (40.2) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

641 [15.9]
H
1513
16 [40.2]
W

Notes
1 Only available in 4” aperture.
2 Only available in 6” aperture.
14 38 [36.5]
GOTHAM

L 3 Not available with finishes.


4 Not available with white reflector.
5 Must specify 120V or 277V.
6 Not available with ELR.
7 Not available with ECOS2 or ECOS3.

308 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 308 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Fully serviceable and upgradeable lensed light engine
Pendant, surface and wall-mounted LED cylinders provide
general illumination with superior brightness control.
Wall-mounted products suitable for exterior applications.
t Removable pre-wired LED driver delivers superior
performance
EVO CYL
Surface and pendant-mount products suitable for covered t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing, rolled and seam-welded
exterior applications. with no visible seam
Features t Ceiling mount, wall mount or pendant mount available
t High performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium
components deliver optimal light control Listings
Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
t 70% lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours wet location, covered ceiling.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EVO CYL 35/18 6AR MVOLT FCM DWGH
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Distribution Finish Voltage
EVO CYL 27/ 2700K 10 1000 lumens 6 AR Clear (blank) 1.0 s/mh (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT
30/ 3000K 14 1400 lumens 8 PR Pewter VND Very narrow (0.43 s/mh) LD Matte-diffuse 120
35/ 3500K 18 1800 lumens WTR Wheat ND Narrow (0.52 s/mh) 277
41/ 4100K 22 2200 lumens GR Gold MD Medium (0.80 s/mh)
29 2900 lumens 1 WR White2 WD Wide (1.1 s/mh)

Driver Mounting Options


(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level FCM Ceiling mount SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
10% WM Wall mount Architectural Colors- Powder Paint
ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire forward-phase dimming PM Pendant 3/8” DWGH Matte white (standard)
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%, 120V only 3 thread mount DDB Dark bronze
ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or EcoSystem® dimming
driver. Minimum dimming level 1% 3 ACC Aircraft cable and DBL Black
cord mount 4 DWH Gloss white
DMB Medium bronze
DNA Natural aluminum
DSS Sandstone
DGC Charcoal grey
DTC Tennis green
DBR Bright red
DSB Steel blue

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING/PENDANT WALL MOUNT


HEIGHT APERTURE DIAMETER A B C D
6” Aperture 15-13/16 (40.1) 6-14 (15.9) 7-5/8 (19.4) 6” Aperture 7-3/4 (19.7) 5-5/16 (13.5) 3-1/4 (8.3) 10-7/8 (27.6)
8” Aperture 16-5/16(41.4) 8 (20.3) 9-1/4 (23.5) 8” Aperture 8 (20.3) 5-5/16 (13.5) 3-1/4 (8.3) 12-5/8 (32.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. Wall Mount

5 [41.4]
1616 H
GOTHAM

Notes
C 1 Only available in 8” aperture.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 2200 lumen max.
D
4 10’ aircraft cable.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 309

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 309 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Multiple lumen packages and aperture sizes provide

EVO DECO High-performance solid-state recessed luminaire that blends


quality of light with solid-state illumination. Gotham’s solid-
state fixtures satisfy a wide range of needs in commercial and
exceptional uniformity and energy savings in design choices
t 70% lumen maintenance at 60,00 hours
architectural applications t Fully servicable and upgradeable lensed light engine
Features t 0-10V dimming standard
t Advanced, solid state (mercury-free) components efficiently
deliver lumens at levels comparable to CFL fixtures t Available with Sensor Switch nLight control system

Ring t High performance patented Bounding Ray® optics deliver Listings


optimal light control Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
wet location, covered ceiling.

Disk

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EVO 35/18 6AR DLD MVOLT
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Decorative element Finish Voltage
1
EVO 27/ 2700K 10 1000 lumens 6 AR Clear DLR Drop luminous ring (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT 1
30/ 3000K 14 14000 lumens 1 8 PR Pewter DLD Drop luminous disk LD Matte-diffuse 120
35/ 3500K 18 1800 lumens WTR Wheat LS Specular 277
41/ 4100K 22 2200 lumens GR Gold 347
29 2900 lumens 2 WR White3

Driver Options
(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level 10% SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire forward-phase dimming TRW White painted flange 4
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%, 120V only TRBL Black painted flange
ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or EcoSystem® dimming ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch
driver. Minimum dimming level 1%
CP Chicago plenum 5
BGTD Bodine generator transfer device
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply 6

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
EVO DECO 6 7-9/16 (19.1) 15-1/16 (38.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
EVO DECO 8 8-5/8 (21.9) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (21.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

5 [21.9]
88 H
7 [40.3]
15 8
W
7 [25.1] 1 [2.5]
98

Notes
3 [36.0] 1 Only available in 6” aperture.
1416 L
GOTHAM

2 Only available in 8” aperture.


3 Not available with finishes.
4 Not available with white reflector.
5 Not available with ELR.
6 Not available with ECOS2 or ECOS3.

310 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 310 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Fully serviceable and upgradeable lensed light engine
High-performance solid-state recessed luminaire that blends
quality of light with solid-state illumination. Gotham’s solid-
state fixtures satisfy a wide range of needs in commercial and
t 0-10V dimming standard EVO SHOWER
architectural applications.
t Available with Sensor Switch nLight™ control system Non-Conductive Shower Light
t Convenient retrofit kit allows for simplified renovation
Features process, without removal from the ceiling
t Advanced, solid state (mercury-free) components efficiently
deliver lumens at levels comparable to CFL fixtures t Fully functional, integrated family includes recessed
downlights and wallwash lighting
t High performance patented Bounding Ray® optics deliver
optimal light control and energy efficiency Listings
Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
t 70% lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours wet location, covered ceiling. IP65 rated; suitable for steam room
applications.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EVO 35/18 6DFR MVOLT
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture Trim style Voltage Driver
EVO 27/ 2700K 10 1000 lumens 1 6 DFR Dead (non conductive) front regressed MVOLT 1 (blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum
30/ 3000K 14 14000 lumens 1 8 120 dimming level 10%
DRD Dead (non conductive) front drop
35/ 3500K 18 1800 lumens 277 ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire forward-
phase dimming driver. Minimum
41/ 4100K 22 2200 lumens 347 dimming level 1%, 120V only
29 2900 lumens 2 ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or
EcoSystem® dimming driver.
Minimum dimming level 1%

Options
SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch 3
CP Chicago plenum
BGTD Bodine generator transfer device 1
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply 4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE CEILING OVERLAP
OPENING TRIM
EVO SHOWER 6 7-1/2 (19.1) 15-1/16 (38.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
EVO SHOWER 8 8-9/16 (21.8) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (21.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

9 [21.8]
816 H

7 [40.3]
15 8 W EVO 8DFR

9 [21.8]
816 H
3 [36.0]
1416 L
EVO 8DFD 15 [2.3]
16
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Only available in 6” aperture.
2 Only available in 8” aperture.
3 Not available with CP.
4 Not available with ECOS2 or ECOS3.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 311

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 311 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester powder

EVO VR Lightshield™ vandal-resistant bezel protects Gotham


recessed luminaires from common vandalism without
compromising aesthetics or optical performance. High-
coat in all architectural colors
t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,
performance solid-state recessed luminaire that blends pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze
quality of light with solid-state illumination. t High-performance Bounding Ray® optics deliver optimal
Features light control
t One-piece bezel, marine-grade die-cast aluminum, low- Listings
copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with Fixtures are UL Listed; wet location, covered ceiling. Complies
stainless steel tamper-resistant screws with U.S. and Canadian standards. IP55 rating (below the
t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone mounting surface) standard; IP65 rating possible with the use
“O” ring that seals bezel to ceiling of silicone. Refer to TECH-200 for ingress protection ratings.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EVO VR 35/18 6AR CGL MVOLT DWGH
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Finish Lens type Voltage
EVO VR 27/ 2700K 10 1000 lumens 1 6 AR Clear (blank) Semi-specular CGL 1/8” clear glass lens MVOLT 1
30/ 3000K 14 1400 lumens 1 8 PR Pewter LD Matte-diffuse T73 3/16” tempered prismatic glass lens 120
35/ 3500K 18 1800 lumens WTR Wheat LS Specular FOL 1/8” tempered flush opal glass lens 277
41/ 4100K 22 2200 lumens GR Gold CVX 3/16” clear convex glass lens 347
29 2900 lumens 2 WR White PCL 3/16” clear polycarbonate lenses3
PPC 1/8” prismatic polycarbonate lenses3

Driver Options
(blank) 0-10V dimming driver. SF Single fuse Architectural Colors- Powder Paint For accessories, see pages 419-425.
Minimum dimming ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test DWGH Matte white (standard)
level 10% switch 5 DDB Dark bronze
ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® CP Chicago plenum 6
2-wire forward-phase DBL Black
dimming driver. TRBL Black painted flange DWH Gloss white
Minimum dimming WG Zinc-plated wire guard DMB Medium bronze
level 1%, 120V only 4 PCU 3/16” clear polycarbonate lens underlay DNA Natural aluminum
ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® (roomside) 7
3-wire or EcoSystem® Architectural Colors- Plating
BGTD Bodine generator transfer device
dimming driver. PWR Pewter
Minimum dimming NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight®
network with integral power supply SCH Satin chrome
level 1% 4 ORB Oil-rubbed chrome

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.


CEILING
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING
EVO VR 6 7-9/16 (19.2) 15-1/16 (38.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1)
EVO VR 8 8-9/16 (21.8) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (21.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

W
Notes
1 Only available in 6” aperture.
2 Only available in 8” aperture.
3 Provided standard with clear polycarbonate
GOTHAM

underlay (2 lenses total).


L 4 Not available with NEPP.
5 Must specify 120V or 277V.
6 Not available with ELR.
7 Not available with CVX, PCL, or PPC lens.

312 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 312 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t High performance patented Bounding Ray® optics and
High performance solid-state recessed luminaire that blends
quality of light with solid state illumination. Gotham’s solid
state fixtures satisfy a wide range of needs in commercial
premium components deliver optimal light control
t 0-10V dimming standard
EVO R
and architectural applications for new construction and t Available with Sensor Switch nLight™ control system
renovation opportunities.
t Convenient retrofit kit allows for simplified renovation
Features process, without removal from the ceiling
t Advanced, solid state (mercury-free) components efficiently
deliver lumens at levels comparable to CFL fixtures Listings
Fixtures are CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards;
t Compatible with Gotham mounting frames wet location, covered ceiling.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: EVO R 35/18 6AR MVOLT
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Trim type Distribution Finish
EVO R 27/ 2700K 06 600 lumens 1 4 AR Clear (blank) Downlight (blank) Standard (1.0 s/mh) (blank) Semi-specular
30/ 3000K 10 1000 lumens 6 PR Pewter W Wallwash VND Very narrow 4 LD Matte-diffuse
35/ 3500K 14 1400 lumens 2 8 WTR Wheat ND Narrow 4
41/ 4100K 18 1800 lumens GR Gold MD Medium
20 2000 lumens 1 WR White WD Wide
22 2200 lumens
29 2900 lumens 3

Voltage Driver Options


MVOLT (blank) 0-10V dimming driver. Minimum dimming level 10% SF Single fuse For accessories, see pages 419-425.
120 ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire forward-phase dimming TRW White painted flange
277 driver. Minimum dimming level 1%, 120V only 5 TRBL Black painted flange
ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or EcoSystem® dimming EL Emergency battery pack with integral test switch
347 driver. Minimum dimming level 1% 5
ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) APERTURE CEILING OVERLAP TRIM


OPENING
EVO R 4 6-7/16 (16.4) 4-5/16 (11) 5-1/8 (13) 5-7/16 (13.8)
EVO R 6 7-1/2 (19.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-3/4 (19.6)
EVO R 8 8-5/8 (21.9) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (21.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

85
8 [21.9]
H

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Only available in 4” aperture.


2 Only available in 4” and 6” aperture.
3 Only available in 8” aperture.
4 Only available in 6” and 8” aperture.
5 Not available with NEPP option.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 313

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 313 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Patented optical design provides source before source image

ECSR Recessed LED luminaire that satisfies a wide range of needs


in commercial and architectural applications such as office,
educational and retail environments.
and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom
t Solid state LED light engine available in 3500K and 4100K
ECOS™ color temperatures
Features
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting plaster frame with t Rated system life of 50,000 hours at 70% output
thru-wire junction box Listings
t Mounting bars provided with continuous 4” vertical Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
adjustment mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
with Canadian Standards. Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical
t Post-installation adjustment possible from above or below Principle design (U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050).
ceiling without the use of tools
t Light engine and driver are accessible from above or below
ceiling

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ECSR 35/10 4AR LD 120
Series Color temperature/Nominal lumen output Aperture / Trim Finish Voltage Driver Options
ECSR Color Nominal lumen 4 AR Clear (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) 0-10V For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
temperature output 6 PR Pewter LD Matte-diffuse 277 dimming
35/ 10 1000 lumens1 driver
WTR Wheat 3474
41/ 14 1400 lumens2 GR Gold
WR White painted3
MB Black baffle3
WB White baffle3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
ECSR 4 6-1/16 (15.4) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-1/4 (38.7) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
ECSR 6 6-1/16 (15.4) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-1/4 (38.7) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 4” aperture only.
2 Available in 6” aperture only.
3 Not available with finishes.
4 Height of fixture increases 3”.

314 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 314 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Outer kicker reflector with inner reflector provides uniform
Recessed LED luminaire that satisfies a wide range of needs
in commercial and architectural applications such as office,
educational and retail environments.
wallwash performance from ceiling to floor and fixture to
fixture ECSRW
t Solid state LED light engine available in 3500K and 4100K ECOS™
Features color temperatures
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous 4"
vertical adjustment t Rated system life of 50,000 hours of 70% output

t Post-installation adjustment possible from above or below Listings


ceiling withouth the use of tools Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Light engine and driver are accessible from above or below Canadian Standards. Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle
the ceiling design (U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050).
t Patented optical design provides source before source image
and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ECSRW 35/10 4AR LD 120
Series Color temperature/Nominal lumen output Aperture / Trim Finish Voltage Driver Options
ECSRW Color Nominal lumen 4 AR Clear (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) 0-10V dimming For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
temperature output 6 PR Pewter LD Matte-diffuse 277 driver
35/ 10 1000 lumens1 GR Gold 3474
41/ 14 1400 lumens2 WR White painted3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
ECSRW 4 6-1/16 (15.4) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-1/4 (38.7) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
ECSRW 6 6-1/16 (15.4) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-1/4 (38.7) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 4” aperture only.
2 Available in 6” aperture only.
3 Not available with finishes.
4 Height of fixture increases 3”.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 315

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 315 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Class P, 0-10V thermally protected solid state dimming

ECSS High performance recessed LED luminaire that satisfies a wide


range of needs in commercial and architectural applications
driver is standard
t Rated system life of 50,000 hours at 70% output

ECSSW such as office, educational, and retail environments.


Features
t Self-flanged matte-diffuse high-impact polymer finishing
t Emergency battery pack available
Listings
trim with a durable, proprietary, vapor deposition finish Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and with Canadian Standards. Tested to IESNA LM-79 and LM-80
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ECSS 35/12 6AR 120
Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture / Trim color Finish Voltage Driver
1 3
ECSS 35/ 3500K 09 900 lumens 4 AR Clear (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) 0-10V dimming driver
ECSSW 41/ 4100K 12 1200 lumens 2 6 PR Pewter LD Matte-diffuse 277
WTR Wheat 347 4
DSR Stepped
BR Black
WR White painted
PDSR Stepped pewter
WDSR Stepped wheat

Options
SF Single fuse
EL Emergency battery pack with integral test switch 1
TRW White painted flange
TRBL Black painted flange
MFLG Microflange™ trim
SQMT Square metal trim5
CP Chicago plenum
ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch
ELRHL High-lumen-output emergency battery pack with remote test switch
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.


CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
ECSS 4 5-3/8 (13.7) 14-1/8 (35.9) 15-3/8 (39.1) 4-1/2 (11.4) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
ECSSW 4 6-7/8 (17.5) 14-1/8 (35.9) 15-3/8 (39.1) 4-1/2 (11.4) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
ECSS 6 5-9/16 (14.1) 18-5/8 (47.3) 19-3/4 (50.2) 6 (15.2) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)
ECSSW 6 7-1/4 (18.4) 18-5/8 (47.3) 19-7/8 (50.5) 6 (15.2) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
18-5/8
L
(47.3)

5-9/16
H
(14.1)
19-3/4
W
(50.2) Notes
GOTHAM

1 Available in 4” aperture only.


2 Available in 6” aperture only.
3 Available with WR and BR trim colors or SQMT metal trim option.
4 Heigh of fixture increases 1-1/2”.
5 Not available with stepped trims or MFLG option.

316 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 316 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use
Recessed downlight with dynamic color-changing LED accent
features designed to add visual interest.
t An array of Red-Green-Blue LEDs provide up to 16.6 million
vibrant color options
t LEDs are visually shielded to prevent a direct line of sight
PDLFV
Features to the source Candeo® LED
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting/plaster frame with
thru-wire junction box Listings Open Reflector
t Expandable, self-locking mounting bars provide horizontal
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC
recessed mounting and dry locations. Listed and labeled to
Vertical Triple-Tube Lamp
and vertical adjustment comply with Canadian Standards. Patented Bounding Ray™
Optical Principle design (U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050). Patented
t Patented three-part system interacts to create the effect of Candeo® reflector design (U.S. Patent No. 7,014,341). Patent-
an aperture floating within a pool of diffused light pending LED color changing design.
t Patented optical design provides lamp before lamp image
and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom
t Patented dual-reflector optical system allows effective
general illumination with a compact fluorescent source to
function independently from a color-changing LED source

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDLFV 18TRT 8AR MVOLT
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
PDLFV 18TRT Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT1 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
26TRT 8 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 120
32TRT 277

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
PDLFV 8 8-1/4 (21.0) 14-1/4 (36.2) 15-3/4 (40.) 7-7/8 (20.0) 8-7/8(22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

15 -3/4
(40.0)

14-1/4
(36.2)

8-1/4
(21.0)

5
(12.7)

Aperture: 7-7/8 (20)


Ceiling Opening: 8-7/8 (22.5)
Overlap Trim: 9-1/4 (23.5)
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
line voltage from 120V to 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 317

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 317 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION System Accessories
SYSTEM DOWNLIGHTING

LFVRS Features
t Mounts to Lithonia SYRS 1GR or Steel City 52C13 one-gang
plaster ring attached to a grounded 4"-square, 2-1/2"-deep
t Pilot current draw: 5ma at 24VDC
t Network wiring connections: CAT5, (RJ45) Ethernet-cable
approved
Digital Remote Station outlet box or to a grounded Lithonia SQRS 1 GB or Steel City
GW-125-G one-gang masonary box (1-7/8" minimum inside t Push-button switches are preset to provide nine color-
width, 2-1/2" inside depth) change modes, nine static colors and 12 timing-cycle modes
t Use of tile rings, shallow, narrow or ungrounded boxes can t LED indicates load status
damage system
t Faceplate held to frame by magnetic strips

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LFVRS BJ4


Series Finish
LFVRS BJ4 Brushed stainless, black frame and buttons
BA4 Brushed aluminum, black frame and buttons
BL4 Painted black, black frame and buttons
WC2 Painted white, white frame and buttons
IE3 Painted ivory, ivory frame and buttons

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
SYRS 1GR Plaster ring, mounts to 4" box (by others)
Plenum-rated network cable. Length must be
LSA CAT5 specified (25ft or 50ft). Ex: LSA CAT5 25FT.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

4-5/8
(11.7)

2-7/8
(7.3)
GOTHAM

318 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 318 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use
For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand
high efficiency and superior optical control.
t Rugged aluminum lampholder housing
t Vertically mounted, positive-latch thermoplastic socket AFV
Features
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector
Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed AFVW
t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
with Canadian standards.
Vertical Lamp
t Toolless post-installation adjustments
Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum of
Triple-Tube (TRT)
15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AFV 32TRT 4AR MVOLT
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Options
AFV Downlight 13DTT Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT3 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
AFVW Wallwash 18DTT 41 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 120
26DTT 6 PR Pewter CAL Clear acrylic lens 277
13TRT 8 WTR Wheat PCL Clear polycarbonate lens 347
18TRT WR White painted2 T73 Tempered prismatic lens
26TRT MB Black baffle2,3 A12 Prismatic acrylic lens
32TRT WB White baffle2,3 PPC Prismatic polycarbonate lens
42TRT FOL Flat opal lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES LAMP HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AFV/AFVW 4 DTT, TRT 9-3/8(23.8) 13-3/8 (34.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-7/16 (13.8)
AFV 6 DTT, 42TRT 10-1/4 (26.0) 13-3/4 (34.9) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFVW 6 DTT, 42TRT 10-1/8 (25.7) 13-5/8 (34.5) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFV 6 13DTT, TRT 9-3/8 (23.8) 13-3/4 (34.9) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFVW 6 13DTT, TRT 10 (25.4) 13-5/8 (34.5) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFV 8 DTT, 42TRT 11 (27.9) 13-3/4 (34.9) 15-13/16 (40.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AFVW 8 DTT, 42TRT 11-5/8 (29.5) 13-5/8 (34.5) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AFV 8 13DTT, TRT 10-5/8 (27.0) 14-3/8 (36.5) 15-13/16 (40.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AFVW 8 13DTT, TRT 10-7/8 (27.5) 13-5/8 (34.5) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 13DTT, 13TRT, 18TRT, 26TRT and 32TRT lamp only.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line voltage from
120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 319

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 319 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Junction box capacity: 8 (4 in, 4 out) 12AWG rated for 90°C

AF For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand


high efficiency and superior optical control. t Horizontally mounted, positive-latch, thermoplastic socket

AFW Features
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector
Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
Horizontal Lamp t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction with Canadian standards. Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical
Triple-Tube (TRT) t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum
Principle design (U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050).
of 15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment
t Toolless post-installation adjustments

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AF 1/32TRT 8AR MVOLT


Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Options
AF Downlight Number of Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT 6 For options and
AFW Wallwash lamps 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 120 accessories, see
1/ 13TRT pages 419-425.
8 PR Pewter PCL Clear polycarbonate lens 277
2/ 1 18TRT 10 WTR Wheat T73 Tempered prismatic lens 5 347
3/ 2 26TRT WR White painted 4 PPC Prismatic polycarbonate lens 5
32TRT MB Black baffle 4,5 FOL Flat opal lens
42TRT WB White baffle 4,5
57TRT3 BC Black cone 4,5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AF/AFW 6 6-7/16 (16.4) 14 (35.6) 15-13/16 (40.2) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/4 (26) 10-7/8 (27.2)
AF/AFW 8 6-7/8 (17.4) 14-13/14 (37.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 8 (20.3) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AF/AFW 10 7-1/4 (18.4) 22-7/8 (58.1) 17-1/8 (43.5) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/4 (26) 10-7/8 (27.2)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available in 8" and 10" aperture only.
2 Available in 10" aperture only.
3 Available in 8" aperture 1-lamp, or 10" aperture 1- or
GOTHAM

2-lamp only, Sylvania or Philips.


4 Not available with finishes.
5 AF only.
6 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on
any line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

320 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 320 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Toolless post-installation adjustments
For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand
high efficiency and superior optical control. t Horizontally mounted, positive-latch, thermoplastic socket AF
Features
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector
Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
AFW
t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction with Canadian standards. Horizontal Lamp
t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
of 15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AFW 2/26DTT 6AR MVOLT
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Options
5
AF Downlight Number of Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT For options and accessories,
AFW Wallwash lamps 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 120 see pages 419-425.
1/ 13DTT 8 PR Pewter CAL Clear acrylic lens 277
2/ 18DTT 10 2 WTR Wheat PCL Clear polycarbonate lens 347
3/ 1 26DTT WR White painted 3 T73 Tempered prismatic lens2
MB Black baffle 2,3 PPC Prismatic polycarbonate lens2
WB White baffle 2,3
BC Black cone 2,3,4
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AF/AFW 6 6-7/16 (16.4) 14 (35.6) 15-13/16 (40.2) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/4 (26) 10-7/8 (27.2)
AF/AFW 8 6-7/8 (17.4) 14-13/14 (37.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 8 (20.3) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AF 10 7-1/4 (18.4) 22-7/8 (58.1) 17-1/8 (43.5) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/4 (26) 10-7/8 (27.2)
AF 10 MB/WB 7-1/4 (18.4) 22-7/8 (58.1) 17-1/8 (43.5) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/4 (26) 10-7/8 (27.2)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available in 10" aperture only.
GOTHAM

2 AF only.
3 Not available with finishes.
4 Available in 6" and 8" aperture only.
5 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on
any line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 321

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 321 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum of

AF For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand


high efficiency and superior optical control. Cross baffle
15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment
t Toolless post-installation adjustments
Horizontal Lamp reflector provides additional shielding.
t Horizontally mounted, positive-latch, thermoplastic socket
Triple-Tube (TRT) Features
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector Listings
t Fluted vertical upper section works in conjunction Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
with patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
(U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050) with Canadian standards.

t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AF 1/32TRT 8CR MVOLT


Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Options
4
AF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT For options and accessories, see
1/ 13TRT 6 CB Clear cross baffle LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 120 pages 419-425.
2/1 18TRT 8 T73 Tempered prismatic lens 277
3/2 26TRT 10 347
32TRT
42TRT
57TRT3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AF 6 6-7/16 (16.4) 14 (35.6) 15-13/16 (40.2) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/4 (26) 10-7/8 (27.2)
AF 8 6-7/8 (17.4) 14-13/14 (37.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 8 (20.3) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AF 10 7-1/4 (18.4) 22-7/8 (58.1) 17-1/8 (43.5) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/4 (26) 10-7/8 (27.2)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available in 8" and 10" aperture only.
GOTHAM

2 Available in 10" aperture only.


3 Available in 8" aperture 1-lamp, or 10" aperture 1- or 2-lamp only,
Sylvania or Philips.
4 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line voltage
from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

322 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 322 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

DOWNLIGHTING
t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum of

AFZ
Intended Use
For general downlight and wallwash applications that 15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment
demand high efficiency and superior brightness controling
shallow plenum areas. Cross baffle reflector provides
additional shielding.
t Toolless post-installation adjustments
t Die-cast aluminum socket housing, ventilated top for
effective heat dissipation
AFZW
Features Horizontal Lamp
t Symmetric baffle design provides precise shielding and Listings
brightness control; minimum flange matches reflector finish Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
t Optical system retained by self-align, torsion support mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
springs with Canadian Standards.

t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AFZ 2/26DTT 84AR 120
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
AFZ Downlight Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT 3 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
AFZW Wallwash 2/ 13DTT 8 4AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 120
18DTT 4PR Pewter 277
26DTT 4WTR Wheat 347
4WR White painted 1,2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AFZ/AFZW 4-1/2 (11.4) 17-7/8 (45.4) 15-7/8 (40.3) 8 (20.3) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/8 (23.2)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown ininches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

GOTHAM

Notes
1 Not recommended for use with AFZW.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line voltage
from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 323

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 323 2/27/14 5:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
DOWNLIGHTING

LAF Intended Use


Provides uniform general illumination for institutional , office,
commercial, and retail applications.
t Die-formed steel upper housing with white polyester
powder paint and formed steel lower housing with matte
black finish
Horizontal Lamp Features t Expandable mounting bars provide horizontal and vertical
Double Twin-Tube (DTT) t Specular clear upper reflector adjustment

Triple-Tube (TRT) t Available with tempered prismatic lens (T73), or drop t Horizontally-mounted, positive latch thermoplastic sockets
Holophane lens (DHL)
Listings
t Die-cast aluminum, gasketed door frame available in flush Fixtures are UL listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
white or regressed stepped baffle mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
with Canadian Standards.
t Self-aligning butterfly door support springs

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LAF 2/26DTT 11RW T73 MVOLT
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Door Lens Voltage Options
3
LAF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Door 11" MVOLT For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
1/ 18DTT 11 RW Regressed white door 1 T73 Tempered prismatic lens 120
2/ 26DTT 12 SB Stepped black baffle 2 SFL Semi-flush lens 277
13TRT SW Stepped white baffle 2 DOL Drop opal lens 347
18TRT FW Flush white door 2 12"
26TRT T73 Tempered prismatic lens
42TRT FHL Flat Holophane lens
42TRT DHL Drop Holophane lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
LAF 11 6 (15.2) 24 (61.0) 13-1/4 (33.7) 10-1/8 (25.7) 11-1/4 (28.6) 11-5/8 (29.5)
LAF 12 7-3/4 (19.7) 24 (61.0) 13-1/4 (33.7) 10-7/8 (27.6) 12-1/4 (31.1) 12-5/8 (32.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

W
W

L
L

H
11" LAF H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 11" aperture only.
2 Available in 12" aperture only.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

324 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 324 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
For special purpose downlight applications that require
enclosed optics.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
LGF
Features tools from above or below ceiling Horizontal Lamp
t Aluminum upper reflector coated with highly reflective
white paint provides high efficiency and an evenly t Die-cast aluminum lampholder housing Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
illuminated aperture appearance t Medium-base porcelain socket with nickel-plated screw Triple-Tube (TRT)
t Available with tempered prismatic lens, flat Fresnel lens or shell
flat opal lens Listings
t Regressed white door or stepped black baffle are available Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
with white painted flange provided mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.
t Door is retained by self-aligning, torsion support springs,
preventing gaps between door and ceiling

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LGF 2/26TRT 8RW T73 MVOLT
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Door Lens Voltage Options
5
LGF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Door T73 Tempered prismatic lens MVOLT For options and accessories,
1/ 26DTT 3 6 RW Regressed white door FOL Flat opal lens 120 see pages 419-425.
2/ 1 13TRT 8 SB Stepped black baffle FFL Flat fresnel lens 277
3/ 2 18TRT 10 PPC Prismatic polycarbonate lens 1 347
26TRT
32TRT
42TRT
57TRT4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
LGF 6 6-3/4 (17.1) 13 7/8 (35.2) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
LGF 8 7-7/8 (20.1) 14 1/2 (36.8) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
LGF 10 8-5/8 (21.9) 17 3/4 (45.1) 17-1/4 (43.8 ) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/2 (26.7) 11-1/8 (28.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available in 8" and 10" aperture only.
2 Available in 10" aperture only.
GOTHAM

3 Ships as a TRT fixture.


4 Available in 8" aperture 1-lamp, or 10" aperture 1- or
2-lamp only, Sylvania or Philips.
5 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 325

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 325 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous

LGFV For special purpose downlight applications that require


enclosed optics.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
Vertical Lamp Features tools from above or below ceiling
t Aluminum upper reflector coated with highly reflective
Double Twin-Tube (DTT) white paint provides high efficiency and an evenly t Rugged aluminum lampholder housing
Triple-Tube (TRT) illuminated aperture appearance t Vertically-mounted, four-pin, positive-latch, thermoplastic
t Available with tempered prismatic lens (T73), flat Fresnel socket
lens (FFL) or flat opal lens (FOL) Listings
t Regressed white door (RW) or stepped black baffle (SB) are Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
available with white painted flange provided mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.
t Door is retained by self-aligning, torsion support springs,
preventing gaps between door and ceiling

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LGFV 26TRT 8RW T73 MVOLT
Series Lamp type1 Aperture/Door Lens Voltage Options
LGFV 18TRT Aperture Door T73 Tempered prismatic lens MVOLT3 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
26TRT 6 RW Regressed white door FFL Flat Fresnel lens 120
32TRT 8 SB Stepped black baffle FOL Flat opal lens 277
42TRT 10 347
57TRT2
70TRT2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
LGFV 6 9 (22.9) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
LGFV 8 9-5/8 (24.4) 13-3/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
LGFV 10 14-1/8 (35.9) 17-3/4 (45.1) 17-1/4 (43.8) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/2 (26.7) 11-1/8 (28.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Ships as a TRT fixture.
2 Available in 10" aperture only.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

326 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 326 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use
For general downlight applications that demand high efficiency
and superior optical control. Cross baffle reflector provides
t Two combination 1/2”–3/4” and three 1/2” knockouts for
straight-through conduit runs
t Capacity: 8 (4 in, 4 out) No. 12 AWG conductors, rated for
AFLP
additional shielding.
90°C Horizontal DTT or TRT Lamp
Features
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector t Horizontally mounted, positive-latch, thermoplastic socket

t Fluted vertical upper section works in conjunction with t Class P, thermally protected, high-power-factor electronic
Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. ballast mounted to the junction box
Patent No. 5,800,050) to provide lamp before lamp image Listings
and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Minimum flange matches reflector finish mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Galvanized steel junction box with hinged access covers and
spring latch

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AFLP 1/26DTT 6AR MVOLT
Number of lamps/
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Ballast 2 Options
AFLP Number of Lamp type Aperture Door (blank) Semi- (blank) No lens MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast For options and
lamps 6 AR Clear specular CGC Clear glass lens 3 120 ECOS EcoSystem® electronic accessories, see
1/ 13DTT LD Matte- dimming ballast. pages 419-425.
8 PR Pewter T73 Tempered 277
2/ 1 18DTT diffuse prismatic lens 3 Minimum dimming
WTR Wheat 347 level 5% 4
26DTT WR White SOL Solite lens 3
ADEZ Advance Mark 10®
13TRT painted 2 FOL Flat opal lens 3 electronic dimming
18TRT CB Cross baffle PPC Prismatic ballast. Minimum
polycarbonate dimming level 5% 5
26TRT
lens3 ADZT Advance Mark 7®
32TRT electronic dimming
42TRT ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5% 5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www. gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AFLP 6 5-3/16 (13.2) 14-9/16 (37.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFLP 6 Xbaffle 5-3/16 (13.2) 14-9/16 (37.0) 15-3/8 (39.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFLP 8 5-3/16 (13.2) 14-1/2 (36.8) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AFLP 8 Xbaffle 5-3/16 (13.2) 14-9/16 (37.0) 15-3/8 (39.1) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

4-3/8 5-3/16
(11.1) (13.2)
H
15-3/8
W
(39.1)

14-9/16
L
(37.0)

Notes
1 8” aperture only.
GOTHAM

2 Not available with finishes.


3 Only available with CB trim type.
4 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60 Hz.
5 Available in 120V or 277V only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 327

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 327 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Available with tempered prismatic lens (T73), Solite lens

LGFLP For special purpose downlight applications that require


enclosed optics in shallow plenum areas
(SOL) or flat opal lens (FOL)
t Door is retained by self-aligning torsion support springs,
Features preventing gaps between door and ceiling
t Aluminum upper reflector coated with highly reflective
white paint Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Regressed white door (RW) or stepped black baffle (SB) with mounting and wet locations.
white painted flange, or regressed anodized door (RA) with
anodized flange

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LGFLP 1/13DTT 6SB CGL 120
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Door Lens Voltage Ballast Options
LGFLP Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Door CGL Clear glass lens MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast For options and
1/ 13DTT 6 RW Regressed T73 Tempered 120 ECOS EcoSystem® electronic dimming ballast. accessories, see
white door prismatic lens Minimum dimming level 5% 2 pages 419-425.
2/1 18DTT 277
26DTT 8 SB Stepped black SOL Solite lens 347 ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic dimming
baffle FOL Flat opal lens ballast. Minimum dimming level 5% 2,3
13TRT
RA Regressed PPC Prismatic ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic dimming
18TRT anodized ballast. Minimum dimming level 5% 2,3
polycarbonate
26TRT door lens
32TRT
42TRT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
LGFLP 6 5-3/16 (13.2) 14-9/16 (37.0) 15-3/8 (39.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
LGFLP 8 5-3/16 (13.2) 14-9/16 (37.0) 15-3/8 (39.1) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

15-3/8
W
(39.1)

L
14-9/16
(37.0)
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 8” aperture only.
2 Not available in 13W.
3 Available in 120V or 277V.

328 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 328 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t 16-guage galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
For general wallwash applications that demand high efficiency,
uniform vertical illumination and low aperture brightness.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
AFWLP
Features tools from above or below the ceiling
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector
t Galvanized steel junction box with hinged access covers
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Design Principle design and spring latch. Two combination 1/2”-3/4” and three 1/2”
(U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp knockouts for straight-through conduit runs. Capacity: 8 (4
image and smooth transition from top or reflector to bottom in, 4 out) No. 12 AWG conductors rated for 90°C.
t Highly reflective outer kicker reflector provides smooth Listings
uniform illumination floor to ceiling, edge to edge. Inner Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
cone is contoured to eliminate room-side flash. For optimal mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
uniformity, the recommended luminaire spacing is 3’ from Canadian standards.
the wall and 3’ centers

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AWLFP 2/26DTT 6AR LD 120 ECOS
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Ballast Options
AWLFP Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast For options and
1/ 13DTT 6 AR Clearn LD Matte-diffuse 120 ECOS EcoSystem® electronic dimming ballast. accessories, see
Minimum dimming level 5% 2 pages 419-425.
2/1 18DTT 8 PR Pewter 277
26DTT WRT Wheat 347 ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic dimming
ballast. Minimum dimming level 5% 2,3
13TRT WR White painted
ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic dimming
18TRT ballast. Minimum dimming level 5% 2,3
26TRT
32TRT
42TRT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AFWLP 6 5-3/16 (13.2) 14-9/16 (37.0) 15-3/8 (39.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFWLP 8 5-3/16 (13.2) 14-1/2 (36.8) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

H
15-7/8
W
(40.3)

L
14-1/2
(36 8)

GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 8” aperture only.
2 Not available with 13W.
3 Available in 120V or 277V.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 329

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 329 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
DECORATIVE LIGHTING

t Clear, blue, green, tan, or red diffusers add visual interest

PDGF
Intended Use
High-performance downlight with decorative accent features
designed to add visual interest. t Hinged lampdoor seals upper trim for optimal fixture
efficiency and the reduction of stray light in the plenum
Candéo® Open Reflector Features
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
Horizontal Lamp t Outside of inner reflector is white with semi-specular or
matte-diffuse inner surface finish t 4” vertical adjustment, are shipped pre-installed
Triple-Tube (TRT) t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and tools from above or below the ceiling
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom
Listings
t Inner reflector is field adjustable to three settings that Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
place the reflector flush with the ceiling, 1/2” or 1” below mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
the ceiling with Canadian standards.
t Diffuser provides direct/indirect luminaire performance

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDGF 2/42 TRT 10AR WHT MVOLT
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Color Voltage Options
3
PDGF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular WHT Snow MVOLT For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
1/ 18TRT 8 AR Clear LD Semi-diffuse GRN Sea 120
2/ 26TRT 10 BLU Sky 277
3/1 32TRT TAN Sand 347
42TRT RBY Ruby
57TRT2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE (A) OPENING TRIM (OT)
PDGF 8 6-13/16 (17.3) 14-1/2 (36.8) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
PDGF 10 8-3/8 (24.8) 16-9/16 (45.1) 17-1/4 (43.7) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/2 (26.7) 11-1/8 (28.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

A
OT

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Available in 10" aperture only.


2 Available in 8" aperture 1-lamp, or 10" aperture 1- or
2-lamp only, Sylvania or Philips.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

330 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 330 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

DECORATIVE LIGHTING
Intended Use t No. 12 AWG conductors rated for 90°C
High-performance downlight with decorative accent features
designed to add visual interest. t Three (3) swinggate brackets allow for installation from
below the ceiling
PDXF
Features ICE™ BLADE
t Fluted vertical upper section works in conjunction with t Horizontally-mounted, positive-latch, thermoplastic socket
patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
Horizontal Lamp
Listings
Patent No. 5,800,050) to provide lamp before lamp image MVOLT, 120V and 277V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed Triple-Tube (TRT)
and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom mounting and damp locations. 220V and 240V fixtures are CE
t Clear acrylic cross baffle with surface that provides a Certified and rated IP20.
decorative edge-glow appearance
t Hinged lampdoor provided for optimal fixture efficiency
and the reduction of stray light in the plenum
t Pre-wired galvanized steel junction box mounted to
reflector provided with removable access cover

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDXF 1/32TRT 8AR CLRF MVOLT
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Baffle Voltage Options
PDXF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim ICE™ BLRR Blue round MVOLT3 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
1/ 18TRT 6 AR Clear CLRF Clear flush ALRF Amber flush 120
2/1 26TRT 8 CLRR Clear round ALRR Amber round 277
32TRT CLRA Clear angular WLRF White flush 347
42TRT ICE™ Color WLRR White round
57TRT2 RLRF Red flush
RLRR Red round
BLRF Blue flush

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
PDXF 6 7-3/8 (18.7) 14-3/16 (36) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
PDXF 8 8-3/8 (21.3) 17-3/4 (45.1) 17-3/8 (44.1) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

W
15 7/8

L 14 3/16

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 8" aperture only.
2 Available in 8" aperture 1-lamp only, Sylvania or Philips.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 331

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 331 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
DECORATIVE LIGHTING

Intended Use t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous

PDTF
ICE™ Turbo
High-performance downlight with decorative accent features
designed to add visual interest.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
Features tools from above or below ceiling
t Reflector - Self-flanged, matte-finished clear anodized
Horizontal Lamp reflector, fluted vertical upper section works in conjunction t Horizontally-mounted, positive-latch, thermoplastic socket
Triple-Tube (TRT) with patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design Listings
t Minimum flange matches reflector finish, white painted Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, recessed
flange optional mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
with Canadian standards.
t Clear acrylic, three-spoke turbo baffle with surface that
provides a decorative edge-glow appearance
t Hinged lampdoor seals upper trim for optimal fixture
efficiency and the reduction of stray light in the plenum

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDTF 1/32TRT 8AR MVOLT
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Voltage Options
PDTF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim MVOLT3 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
1 18TRT 6 AR Clear 120
21 26TRT 8 277
32TRT 347
42TRT
57TRT2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
PDTF 6 7-3/8 (18.7) 14-3/16 (36.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
PDTF 8 8-3/8 (21.3) 17-3/4 (45.1) 17-3/8 (44.1) 7-7/8(20.0) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

15-7/8
W
W
(40.3)

14-3/16
L
L
(36.0)

7-3/8
HH
(18.7)
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 8" aperture only.
2 Available in 8" aperture 1-lamp only, Sylvania or Philips.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

332 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 332 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

DECORATIVE LIGHTING
Intended Use t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
Decorative downlight with semi-recessed glass shades
designed to add visual interest.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
PDRGF
Semi-recessed Glass Shade Triple-Tube
Features tools from above or below ceiling
t Semi-recessed shade is pressed, colored glass with an acid
etched exterior finish and a matte white glazed interior t Galvanized steel junction box with hinged access covers and and Double Twin-tube Lamp
décor, available in white, amber or blue spring latch

t Minimum flange with textured polyester powder paint t Horizontally-mounted, positive-latch, thermoplastic socket
finish available in matte white, matte black or satin silver Listings
t 16-gauge painted steel mounting/plaster frame with Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
integral brackets to retain glass shade mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
with U.S. and Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDRGF 18TRT 6WG DBLB MVOLT
Series Lamp type Aperture/Shade color Flange color Voltage Options
PDRGF 13DTT Aperture Shade color DWHG Matte white MVOLT1 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
13TRT 6 WG White glass DBLB Matte black 120
18DTT 8 AG Amber glass DNAS Satin silver 277
26DTT BG Blue glass 347
18TRT
26TRT
32TRT
42TRT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

OVERALL CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES APERTURE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) DIAMETER OPENING TRIM
PDRGF 6 9-5/16 (23.6) 13-3/8 (34.0) 15-7/8 (40.3) 5-1/4 (13.4) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-7/8 (20.0)
DDRGF 8 10-11/16 (17.1) 14-5/16 (36.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-5/16 (18.6) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
L

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line voltage
from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 333

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 333 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
DECORATIVE LIGHTING

Intended Use t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of

PDRGH
Semi-recessed Glass Shade Lamp
Decorative downlight with semi-recessed glass shades
designed to add visual interest.
tools from above or below ceiling
t Galvanized steel junction box with hinged access covers
Features and spring latch
t Semi-recessed shade is pressed, colored glass with an acid
ED17 etched exterior finish and a matte white glazed interior t Pre-wired, electronic, 120 or 277V ballast module is
décor available in white, amber and blue standard, assembly can be attached before or after
mounting of mounting/plaster frame
t Minimum flange with textured polyester powder paint
finish available in matte white, matte black or satin silver Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed with Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDRGH 50M 6WG DBLB 120
Series Lamp type1 Aperture/Shade color Flange color Voltage Ballast Options
PDRGH Metal halide (ED17) Aperture Shade color DWHG Matte white 120 (blank) Electronic ballast For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
50M 6 WG White glass DBLB Matte black 277 EMB Electromagnetic ballast
70M AG Amber glass DNAS Satin silver 3472
Color-corrected metal halide (ED17) BG Blue glass
70MHC

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

OVERALL CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) DIAMETER OPENING TRIM
PDRGH 9-3/8 (23.8) 15-1/8 (38.4) 15-7/8 (40.3) 5-7/8 (11.0) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-7/8 (20.0)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
15-1/8
(38.4)

15-7/8
(40.3)

9-3/8
(23.8)
3-1/2
(8.9)
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Recommended for use with coated lamps. Open-rated lamps required.
2 Available only with EMB.

334 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 334 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

DECORATIVE LIGHTING
Intended Use t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
Decorative downlight with semi-recessed glass shades
designed to add visual interest.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
PDRGA
Features tools from above or below ceiling Semi-recessed Glass Shade Lamp
t Semi-recessed shade is pressed, colored glass with an A19
acid etched exterior finish and a matte white glazed Listings
interior décor Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
t Minimum flange with textured polyester powder paint with Canadian standards.
finish available in matte white, matte black or satin silver

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDRGA 6WG DWHG


1
Series Aperture/Shade color Flange color Options
PDRGA Aperture Shade color DWHG Matte white For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
6 WG White glass DBLB Matte black
AG Amber glass DNAS Satin silver
BG Blue glass

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM OVERALL CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W)
WATTAGE/LAMP DIAMETER OPENING TRIM
PDRGA 100W A19 9-3/4(24.8) 12-7/8 (32.7) 15-7/8 (40. 3) 5-7/8 (15.0) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-7/8 (20.0)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

GOTHAM

Notes
1 Maximum wattage: 100W.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 335

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 335 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum of

ATH For general downlight applications that demand high efficiency


and superior optical control.
15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment
t Toolless post-installation adjustments
Ceramic Metal Halide Lamp Features
t Self-flanged semi-specular or matte-diffuse anodized lower t Toolless access door provides access to junction box and
T4 reflector; minimum flange matches reflector finish ballast through the aperture
T6 t Interchangeable upper reflectors provide narrow, medium t 3000K lamp ships standard
and wide distributions Listings
t 1/8”-thick softening lens eliminates beam striations and Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
ensures maximum efficiency mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
with Canadian standards.
t Optical system retained by self-aligning torsion support
springs
t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ATH T6 39MHC 6AR N 120
Series Lamp type Wattage Aperture/Trim Distribution Finish Voltage Ballast Options
ATH T4T1,2 20MHC 5 Aperture Trim N Narrow (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) Electronic ballast For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
T42,3 39MHC 4 AR Clear M Medium LD Matte-diffuse 277 EMB Electromagnetic ballast
T64 70MHC 6 BR Black7 W Wide 347 8
150MHC 2,6 PR Pewter
WTR Wheat

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
ATH 4 9-13/16 (24.9) 15-9/16 (39.5) 15-3/16 (38.6) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
ATH 6 9-13/16(24.9) 15-9/16 (39.5) 15-3/16 (38.6) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Philips Mini MasterColor® available in 20W and 120V only. Consult
factory for availability on 39W.
2 Available with electronic ballast only.
3 Available in 20W, 39W, and 70W only.
GOTHAM

4 Available in 39W, 70W, and 150W only.


5 120V only.
6 Available in 6" aperture only.
7 Not available with finishes.
8 Available with 70W and 150W electromagnetic (EMB) ballast option only.

336 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 336 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Junction box capacity: 8 (4 in, 4 out) 12AWG rated for 90°C
For general downlight and wallwash applications that demand
high efficiency and superior optical control. t Die-cast aluminum lampholder housing AH
Features
t Self-flanged semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector.
Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
t Medium-base porcelain socket with nickel-plated screw
shell
t Extended porcelain socket for “open fixture” rated lamps
AHW
Open Reflective Metal Halide Lamp
Patent No. 5,800,050)
Listings
t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
of 15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment with Canadian standards.

t Toolless post-installation adjustments

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AH 100M 6AR 120


Series Lamp type1 Aperture/Trim5 Distribution Finish
AH Downlight Metal halide Color-corrected metal halide Aperture Trim (blank) Wide (blank) Semi-specular
AHW Wallwash 50M 2 50MHC 2 4 AR Clear N Narrow 8,10 LD Matte-diffuse
70M 2 70MHC 2 6 PR Pewter
100M 2,3 100MHC 2,3 8 WTR Wheat
150M 3 150MHC 3,12 10 WR White painted 6,7
250M 4 250MHC 4 128 MB Black baffle 6,7,8
High pressure sodium WB White baffle 6,7,8
150S8 BC Black cone 6,8,9

Lens Voltage Ballast Options


(blank) No lens 120 (blank) Electromagnetic ballast For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
CGL Clear glass lens 277 SCWA Pulse-start ballast 11
T73 Tempered prismatic lens 8 347 HEB Electronic ballast 11,13

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES/ MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
SOCKET WATTAGE OPENING TRIM
AH 4 (MED) 70 9 (22.9) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-7/16 (13.9)
AHW 4 (MED) 70 9 (22.9) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-7/16 (13.9)
AH 6 (MED)* 100 8-1/2 (21.6) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AHW 6 (MED) 100 9-5/8 (24.4) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AH 8 (MED)* 150 9-3/16 (23.3) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AHW 8 (MED) 150 10-3/8 (26.4) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AH 10 (MOG) 250 15-7/8 (40.3) 23-3/4 (60.3) 17-1/4 (43.8) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-3/8 (26.4) 10-3/4 (27.3)
AHW 10 (MOG) 250 18-3/8 (46.7) 23-3/4 (60.3) 17-1/4 (43.8) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-3/8 (26.4) 10-13/4 (27.3)
AH 12 (MOG) 250 19-1/4 (48.9) 23-3/4 (60.3) 19-1/4 (48.9) 11-11/16 (29.7) 12-1/2 (31.8) 12-11/16 (32.2)
* For narrow distribution (N), add 1" to height.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes 6 Not available with finishes.


1 Recommended for use with coated lamps. Consult 7 Not available in 4” aperture.
L specification sheets for additional lamp types. 8 AH Only.
2 Socket provided for use with open-rated lamps. 9 Not available in 10” aperture.
GOTHAM

For enclosed-rated lamps, include lens from lens


10 Available in 6” and 8” aperture only.
type field.
H 11 Not available in 347V.
3 Not available in 4” aperture.
12 Available with HEB ballast only.
4 Only available in 10” and 12” apertures.
13 Available with MHC lamps only.
5 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 337

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 337 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
DOWNLIGHTING

AHZ t Toolless adjustments post installation


Intended Use
For general downlight applications that demand high efficiency
and supieror optical control in shallow plenum areas. t Galvanized steel lampholder housing

Horizontal Lamp Features t Medium-base porcelain socket with nickel-plated screw


t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector shell

t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. Listings


Patent No. 5,800,050) Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction Canadian standards.
t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum of
15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AHZ 100M 6AR 120
Series Lamp type1 Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
AHZ Metal halide Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
50M 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277
70M 8 PR Pewter 347
100M WTR Wheat
Color-corrected metal halide WR White painted2
50MHC MB Black baffle2
70MHC WB White baffle2
100MHC BC Black cone2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AHZ 6 7-3/4 (19.7) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AHZ 8 8-3/4 (22.2) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Recommended for use with coated lamps. See
specification sheets for additional lamp types.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Not available in 347V.

338 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 338 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

DOWNLIGHTING
APRH
Intended Use t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum
For general downlight applications that demand high effieiency of 15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment
and supieror optical control.
t Toolless post-installation adjustments
Features Vertical Lamp
t Die-cast aluminum lampholder housing
t Self-flanged semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector.
Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design
PAR
t Medium-base porcelain socket with nickel-plated
(U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050) screw shell
t Integrated snoot and optical system minimizes lamp Listings
striations normally associated with PAR lamps and creates Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
visually pleasing scallops on vertical surface mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: APRH P38 100MHC 6AR 120
1 3
Series Lamp type/Wattage Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Type Voltage Ballast Options
APRH Lamp type Wattage Aperture1 Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) no lens 120 (blank) For options and accessories, see
P20 Metal halide 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass 277 HEB pages 419-425.
P30 70M PAR38 6 BR Black2 lens 347
P38 100M PAR38 8 PR Pewter T73 Tempered
prismatic
Color-corrected metal halide WTR Wheat lense
39MHC PAR20 or PAR30
70MHC PAR30 or PAR38
100MHC PAR38
150MHC PAR38

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

LAMP CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES WATTAGE/LAMP HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
TYPE OPENING TRIM
APRH4 P20 39MHC (PAR20) 8-13/16 (22.4) 15-9/16 (39.5) 15-7/8 (40.3) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
APRH4 P30 39, 70MHC (PAR30) 8-5/8 (21.9) 15-11/16 (39.8) 15-7/8 (40.3) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
APRH6 P30 39, 70MHC (PAR30) 10-5/8 (27) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
APRH6 P38 70, 100, 150MHC (PAR38) 70, 100, 150M (PAR38) 10-5/8 (27) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
APRH8 P38 70, 100, 150MHC (PAR38) 70, 100, 150M (PAR38) 11-1/8 (28.2) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 7-7/8 (20) 8-7/8 (22.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for lamp type and wattage availability.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Par38 only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 339

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 339 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous

LGH For special purpose downlight applications that require


enclosed optics.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of

LGHZ Features
t Aluminum upper reflector coated with highly reflective
tools from above or below ceiling
t Die-cast aluminum lampholder housing
Vertical or Horizontal Lamp white paint provides high efficiency and an evenly
illuminated aperture appearance t Module can be attached before or after mounting of
t Available with tempered prismatic lens (T73), flat Fresnel mounting/plaster frame
lens (FFL) or flat opal lens (FOL) Listings
t Regressed white door (RW) or stepped black baffle (SB) are Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
available with white painted flange provided mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.
t Door is retained by self-aligning, torsion support springs,
preventing gaps between door and ceiling

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 100M 6RW T73 120
Series Lamp type Aperture/Door4 Shielding Voltage Ballast Options
4 5
LGH Vertical Metal Color-corrected Aperture Door T73 Tempered 120 (blank) Electro-magnetic ballast For options and
LGHZ Horizontal halide metal halide 6 RW Regressed white door prismatic lens 277 SCWA Pulse-start ballast6,7 accessories, see
50M 50MHC FFL Flat Fresnel lens pages 419-425.
8 SB Stepped black baffle 347 HEB Electronic ballast8
70M 70MHC 10 FOL Flat opal lens
100M 100MHC
150M1,2 150MHC1,2
175M3 250MHC3
250M3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES/ MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
SOCKET WATTAGE OPENING TRIM
LGH 6 (MED) 100 9-3/8 (23.8) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
LGH 8 (MED) 150 10 (25.4) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
LGH 10 (MOG)* 250 14-1/4 (36.2) 23-3/4 (60.3) 20-1/8 (51.1) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/2 (26.7) 10-7/8 (27.6)
LGHZ 6 (MED) 100 6-3/4 (17.1) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
LGHZ 8 (MED) 100 7-7/8 (20.1) 20-1/4 (51.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
LGHZ 10 (MED) 100 8-5/8 (21.9) 23-3/4 (60.3) 17-3/4 (45.1) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-1/2 (26.7) 10-7/8 (27.6)
* Medium-base socket used with 150W or lower metal halide lamps.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

W
W

L
L
Notes
1 Not available on 6” .
H 2 Not available on 8” .
H 3 Only available on 10”.
GOTHAM

4 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.


LGHZ 5 347V only for 175W and above.
6 Available in 175W and 250W, 120V or 277V.
7 Not available in 347V.
8 Available in 150W and below only.

340 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 340 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

DOWNLIGHTING
LAH
Intended Use t Expandable mounting bars provide horizontal and
Provides uniform general illumination for institutional, vertical adjustment
office, commercial and retail applications.
t Horizontally-mounted, medium-base porcelain socket
Features with nickel-plated screw shell
t Diffused anodized aluminum reflector
Listings
t Drop opal glass lens Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, recessed
mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply
t Die-cast aluminum regressed white door frame with with Canadian standards.
gasketed flange
t Self-aligning butterfly door support spring
t Die-formed steel upper housing with white polyester
powder paint

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LAH 100M 11RW T73 120
Series Lamp type Aperture/Door4 Lens Voltage Ballast Options
LAH Metal halide Color-corrected Aperture Door 11" 120 (blank) Electromagnetic For options and accessories,
50M1 metal halide 115 RW1 Regressed white door T73 Tempered prismatic lens 208 ballast7 see pages 419-425.
70M1 50MHC 126 FW2 Flush white door SFL Semi-flush lens 240 SCWA Pulse-start
70MHC ballast8,9
100M SB2 Stepped black baffle DOL Drop opal lens 277
100MHC HEB Electronic ballast10
150M2 12" 347
175M2 150MHC3 T73 Tempered prismatic lens
250M2 High Pressure FHL Flat Holophane lens
Sodium
DHL Drop Holophane lens
50S
FFL Flat fresnel lens
70S
100S
150S

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES/ MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
SOCKET WATTAGE OPENING TRIM
LAH T73 & DOL 100 6 (15.2) 13 1/4 (33.7) 24 (61) 10-1/8 (27) 12-1/4 (31.1) 12-5/8 (32.1)
LAH 11 SFL 100 6 (15.2) 12 (30.5) 23 (58.4) 10-1/8 (27) 11-1/4 (28.6) 11-5/8 (29.5)
LAH 12 (MOG) 175 7-3/4 (19.7) 12-3/8 (32.4) 17-3/4 (45.1) 10-7/8 (27.6) 12-1/4 (31.1) 12-5/8 (32.1)
LAH 12 (MOG) 250 7-3/4 (19.7) 18 (45.7) 17-3/4 (45.1) 10-7/8 (27.6) 12-1/4 (31.1) 12-5/8 (32.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available in 11” aperture only.
2 Available in 12” aperture only.
L 3 Available in 12 aperture, FFL, FHL, T3.
4 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.
5 Only available with RW door frame.
GOTHAM

H 6 Not available with RW door frame.


7 347V only for 175W and above.
8 Available with 175W and 250W, 120V or 277V only.
9 Not available in 347V.
10 Available in 150W and below only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 341

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 341 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
DOWNLIGHTING

A
Intended Use t Microgroove baffle with white painted flange or specular
For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand black cone with flange that matches cone finish
superior optical control, optimal color, rendering, and

AW convenient dimming.
Features
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
Vertical Lamp t Self-flanged, semi-specular, matte-diffuse or specular
tools from above or below ceiling
reflector
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. t Die-cast aluminum lampholder housing
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image Listings
and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, recessed mounting
t Baffle/cone: Semi-specular clear upper reflector and damp locations, and are NON-IC rated. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: A 4AR LD


1
Series Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Options
1
A Downlight Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
AW Wallwash 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens
6 PR Pewter T73 Tempered prismatic lens4
8 WTR Wheat
10 GR Gold
12 WR White painted2
BC Black cone2,3,4
MB Black baffle2,4
WB White baffle2,4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES/SOCKET MAXIMUM HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
A 4 (MED) 100W A17/A19 8-7/16 (21.4) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-7/16 (13.8)
AW 4 (MED) 100W/A19 8-7/16 (21.4) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
A 6 (MED) 100W A17/A19 8-1/2 (21.6) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
A 6 (MED) 150W A21 9-1/2 (24.1) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AW 6 (MED) 100W A19 8-11/16 (21.1) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AW 6 (MED) 150W A21 9-11/16 (24.6) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
A 8 (MED) 150W A21 10-1/8 (25.7) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
A 8 (MED) 200W A23 11-1/8 (28.3) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
A 8 (MED) 300W PS25 11-3/4 (29.8) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AW 8 (MED) 150W A21 10-3/8 (26.4) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AW 8 (MED) 200W A23 11-3/8 (28.9) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AW 8 (MED) 300W PS25 12 (30.5) 13-5/8 (34.6) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
A 10 (MED) 300W PS25 15-7/8 (40.3) 16-15/16 (43.0) 17-1/4 (43.8) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-3/8 (26.4) 10-3/4 (27.3)
AW 10 (MED) 300W PS25 18-3/8 (46.7) 16-15/16 (43.0) 17-1/4 (43.8) 9-3/4 (24.8) 10-3/8 (26.4) 10-3/4 (27.3)
A 12 (MOG) 500W PS40 19-1/4 (48.9) 17 (43.2) 17-3/16 (43.7) 11-11/16 (29.7) 12-1/2 (31.8) 12-13/16 (32.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

L
GOTHAM

Notes
H 1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage/lamp availability.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Not available in 10" aperture.
4 Not available with AW.

342 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 342 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use
For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand
superior optical control in shallow plenum areas.
t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction
t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum of AZ
Features
t Self-flanged, semi-specular, matte-diffuse or specular
15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment
t Toolless adjustments post installation AZW
reflector t Galvanized steel lampholder housing Horizontal Lamp
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. Listings
Patent No. 5,800,050) Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Baffle/Cone - Semi-specular clear upper reflector mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.
t Microgroove baffle, white painted flange or specular black
cone with flange that matches cone finish

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AZ 6AR


1
Series Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Options
1
AZ Downlight Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
AZW Wallwash 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens
8 PR Pewter LS Specular 3 T73 Tempered prismatic lens 4
WTR Wheat
GR Gold
WR White painted2
BC Black cone2,3
MB Black baffle2,3
WB White baffle2,3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
AZ/AZW 6 100W A17/A19 7-3/4 (19.7) 13-7/8 (35.2) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AZ/AZW 8 150W A21 8-3/4 (22.2) 13-7/8 (35.2) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
J B

GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 8” aperture only.
4 Not available with AZW fixture.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 343

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 343 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
DOWNLIGHTING

t 16-gauge galvanized steel construction

APR
Intended Use
For general downlight applications that demand superior
optical control, optimal color rendering, and convenient t Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum
of 15”, preinstalled, 4” vertical adjustment
Vertical Lamp dimming.
t Toolless post-installation adjustments
PAR Features
t Self-flanged semi-specular, matte-diffuse or specular t Die-cast aluminum lampholder housing
reflector
Listings
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
(U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050) mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
t Integrated snoot and optical system minimizes lamp with Canadian standards.
striations normally associated with PAR lamps and creates
visually pleasing scallops on vertical surfaces

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: APR PAR20 4AR


1 3
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Type Options
1
APR PAR20 (50W max.) Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens For options and accessories, see
PAR30 (75W max.) 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens pages 419-425.
PAR38 (250W max.) 6 BR Black 2 LS Specular T73 Tempered
prismatic lens
8 PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
GR Gold
WB White baffle 1,3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
APR 4 50W PAR20 8-13/16 (22.4) 12-3/4 (32.4) 15-7/8 (40.3) 4-5/16 (10.9) 5-1/6 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
APR 4 75W PAR30 8-5/8 (21.9) 13-5/8 (34.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 4-5/16 (10.9) 5-1/8 (13) 5-7/16 (13.8)
APR 6 75W PAR30 9-9/16 (24.3) 13-5/8 (34.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
APR 6 150W PAR38 11-5/8 (28.9) 13-5/8 (34.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-1/2 (19.1)
APR 8 150W PAR38 11 (27.9) 13-5/8 (34.3) 15-7/8 (40.3) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage/lamp availability.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Available in 4” and 6” aperture only. Refer to
specification sheets for fixture height.

344 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 344 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t One-piece die-cast aluminum housing provides 3 square
A small-aperture quartz downlight suitable for applications
with with high ceilings (GQ) or sloped ceilings (GQT), such as
churches and large auditoriums requiring superior optical
feet of surface area to dissipate heat and improve lamp life
t Lamp is accessible from above or below the ceiling without
GQ
control, optimal color rendering and convenient dimming.
Features
the use of tools; all hardware is captive
t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
GQT
t Three preset distribution patterns allow designers to ceiling to luminaire alignment eliminates trims that Quartz Halogen T4
achieve various design objectives protrude into the space

t Clear anodized upper reflector and 6-inch self-flanged, Listings


semi-specular, matte diffuse or specular finishing trim, Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
provide 50° cut-off, optimal efficiency and glare control mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
with Canadian standards. Suitable for installation on Non-fire
t Center beam optical system centers the lamp relative to the resistant material
aperture, optimizing luminaire efficiency
t Protective lamp guard utilizes clear ceramic technology that
reduces UV emissions and provides higher heat tolerance
and better protection than standard borosilicate lenses

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: GQ 250 M 6AR


1
Series Lamp type Distribution Aperture/Trim Finish Options
GQ Ellipsoidal reflector 150 N Narrow Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
GQT Ellipsoidal tilt 250 M Medium 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse
reflector 400 W Wide BR Black2 LS Specular
500 PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
GR Gold
MB Black baffle2,3
WR White
WB White baffle3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
GQ 13-7/16 (34.1) 17-7/16 (44.3) 19-11/16 (50.0) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
GQT 14-5/8 (37.1) 17-7/16 (44.3) 19-11/16 (50.0) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

W W

L L

H H

GQ GQT
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Recommended for use with frosted lamp by
Sylvania, GE, Philips, or Ushio.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Available with GQ only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 345

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 345 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Extruded aluminum lampholder housing designed

HEQ For use above a hospital bed in exam, intensive care or


emergency room applications.
for effective heat dissipation and positive light center
positioning
Hospital Exam Light Features t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
t Clear anodized upper reflector and matte-white 6x9-inch 4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
Quartz Halogen T4 self-flanged finishing trim provide optimal efficiency and
glare control t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
tools from above or below the ceiling.
t Asymmetric distribution provides increased intensity more
towards the head of a typical hospital bed t Heavy-duty mini-can socket

t Borosilicate protective lamp guard provides safe luminaire Listings


operation Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Trim assembly retained by self-aligning torsion support Canadian standards.
springs

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: HEQ 250 6X9WR


1
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Options
HEQ 250 Aperture Trim For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
400 6X9 WR White painted
500

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/ LAMP OPENING TRIM
HEQ 500W T4 11-5/8(29.5) 17-1/16 (43.3) 13-7/8 (35.3) 6-1/8 (15.6) x 9-1/8 (23.1) 7 (17.8) x 9-3/4 (24.8) 7-1/4 (18.4) x 10-1/4(26)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Recommended for use with frosted lamp by Sylvania, EE, Philips Ushio.

346 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 346 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use
For use special purpose downlighting applications that require
enclosed optics.
t Door is retained by self-aligning, torsion support springs,
preventing gaps between door and ceiling
LG
Features
t Aluminum upper reflector coated with highly reflective
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
LGZ
white paint provides high efficiency and an evenly
tools from above or below ceiling
Vertical or Horizontal Lamp
illuminated aperture appearance
t Available with tempered prismatic lens (T73), flat Fresnel Listings
lens (FFL) or flat opal lens (FOL) Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Regressed white door (RW) or stepped black baffle (SB) are Canadian standards.
available with white painted flange provided

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LG 6RW T73


1
Series Aperture/Door Lens Options
1
LG Vertical Aperture Door T73 Tempered prismatic lens For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
LGZ Horizontal 6 RW Regressed white door FFL Flat Fresnel lens
8 SB Stepped black baffle FOL Flat opal lens
10

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT(H) LENGTH(L) WIDTH(W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
LG6 150W A21 9-1/8(23.2) 13-7/8(35.2) 15-7/8(40.3) 6-1/4(15.9) 7-1/8(18.1) 7-1/2(19.1)
LG8 200W A23 10-1/4(26.0) 13-7/8(35.2) 15-7/8(40.3) 7-7/8(20.1) 8-7/8(22.5) 9-1/4(23.5)
LG10 300W PS25 14-3/8(36.5) 17(43.2) 17-1/4(43.8) 9-3/4(24.8) 10-1/2(26.7) 10-7/8(27.6)
LGZ6 100W A17/A19 6-3/4(17.1) 13-7/8(35.2) 15-7/8(40.3) 6-1/4(15.9) 7-1/8(18.1) 7-1/2(19.1)
LGZ8 150W A21 7-7/8(20.1) 13-7/8(35.2) 15-7/8(40.3) 7-7/8(20.1) 8-7/8(22.5) 9-1/4(23.5)
LGZ10 200W A23 8-5/8(21.9) 17(43.2) 17-1/4(43) 9-3/4(24.8) 10-1/2(26.7) 11-1/8(28.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

W W

L
L

H
H

LG - Vertical Lamp LGZ - Horizontal Lamp


GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 347

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 347 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
DOWNLIGHTING

LA
Intended Use t Die-formed steel upper housing with white polyester
Provides uniform general illumination for institutional, office, powder paint
commercial and retail applications.
t Expandable mounting bars provide horizontal and vertical
Horizontal Lamp Features adjustment
t Diffused anodized aluminum reflector
t Galvanized steel junction box with bottom-hinged access
t Available with tempered prismatic lens (T73), drop opal lens covers and spring latches
(DOL), or semi-flush symmetric lens (SFL)
Listings
t Die-cast aluminum regressed white door frame with Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, recessed mounting
gasketed flange and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with Canadian
Standards.
t Self-aligning butterfly door support springs

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LA 11RW T73


Series Aperture/Door1 Lens Options
LA Aperture1 Door 11" For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
112 RW Regressed white door T73 Tempered prismatic lens
123 SB Stepped black baffle DOL Drop opal lens
SW Stepped white baffle SFL Semi-flush symmetric lens
FW Flush white door 12"
T73 Tempered prismatic lens
FFL Flat Fresnel lens
FHL Flat Holophane lens
DHL Drop Holophane lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
LA 11 200W A23 6 (15.2) 12-1/16 (30.6) 16-11/16 (42.4) 10-5/8 (27.0) 11-1/4 (28.6) 11-1/8 (27 )
LA 12 200W A23 7-3/4 (19.7) 12-5/8 (32.1) 17-3/16 (43.7) 10-7/8 (27.6) 12-1/4 (31.3) 12-5/8 (32.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

LA 12"
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.
2 Only available with RW door.
3 Not available with RW door.

348 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 348 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

ACCENT LIGHTING
Intended Use
For general wallwash applications that demand high efficiency,
uniform vertical illumination and low aperture brightness.
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustment are shipped preinstalled
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
DLWF
Features tools from above or below ceiling Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse compound
contour finishing trim in combination with keyed, t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final Triple-Tube (TRT)
proprietary Gotham spread lens delivers a uniform ceiling to flange alignment
distribution of light to the wall Listings
t Retained by self-aligning support spring Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Optical assembly rotates +/- 90° Canadian standards.
t Formed housing with matte black finish

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DLWF 1/32TRT 6AR MVOLT
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
DLWF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT4 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
1/ 26DTT2 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 120
1
2/ 13TRT 8 PR Pewter 277
18TRT WTR Wheat 347
26TRT BR Black3
32TRT WR White painted3
42TRT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
DLWF 6 6-5/8 (16.9) 14-1/8 (35.9) 18-7/16 (46.8) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-5/8 (19.5)
DLWF 8 6-5/8 (16.9) 14-1/8 (35.9) 18-7/16 (46.8) 8 (20.3) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-3/8 (23.8)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Available in 26DTT lamp only, 8" aperture only.


2 1/26DTT ships as a TRT fixture.
3 Not available with finishes.
4 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 349

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 349 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
ACCENT LIGHTING

DPH
Adjustable Lamp
Intended Use
Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,
reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums and retail
areas where efficient and pricese, aimable accent lighting is
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse cone designed
to minimize backflash
t Black painted housing features tool-less top access
desired. t Re-lamp capability from above or below ceiling
PAR Features t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
t Center Beam optical system centers the lamp relative to the tools from above or below the ceiling; shipped pre-installed
aperture, optimizing lamp efficiency
t Tool-less access door provides access to junction box
t Tool-less 0° - 40° vertical and 355° horizontal lamp through the aperture
adjustments made with the trim assembly removed for
simple focusing Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Lockable adjustment mechanisms maintain focus during mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
relamping and are visible from below the ceiling with trim Canadian standards.
assembly removed; designed to allow hot aiming

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DPH P38100M 8ACT30 120
1
Series Lamp type/Wattage Aperture/Trim/Type Finish Voltage Ballast Options
1
DPH Lamp type Wattage Aperture Trim Type (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) Electromagnetic For options and
P20 Metal halide 4 AC Clear T00 Cut for angles 0° - 15° LD Matte-diffuse 277 ballast accessories, see
HEB Electronic pages 419-425.
P30 70M PAR38 6 PC Pewter T20 Cut for angles 15° - 25° LS Specular 347
ballast3
P38 100M PAR38 8 WTC Wheat T30 Cut for angles 25° - 40°
150M PAR38 WC White painted2
Color-corrected metal halide BC Black2
39MHC PAR20 or PAR30 MB Black baffle2
70MHC PAR30 or PAR38 WB White baffle2
100MHC PAR38
150MHC PAR38

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES LAMP TYPE WATTAGE/LAMP HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
DPH 4 P20 39MHC (PAR20) 9-1/2 (24.1) 18-3/4( (47.6) 18-1/4 (46.4) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-7/16 (13.8)
DPH 6 P38 70, 100, 150M (PAR 38) 12-1/8 (30.8) 25-5/8( (65.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-3/8 (18.7)
DPH 6 P38 70, 100, 150MHC (PAR 38) 12-1/8 (30.8) 25-5/8( (65.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-3/8 (18.7)
DPH 6 P30 39, 70 MHC (PAR 30) 12-1/8 (30.8) 25-5/8( (65.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-3/8 (18.7)
DPH 8 P38 70, 100, 150M (PAR 38) 12-1/8 (30.8) 25-5/8( (65.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
DPH 8 P38 70, 100, 150MHC (PAR 38) 12-1/8 (30.8) 25-5/8( (65.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
DPH 8 P30 39, 70 MHC (PAR 30) 12-1/8 (30.8) 25-5/8( (65.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/16 (21.4) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for lamptype and wattage availability.
2 Not available with LD cinsih.
3 Available in 120V or 277V.

350 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 350 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

ACCENT LIGHTING
Intended Use t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
For general wallwash applications that demand high efficiency,
uniform vertical illumination and low aperture brightness.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
DLWH
PAR
Features tools from above or below ceiling
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse compound
contour finishing trim in combination with keyed, t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final ED17
proprietary Gotham spread lens delivers a uniform ceiling to flange alignment
distribution of light to the wall t Galvanized steel junction box with hinged access covers and
t Retained by two self-aligning support spring spring latch

t Internal housing components painted black t Thermally-activated insulation detector

t Formed housing with matte black finish Listings


Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting/plaster frame mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply
with Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DLWH P3870M 6AR 120
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Ballast Options
DLWH Metal halide (PAR lamp) Color-corrected metal Color-corrected metal Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) Electro- For options and
P3870M 70W PAR38 halide (PAR lamp) halide (ED17) 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277 magnetic accessories, see
P3039MHC 39W PAR30 50MHC ballast page 419-425.
P38100M 100W PAR38 8 PR Pewter 347
P3070MHC 70W PAR30 70MHC HEB Electronic
Metal halide (ED17) WTR Wheat ballast2
50M P3870MHC 70W PAR38 100MHC BR Black1
70M P38100MHC 100W PAR38 WR White painted1
100M P38150MHC 150W PAR38

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
DLWH 6 PAR 10-9/16 (26.8) 25-5/8( (65.1) 19-11/16 (50) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-5/8 (19.4)
DLWH 8 PAR 10-9/16 (26.8) 25-5/8( (65.1) 19-11/16 (50) 8 (20.3) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-3/8 (23.8)
DLWH 6 ED17 6-5/8 (16.9) 20-1/4(51.5) 18-7/16 (46.8) 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-1/8 (18.1) 7-5/8 (19.4)
DLWH 8 ED17 6-5/8 (16.9) 20-1/4(51.5) 18-7/16 (46.8) 8 (20.3) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-3/8 (23.8)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

W W

L
L

H H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Not available with finishes.
2 Available in 120V or 277V only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 351

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 351 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
ACCENT LIGHTING

Intended Use t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of

DLWTH For general wallwash applications that demand high


efficiency, uniform vertical illumination and low
aperture brightness.
tools from above or below ceiling
t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
Adjustable Lamp ceiling to flange alignment
Features
T4 t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse compound t Tool-less access door provides access to junction box and
ballast through the aperture
T6 contour finishing trim in combination with keyed,
proprietary Gotham spread lens delivers a uniform t G12, G8.5 or PGJ5 base ceramic socket
distribution of light to the wall
t Thermally activated insulation detector
t Optical system retained by self-aligning torsion support
springs Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Black painted housing features tool-less top access mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Tool-less re-lamp capability from above or below ceiling Canadian standards.

t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous


4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DLWTH T6 39MHC 6AR 120
8
Series Lamp type Wattage Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Ballast Options
DLWTH T4T1,2 20MHC Aperture8 Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) Electronic ballast For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
T42,3 39MHC 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277 EMB Electromagnetic ballast
T64 70MHC 6 BR Black6 3477
150MHC5 PR Pewter
WTR Wheat

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH(L) WIDTH(W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
DLWTH 4 9-13/16 (24.9) 15-9/16 (39.5) 15-3/16 (38.6) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
DLWTH 6 10-3/4 (27.3) 15-9/16 (39.5) 15-3/16 (38.6) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)

EMB DIMENSIONS
Length 25-5/8 (65.1)
Width 19-3/4 (50.2)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H Notes
1 Philips Mini MasterColor® available in 20W and 120V only.
Consult factory for availability on 39W.
2 Available with electronic ballast only.
3 Available in 20W, 39W and 70W only.
GOTHAM

4 Available in 39W, 70W and 150W only.


5 Available in 6" aperture only.
6 Not available with finishes.
7 Available with 70W & 150W electromagnetic (EMB) ballast option only.
8 Refer to spec sheet for lamp type and wattage availability.

352 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 352 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

ACCENT LIGHTING
Intended Use t Optical system retained by self-aligning torsion
Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,
reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, and
retail areas where efficient and precise, aimable accent lighting
support springs
t Black painted housing features tool-less top access
DTH
is desired. t Tool-less re-lamp capability from above or below ceiling
Adjustable Lamp
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuos
T4
Features
t Center Beam optical system centers the lamp relative to the 4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed T6
true aperture, optimizing lamp efficiency
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
t Tool-less O°- 40° vertical and 355° horizontal lamp tools above or below ceiling
adjustments made with the trim assembly removed for
t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
simple focusing
ceiling to flange alignment
t Lockable adjustment mechanisms maintain focus during
t Tool-less access door provides access to junction box and
relamping and are visible from below the ceiling with trim
ballast through the aperture
assembly removed
t Thermally-activated insulation detector
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse anodized cone
designed to minimize backflash Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Interchangeable upper reflectors provide narrow, medium
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
and wide distributions
Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DTH T6 39MHC 6ACT30 N 120
Lamp
Series type Wattage Aperture/Trim /Type8 Distribution Finish Voltage Ballast Options
DTH T4T1,2 20MHC Aperture8 Trim Type N Narrow (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) Electronic ballast For options and accessories,
T42,3 39MHC 4 AC Clear T00 Cut for angles 0°-15° M Medium LD Matte-diffuse 277 EMB Electromagnetic see pages 419-425.
T64 70MHC 6 BC Black6 T20 Cut for angles 15°-25° W Wide 3477 ballast
150MHC5 PC Pewter T30 Cut for angles 25°-40°
WTC Wheat

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
DTH 4 9-13/16 (24.9) 15-9/16 (39.5) 15-3/16 (38.6) 4-3/8(11.1) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
DTH 6 10-13/16 (27.5) 20-3/16 (51.3) 19-11/16 (50.0) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Philips Mini MasterColor® available in 20W and 120V only.
Consult factory for availability on 39W.
2 Available with electronic ballast only.
3 Available in 20W, 39W, and 70W only.
GOTHAM

4 Available in 39W, 70W, and 150W only.


5 Available in 6" aperture only. Not available with EMB ballast.
6 Not available with finishes.
7 Available with 70W and 150W electromagnetic (EMB) ballast option only.
8 Refer to spec sheet for lamp type and wattage availability.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 353

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 353 3/5/14 3:30 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
ACCENT LIGHTING

Intended Use t Designed to allow hot aiming

DP Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,


reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, and retail
areas where efficient and precise, aimable accent lighting is
t Trim assembly retained by self-aligning torsion springs.

Adjustable Lamp desired.


t Re-lamp capability from above or below ceiling

PAR Features
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Self-flanged, semi-specular clear, matte-diffuse or highly
specular cone designed to minimize back flash t Previous installation adjustment possible without the use
of tools above or below ceiling
t Contour cut reduces visibility of inner housing
t Tool-less access door provides access to junction box
t Center Beam optical system centers the lamp relative to the through the aperture
true aperture, optimizing lamp efficiency
Listings
t Tool-less 0°- 40° vertical and 355° horizontal lamp Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
adjustments made with the trim assembly removed for mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
simple focusing Canadian standards.
t Lockable adjustment mechanisms maintain focus during
re-lamping and are visible from below the ceiling with trim
assembly removed

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DP PAR16-30S 6ACT30


2
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim/Type Finish Options
DP PAR16-30S PAR16, PAR20 or PAR30S (short-neck) (75W max.) Aperture2 Trim Type (blank) Semi-specular For options and accessories,
PAR30L-38 PAR30L (longneck) or PAR38 (250W max.) 4 AC Clear T00 Cut for angles 0°-15° LD Matte-diffuse see pages 419-425.
PAR46 PAR46 (200W max.) 6 PC Pewter T20 Cut for angles 15°-25° LS Specular
PAR56 PAR56 (300W max.) 8 WTC Wheat T30 Cut for angles 25°-40°
PAR38/31 PAR38 Med side prong (150W max.) compatibility BC Black 3
WC White painted3
MB Black baffle3
WB White baffle3
GC Gold

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES LAMP TYPE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
DP 4 PAR 16-30S 9-1/2 (24.1) 13 (33.0) 15-1/8 (38.4) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-7/16 (13.8)
DP 6 PAR 16-30S 10-1/2 (26.7) 17-3/8 (44.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
DP 6 PAR30L-38 12-1/8 (30.8) 17-3/8 (44.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
DP 8 PAR16-30S 10-1/2 (26.7) 17-3/8 (44.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
DP 8 PAR30L-38 12-1/8 (30.8) 17-3/8 (44.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
DP 8 PAR46 12-1/8 (30.8) 17-3/8 (44.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)
DP 8 PAR56 12-1/8 (30.8) 17-3/8 (44.1) 19-3/4 (50.2) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 6” aperture only.
2 Refer to chart for lamp type availability.
3 Not available with finishes.

354 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 354 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

ACCENT LIGHTING
Intended Use t Black painted steel mounting frame features tool-less top
For general wallwash applications that demand superior optical
control, optimal color rendering and convenient dimming.
access
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
DLW
Features 4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed PAR
t Self-flanged, semi-specular, matte-diffuse or specular
compound contour finishing trim in combination with t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
keyed, proprietary Gotham spread lens delivers a uniform tools from above or below ceiling
distribution of light to the wall t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
t Retained by two self-aligning torsion springs flange to ceiling alignment

t Relamping capability from above or below ceiling t Thermally-activated insulation detector is replaceable
without the use of tools
t Internal housing components painted black
Listings
t Optical assembly rotates 355° Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Rolled steel housing wrap with junction box access door Canadian standards.
allows for easy maintenance through the aperture

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DLW 6AR


1
Series Aperture/Trim Finish Options
DLW Aperture1 Trim (blank) Semi-specular For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse
BR Black2 LS Specular
8 PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
CR Champagne gold
GR Gold

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
DLW 6 250W PAR38 10-9/16 (26.8) 18 (45.7) 19-11/16 (50) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-5/8 (19.4)
DLW 8 250W PAR38 10-9/16 (26.8) 18 (45.7) 19-11/16 (50) 8 (20.3) 8-7/8 (22.5) 9-3/8 (23.8)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.
2 Not available with finishes.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 355

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 355 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Low Voltage
ACCENT LIGHTING

Intended Use t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous

DLV Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,


reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, retail areas
and residences where precise accent lighting is desired.
4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
Vertical Lamp tools above or below ceiling
Features
t Internal housing components painted matte black. Lamp t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
snoot minimizes stray light in housing flange to ceiling alignment

t Self-flanged semi-specular, matte-diffuse or specular cone t Replaceable socket assembly


with flange that matches cone finish t MR16 socket assembly standard
t Optical system retained by self-aligning, torsion support t 12-volt electronic transformer is replaceable without the
springs use of tools
t Accommodates up to two lenses, filters or louvers Listings
t Softening lens standard Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Re-lamp capability from above or below ceiling Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DLV DWN MR16 4AC 120
2
Series Configuration Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
DLV DWN MR16 Aperture2 Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
MR11 1 AC Clear3 LD Matte-diffuse 277
ALR12 2 PC Pewter3 LS Specular 347
ALR18 3 WTC Wheat3
AR701 4 B Black4,5
BC Black cone3,5
WC White painted5,6
MB Black baffle3,5
WB White baffle5,6
P Pinhole5,7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

HEIGHT CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES LAMP TYPE (MAXIMUM 75W) APERTURE LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W)
(H) OPENING TRIM
DLV DWN 1P MR16, MR11, ALR12 1 (2.5) 6-3/4 (17.1) 13-11/16 (34.8) 15-1/8 (38.4) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV DWN 2B MR16, MR11, ALR12 2 (5.1) 6-3/4 (17.1) 13-11/16 (34.8) 15-1/8 (38.4) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV DWN 3AC MR16, MR11, ALR12, ALR18, AR70 3 (7.6) 6-3/4 (17.1) 13-11/16 (34.8) 15-1/8 (38.4) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV DWN 4AC MR16, MR11, ALR12, ALR18, AR70 4-5/16 (11) 6-3/4 (17.1) 13-11/16 (34.8) 15-1/8 (38.4) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Clear safety lens standard with AR70 lamp designation.
2 Refer to chart for lamp type and maximum wattage availability.
GOTHAM

3 Available in 3" and 4"aperture only.


4 Available with 2" aperture only.
5 Not available with finishes.
6 Available in 4" aperture only.
7 Available in 1" aperture only.

356 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 356 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Low Voltage

ACCENT LIGHTING
Intended Use t Adjustment mechanism is lockable to maintain focus
Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,
reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, retail areas
and residences where wallwash accent lighting is desired.
during relamping
t Black painted housing features tool-less top access
DLV
Wallwash
Features t Re-lamp capability from above or below ceiling
t Self-flanged, semi-specular matte-diffuse or specular cone t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
with spread lens. Minimum flange matches cone finish 4” vertical adjustment are shipped pre-installed
t Optical system is retained by self-aligning, torsion t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of
support springs tools above or below ceiling
t Optical system designed for spot lamps Listings
t Tool-less 355° horizontal aiming adjustments are made with Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
optical system removed mounting and damp locations. Listed an labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DLV WSH MR16 4AC 120
1
Series Configuration Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
DLV WSH MR16 Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
MR11 3 AC Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277
ALR12 4 PC Pewter LS Specular 347
ALR18 WTC Wheat
AR70 GR Gold
BC Black2
WC White painted2,3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES LAMP TYPE (MAXIMUM 75W) APERTURE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) OPENING TRIM
DLV WSH 3 MR16, MR11, ALR12, ALR18, AR70 3 (7.6) 6-3/4 (17.1) 13-11/16 (34.8) 15-1/4 (38.7) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV WSH 4 MR16, MR11, ALR12, ALR18, AR70 4-15/16(11) 6-3/4 (17.1) 13-11/16 (34.8) 15-1/8 (38.4) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for lamp type and maximum wattage availability.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Available in 4” aperture only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 357

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 357 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Low Voltage
ACCENT LIGHTING

Intended Use t Tool-less access door to thru-wire junction box

DLV Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,


reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, retail
areas and residences where precise, aimable accent lighting
t Trim assembly retained by two, self-aligning torsion
support rings
Adjustable Lamp is desired. t Self-flanged semi-specular matte-diffuse or specular
Features reflector in 3” and 4” aperture (seamless white cast
t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and plaster faceplate in 1”, 2” and 3” aperture)
flange t Optical design maximizes light output while minimizing
t Expandable, self-locking mounting bars provide horizontal high-angle brightness and backflash
and vertical adjustment Listings
t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise ceiling- Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
to-flange alignment mounting and damp locations. Listed an labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DLV ADJ MR16 4ACT30 120
1
Series Configuration Lamp type Aperture/Trim/Type Finish Voltage Options
DLV ADJ MR16 Aperture Trim Type (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
MR11 12 AC Clear T00 Straight cut, for angles 0°-15°5 LD Matte-diffuse 277
ALR12 22 PC Pewter T20 Tapered cut, for angles 15°-25°5 LS Specular 347
ALR18 3 WTC Wheat T30 Tapered cut, for angles 25°-45°5
AR70 4 CC Champagne gold
GC Gold
BC Black3
WC White painted3,4
MB Black baffle3,5
WB White baffle3,4
P Pinhole3,6
S Slotted3,7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

LAMP TYPE CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES APERTURE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W)
(MAXIMUM 75W) OPENING TRIM
DLV ADJ 1P MR16, MR11, ALR12 1 (2.5) 6-3/4 (17.1) 15-1/8 (38.4) 13-11/16 (34.8) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV ADJ 1S MR16, MR11, ALR12 1-1/16 (2.7) x 2-5/16 (5.8) 6-3/4 (17.1) 15-1/8 (38.4) 13-11/16 (34.8) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV ADJ 2 MR16, MR11, ALR12 2 (5.1) 6-3/4 (17.1) 15-1/8 (38.4) 13-11/16 (34.8) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV ADJ 2S MR16, MR11, ALR12 2-1/16 (5.2) x 2-13/16 (7.1) 6-3/4 (17.1) 15-1/8 (38.4) 13-11/16 (34.8) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV ADJ 3 MR16, MR11, ALR12 ALR18, AR70 3 (7.6) 6-3/4 (17.1) 15-1/8 (38.4) 13-11/16 (34.8) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLV ADJ 4 MR16, MR11, ALR12 ALR18, AR70 4-5/16 (11) 6-3/4 (17.1) 15-1/8 (38.4) 13-11/16 (34.8) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Refer to chart for lamp type and wattage availability.
2 Available with Pinhole (P) or Slotted (S) trim type only.
L 3 Not available with finishes.
4 Available in 4" aperture only.
5 Available in 3" and 4" aperture only.
GOTHAM

6 Available in 1" aperture only. Not available with tapered cut.


H 7 Available in 1" and 2" apertures only.
Not available with tapered cut.
8 Available in 2" aperture only.
9 Not available with WC, MB, or WB.

358 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 358 2/27/14 5:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION

GOTHAM SQUARES
Gotham Squares is a complete family of downlight, wallwash and adjustable luminaires
that addresses a wide range of lighting needs for commercial and architectural applications.
Meticulously engineered to meet high standards for efficiency and control, the Squares
family ensures precision alignment and absolute consistency of aperture appearance.
Squares are available in 4” and 6” apertures in a wide range of compact fluorescent, HID and
GOTHAM

incandescent sources including MR16, PAR and T4/T6.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 359

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 359 2/27/14 5:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Wallwash: dual kicker design along with Gotham

SQF For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand


high efficiency and superior optical control, and where a square
proprietary spread lens delivers uniform distribution of light
to the wall

SQFW aperture shape is preferred.


Features
t Patent pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4” adjustments
in all directions and up to 5° of rotation allowing post-
Horizontal Lamp t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high-impact polymer finishing
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish
installation adjustments to ensure trim to trim alignment

Double-Twin Tube (DTT) t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
Triple-Tube (TRT) Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image
t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
and smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom
tools from above or below ceiling
t Upper reflector is painted a highly reflective matte white
providing diffuse, even light with high efficiency Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Proprietary Gotham diffusing lens available mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian Standards. Requires access above ceiling.
t One piece trim eliminates mitered flange corners and inside
corner gaps

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQFW 1/26TRT 4AR LD MVOLT
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens5 Voltage Options
4 6
SQF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT For options and accessories, see pages
SQFW 1/ 18DTT1,2 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CSL Concentric square 120 419-425.
26DTT1,2 6 PR Pewter lens 277
18TRT WTR Wheat SOL Solite lens 347
26TRT WR White3
32TRT BR Black3
42TRT2 DSR Stepped
PDSR Pewter
stepped
WDSR Wheat
stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
SQF/SQFW 4 6-13/16 (17.3) 14-1/16 (35.7) 15-3/16 (38.6) 4-1/2 (11.4) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQF/SQFW 6 7-1/2 (19.1) 18-9/16 (47.2) 19-13/16 (50.3) 6 (15.2) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Ships as TRT fixture.
2 Available in 6" aperture only.
GOTHAM

3 Not available in finishes.


4 Available with WR, BR colors and SQMT metal trim option.
5 Not available with SQFW.
6 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
voltage from 120V to 277V, 50 or 60Hz.

360 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 360 2/27/14 5:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge
For general downlighting applications that demand high
efficiency and superior optical control and where a square
aperture shape is preferred.
painted steel mounting/plaster frame
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
SQTH
adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation Vertical Lamp
Features allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing trim alignment
T4
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
T6
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. 4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image
and smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
tools from above or below ceiling
t Interchangeable upper reflectors provide narrow, medium
and wide distributions t 3000K lamp ships standard

t 1/8” thick softening lens eliminates beam striations and Listings


provides required protective shielding Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t One piece trim eliminates mitered flange corners and inside Canadian Standards. Requires access above ceiling.
corner gaps

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQTH T6 70MHC 6AR N LD 120
Series Lamp type Wattage Aperture/Trim5 Distribution Finish Voltage Options
1 5
SQTH T4T 20MHC Aperture Trim N Narrow (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see
T42 39MHC 4 AR Clear M Medium LD Matte-diffuse 277 pages 419-425.
T63 70MHC 6 PR Pewter W Wide 347
150MHC4 WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black
DSR Stepped
PDSR Pewter
stepped
WDSR Wheat
stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES LAMP TYPE WATTAGE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
SQTH 4 T4T 20, 39 MHC 9-7/8 (25.1) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-1/4 (38.9) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQTH 4 T4 20, 39, 70 MHC 9-7/8 (25.1) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-1/4 (38.9) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQTH 4 T6 39, 70 MHC 9-7/8 (25.1) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-1/4 (38.9) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQTH 6 T4T 20, 39 MHC 12-3/16 (31.0) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)
SQTH 6 T4 20, 39, 70 MHC 12-3/16 (31.0) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)
SQTH 6 T6 39, 70, 150 MHC 12-3/16 (31.0) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H Notes
GOTHAM

1 Philips Mini MasterColor available in 20W, 39W and 120V only.


2 Available in 20W, 39W and 70W only.
3 Available in 39W, 70W and 150W only.
4 Available with 6" aperture only.
5 Refer to chart for lamp type and wattage availability.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 361

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_299-361.indd 361 2/27/14 5:44 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t 16-gauge painted steel mounting/plaster frame

SQHZ For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand


high efficiency, and superior optical control, and where a square t Patent pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4” adjustments

SQHZW aperture shape is preferred.


Features
in all directions and up to 5° of rotation allowing post-
installation adjustments to ensure trim to trim alignment
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
Horizontal Lamp t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high-impact polymer finishing
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish
ED17 t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and tools from above or below ceiling
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom Listings
t Upper reflector is painted a highly reflective matte white Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
providing diffuse, even light with high efficiency mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian Standards. Requires access above ceiling.
t Proprietary Gotham diffusing lens available

ORDERING INFORMATION
6
Specifications subject to change. Example: SQHZ 70M 6AR 120
Series Lamp type1 Aperture/Trim5 Finish Lens3 Voltage Ballast Options
SQHZ Downlight Metal halide (ED17) Aperture Trim 5
(blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens 120 (blank) Electronic ballast For options and
accessories, see
SQHZW Wallwash 50M 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CSL Concentric square 277 EMB Electromagnetic pages 419-425.
70M 6 PR Pewter lens 3474 ballast
100M WTR Wheat SOL Solite lens
Color-corrected metal WR White
halide (ED17) BR Black
50MHC DSR Stepped
70MHC PDSR Pewter
100MHC2 stepped
WDSR Wheat
stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE OPENING TRIM
SQHZ/SQHZW 4 70 6-13/16 (17.3) 15-9/16 (39.5) 15-3/16 (38.6) 4-1/2 (11.4) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQHZ/SQHZW 6 100 7-1/2 (19.1) 20-1/16 (51.0) 19-13/16 (50.3) 6 (15.2) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

EMB DIMENSIONS
Length 25-5/8 (65.1)
Width 19-3/4 (50.2)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H Notes
GOTHAM

1 Recommended for use with coated lamps. Open-rated lamps required.


2 Available in 6" aperture only.
3 SQHZ only.
4 Available with electromagnetic ballasts only.
5 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

362 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 362 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
For general downlighting applications that demand high
efficiency and superior optical control and a square aperture
shape is preferred.
trim alignment
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
SQPH
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed Vertical Lamp
Features
t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of PAR
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish tools from above or below ceiling

t Patented optical design provides lamp before lamp image Listings


and smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t 16-gauge painted steel mounting/plaster frame Canadian Standards. Requires access above ceiling.
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQPH P3870M 6AR LD 120
3
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Ballast Options
SQPH Metal halide (PAR lamp) Color-corrected metal halide (PAR lamp)2 Aperture3 Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 (Blank) Electronic ballast For options and
P3870M1 P2039MHC 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277 EMB Electromagnetic accessories, see
ballast4 pages 419-425.
P38100M1 P3039MHC 6 PR Stepped 347
P38150M1 P3070MHC WTR Wheat
P3870MHC1 WR White
P38100MHC1 BR Black
P38150MHC1 DSR Stepped
PDSR Pewter
stepped
WDSR Wheat
stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
SQPH 4 70W PAR30 9-7/8 (25.1) 17-1/4 (43.5) 15-1/4 (38.7) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQPH 6 150W PAR38 12-3/16 (31.0) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Available with 6” aperture only.


2 Ceramic arc tube consistent-color lamp. Philips MasterColor, Osram Sylvania
Powerball or GE ConstantColor.
3 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.
4 Available with 4” aperture only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 363

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 363 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Patent pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4” adjustments

SQAZ For general downlight or wallwash applications that demand


optimal color rendering and convenient dimming and where a
in all directions and up to 5° of rotation allowing post-
installation adjustments to ensure trim to trim alignment

SQAZW square aperture shape is preferred.


Features
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
Horizontal Lamp t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high-impact polymer finishing
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
tools from above or below ceiling
t Upper reflector is painted a highly reflective matte white
providing diffuse, even light with high efficiency Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Proprietary Gotham diffusing lens available mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian Standards.
t 16-gauge painted steel mounting/plaster frame

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQAZ 4AR LD


1 2
Series Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Options
SQAZ Downlight Aperture1 Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
SQAZW Wallwash 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CSL Concentric square lens
6 DSR Stepped SOL Solite lens
PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black
PDSR Pewter stepped
WDSR Wheat stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
SQAZ/SQAZW 4 100W/ A19 / BT15 6-13/16 (17.3) 13-5/16 (33.8) 15-3/16 (38.6) 4-1/2 (11.4) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQAZ/SQAZW 6 150W/ A21 / BT15 7-1/2 (19.1) 17-11/16 (44.9) 19-13/16 (50.3) 6 (15.2) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.
2 SQAZ only.

364 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 364 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
For general downlighting applications that demand high
efficiency and superior optical control and where a square
aperture shape is preferred.
trim alignment
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
SQP
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed Vertical Lamp
Features
t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of PAR
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish tools from above or below ceiling

t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and ceiling to flange alignment
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom Listings
t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
painted steel mounting/plaster frame mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian Standards.
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQP 4AR LD


Series Aperture/Trim1 Finish Options
SQP Aperture1 Trim (blank) Semi-specular For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse2
6 DSR Stepped
PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black
PDSR Pewter stepped
WDSR Wheat stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
SQP 4 75W PAR30 9-3/4 (24.8) 17-1/4 (43.5) 15-1/4 (38.7) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQP 6 150W PAR38 12-3/16 (31) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8(50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.
2 Not available with WR and BR trim colors.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 365

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 365 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge

SQDTH Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,


reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, and
retail areas where efficient and precise, aimable accent lighting
painted steel mounting/plaster frame
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
Adjustable Lamp is desired. adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation
allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
T4 Features trim alignment
T6 t Self-flanged, anodized semi-specular or matte-diffuse
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
metal finishing trim
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
t Patented optical design provides lamp before lamp image
and smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom. t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. tools from above or below ceiling
Patent No. 5,800,050) t 3000K lamp ships standard
t 1/8” thick softening lens eliminates beam striations and Listings
ensures maximum efficiency. Provides required protective Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
shielding mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Tool-less 0° - 35° vertical and 360° horizontal lamp Canadian Standards.
adjustments made with the trim assembly removed for
simple focusing

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDTH T4 39MHC 6AR M LD 120
5
Series Lamp type Wattage Aperture/Trim Distribution Finish Voltage Options
SQDTH T4T1 20MHC Aperture5 Trim N Narrow (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
T42 39MHC 4 AR Clear M Medium LD Matte-diffuse 277
T63 70MHC 6 PR Stepped W Wide 347
150MHC4 WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

LAMP CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES WATTAGE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
TYPE OPENING TRIM
SQDTH 4 T4T 20, 39 MHC 12 (30.5) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-1/4 (38.7) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDTH 4 T4 20, 39, 70 MHC 12 (30.5) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-1/4 (38.7) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDTH 4 T6 39, 70 MHC 12 (30.5) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-1/4 (38.7) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDTH 6 T4T 20, 39 MHC 13-7/8 (35.2) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-13/16 (50.4) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)
SQDTH 6 T4 20, 39, 70 MHC 13-7/8 (35.2) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-13/16 (50.4) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)
SQDTH 6 T6 39, 70, 150 MHC 13-7/8 (35.2) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-13/16 (50.4) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Philips Mini MasterColor available in 20W, 39W and 120V only.


2 Available in 20W, 39W and 70W only.
3 Available in 39W, 70W and 150W only.
4 Available with 6" aperture only.
5 Refer to chart for lamp type and wattage availability.

366 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 366 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge
Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,
reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, and retail
areas where efficient and precise, aimable accent lighting is
painted steel mounting/plaster frame
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
SQDPH
desired. adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation Adjustable Lamp
allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
Features trim alignment
PAR
t Self-flanged, anodized semi-specular or matte-diffuse
metal finishing trim t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed.
t Patented optical design provides lamp before lamp image
and smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
tools from above or below ceiling
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
Patent No. 5,800,050) Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Tool-less 0° - 35° vertical and 360° horizontal lamp mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
adjustments made with the trim assembly removed for Canadian standards.
simple focusing

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDPH P3870M 6AR LD 120
4
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
SQDPH Metal halide (PAR lamp) Color-corrected metal halide (PAR lamp)2 Aperture3 Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see
P3870M1 P2039MHC3 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277 pages 419-425.
P38100M1 P3039MHC3 6 PR Stepped 347
P38150M1 P3070MHC3 WTR Wheat
P3870MHC3 WR White5
P38100MHC3 BR Black 5
P38150MHC3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
SQDPH 4 39W PAR20 12 (30.5) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-5/16 (38.8) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDPH 6 150W PAR38 13-7/8 (35.2) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.6) 5-5/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available with 6” aperture only.
GOTHAM

2 Ceramic arc tube consistent-color lamp. Philips MasterColor, Osram Sylvania


Powerball or GE ConstantColor.
3 Available with 4" aperture only.
4 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.
5 Not available with LD finish.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 367

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 367 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”

SQDLWTH For general wallwash applications that demand high efficiency,


uniform vertical illumination, and low aperture brightness
where a square aperture is preferred.
adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation
allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
trim alignment
Lensed Wallwash
Features t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
T4 t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing 4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
T6 trim with a durable, propriety vapor deposition finish
t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. tools from above or below ceiling
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom t Tool-less access door provides access to junction box and
ballast through the aperture
t Indirect wallwash design along with proprietary Gotham
spread lens delivers a uniform distribution of light to t 3000K lamp ships standard
the wall Listings
t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
painted steel mounting/plaster frame mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDLWTH T4 39MHC 4AR LD 120
6
Series Lamp type Wattage Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
SQDLWTH T4T1 20MHC 4 Aperture 6 Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
T42 39MHC 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277
T63 70MHC 6 PR Pewter 347
150MHC 5 WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black
DSR Stepped
PDSR Pewter stepped
WDSR Wheat stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES LAMP TYPE MAXIMUM WATTAGE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH(L) WIDTH(W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
SQDLWTH 4 T4T 20, 39 MHC 9-7/8 (25.1) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-3/8 (39) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8(13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDLWTH 4 T4 20, 39, 70 MHC 9-7/8 (25.1) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-3/8 (39) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8(13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDLWTH 4 T6 39, 70 MHC 9-7/8 (25.1) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-3/8 (39) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8(13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDLWTH 6 T4T 20, 39 MHC 12-3/16 (31.0) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
SQDLWTH 6 T4 20, 39, 70 MHC 12-3/16 (31.0) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
SQDLWTH 6 T6 39, 70, 150 MHC 12-3/16 (31.0) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H Notes
1 Philips Mini MasterColor® available in 20W, 39W and 120V only.
GOTHAM

2 Available in 20W, 39W and 70W only.


3 Available in 39W, 70W and 150W only.
4 120V only.
5 Available in 6" aperture only.
6 Refer to chart for lamp type and wattage availability.

368 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 368 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge
For general wallwash applications that demand high efficiency,
uniform vertical illumination and low aperture brightness and
where a square shape is preferred.
painted steel mounting/plaster frame
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
SQDLWH
adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation Lensed Wallwash
Features allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing trim alignment
PAR
trim with a durable, propriety vapor deposition finish
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. 4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
Patent No. 5,800,050)
t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
t Indirect wallwash design along with diffusing lens delivers a ceiling to flange alignment
uniform distribution of light to the wall
Listings
t Relamping capability from above or below ceiling without Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
the use of tools mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDLWH P3870M 6AR LD 120
4
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
SQDLWH Metal halide (PAR Lamp) Color-corrected metal halide (PAR Lamp) 3 Aperture 4 Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories,
P3870M 70W PAR381 P3039MHC 39W PAR30 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277 see pages 419-425.
P38100M 100W PAR381 P3070MHC 70W PAR30 6 PR Pewter 347
P38150M 150W PAR381 P3870MHC 70W PAR38 1 WTR Wheat
P3070M 70W PAR302 P38100MHC 100W PAR38 1 WR White
P38150MHC 150W PAR38 1 BR Black
DSR Stepped
PDSR Pewter stepped
WDSR Wheat stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES MAXIMUM WATTAGE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
SQDLWH 4 70W PAR30 9-7/8 (25.1) 17-3/16 (43.7) 15-1/4 (38.9) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDLWH 6 150W PAR38 12-3/16 (31.0) 21-3/4 (55.2) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 6” aperture only.
2 Available in 4” aperture only.
3 Ceramic arc tube consistent-color lamp.
4 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 369

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 369 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t 16-gauge painted steel mounting/plaster frame

SQDP Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,


reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, and retail
areas where efficient and precise, aimable accent lighting
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation
Adjustable Lamp is desired. allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
trim alignment
PAR Features
t Self-flanged, anodized semi-specular or matte-diffuse t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
metal finishing trim 4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed

t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and ceiling to flange alignment
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom Listings
t Tool-less 0°-35°vertical and 360° horizontal lamp Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
adjustments made with the trim assembly removed for mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
simple focusing Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDP 6AR LD


1
Series Aperture/Trim Finish Options
SQDP Aperture1 Trim (blank) Semi-specular For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse
6 PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
WR White2
BR Black2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE /LAMP OPENING TRIM
SQDP 4 75W PAR30 11-3/4 (30.1) 17-1/4 (43.5) 15-1/4 (38.8) 4-3/8 (11.1) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDP 6 150W PAR38 13-7/8 (35.2) 17-3/16 (45.3) 19-3/16 (48.7) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for lamp type availability.
2 Not available with finishes.

370 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 370 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge
For general wallwash applications that demand superior optical
control, optimal color rendering and convenient dimming and
where a square shape is preferred.
painted steel mounting/plaster frame accommodates up to
1-1/2” thick ceiling materials SQDLW
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4” Lensed Wallwash
Features adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation
t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
PAR
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish trim alignment
t Indirect wallwash design along with diffusing lens delivers a t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
uniform distribution of light to the wall 4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
t Relamping capability from above or below ceiling without t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
the use of tools tools from above or below ceiling
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. Listings
Patent No. 5,800,050) Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian Standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDLW 6AR LD


1
Series Aperture/Trim Finish Options
SQDLW Aperture1 Trim (blank) Semi-specular For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse
6 DSR Stepped
PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black
PDSR Pewter stepped
WDSR Wheat stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE
WATTAGE/LAMP OPENING TRIM
SQDLW 4 75W PAR30 9-7/8 (25.0) 12-7/8 (32.9) 15-1/4 (38.9) 4-1/2 (11.4) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)
SQDLW 6 150W PAR38 12-3/16 (31.0) 17-3/4 (45.0) 19-7/8 (50.5) 5-15/16 (15.1) 6-5/8 (16.8) 7-3/16 (18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 371

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 371 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Low Voltage
SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge

SQDLV Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,


reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, retail
areas and residences where precise accent lighting and a square
painted steel mounting/plaster frame
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
Vertical Lamp shape are desired. adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation
allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
Features trim alignment
t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
Patent No.5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom tools from above or below ceiling

t Lamp snoot minimizes stray light in housing and Listings


accommodates up to two lenses Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Relamping capability from above or below ceiling Canadian Standards. Requires access above ceiling.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDLV DWN MR16 4AR LD 120
Series Configuration Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
SQDLV DWN MR16 Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see pages
4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277 419-425.
DSR Stepped 347
PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black
PDSR Pewter stepped
WDSR Wheat stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

LAMP TYPE HEIGHT CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES APERTURE LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W)
(MAXIMUM 75W) (H) OPENING TRIM
SQDLV DWN 4AR MR16 4-1/2 (11.4) 9-7/8 (25.1) 14-1/16 (35.7) 15-3/16 (38.6) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

372 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 372 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Low Voltage

SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge
Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,
reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, retail areas
and residences where wallwash accent lighting and a square
painted steel mounting/plaster frame
t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
SQDLV
shape are desired. adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation Lensed Wallwash
allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
Features trim alignment
t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting bars with continuous
4” vertical adjustments are shipped pre-installed
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
Patent No.5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom tools from above or below ceiling

t Indirect wallwash design along with proprietary Gotham Listings


spread lens delivers a uniform distribution of light to Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
the wall mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian Standards. Requires access above ceiling.
t Relamping capability from above or below ceiling

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDLV WSH MR16 4AR LD 120
Series Configuration Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
SQDLV WSH MR16 Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories,
4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277 see pages 419-425.
DSR Stepped 347
PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black
PDSR Pewter stepped
WDSR Wheat stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

LAMP TYPE CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES APERTURE HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W)
(MAXIMUM 75W) OPENING TRIM
SQDLV WSH 4 MR16 4-1/2 (11.4) 9-7/8 (25.1) 14-1/16 (35.7) 15-3/16 (38.6) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 373

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 373 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Low Voltage
SQUARE DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Relamping capability from above or below ceiling

SQDLV Suitable for special purpose downlight applications in offices,


reception areas, restaurants, showrooms, museums, retail areas
and residences where precise, aimable accent lighting and a
t Softening lens standard

Adjustable Lamp square shape are desired.


t Rolled steel housing with matte black finish and 16-gauge
painted steel mounting/plaster frame
Features t Patent-pending adjustable aperture allows 1/4”
t Self-flanged, matte-diffuse high impact polymer finishing adjustments in all directions and up to 5° of rotation
trim with a durable, proprietary vapor deposition finish allowing post-installation adjustments to ensure trim to
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. trim alignment
Patent No.5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and t Post-installation adjustment possible without the use of
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom tools from above or below ceiling
t Tool-less, 0°-45° vertical adjustment and 360° horizontal Listings
lamp adjustment made with the trim assembly removed for Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
simple focusing mounting and damp locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Lamp snoot minimizes stray light in housing and Canadian Standards. Requires access above ceiling.
accommodates up to two lenses

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SQDLV ADJ MR16 4AR LD 120
Series Configuration Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Options
SQDLV ADJ MR16 Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 For options and accessories, see
4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 277 pages 419-425.
DSR Stepped 347
PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
WR White
BR Black
PDSR Pewter stepped
WDSR Wheat stepped

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

LAMP TYPE CEILING OVERLAP


SERIES APERTURE HEIGHT (H) WIDTH (W) LENGTH (L)
(MAXIMUM 75W) OPENING TRIM
SQDLV ADJ 4 MR16 4-3/8 (11.1) 7-13/16 (19.8) 15-3/8 (39.0) 13-9/16 (34.4) 5-1/8 (13.0) 5-3/4 (14.6)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
GOTHAM

374 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 374 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

ELEVATIONS
Intended Use t Gear: Precision-formed from solid aluminum
High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent
features designed to add visual interest. t Reflector System – Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-
diffuse reflector
4" PDPF
Features Elevations™
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing t Cord mount (120”provided), surface mount, or wall mount
options Vertical Lamp
t Textured polyester powder paint finish available in matte
black, satin silver or white t Rugged aluminum lampholder housing designed for Triple-Tube (TRT)
positive lamp positioning
t Four configurations allow customization suitable in
any space Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
t No Ring : Clean, simple form - no decorative element comply with Canadian standards.
t Soft Ring: Subtle, formed aluminum band
t Stacked Rings: Three black acrylic rings

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPF 32TRT 4AR MVOLT SSNR RC120
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Type Voltage Ballast
PDPF 18TRT Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT2 (blank) Electronic ballast
26TRT 4 Trim color LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 120 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic
32TRT AR Clear T73 Tempered prismatic 277 dimming ballast
PR Pewter lens 347 ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic
CAL Clear acrylic lens 0-10V dimming ballast 3,4
BR Black1
PCL Clear polycarbonate ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® electronic
WTR Wheat dimming ballast 2,3
lens
WR White painted1
PPC Prismatic
Glass shade polycarbonate lens
WG White glass1
AG Amber glass1
BG Blue glass1

Height/Housing/Decorative element3,4 Mounting4 Options


4
Height Housing Decorative element RC120 Cord mount (120" provided) For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
S Short B Matte black NR No ring SM Surface mount
S Satin silver S Soft ring
C Stacked rings
G Gear

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)


PDPF (aluminum) 10-1/4 (26.1) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-7/8 (15.0)
PDPF (glass) 10-1/4 (26.1) 5-5/8 (14.3) 5-5/8 (14.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
D 1 Not available with finishes.
GOTHAM

2 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line voltage from 120V
through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.
3 Must specify recessed mounting frame (GRS) and SM mounting.
4 Available in 120V or 277V.
5 Refer to page 386 for decorative and mounting options.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 375

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 375 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
ELEVATIONS

Intended Use t No Ring: Clean, simple form - no decorative element

8" PDPF High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent


features designed to add visual interest. t Soft Ring: Subtle, formed black aluminum band

Elevations™ Features t Stacked Rings: Four injection-molded black acrylic rings


t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing
Triple-Tube (TRT) t Gear: Precision-formed black aluminum
t Textured polyester powder paint finish available in matte t Self-flanged, specular or matte-diffuse reflector
black, satin silver or white
t Cord mount (120”provided) or surface mount options
t Housing available in short or tall configurations to allow for
a variety of ceiling height applications t Rugged aluminum lampholder housing

t Four configurations allow customization suitable in Listings


any space Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian Standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPF 2/32TRT 8AR MVOLT TSNR RC120
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage
PDPF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT3
1/ 18TRT 8 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 120
2/1 26TRT PR Pewter T73 Tempered prismatic lens 277
32TRT WTR Wheat PCL Clear polycarbonate 347
42TRT2 BR Black lens
WR White PPC Prismatic polycarbonate
lens

Height/Housing/Decorative elements4 Mounting4 Options


4
Height Housing Decorative elements RC120 Cord mount (120" provided) For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
S Short B Matte black NR No ring SM Surface mount
T Tall S Satin silver S Soft ring
C Stacked rings
G Gear

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

HEIGHT (H)
SERIES HEIGHT (H) (TALL) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)
(SHORT)
PDPF 14-7/8 (37.7) 17-5/8 (44.8) 7-7/8 (20.1) 9-3/8 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration.Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H H

D D

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Available in horizontal only.


2 Available in one lamp only.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60HZ.
4 Refer to page 386 for decorative and mounting options.

376 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 376 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

ELEVATIONS
Intended Use t Stacked Rings: Four black acrylic rings
High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent
features designed to add visual interest. t Gear: Precision-formed black aluminum 8" PDPF
Features t Outside of inner reflector is white with semi-specular or Elevations™
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing matte-diffuse inner surface finish
Candéo® or ICE™
t Housing available in short and tall configurations to allow t Inner reflector is field adjustable to three settings that place
for a variety of ceiling height applications the reflector flush or 1/2” or 1”” below the housing Triple-Tube (TRT)
t Four configurations allow customization suitable in t Acrylic diffuser retains inner reflector
any space t Cord mount (120”provided) or surface mount
t No Ring: Clean, simple form - no decorative element Listings
t Soft Ring: Subtle, formed black aluminum band Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian Standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPF 2/32TRT 8T MVOLT TSC RC120
1
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Baffle Finish Lens Type for Candéo® Voltage Height/Housing/Decorative elements3,4
PDPF Number of Lamp type Aperture Baffle (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT2 Height Housing Decorative
lamps 8 Candéo® LD Matte-diffuse CGL 1/8” Clear lens 120 elements4
1/ 18TRT DW Snow T73 3/16” 277 S Short B Matte black NR No ring
2/ 26TRT DG Sea Tempered 347 T Tall S Satin silver 3 S Soft ring
32TRT prismatic W White 2 C Stacked
DB Sky lens rings
DR Ruby PCL Clear G Gear
DT Sand polycarbonate
lens
ICE™
PPC Prismatic
T Turbo polycarbonate
XF Clear flush lens
XR Clear round
XA Clear angular
ICE™ color
RLRF Red flush
RLRR Red round
BLRF Blue flush
BLRR Blue round
ALRF Amber flush
ALRR Amber round
WLRF White flush
WLRR White round

Mounting4 Options
RC120 Cord mount (120" provided) For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
SM Surface mount

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

HEIGHT (H)
SERIES HEIGHT (H) (TALL) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)
(SHORT)
PDPF 14-7/8 (37.7) 17-5/8 (44.8) 7-7/8 (20.1) 9-3/8 (23.5)
H
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual H
mechanical configuration.Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
GOTHAM

D D 1 Available only with Candeo.


2 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on
Candéo ICE any line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60HZ.
3 Provided with white cord with RC120.
4 Refer to page 386 for decorative and mounting options.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 377

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 377 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
ELEVATIONS

Intended Use t Inner reflector is field adjustable to three settings that place

10" PDPF High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent


features designed to add visual interest.
the reflector flush, 1/2” or 1” below the decorative housing
t Clear (DW - Snow), blue (DB - Sky), green (DG - Sea), tan
Elevations™ Features (DT - Sand) or red (DR - Ruby) diffuser provides direct/
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing allows for a indirect luminaire performance and visual interest
Candéo® dedicated optical system with unparalleled performance
t Hinged lamp door seals upper trim for optimal fixture
Triple-Tube (TRT) t Textured polyester powder paint finish available in matte efficiency
black, satin silver or white
t Available mounting options: Pendant mount entry provided
t Upper ballast module houses all gear, including available for 3/8” National Pipe Thread stem, or aircraft cable & cord
emergency battery pack mount provided with 10ft. aircraft cable and black cord
t Self-flanged, highly reflective/diffuse white painted cone Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian Standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPF 3/32TRT 10DR MVOLT BL ACC
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Housing3
PDPF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT2 BL Matte black
1/ 26TRT 10 DW Snow LD Matte-diffuse 120 SS Satin silver
2/ 32TRT DG Sea 277 WH White
3/ 42TRT DB Sky 347
57TRT1 DT Sand
DR Ruby

Mounting Mounting accessories Options


PM Pendant mount4 CYS 3/8 stem and canopy w/5° "hang straight"6 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
ACC Aircraft cable and cord5 CRS 3/8 stem and canopy w/45° swivel6

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)


PDPF 19-3/8 (49.2) 9-3/4 (24.8) 11-3/8 (28.9)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available in 1- or 2-lamp only.
2 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of opening on any line voltage
from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.
3 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 118-1121.
4 Available with CYS or CRS stem option only.
GOTHAM

5 Provided with 10-ft. aircraft cable and black cord. White cord standard
when white pendant is ordered. Consult factory for additional lengths.
6 For use with PM option only. Length of stem must be specified (from
12" to 48" in 2" even increments). EX: CYS12. Stems greater than 48",
maximum 240", provided with couples. Consult factory for exterior use.

378 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 378 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

ELEVATIONS
Intended Use t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector
High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent
features designed to add visual interest. t Cross baffle offers superior cut-off with a clean aperture
appearance
10" PDPF
Features Elevations™
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing allows for a t Mounting options: Pendant mount entry provided for 3/8”
dedicated optical system with unparalleled performance National Pipe Thread stem, or aircraft cable & cord mount Open or Cross Baffle
provided with 10ft. aircraft cable and black cord
t Textured polyester powder paint finish available in matte
Triple-Tube (TRT)
black, satin silver or white Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
t Upper ballast module houses all gear, including available comply with Canadian standards.
emergency battery pack

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPF 3/32TRT 10AR MVOLT BL ACC
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Housing3
PDPF Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT2 BL Matte black
1/ 26TRT 10 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 120 SS Satin silver
2/ 32TRT PR Pewter T73 Tempered prismatic lens 277 WH White
3/ 42TRT WTR Wheat 347
57TRT1 CB Clear cross baffle

Mounting Mounting accessories Options


PM Pendant mount4 CYS 3/8 stem and canopy w/5° "hang straight"6 For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
ACC Aircraft cable and cord5 CRS 3/8 stem and canopy w/45° swivel6

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)


PDPF 19-3/8 (49.2) 9-3/4 (24.8) 11-3/8 (28.9)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available in 1- or 2-lamp only.
2 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line voltage
from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.
3 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.
4 Available with CYS or CRS stem option only.
GOTHAM

5 Provided with 10-ft. aircraft cable and black cord. White cord standard
when white pendant is ordered. Consult factory for additional lengths.
6 For use with PM option only. Length of stem must be specified (from
12" to 48" in 2" even increments). EX: CYS12. Stems greater than 48",
maximum 240", provided with couplers. Consult factory for exterior use.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 379

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 379 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
ELEVATIONS

Intended Use t Glass is pressed, colored glass with an acid-etched exterior

14" PDPF High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent


features designed to add visual interest.
finish and a matte white painted interior décor; provides a
color-luminous accent to highlight the ceiling cavity
Elevations™ Features t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector.
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing allows for a Optional 1/8” clear or prismatic glass lens
Vertical Lamp dedicated optical system with unparalleled performance
t Available mounting options: Pendant mount entry provided
Triple-Tube (TRT) t Textured polyester powder paint finish available in matte for 3/8” National Pipe Thread stem, or aircraft cable & cord
black, satin silver or white mount provided with 10ft. aircraft cable and black cord
t Upper ballast module houses all gear, including available Listings
emergency battery pack Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian standards.
t Available with decorative glass refractor in white, amber
or blue

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPF 4/32TRT 14AR MVOLT BL DWG ACC
Series Number of Lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Housing3 Decorative elements
PDPF Number of Lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens MVOLT2 BL Matte black (blank) No glass
1/ 26 TRT 14 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 120 SS Satin silver DWG White glass
2/ 32 TRT PR Pewter T73 Tempered prismatic lens 277 WH White DAG Amber glass
3/ 42 TRT WTR Wheat 347 DBG Blue glass
4/ 57 TRT1

Mounting Mounting accessories Options


4 6
PM Pendant mount CYS 3/8" stem and canopy w/ 5° hang straight swivel For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
ACC Air craft cable and cord5 CRS 3/8" stem and canopy w/45° swivel6

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)


PDPF 23 (58.4) 14 (35.6) 15-1/2 (39.4)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Available in 1- or 2-lamp only.
2 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line voltage
from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.
3 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.
4 Available with CYS or CRS stem option only.
GOTHAM

5 Provided with 10-ft. aircraft cable and black cord. White cord standard
when white pendant is ordered. Consult factory for additional lengths.
6 For use with PM option only. Length of stem must be specified (from
12" to 48" in 2" even increments). EX: CYS12. Stems greater than 48",
maximum 240", provided with couplers. Consult factory for exterior use.

380 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 380 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

ELEVATIONS
Intended Use t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent
features designed to add visual interest.
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom 4" PDPH
Features t RC72 - 72” black cord provided for electrical connection Elevations™
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing between luminaire and canopy
Vertical Lamp
t Textured polyester powder paint finish available in matte t SM - luminaire is mounted directly to the surface-mounted
black or satin silver canopy
ED17
t Four configurations allow customization suitable in any t Rugged aluminum lampholder housing
PAR
space
t Thermally protected, high power factor electronic ballast
t No Ring : Clean, simple form -- no decorative element
Listings
t Soft Ring: Subtle, formed black aluminum band Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian standards.
t Stacked Rings: Three black acrylic rings
t Gear: Precision-formed black aluminum.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPH 70M 4AR 120 SBG RC72
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Ballast
PDPH Metal halide (ED17) Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) Electronic ballast
50M 4 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 2774 EMB Electromagnetic ballast4
70M PR Pewter 3474,5
Color-corrected metal halide (ED17) WTR Wheat
70MHC WR White painted1,2
Metal halide (PAR lamp)1 MB Black baffle1,2
P2039MHC WB White baffle1,2
P3039MHC WG White glass2, 3
P3070MHC AG Amber glass2, 3
BG Blue glass2, 3

Height/Housing/Decorative elements6,7 Mounting7 Options


Height Housing6 Decorative elements7 RC72 WLP With lamp (shipped separately)
S Short B Matte black NR No ring SM LPFL Flood lamp (shipped separately)
S Satin silver S Soft ring LPSP8 Spot lamp (shipped separately)
C Stacked rings GRS Recessed mounting frame
G Gear

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)


PDPH (aluminum) 10-1/4 (26.1) 4-15/16 (11) 5-7/8 (14.9)
PDPH (glass) 10-1/4 (26.1) 5-5/8 (14.3) 5-5/8 (14.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Not available with glass shades.
D 2 Not available with finishes.
3 Available with ED17 lamp only.
4 Available with GRS option only. Refer to page 386.
GOTHAM

5 Available with 50W and 70W EMB ballast option only.


6 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.
7 Refer to page 386 for decorative and mounting options.
8 Available with PAR lamp only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 381

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 381 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
ELEVATIONS

Intended Use t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design

8" PDPH High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent


features designed to add visual interest.
(U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp
image and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom
Elevations™ Features t Reflector flange visually integrates with housing
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing
Vertical Lamp t RC72 - 72” black cord is provided for electrical connection
t Textured polyester powder paint finish available in matte between luminaire and canopy
ED17 black or satin silver
t SM - Luminaire is mounted directly to the surface-
t Housing available in Short or Tall configurations to allow for mounted canopy
a variety of ceiling height applications
t Die-cast aluminum lampholder housing
t Four configurations allow customization suitable in any
space t Medium-base porcelain socket with nickel-plated
screw shell
t No Ring: Clean, simple form - no decorative element
Listings
t Soft Ring: Subtle, formed black aluminum band Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian Standards.
t Stacked Rings: Four black acrylic rings
t Gear: Precision-formed black aluminum

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPH 100M 8AR 120 SBG RC72
1
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage
PDPH Metal halide Color-corrected metal halide Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens 120
50M 50MHC 8 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 277
70M 70MHC PR Pewter T73 Tempered prismatic lens 3473,4
100M 100MHC WTR Wheat
150M2 150MHC WR White painted

Ballast Height/Housing/Decorative elements4,5 Mounting6 Options


5 6
(blank) Electronic ballast Height Housing Decorative elements RC72 Cord mount (72" provided) For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
EMB Electromagnetic ballast3 S Short B Matte black NR No ring SM Surface mount
T Tall S Satin silver S Soft ring
C Stacked rings
G Gear

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) (SHORT) HEIGHT (H) (TALL) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)
PDPH 14-7/8 (37.7) 17-5/8 (44.8) 7-7/8 (20.1) 9-3/8 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Recommended for use with coated lamps.
2 Available with electronic ballast only.
GOTHAM

3 Available with GRS option only. Refer to page 386.


4 Available with EMB ballast only.
5 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.
6 Refer to page 386 for decorative and mounting options.

382 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 382 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

ELEVATIONS
Intended Use t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent
features designed to add visual interest.
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and
smooth transition from top of the reflector to bottom 14" PDPH
Elevations™
Features t Mounting options: PM - Pendant mount entry provided
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing allows for a for 3/8” National Pipe Thread stem, Swivel mounting
dedicated optical system with unparalleled performance accessories available Vertical Lamp
t Textured polyester powder paint finish available in Matte t Protected mogul or medium-base, pulse-rated porcelain Metal Halide
Black, Satin Silver or White socket with nickel-plated screw shell
t Upper ballast module houses all gear, including available t Pre-wired, HPF core-and-coil, pulse-start ballast
quartz restrike systems
Listings
t Available with decorative glass refractor in white, amber Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
or blue comply with Canadian Standards.
t Glass is pressed, colored glass with an acid etched exterior
finish and a matte white painted interior décor
t Provides a color-luminous accent to highlight the
ceiling cavity

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPH 150MHC 14AR 120 HEB BL PM
1
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Ballast
PDPH Metal halide Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens 120 (blank) Pulse-start electromagnetic ballast
150M 14 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 277 HEB Electronic ballast2
175M PR Pewter T73 Tempered prismatic lens 347
250M WTR Wheat
320M
Color-corrected metal halide
150MHC
250MHC
320MHC

Housing3 Decorative elements Mounting Mounting accessories Options


4 5
BL Matte Black (blank) No glass PM Pendant CYS 3/8 stem and canopy w/5° "hang straight" For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
SS Satin Silver DWG White glass CRS 3/8 stem and canopy w/45° swivel5
WH White DAG Amber glass
DBG Blue glass

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)


PDPH 23 (58.4) 14 (35.6) 15-1/2 (39.4)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D
Notes
1 Recommended for use with coated lamps.
2 Available with 150W; 120V or 277V only.
GOTHAM

3 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.


4 Available with CYS or CRS stem option only.
5 For use with PM option only. Length of stem must be specified (from 12" to 48" in 2"
even increments). EX: CYS12. Stems greater than 48", maximum 240", provided with
couplers. Consult factory for exterior use.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 383

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 383 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
ELEVATIONS

Intended Use t Stacked Rings: Three black acrylic rings

4" PDPA High-performance pendant downlight with decorative


accent features designed to add visual interest. t Gear: Precision-formed black aluminum

Elevations™ Features t Self-flanged, semi-specular, matte-diffuse or


specular reflector
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing. textured
Vertical Lamp polyester powder paint finish available in matte black or t Reflector flange visually integrates with housing
A19 satin silver
t Cord mount (120”provided), or surface mount options
PAR t Four configurations allow customization suitable in
Listings
any space
Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
t No Ring: Clean, simple form - no decorative element comply with Canadian Standards.
t Soft Ring: Subtle, formed black aluminum band

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPA 4AR SSNR RC120
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Height/Housing/Decorative elements4, 5
PDPA (blank) A lamp or BT lamp Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular Height Housing4 Decorative elements5
(100W max) 4 Trim color LD Matte-diffuse S Short B Matte black NR No ring
PAR20 PAR20 (50W max)1 AR Clear S Satin silver S Soft ring
PAR30 PAR30 (75W max)1 BR Black C Stacked ring
PR Pewter G Gear
WTR Wheat
GR Gold
WR White 2,3

Mounting5 Options
RC120 Cord mount (120" provided) For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
SM Surface mount

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES HEIGHT (H) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)


PDPA (aluminum) 10-1/4 (26.1) 4-5/16 (11.0) 5-7/8 (14.9)
PDPA (glass) 10-1/4 (26.1) 4-5/16 (11) 5-5/8 (14.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Not available with glass shades.
GOTHAM

2 Not available with finishes.


3 Available with A lamp only.
4 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.
5 Refer to page 386 for decorative and mounting options.

384 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 384 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

ELEVATIONS
Intended Use t Gear: Precision-formed from solid aluminum
High-performance pendant downlight with decorative accent
features designed to add visual interest. t Self-flanged, semi-specular, matte-diffuse, or
specular reflector
8" PDPA
Features Elevations™
t Durable, heavy-gauge aluminum housing t Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. Patent No.
5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and smooth Vertical Lamp
t Housing available in short or tall configurations to allow for transition from top of the reflector to bottom
a variety of ceiling height applications
A21
t Reflector flange visually integrates with housing
t Four configurations allow customization suitable in
A23
t Cord mount (120”provided), or surface mount options
any space PS25
t No Ring: Clean, simple form - no decorative element Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
t Soft Ring: Subtle, formed black aluminum band comply with Canadian Standards.
t Stacked Rings: Four black acrylic rings

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDPA 8AR SSS RC120
1 2 3,4
Series Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Height/Housing/Decorative elements
PDPA Aperture1 Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens Height Housing3 Decorative elements4
8 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens S Short B Matte black NR No ring
BR Black LS Specular T73 Tempered prismatic lens T Tall S Satin silver S Soft ring
PR Pewter W White5 C Stacked rings
WTR Wheat G Gear
GR Gold
WR White

Mounting4 Options
RC120 Cord mount (120" provided) For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
SM Surface mount

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES MAXIMUM WATTAGE/LAMP HEIGHT (H) (SHORT) HEIGHT (H) (TALL) APERTURE DIAMETER (D)
PDPA 300W PS25 14-7/8 (37.7) 17-5/8 (44.8) 7-7/8 (20.1) 9-3/8 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Notes
1 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availablity.
GOTHAM

2 Maximum lamp wattage for lensed units is 200W.


3 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.
4 Refer to page 386 for decorative and mounting options.
5 Provided with white cord RC120.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 385

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 385 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options
ELEVATIONS

8" PDP
Elevations™
Decorative Elements and Mounting Configurations1

NR - No ring S - Soft ring C - Stacked rings G - Gear

6 6 6
(15.2) (15.2) (15.2)
1-3/8
1.3 (3.5) 2
(3.3) (5.1)

14
(35.6)

PDPA/PDPF-Candéo®, Ice™ PDPF - Vertical GRS


Mounting canopy attaches Mounting canopy attaches Recessed mounting frame option
directly to J-box directly to J-box RC120
RC120 (120" cord provided) RC120 (120" cord provided)
PDPH/PDPF EL2 Length Width Height
Mounting canopy attaches 20-1/4 17-3/4 9
directly to J-box (51.4) (45.1) (22.9)
RC120 (120" cord provided)

PDPA/PDPF-Candéo®, Ice™
Mounting canopy attaches directly to J-box PDPF - Vertical
SM Mounting canopy attaches directly to J-box
SM

PDPH/PDPF EL
Mounting canopy attaches directly to J-box
GOTHAM

SM

Notes
1 For 4" mounting options, refer to specification sheet.
2 Only available with PDPF 1-lamp vertical luminaire.

386 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 386 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

CYLINDERS
Intended Use t Reveal on standard ceiling and optional pendant mount
Pendant, surface and wall-mounted cylinders provide general
illumination with superior brightness control. Appropriate
for interior applications with mid to high ceilings, such as
give floating luminaire appearance
t Ceiling mount (standard) offers patented (U.S. Patent
CFV
atriums and auditoriums. No. 4,300,190) quick-mount attachment plate for direct Vertical Lamp
installation to 4” square junction box
Features
Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
t Optional wall mount provided with mounting pattern for
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector.
direct installation to 4” square or octagonal junction box
Triple-Tube (TRT)
Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image t Optional pendant mounting entry provided for 3/8”
and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom National Pipe Thread stem
t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing with top deck for t Mounting accessories available; wires supplied by others
clean appearance
Listings
t Matte white textured polyester powder paint Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
finish standard comply with Canadian standards.
t Reflector edge sits flush with cylinder wall for clean,
one-piece appearance

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CFV9 26TRT 8AR 120 DWHG
1
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage
CFV82 13DTT Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT 4
CFV93 18DTT 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 120
26DTT 8 PR Pewter 277
13TRT WTR Wheat 347
18TRT
26TRT
32TRT
42TRT

Ballast Mounting Housing5 Options


(blank) Electronic ballast (blank) Ceiling mount DWHG Matte white (standard) For options and accessories, see pages 419-425.
ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® electronic dimming ballast. PM Pendant 3/8" thread mount DDB Dark bronze
Minimum dimming level 5% WM Wall mount DBL Black
ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic dimming ballast. DNA Natural aluminum
Minimum dimming level 5%
DWH Gloss white
ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic dimming ballast.
Minimum dimming level 5%

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) WALL MOUNT WIDTH (W)
CFV8 6 (15.2) 7-5/8 (19.4) 15-1/2 (39.4) 10-7/8 (27.6)
CFV9 8 (20.3) 9-3/8 (23.8) 16 (40.6) 12-5/8 (32.1)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W
Notes
1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.
GOTHAM

2 Available in 6" aperture only.


3 Available in 8" aperture only.
4 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line voltage
from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60HZ.
5 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 387

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 387 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
CYLINDERS

Intended Use t Matte white textured polyester powder paint finish

CFVL Pendant, surface, and wall-mounted cylinders provide


general illumination with superior brightness control.
Appropriate for interior applications with mid to high ceilings,
standard
t Reflector edge sits flush with cylinder wall for clean,
Vertical Lamp such as atriums and auditoriums. Surface and wall-mount one-piece appearance
Double Twin-Tube (DTT) products suitable for covered exterior applications. t Reveal on standard ceiling and optional pendant mount
give floating luminaire appearance
Triple-Tube (TRT) Features
t Aluminum upper reflector coated with highly reflective t Ceiling mount (standard) offers patented (U.S. Patent
white paint provides high efficiency No. 4,300,190), quick mount attachment plate for direct
t Available with tempered prismatic lens, flat Fresnel lens installation to 4” square junction box
or flat opal lens t Wall mount or pendant mount available
t Regressed door or stepped black baffle are available Listings
t Door is retained by two self-aligning, torsion support Fixtures are UL Listed for wet locations. Wall and pendant
springs mounted options are UL Listed for wet locations in Non-covered
ceiling installations. Listed and labeled to comply with Canadian
t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing with top deck for standards.
clean appearance

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CFVL9 26TRT 8RW T73 120 DWHG
1
Series Lamp type Aperture/Door Lens Voltage Ballast Mounting Options
CFVL82 26DTT4 Aperture Door T73 Tempered MVOLT5 (blank) Electronic ballast (standard) (blank) Ceiling mount For options and
CFVL93 18TRT 6 RW Regressed door prismatic 120 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® electronic PM Pendant 3/8" thread accessories,
lens dimming ballast. Minimum mount 6 see pages 419-425.
26TRT 8 SB Stepped black baffle 277
FFL Flat dimming level 5% WM Wall mount
32TRT Fresnel 347
ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic
42TRT lens dimming ballast. Minimum
FOL Flat opal dimming level 5%
lens
ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic
dimming ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5%

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

WALL MOUNT
SERIES APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) WIDTH (W)
CFVL8 6 (15.2) 7-5/8 (19.4) 15-1/2 (39.4) 10-7/8 (27.6)
CFVL9 8 (20.3) 9-3/8 (23.8) 16 (40.6) 12-1/2 (31.8)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration.Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W

Notes
1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.
2 Available in 6" aperture only.
GOTHAM

3 Available in 8" aperture only.


4 Ships as a TRT fixture.
5 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60HZ.
6 Stem not included.

388 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 388 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

CYLINDERS
Intended Use t Reveal on standard ceiling and optional pendant mount give
Pendant, surface and wall-mounted cylinders provide general
illumination with superior brightness control. Appropriate
for interior applications with mid to high ceilings, such as
floating luminaire appearance
t Standard ceiling mount provided with mounting pattern for
CF
atriums and auditoriums. direct installation to 3-1/4” and 4” octagonal or 4” square Horizontal Lamp
junction box
Features
Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
t Optional pendant mounting entry provided for 3/8”
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse reflector.
National Pipe Thread stem
Triple-Tube (TRT)
Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S.
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image t Mounting accessories available (see Accessories)
and smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom
t Horizontally mounted, four-pin, positive-latch,
t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing with integral bottom deck thermoplastic sockets
for clean appearance
Listings
t Matte white textured polyester powder paint finish Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
standard comply with Canadian standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CF11 2/26TRT 10AR 120 DWHG
Number of lamps/
Series1 Lamp type Aperture/Trim5 Finish Voltage Ballast Mounting Options Housing8
CF102 Number of Lamp Aperture5 Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT6 (blank) Electronic ballast (blank) Ceiling mount For options and DWHG Matte white
CF113 lamps type 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 120 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® PM Pendant accessories, (standard)
1/ 13TRT electronic dimming 3/8" thread see pages DDB Dark bronze
8 PR Pewter 277 419-425.
2/ 18TRT ballast. Minimum mount 7 DBL Black
10 WTR Wheat 347 dimming level 5%
3/4 26TRT WM Wall mount DNA Natural
ADEZ Advance Mark 10® aluminum
32TRT electronic dimming
42TRT ballast. Minimum DWH Gloss white
dimming level 5%
13DTT
ADZT Advance Mark 7®
18DTT electronic dimming
26DTT ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5%

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

NUMBER OF LAMPS/ WALL MOUNT


SERIES APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H)
LAMP TYPE WIDTH (W)
CF10 6 (15.2) 1 or 2 DTT/1 TRT 9-3/4 (24.8) 9-5/8 (24.4) 13 (33.0)
CF11 8 (20.3) 1 or 2 DTT/1 TRT 10-3/4 (27.3) 9-3/8 (23.8) 14 (35.6)
CF11 10 (25.4) 1, 2 or 3 DTT/1 or 2 TRT 11-5/16 (28.7) 10-1/4 (26.0) 14-9/16 (37)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W

Notes
1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.
2 Available in 6" aperture only.
3 Available in 8" or 10" aperture only.
4 Available in 10" aperture DTT lamps only.
GOTHAM

5 Refer to chart for number of lamps and lamp type availability.


6 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60HZ.
7 Stem not included.
8 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 389

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 389 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
CYLINDERS

Intended Use t Matte white textured polyester powder paint

CFZ Provides general illumination with low to mid-height


ceilings for use in corridors, restrooms, retail areas and office
areas. Cross baffle controls brightness and complements
finish standard
t Provided with mounting pattern for direct installation
Horizontal Lamp parabolic luminaires. to 3-1/4” and 4” octagonal or 4” square junction box
Double Twin-Tube (DTT) Features t Horizontally-mounted, four-pin, positive-latch
t Specular clear upper reflector thermoplastic sockets

t Self-flanged, semi-specular or matte-diffuse cross Listings


baffle reflector Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled
to comply with Canadian standards.
t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing with integral bottom deck
for clean appearance

CFZ11

CFZ12

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CFZ11 2/26DTT 84A 120 DWHG
1
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Mounting Options Housing5
CFZ11 Number of Lamp Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT3 (blank) Ceiling mount For options and accessories, DWHG Matte white (standard)
CFZ122 lamps type 8 4A Clear LD Matte-diffuse 120 PM Pendant 3/8" thread see pages 419-425. DBL Black
2/ 13DTT 4P Pewter 277 mount 4 DNA Natural aluminum
18DTT 4WT Wheat 347 WM Wall mount DDB Dark bronze
26DTT DWH Gloss white

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) WALL MOUNT WIDTH (W)
CFZ11 8 (20.3) 10-3/4 (27.3) 7-1/4 (18.4) 14 (35.6)
CFZ12 8 (20.3) 12 (30.5) 4-1/2 (11.4) N/A

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W
CFZ11

Notes
1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.
GOTHAM

2 Available in ceiling-mounted units only.


3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60HZ.
4 Stem not included.
5 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.

390 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 390 2/27/14 6:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

CYLINDERS
Intended Use t Door is retained by two self-aligning, torsion
Pendant, surface and wall-mounted cylinders provide general
illumination with superior brightness control. Appropriate for
interior applications with mid to high ceilings, such as atriums
support springs
t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing with integral bottom deck
CFL
and auditoriums. Surface and wall-mount products suitable for for clean appearance Horizontal Lamp
covered exterior applications. t Matte white textured polyester powder paint finish Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
standard
Features Triple-Tube (TRT)
t Aluminum upper reflector coated with highly reflective t Reveal on standard ceiling and optional pendant mount give
white paint provides high efficiency floating luminaire appearance
t Available with tempered prismatic lens (T73), flat Fresnel t Ceiling mount (standard), wall mount or pendant
lens (FFL) or flat opal lens (FOL) mount available
t Regressed door (RW) or stepped black baffle (SB) Listings
are available Fixtures are UL Listed for wet locations. Wall mount suitable
for wet locations. Ceiling and pendant mount suitable for wet
locations in covered ceiling installations only.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CFL10 1/26TRT 6RW T73 120 DWHG
1
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Door Lens Voltage Mounting Options Housing6
CFL102 Number of Lamp Aperture Door T73 Tempered MVOLT5 (blank) Ceiling mount For options and accessories, DWHG Matte white (standard)
CFL113 lamps type 6 RW Regressed door prismatic 120 PM Pendant 3/8" see pages 419-425. DDB Dark bronze
1/ 26DTT4 lens thread mount
8 SB Stepped black baffle 277 DBL Black
2/3 18TRT FFL Flat Fresnel WM Wall mount
lens 347 DNA Natural aluminum
26TRT DWH Gloss white
FOL Flat opal lens
32TRT DTG Tennis green
42TRT DGC Charcoal grey
DSS Sandstone

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) WALL MOUNT WIDTH (W)
CFL10 6 (15.2) 9-3/4 (24.8) 8-3/4 (22.2) 13 (33.0)
CFL11 8 (20.3) 10-3/4 (27.3) 9-3/8 (23.8) 14 (35.6)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W

Notes
1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.
2 Available in 6" aperture only.
3 Available in 8" aperture only.
GOTHAM

4 Requires a four-pin lamp; ships as a TRT fixture.


5 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60HZ.
6 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 391

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 391 2/27/14 6:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
CYLINDERS

Intended Use t Ceiling mount provided with mounting pattern for direct

CH Pendant, surface and wall-mounted cylinders provide general


illumination with superior brightness control. Appropriate for
installation to 4” octagonal or square junction box
t Wall mount provided with mounting pattern for direct

CHL interior applications with mid to high ceilings, such as atriums


and auditoriums. Surface and wall-mount products suitable for
covered exterior applications.
installation to 4” octagonal or square junction box
t Pendant mount entry provided for 3/8” National Pipe
Vertical Lamp Features Thread stem
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. t Open luminaire - provided with protected, medium-base
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and porcelain socket with nickel-plated screw shell
smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom
t Enclosed luminaire - provided with medium-base porcelain
t Heavy gauge, aluminum housing with top deck for socket with nickel-plated screw shell
clean appearance
Listings
t Provided with safety chain on ceiling and pendant units Fixtures are listed and labeled to comply with U.S. and Canadian
allowing hands-free wiring connections standards. Wall mount suitable for wet locations - lens required.
t Matte white textured polyester powder paint Ceiling and pendant mount suitable for wet locations in covered
finish standard ceiling installations only - lens required.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CH8 70M 6AR 120 FCM DWHG
Series/Aperture1,3 Lamp type4 Aperture/Trim color Finish Lens type Voltage Mounting Housing6 Options
1
Series Diameter Metal halide Color-corrected 6 AR Clear (blank) Semi- (blank) No lens 120 FCM Ceiling DWHG Matte white For options
CH 8 50M metal halide 8 PR Pewter specular CGL Clear glass 277 mount (standard) and
50MHC LD Matte- lens WM Wall DDB Dark bronze accessories,
CHL 10 70M 12 WTR Wheat 347 see pages
70MHC diffuse T73 Tempered mount DBL Black
13 100M WR White 419-425.
100MHC prismatic PM Pendant DNA Natural
150M2 BR Black lens mount
150MHC2 aluminum
250M2,4
P2039MHC3,5 DWH Gloss white
P3870M2,3
P3039MHC3,5 DTG Tennis green
P38100M2,3
P3070MHC3,5 DGC Charcoal grey
P3870MHC2,3 DSS Sandstone
P38100MHC2,3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM WALL MOUNT


SERIES DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H)
WATTAGE WIDTH (W)
CH8 100 ED17 7-5/8 (19.4) 17-3/8 (44.1) 12-4/8 (31.8)
CH10 150 ED17 10 1/2 (26.7) 19-3/8 (49.2) 15-3/8 (39.1)
CH13 250 ED17 13-1/8 (33.3) 24-1/2 (62.2) 18 (45.7)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. CH8, CH10
PAR38

H B

D W
C

A: 8-1/8 (20.7)
B: 17-3/8 (44.1) Notes
C: 7-5/8 (19.4) 1 CH open, CHL lensed.
2 Not available in CH8 or CHL8.
GOTHAM

3 Not available lens (CHL).


4 CH13 only.
5 Only available CH8.
6 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.

392 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 392 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

CYLINDERS
Intended Use t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing, rolled and seam-welded
Wall-mounted up/down cylinders provide direct and indirect
general illumination with superior brightness control. Available
with ED17 or PAR lamp sources. Appropriate for interior and
with no visible seam
t Wall-mounted application
CHU
exterior applications.
Metal Halide
t Medium-base porcelain socket with nickel-plated
Features screw shell
t High performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium Listings
electric components deliver optimal light control and Fixtures are listed and labeled to comply with U.S. and Canadian
energy efficiency standards. Suitable for wet locations -lower lens required.
t Weather-sealed top cap standard

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CHU 8 70MHC 6AR 120 DDB
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Distribution3 Finish Lens type Voltage Mounting Finish5 Options
CHU 8 Metal Color-correct Aperture Trim (blank) Wide (blank) Semi- (blank) No lens MVOLT (blank) Wall DWGH Matte For options
CHU 10 halide metal halide 6 AR Clear N Narrow specular CGL Clear glass 120 mount white and
50M 50MHC LD Matte- lens (standard) accessories,
8 PR Pewter 277 see pages
70M 70MHC diffuse T73 Tempered DDB Dark
WTR Wheat 3474 bronze 419-425.
100M 100MHC prismatic
BR Black lens DBL Black
150M1 150MHC1 WR White DWH Gloss
P3870M P2039MHC2 white
P38100M1 P3039MHC2 DMB Medium
P3070MHC2 bronze
P3870MHC DNA Natural
aluminum
P38100MHC1
DSS Sandstone
P38150MHC1
DGC Charcoal
grey
DTG Tennis
green
DBR Bright red
DSB Steel blue

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM WALL MOUNT


SERIES DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H)
WATTAGE WIDTH (W)
CHU 8 100ED17 7-5/8 (19.4) 22-1/2 (57.2) 15-5/16 (38.9)
CHU 10 150ED17 10-1/2 (26.7) 22-1/2 (57.2) 17 (43.2)
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions
are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

CHU 8 CHU 10

22-1/2 A
H22 21

(57.2)
[57.2]
A
B B

D
C C
W Notes
D D
1 CHU 10 only.
GOTHAM

2 CHU 8 only .
A: 11-1/2 (29.2) A: 11-1/2 (29.2) 3 Not available with PAR lamps.
B: 8-5/16 (21.1) B: 8-5/16 (21.1) 4 Not available 50W.
C: 7-9/16 (19.2) C: 7-9/16 (19.2)
5 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
D: 15-5/16 (38.9) D: 17 (43.2)
1118-1121.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 393

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 393 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
CYLINDERS

Intended Use t Ceiling mount (standard) provided with mounting pattern

CA Pendant, surface and wall-mounted cylinders provide general


illumination with superior brightness control. Appropriate
for interior applications with mid to high ceilings, such as
for direct installation to 3-1/2” or 4” octagonal junction box
t Wall mount or pendant mount available
Vertical Lamp atriums and auditoriums. t Medium-base porcelain socket with nickel-plated
PAR38 Features screw shell
t Black baffle Listings
t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Wall mounted option is
UL Listed for wet locations for Non-covered ceiling installations.
t Matte white textured polyester powder paint Listed and labeled to comply with Canadian standards.
finish standard

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CA6 6MB DWHG


1 4 3
Series Aperture/Trim Mounting Options Housing
CA6 Aperture4 Trim (blank) Ceiling mount For options and accessories, see pages 419-425. DWHG Matte white (standard)
6 MB Black baffle PM Pendant 3/8" thread mount DDB Dark bronze
WM Wall mount2 DBL Black
DNA Natural aluminum
DWH Gloss white
DTG Tennis green
DGC Charcoal grey
DSS Sandstone

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM WALL MOUNT


SERIES WATTAGE/ DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) WIDTH (W)
LAMP2
CA6 150W PAR38 5-7/8 (14.9) 9-5/8 (24.4) 7-3/16(18.3)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.


2 Maximum wattage for wall mount option is Q250W PAR38.
3 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.
4 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

394 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 394 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

CYLINDERS
Intended Use t Matte white textured polyester powder paint
Pendant, surface and wall-mounted cylinders provide general
illumination with superior brightness control. Appropriate for
interior applications with mid to high ceilings, such as atriums
finish standard
t Reflector edge sits flush with cylinder wall for clean,
CA
and auditoriums. one-piece appearance Vertical Lamp
Features t Reveal on standard ceiling and optional pendant mount
t Reflector - Self-flanged, semi-specular, specular or matte give floating luminaire appearance
diffuse reflector available t Ceiling mount (standard) offers patented (U.S. Patent
t Patented Bounding Ray™ Optical Principle design (U.S. No. 4,300,190), quick mount attachment plate for
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and direct installation
smooth transition from top of reflector to bottom t Wall mount or pendant mount available
t Patent-pending integrated snoot on PAR 30 optical system Listings
minimizes striations normally associated with PAR lamps Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian Standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CA8 6AR DWHG


1
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Mounting Options Housing6
CA82 (blank) A19, A21, A233, PS253 Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) Ceiling mount For options and accessories, DWHG Matte white (standard)
CA93 lamp 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse PM Pendant 3/8" thread see pages 419-425. DDB Dark bronze
PAR30 PAR30 (75W max.)2 8 BR Black4 LS Specular mount DBL Black
PAR38 PAR 38 (Q250W max.)3 PR Pewter WM Wall mount DNA Natural aluminum
WTR Wheat DWH Gloss white
MB Black baffle4, 5 DTG Tennis green
WB White baffle4, 5 DGC Charcoal grey
GR Gold DSS Sandstone

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM WALL MOUNT


SERIES WATTAGE/ APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) WIDTH (W)
LAMP
CA8 150W A21 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-5/8 (19.4) 15-1/2 (39.4) 10-7/8 (27.6)
CA8 75W PAR30 6-1/4 (15.9) 7-5/8 (19.4) 15-1/2 (39.4) 10-7/8 (27.6)
CA9 300W PS25 8 (20.3) 9-3/8 (23.8) 16 (40.6) 12-1/2 (31.8)
CA9 Q250W PAR38 8 (20.3) 9-3/8 (23.8) 16 (40.6) 12-1/2 (31.8)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W

Notes
1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.
2 Available in 6" aperture only.
3 Available in 8" aperture only.
GOTHAM

4 Not available with finishes.


5 Not available with PAR30 and PAR38 lamp types.
6 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.
7 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 395

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 395 2/27/14 6:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
CYLINDERS

Intended Use t Matte white textured polyester powder paint

CAL Pendant, surface and wall-mounted cylinders provide


general illumination with superior brightness control.
Appropriate for interior applications with mid to high
finish standard
t Reflector edge sits flush with cylinder wall for clean,
Vertical Lamp ceilings, such as atriums and auditoriums. one-piece appearance

Features t Reveal on standard ceiling and optional pendant mount


t Aluminum upper reflector coated with highly reflective give floating luminaire appearance
white paint provides high efficiency t Ceiling mount (standard) offers patented (U.S. Patent
t Available with tempered prismatic lens, flat Fresnel lens No. 4,300,190), quick mount attachment plate for
or flat opal lens direct installation

t Regressed door (RW) or stepped black baffle (SB) t Wall mount or pendant mount available. Wires supplied
are available by others

t Door is retained by two self-aligning, torsion Listings


support springs Fixtures are UL Listed for wet locations. Wall mount suitable
for wet locations. Ceiling and pendant mount suitable for wet
t Heavy-gauge aluminum housing with top deck for locations in covered ceiling installations only.
clean appearance

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CAL8 6RW T73 DWHG
Series1 Aperture/Door5 Lens Mounting Options Housing4
2 5
CAL8 Aperture Door T73 Tempered prismatic lens (blank) Ceiling mount For options and accessories, see pages 419-425. DWHG Matte white (standard)
CAL93 6 RW Regressed door FFL Flat Fresnel lens PM Pendant 3/8" thread mount DDB Dark bronze
8 SB Stepped black baffle FOL Flat opal lens WM Wall mount DBL Black
DNA Natural aluminum
DWH Gloss white
DTG Tennis green
DGC Charcoal grey
DSS Sandstone

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM WALL MOUNT


SERIES WATTAGE/ APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) WIDTH (W)
LAMP
CAL8 150W A21 6 (15.2) 7-5/8 (19.4) 15-1/2 (39.4) 10-7/8 (27.6)
CAL9 150W A21 8 (20.3) 9-3/8 (23.8) 16 (40.6) 12-1/2 (31.8)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W

Notes
1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.
GOTHAM

2 Available in 6" aperture only.


3 Available in 8" aperture only.
4 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.
5 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

396 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 396 2/27/14 6:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

CYLINDERS
Intended Use t Reveal on standard ceiling and optional pendant mount
Pendant, surface, and wall-mounted cylinders provide general
illumination with superior brightness control. Appropriate for
interior applications with mid to high ceilings, such as atriums
provides floating luminaire appearance
t Provided with safety chain between reveal and housing on
CQ
or auditoriums. ceiling and pendant units for hands free wiring connections Vertical Lamp
Features t Standard ceiling mount provided with mounting pattern Quartz Halogen T4
t Three preset distribution patterns allow designers to for direct installation to 4” square or octagonal junction box
achieve various design objectives t Optional pendant mounting entry provided for 3/8”
t Reflector - Clear anodized upper reflector and self-flanged National Pipe Thread stem
finishing trim provide 50° cut-off, optimal efficiency and t Swivel mounting accessories available
glare control while maintaining a smooth beam pattern that
is free of hot spots and striations t Extruded aluminum lampholder housing designed
for effective heat dissipation and positive light
t Protective lamp guard utilizes clear ceramic technology that center positioning
reduces UV emissions and provides higher heat tolerance
and better protection than standard borosilicate lenses Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
t Heavy gauge, rolled and welded aluminum housing with comply with Canadian standards.
no visible seam
t Matte white textured polyester powder paint
finish standard

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CQ11 250 N 6AR DWHG
Series1 Lamp type2 Distribution Aperture/Trim Finish Mounting Options Housing4
CQ11 150 N Narrow Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) Ceiling mount For options and accessories, see DWHG Matte white (standard)
250 M Medium 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse PM Pendant 3/8" thread pages 419-425. DDB Dark bronze
400 W Wide PR Pewter mount DBL Black
500 WTR Wheat WM Wall mount DNA Natural aluminum
BR Black3 DWH Gloss white
MB Black baffle3 DTG Tennis green
WB White baffle3 DGC Charcoal grey
DSS Sandstone

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

WALL MOUNT
SERIES APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) WIDTH (W)
CQ11 6-1/4 (15.9) 11-3/16 (28.4) 17-1/2 (44.5) 16 (40.6)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W

GOTHAM

Notes
1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.
2 Recommended for use with frosted lamp by Sylvania, GE, Philips or USHIO.
3 Not available with finishes.
4 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 397

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 397 2/27/14 6:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
CYLINDERS

Intended Use t One piece, die-cast aluminum upper housing provides 3

GQP Provides general illumination with superior optical control


from a small aperture. Can be suspended with aircraft cable,
pendant-mounted or arm-mounted to a ceiling, wall or catwalk
square feet of surface area to dissipate heat and improve
lamp life
Quartz Halogen T4 structure. Suitable for applications with high ceilings such t Pendant mount entry provided for 3/8” National Pipe
as churches and large auditoriums requiring superior optical Thread stem
control, optimal color rendering and convenient aiming. t Swivel mounting accessories available
Features t Wall mount provided with adjustable yoke mechanism for
t Three preset distribution patterns allow designers to 45° tilt
achieve various design objectives
t Aircraft cable mount provided with 10ft. aircraft cable and
t Reflector - Clear anodized upper reflector and self-flanged black cord
finishing trim provide 50° cut-off, optimal efficiency and
glare control while maintaining a smooth beam pattern that Listings
is free of hot spots and striations Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
comply with Canadian standards.
t Protective lamp guard utilizes clear ceramic technology that
reduces UV emissions and provides higher heat tolerance
and better protection than standard borosilicate lenses

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: GQP10 150 N 6AR ACC
1
Series/Aperture Lamp type Distribution Aperture/Trim Finish Mounting Mounting accessories
Series Aperture 150 N Narrow Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular PM Pendant 3/8" thread mount3, 4 CYS 3/8" stem and canopy with 5° "hang
GQP 10 250 M Medium 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse WM Wall mount with adjustable yoke3 straight" swivel6
400 W Wide BR Black2 LS Specular ACC Aircraft cable and cord5 CRS 3/8" stem and canopy with 45° swivel6
500 PR Pewter
WTR Wheat
MB Black baffle2
WB White baffle2
GR Gold

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

PENDANT MOUNT AIRCRAFT CABLE & WALL MOUNT WALL MOUNT


SERIES APERTURE DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H) CORD HEIGHT (H) DEPTH (D) HEIGHT (H)
GQP10 6-1/4 (15.9) 10-9/32 (25.2) 14-1/16 (35.6) 14-1/16 (35.6) 14-3/16 (36.0) 14-3/4 (37.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
H

D D
Aircraft Cable Mount Wall Mount

Notes
1 Recommended for use with frosted lamp by Sylvania, GE, Philips or Ushio.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Provided with 36" socket leads. Additional lengths of wire must be field
installed using 150°C-rated wire and ceramic wire nuts.
4 Available with CYS or CRS stem option only.
GOTHAM

5 Provided with 10-ft. aircraft cable and black cord. Consult factory for
additional lengths.
6 For use with PM option only. Length of stem must be specified (from 6" to
48" in 2" even increments). EX: CYS12. Stems greater than 48", maximum
240", provided with couplers. Consult factory for exterior use.

398 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 398 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

CYLINDERS
Intended Use t Matte white textured polyester powder paint finish
Provides direct and indirect light with superior brightness
control. PAR lamps provide crisp white light in a variety of beam
spreads for flexible lighting solutions. Appropriate for interior
standard
t Standard wall mount provided with mounting pattern for
CWU
applications with mid to high ceilings. direct installation to 4” square or octagonal junction box Vertical Lamp
Features t Heavy duty medium base porcelain socket with nickel plated PAR
t Microgroove black baffle with white painted flange or screw shell
specular, semi-diffuse or highly specular cone with flange t Heat dissipating, extruded aluminum socket housing
that matches cone finish (downlight only)
Listings
t White painted flange optional Fixtures are UL Listed for damp locations. Listed and labeled to
t Heavy gauge, rolled and welded aluminum housing with no comply with Canadian standards.
visible seam

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CWU7A AC DWHG


1, 4
Series/Aperture Trim Finish Options Housing3
Series1 Aperture4 AC Clear (blank) Semi-specular For options and accessories, see pages 419-425. DWHG Matte white (standard)
CWU 7A PC Pewter LD Matte-diffuse DDB Dark bronze
8A WTC Wheat LS Specular DBL Black
BC Black2 DNA Natural aluminum
MB Black baffle2 DWH Gloss white
WB White baffle2 DTG Tennis green
GC Gold DGC Charcoal grey
DSS Sandstone

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

MAXIMUM WALL MOUNT


SERIES DIAMETER (D) HEIGHT (H)
WATTAGE/LAMP WIDTH (W)
CWU7A 150W PAR38, 150W R40 6-5/8 (16.8) 22-1/2 (57.2) 9-7/8 (25.1)
CWU8A Q250W PAR38, 300W R40 8-3/8 (21.3) 22-1/2 (57.2) 11-5/8 (29.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D W

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Matte white finish (DWHG) standard.


2 Not available with finishes.
3 Additional architectural colors available; see pages
1118-1121.
4 Refer to chart for maximum wattage availability.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 399

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 399 2/27/14 6:02 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
INTERNATIONAL

Intended Use t Die-cast aluminum socket housing designed for effective

AFI For general downlight applications that demand high efficiency


and superior optical control.
heat dissipation and positive lamp positioning
t Eurostyle terminal block included for power supply and

AFWI Features
t High performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium
ground connections
Listings
Horizontal DTT or TRT Lamp electric components deliver optimal light control and
energy efficiency MVOLT, 120V and 277V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed
mounting and damp locations. 220V and 240V fixtures are CE
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or diffuse anodized reflector Certified and rated IP20.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AFI 1/13TRT 6AR 120 ECOS TRW
Number of lamps/
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Ballast Options
3,4
AFI Number of Lamp Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast TRW White painted flange
AFWI lamps type 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 120 4 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® TRBL Black painted flange
1/ 13TRT 8 PR Pewter 220 5 electronic dimming WLP With 3500K lamp
2/ 18TRT ballast. Minimum (shipped separately)
WTR Wheat 240 5 dimming level 5%
26TRT CB Cross baffle 1 277 4 GMF Single, slow-blow fuse
ADEZ Advance Mark 10®
32TRT BC Black cone 1,2 electronic dimming GLR Single, fast-blow fuse
42TRT ballast. Minimum GSKT Foam gasketing, ships uninstalled
WR White painted 1,2 dimming level 5% 6
13DTT
ADZT Advance Mark 7®
18DTT electronic dimming
26DTT ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5% 6
VDB Vossloh 0-10V
dimming ballast 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AFI/AFWI 6 UL Listed 7-1/8 (18) 14-15/16 (36.3) 7-1/2 (19.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFI/AFWI 6 CE Certified 6-1/4 (15.9) 12-5/8 (32.1) 7-1/2 (19.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AFI/AFWI 8 UL Listed 8-9/16 (21.8) 13-1/2 (34.4) 10-1/8 (25.7) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AFI/AFWI 8 CE Certified 7-1/4 (18.4) 15-1/8 (38.4) 10-1/8 (25.7) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
UL Listed
34.4
(13-1/2) L

25.7
(10-1/8)
W

Notes
1 AFI only.
21.8 2 Not available with finishes.
(8-9/16) 3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any
GOTHAM

H line voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60 Hz.


4 Available with UL listing only. 120-277V, 50/60Hz.
5 Available with CE listing only. 220-240V, 50/ 60 Hz.
6 Available with 120V or 277V only.
7 Available with 220V or 240V only.

400 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 400 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

INTERNATIONAL
Intended Use t Aluminum socket housing, keyed for positive lamp
International - For general downlight applications that
demand high efficiency and superior optical control.
positioning
t Eurostyle terminal block included for power supply and
AFVI
Features
t Patented Vertisys® optical design and premium electric
ground connections
Listings
AFVWI
components deliver optimal light control and energy
efficiency MVOLT, 120V and 277V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed Vertical DTT or TRT Lamp
mounting and damp locations. 220V and 240V fixtures are CE
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or diffuse anodized reflector Certified and rated IP20.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AFVI 1/13TRT 8PR LD 240 ECOS TRW
Number of lamps/
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Ballast Options
3,4
AFVI Number of Lamp Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast TRW White painted flange
AFVWI lamps type 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 120 4 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® TRBL Black painted flange
1/ 13TRT 8 PR Pewter 220 5 electronic dimming WLP With 3500K lamp
2/ 18TRT ballast. Minimum (shipped separately)
WTR Wheat 240 5 dimming level 5%
26TRT WR White painted 1,2 277 4 GMF Single, slow-blow fuse
ADEZ Advance Mark 10®
32TRT electronic dimming GLR Single, fast-blow fuse
42TRT ballast. Minimum GSKT Foam gasketing, ships uninstalled
13DTT dimming level 5% 6
18DTT ADZT Advance Mark 7®
electronic dimming
26DTT ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5% 6
VDB Vossloh 0-10V dimming
ballast 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

AFVI-AFVWI 6 AFVI-AFVWI 8
UL Listed CE Certified UL Listed CE Certified
35.5 39 24.8
(14) 20.3
(15-5/16) (9-3/4)
(8)

18.8
(7-7/16) 23.4
(9-1/4)

23.7 27.3
(9-5/16) 25.5 (10-3/4)
(10-1/16)
24.1
(9-1/2)

Aperture: 20 (7-7/8)
Aperture: 15.9 (6-1/4) Ceiling opening: 21.9 (8-5/8)
Ceiling opening: 17.5 (6-7/8) Overlap trim : 23.5 (9-1/4)
Overlap trim: 19.1 (7-1/2)
Notes
1 Not available with finishes.
2 AFVI only.
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
GOTHAM

voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60 Hz.


4 Available with UL listing only. 120-277V, 50/60Hz.
5 Available with CE listing only. 220-240V, 50/ 60 Hz.
6 Available with 120V or 277V only.
7 Available with 220V or 240V only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 401

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 401 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
INTERNATIONAL

Intended Use t Available with Tempered prismatic lens (T73), Flat Fresnel

LGFI International - For special purpose downlight applications that


require enclosed optics in shallow plenum areas.
lens (FFL) or Flat opal lens (FOL)
Listings
Wet Location Features MVOLT, 120V and 277V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed
t High reflective white-painted upper reflector mounting and wet locations. 220V and 240V fixtures are CE
Horizontal DTT or TRT Lamp Certified and rated IP44.
t Regressed white door (RW) or Stepped black baffle (SB)
are available; door is retained by two self-aligning, torsion
support springs

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LGFI 1/13DTT 6RW T73 MVOLT TRDA
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Door Lens Voltage Ballast Options
1,2
LGFI Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Door T73 Tempered prismatic lens MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast TRDA Tamper-resistant door
1/ 13DTT 6 RW Regressed FOL Flat opal lens 120 2 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® assembly
2/ 18DTT white door FFL Flat fresnel lens 220 3 electronic dimming WLP With 3500K lamp
8 SB Stepped black ballast. Minimum (shipped separately)
26DTT PPC Prismatic polycarbonate lens1 277 3 dimming level 5%
baffle GSKT Foam gasketing, ships
13TRT 347 2 ADEZ Advance Mark 10® uninstalled
RA Regressed
18TRT anodized electronic dimming
ballast. Minimum
26TRT dimming level 5% 4
32TRT ADZT Advance Mark 7®
42TRT electronic dimming
ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5% 4
VDB Vossloh 0-10V
dimming ballast 5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

LGFI 6 LGFI 8

UL Listed CE Certified UL Listed CE Certified


35.3
30.2 37.8
39.6 (13-7/8)
(11-9/10) (14-7/8)
(15-9/16)

19.1 23.5
(7-1/2) (9-1/4)

19.3 16.5
(7-9/16) (6-1/2)
15.8 12.9
(6-1/4) (5-1/10)

Aperture: 20 (7-7/8)
Ceiling Opening: 21.9 (8-5/8)
Aperture: 15.9 (6-1/4) Overlap Trim: 23.5 (9-1/4 )
Ceiling Opening: 16.8 (6-5/8)
Overlap Trim: 19.1 (7-1/2)

Notes
1 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
GOTHAM

voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60 Hz.


2 Available with UL listing only. 120-277V, 50/60Hz.
3 Available with CE listing only. 220-240V, 50/ 60 Hz.
4 Available with 120V or 277V only.
5 Available with 220V or 240V only.

402 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 402 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

INTERNATIONAL
Intended Use t Available with Tempered prismatic lens (T73), Flat Fresnel
International - For special purpose downlight applications that
require enclosed optics.
lens (FFL) or Flat opal lens (FOL)
t Eurostyle terminal block included for power supply and
LGFVI
Features ground connections Wet Location
t High reflective white-painted upper reflector
Listings Vertical DTT or TRT Lamp
t Regressed white door (RW) or Stepped black baffle (SB) MVOLT, 120V and 277V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed
are available; door is retained by two self-aligning, torsion mounting and wet locations. 220V and 240V fixtures are CE
support springs. Certified and rated IP44.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LGFVI 13DTT 6RW T73 MVOLT ECOS TRDA
Series Lamp type Aperture/Door Lens Voltage Ballast Options
1,2
LGFVI 13DTT Aperture Door T73 Tempered prismatic lens MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast TRDA Tamper-resistant door
18DTT 6 RW Regressed FOL Flat opal lens 120 2 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® assembly
26DTT white door FFL Flat fresnel lens 220 3 electronic dimming ballast. WLP With 3500K lamp
8 SB Stepped black Minimum dimming level 5% (shipped separately)
13TRT PPC Prismatic polycarbonate lens 277 3
baffle ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic GSKT Foam gasketing, ships
18TRT 347 2 dimming ballast. Minimum uninstalled
RA Regressed
26TRT anodized dimming level 5% 4
32TRT ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic
42TRT dimming ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5% 4
VDB Vossloh 0-10V dimming
ballast 5

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

LGFVI 6 LGFVI 8

UL Listed CE Certified UL Listed CE Certified


35.5 19.5 23.1
(14) (7-7/10) (9-1/10)

24.5
18.8 (9.64)
(7-7/16)

22.9
(9)
23.2 24.8
(9-1/8) (9.78)

24.8
(9-3/4)
Aperture: 15.9 (6-1/4) Aperture: 20 (7-7/8)
Ceiling Opening: 16.8 (6-5/8) Ceiling Opening: 21.3 (8-3/8)
Overlap Trim: 19.1 (7-1/2) Overlap Trim: 23.5 (9-1/4)
Notes
1 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
GOTHAM

voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60 Hz.


2 Available with UL listing only. 120-277V, 50/60Hz.
3 Available with CE listing only. 220-240V, 50/ 60 Hz.
4 Available with 120V or 277V only.
5 Available with 220V or 240V only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 403

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 403 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
INTERNATIONAL

Intended Use up to 3/4” offset - to enhance view of diffuse

PDGFI International - High performance downlight with decorative


accent features designed to add visual interest. View
Flash Presentation.
color component
t Integral yoke utilized to retain optical system
Candéo® Open Reflector
Features t Hinged lamp door reduces stray light in the plenum
Horizontal Triple-Tube Lamp t Patented three-part optical system interacts to create the t Eurostyle terminal block included for power supply and
effect of a clear specular aperture floating within a pool of ground connections
diffuse white or colored light
Listings
t Self-flanged diffuse white painted outer cone Fixtures are CE Listed, NON-IC recessed mounting and
t Patented assembly allows simple field adjustment of inner damp locations.
cone position from flush-to-ceiling plane (default setting)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDGFI 1/32TRT 8AR WHT 220
1
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Color Voltage Ballast Options
PDGFI 13DTT Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular WHT Snow MVOLT 2,3 (blank) Electronic ballast WLP With 3500K lamp (shipped
18DTT 8 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse GRN Sea 120 3 ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic separately)
26DTT BLU Sky 220 4 dimming ballast. Minimum GMF Single, slow-blow fuse 5
dimming level 5% 5 GLR Single, fast-blow fuse 5
13TRT TAN Sand 277 4
ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic GSKT Foam gasketing, ships
18TRT RBY Ruby 347 3 dimming ballast. Minimum uninstalled
26TRT dimming level 5% 5
CAL Clear acrylic lens
32TRT ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem®
42TRT electronic dimming ballast.
Minimum dimming level 5%
VDB Vossloh 0-10V dimming
ballast 6

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

PDGFI PDGFI (Install from below)

UL Listed CE Certified 15
(38.1)
34.1 38.1
(13-2/5) 6-1/2
(15)
(16.5)

7-7/8
(20)
23.4
(9-1/5)

16.5
19.4
(6-1/2)
(7-5/8)

Aperture: 20 (7-7/8) Notes


Ceiling Opening: 21.9 (8-5/8) 1 Consult factory for additional colors.
Overlap Trim: 23.5 (9-1/4)
2 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
GOTHAM

voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.


3 Available with UL listing only. 120-277V, 50/60Hz.
4 Available with CE listing only. 220-240V, 50/60Hz.
5 Available in 120V or 277V only.
6 Available in 220V or 240V only.

404 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 404 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

INTERNATIONAL
Intended Use t Eurostyle terminal block included for power supply and
High performance downlight with decorative accent features
designed to add visual interest.
ground connections
Listings
PDTFI
Features Fixtures are CE Listed, recessed mounting and damp locations. Ice™ Turbo
t Clear acrylic turbo baffle captures light to provide a
decorative edge-glow appearance
Horizontal Triple-Tube Lamp
t High performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium
electric components deliver optimal light control and
energy efficiency
t Hinged lamp door reduces stray light in the plenum

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDTFI 1/32TRT 8AR 220
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Voltage Ballast Options
PDTFI Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim MVOLT 1,2 (blank) Electronic ballast TRW White painted flange
1/ 13DTT 6 AR Clear 120 2 ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic WLP With 3500K lamp (shipped separately)
2/ 18DTT 8 220 3 dimming ballast. Minimum GMF Single, slow-blow fuse 4,5,6
dimming level 5% 4,5,6
26DTT 240 3 GLR Single, fast-blow fuse 4,5,6
ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic
13TRT 277 2 dimming ballast. Minimum GSKT Foam gasketing, ships uninstalled
18TRT dimming level 5% 4,5,6
26TRT ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® electronic
32TRT dimming ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5% 5,6
42TRT
VDB Vossloh 0-10V dimming ballast 6,7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
PDTFI 6 UL Listed 7-1/8 (18.1) 14-1/4 (36.2) 7-1/2 (19.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
PDTFI 6 CE Listed 6-1/4 (15.9) 12-5/8 (32.1) 7-1/2 (19.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
PDTFI 8 UL Listed 8-9/16 (21.8) 13-1/2 (34.4) 9-1/4 (23.4) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)
PDTFI 8 CE Listed 7-1/4 (18.4) 15-1/8 (38.4) 10-1/8 (25.7) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)
PDTFI 6 (Install from below) 6-1/4 (15.9) 12-5/8 (32.1) 10-1/8 (25.7) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
PDTFI 8 (Install from below) 7-1/4 (18.4) 15-1/8 (38.4) 10-1/8 (25.7) 7-7/8 (20.1) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)

UL Listed CE Certified
34.1 38.1
L
(13-2/5) L
(15)

23.4
W
(9-1/5)

Notes
1 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60Hz.
16.5 2 Available with UL listing only. 120-277V, 50/60Hz.
19.4
H H
(6-1/2)
GOTHAM

(7-5/8) 3 Available with CE listing only. 220-240V, 50/60Hz.


4 Available in 120V or 277V only.
5 Not available with 8” install from below option.
6 Not available with 6” install from below option.
7 Available in 220V or 240V only.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 405

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 405 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
INTERNATIONAL

Intended Use t Eurostyle terminal block included for power supply and

PDXFI International - High performance downlight with decorative


accent features designed to add visual interest.
ground connections
Listings
Ice™ Color Features Fixtures are CE Listed, recessed mounting and damp locations.
t Clear acrylic turbo baffle captures light to provide a
Horizontal Lamp, Triple Tube decorative edge-glow appearance
t High performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium
electric components deliver optimal light control and
energy efficiency
t Hinged lamp door reduces stray light in the plenum

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PDXFI 1/32TRT 6AR CLRF 220
Series Number of lamps/Lamp type Aperture/Trim Baffle Type Voltage Ballast Options
3,4
PDXFI Number of lamps Lamp type Aperture Trim RLRF Red flush MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast TRW White painted flange
1/ 18TRT 6 AR Clear RLRR Red round 120 4 ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic WLP With 3500K lamp (shipped
2/1 26TRT 8 AR Clear BLRF Blue flush 220 5 dimming ballast. Minimum separately)
dimming level 5% 6 GMF Single, slow-blow fuse 6
32TRT BLRR Blue round 240 5
ADZT Advance Mark 7® electronic GLR Single, fast-blow fuse 6
42TRT ALRF Amber flush 277 4 dimming ballast. Minimum
57TRT2 WLRF White flush dimming level 5% 6 GSKT Foam gasketing, ships uninstalled
WLRR White round ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® electronic CAL Clear acrylic
CLRF Clear flush dimming ballast. Minimum
dimming level 5% 6
CLRR Clear round
VDB Vossloh 0-10V dimming
CLRA Clear angular ballast7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
PDXFI 6 UL LISTED 7-1/7 (18.1) 14-1/3 (36.4) 7 1/2 (19.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
PDXFI 6 CE LISTED 6-1/4 (15.9) 12-5/8 (32.1) 7 1/2 (19.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
PDXFI 8 UL LISTED 8-3/5 (21.8) 13-1/2 (34.3) 10-1/10 (25.7) 7-7/8 (20) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)
PDXFI 8 CE LISTED 7-1/4 (18.4) 15-1/8 (38.4) 10-1/10 (25.7) 7-7/8 (20) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are
shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

UL Listed
CE Certified

34.3 38.4
L L
(13-1/2) (15-1/8)

25.7
W
(10-1/10)

21.8 18.4
H
(8-3/5 H
(7-1/4)
Notes
1 8” only.
2 1-lamp only
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any line
GOTHAM

voltage from 120V through 277V, 50 or 60 HZ.


4 Available with UL listing only. 120-277V, 50/60Hz.
5 Available with CE listing only. 220-240V, 50/60Hz.
6 Available in 120V or 277V only.
7 Available in 220V or 240V only.

406 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 406 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

INTERNATIONAL
Intended Use optimal uniformity the recommended luminaire spacing is
International - High performance downlight with decorative
accent features designed to add visual interest.
0.9m (3’) from the wall and 0.9m (3’) centers
t Three (3) swinggate brackets allow for installation from
AHI
Features
t Reflector-Self flanged, semi-specular or matte diffuse
below the ceiling. Suitable for ceiling thickness ranging
from 1.59 cm (5/8”) to 2.54cm (1”) AHWI
reflector; patented Bounding Ray™ Principal design (U.S.
Patent No. 5,800,050) provides lamp before lamp image and t Eurostyle terminal block included for power supply and Metal Halide Lamp
smooth transition from top reflector to bottom ground connections required for CE

t Wallwash-Highly reflective outer kicker reflector provides Listings


smooth, uniform illumination floor to ceiling, edge to edge. 120V and 277V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed mounting
Inner cone is contoured to eliminate room side flash. For and damp locations. 220V and 240V fixtures are CE Certified and
rated IP20.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AHI 150MHC 8AR T73 220
Series Wattage/Lamp Aperture/Trim Finish Voltage Lens 3,4 Options
AHI Color-corrected metal halide Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular 120 (blank) No lens SF Single fuse
AHWI 70MHC 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse 220 CGL Clear glass lens TRW White painted flange
100MHC 8 PR Pewter 240 T73 Tempered prismatic lens TRBL Black painted flange
150MHC1 WTR Wheat 277 WLP With 3500K lamp (shipped
BR Black 2,3 separately)
WR White 2,3 GSKT Foam gasketing, ships uninstalled

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

AHI/AHWI 6 AHI/AHWI 8

UL Listed CE Certified UL Listed CE Certified

33.0 39.7
37.4 34.8
(14-3/4) (13) (15-5/8)
(13-11/16)

19.4 19.1
(7-5/8) 23.4
(7-1/2) 23.5
(9-1/4)
(9-1/4)

25.6
(10-1/16 25.6
(10-1/16)
29.8
(11-11/16) 29.2
(11-1/2)

Aperture: 20.1 (7-7/8)


Ceiling opening: 21.9 (8-5/8)
Overlap trim: 23.5 (9-1/4)
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Available in 8” aperture only.
2 Not available with finishes
3 AHI only.
4 Required for use with enclosed rated lamps.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 407

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 407 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
INTERNATIONAL

Intended Use Listings

LGHI International - For special purpose downlight applications that


require enclosed optics in shallow plenum areas.
120V and 277V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed mounting
and wet locations. 220V and 240V fixtures are CE Certified and
rated IP44.
Features
t High reflective white-painted upper reflector
t Regressed white door (RW) or Stepped black baffle (SB)
are available; door is retained by two self-aligning, torsion
support springs
t Available with Tempered prismatic lens (T73), Flat Fresnel
lens (FFL) or Flat opal lens (FOL)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LGHI 100MHC 6RW T73 220
1
Series Wattage/Lamp Aperture/Trim Lens Voltage Options
LGHI Color-corrected metal halide Aperture Trim T73 Tempered prismatic lens 120 TRDA Tamper-resistant door assembly
70MHC 6 RW Regressed white FFL Flat fresnel lens 220 SF Single fuse
100MHC door FOL Flat opal lens 240 WLP Lamp (shipped separately)
150MHC2 8 SB Stepped black baffle 277 GSKT Foam gasketing, ships uninstalled

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

LGHI 6 LGHI 8

UL Listed CE Certified UL Listed CE Certified


37.2 32.5 39.5 34.4
(14-5/8) (12-13/16) (15-9/16) (13-9/16)

19.3 18.3 23.5 22.9


(7-5/8) (7-3/16) (9-1/4) (9.0)

24.1 23.5 25.7 25.1


(9-1/2) (9-1/4) (10-1/8) (9-7/8)

Aperture: 15.9 (6-1/4) Aperture: 20.1 (7-7/8)


Ceiling Opening: 16.8 (6-5/8) Ceiling Opening: 21.3 (8-3/8)
Overlap Trim: 19.1 (7-1/2) Overlap Trim: 23.5 (9-1/4)
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Recommended for use with color lamps.
2 Available with 8” aperture only.

408 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 408 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

INTERNATIONAL
Intended Use t Eurostyle terminal block included for power supply and
International - For general downlight applications that demand
high efficiency and superior optical control.
ground connections
AII
AWI
Listings
Features 120V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed mounting and
t High performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium damp locations. 240V fixtures are CE Certified and rated IP20.
electric components deliver optimal light control and
energy efficiency
t Self-flanged, semi-specular or diffuse anodized reflector
t Die-cast aluminum socket housing designed for effective
heat dissipation and positive lamp positioning
t Expandable, self-locking mounting bars provide horizontal
and vertical adjustment

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: AII 6AR 120


Series Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Voltage Options
AII 1 Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular (blank) No lens 120 UL Listed SF Single fuse
AWII 1 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse CGL Clear glass lens 240 CE certified TRW White painted flange4
8 PR Pewter LS Specular T73 Tempered prismatic lens TRBL Black painted flange
WTR Wheat GSKT Foam gasketing
GR Gold
WC White painted 2,3
BC Black cone 2,3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) LENGTH (L) WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
AII 6 UL LISTED 10-1/16 (25.6) 13-5/16 (33.8) 7-5/8 (19.4) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AWII 6 CE LISTED 10-7/16 (26.5) 13 (33.0) 7-1/2 (19.1) 6-1/4 (15.9) 6-7/8 (17.5) 7-1/2 (19.1)
AII 8 UL LISTED 11-11/16 (29.8) 14-3/16 (36.1) 9-1/4 (23.5) 7-7/8 (20) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)
AWII 8 CE LISTED 10-15/16 (27.8) 13-11/16 (34.8) 9-1/4 (23.5) 7-7/8 (20) 8-5/8 (21.9) 9-1/4 (23.5)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

UL Listed CE Certified

33.8 33.0
L
(13-5/16) L
(13)

19.4 19.1
W
(7-5/8)
W
(7-1/2)

26.5
25.6 H
(10-7/16)
H
(10-1/16)

Aperture: 15.9 (6-1/4)


Ceiling opening: 17.5 (6-7/8)
Overlap trim: 19.1 (7-1/2)
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Maximum wattage: 150W.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 All only.
4 Standard on 6WC.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 409

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 409 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Low Voltage
INTERNATIONAL

Intended Use t Seamless cast faceplate is retained by two spring loaded

DLVI International - For general downlight applications that demand


high efficiency and superior optical control.
retention arms accommodating
t 1.6mm - 38.1mm (1/16” - 1-1/2”) ceiling thickness
Features
t Housing components painted matte black; lamp snoot t Re-lamp capability from above or below ceiling
minimizes stray light in plenum t Replaceable MR16 socket assembly, GU5.3 base
t Semi-specular, matte-diffuse or specular cone with t 20W-50W 12-volt electronic transformer; 220V-240V input,
spread lens 50/60Hz
t Toolless, >360° horizontal adjustment t 12-volt electronic transformer is replaceable without the
t Adjustment mechanism is lockable to maintain focus use of tools
during relamping Listings
t Accommodates up to two lenses, filters or louvers Fixtures are CE Certified and rated IP20.

t Clear safety lens standard

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DLVI DWN MR16 3BC 220 DWHG
Series Configuration Wattage/Lamp Aperture/Type/Trim Type Finish Voltage Options
DLVI WSH MR16 MR16 capability Aperture Type Trim T30 Cut for angles (blank) Semi-specular 220 Architectural colors (powder finish) 3
DWN 1P Pinhole AC Clear 25°-40° LD Matte-diffuse 230 DWHG Matte white (standard)
ADJ 1S Slotted BC Black 2 T20 Cut for angles LS Specular 240 DDB Dark bronze
2S Slotted PC Pewter 15°-25° DBL Black
2 WTC Wheat T00 Cut for angles DWH Gloss white
3 GC Gold 0°-15° DMB Medium bronze
DNA Natural aluminum
DSS Sandstone
DGC Charcoal gray
DTG Tennis green
DBR Bright red
DSB Steel blue

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

CEILING OVERLAP
SERIES HEIGHT (H) CORD LENGTH WIDTH (W) APERTURE OPENING TRIM
DLVI 1” 4-1/2 (11.4) 12 (30.5) 8-9/10 (22.5) 1 (2.54) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLVI 1” Slotted Adjustable 4-1/2 (11.4) 12 (30.5) 8-9/10 (22.5) 1-1/16 x 2-5/16 (5.9) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLVI 1” Fixed Pinhole 4-1/2 (11.4) 12 (30.5) 8-9/10 (22.5) 1 (2.54) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLVI 2” Adjustable Pinhole 4-1/2 (11.4) 12 (30.5) 8-9/10 (22.5) 2 (5) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLVI 2” Slotted Adjustable 4-1/2 (11.4) 12 (30.5) 8-9/10 (22.5) 2-1/16 (5.2) x 2-13/16 (7.1) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLVI 2” Fixed Pinhole 4-1/2 (11.4) 12 (30.5) 8-9/10 (22.5) 1 (2.54) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLVI 3” Adjustable Downlight 5-1/2 (14.1) 12 (30.5) 8-9/10 (22.5) 3 (7.6) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLVI 3” Downlight 5-1/2 (14.1) 12 (30.5) 8-9/10 (22.5) 3 (7.6) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)
DLVI 3” Lensed Wallwash 5-9/10 (14.8) 12 (30.5) 9-2/10 (23.3) 3 (7.6) 5-1/16 (12.9) 5-1/2 (14.0)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

14.8
23.3 H
(5.9)
W
(9.2)
GOTHAM

Notes
1 Spot lamp recommended.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Color available for faceplate. Additional architectural colors available; see
pages 1118-1121.

410 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 410 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

INTERNATIONAL
Intended Use Listings
International - For special purpose downlight applications that
require enclosed optics in shallow plenum areas.
120V fixtures are UL Listed, NON-IC recessed mounting and wet
locations. 240V fixtures are CE certified and rated IP44. LGI
Features
t High Reflective white-painted upper reflector
t Regressed white door (RW) or Stepped black baffle (SB)
are available; door is retained by two self-aligning, torsion
support springs
t Available with Tempered prismatic lens (T73), Flat Fresnel
lens (FFL) or Flat opal lens (FOL)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LGI 6RW T73 120
Series Aperture/Trim Lens Voltage Options
LGI Aperture Trim T73 Tempered prismatic lens 120 UL Listed TRDA Tamper-resistant door assembly
61 RW Regressed white door FFL Flat fresnel lens 240 CE Certified SF Single fuse
82 SB Stepped black baffle FOL Flat opal lens WLP Lamp (shipped separately)
GSKT Foam gasketing, ships uninstalled

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

LGI 6 LGI 8

UL Listed CE Certified UL Listed CE Certified


33.5 36.0
32.5 32.5
(13-3/16) (14-3/16) (12-13/16)
(12-13/16)

18.3
9.3 18.3 23.5
(7-3/16)
(7-5/8) (7-3/16) (9-1/4)

23.0
25.7 (9-1/16)
24.1 23.0 (10-1/8)
(9-1/2)
(9-1/16)
681 "

681 "

Aperture: 15.9 (6-1/4) Aperture: 20.1 (7-7/8)


Ceiling Opening: 16.8 (6-5/8) Ceiling Opening: 21.3 (8-3/8)
Overlap Trim: 19.1 (7-1/2) Overlap Trim: 23.5 (9-1/4)

GOTHAM

Notes
1 Maximum wattage: 150W.
2 Maximum wattage: 200W.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 411

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 411 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
VANDAL RESISTANT DOWNLIGHTS

Intended Use t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester powder

VRAPRH Lightshield™ vandal-resistant bezel protects Gotham recessed


luminaires from common vandalism without compromising
coat in all architectural colors
t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,
Lightshield™ aesthetics or optical performance. For general downlight
applications that demand high efficiency and superior pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze
optical control. t Patented optical system features Beam Scrubber™ reflector
Features design that minimizes bands, striations and other busy light
t One-piece bezel, marine-grade die-cast aluminum, patterns in the beam, typically created by the combination
low-copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with of PAR lamps and conventional parabolic reflectors
stainless steel tamper-resistant screws Listings
t Accommodates different lens thicknesses up to 0.500” Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone “O” Canadian standards.
ring that seals bezel to ceiling
t IP55 rating (below mounting surface) is standard. IP65 with
the use of silicone

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VRAPRH P3870MHC 6AR CGL 120 DWHG
Series Lamp designation Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Type Voltage Options
3
VRAPRH Metal halide Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular CGL 1/8” clear glass lens 120 For options and accessories
P3870M 70W PAR38 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse T73 3/16” tempered 277 see pages 419-425.
P38100M 100W PAR38 8 PR Pewter prismatic glass lens 3 347 4
Color-corrected metal halide WTR Wheat FOL 1/8” tempered flush
opal glass lens 3
P3039MHC 39W PAR30 WR White painted 2
CVX 3/16” clear convex glass
P3070MHC 70W PAR30 BR Black 2 lens 3
P3870MHC 70W PAR38
P38100MHC 100W PAR38
P38150MHC 150W
PAR38 1

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

15 [30.2]
1116

3 [29.9]
11 4
2 [5.1] 1 [2.6]
7 [44.3]
1716 7 [44.3]
1716
713
16 [19.8]
9 [4.0]
116
1 [28.0]
1116
641 [15.9] 1 [2.6]

1 [24.1]
92

1 [47.0]
Aperture: 7-7/8 (20.0)
18 2 Ceiling opening: 8-7/8 (22.5)
3 [47.6]
18 4
Aperture: 6-1/4 (15.9)
Ceiling opening: 7-1/8 (18.1)
* Maximum height for P30
lamp is 9-9/16".

VRAH 6 VRAH 8
GOTHAM

Notes
1 California Title 20 compliant.
2 Not available with finishes.
3 Maximum wattage: 150W.
4 Not available with HEB.

412 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 412 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

VANDAL RESISTANT DOWNLIGHTS


Intended Use t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester
Lightshield™ vandal-resistant bezel protects Gotham recessed
luminaires from common vandalism without compromising
aesthetics or optical performance. For general downlight
powder coat in all architectural colors
t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,
VRAH
applications that demand high efficiency and superior pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze Lightshield™
optical control. t High-performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium
Features components deliver optimal light control and
t One-piece bezel, marine-grade die-cast aluminum, low- energy efficiency
copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with Listings
stainless steel tamper-resistant screws Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Accommodates different lens thicknesses up to 0.500” mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards. IP55 rating (below the mounting surface)
t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone “O” is standard. IP65 rating possible with the use of silicone. Refer to
ring that seals bezel to ceiling TECH-200 for ingress protection ratings.
t IP55 rating (below mounting surface) is standard. IP65 with
the use of silicone

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VRAH 150MHC 8AR T73 120 HEB DWHG
Series Wattage/Lamp 1 Aperture/Trim Distribution Finish Lens Type Voltage Options
VRAH Metal halide Aperture Trim (blank) Wide (blank) Semi-specular CGL 1/8” clear 120 For options and accessories
50M 6 AR Clear N Narrow LD Matte-diffuse glass lens 5 277 see pages 419-425.
70M 8 PR Pewter T73 3/16” 347 4
100M tempered
WTR Wheat prismatic
150M2 glass lens 5
Color-corrected metal halide3 FOL 1/8” tempered
50MHC flush opal
70MHC glass lens 5
100MHC CVX 3/16” clear
convex glass
150MHC2 lens 5
High pressure sodium4
150S

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

HEIGHT INFORMATION HEIGHT INFORMATION


DISTRIBUTION HEIGHT DISTRIBUTION HEIGHT
VRAH 6AR 8-1/2 (21.6) VRAH 8AR 9-3/16 (23.3)
VRAH 6ARN 9-3/8 (23.9) VRAH 8ARN 10-1/8 (25.6)

H H

7 [44.3] 7 [44.3]
1716
1716
9 [4.0] 9 [4.0]
116 1 [2.6]
116 1 [2.6]

6 41 [15.9] 6 41 [15.9]

7 [24.0] 7 [24.0]
916
916

13 [47.8] Aperture: 6-1/4 (15.9) 13 [47.8] Aperture: 6-1/4 (15.9)


1816 1816 Ceiling opening: 7-1/8 (18.1)
Ceiling opening: 7-1/8 (18.1)

VRAH 6 VRAH 8

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Recommended for use with coated lamps.


2 California Title 20 compliant.
3 Ceramic arc tube consistent-color lamp.
4 Not available with HEB.
5 Maximum wattage: 150W.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 413

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 413 3/5/14 3:42 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent
VANDAL RESISTANT DOWNLIGHTS

Intended Use t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester powder

VRA
Lightshield™
Lightshield™ vandal-resistant bezel protects Gotham recessed
luminaires from common vandalism without compromising
aesthetics or optical performance. For general downlight
coat in all architectural colors
t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,
applications that demand superior optical control, optimal color pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze
rendering and convenient dimming. t High-performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium
Features components deliver optimal light control and energy
t One-piece bezel, marine-grade die-cast aluminum, low- efficiency
copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with Listings
stainless steel tamper-resistant screws Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
t Accommodates different lens thicknesses up to 0.500” mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
Canadian standards. IP55 rating (below the mounting surface)
t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone “O” is standard. IP65 rating possible with the use of silicone. Refer to
ring that seals bezel to ceiling TECH-200 for ingress protection ratings.
t IP55 rating (below mounting surface) is standard. IP65 with
the use of silicone

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VRA 6AR T73 DWHG
Series Aperture/Trim Finish Lens Type Options
VRA Aperture Trim (blank) Semi-specular CGL 1/8” clear glass lens 2 SDT Stepdown transformer Architectural Colors - Powder Paint 8
6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse T73 3/16” tempered prismatic (277V to 120V) DWHG Matte white
8 PR Pewter LS Specular glass lens 2 SDT347 Stepdown transformer (standard)
FOL 1/8” tempered flush opal (347V to 120V; 75W max.) DDB Dark bronze
WTR Wheat RRL RELOC®-ready luminaire.
glass lens 2 DBL Black
GR Gold Provides compatibility with
CVX 3/16” clear convex glass Lithonia RELOC system. DWH Gloss white
WR White painted lens 2 Access above ceiling DMB Medium bronze
PCL 3/16” clear polycarbonate required. 5 DNA Natural aluminum
lenses 3,4 CP Chicago plenum Architectural Colors - Plating
PPC 1/8” prismatic WG Zinc-plated wire guard
polycarbonate lenses 3,4 PWR Pewter
PCU 3/16” clear polycarbonate SCH Satin chrome
lens underlay (roomside) 6
ORB Oil-rubbed bronze
WRL Wattage restriction label 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

VRA 6

1513
16 [40.2]
9 [4.0]
116

1 [2.6]
641 [15.9]

7 [24.0]
916

12 7
8 [32.8]
Aperture: 6-1/4 (15.9)
Ceiling opening: 7-1/8 (18.1)

VRA 8

H
13 [40.2]
1516

Notes
2 [5.1]
1 Not available with finishes.
1 [2.6]
2 Maximum wattage: 100W A19-IF lamp; 150W A21-IF lamp.
713
16 [19.8]
3 Maximum wattage: 75W A19-IF or A21-IF lamp.
7 [32.8] 1 [28.0]
1116
12 8
GOTHAM

4 Provided standard with clear polycarbonate underlay (2 lenses total).


5 For compatible RELOC systems, refer to TECH-110.
6 Not available with CVX, PCL or PPC lens.
Aperture: 7-7/8 (20.1)
Ceiling opening: 8-7/8 (22.5) 7 Must specify wattage. Ex.: WRL60.
8 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.

414 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 414 3/5/14 3:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Incandescent

VANDAL RESISTANT DOWNLIGHTS


Intended Use t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester powder
Lightshield™ vandal-resistant bezel protects Gotham recessed
luminaires from common vandalism without compromising
aesthetics or optical performance. For general downlight
coat in all architectural colors
t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,
VRAPR
applications that require great performance when plenum pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze Lightshield™
depth is an issue. t Measures only 4-3/8” in height above the ceiling
Features Listings
t One-piece bezel, marine-grade die-cast aluminum, low- Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
stainless steel tamper-resistant screws Canadian standards. IP55 rating (below the mounting surface)
t Accommodates different lens thicknesses up to 0.500”. is standard. IP65 rating possible with the use of silicone. Refer to
TECH-200 for ingress protection ratings.
t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone “O”
ring that seals bezel to ceiling
t IP55 rating (below mounting surface) is standard. IP65 with
the use of silicone

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VRAPR PAR30 6AR CGL DWHG
Series Lamp designation Aperture/Trim Finish Lens type Options
1 3
VRAPR PAR30 PAR30 (75W max.) Aperture Trim (blank) Semi- CGL 1/8” clear glass lens For options and
PAR38 PAR38 (150W max.) 1 6 AR Clear specular T73 3/16” tempered prismatic glass lens 3 accessories see pages
LD Matte- 419-425.
8 PR Pewter FOL 1/8” tempered flush opal glass lens 3
diffuse
WTR Wheat CVX 3/16” clear convex glass lens 3
LS Specular
GR Gold
WR White painted 2
BR Black 2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

VRAPR 6

3 [29.8]
11 4
1513
16 [40.2]

9 [4.0]
116

641 [15.9] 1 [2.6]


7 [24.0]
916
7 [32.8]
12 8

Aperture: 6-1/4(15.9)
Ceiling Opening: 7-1/8 (18.1)
* Maximum height for PAR30
lamp is 9-9/16".

VRAPR 8

1115
16 [30.2]
1513
16 [40.2]

2 [5.1]

13 [19.8] 1 [2.6]
716

1 [28.0]
1116
7 [32.8]
GOTHAM

12 8
Notes
1 Not suitable for pole relamping.
Aperture: 7-7/8 (20.1) 2 Not available with finishes.
Ceiling Opening: 8-7/8 (22.5) 3 Maximum wattage: 150W.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 415

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 415 3/5/14 3:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
VANDAL RESISTANT DOWNLIGHTS

Intended Use t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester powder

VRAFV Lightshield™ vandal-resistant bezel protects Gotham recessed


luminaires from common vandalism without compromising
aesthetics or optical performance. For general downlight
coat in all architectural colors
t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,
Lightshield™ applications that demand high efficiency and superior pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze
optical control. t Patented Vertisys® optical design and premium components
Features deliver optimal light control and energy efficiency
t One-piece bezel, marine-grade die-cast aluminum, low- Listings
copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
stainless steel tamper-resistant screws mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
t Accommodates different lens thicknesses up to 0.500” Canadian standards. IP55 rating (below the mounting surface)
is standard. IP65 rating possible with the use of silicone. Refer to
t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone “O” TECH-200 for ingress protection ratings.
ring that seals bezel to ceiling
t IP55 rating (below mounting surface) is standard. IP65 with
the use of silicone

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VRAFV 32TRT 8AR FOL MVOLT WLP DWHG
Series Lamp type Aperture/Door Finish Lens Voltage Ballast 4
VRAFV 13DTT Aperture Door (blank) Semi-specular CGL 1/8” clear glass lens MVOLT 3 (blank) Electronic ballast
18DTT 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse T73 3/16” tempered prismatic glass 120 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® electronic dimming
26DTT 8 PR Pewter lens 277 ballast. Minimum dimming level 5% 3,5
FOL 1/8” tempered flush opal glass ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic dimming
13TRT WTR Wheat lens 347
ballast. Minimum dimming level 5% 5,6
18TRT WR White painted 1 CVX 3/16” clear convex glass lens S5 SIMPLY5™ system ballast 7
26TRT PCL 3/16” clear polycarbonate lenses 2
32TRT PPC 1/8” prismatic polycarbonate
42TRT lenses 2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

VRAFV 6

985 [24.4]

15 87 [40.3]
9 [4.0]
116 1 [2.6]

641 [15.9]

7 [24.0]
916

14 81 [35.9]
Aperture: 6-1/4 (15.9)
Ceiling Opening: 7-1/8 (18.1)

VRAFV 8

5 [26.2]
1016

15 78 [40.3]
Notes
2 [5.1] 1 Not available with finishes.
2 Provided standard with clear polycarbonate underlay (2 lenses total).
713
16 [19.8]
1 [2.6]
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any voltage from 120V
1 [28.0]
GOTHAM

1116 through 277V, 50 or 60 Hz.


14 81 [35.9] 4 For additional ballast types, refer to TECH-250.
5 Not available with 13W.
Aperture: 7-7/8(20.1)
Ceiling Opening: 8-7/8 (21.5) 6 Available in 120V or 277V only.
7 SIMPLY5™ includes 9’ S5 MLC RELOC wiring system. (shipped separately).

416 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 416 3/5/14 3:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent

VANDAL RESISTANT DOWNLIGHTS


Intended Use t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester powder
Lightshield™ vandal-resistant bezel protects Gotham recessed
luminaires from common vandalism without compromising
aesthetics or optical performance. For general downlight
coat in all architectural colors
t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,
VRAFLP
Lightshield™
applications that require great performance when plenum pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze
depth is an issue. t Measures only 4-3/8” in height above the ceiling
Features Listings
t One-piece bezel, marine-grade die-cast aluminum, low- Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
stainless steel tamper-resistant screws Canadian standards. IP55 rating (below the mounting surface)
t Accommodates different lens thicknesses up to 0.500”. is standard. IP65 rating possible with the use of silicone. Refer to
TECH-200 for ingress protection ratings.
t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone “O”
ring that seals bezel to ceiling
t IP55 rating (below mounting surface) is standard. IP65 with
the use of silicone

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VRAFLP 1/26TRT 8AR CGL MVOLT DWHG
Number of lamps/
Series Lamp type Aperture/Trim Finish Lens type Voltage Ballast 4 Options
3
VRAFLP 1/ 13DTT Aperture Trim (blank) Semi- CGL 1/8” clear glass lens MVOLT (blank) Electronic ballast For options and
2/ 18DTT 6 AR Clear specular T73 3/16” tempered 120 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® accessories see pages
LD Matte- prismatic glass lens electronic dimming 419-425.
26DTT 8 PR Pewter 220
diffuse FOL 1/8” tempered flush ballast. Minimum
13TRT WTR Wheat opal glass lens 277 dimming level 5% 3,5
18TRT WR White painted 1 CVX 3/16” clear convex ADEZ Advance Mark 10®
26TRT glass lens electronic dimming
PCL 3/16” clear ballast. Minimum
32TRT dimming level 5% 5,6
42TRT polycarbonate lenses 2
PPC 1/8” prismatic S5 SIMPLY5™ system
polycarbonate lenses 2 ballast 7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

VRAFLP 6

438 [11.1] 581 [13.0]

9 [4.0]
116 1 [2.6]

1513
16 [40.1] 641 [15.9]

9167 [24.0]

Aperture: 6-1/4 (15.9)


Ceiling Opening: 7-1/8 (18 1)
9 [37.0]
1416

VRAFLP 8

438 [11.1] 581 [13.0]

2 [5.1] 1 [2.6]

15 78 [40.3] 13 [19.8]
716
1 [28.0]
1116
Notes
1 Not available with finishes.
Aperture: 7-7/8 (20.1) 2 Provided standard with clear polycarbonate underlay (2 lenses total).
14 21 [36.9]
Ceiling Opening: 8-7/8 (22.5) 3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any voltage from
GOTHAM

120V through 277V, 50 or 60 Hz.


4 For additional ballast types, refer to TECH-250.
5 Not available with 13W.
6 Available in 120V or 277V only.
7 SIMPLY5™ includes 9’ S5 MLC RELOC wiring system (shipped separately).

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 417

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 417 3/5/14 3:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent
VANDAL RESISTANT DOWNLIGHTS

Intended Use t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,

VRAF Lightshield™ vandal-resistant bezel protects Gotham recessed


luminaires from common vandalism without compromising
aesthetics or optical performance. For general downlight
pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze
t High-performance Bounding Ray® optics and premium
Lightshield™ applications that demand high efficiency and superior optical components deliver optimal light control and energy
control. efficiency

Features Listings
t One-piece bezel, marine-grade die-cast aluminum, low- Fixtures are UL Listed for thru-branch wiring, non-IC recessed
copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with mounting and wet locations. Listed and labeled to comply with
stainless steel tamper-resistant screws Canadian standards.

t Accommodates different lens thicknesses up to 0.500” IP55 rating (below the mounting surface) is standard. IP65
ratingpossible with the use of silicone. Refer to TECH-200 for
t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone “O” ingress protection ratings.
ring that seals bezel to ceiling
t IP55 rating (below mounting surface) is standard. IP65 with
the use of silicone
t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester powder
coat in all architectural colors

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: VRAF 2/32TRT 8AR CGL MVOLT DWHG
Number of lamps/
Series Lamp type Aperture/Door Finish Lens Voltage Ballast 4
VRAF 1/ 13DTT Aperture Door (blank) Semi-specular CGL 1/8” clear glass lens MVOLT 3 (blank) Electronic ballast
2/ 18DTT 6 AR Clear LD Matte-diffuse T73 3/16” tempered prismatic glass 120 ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® electronic
26DTT 8 PR Pewter lens 277 dimming ballast. Minimum
FOL 1/8” tempered flush opal glass dimming level 5% 3,5
13TRT WTR Wheat lens 347
ADEZ Advance Mark 10® electronic
18TRT WR White painted 1 CVX 3/16” clear convex glass lens dimming ballast. Minimum
26TRT PCL 3/16” clear polycarbonate lenses 2 dimming level 5% 5,6
32TRT PPC 1/8” prismatic polycarbonate S5 SIMPLY5™ system ballast 7
42TRT lenses 2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

VRAF 6

9 [4.0]
116 1 [2.6]
13 [40.2]
1516

641 [15.9]
7 [24.0]
916

14 [35.6] Aperture: 6-1/4 (15.9)


Ceiling Opening: 7-1/8 (18.1)

VRAF 8

15 87 [40.3]
2 [5.1] 1 [2.6]
Notes
713
1 Not available with finishes.
16 [19.8]
1 [28.0] 2 Provided standard with clear polycarbonate underlay (2 lenses total).
1116
3 Multi-volt electronic ballast capable of operating on any voltage from
120V through 277V, 50 or 60 Hz.
14 43 [37.4]
Aperture: 7-7/8 (20.1) 4 For additional ballast types, refer to TECH-250.
GOTHAM

Ceiling Opening: 8-7/8 (22.5) 5 Not available with 13W or 57W.


6 Available in 120V or 277V only.
7 SIMPLY5™ includes 9’ S5 MLC RELOC wiring system (shipped separately).
Available in 120V or 277V only. Not available in 13W, 18W or 57W. See
www.simply5.net for more information.

418 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 418 3/5/14 3:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Accessories

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


Intended Use t IP55 rating (below mounting surface) is available
Decorative accessory that protects Gotham recessed luminaires
from common vandalism without compromising aesthetics or
optical performance.
t Four (4) mounting brackets and gasketed ceiling plate
provide a secure and simple means to attach the vandal
GVRT
resistant trim accessory to any Gotham modular Lightshield™
Features mounting frame
t One piece bezel, marine grade die-cast aluminum, low
copper alloy mounts to Gotham mounting frames with t Decorative bezel is available with textured polyester powder
stainless steel tamper resistant screws coat in all architectural colors

t Accommodates different lens combinations up to .500 t Also available in three (3) plated finishes: satin chrome,
inches thick pewter, and oil-rubbed bronze

t Perimeter lens gasket is one-piece closed-cell silicone “O” Listings


ring that seals bezel to ceiling 1-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms
located at www.acuitybrands.com.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: GVRT 6 T73 WG DWHG


Series Aperture Lens Type Options
GVRT 1 6 CGL 1/8” clear glass lens WG Zinc-plated wire guard Architectural Colors - Plating
8 T73 3/16” tempered prismatic glass lens PCU 3/16” clear polycarbonate PWR Pewter
FOL 1/8” tempered flush opal glass lens lens underlay (roomside) 3 SCH Satin chrome
CVX 3/16” clear convex glass lens Architectural colors-Powder Paint 4 ORB Oil-rubbed bronze
PCL 3/16” clear polycarbonate lenses 2 DWHG Matte white (standard)
PPC 1/8” prismatic polycarbonate lenses 2 DDB Dark bronze For Accessories see pages 419-425.
DBL Black
DWH Gloss white
DMB Medium bronze
DNA Natural aluminum
DSS Sandstone
DGC Charcoal gray
DTG Tennis green
DBR Bright red
DSB Steel blue

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SERIES “A” “B” “C” “D”


GVRT 6 6-1/4 (15.88) 9-1/2 (24.13) 1 (2.54) 1-9/16 (3.97)
GVRT 8 7-3/4 (19.69) 11 (27.94) 1 (2.54) 2 (5.1)

“D” - convex lens only.

*
Flat Lens

C
D

A
B Convex Lens

*Housing and trim ordered separately

Optional Wire Guard


GOTHAM

Notes
1 Not available with lensed, wallwash or baffle trims.
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual 2 Provided standard with clear polycarbonate underlay (2 lenses total).
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) 3 Not available with CVX, PCL or PPC lens.
unless otherwise noted. 4 Additional architectural colors available; see pages 1118-1121.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 419

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 419 3/5/14 3:43 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Accessories
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

Intended Use t The self-flanged, heavy gauge aluminum adapter is coated

SCA Provides an effective and attractive interface between sloped


ceilings and Gotham® recessed luminaires.
with a white, textured polyester powder finish for durability
t Mechanical design provides simplified installation with
Sloped Ceiling Adapter Features integral tabs
t Each adapter is scaled specifically to the aperture diameter
of the luminaire t Integral tabs support the adapter to the recessed downlight
housing prior to installation of the trim
t The adapter may be specified for 10 – 30 degree slopes, in 5
degree increments t Gotham recessed housing and trim assembly ordered
separately

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SCA6 15D


Series/Aperture Degree of slope
Series Aperture 10D
SCA 4 15D
5 20D
6 25D
8 30D
10
12

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

SLOPED CEILING ADAPTER FIXTURE SERIES CEILING OPENING (DIA.) MAJOR AXIS
SCA4 AFV4, AH4, APRH4, A4, APR4 11 (27.9) 3-7/8 (9.8)
SCA5 AFV5 11 (27.9) 3-7/8 (9.8)
AF6, AFV6, AH6, AHZ6, APRH6, APR6, A6, AZ6, APRLV6,
SCA6 11 (27.9) 3-7/8 (9.8)
LGF6, LGFV6, LGH6, LGHZ6, LG6, LGZ6, ICO, EVO
AF8, AFV8, AFZ8, AH8, AHZ8, APRH8,A8, AZ8, LGF8,
SCA8 12-5/8 (32.1) 4-1/4 (10.8)
LGFV8, LGH8, LGHZ8, LG8, LGZ8
AF10, AH10, LGF10, LGFV10, LGH10, LGHZ10, LG10,
SCA10 17-3/4 (45.1) 5-3/4 (14.6)
LGZ10
SCA12 A12, AH12 17-3/4 (45.1) 5-3/4 (14.6)

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Major axis

Ceiling opening

* Structure supporting recessed housing supplied by others.


GOTHAM

420 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 420 2/27/14 6:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Lenses & Louvers

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


LENSES &
LOUVERS

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: F200 RR


Type/Size Filter colors Beam-shaping lenses
Type Size 2 Dichroic borosilicate lens (safety glass) Soda lime lenses (safety glass required) 3 Borosilicate lenses (safety glass)
L Louver 100 RED Red RR Ruby red PMF Perimeter frost lens
F Filter 1 200 GAMB Golden amber MB Medium blue LTF Light frost lens
300 YEL Yellow MG Medium green SFG Softening lens
400 GRN Green MA Medium amber Soda lime lenses (safety glass required) 3
500 CBLUE Cool blue DB Dark blue SL Spread lens
600 MBLUE Medium blue MP Medium pink EG Elongating lens
700 CPCH Cool peach Lovers (safety glass required) 3
800 MGN Magenta filter L Louver 4
CYAN Cyan
CL Clear safety lens
UV +99% UV blocking below 400 nm

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.gothamlighting.com.

LENS/LOUVER SIZE
LAMP TYPE 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
ALR12 ■
ALR18 ■
ALR111 ■ ■
AR70 ■
MR11 ■
MR16/MR16 MH ■
PAR16 ■ ■ ■
PAR20 ■ ■ ■ ■
PAR30 ■ ■
PAR36 ■
PAR38 ■ ■
PAR38/3 ■ ■ ■
PAR46 ■ ■
PAR56 ■ ■
T4/T6 ■

Size dependent upon fixture type and retaining method. See specification sheets.

Notes
GOTHAM

1 Not available with lens types and only available in sizes 100, 200 & 300.
2 See chart for lamp compatibility.
3 Safety glass required in combination when used with MR11, MR16 or
AR111 lamp types.
4 Not recommended for use with aluminized reflector MR16 lamps.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 421

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 421 2/27/14 6:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION
Sloped ceiling adapter, aluminum with matte white finish for use in sloped ceiling application. Must specify product aperture and degree of slope.
SCA
Example: SCA6 10D.
CTA Ceiling thickness adapter, galvanized steel for use in ceilings up to 2” thick.
BH24 Bar hangers, 24” galvanized steel bar hangers for T-bar mounting (set of two).
LSMC T-bar mounting clips designed to lock bar hangers to T-bar (set of four). Not for use with BH24.
LFH Locking filter holder accommodates up to two lenses/louvers.
LTWFH Filter holder accommodates up to two lenses/louvers.
GFC Filter clips accommodate up to two lenses/louvers.

■ = Option available; see specification sheet for details.

FLUORESCENT HID INCANDESCENT LOW VOLTAGE

A/AW/AZ/AZW
AH/AHW/AHZ
PDXF/PDTF

AFV/AFVW
AFZ/AFZW

LGH/LGHZ

DLV 6 & 8
AF/AFW

LG/LGZ

APRLV
APRH
PDGF

LGFV

DPH

LAH

APR
LAF
LGF

DP

LA
SCA4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SCA5 ■
SCA6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SCA8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SCA10 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SCA12 ■ ■
CTA6 ■ ■ ■
CTA860 ■ ■ ■
CTA10 ■
CTA12 ■ ■
BH24 ■ ■ ■
LSMC ■ ■ ■
LFH300 ■ ■
LFH501 ■
LFH502 ■ ■
LFH503 ■ ■
LFH701 ■
LFH702 ■ ■
LFH703 ■ ■
LTWFH400 ■ ■
LTWFH500 ■ ■
LTWFH700 ■ ■
GFC700 ■ ■
GFC800 ■ ■
GOTHAM

422 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 422 2/27/14 6:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


TYPE NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION
EMB Electromagnetic ballast. HID only.
CW20 Cold-weather fluorescent ballast; -20°F starting.
SCWA Pulse-start metal-halide super-constant wattage autotransformer ballast. Consult specification sheet for wattage and voltage availability.
HEB Electronic HID ballast. 120V or 277V, 50 or 60Hz. THD < 15%, PF > 0.90.
AD Advance electromagnetic HID ballast.
ADALI Advance ROVR™ electronic controllable ballast utilizing digital addressable lighting interface (DALI) protocol. (120V or 277V only.)
ADCF Advance electronic fluorescent ballast. (120V or 277V only.)
ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic line voltage control dimming ballast. (120V or 277V; not available with 13DTT or 13TRT.) Minimum dimming level 5%.
ADZT Advance Mark 7™ electronic 0-10V DC dimming ballast. (120V-277V only.) Minimum dimming level 3%.
ECOS Lutron® EcoSystem® electronic dimming ballast. Minimum dimming level 5% for CFL.
ECOS2 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire firward-phase dimming driver. Minimum dimming level 1%.
BALLAST/ ECOS3 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or EcoSystem® dimming driver. Minimum dimming level 1%.
TRANSFORMER DMXR DMX with RDM (remote device management). Minimum dimming level <1%. Includes termination plug.
DALIR DALI dimming driver. Minimum dimming level <1%.
DMHL3 Lutron Hi-Lume® electronic 3-wire line voltage control dimming ballast. (120V or 277V; 26TRT or 32TRT only.) Minimum dimming level 1%.
MOTCF Osram Sylvania electronic fluorescent ballast.
UN Universal Lighting Technologies electromagnetic HID ballast.
TUBCF Universal Lighting Technologies electronic fluorescent ballast.
SDT Stepdown transformer (277V to 120V; 300W max.).
SDT347 Stepdown transformer (347V to 120V; 75W max.).
BDP Ballast disconnect plug. Fluorescent only.
2W5 Lutron Tu-Wire® electronic dimming ballast.
QDS Quick disconnect for easy ballast replacement. Fluorescent only.
DS Dual switching.
GMF Single, slow-blow fuse. Fluorescent only.
GLR Single, fast-blow fuse. Fluorescent only.
FUSING
SF Single fuse (120V, 277V or 347V only). HID and incandescent only.
DF Double fuse (208V or 240V only). HID only.
TRW White painted flange. (Standard with MB, WB, WC, or WR trim colors.)
TRBL Black painted flange.
TRDA Tamper-resistant door assembly. Includes two tamper-resistant screws.
TRIM
GSKT Foam gasketing. Aids in reduction of light leaks and insect penetration; shipped uninstalled.
CWW Corner wallwash.
DWW Double wallwash.
WLP Lamp (shipped separately).
LPSP Spot lamp (shipped separately).
LPFL Flood lamp (shipped separately).
LAMP
LPWFL Wide flood lamp (shipped separately).
L/LP Less lamp.
WRL Wattage restriction label. Maximum wattage must be specified (Ex.: WRL50).
3/8” stem and canopy with 5° “hang straight” swivel. Consult factory for exterior applications. Length of stem must be specified (from 6” to 48” in 2” increments). Stems greater
CYS
than 48”, max. 240”, provided with couplers.
3/8” stem and canopy with 45° swivel. Consult factory for exterior applications. Length of stem must be specified (from 6” to 48” in 2” increments). Stems greater than 48”, max.
MOUNTING CRS
240”, provided with couplers.
GRS Recessed mounting frame option for PDPA, PDPF and PDPH.
FPMB Pipe mounting bracket. Mounts to 2” or 2-1/2” pipe. (Horizontal or vertical)
EL Emergency battery pack with integral test switch. Operates one lamp in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption.
ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates one lamp in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption.
EL2LP Emergency battery pack with integral test switch. Operates two lamps in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. 32W max.
ELR2LP Emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two lamps in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. 32W max.
ELHL High lumen output emergency battery pack with integral test switch. Operates one lamp in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption.
ELRHL High lumen output emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates one lamp in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption.
ELHL2LP High lumen output emergency battery pack with integral test switch. Operates two lamps in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. 32W max.
ELRHL2LP High lumen output emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two lamps in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. 32W max.
Emergency battery pack with integral test switch and self-diagnostics module. Operates one lamp in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. Self-
EMERGENCY ELSD
diagnostic module evaluates AC to DC transfer, charging and battery condition for five minutes every 30 days and 30 minutes every six months.
Emergency battery pack with remote test switch and self-diagnostics module. Operates one lamp in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. Self-
ELRSD
diagnostic module evaluates AC to DC transfer, charging and battery condition for five minutes every 30 days and 30 minutes every six months.
ELRB94 Bodine B94 emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates one lamp in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption.
BGTD Bodine GTD™ generator transfer device. Factory installed on fixture, senses loss of normal power and switches to auxiliary generator to power fixture for egress lighting.
Quartz restrike system. Automatically energizes 120V double-contact, bayonet-base lamp (by others) during a momentary power interruption significant enough to cause HID
QRS
lamp to drop out. Lamp stays on until HID lamp restrikes.
QRSTD Quartz restrike system with time delay. Operates like QRS, except auxiliary lamp remains on for two minutes after HID lamp restrikes.
EC Emergency circuit. Factory-installed double-contact, bayonet-base socket with leads. For use with separate, external emergency power system.
GOTHAM

RIF Radio inference filter. Inductive capacitor circuit designed to minimize interference from feedback into line. 120V through 347V, 50 or 60Hz.
CP Chicago plenum.

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 423

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 423 2/27/14 6:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

HID INCANDESCENT/LOW VOLTAGE

CC/CEC/CH/CHL/CTH

CA/CAL/CWU/CQ
A/AW/AZ/AZW
AH/AHW/AHZ

SQHZ/SQHZW

SQAZ/SQAZW
TYPE NOM.

PDPH 4 & 8

LGH/LGHZ
SQDLWTH
PDPH 14

SQDLV 4
GQ/GQT

DLV 1-4
DLWTH

SQDLW
PDRGH

PDRGA
SQDPH

LG/LGZ
SQDTH

DLWH
APRH

SQPH

SQDP
PDPA
SQTH

DLW
DPH

GQP
HEQ
LAH

APR
DTH

SQP
ATH

DP

LA
HEB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

EMB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SCWA ■ ■ ■ ■
BALLAST/ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
AD
DRIVER
UN ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SDT ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SDT347 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
FUSING
DF ■ ■

TRW ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

TRBL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

TRDA ■ ■ ■ ■
TRIM
GSKT ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

CWW ■ ■

DWW ■ ■

WLP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

LPSP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

LAMP LPFL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

LPWFL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

L/LP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

CYS ■ ■ ■ ■

CRS ■ ■ ■ ■
MOUNTING
GRS ■ ■

FPMB ■

QRS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

EMERGENCY QRSTD ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

EC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

WRL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MISCELLANEOUS
CP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
GOTHAM

424 www.gothamlighting.com PSG11

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 424 2/27/14 6:03 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


LED FLUORESCENT

PDPF 10 & 14
ECSR/ECSRW

PDXF/PDTF

AFV/AFVW
PDPF 4 & 8

SQF/SQFW
AFZ/AFZW
TYPE NOM.

AF/AFW
PDRGF
INCITO

PDLFV

DLWF
PDGF

LGFV

CFVL
EVO

AQL
CFV
LAF
LGF

CFZ

CFL
CF
CW20 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ADALI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ADCF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ADEZ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ADZT ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2W5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ECOS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ECOS2 ■
BALLAST/ ■
ECOS3
TRANSFORMER
DMXR ■

DALIR ■

DMHL3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

MOTCF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

TUBCF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

BDP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

QDS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

DS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

GMF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

FUSING GLR ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SF ■ ■ ■ ■

TRW ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

TRBL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

TRDA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
TRIM
GSKT ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

CWW ■ ■

DWW ■ ■

LAMP WLP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

CYS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

MOUNTING CRS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

GRS ■

EL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ELR ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

EL2LP ■ ■

ELR2LP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ELHL ■ ■

ELRHL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
EMERGENCY
ELHL2LP ■

ELRHL2LP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ELSD ■ ■

ELRSD ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

ELRB94 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

BGTD ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
GOTHAM

RIF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

MISCELLANEOUS WRL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

CP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

PSG11 www.gothamlighting.com 425

PSG11_Gotham_ Section_362-425.indd 425 2/27/14 6:03 PM


LITHONIA LIGHTING® COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING
The Lithonia Lighting commercial downlighting family of products offers a wide selection of LED, compact fluorescent,
HID, incandescent and low-voltage fixtures for a variety of applications. With aperture sizes ranging from 3” to 8”
inches, our frame-ins meet industry requirements for rugged construction and easy installation. Additionally,
our reflectors are designed to deliver solid photometric performance at competitive prices.

Our broad portfolio of products, along with our in-house design, engineering and testing capabilities, enables Lithonia
Lighting to provide both standard and custom products to satisfy the most challenging applications.
426

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 426 2/26/14 1:48 AM


428 CONTENTS
LED RETROFIT DOWNLIGHTING ...............................................................428-429

LED DOWNLIGHTING
Remodel Downlight .......................................................................................... 430-431
Open Downlight ............................................................................................... 432-433
LED Module .............................................................................................................434
LED Commercial Downlight .....................................................................................435

432 VOLUMETRIC
LED Recessed Volumetric Downlighting ..................................................................436
Recessed Volumetric Downlighting ..........................................................................437

SPECIFICATION
6” Horizontal .................................................................................................... 438-439
6” Vertical ........................................................................................................ 440-443
8” Horizontal .................................................................................................... 444-446
8” Vertical ........................................................................................................ 447-450

CONTRACTOR SELECT
437 6” Horizontal .................................................................................................... 451-452
6” Vertical ........................................................................................................ 453-455
8” Horizontal .................................................................................................... 456-458
8” Vertical ........................................................................................................ 459-461

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES . .......................................................................462-463

438

443

455

427

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 427 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
LED RETROFIT DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Aluminum full reflectors are optically designed to maximize

RV6 LED downlight for retrofit of installed 6” nominal commercial


“pan-style” housings with incandescent, compact fluorescent
(CFL), or high intensity discharge (HID) sources. Compatible
lumen output and to provide superior glare control
t Anodized finishes for open reflectors are semi-specular clear
6” Open LED aperture range is 5-3/4” to 6-7/8”. All installation can be diffuse, pewter, or wheat. White polyester powder coat also
performed from the room side without removing the existing available (CRI is >83)
fixture. Multiple lumen packages to replace the installed base t Propriety electrical design allows for excellent line voltage
of CFL or HID sources with energy savings up to 50%. dimming down to 10% light output
Features t The zero in rush design enables customers to add dimming
t Innovative housing design that simultaneously retains and at a low cost without pulling additional wires
centers the fixture in the existing mounting pan
Listings
t LED light source with diffuse lensed recessed in a reflector CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Wet location
with a 55 degree shielding angle listed. ENERGY STAR® qualified.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RV6 27/06 R06AR LS 120
Series Color temperature Nominal light output Reflector Trim color Finish Voltage Options
1
RV6 27/ 2700K 06 600 lumens RO6 AR Clear (blank) Semi-specular 120 TRW White painted flange
30/ 3000K 10 1000 lumens1 PR Pewter LD Matte-diffuse 277 TRBL Black painted flange
35/ 3500K 15 1500 lumens1 WTR Wheat LS Specular
40/ 4000K WR White2

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
5-3/4 (14.6) Specifications
Aperture: 5-5/16 (13.5)
Overlap trim: 7-1/8 (18.1)
Height: 6-1/2 (16.5)
6-1/2 (16.5)
Length: 7 (17.8)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

Max. ceiling opening: 6-7/8 (17.5)


Min. ceiling opening: 5-3/4 (14.6)
Max. ceiling thickness: 2 (5.1)
7-1/8 (18.1) 5-3/8 (13.7)

ACCESSORIES
Order as separate catalog number.
EAC ISSM 375 Compact interruptible emergency AC power system
EAC ISSM 125 Compact interruptible emergency AC power system
RK2 SDT 347/120 JZ 347V step-down transformer mounted in box installed by others

Notes
1 Approximate lumen output.
2 Not available with finishes.

428 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 428 3/6/14 5:08 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

LED RETROFIT DOWNLIGHTING


Intended Use t Aluminum full reflectors are optically designed to maximize
LED downlight for retrofit of installed 8” nominal commercial
“pan-style” housings with incandescent, compact fluorescent
(CFL), or high intensity discharge (HID) sources. Compatible
lumen output and to provide superior glare control
t Anodized finishes for open reflectors are semi-specular clear
RV8
aperture range is 7-3/4” to 8-7/8”. All installation can be diffuse, pewter, or wheat. White polyester powder coat also 8” Open LED
performed from the room side without removing the existing available (CRI is >83)
fixture. Multiple lumen packages to replace the installed base t Propriety electrical design allows for excellent line voltage
of CFL or HID sources with energy savings up to 50%. dimming down to 10% light output
Features t The zero in rush design enables customers to add dimming
t Innovative housing design that simultaneously retains and at a low cost without pulling additional wires
centers the fixture in the existing mounting pan Listings
t LED light source with diffuse lensed recessed in a reflector CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Wet location
with a 55 degree shielding angle listed. ENERGY STAR® qualified.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RV8 35/30 RO8AR LS 120
Series Color temperature Nominal light output Reflector Trim color Finish Voltage Options
1
RV8 27/ 2700K 20 2000 lumens RO8 AR Clear (blank) Semi-specular 120 TRW White painted flange
30/ 3000K 25 2500 lumens`1 PR Pewter LD Matte-diffuse 277 TRBL Black painted flange
35/ 3500K 30 3000 lumens1 WTR Wheat LS Specular GRA 810 Oversize trim ring with 10”
40/ 4000K WR White2 outside diameter. Must be ordered
separately.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
7-3/4 (19.7) Specifications
Aperture: 7-1/4 (18.4)
Overlap trim: 9-1/4 (23.5)
Height: 8 (20.3)
8 (20.3)
Length: 9 (22.9)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Max. frame aperture: 8-7/8 (22.5)
Min. frame aperture: 7-3/4 (19.7)
Max. ceiling thickness: 2 (5.1)
9-1/4 (23.5) 7-1/4 (18.4)

ACCESSORIES
Order as separate catalog number.
EAC ISSM 375 Compact interruptible emergency AC power system
EAC ISSM 125 Compact interruptible emergency AC power system
RK2 SDT 347/120 JZ 347V step-down transformer mounted in box installed by others
GRA 810 Oversized trim ring with 10” outside diameter

Notes
1 Approximate lumen output.
2 Not available with finishes.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 429

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 429 3/6/14 5:08 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Remodel Downlight
LED DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Luminaire should be installed in applications where ambient

DOM6R LED Recessed downlight that provides volumetric lighting by filling


the entire volume of space with light, delivering the ideal amount
of light to walls, cubicles, work surfaces and people. Typical
temperatures do not exceed 50°C
t Input wattage for 600L is 15.6W; input wattage for 900L is 25.0W
applications include corridors, lobbies, conference rooms and t The DOM6R LED with DIM option operates with all 0-10V
private offices. The system maintains 70% lumen output at more dimming switches
than 50,000 hours.
Listings
Features CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Damp
t Rugged, galvanized steel frame with four (4) remodel ARC clips location listed.
t Utilizes high-brightness LEDs mounted to a metal core circuit
board, ensuring cool-running operation, CRI > 80

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DOM6R LED 900L 35K 120 DO6
1
Series Lumen output Color temperature Voltage Reflector Options
DOM6R LED 600L 35K 3500K 120 Open TRW White flange with anodized reflectors4
900L 40K 4000K 277 DO6 White open3 TRBL Black flange with anodized reflectors
3472 DO6A Clear diffuse open DIM 0-10V dimming driver, 10% minimum light output
DO6AZ Semi-specular open ELRB722 Bodine ® emergency battery pack with remote test switch provides
DO6MW Matte white3 86% light output or roughly 770 lumens, for up to 90 minutes (900L
only)5
Wet lens
NSD Sensor Switch nLight ™ dimming relay; must be ordered with DIM
DL61 option6
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power
supply. Refer to TN-623-01.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications
Aperture: 6-3/4 (17.1)
Ceiling opening: 7 (17.8)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.0)


Height: 4-3/4 (12.1)
13-3/4
(34.9) Length: 12 (30.5)
Standard width: 9-1/8 (23.2)
5-3/4
(14.6)

10-1/2
(26.7)

Notes
1 Total system delivered lumens; power factor > 0.90.
2 Not available with ELRB722.
3 White integral flange standard.
4 Only available with open lens.
5 ELRB722 available with 900L only.
6 One 5A relay with one 0-10 VDC dimming output, shipped installed.
Requires additional nLight bus power supply.

430 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 430 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Remodel Downlight

LED DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Luminaire should be installed in applications where ambient
Recessed downlight that provides volumetric lighting by filling the
entire volume of space with light, delivering the ideal amount of
light to walls, cubicles, work surfaces and people. Typical applications
temperatures do not exceed 50°C
t Input wattage for 1200L is 27.5W; input wattage for 1500L is
DOM8R LED
include corridors, lobbies, conference rooms and private offices. The 35.8W
system maintains 70% lumen output at more than 50,000 hours. t DOM8R LED with DIM option operates with all 0-10V dimming
Features switches
t Rugged, galvanized steel frame with four (4) remodel ARC clips Listings
t Utilizes high-brightness LEDs mounted to a metal core circuit CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Damp
board, ensuring efficient heat dissipation, CRI > 80 location listed.

t Thermal control ensures cool-running LEDs

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DOM8R LED 1200L 35K 120 DO8
1
Series Lumen output Color temperature Voltage Reflector Options
DOM8R LED 1200L 35K 3500K 120 D08 White open3 TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
1500L 40K 4000K 277 D08A Clear diffuse open TRBL Black flange with anodized reflectors
3472 D08AZ Semi-specular open ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch 100% lumen
D08MW Matte white3 output at 90 minutes
DIM 0-10V dimming driver, 10% minimum light output
NSD Sensor Switch nLightTM dimming relay; must be ordered with
DIM option4
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral
power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
Specifications
Aperture: 8-3/4 (22.2)
Ceiling opening: 9 (22.9)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Overlap trim: 9-3/8 (23.7)
Height: 5-3/4 (14.6)
13-3/4 Length: 13-3/4 (34.9)
(34.9)
Standard width: 10-1/2 (26.7)

5-3/4
(14.6)

10-1/2
(26.7)

Notes
1 Total system delivered lumens; power factor> 0.90.
2 Not available with ELR.
3 White integral flange.
4 One 5A relay with one 0-10 VDC dimming output, shipped installed.
Requires additional nLight bus power supply.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 431

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 431 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Open Downlight
LED DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final

DOM6
6" LED Downlight
LED The DOM™ Series integrates new technology and quality
materials to maximize performance and aesthetics while
ensuring the quality of light. This series is ideal for supplying
ceiling-to-flange alignment
t The system maintains 70% lumen output at more than
high-quality general illumination in corridors, offices, reception 50,000 hours
areas, schools and retail environments. The DOM is 20% more t Utilizes high-brightness LEDs mounted to a metal core
energy efficient than comparable CFL downlights. circuit board, ensuring efficient heat dissipation, CRI > 80
Features t Luminaire should be installed in applications where ambient
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting/plaster frame with temperatures do not exceed 50°C
torsion springs to mount the open conical shape reflector
Listings
t LED light source shielded from direct view CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Damp
t Post-installation adjustment possible from above or below location listed.
the ceiling
t Fixture height of 5-3/4” allows installation in shallow
plenum applications

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DOM6 LED 900L 35K 120 DO6
1
Series Lumen output Color temperature Voltage Reflector Options
DOM6 LED 600L 35K 3500K 120 Open Wet lens4 TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
900L 40K 4000K 277 DO6 White open3 DL61 White splay, flat clear lens TRBL Black flange with anodized reflectors
3472 DO6A Clear diffuse open DL6B1 Black baffle, flat clear lens DIM 0-10V dimming driver, 10% minimum light output
DO6AZ Semi-specular open DL64 White splay, fresnel lens ELRB722 Bodine® emergency battery pack with remote test
DO6MW Matte white3 DL6B4 Black baffle, fresnel lens switch provides 86% light output or roughly 770
lumens, for up to 90 minutes (900L only)5
DL673 White splay, tempered
prismatic lens NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with
integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.
DL6B73 Black baffle, tempered
prismatic lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
Specifications
Aperture: 6-3/4 (17.1)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

Ceiling opening: 7 (17.8)


5-3/4 Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.0)
(14.6) Height: 5-3/4 (14.6)
Length: 11-1/8 (28.3)
7 13 Standard width: 13 (33.0)
(17.8) (33.0)
7-1/2
(19.0)

Notes
1 Total system delivered lumens; power factor > 0.90.
2 Not available with ELRB722.
3 White integral flange.
4 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.
5 ELRB722 available only with 900L.

432 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 432 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Open Downlight

LED DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Secondary housing adjustment system for precise, final
The DOM™ Series integrates new technology and quality
materials to maximize performance and aesthetics while
ensuring the quality of light. This series is ideal for supplying
ceiling-to-flange alignment
t The system maintains 70% lumen output at more than
DOM8 LED
high-quality general illumination in corridors, offices, reception 50,000 hours 8" LED Downlight
areas, schools and retail environments. The DOM is 20% more t Utilizes high-brightness LEDs mounted to a metal core
energy efficient than comparable CFL downlights. circuit board, ensuring efficient heat dissipation, CRI > 80
Features t Luminaire should be installed in applications where ambient
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting/plaster frame with temperatures do not exceed 50°C
torsion springs to mount the open conical shape reflector
Listings
t LED light source shielded from direct view CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Damp
t Post-installation adjustment possible from above or below location listed.
the ceiling
t Fixture height of 5-3/4” allows installation in shallow
plenum applications

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: DOM8 LED 1200L 35K 120 DO8
1
Series Lumen output Color temperature Voltage Reflector Options
DOM8 LED 1200L 35K 3500K 120 Open TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
1500L 40K 4000K 277 DO8 White open3 TRBL Black flange with anodized reflectors
3472 DO8A Clear diffuse open DIM 0-10V dimming driver, 10% min. light output
DO8AZ Semi-specular open ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch 100% lumen
DO8MW Matte white3 output at 90 minutes
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power
supply. Refer to TN-623-01.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


5-3/4 Aperture: 8-3/4 (22.2)
(14.6) Ceiling opening: 8-3/4 (22.2)
Overlap trim: 9-3/8 (23.7)
8-3/4 15 Height: 5-3/4 (14.6)
(22.2) (38.1)
9-3/8 Length: 13 (33.0)
(23.7) Standard width: 15 (38.1)

Notes
1 Total system delivered lumens; power factor > 0.90.
2 Not available with ELR .
3 White integral flange.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 433

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 433 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Module
LED DOWNLIGHTING

Intended Use t Lower splay recesses optical system into the ceiling

REALITY For use with common 6” installed housings for retrofit


applications. New Construction use with housings L7X, LC6, or
L7XLED T24 (dedicated LED connector). Remodel or install from
to prevent glare and provide a traditional look
t LEDs on a metal core circuit board, ensure cool-running
Residential below applications use with L7XR or L7XRLED T24 (dedicated operation for long life
LED connector). LED module for use in retrofit / remodel or new t On-board circuitry to ensure protection against
construction applications where energy savings, long-life, and wiring errors
functional delivered light levels are required. The Reality LED
module provides 80% energy savings over the 65W BR30 and t High-efficiency driver mounted on the module
replicates the beam pattern and useful light levels of these
t Full range dimming is standard; dimming down to 25%
fixtures. It will maintain at least 70% light output for 50,000
hours in a typical lC environment. The Reality LED module is the t Suitable for installation in standard-height rough-in
most economical means to create a well-lit environment with sections; fits into most popular 6” housings
exceptional energy efficiency and near zero maintenance.
Listings
Features REALITY ESL (ENERGY STAR®) module: CSA Certified to U.S.
t Elliptical upper reflector and a patented micro prism lens and Canadian safety standards. Wet location listed. ENERGY
provides a 38 degree or 67 degree full width half max STAR® qualified.
(FWHM) beam angle based on distribution chosen

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: REAL6 D6MW ESL 1000L 35K .60SC
Series/Finish Type Lumen output1 Color temperature Distribution Voltage
Series Finish ESL ENERGY STAR ® listed 600L 8W, 600 lumens 27K 2700K .60SC .60 spacing criteria (blank) 120V
REAL6 D6 6” ENERGY STAR ® MW Matte white 1000L 11W, 1000 lumens 30K 3000K .90SC .90 spacing criteria
retrofit module A Clear diffuse 35K 3500K
AZ Clear specular 40K 4000K
BN Brushed nickel
BLZ Black specular
BZA Antique bronze
ORB Oil-rubbed bronze
WT Wheat diffuse

Options
PFMW Matte white plastic flange ring
PFBL Black plastic flange ring
L7X New construction rough-in2
L7XR Remodel rough-in2
LC6 New construction rough-in2
L7XLED T24 New construction rough-in (LED connector)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

L7XLED T24 SDT 277V NON-IC 277V stepdown transformer (277V to 120V) (LED connector)
L7XRLED T24 Remodel rough-in (LED connector)
LC6LED T24 New construction rough-in (LED connector)
ISH Insect shield
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications
Aperture: 4-3/8 (11.1)
6-5/8 Ceiling opening: As rough-in
(17.0) Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.1)
Max.
Height: 6-5/8 (17.0) max.
Weight (module only): 2.8 lbs.
5-15/16
(15.1) Weight (module and carton): 3.96 lbs.
7-1/2
(19.1)
Notes
1 Total system delivered lumens.
2 Must be ordered on separate line.

434 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 434 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Commercial Downlight

LED DOWNLIGHTING
Intended Use t Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness
LED Downlight fixture for use in remodel or new construction
applications where energy savings, long life, and quality of light
are required. Typical applications include corridors, lobbies,
t Wet location rated lens is tightly fitted to the housing to
reduce the ingress of dust
REALITY
conference rooms, and private offices.
Commercial
t High-efficiency, electronic LED 0-10V dimming driver
Features mounted to the junction box and dims luminaire to 15%
t LP6LN (New Construction): Rugged, 16-gauge galvanized light output
steel mounting frame with torsion spring bracket to mount t The system maintains 70% lumen output for more than
the finishing module 50,000 hours
t 6VL (New Construction): Galvanized steel mounting/plaster Listings
frame with torsion spring bracket to mount the finishing CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Wet location
module listed. ENERGY STAR® qualified.
t 6VLR (Remodel): Galvanized steel remodel mounting/
plaster frame with torsion spring bracket to mount the
finishing module

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: REAL6C D6MW ESL 1500L 35K 0.95SC 277 LP6LN
Series/Finish Type Lumen output1 Color temperature Distribution Voltage Mounting pan
Series Finish ESL ENERGY STAR ® listed 1000L 14.2W, 1000 27K 2700K 0.65SC 0.65 Spacing 120 LP6LN 1000L3
REAL6 C D6 6” Open downlight MW Matte white lumens 30K 3000K criteria 277 LP6LN 1500L3
A Clear diffuse 1500L 18.8W, 1500 35K 3500K 0.95SC 0.95 Spacing 3472 6VL 1000L3
lumens criteria
AZ Clear specular 40K 4000K 6VL 1500L3
BN Brushed nickel 6VLR 1000L3
BLZ Black specular 6VLR 1500L3
BZA Antique bronze
ORB Oil-rubbed bronze
WT Wheat diffuse
Options
PFMW Matte white plastic flange ring
PFBL Black plastic flange ring
ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch4
NSD Sensor Switch nLight™5
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
ISH Insect shield

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications
Aperture: 4-3/8 (11.1)
Ceiling opening: 6-15/16 (17.6)
13
(33.0) 7 Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.1)
(17.8)
5-3/4 Height: 7 (17.8)
(14.6)
6-15/16
11-3/16 (17.6)
(28.4) 7-1/2
(19.1)
Notes
1 Total system nominal delivered lumens.
2 Using step-down transformer increases power draw by 15 watts.
3 Lumens only required when ordered separately.
4 Not available with 347V.
5 One 5A relay with one 0-10 VDC dimming output, shipped installed.
Requires additional nLight bus power supply.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 435

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 435 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Recessed Volumetric Downlighting
VOLUMETRIC

Intended Use t Regressed, two-piece refractive system obscures the lamp

RT5D LED The RT5D Series is designed for applications where comfort,
aesthetics and energy savings are important. The RT5D LED is
20% more efficient when compared to the mean efficacy of a
and smoothly washes the reflector with light
t The system maintains 70% lumen output at more than
1’ x 1’ LED common two-lamp, 26DTT compact fluorescent downlight. 50,000 hours

Features t Utilizes high-efficiency LEDs mounted to a metal core circuit


t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting plaster frame with board, ensuring cool-running operation, CRI > 80
mechanical trim retention integral yoke to retain optical t Typical lumens per system is 1700 utilizing 41 total
system system watts
t Fixture height of 4- 7/8” allows installation in shallow Listings
plenum applications CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Damp
t Maximum 2” ceiling thickness location listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RT5D LED 35K 120
Series Lumen output1 Color temperature Voltage Options
RT5D LED (blank) 1700L 35K 3500K 120 LFS LED freezer shroud (shipped separately)2
40K 4000K 277 CP Chicago Plenum
347 DIM 0-10V dimming driver, 10% minimum light output
ELR Emergency battery pack; remote test switch provided3
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power
supply. Refer to TN-623-01.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual Specifications
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
Aperture: 10-5/8 (27.0)
Ceiling Opening: 11-1/4 X 11-1/4
(28.8 X 28.8)
Overlap Trim: 13-5/8 (34.4)
4-1/2
(11.4) Height: 4-7/8 (12.4)
Length: 25-1/2 (64.8)
10-5/8
(27.0) Standard Width: 15 (38.1)
13-5/8
(34.6)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

Notes
1 Typical system delivered lumens.
2 Available for use only with freezer applications.
3 Not available in 347V.

436 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 436 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Recessed Volumetric Downlighting

VOLUMETRIC
Intended Use t Rugged, one-piece white die-cast reflector system with
Provides volumetric lighting by filling the entire volume of space
with light, delivering the ideal amount of light to walls, cubicles,
work surfaces and people. Typical applications include corridors,
linear facets softens and distributes light into the space (ships
separately) RT5D
lobbies, conference rooms and private offices. RT5D will fill t Mounting bars are 16-gauge galvanized steel with continuous 1'x1' Horizontal Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT)
the space with light without glare or cave effect of traditional 2-3/4” vertical adjustment, held in place with wingnuts
downlights. In addition, RT5D with a single 32W triple-tube lamp t Post installation adjustment possible without the use of tools
provides up to 30% energy savings when compared to common from above or below the ceiling
two-lamp, 26W double twin-tube downlight.
t Maximum 2” ceiling thickness
Features
t 16-gauge galvanized steel mounting/plaster frame with t Regressed, two-piece refractive system obscures the lamp
mechanical trim retention integral yoke to retain optical and smoothly washes the reflector with light
system
Listings
Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian safety
standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RT5D


Series Lamp type Voltage Options
RT5D (blank) 1/26-42TRT1 (blank) MVOLT2 EL Emergency battery pack; integral test switch provided5
1/26TRT One 26W TRT lamp 120 120V3 ELR Emergency battery pack; remote test switch provided5
1/32TRT One 32W TRT lamp 277 277V3 GMF Single, slow-blow fuse3,5
1/42TRT One 42W TRT lamp 347 347V4 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V; minimum dimming level 5%3,5
1/26DTT One 26W DTT lamp ECOS ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 227V; must be voltage specific.
Minimum dimming level 5%1,3,5
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)4
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.
CP Chicago Plenum4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual Specifications
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) Aperture: 10-5/8 (27.0)
unless otherwise noted.
Ceiling Opening: 11-1/4 X 11-1/4
(28.58 X 28.58)
Overlap Trim: 13-5/8 (34.4)
4-1/2
(11.4) Height: 4-1/2 (11.4)
Length: 25-1/2 (64.8)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


10-5/8 Standard Width: 15 (38.1)
(27.0)
EL Width: 16-1/2 (41.9)
13-5/8
(34.6)

Notes
1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
2 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating any line voltage from 120-277V,
50 or 60Hz.
3 Wattage and voltage must be specified when ordering with GMF, ADEZ and ECOS.
4 Not available with EL, ELR.
5 Not available in 347V.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 437

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 437 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Horizontal
SPECIFICATION

Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”

LF6N Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling


applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces t Minimum starting temperature is 0°F/-18°C

1- Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT) where open, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors are required. t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring
Features t Minimum 90°C supply wire
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame
with mechanical trim retention (yoke) ensures secure and flush t Ground wire provided
reflector mounting to ceiling
Listings
t Vertically adjustable mounting brackets for use with 16-gauge Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC recessed
flat barhangers (included), C channels or 1/2” steel conduit mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian safety
standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LF6N 1/26TRT F602A MVOLT
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens2 Voltage Options
LF6N 1/26-42TRT1 Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens MVOLT3 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Must be wattage and voltage specific.
1/26TRT Housing and reflector may T73 Tempered glass 120 Minimum dimming level 5%
1/32TRT be ordered separately. prismatic lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific. Minimum
Lamp types and maximum PCL Clear polycarbonate dimming level 5%
1/42TRT 3474
wattages are listed for each lens EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch5
reflector. ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch5
ELHL IOTA I-420-R high lumen output emergency battery pack. Internal test switch provided. Maximum
average lumen output is 1300 (42W)6
ELRHL IOTA I-420-EM-B high lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch provided.
Maximum average lumen output is 1300 (42W)6
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)4
RIF1 Radio interference filter
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens (wet location)
F6O1 White2 F6B5 Black baffle7 F6W4 White F6LS1 White splay, clear lens7,8
6-3/8” 6-3/8” 6-3/8”
F6O1A Clear diffuse2 F6B5W White baffle7 F6W4A Clear diffuse F6LSB1 Black baffle, clear lens7,8 6-3/8”

F6O1AZ Clear semi-specular2 F6W4AZ Clear semi-specular F6LS4 White splay, fresnel lens7,8
F6O1G Gold diffuse2 7-1/2” 7-1/2” F6W4G Gold diffuse 7-1/2” F6LSB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens7,8 7-1/2”

F6O1GZ Gold semi-specular2 F6W4GZ Gold semi-specular F6LS73 White splay, tempered
F6O1PR Pewter diffuse2 F6W4PR Pewter diffuse prismatic lens7,8
1/42TRT
F6O1WTZ Wheat semi-specular2 1/42TRT 1/42TRT F6W4WTZ Wheat semi-specular 1/42TRT F6LSB73 Black baffle, tempered
prismatic lens7,8
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (13) LF6N 1/26-42TRT F6O1A MVOLT unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 13) LF6N 1/26-42TRT MVOLT (13 cartons of one housing)
(Qty13) F6O1A (13 cartons of one reflector)
6-3/8 11
(16.2) (27.9)

7-1/2 13
(19.1) (33.0)

Notes
1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
2 Damp lens only available with open reflectors.
3 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating
any line voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
4 Not available with EL or ELR.
5 Add 3" (7.6) to width and 4-1/2" (11.4) to length.
6 Not recommended for field installation.
7 White painted flange (TRW) standard.
8 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.

438 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 438 3/4/14 3:37 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Horizontal

SPECIFICATION
Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
where open, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors
t Minimum starting temperature is 0°F/-18°C LF6N
are required.
t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring 2-Lamp, Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
t Minimum 90°C supply wire
Features
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Ground wire provided
with mechanical trim retention (yoke) ensures secure and
Listings
flush reflector mounting to ceiling
Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
t Vertically adjustable mounting brackets for use with recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
16-gauge flat barhangers (included), C channels or 1/2” safety standards.
steel conduit

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LF6N 2/26DTT F6O2A MVOLT
2
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens Voltage Options
1 3
LF6N 2/13DTT Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens MVOLT ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Must be wattage and
2/18DTT Housing and reflector may be T73 Tempered glass 120 voltage specific. Minimum dimming level 5%
2/26DTT ordered separately. prismatic lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage
Lamp types and maximum wattages PCL Clear polycarbonate specific. Minimum dimming level 5%
3474
are listed for each reflector. lens EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch5
ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch5
ELRHL2LP IOTA I-162 Emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two 26W CFL
lamps in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption.
Average lumen output is 26006
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)4
RIF1 Radio interference filter
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
LBH Less barhangers
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to
TN-623-01.
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker
F6O2 White2 F6B3 Black baffle7 F6W1 White
F6O2A Clear diffuse2 6-3/8" F6B3W White baffle7 6-3/8" F6W1A Clear diffuse 6-3/8"
F6O2AZ Clear semi-specular2 F6W1AZ Clear semi-specular
F6O2G Gold diffuse2 7-1/2" 7-1/2" F6W1G Gold diffuse 7-1/2"
F6O2GZ Gold semi-specular2 F6W1GZ Gold semi-specular
F6O2PR Pewter diffuse2 F6W1PR Pewter diffuse
2/26DTT 2/26DTT 2/26DTT
F6O2WTZ Wheat semi-specular2 F6W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Open cone Glass lens (wet location) Drop glass lens (wet location)
F6C3BLZ Black semi-specular F6LF3 White splay, white lens7,8 F6LD3 White splay, drop opal lens7,8
6-3/8" 6-3/8" 6-3/8"
F6LFB3 Black baffle, white lens7,8 F6LDB3 Black baffle, drop opal lens7,8
F6L4 White splay, fresnel lens7,8
7-1/2" 7-1/2" 7-1/2"
F6LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens7,8
F6LF73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens7,8
2/26DTT F6LFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens7,8 2/26DTT 2/26DTT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (13) LF6N 2/26DTT F6O2A MVOLT unless otherwise noted. Notes
1 Not available with ADEZ or ECOS.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging.
2 Damp lens only available with open reflector.
Example above ships as:
3 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating any line
(Qty 13) LF6N 2/26DTT MVOLT (13 cartons of one housing) 11 voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
6-3/8
(Qty 13) F6O2A (13 cartons of one reflector) (16.2) (27.9) 4 Not available with EL or ELR.
5 Ships standard for one-lamp operation. For two-lamp
7-1/2 13 operation, consult installation instructions or contact
(19.1) (33.0) factory. Add 3" (7.6) to width and 4-1/2" (11.4) to length.
6 Not recommended for field installation.
7 White painted flange (TRW) standard.
8 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.
9 Must be ordered with 0-10V dimming ballast.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 439

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 439 3/4/14 3:37 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Vertical
SPECIFICATION

Intended Use t Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the

LP6FN Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling


applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat
dissipation and extended lamp life
1-Lamp, Double Twin-Tube (DTT) where open, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors
are required. t Socket housing also adjusts to accommodate varying
1-Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT) Features
lamp lengths

t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”

t Vertically adjustable mounting brackets for use with t Minimum starting temperature is 0°F/-18°C
16-gauge flat barhangers (included), C channels or 1/2” t Minimum 90°C supply wire
steel conduit
t Ground wire provided
t Junction boxes equipped with two 3/4” and four 1/2”
conduit knockouts with pryout slots and removable Listings
access doors Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LP6FN 26-42TRT 6O9A MVOLT
3
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens Voltage Options
1
LP6FN 13DTT Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens MVOLT4 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Must be voltage specific.
18DTT Housing and reflector may be ordered T73 Tempered glass prismatic 120 Minimum dimming level 5%
26DTT separately. lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electonic dimming ballast, 120V-277V. Must be wattage specific.
Lamp types and maximum wattages PCL Clear polycarbonate lens Minimum dimming level 5%
13TRT1 3475
are listed for each reflector. EL Emergency PSDL3 battery pack with integral test switch6
18DTT/TRT2
ELR Emergency PSDL3 battery pack with remote test switch6
26-42TRT2
ELHL IOTA I-420-R High lumen output emergency battery pack. Internal test switch provided.
18TRT Maximum average lumen output is 1300 (42W)7
26TRT ELRHL IOTA I-420-EM-B High lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch
32TRT provided. Maximum average lumen output is 1300 (42W)7
42TRT GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)
RIF1 Radio interference filter
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
LBH Less barhangers
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)

Open reflector Baffle with diffuse upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens (wet location)
6O9 White3 6B9 Black baffle8 6W9 White 6LRF1 White splay, clear lens8,9
6O9A Clear diffuse3 White baffle8 Black baffle, clear lens8,9 10-3/4”
10-3/4” 6B9W 6W9A Clear diffuse 10-3/4” 6LRFB1
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

10-3/4”
6O9AZ Clear semi-specular3 6W9AZ Clear semi-specular 6LR4 White splay, fresnel lens8,9
6O9G Gold diffuse3 6W9G Gold diffuse 6LRB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens8,9 7-1/2”
7-1/2” 7-1/2” 7-1/2”
6O9GZ Gold semi-specular3 6W9GZ Gold semi-specular 6LRF73 White splay, tempered
6O9PR Pewter diffuse3 6W9PR Pewter diffuse prismatic lens8,9
6O9WTZ Wheat semi-specular3 26DTT 26DTT 6W9WTZ Wheat semi-specular 26DTT 6LRFB73 Black baffle, tempered 26DTT
42TRT 42TRT 42TRT prismatic lens8,9 42TRT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (13) LP6FN 26-42TRT 6O9A MVOLT unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 13) LP6FN 26-42TRT MVOLT (13 cartons of one housing) Notes
(Qty 13) 6O9A (13 cartons of one reflector) 10-3/4 1 Not available with ADEZ or ECOS.
(27.3) 2 Not available with WLP.
11
(27.9) 3 Damp lens available with 6O9 reflectors.
4 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating any
line voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
7-1/2 13 5 Not available with EL or ELR.
(19.1) (33.0) 6 Add 3" (7.6) to width and 4-1/2" (11.4) to length.
7 Not recommended for field installation.
8 White painted flange (TRW) standard.
9 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed
10 Must be ordered with 0-10V dimming ballast.

440 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 440 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Vertical

SPECIFICATION
Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”
New construction applications requiring high-performance
vertical reflectors using HID lamps. t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring
t Minimum 90°C supply wire
LP6HN
Features
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Ground wire provided
t Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the Listings
reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
dissipation and extended lamp life recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
t Socket housing also adjusts to accommodate varying safety standards.
lamp lengths

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LP6HN 50M 609A 120/277
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens2 Voltage Options
1
LP6HN Metal halide Color-corrected metal halide Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens 120/277 SF Single fuse, must specify voltage
50M 50W MP50/C/U 50MPC MPC50/C/MED Housing and reflector may be ordered T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens 120
separately. QRS Quartz restrike system (uses
70M 70W MP70/C/U 70MPC MPC70/C/MED 277 maximum 100W DC-base quartz
100M 100W MP100/C/U 100MPC MPC100/C/MED Lamp types and maximum wattages lamp)5
are listed for each reflector.
QRSTD Quartz restrike system with
time delay. Operates like QRS,
except quartz lamp remains on
for two minutes after HID lamp
restrikes6
WLP Lamp (shipped separately)
TRW White flange with anodized
reflectors
LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with diffuse upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens (wet location)
6O9 White2 6B9 Black baffle4 6W9 White 6LRF1 White splay, clear lens3,4
6O9A Clear diffuse2 6B9W White baffle4 6W9A Clear diffuse 6LRFB1 Black baffle, clear lens3,4
6O9AZ Clear semi-specular2 6W9AZ Clear semi-specular 6LR4 White splay, fresnel lens3,4 10-3/4”
10-3/4” 10-3/4” 10-3/4”
6O9G Gold diffuse2 6W9G Gold diffuse 6LRB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens3,4

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


6O9GZ Gold semi-specular2 6W9GZ Gold semi-specular 6LRF73 White splay, tempered
6O9PR Pewter diffuse2 7-1/2” 7-1/2” 6W9PR Pewter diffuse 7-1/2” prismatic lens3,4 7-1/2”

6O9WTZ Wheat semi-specular2 6W9WTZ Wheat semi-specular 6LRFB73 Black baffle, tempered
prismatic lens3,4
100M 100M 100M 100M
100MPC 100MPC 100MPC 100MPC

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (12) LP6HN 50M 6O9A 120/277 unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 12) LP6HN 50M 120/277 (12 cartons oF one housing)
(Qty 12) 6O9A (12 cartons of one reflector) 10-3/4
(27.3)
12-3/4
(32.4)
Notes
1 Ceramic arc tube consistent-color lamp.
PHILIPS MASTERColor® or GE ConstantColor®.
7-1/2 13
(33.0) 2 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
(19.1)
3 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.
4 White painted flange standard.
5 Not available with QRSTD.
6 Not available with QRS.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 441

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 441 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Vertical
SPECIFICATION

Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”

LP6HN PAR New construction applications requiring high-performance


vertical reflectors using HID lamps. t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring
t Minimum 90°C supply wire
Features
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Ground wire provided
t Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the Listings
reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
dissipation and extended lamp life recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
t Socket housing also adjusts to accommodate varying safety standards.
lamp lengths

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LP6HN PAR 100M 609A 120/277
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens1 Voltage Options
LP6HN PAR Metal halide Color corrected metal halide Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens 120/277 SF Single fuse; must specify voltage
70M 70W PAR38 70MHC 70W PAR30 or Housing and reflector may be T73 Tempered glass 120 LPSP P30 PAR30 spot lamp (shipped separately)
100M 100W PAR38 PAR38 ordered separately. prismatic lens 277 LPSP P38 PAR38 spot lamp (shipped separately)
100MHC 100W or PAR38 Lamp types and maximum LPFL P30 PAR30 flood lamp (shipped separately)
wattages are listed for each
reflector. LPFL P38 PAR38 flood lamp (shipped separately)
LPWFL P38 PAR38 wide flood lamp (shipped separately)
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with diffuse upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens (wet location)
6O9 White1 6B9 Black baffle3 6W9 White 6LRF1 White splay, clear lens2,3
6O9A Clear diffuse1 10-3/4” 6B9W White baffle3 10-3/4” 6W9A Clear diffuse 10-3/4” 6LRFB1 Black baffle, clear lens2,3 10-3/4”

6O9AZ Clear semi-specular1 6W9AZ Clear semi-specular 6LR4 White splay, fresnel lens2,3
6O9G Gold diffuse1 6W9G Gold diffuse 6LRB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens2,3 7-1/2”
7-1/2” 7-1/2” 7-1/2”
6O9GZ Gold semi-specular1 6W9GZ Gold semi-specular 6LRF73 White splay, tempered
6O9PR Pewter diffuse1 6W9PR Pewter diffuse prismatic lens2,3
6O9WTZ Wheat semi-specular1 100M 100M 6W9WTZ Wheat semi-specular 100M 6LRFB73 Black baffle, tempered 100M
100MHC 100MHC 100MHC prismatic lens2,3 100MHC
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (12) LP6HN PAR 100M 6O9A 120/277 unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 12) LP6HN PAR 100M 120/277 (12 cartons of one housing)
(Qty 12) 6O9A (12 cartons of one reflector)
10-3/4
(27.3)
12-3/4
(32.4)

7-1/2 13
(19.1) (33.0)

Notes
1 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
2 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.
3 White painted flange standard.

442 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 442 2/26/14 1:48 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Vertical

SPECIFICATION
Intended Use t Socket housing also adjusts to accommodate varying lamp
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
where opehn, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors are
lengths
t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”
LP6N
required. t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring
Features t Minimum 90°C supply wire
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame
t Ground wire provided
t Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the
reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat Listings
dissipation and extendd lamp life Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LP6N 609A


Series Reflector Lens1 Options
LP6N Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens SDT 277V stepdown transformer (277V or 120V)
Housing and reflector may be ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
Lamp types and maximum wattages are listed for each reflector. LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens (wet location)
6O9 White1 6B9 Black baffle2 6W9 White 6LRF1 White splay, clear lens2,3
6O9A Clear diffuse1 10-3/4” 6B9W White baffle2 10-3/4” 6W9A Clear diffuse 10-3/4 6LRFB1 Black baffle, clear lens2,3 10-3/4”

6O9AZ Clear semi-specular1 6W9AZ Clear semi-specular 6LR4 White splay, fresnel lens2,3
6O9G Gold diffuse1 6W9G Gold diffuse 6-1/4" 6LRB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens2,3 6-1/4"
7-1/2” 7-1/2” 7-1/2" 7-1/2"
6O9GZ Gold semi-specular1 6W9GZ Gold semi-specular Wallwash 6LRF73 White splay, tempered
prismatic lens2,3 Wet lens
6O9PR Pewter diffuse1 6W9PR Pewter diffuse
6O9WTZ Wheat semi-specular1 150 A21, A19 150 A21, A19 6W9WTZ Wheat semi-specular 6LRFB73 Black baffle, tempered
150 PAR38 120 BR40 100 A19 prismatic lens2,3 100 A19
120 BR40 A21 A21

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (13) LP6N 6O9A unless otherwise noted.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 12) LP6N J6 (two cartons of six housings)
(Qty one) LP6N U (one carton of one housing)
(Qty 13) 6O9A (13 cartons of one reflector) 10-3/4
(27.3)
10-1/4
(26.0)

7-1/2 13
(19.1) (33.0)

Notes
1 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
2 White painted flange standard (TRW).
3 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 443

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 443 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Horizontal
SPECIFICATION

Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”

LF8N Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling


applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
where open, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors
t Minimum starting temperature is 0°F/-18°C

1-Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT) are required.


t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring
t Minimum 90° supply wire
Features
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Ground wire provided
with mechanical trim retention (yoke) ensures secure and
Listings
flush reflector mounting to ceiling
Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
t Vertically adjustable mounting brackets for use with recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
16-gauge flat barhangers (included), C channels or 1/2” safety standards.
steel conduit

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LF8N 1/26-42TRT F8O1A MVOLT
3
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens Voltage Options
LF8N 1/26-42TRT1 Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens MVOLT4 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Must be wattage and voltage
1/26TRT Housing and reflector may be T73 Tempered glass prismatic 120 specific. Minimum dimming level 5%
1/32TRT ordered separately. lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific. Minimum
Lamp types and maximum PCL Clear polycarbonate lens dimming level 5%
1/42TRT 3475
wattages are listed for each EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch6
1/57TRT2 reflector. ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch6
ELHL IOTA I-420-R High lumen output emergency battery pack. Internal test switch provided.
Maximum average lumen output is 1300 (42W)7
ELRHL IOTA I-420-EM-B High lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch provided.
Maximum average lumen output is 1300 (42W)7
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)5
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
RIF1 Radio interference filter
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.
LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens with specular upper reflector
F8O1 White3 F8B5 Black baffle8 F8W4 White F8LS1 White splay, flat clear lens8,9
6-3/8" 6-3/8" 6-3/8" 6-3/8"
F8O1A Clear diffuse3 F8B5W White baffle8 F8W4A Clear diffuse F8LSB1 Black baffle, flat clear lens8,9
F8O1AZ Clear semi-specular3 9-1/2" 9-1/2" F8W4AZ Clear semi-specular 9-1/2" F8LS4 White splay, fresnel lens8,9 9-1/2"
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

F8O1G Gold diffuse3 F8W4G Gold diffuse F8LSB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens8,9
F8O1GZ Gold semi-specular3 F8W4GZ Gold semi-specular F8LS73 White splay, tempered
F8O1PR Pewter diffuse3 1/57TRT 1/57TRT F8W4PR Pewter diffuse 1/57TRT prismatic lens8,9 1/57TRT
F8O1WTZ Wheat semi-specular3 F8W4WTZ Wheat semi-specular F8LSB73 Black baffle, tempered
prismatic lens8,9

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (13) LF8N 1/26-42TRT F8O1A MVOLT unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty13) LF8N 1/26-42TRT MVOLT (13 cartons of one housing)
(Qty13) F8O1A (13 cartons of one reflector)
13-7/8
6-3/8 (35.2) Notes
(16.2) 1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
2 Not available with 347, ECOS, EL or ELR.
9-1/2 15 3 Damp lens only available with open reflectors.
(24.1) (38.1) 4 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating
any line voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
5 Not available with EL or ELR.
6 Add 3" (7.6) to width and 4-1/2" (11.4) to length.
7 Not recommended for field installation.
8 White painted flange (TRW) standard.
9 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.

444 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 444 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Horizontal

SPECIFICATION
Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality
spaces where open, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors are
t Minimum starting temperature is 0°F/-18°C LF8N
required.
t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring 2-Lamp, Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
t Minimum 90°C supply wire
Features
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Ground wire provided
with mechanical trim retention (yoke) ensures secure and
Listings
flush reflector mounting to ceiling
Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring,
t Vertically adjustable mounting brackets for use with NON-IC recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and
16-gauge flat barhangers (included), C channels or 1/2” Canadian safety standards.
steel conduit

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LF8N 2/26DTT F802A MVOLT
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens Voltage Options
1
LF8N 2/13DTT Choose reflector below CGL Clear glass lens MVOLT3 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Must be wattage and voltage
2/18DTT Housing and reflector may be T73 Tempered glass 120 specific. Minimum dimming level 5%
2/26DTT ordered separately. prismatic lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific. Minimum
Lamp types and maximum PCL Clear polycarbonate dimming level 5%
3474
wattages are listed for each lens EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch4
reflector. ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch4
ELRHL2LP IOTA I-162 Emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two 26W CFL lamps in
emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. Average lumen output is
26006
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)4
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
RIF1 Radio interference filter
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.
LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens with specular upper reflector
F8O2 White2 F8B3 Black baffle7 6-3/8"
F8W1 White F8LF1 White splay, clear lens7,8 6-3/8"
6-3/8" 6-3/8"
F8O2A Clear diffuse2 F8B3W White baffle7 F8W1A Clear diffuse F8LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens7,8
F8O2AZ Clear semi-specular2 9-1/2" 9-1/2" F8W1AZ Clear semi-specular 9-1/2" F8L4 White splay, fresnel lens7,8 9-1/2"

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


F8O2G Gold diffuse2 F8W1G Gold diffuse F8LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens7,8
F8O2GZ Gold semi-specular2 F8W1GZ Gold semi-specular F8LF73 White splay, tempered
2/26DTT 2/26DTT 2/26DTT prismatic lens7,8 2/26DTT
F8O2PR Pewter diffuse2 F8W1PR Pewter diffuse
F8O2WTZ Wheat semi-specular2 F8W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular F8LFB73 Black baffle, tempered
prismatic lens7,8

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (13) LF8N 2/26DTT F8O2A MVOLT unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 13) LF8N 2/26DTT MVOLT (13 cartons of one housing)
(Qty 13) F8O2A (13 cartons of one reflector)
13-7/8 Notes
6-3/8 (35.2) 1 Not available with ADEZ or ECOS.
(16.2) 2 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
3 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating any line
9-1/2 15 voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
(24.1) (38.1) 4 Not available with EL or ELR.
5 Ships standard for one-lamp operation. For two-lamp
emergency operation, consult installation instructions or
factory. Add 3" (7.6) to width and 4-1/2"(11.4) to length.
6 Not recommended for field installation.
7 White painted flange (TRW) standard.
8 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 445

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 445 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Horizontal
SPECIFICATION

Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”

LF8N Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling


applications including commercial, retail and hospitality
spaces where open, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors are
t Minimum starting temperature is 0°F/-18°C

2-Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT) required.


t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring
t Minimum 90°C supply wire
Features
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Ground wire provided
with mechanical trim retention (yoke) ensures secure and
Listings
flush reflector mounting to ceiling
Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON- IC
t Vertically adjustable mounting brackets for use with recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
16-gauge flat barhangers (included), C channels or 1/2” safety standards.
steel conduit

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LF8N 2/26-42TRT F8O3A MVOLT
2
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens Voltage
LF8N 2/26-42TRT1 Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens MVOLT3
2/26TRT Housing and reflector may be ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens 120
2/32TRT Lamp types and maximum wattages are listed for each reflector. PCL Clear polycarbonate lens 277
2/42TRT 3474

Options
ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Must be wattage and voltage specific. Minimum GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage disconnect
dimming level 5% BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)4
ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific. Minimum dimming level 5% TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch5 WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch5 RIF1 Radio interference filters
ELRHL2LP IOTA I-162 Emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two 26W, two 32W or two 42W CFL lamps in TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. Average output is 2600 lumens for two 26W
lamps; average output is 2750 lumens for two 32W lamps; average output is 2800 lumens for 42W lamps6 NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply.
Refer to TN-623-01.
LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens with specular upper reflector
F8O3 White2 F8B4 Black baffle7 F8W3 White F8LT1 White splay, clear lens7,8
6-3/8" 6-3/8" 6-3/8" 6-3/8"
F8O3A Clear diffuse2 F8B4W White baffle7 F8W3A Clear diffuse F8LTB1 Black baffle, clear lens7,8
F8O3AZ Clear semi-specular2 9-1/2" 9-1/2" F8W3AZ Clear semi-specular 9-1/2"
F8LT4 White splay, fresnel lens7,8 9-1/2"
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

F8O3G Gold diffuse2 F8W3G Gold diffuse F8LTB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens7,8
F8O3GZ Gold semi-specular2 F8W3GZ Gold semi-specular F8LT73 White splay, tempered
F8O3PR Pewter diffuse2 F8W3PR Pewter diffuse prismatic lens7,8
2/42TRT 2/42TRT 2/42TRT 2/42TRT
F8O3WTZ Wheat semi-specular2 F8W3WTZ Wheat semi-specular F8LTB73 Black baffle, tempered
prismatic lens7,8

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (13) LF8N 2/26-42TRT F8O3A MVOLT unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 13) LF8N 26-42TRT MVOLT (13 cartons of one housing)
(Qty 13) F8O3A (13 cartons of one reflector) 13-7/8
6-3/8 (35.2) Notes
(16.2) 1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
2 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
9-1/2 15 3 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating any line
(24.1) (38.1) voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
4 Not available with EL or ELR.
5 Ships standard for one-lamp operation. For two-lamp
emergency operation, consult installation instructions or
factory. Add 3" (7.6) to width and 4-1/2"(11.4) to length.
6 Not recommended for field installation.
7 White painted flange (TRW) standard.
8 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.

446 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 446 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Vertical

SPECIFICATION
Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality
spaces where open, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors are
t Minimum starting temperature is 0°F/-18°C LP8FN
required.
t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring 1-Lamp, Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
Features
t Minimum 90°C supply wire 1-Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT)
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Ground wire provided

t Vertically adjustable mounting brackets for use with Listings


16-gauge flat barhangers (included), C channels or 1/2” Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
steel conduit recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.
t Socket housing also adjusts to accommodate varying lamp
lengths

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LP8FN 26-42TRT 8O2A MVOLT
3
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens Voltage Options
LP8FN 18DTT Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens MVOLT4 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Must be wattage and voltage specific.
26DTT Housing and reflector may be T73 Tempered glass 120 Minimum dimming level 5%
18TRT ordered separately. prismatic lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific. Minimum
Lamp types and maximum PCL Clear polycarbonate dimming level 5%
26-42TRT1 3475
wattages are listed for each lens EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch. Lens removal required before EL testing6
26TRT reflector ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch6
32TRT
ELHL IOTA I-420-R High lumen output emergency battery pack. Internal test switch provided. Maximum
42TRT average lumen output is 1300 (42W)7
57TRT2 ELRHL IOTA I-420-EM-B High lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch provided. Maximum
average lumen output is 1300 (42W)7
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
RIF1 Radio interference filter
NEPP Interface for Sensor Switch® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01.
LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens
8O2 White3 8B3 Black baffle8 8W1 White 8LF1 White splay, clear lens8,9
8O2A Clear diffuse3 12-3/8" 8B3W White baffle8 12-3/8" 8W1A Clear diffuse 12-3/8" 8LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens8,9 12-3/8"

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


8O2AZ Clear semi-specular3 8W1AZ Clear semi- 8L4 White splay, fresnel lens8,9
8O2G Gold diffuse3 specular 8LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens8,9
8O2GZ Gold semi-specular3 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 8W1G Gold diffuse 9-1/2" 8LF73 White splay, tempered 9-1/2"

8O2PR Pewter diffuse3 8W1GZ Gold semi- prismatic lens8,9 26DTT


specular 26DTT 8LFB73 Black baffle, tempered 57TRT
8O2WTZ Wheat semi- 26DTT 26DTT
specular3 8W1PR Pewter diffuse 57TRT prismatic lens8, 9
57TRT 57TRT
8W1WTZ Wheat semi-
specular

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (13) LP8FN 26-42TRT 8O2A MVOLT unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as: Notes
1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
(Qty 13) LP8FN 26-42TRT MVOLT (13 cartons of one housing)
12-3/8 2 Not available with 347V, ECOS, EL or ELR.
(Qty 13) 8O2A (13 cartons of one reflector)
(31.4) 13 3 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
(33.0) 4 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating
any line voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
5 Not available with EL or ELR.
9-1/2 15 6 Add 3" (7.6) to width and 4-1/2" (11.4) to length.
(24.1) (38.1) 7 Not recommended for field installation.
8 White painted flange (TRW) standard.
9 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 447

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 447 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Vertical
SPECIFICATION

Intended Use t Socket housing also adjusts to accommodate varying lamp

LP8HN New construction applications requiring high-performance


vertical reflectors using HID lamps.
lengths
t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”
Features
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring

t Vertically adjustable mounting brackets for use with t Minimum 90°C supply wire
16-gauge flat barhangers (included), C channels or 1/2” t Ground wire provided
steel conduit
Listings
t Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
dissipation and extended lamp life safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LP8HN 50M 8O2 120/277
2
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens Voltage Options
LP8HN Metal halide Color-corrected metal halide1 Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens 120/277 SF Single fuse, must specify voltage
50M 50W MP50/C/U 50MPC MPC50/C/MED Housing and reflector may T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens 120 QRS Quartz restrike system (uses maximum 100W
70M 70W MP70/C/U 70MPC MPC70/C/MED be ordered separately. 277 DC-base quartz lamp)5
100M 100W MP100/C/U 100MPC MPC100/C/MED Lamp types and QRSTD Quartz restrike system with time delay.
maximum wattages are Operates like QRS, except quartz lamp
listed for each reflector. remains on for two minuts after HID lamp
restrikes 6
WLP Lamp (shipped separately)
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens with specular upper reflector
8O2 White2 8B3 Black baffle4 8W1 White 8LF1 White splay, clear lens3,4
12-3/8"
8O2A Clear diffuse2 12-3/8" 8B3W White baffle4 8W1A Clear diffuse 12-3/8" 8LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens3,4 12-3/8"

8O2AZ Clear semi-specular2 8W1AZ Clear semi-specular 8L4 White splay, fresnel
8O2G Gold diffuse2 9-1/2" 8W1G Gold diffuse lens3,4
9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2"
8O2GZ Gold semi-specular2 8W1GZ Gold semi-specular 8LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens3,4
8O2PR Pewter diffuse2 8W1PR Pewter diffuse 8LF73 White splay, tempered
prismatic lens3,4
8O2WTZ Wheat semi-specular 2 8W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

8LFB73 Black baffle, tempered


100M 100M 100M 100M
prismatic lens3,4
100MPC 100MPC 100MPC 100MPC

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (12) LP8HN 50M 8O2 120/277 unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 12) LP8HN 50M 120/277 (12 cartons of one housing)
(Qty 12) 8O2 (12 cartons of one reflector) 12-3/8
(31.4)
14-3/4
(37.5)

9-1/2 15
(24.1) (38.1)

Notes
1 Ceramic arc tube consistent-color lamp. PHILIPS
MASTERColor® or GE ConstantColor®.
2 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
3 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.
4 White painted flange standard.
5 Not available with QRSTD.
6 Not available with QRS.

448 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 448 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Vertical

SPECIFICATION
Intended Use t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”
New construction applications requiring high-performance
vertical reflectors using HID lamps. t 120/277V electronic ballast is standard for 70M and 100M
using PAR30, PAR38 and ceramic metal halide lamps
LP8HN PAR
Features
t Heavy-gauge die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring

t Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the t Minimum 90°C supply wire
reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat t Ground wire provided
dissipation and extended lamp life
Listings
t Socket housing also adjusts to accommodate varying Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
lamp lengths recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LP8HN PAR 100M 8O2A 120/277
1
Series Lamp type Reflector Lens Voltage Options
LP8HN PAR Metal halide Color-corrected metal halide Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens 120/277 SF Single fuse; must specify voltage
70M 70W PAR38 70MHC 70W PAR30 or PAR38 Housing and reflector may T73 Tempered glass 120 LBH Less barhangers
100M 100W PAR38 100MHC 100W or PAR38 be ordered separately. prismatic lens 277 TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
Lamp types and maximum LPSP P30 PAR30 spot lamp (shipped separately)
wattages are listed for each
reflector. LPSP P38 PAR38 spot lamp (shipped separately)
LPFL P30 PAR30 flood lamp (shipped separately)
LPFL P38 PAR38 flood lamp (shipped separately)
LPWFL P38 PAR38 wide flood lamp (shipped
separately)

Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Wallwash with integral kicker Glass lens with specular upper reflector
8O2 White1 8B3 Black baffle3 8W1 White 8LF1 White splay, clear lens2,3
12-3/8" 12-3/8" 12-3/8 12-3/8"
8O2A Clear diffuse1 8B3W White baffle3 8W1A Clear diffuse 8LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens2,3
8O2AZ Clear semi-specular1 8W1AZ Clear semi-specular 8L4 White splay, fresnel lens2,3
8O2G Gold diffuse1 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 8W1G Gold diffuse 9-1/2" 8LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens2,3 9-1/2"
8O2GZ Gold semi-specular1 8W1GZ Gold semi-specular 8LF73 White splay, tempered
8O2PR Pewter diffuse1 8W1PR Pewter diffuse prismatic lens2,3
8O2WTZ Wheat semi-specular1 100M 100M 8W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular 100M 8LFB73 Black baffle, tempered 100M
100MHC 100MHC 100MHC prismatic lens2,3 100MHC

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
To order, use single master catalog number. mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
Example: (12) LP8HN PAR 100M 8O2A 120/277 unless otherwise noted.
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 12) LP8HN PAR 100M 120/277 (12 cartons of one housing)
(Qty 12) 8O2A (12 cartons of one reflector) 12-3/8
(31.4)
14-3/4
(37.5)

9-1/2 15
(24.1) (38.1)

Notes
1 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
2 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.
3 White painted flange standard.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 449

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 449 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Vertical
SPECIFICATION

Intended Use t Socket housing also adjusts to accommodate varying lamp

LP8N Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling


applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
where open, baffled, wallwash and lensed reflectors
lengths
t Maximum ceiling thickness 1-1/2”
are required. t Rated for #12 AWG conductor through-branch wiring
Features t Minimum 90°C supply wire
t Heavy-guage die-formed galvanized steel mounting frame
t Ground wire provided
t Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the
reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior head Listings
dissipation and extended lamp life Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LP8N 802A


1
Series Reflector Lens Options
LP8N Choose reflector below. CGL Clear glass lens SDT 277V stepdown transformer (277V to 120V)
Housing and reflector may be ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
Lamp types and maximum wattages are listed for each reflector. LBH Less barhangers

Open reflector Baffle with specular upper reflector Open wallwash with kicker Glass lens with specular upper reflector
8O2 White1 8B3 Black baffle2 8W1 White 8LF1 White splay, clear lens2,3
8O2A Clear diffuse1 12-3/8" 8B3W White baffle2 12-3/8" 8W1A Clear diffuse 12-3/8" 8LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens2,3 12-3/8"

8O2AZ Clear semi-specular1 8W1AZ Clear semi-specular 8L4 White splay, fresnel lens2,3
8O2G Gold diffuse1 9-1/2" 9-1/2"
8W1G Gold diffuse 9-1/2" 8LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens2,3 9-1/2"
8O2GZ Gold semi-specular1 8W1GZ Gold semi-specular 8LF73 White splay, tempered
8O2PR Pewter diffuse1 8W1PR Pewter diffuse prismatic lens2,3
200 A23, A19 200 A23, A19 200 A23, A19 100 A19, A23
8O2WTZ Wheat semi-specular1 200 PS25 200 PS25 8W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular 200 PS25 8LFB73 Black baffle, tempered 100 PAR38
250 PAR38 250 PAR38 250 PAR38 prismatic lens2,3 120 BR40
250 BR40 250 BR40 250 BR40

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
To order, use single master catalog number.
unless otherwise noted.
Example: (13) LP8N 8O2A
Fixtures ship as multiple components using optimized packaging. Example above ships as:
(Qty 13) LP8N (13 cartons of one housing)
12-3/8
(Qty 13) 8O2A (13 cartons of one reflector) (31.4) 12-1/4
(31.1)

9-1/2 15
(24.1) (38.1)

Notes
1 Damp lens available with open reflectors.
2 White painted flange standard (TRW).
3 Lensed reflectors are wet location listed.

450 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 450 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Horizontal

LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Intended Use • Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
where open reflectors are required.
• Aluminum full reflectors are optically designed to maximize
lumen output and to provide superior glare control
6HF 1/TRT
1-Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT)
Features • Black or white baffled reflectors have a semi-specular upper
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical trim finish with a white painted flange standard
retention (yoke) ensures secure and flush reflector mount- Listings
ing to ceiling Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
• Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel applications recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
when installation from below is necessary safety standards.

• Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed for


through wire applications

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 6HF 1/26-42TRT F6B5 MVOLT
Wattage/
Series Lamp Reflector/Color Lens type Voltage Options4
2
6HF 1/18DTT Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens MVOLT ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Minimum dimming
1/26DTT Housing and reflector may be CGL Clear glass lens 120 level 5%. Must be wattage and voltage specific.
1/18TRT ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific.
Lamp types and maximum Minimum dimming level 5%.
1/26-42TRT1 PCL Clear polycarbonate lens 3473
wattages are listed for each EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch5
1/26TRT reflector. ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch5
1/32TRT
ELHL IOTA I-420-R high lumen output emergency battery pack. Internal test switch
1/42TRT provided. Maximum average lumen output 1300 (42W).6
1/57TRT ELRHL IOTA I-420-EM-B high lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch
provided. Maximum averagelumen output 1300 (42W).6
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)3
RIF1 Radio interference filter
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


F6B5 Black F6O21 White open F6W4 White F6LS1 White splay, clear lens
F6B5W White F6O1A Clear diffuse open F6W4A Clear diffuse F6LSB1 Black baffle, clear lens
F6O1AZ Clear semi-diffuse open F6W4AZ Clear semi-specular F6LS4 White splay, fresnel lens
F6O1G Gold diffuse open F6W4G Gold diffuse F6LSB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
F6O1GZ Gold semi-specular open F6W4GZ Gold semi-specular F6LS73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens
F6O1PR Pewter diffuse open F6W4PR Pewter diffuse F6LSB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


F60TWTZ Wheat semi-specular open F6W4WTZ Wheat semi-specular F6LSD3 White splay, drop opal lens
F6LSDB3 Black baffle, drop opal lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
11-3/8 Specifications
(28.9) Max. height: 6-3/8 (16.2)
Ceiling opening: 7 (17.8)
12-7/8 Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.1)
(32.7)
Length: 13-1/4 (33.7)
6-3/8 8-1/2
(16.2) (21.6) Width: 12-7/8 (32.7)

7-1/2
(19.1)
13-1/4
(33.7) Notes
1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
6-3/8 2 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating
(16.2) any line voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
6 3 Not available with EL or ELR.
(15.2) 4 For additional options, see www.lithonia.com.
7-1/2 5 Add 3” (7.6) to width and 4-1/2” (11.4) to length.
(19.1)
6 Not recommended for field installation.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 451


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Horizontal
LIGHT COMMERCIAL

Intended Use • Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed for

6HF 2/DTT Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling


applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
where open reflectors are required.
through wire applications
• Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness

Features • Aluminum full reflectors are optically designed to maximize


• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical trim lumen output and to provide superior glare control
retention (yoke) ensures secure and flush reflector mount- • Black or white baffled reflectors have a semi-specular upper
ing to ceiling finish with a white painted flange standard
• Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel applications Listings
when installation from below is necessary Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 6HF 2/26DTT F6B3 MVOLT
Wattage/
Series Lamp Reflector/Color Lens type Voltage Options4
1 2
6HF 2/13DTT Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens MVOLT ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Minimum dimming
2/18DTT Housing and reflector may be CGL Clear glass lens 120 level 5%. Must be wattage and voltage specific.
2/26DTT ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific.
Lamp types and maximum Minimum dimming level 5%.
PCL Clear polycarbonate lens 3473
wattages are listed for each EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch5
reflector. ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch5
ELRHL2LP IOTA I-162 emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two 26W,
two 32W or two 42W CFL lamps in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of
power disruption. Average output is 2,600 lumens for two 26W lamps; 2,750 lumens
for two 32W lamps and 2,800 lumens for two 42W lamps.6
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)3
RIF1 Radio interference filter
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


F6B3 Black baffle F6O22 White open F6W1 White F6LF1 White splay, clear lens
F6B3W White baffle F6O2A Clear diffuse open F6W1A Clear diffuse F6LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens
F6O2AZ Clear semi-diffuse open F6W1AZ Clear semi-specular F6L4 White splay, fresnel lens
F6O2GZ Gold semi-specular open F6W1G Gold diffuse F6LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
F6O2PR Pewter diffuse open F6W1GZ Gold semi-specular F6LF73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

F6OTWTZ Wheat semi-specular open F6W1PR Pewter diffuse F6LTFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
F6W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular F6L D3 White splay, drop opal lens
F6L DB3 Black baffle, drop opal lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
11-3/8
(28.9) Specifications
6-3/8 Max. height: 6-3/8 (16.2)
(16.2)
12-1/4 Ceiling opening: 7 (17.8)
(31.1) 6-1/8 Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.1)
8-3/4 (15.6)
6-3/8 Length: 13-1/4 (33.7)
(16.2) (22.2) 7-1/2
(19.1) Width: 12-1/4 (31.1)
7-1/2 Notes
(19.1) 1 Not available with ADEZ or ECOS.
13-1/4
(33.7) 2 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating any line
voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
3 Not available with EL or ELR.
4 For additional options, see www.lithonia.com.
5 Ships standard for 1-lamp operation. For 2-lamp operation,
consult installation instructions or factory. Add 3” (7.6) to
width and 4-1/2” (11.4) to length.
6 Not recommended for field installation.

452 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Vertical

LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Intended Use • Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed for
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
where open reflectors are required.
through wire applications
• Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness
6VF
1-Lamp, Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
Features • Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the
• Recessed frame-in rated NON-IC for new construction or reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat 1-Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT)
remodel applications dissipation and extended lamp life

• Approved for all ceiling and wiring types Listings


Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical trim recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
retention (clips) ensures secure and flush reflector mounting safety standards.
to ceiling
• Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel applications
when installation from below is necessary

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 6VF 26-42TRT 6B9 MVOLT
Wattage/
Series Lamp Reflector/Color Lens type Voltage Options6
1 3
6VF 13DTT Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens MVOLT ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Minimum dimming
18DTT Housing and reflector may be CGL Clear glass lens 120 level 5%. Must be wattage and voltage specific.
26DTT ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific.
Lamp types and maximum Minimum dimming level 5%.
13TRT1 PCL Clear polycarbonate lens 3474
wattages are listed for each EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch6
18TRT reflector. ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch6
26-42TRT2
ELRHL IOTA I-420-R high lumen output emergency battery pack. Integral test switch
26TRT provided. Maximum average lumen output 1300 (42W).7
32TRT ELRHL IOTA I-420-EM-B high lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch
42TRT provided. Maximum average lumen output 1300 (42W).7
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)4
RIF1 Radio interference filter
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


6B9 Black baffle 6O2 White open 6W1 White 6LRF1 White splay, clear lens
6B9W White baffle 6O2A Clear diffuse open 6W1A Clear diffuse 6LRFB1 Black baffle, clear lens
6O2AZ Clear semi-diffuse open 6W1AZ Clear semi-diffuse 6LR4 White splay, fresnel lens
6O2G Gold diffuse open 6W1G Gold diffuse 6LRB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
6O2GZ Gold semi-diffuse open 6W1GZ Gold semi-specular 6LRF73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


6O2PR Pewter diffuse open 6W1PR Pewter diffuse 6LRFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
602WTZ Wheat semi-specular open 6W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular 6LRD3 White splay, drop opal lens
6LRDB3 Black baffle, drop opal lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications
12-1/4 10-3/4 Max. height: 10-3/4 (27.3)
10-3/4 (31.1) (27.3) Ceiling opening: 7 (17.8)
(27.3)
8-3/4 Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.1)
(22.2)
Length: 13 (33.0)
6-1/4 Width: 12-1/4 (31.1)
7-1/2 (15.9) Notes
(19.1) 13 7-1/2 1 Not available with ADEZ or ECOS.
(33.0) (19.1)
2 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
3 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating
any line voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
4 Not available with EL or ELR.
5 For additional options, see www.lithonia.com.
6 Add 3” (7.6) to width and 4-1/2” (11.4) to length.
7 Not recommended for field installation.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 453


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Vertical
LIGHT COMMERCIAL

Intended Use • Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel applications

6VH/6VH PAR Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height


ceiling applications including commercial, retail and
hospitality spaces.
when installation from below is necessary
• Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed for
through wire applications
Features
• Recessed frame-in rated NON-IC for new construction or • Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness
remodel applications • Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the
• Approved for all ceiling and wiring types reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat
dissipation and extended lamp life
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical trim
retention (clips) ensures secure and flush reflector Listings
mounting to ceiling Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 6VH 70M 6B9 120/277
Series Wattage/ Lamp Reflector/ Color2 Lens type Voltage Options3
6VH / 6VH PAR 6VH Protected metal halide - Title 20 Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens 120/277 SF Single fuse; must specify voltage
50M 50W MP50/C/U Housing and reflector may be CGL Clear glass lens 120 QRS Quartz restrike system (uses maximum 100W DC-base
70M 70W MP70/C/U ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass 277 quartz lamp)4
100M 100W MP100/C/U Lamp types and maximum prismatic lens QRSTD Quartz restrike system with time delay. Operates like QRS,
wattages are listed for each except quartz lamp remains on for two minutes after HID
6VH Color-corrected metal halide1 reflector. lamp restrikes5
50MPC MPC50/C/MED WLP Lamp (shipped separately)
70MPC MPC70/C/MED LPSP P30 PAR30 spot lamp (shipped separately)
100MPC MPC100/C/MED LPFL P38 PAR38 spot lamp (shipped separately)
6VH PAR Metal halide LPFL P30 PAR30 flood lamp (shipped separately)
70M PAR38 LPFL P38 PAR38 flood lamp (shipped separately)
100M PAR38 LPWFL P38 PAR38 wide flood lamp (shipped separately)
6VH PAR Ceramic metal halide
70MHC 70W PAR30 or PAR38
100MHC 100W PAR38

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

Specifications
Max. height: 10-3/4 (27.3)
Ceiling opening: 7 (17.8)
10-3/4 13
(27.3) (33.0) Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.1)
Length: 14-1/4 (36.2)
Width: 13 (33.0)
7-1/2
(19.1)
14-1/4
(36.2)

10-3/4
(27.3)

7
(17.8)
7-1/2 Notes
(19.1)
1 Ceramic arc tube consistent-color lamp. Philips MasterColor
or GE ConstantColor.
2 White painted flange standards.
3 For additional options, see www.lithonia.com.
4 Not available with QRSTD.
5 Not available with QRS.

454 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6” Vertical

LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Intended Use • Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces.
for through wire applications
• Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness
6VI
Features
• Recessed frame-in rated NON-IC for new construction or • Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the
remodel applications reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat
dissipation and extended lamp life
• Approved for all ceiling and wiring types
Listings
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical trim Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
retention (clips) ensures secure and flush reflector mounting recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
to ceiling safety standards.
• Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel applications
when installation from below is necessary

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 6VI 609AZ


Series Reflector/Color Lens type Options
6VI Choose reflector below (blank) Lens SDT 277V stepdown transformer (277V or to 120V)
Housing and rflector may be ordered separately. CGL Clear glass lens TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
Lamp types and maximum wattages are listed for T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens
each reflector.

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


6B9 Black baffle 6O9 White open 6W9 White wallwash 6LRF1 White splay, clear lens
6B9W White baffle 6O9A Clear diffuse open 6W9A Clear diffuse wallwash 6LRFB1 Black baffle, clear lens
6O9AZ Clear semi-specular open 6W9AZ Clear semi-specular wallwash 6LR4 White splay, fresnel lens
6O9G Gold diffuse open 6W9G Gold diffuse wallwash 6LRB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
6O9GZ Gold semi-specular open 6W9GZ Gold semi-specular wallwash 6LRF73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens
6O9PR Pewter diffuse open 6W9PR Pewter diffuse wallwash 6LRFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
609WTZ Wheat semi-specular open 6W9WTZ Wheat semi-specular wallwash 6LRD3 White splay, drop opal lens
6LRDB3 Black baffle, drop opal lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Specifications
Max. height: 10-3/4 (27.3)
10-3/4 12-1/4 10-3/4
(31.1) (27.3) Ceiling opening: 7 (17.8)
(27.3)
8-3/4 Overlap trim: 7-1/2 (19.1)
(22.2) Length: 13 (33.0)
6-1/4 Width: 12-1/4 (31.1)
7-1/2 (15.9)
(19.1) 13 7-1/2
(33.0) (19.1)

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 455


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Horizontal
LIGHT COMMERCIAL

Intended Use • Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness

8HF 1/TRT Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling


applications including commercial, retail and hospitality
spaces where a baffled fixture is required.
• Aluminum full reflectors are optically designed to
maximize lumen output and to provide superior
1-Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT) glare control
Features
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical • Black or white baffled reflectors have a semi-specular
trim retention (yoke) ensures secure and flush reflector upper finish with a white painted flange standard
mounting to ceiling Listings
• Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
applications when installation from below is necessary recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and
Canadian safety standards.
• Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL
Listed for through wire applications

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 8HF 1/26-42TRT F8B5 MVOLT
Wattage/
Series Lamp Reflector/Color Lens type Voltage Options4
8HF 1/18DTT Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens MVOLT2 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Minimum dimming
1/26DTT Housing and reflector may be CGL Clear glass lens 120 level 5%. Must be wattage and voltage specific.
1/18TRT ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific.
Lamp types and maximum Minimum dimming level 5%.
1/26-42TRT1 PCL Clear polycarbonate lens 3473
wattages are listed for each EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch5
1/26TRT reflector. ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch5
1/32TRT
ELHL IOTA I-420-R high lumen output emergency battery pack. Integral test switch
1/42TRT provided. Maximum average lumen output 1300 (42W).6
1/57TRT2 ELRHL IOTA I-42-_EM-B high lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch
provided. Maximum average lumen output (1300 (42w).6
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)3
TRW White flange with anodized refectors
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
RIF1 Radio interference filter

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


F8B5 Black baffle F8O1 White open F8W4 White F8LS1 White splay, clear lens
F8B5W White baffle F8O1A Clear diffuse open F8W4A Clear diffuse F8LSB1 Black baffle, clear lens
F8O1AZ Clear semi-diffuse open F8W4AZ Clear semi-diffuse F8LS4 White splay, fresnel lens
F8O1G Gold semi-specular open F8W4G Gold diffuse F8LSTB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

F8O1PR Pewter diffuse open F8W4GZ Gold semi-specular F8LSB73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens
F8O1WTZ Wheat semi-specular open F8W4PR Pewter diffuse F8LTFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
F8W4WTZ Wheat semi-specular

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
13
(33.0) Specifications
Max. height: 6-3/8 (16.2)
Ceiling opening: 8-7/8 (22.5)
14-3/8
(36.5) Overlap trim: 9-1/2 (24.1)
6-3/8 9-7/8 Length: 13-1/4 (33.7)
(16.2) (25.1)
Width: 14-3/8 (36.5) Notes
1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
9-1/2
(24.1) 2 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating any line voltage
6-3/8 13-1/4 from 120-277V, or 50 or 60Hz.
(16.2) (33.7)
3 Not available with EL or ELR.
7-7/8 4 For additional options, see www.lithonia.com.
(19.7)
5 Ships standard for 1-lamp operation. For 2-lamp emergency
9-1/2 operation, consult installation instructions or factory. Add 3” (7.6)
(24.1) to width and 4-1/2” (11.4) to length.
6 Not recommended for field installation.

456 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Horizontal

LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Intended Use • Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality
spaces where a baffled fixture is required.
• Aluminum full reflectors are optically designed to
maximize lumen output and to provide superior
8HF 2/DTT
glare control 2-lamp, Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
Features
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical • Black or white baffled reflectors have a semi-specular
trim retention (yoke) ensures secure and flush reflector upper finish with a white painted flange standard
mounting to ceiling Listings
• Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
applications when installation from below is necessary recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and
Canadian safety standards.
• Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL
Listed for through wire applications

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 8HF 2/26DTT F8B3 MVOLT
Series Wattage/Lamp Reflector/Color Lens type Voltage Options4
8HF 2 /13DTT1 Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens MVOLT2 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Minimum dimming level 5%.
2/18DTT Housing and reflector may be CGL Clear glass lens 120 Must be wattage and voltage specific
2/ 26DTT ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific.
Lamp types and maximum prismatic lens Minimum dimming level 5%
3473
wattages are listed for each PCL Clear polycarbonate EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch5
reflector. lens ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch5
ELHL2LP IOTA I-162 Emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two 26W CFL lamps
in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. Average lumen
output is 26006
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)3
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
RIF1 Radio interference filter

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


F8B3 Black baffle F8O2 White open F8W1 White F8LF1 White splay, clear lens
F8B3W White baffle F8O2A Clear diffuse open F8W1A Clear diffuse F8LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens
F8O2A Clear diffuse open F8W1AZ Clear semi-specular F8L4 White splay, fresnel lens
F8O2G Gold diffuse open F8W1G Gold diffuse F8LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


F8O2G Gold diffuse open F8W1GZ Gold semi-specular F8LF73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens
F8O2PR Pewter diffuse F8W1PR Pewter diffuse F8LFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
F8O2PR Pewter diffuse open F8W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. 13
(33.0) Specifications
Max. height: 6-3/8 (16.2)
Ceiling opening: 8-7/8 (22.5)
14-3/8
(36.5) Overlap trim: 9-1/2 (24.1)
6-3/8 9-7/8 Length: 13-1/4 (33.7)
(16.2) (25.1)
Width: 14-3/8 (36.5)
Notes
9-1/2 1 Not available with ADEZ and ECOS.
(24.1) 13-1/4 2 Electronic multi-volt ballast capable of operating any line
(33.7) voltage from 120-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
6-3/8 3 Not available with EL or ELR.
(16.2) 4 For additional options, see www.lithonia.com.
7-7/8 5 Ships standard for 1-lamp operation. For 2-lamp emergency
(19.7) operation, consult installation instructions or factor. Add 3”
9-1/2 (7.6) to width and 4-1/2” (11.4) to length.
(24.1) 6 Not recommended for field installation.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 457


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8 “ Horizontal
LIGHT COMMERCIAL

Intended Use • Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness

8HF 2/TRT Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling


applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces
where a baffled fixture is required.
• Aluminum full reflectors are optically designed to
maximize lumen output and to provide superior
2-Lamp, Triple-Tube (DTT) glare control
Features
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical trim • Black or white baffled reflectors have a semi-specuar
retention (yoke) ensures secure and flush reflector upper finish with a white painted flange standard
mounting to ceiling Listings
• Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
applications when installation from below is necessary recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.
• Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed for
through wire applications

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 8HF 2/26-42TRT F803AZ MVOLT
4
Series Wattage/Lamp Reflector/Color Lens type Voltage Options
8HF 2/26-42TRT1 Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens MVOLT2 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Minimum dimming level
2/26TRT Housing and reflector may be CGL Clear glass lens 120 5%. Must be wattage and voltage specific.
2/32TRT ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific.
Lamp types and maximum prismatic lens Minimum dimming level 5%.
2/42TRT 3473
wattages are listed for each PCL Clear polycarbonate EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch5
reflector. lens ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch5
ELRHL2LP IOTA I-162 emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two 26W, two
32W or two 42W CFL lamps in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power
disruption. Average output is 2,600 lumens for two 26W lamps; 2,750 lumens for two 32W
lamps and 2,800 lumens for two 42W lamps.6
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)3
TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
RIF1 Radio interference filter

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


F8B4 Black baffle F8O3 White open F8W3 White F8LT1 White splay, clear lens
F8B4W White baffle F8O3A Clear diffuse open F8W3A Clear diffuse F8LTB1 Black baffle, clear lens
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

F8O3AZ Clear semi-diffuse open F8W3AZ Clear semi-diffuse F8LT4 White splay, fresnel lens
F8O3GZ Gold semi-specular open F8W3G Gold diffuse F8LTB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
F8O3PR Pewter diffuse open F8W3GZ Gold semi-specular F8LT73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens
F8O3WTZ Wheat semi-specular open F8W3PR Pewter diffuse F8LTFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
F8W3WTZ Wheat semi-specular

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless
otherwise noted.
13
(33.0) Specifications
6-3/8 Max. height: 6-3/8 (16.2)
(16.2) Ceiling opening: 8-7/8 (22.5)
14-3/8
(36.5) 7-7/8 Overlap trim: 9-1/2 (24.1)
6-3/8 9-7/8 (19.7) Length: 13-1/4 (33.7) Notes
(16.2) (25.1) 1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
9-1/2 Width: 14-3/8 (36.5)
(24.1) 2 Electronic multi-volt ballat capable of operating any line
9-1/2 voltage from 120V-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
(24.1) 13-1/4 3 Not available with EL or ELR.
(33.7) 4 For additional options see www.lithonia.com.
5 Ships standard for 1-lamp operation . For 2-lamp emergency
operation, consult installation insructions or factory. Add 3”
(7.6) to width and 4-1/2” (11.4) to length.
6 Not recommended for field installation.

458 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Vertical

LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Intended Use • Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel applications
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality
spaces where open reflectors are required.
when installation from below is necessary
• Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed for
8VF
through wire applications 1-Lamp, Double Twin-Tube (DTT)
Features
• Recessed frame-in rated NON-IC for new construction or • Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness 1-Lamp, Triple-Tube (TRT)
remodel applications • Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the
• Approved for all ceiling and wiring types reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat
dissipation and extended lamp life
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical trim
retention (clips) ensures secure and flush reflector mounting Listings
to ceiling Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 8VF 26-42TRT 8B3 MVOLT
5
Series Wattage/Lamp Reflector/Color Lens type Voltage Options
8VF 18DTT Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens MVOLT3 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic dimming ballast, 120V or 277V. Minimum dimming level 5%.
26DTT Housing and reflector may CGL Clear glass lens 120 Must be wattage and voltage specific.
18TRT be ordered separately. T73 Tempered glass 277 ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific.
Lamp types and maximum prismatic lens Minimum dimming level 5%.
26-42TRT1 3474
wattages are listed for each PCL Clear polycarbonate EL Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with integral test switch6
26TRT reflector lens ELR Emergency PSDL3 DL battery pack with remote test switch6
32TRT
ELHL IOTA I-420-R high lumen output emergency battery pack. Internal test switch provided.
42TRT Maximum average lumen output 1300 (42W).7
57TRT2 ELRHL IOTA I-420-EM-B high lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch provided.
Maximum average lumen output (1300 (42w).7
GMF Single slow-blow fuse, must specify voltage
BDP Ballast disconnect plug (meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect)3
WLP 35K lamp (shipped separately)
TRW White flange anodized reflectors
RIF1 Radio interference filter

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


8B3 Black baffle 8O2 White open F8W4 White F8LS1 White splay, clear lens

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


8B3W White baffle 8O2A Clear diffuse open F8W4A Clear diffuse F8LSB1 Black baffle, clear lens
8O2AZ Clear semi-diffuse open F8W4AZ Clear semi-diffuse F8LS4 White splay, fresnel lens
8O2G Gold diffuse open F8W4G Gold diffuse F8LSTB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
8O2GZ Gold semi-diffuse F8W4GZ Gold semi-specular F8LSB73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens
8O2PR Pewter diffuse open F8W4PR Pewter diffuse F8LTFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
802WTZ Wheat semi-specular open F8W4WTZ Wheat semi-specular

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
13
(33.0) Specifications
Max. height: 12-3/8 (31.4)
12-3/8
14-3/8 (31.4) Ceiling opening: 8-7/8 (22.5)
(36.5)
Overlap trim: 9-1/2 (24.1) Notes
12-3/8 9-7/8 Length: 13-1/4 (33.7) 1 Not available with ECOS or WLP.
(31.4) (25.1)
7-7/8 Width: 14-3/8 (36.5) 2 Electronic multi-volt ballat capable of operating any line
(20.0) voltage from 120V-277V, 50 or 60Hz.
9-1/2 3 Not available with EL or ELR.
9-1/2 13-1/4 (24.1)
4 For additional options see www. lithonia.com.
(24.1) (33.7)
5 Ships standard for 1-lamp operation . For 2-lamp emergency
operation, consult installation insructions or factory. Add 3”
(7.6) to width and 4-1/2” (11.4) to length.
6 Not recommended for field installation.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 459


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Vertical
LIGHT COMMERCIAL

Intended Use • Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed for

8VH / 8VH PAR Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium- height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality spaces.
through wire applications
• Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness
Features
• Recessed frame-in rated NON-IC for new construction or • Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the
remodel applications reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior heat
dissipation and extended lamp life
• Approved for all ceiling and wiring types
Listings
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical trim Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
retention (clips) ensures secure and flush reflector mounting recessed mounting, damp location , and to U.S. and Canadian
to ceiling safety standards.
• Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel applications
when installation from below is necessary

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 8VH 100M 802A 120/277
Series Wattage/Lamp Reflector/Color Lens type Voltage
8VH / 8VH Par 8VH Protected metal halide - Title 20 Choose reflector below. (blank) No lens 120/277
50M 50W MP50/C/U Housing and reflector may be ordered CGL Clear glass lens 120
70M 70W/MP70/C/U separately. T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens 277
100M MPC MPC100/C/MED Lamp types and maximum wattages are 3472
listed for each reflector.
8VH Color-corrected metal halide1
50MPC MPC50/C/MED
70MPC MPC70/C/MED
100MPC MPC100/C/MED
8VH PAR Metal halide
70MHC 70W PAR30 or PAR38
100MHC 100W PAR38

Options3 Baffle reflector/ Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/ Color Wet lens reflector/ Color
SF Single fuse, must specify 8B3 Black baffle 8O2 White open 8W1 White wallwash 8LF1 White splay, clear lens
voltage 8B3W White baffle 8O2A Clear diffuse open 8W1A Clear diffuse wallwash 8LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens
QRS Quartz restrike system (uses 8O2AZ Clear semi-specular open 8W1AZ Clear semi-specular wallwash 8L4 White splay, fresnel lens
maximum 100W DC - base
quartz lamp)4 8O2G Gold diffuse open 8W1G Gold diffuse wallwash 8LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

QRSTD Quartz restrike system with 8O2GZ Gold semi-specular open 8W1GZ Gold semi-specular wallwash 8LF73 White splay , tempered prismatic lens
time delay. Operates like 8O2PR Pewter diffuse open 8W1PR Pewter diffuse wallwash 8LFB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
QRS, except quartz lamp 8O2WTZ Wheat semi-specular 8W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular
remains on for two minutes wallwash
after HID lamp restrikes5
WLP Lamp (shipped separately)
TRW White flange with anodized
reflectors

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
Specifications
Max. height: 12-3/8 (31.4)
12-3/8 Ceiling opening: 8-7/8 (22.5)
12-3/8 14-1/4 (31.4)
(31.4) (36.2)
Overlap trim: 9-1/2 (24.1)
Notes
Length: 16-1/4 (41.3) 1 Ceramic arc tube consistend-color lamp. Phillips
7-7/8 Width: 14-1/4 (36.2) MasterColor or GE ConstantColor.
(20.0) 2 347V ballast only available with encased and posted
9-1/2 9-1/2
(24.1) electro-magnetic ballast.
16-1/4 (24.1) 3 For additional options, see www.lithonia.com.
(41.3) 4 Not available with QRSTD.
5 Not available with QRS.

460 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION 8” Vertical

LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Intended Use • Mounting frame has cutout section for remodel
Ideal for a wide variety of low- to medium-height ceiling
applications including commercial, retail and hospitality
spaces.
applications when installation from below is necessary
• Frames equipped with galvanized junction box UL Listed
8VI
for through wire applications
Features
• Recessed frame-in rated NON-IC for new construction or • Maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness
remodel applications • Utilizes an extruded socket housing that attaches to the
• Approved for all ceiling and wiring types reflector via key hole mount, which provides superior
heat dissipation and extended lamp life
• Galvanized steel mounting frame with mechanical
trim retention (clips) ensures secure and flush reflector Listings
mounting to ceiling Fixtures are UL Listed for through-branch wiring, NON-IC
recessed mounting, damp location, and to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 8VI 802AZ


Series Reflector/Color Lens type Options
8VI Choose reflector below (blank) No lens SDT 277V stepdown transformer (277V or to 120V)
Housing and rflector may be ordered separately. CGL Clear glass lens TRW White flange with anodized reflectors
Lamp types and maximum wattages are listed for T73 Tempered glass prismatic lens
each reflector.

Baffle reflector/Color Open reflector/Color Wallwash reflector/Color Wet lens reflector/Color


8B3 Black baffle 8O2 White open 8W1 White 8LF1 White splay, clear lens
8B3W White baffle 8O2A Clear diffuse open 8W1A Clear diffuse 8LFB1 Black baffle, clear lens
8O2AZ Clear semi-specular open 8W1AZ Clear semi-specular 8L4 White splay, fresnel lens
8O2G Gold diffuse open 8W1G Gold diffuse 8LB4 Black baffle, fresnel lens
8O2GZ Gold semi-specular open 8W1GZ Gold semi-specular 8L73 White splay, tempered prismatic lens
8O2PR Pewter diffuse open 8W1PR Pewter diffuse 8LB73 Black baffle, tempered prismatic lens
802WTZ Wheat semi-specular open 8W1WTZ Wheat semi-specular

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


unless otherwise noted.
13
(33.0) Specifications
Max. height: 12-3/8 (31.4)
12-3/8
14-3/8 (31.4) Ceiling opening: 8-7/8 (22.5)
(36.5) Overlap trim: 9-1/2 (24.1)
12-3/8
(31.4) 9-7/8 Length: 13-1/4 (33.7)
(25.1)
7-7/8 Width: 14-3/8 (36.5)
(20.0)
9-1/2 9-1/2
(24.1) 13-1/4 (24.1)
(33.7)

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 461


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

Ballast/Transformer
ADALI Advance® ROVR™ electronic controllable ballast utilizing digital addressable lighting interface (DALI) protocol. Requires four-pin lamp (120V or 277V only.)
ADCF Advance electronic fluorescent ballast. Requires four-pin lamp (120V or 277V only.)
ADEZ Advance Mark X® electronic line voltage control dimming ballast. (120V or 277V; 18DTT, 26DTT, 18TRT, 26TRT, 32TRT, 42TRT or 57TRT only.) Requires four-pin lamp. Minimum dimming level 5%.
ADZT Advance Mark VII® electronic 0-10 VDC dimming ballast. (120V or 277V.) Requires four-pin lamp. Minimum dimming level 5%.
ECOS Lutron EcoSystem electronic dimming ballast, 120V - 277V. Must be wattage specific. Minimum dimming level 5%.
OSCF OSRAM SYLVANIA™ electronic fluorescent ballast. Requires four-pin lamp.
TUBCF Universal Lighting Technologies™ electronic ballast. Requires four-pin lamp.
SDT Stepdown transformer (277V to 120V; 300W max).
RIF1 Radio interference filter. Inductive capacitor circuit designed to minimize interference from feedback into line. (120V through 347V, 50 Hz or 60 Hz.)
BDP Ballast disconnect plug meets codes that require in-fixture disconnect.
DS Dual switching.
CW20 Cold-weather fluorescent ballast; -20° F starting
DMHL3 Lutron Hi-Lume® electronic 3-wire line voltage control dimming ballast. (120V or 277V; 26TRT or 32TRT only.) Minimum dimming level 1%.
2W5 Lutron Tu-Wire® electronic dimming ballast.
NEPP Interface for Sensor Swtich® nLight® network with integral power supply. Refer to TN-623-01. Not available with 347V.

Emergency
EL Emergency battery pack with integral test switch. Ships standard for one-lamp operation. For two-lamp emergency operation, consult installation instructions or factory.
ELR Emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Ships standard for one-lamp operation. For two-lamp emergency operation, consult installation instructions or factory.
ELHL IOTA I-420-R High lumen output emergency battery pack. Internal test switch provided. Maximum average lumen output is 1300 (42W).
ELRHL IOTA I-420-EM-B High lumen output emergency battery pack. Remote test switch provided. Maximum average lumen output is 1300 (42W).
ELRHL2LP Emergency battery pack with remote test switch. Operates two 26W or two 42W CFL lamps in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. Average output is 2,600 lumens for two 26W lamps;
average output is 2,800 lumens for two 42W lamps.
ELRSD Emergency battery pack with remote test swtich and self-diagnostics module. Operates one lamp in emergency mode with battery back-up in case of power disruption. Self-diagnostic module evaluates AC to DC
transfer, charging and battery condition for five minutes every 30 days and 30 minutes every six months.
BGTD Bodine GTD™ generator transfer device. Factory installed on fixture; senses loss of normal power and switches to auxiliary generator to power fixture for egress lighting.

Fusing
GMF Single, slow-blow fuse. (120V, 277V or 347V only.) For use with fluorescent fixtures only.
GLR Single, fast-blow fuse. Fluorescent only.
SF Single fuse. (120V, 277V or 347V only.)

Trim
LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING

TRW White painted flange.


TRBL Black painted flange.

Lamp
WLP Lamp (shipped separately).
LPSP Spot lamp (shipped separately).
LPFL Flood lamp (shipped separately).

Miscellaneous
CP Chicago plenum.

Accessories
CTE6 Use when ceiling thickness is greater than 1”–1-1/2”. Maximum thickness 2”. For use with 6” vertical reflectors only.
CTE8 Use when ceiling thickness is greater than 1”–1-1/2”. Maximum thickness 2”. For use with 8” vertical reflectors only.
SCA Sloped ceiling adapter. Compatible with 8” and 6” commercial fixtures. Available in 5° increments, 10° to 30°. White only. See chart for fixture compatibility. Ex: SCA6 15D
CTR6 8-3/4” O.D. Use with F6 and 6 Series trims. Compatible with all 7-5/8” flanged trims only.

462 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 462 2/26/14 1:49 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Options

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


OPTIONS COMPATIBILITY

■ Available LF8N/8HF LF8N /8HF LF8N/8HF LF6N /6HF LF6N/6HF LP8HN/8VH


RT5D LP8FN/8VF LP6FN/6VF LP6HN/6VH LP8N/8VI LP6N/6VI
(blank) Not available 1/TRT 2/TRT 2/DTT 1/TRT 2/DTT

Options - Must be ordered with housing or frame-in.


ADALI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ADCF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ADEZ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ADZT ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ECOS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

BALLAST/ OSCF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
TRANSFORMER TUBCF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SDT ■ ■
RIF1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BDP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
DS ■ ■ ■
CW20 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
DMHL3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2W5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NEPP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
EL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ELR ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ELHL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
EMERGENCY
ELRHL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ELRHL2LP ■ ■ ■
ELRSD ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BGTD ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
GMF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
FUSING
GLR ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SF ■ ■
TRW ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
TRIM
TRBL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

LITHONIA LIGHTING | COMMERCIAL DOWNLIGHTING


WLP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

LAMP
LPSP ■ ■
LPFL ■ ■
MISCELLANEOUS CP ■
Accessories - Must be ordered separately.
CEILING CTE6 ■ ■ ■
THICKNESS
EXTENDER
CTE8 ■ ■ ■

SLOPED CEILING SCA6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■


ADAPTOR
SCA8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
OVERSIZED TRIM CTR6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RING

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 463

Lithonia_Commercial_Downlighting_ Section.indd 463 2/26/14 1:49 AM


LITHONIA LIGHTING® RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING
Lithonia Lighting offers a complete line of residential downlighting products to meet the varying needs of our customers.
The residential recessed line offers products with 4”, 5” and 6” apertures with LED, incandescent, low voltage and
compact fluorescent sources.

Our housings and LED modules are designed to provide the easiest installation in the industry for new construction and
retrofit applications at an economical price. The full reflector design of our trims maximizes lamp position and provides an
exceptional overall appearance.

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 464 2/26/14 3:22 AM


467 CONTENTS
LED MODULES
LED Overview ..........................................................................................................466
4" LED P Series .......................................................................................................467
4" LED Gimbal Series ..............................................................................................467
5" LED P Series .......................................................................................................468
5" LED Gimbal Series ..............................................................................................468
6" LED P Series .......................................................................................................469
6" LED Gimbal Series ..............................................................................................469
469
99
LED & INCANDESCENT
4” IC/NON-IC Housings & Trims .............................................................................470
5” IC Housings & Trims ...........................................................................................471
6” IC/NON-IC Housings & Trims .....................................................................472, 474
6” IC Shallow Housings & Trims......................................................................473, 475

COMPACT FLUORESCENT
6” IC High-Wattage/Sloped-Ceiling Housings & Trims............................................476
6” IC/NON-IC Housings & Trims .............................................................................477

LOW VOLTAGE
470
4" NON-IC Housings & Trims ..................................................................................478
4” IC Housings & Trims ...........................................................................................479

STEPLIGHTS

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Wet Location ............................................................................................................480
Damp Location .........................................................................................................480

LAYOUT GUIDE ....................................................................................................481

472

474

480

465

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 465 2/26/14 3:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED OVERVIEW
LED MODULES

LITHONIA
LIGHTING LED
Lithonia Lighting® is not only leading, but driving the
change in the lighting industry today. Our LED downlights
reflect innovative concepts that stir the imagination while
satisfying the needs of the marketplace for practical,
Ideal for LED P Series
reliable solutions.

Our comprehensive portfolio of LED downlighting fixtures expands the possibilities of what you can achieve. By
design, each Lithonia Lighting LED luminaire delivers
high performance, critical energy savings, reduced labor requirements and a better quality of light. Our solid-
state technologies also support sustainability initiatives and offer more control than ever before.

As North America’s leading lighting equipment manufacturer,


Compare Lamp Life, Energy Savings & Brightness
Lithonia Lighting has successfully advanced LED technology. Lamp Life* Energy Savings* Brightness*

We integrated our LED luminaires with robust digital controls


to create smart and simple lighting solutions. *Varies by wattage. See packaging for specific product information. Brightness based on delivered lumens of specified wattage.

Fluorescent
One Lamp 6” Two Lamp 6”
Lamp Typical Luminaire Lamp Typical Luminaire
Double Twin Tube LL Downlighting LED Solution Double Twin Tube LL Downlighting LED Solution
Wattage Delivered Lumens1 Wattage Delivered Lumens1
26W 990 P Series 6” HL 1000L
(2) DTTs 13W 1000 P Series 6” HL 1000L
(1) DTT 18W 690 P Series 4", 5" and 6" & LED Gimbals 5" and 6"
13W 500 LED Gimbals 4"
Halogen PARs
LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING

One Lamp 6” Halogen


Lamp Typical Luminaire Lamp Typical Luminaire
Triple Tube LL Downlighting LED Solution Lamps LL Downlighting LED Solution
Wattage Delivered Lumens1 Wattage Delivered Lumens3
26W 990 P Series 6” HL 1000L
PAR38 70W 1070 P Series 6” HL 1000L
(1) TRT 18W 660 P Series 4", 5" and 6" & LED Gimbals 5" and 6"
60W 890 P Series 6” HL 1000L
13W 500 LED Gimbals 4"
50W 680 P Series 4", 5" and 6" & LED Gimbals 5" and 6"

PAR30 50W 700 P Series 4", 5" and 6" & LED Gimbals 5" and 6"
Incandescent 45W 530 LED Gimbals 4"
Incandescent
Lamp Typical Luminaire
Lamps LL Downlighting LED Solution
Wattage Delivered Lumens2
A-Lamp 100W 1110 P Series 6” HL 1000L
Std Frost 60W 410 LED Gimbals 4"

BR30 65W 600 P Series 4", 5" and 6" & LED Gimbals 5" and 6"

Notes
1 CFL downlights have efficiency range of 45%-75%. A 0.55 multiplier was used representing the
average.
2 Incandescent downlights have efficiency range of 62%-68%. A 0.65 multiplier was used
representing the average for A-lamp and used a 0.80 multiplier for BR30.
3 Halogen PAR dowlights have efficiency range of 70%-95%. A 0.85 multiplier was used
representing the average.

466 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 466 2/26/14 3:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 4" LED P Series

LED MODULES
Intended Use t Features Zero Inrush allowing power loads to be calculated
P Series 4" LED modules are used to light large areas evenly
with normal ceiling heights in cost sensitive applications.
with actual rated wattages (patent pending)
t Friction clip mounting allowing LED modules to retrofit into
4" BAFFLE
These modules are the most economical means to create a
well lit environment with exceptional energy efficiency and existing 4" housings with E26 adapter and splice kit included LED Module
near zero maintenance. Retrofits into most existing recessed for easy installation
downlighting installations or new construction applications. t Use with L3LED T24 new construction or L3RLED T24
Features remodel air-tight LED housings
t Ideal replacement for 65W BR30 incandescent lamp Listings
t Matte white aluminum spun reflector with deep baffle CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. ENERGY
configuration for reduced glare STAR® qualified; California T24 compliant; and Certified ASTM
E283 Air-Tight Housings. Wet location listed for indoor use only.
t Provides instant-on and Center 2 Edge™ dimming like
traditional sources; dimming down to 10%

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 4BPMW LED L3LED T24
Series/reflector Finish Lamp/lumens Color temperature Voltage Options1 (see page 470 for housing specifications)
4BP 4" baffle LED module MW Matte white LED 620 lumens (blank) 3000K (blank) 120V L3LED T24 New construction rough-in LED base2
L3RLED T24 Remodel rough-in LED base2
L3 New construction rough-in3
L3R Remodel rough-in3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


2 LED module ships less E26 adaptor and
Notes hardwire kit.
1 See page 470 for housing specifications. 3 Must be ordered on a separate line.

PRODUCT INFORMATION 4" LED Gimbal Series

Intended Use t Dims like traditional sources; dimming down to 10%


The adjustable 4" LED Gimbal downlighting modules are
intended for sloped ceiling applications, grazing textured
surfaces, wall washing, and highlighting artwork or other
t Friction clip mounting allowing LED modules to retrofit into
existing 4" housings with E26 adapter and splice kit included
4" GIMBAL
architectural features. Retrofits into most existing recessed for easy installation LED Module
downlighting installations or new construction applications. t Use with L3LED T24 new construction or L3RLED T24 remodel
Features air-tight LED housings
t Ideal replacement for 50W incandescent general purpose

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Listings
flood lamp CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. ENERGY
t Spun steel gimbal reflectors with 180° of rotation and at STAR® qualified; California T24 compliant; and Certified ASTM
least 35° of adjustable tilt in both directions E283 Air-Tight Housings. Damp location rated.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 4G1MW LED L3LED T24
1
Series/reflector Finish Lamp/lumens Color temperature Voltage Options (see page 470 for housing specifications)
4G1 4" gimbal LED MW Matte white LED 435 lumens (blank) 3000K (blank) 120V L3LED T24 New construction rough-in LED base2
module MB Matte black L3RLED T24 Remodel rough-in LED base2
ORB Oil-rubbed bronze L3 New construction rough-in3
BN Brushed nickel L3R Remodel rough-in3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


2 LED module ships less E26 adaptor and
Notes hardwire kit.
1 See page 470 for housing specifications. 3 Must be ordered on a separate line.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 467

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 467 2/26/14 3:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 5" LED P Series
LED MODULES

Intended Use t Features Zero Inrush allowing power loads to be calculated

5" BAFFLE P Series 5" LED modules are used to light large areas evenly
with normal ceiling heights in cost sensitive applications.
These modules are the most economical means to create a
with actual rated wattages (patent pending)
t Universal fit - friction clip or torsion - mounting allowing
LED Module well lit environment with exceptional energy efficiency and LED modules to retrofit into existing 5" housings with E26
near zero maintenance. Retrofits into most existing recessed adapter and splice kit included for easy installation
downlighting installations or new construction and remodel t Use with L5LED T24 new construction or L5RLED T24 remodel
applications. air-tight LED housings
Features Listings
t Ideal replacement for 65W BR30 incandescent lamp CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. ENERGY
t Matte white aluminum spun reflector with deep baffle STAR® qualified; California T24 compliant; and Certified ASTM
configuration for reduced glare E283 Air-Tight Housings. Wet location listed for indoor use only.

t Provides instant-on and Center 2 Edge™ dimming like


traditional sources; dimming down to 10%

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 5BPMW LED L5LED T24
1
Options (see page 471 for housing Accessories: Order as separate
Series/reflector Finish Lamp/lumens Color temperature Voltage specifications) catalog number

5BP 5" baffle LED module MW Matte white LED 620 lumens (blank) 3000K (blank) 120V L5LED T24 New construction rough-in TSA5 Makes non-bracket
LED base2 housing compatible with
L5RLED T24 Remodel rough-in LED base2 the LED module; ships as
unit, J6 or J25
L5 New construction rough-in3
L5R Remodel rough-in3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

2 LED module ships less E26 adaptor and


Notes hardwire kit.
1 See page 471 for housing specifications. 3 Must be ordered on a separate line.

PRODUCT INFORMATION 5" LED Gimbal Series

5" GIMBAL t Dims like traditional sources; dimming down to 10%


Intended Use
The adjustable 5" LED Gimbal downlighting modules are
intended for sloped ceiling applications, grazing textured t Friction clip mounting allowing LED modules to retrofit into
existing 5" housings with E26 adapter and splice kit included
LED Module surfaces, wall washing, and highlighting artwork or other
for easy installation
architectural features. Retrofits into most existing recessed
downlighting installations or new construction applications. t Use with L5LED T24 new construction or L5RLED T24 remodel
Features air-tight LED housings
LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING

t Ideal replacement for 65W BR30 incandescent general Listings


purpose flood lamp CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. ENERGY
t Spun steel gimbal reflectors with 180° of rotation and at STAR® qualified; California T24 compliant; and Certified ASTM
least 35° of adjustable tilt in both directions E283 Air-Tight Housings.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 5G1BN LED L5LED T24
1
Options (see page 471 for housing Accessories: Order as separate
Series/reflector Finish Lamp/lumens Color temperature Voltage specifications) catalog number
5G1 5" gimbal LED MW Matte white LED 600 lumens (blank) 3000K (blank) 120V L5LED T24 New construction rough-in TSA5 Makes non-bracket
module MB Matte black LED base2 housing compatible with
L5RLED T24 Remodel rough-in LED base2 the LED module; ships as
ORB Oil-rubbed bronze unit, J6 or J25
BN Brushed nickel L5 New construction rough-in3
L5R Remodel rough-in3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


2 LED module ships less E26 adaptor and
Notes hardwire kit.
1 See page 471 for housing specifications. 3 Must be ordered on a separate line.

468 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 468 2/26/14 3:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6" LED P Series

LED MODULES
Intended Use t Features Zero Inrush allowing power loads to be calculated
P Series 6" LED modules are used to light large areas evenly
with normal ceiling heights in cost sensitive applications.
with actual rated wattages (patent pending)
t Universal fit - friction clip or torsion - mounting allowing
6" BAFFLE
These modules are the most economical means to create a
well lit environment with exceptional energy efficiency and LED modules to retrofit into existing 6" housings with E26 LED Module
near zero maintenance. Retrofits into most existing recessed adapter and splice kit included for easy installation
downlighting installations or new construction applications. t Use with L7XLED T24 and LC6LED T24 new construction or
Features L7XRLED T24 remodel air-tight LED housings
t Matte white aluminum die-cast reflector with deep baffle Listings
configuration for reduced glare CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. ENERGY
t Provides instant-on and Center 2 Edge™ dimming like STAR® qualified; California T24 compliant; and Certified ASTM
traditional sources; dimming down to 10% E283 Air-Tight Housings. Wet location listed for indoor use only.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 6BPMW LED L7XLED T24
Accessories: Order as
Color separate
1
Series/reflector Finish Lamp/lumens temperature Voltage Options (see page 472-475 for housing specifications) catalog number
6BP 6" baffle LED MW Matte white LED 620 lumens (blank) 3000K (blank) 120V L7XLED T24 New construction LC6 New construction TSA6 Makes non-
module HL LED 950 lumens rough-in LED base2 rough-in3 bracket housing
L7XRLED T24 Remodel rough-in LCP New construction compatible with
LED base2 rough-in3 the LED module;
ships as unit, J6
LC6LED T24 New construction L7XP New construction or J25
rough-in LED base2 shallow rough-in3
FL2LED Makes L7XF
L7X New construction L7XPR Remodel shallow housings
rough-in3 rough-in3 compatible with
L7XR Remodel rough-in3 the LED module
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com
2 LED module ships less E26 adaptor and
Notes hardwire kit.
1 See page 472-475 for housing specifications. 3 Must be ordered on a separate line.

PRODUCT INFORMATION 6" LED Gimbal Series

Intended Use t Spun steel gimbal reflectors with 180° of rotation and
The adjustable 6" LED Gimbal downlighting modules are
intended for sloped ceiling applications, grazing textured
surfaces, wall washing, and highlighting artwork or other
at least 35° of adjustable tilt in both directions
t Dims like traditional sources; dimming down to 10%
6" GIMBAL
architectural features. Retrofits into most existing recessed
LED Module
t Torsion spring mounting allowing LED modules to retrofit
downlighting installations or new construction and into existing 6" housings with E26 adapter and splice kit
remodel applications. included for easy installation

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Features t Use with L7XLED T24 and LC6LED T24 new construction or
t Ideal replacement for 65W BR30 incandescent general L7XRLED T24 remodel air-tight LED housings
purpose flood lamp
Listings
CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. ENERGY
STAR® qualified; California T24 compliant; and Certified ASTM
E283 Air-Tight Housings. Damp location rated.
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 6G1BN LED L7XLED T24
Color Accessories: Order as
Series/reflector Finish Lamp/lumens temperature Voltage Options1 (see page 472-475 for housing specifications) separate catalog number
6G1 6" gimbal LED MW Matte white LED 620 (blank) 3000K (blank) 120V L7XLED T24 New construction L7X New construction TSA6 Makes non-bracket
module MB Matte black lumens rough-in LED base2 rough-in3 housing compatible
L7XRLED T24 Remodel rough-in L7XR Remodel with the LED module;
ORB Oil-rubbed bronze ships as unit, J6 or J25
LED base2 rough-in3
BN Brushed nickel FL2LED Makes L7XF housings
LC6LED T24 New construction LC6 New construction
rough-in LED base2 rough-in3 compatible with the
LED module

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


2 LED module ships less E26 adaptor and
Notes hardwire kit.
1 See page 472-475 for housing specifications. 3 Must be ordered on a separate line.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 469

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 469 2/26/14 3:22 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 4" IC/NON-IC Housings & Trims
LED & INCANDESCENT

Intended Use • Retaining clips are riveted to top of reflector to hold trim

L3/L3R Recessed incandescent housings for 2x8 and 2x6 new


construction (L3 and L3LED T24) or remodel (L3R and L3RLED
inside housing
• Two side-mounted torsion springs on the trim and two

L3LED T24/ T24) applications. Approved for direct burial in insulation and
all ceiling and wiring types. receiving brackets in the can ensure a tight fit

L3RLED T24 Features


• Recessed housing rated IC/NON-IC for new construction or
remodel applications
• Suitable for ceilings up to 1 - 1/2" thick
• 120V applications
• Compatible with Acculamp™ LED lamps; see pages
• L3 and L3LED T24: Air-tight, galvanized steel pan with 1044-1049 for options
aluminum can and junction box
Listings
• L3R and L3RLED T24: Air-tight, aluminum housing with UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
heavy-gauge galvanized steel raceway arm utilizing
L3LED T24 remodel clips for installation in plaster, sheetrock or
mechanical ceilings
L3R

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: L3 3B1


Series Reflector Options
L3 New construction rough-in Choose reflector below. PHC Poke-home wire connectors
L3R Remodel rough-in Housing and reflector GSKT Foam gasketing aids in air-tight installation
may be ordered
L3LED T24 New construction rough-in LED base (see p. 467 for 4" LED module options) separately.
L3RLED T24 Remodel rough-in LED base (see p. 467 for 4" LED module options)

IC/NON-IC Rated Full Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. WETlite™ is wet location listed. Lamp types and maximum wattages are listed for each reflector. White flange standard, except as noted.

Open narrow flange Shallow baffle Deep baffle Adjustable eyeball


301 White 3B1 Black, white flange 3B2 Black, 25° Vertical tilt
301MW Matte white 3B1 TRMW Black, matte white flange white flange 3E1 White
301A Clear diffuse, white plastic flange 3-1/2" 3B1W White 3B2W White, white 3-1/2" 3E1MW Matte white 2-5/8"
3-1/2"
4-7/ 8" 4-7/ 8"
flange 4-7/ 8" 3-1/2"
301AZ Clear specular, white plastic flange 3B1MW Matte white 3E1BN Brushed nickel1 4-7/8"

3O1A PFMW Clear diffuse, matte white plastic flange 3B1BN Brushed nickel1 3E1ORB Oil-rubbed
301BN Brushed nickel1 3B1ORB Oil-rubbed bronze1 bronze1
3010RB Oil-rubbed bronze1 IC
30 R20
IC 35 PAR20 IC NON-IC IC
35 PAR20 NON-IC 50 R20 (white only) NON-IC 30 R20 (white only) 50 PAR20 (black only) 50 R20
30 R30 50 PAR20 50 PAR20 (white only) 50 PAR20 35 PAR20 (white only) 50 R20 (black only) 50 PAR20

Wallwash Pinhole WETlite™


3W1 White 3S1 White 3H2O White
3H2OMW Matte white
1-1/2" 2" 3H2OBN Brushed nickel1 4"
5-1/4"
LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING

4-7/8" 4-7/8"
3H2OORB Oil-rubbed bronze1

NON-IC IC
50 R20 IC NON-IC 75PAR30
50 PAR20 35 PAR20 50 PAR20 (Outdoor rated; lamp included)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
ORDER SEPARATELY mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
CTR3 4" goof ring, white
ATK3 4" air-tight trim kit
12-1/4
(31.1)

13-1/4
(33.7)
5-1/4
(13.3)
5-1/4 5-3/4
(13.3) 4-1/2 (14.6)
(11.4) 4
(10.2) 10-1/8
4 4-1/2 (25.7)
(10.2) 4 (11.4)
(10.2) Notes
L3R 1 Flange matches trim finish.
L3

470 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION 5" IC Housings & Trims

LED & INCANDESCENT


Intended Use • Retaining clips are riveted to top of reflector to hold trim
Recessed incandescent housings for 2x8 new construction
(L5 and L5LED T24) or remodel (L5R and L5RLED T24)
inside housing
L5/L5R
L5LED T24/
applications. Approved for direct burial in insulation and all • Two side-mounted torsion springs on the trim and two
ceiling and wiring types. receiving brackets in the can ensure a tight fit

Features
• Recessed housing rated IC for new construction and remodel
applications
• Suitable for ceilings up to 1-1/2" thick
• 120V applications L5RLED T24
• Compatible with Acculamp™ LED lamps; see pages 1044-
• L5 and L5LED T24: Air-tight, galvanized steel pan with 1049 for options
aluminum can and junction box
Listings
• L5R and L5RLED T24: Includes heavy-gauge galvanized UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
steel raceway arm utilizing remodel clips for installation in
plaster, sheetrock or mechanical ceilings L5LED T24

L5R

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: L5 5B2W TOR


Series Reflector Options
L5 New construction rough-in Choose reflector below. Torsion PHC Poke-home wire connectors
L5R Remodel rough-in springs will be deignated with a TOR GSKT Foam gasketing aids in air-tight installation
in the nomenclature. Riveted clips
L5LED T24 New construction rough-in LED base (see p. 468 for 5" LED module options) will have no designator.Housing and
L5RLED T24 Remodel rough-in LED base (see p. 468 for 5" LED module options) reflector may be ordered separately.

IC Rated Full Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. Lensed and WETlite™ reflectors are wet location listed. These IC trims also can be used in NON-IC applications when using lamps and wattages listed below.
White flange standard, except as noted.

Open wide flange Open narrow flange Shallow baffle Deep baffle Adjustable eyeball
501 White 502 TOR White 5B1 Black, 5B2 TOR Black, white 25° Vertical tilt
502MW TOR Matte white white flange 5E1 White
flange 5-1/2" 5B2 TRMW TOR Black, matte
4-3/4" 502A Clear diffuse, white 5-1/2" 5-1/2" 5E1MW Matte 3-7/8"
6-3/8"
plastic flange 6-3/8" 5B1W White 6-3/8" white flange 6-3/8" white 6-3/8"

502A PFMW Clear diffuse, matte 5B2W TOR White 5E1BN Brushed
white plastic flange 5B2MW TOR Matte white nickel1
502AZ Clear specular, white flange 5B2BN TOR Brushed nickel1 5E1ORB Oil-rubbed bronze1
502BN Brushed nickel1 5B2ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze1
502ORB Oil-rubbed bronze1
IC IC
IC IC IC 50 R20 50 R20
50 R20 50 R20 50 R20 65 BR30 65 BR30
65 BR40 65 BR40 50 PAR20 50 PAR30 NON-IC 50 PAR20
75 PAR30 75 PAR30 (short neck) 75 PAR30 (short neck) 60 PAR38 50 PAR20 75 PAR30 (long neck)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Adjustable gimbal Polycarbonate lens WETlite™
5G1TOR White 5LD1 Drop opal 5H2O TOR White
5G1MW TOR Matte white 7/8
5H2OMW TOR Matte white
6-5/16
5"
6-3/8"
5H2OBN TOR Brushed nickel1 5-1/2"
3-5/16
5H2OORB TOR Oil-rubbed 6-3/4"

bronze1

IC /NON-IC IC
75 PAR30 IC 75 PAR38 (Outdoor rated; lamp included)
(short or long neck) 40 A19 75 PAR30 (Outdoor rated)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
ORDER SEPARATELY unless otherwise noted.
CTR5 5" goof ring, white
ATK5 5" air-tight trim kit
5-1/4
7-1/2 6-1/4 (13.3) 5-3/4
(19.1) (15.9) (14.6)

13-3/8 5-3/8 11-1/2


5-1/2 (34.0) (13.7)
5-1/2 (14.0) (29.2) Notes
(14.0) 6-1/8 1 Flange matches trim finish.
12-7/8 (15.6)
(32.7)
L5 L5R

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 471


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6" IC/NON-IC Housings & Trims
LED & INCANDESCENT

Intended Use • Retaining clips are riveted to top of reflector to hold trim

L7X/L7XR Recessed incandescent housings for 2x8 new construction


(L7X and L7XLED T24) or remodel (L7XR and L7XRLED T24)
inside housing

L7XLED T24/ applications. Approved for direct burial in insulation and all
ceiling and wiring types.
• Two side-mounted torsion springs on the trim and two
receiving brackets in the can ensure a tight fit

L7XRLED T24 Features


• Recessed housing rated IC/NON-IC for new construction or
remodel applications
• Suitable for ceilings up to 1-1/2" thick
• 120V applications
• Compatible with Acculamp™ LED lamps; see pages
• L7X and L7XLED T24: Air-tight, galvanized steel pan with 1044-1049 for options
aluminum can and junction box
Listings
• L7XR and L7XRLED T24: Air-tight, aluminum housing UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
L7X with heavy-gauge galvanized steel raceway arm
L7X utilizing remodel clips for installation in plaster,
L7XRLED T24 sheetrock or mechanical ceilings

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: L7X 7B2W TOR


Series Reflector Options
L7X New construction rough-in Choose reflector below. Torsion springs PHC Poke-home wire connectors
L7XR Remodel rough-in will be designated with a TOR in the GSKT Foam gasketing aids in airtight installation
nomenclature. Riveted clips will have no
L7XLED T24 New construction rough-in LED base (see p. 469 for 6" LED module options) designation. Housing and reflector may
L7XRLED T24 Remodel rough-in LED base (see p. 469 for 6" LED module options) be ordered separately.2

IC/NON-IC Rated Full Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. Lensed reflectors are wet location listed. Lamp type and maximum wattages are listed for each trim. White flange standard, except as noted.

Open wide Open top shallow wide


flange Open narrow flange Open deep narrow flange flange - economy Baffle narrow flange Baffle deep narrow flange
703 TOR White 702 TOR White 705 White 7X1 MW TOR Matte white 7B2 TOR Black, white flange 7B5 Black, white flange
702 PF White, white plastic flange open top 7B2 TRMW TOR Black, matte white
705 PF White, white plastic flange 7B5 TRMW TOR Black, matte white
flange flange
702MW TOR Matte white 705MW TOR Matte white
7B2MW TOR Matte white 7B5W PF White, white plastic
702BN TOR Brushed 705A Clear diffuse,
5-3/4"
nickel1 5-3/4" white plastic 7B2W TOR White flange
7-5/8" 7-5/8"
702ORB TOR Oil-rubbed flange 5-3/4"
4-1/4
7B2W PF TOR White, 7B5W White
7-9/16
bronze1 705AZ Clear 7-5/8" white 7B5MW TOR Matte
specular, plastic white
702A R24 Clear diffuse, white plastic flange white plastic flange 5-3/4"
5-5/8"
flange 7-5/8" 7-5/8"
702AZ Clear specular, white plastic flange
7B2BN TOR Brushed
702A PFMW TOR Clear diffuse, matte white plastic nickel1
flange
7B2ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze1

IC IC NON-IC IC IC NON-IC
75 PAR30 65 BR30 120 PAR38 75 PAR30 (short neck) 65 BR30 120 BR40
65 BR30 75 PAR30 120 BR40 65 BR30 75 PAR30 120 PAR38

Baffle wide Baffle open top shallow Eyelid Shielded Shielded Polycarbonate
LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING

flange wide flange - economy wallwash Eyeball wallwash pinhole lens WETlite™ Glass lens
7B3 TOR Black, 7XB1MW TOR Matte white 7W1 White 25° Vertical tilt 7W1 White CS1 White 7LD1 Drop opal1 6H2O TOR White 6LD3 Drop opal
white baffle open 7W1MW Matte 7E1 TOR White 7W1MW Matte 6H2OBN TOR Brushed 6LF3 Flat white
flange top white white nickel1
7E1MW TOR Matte 4-7/8" 6L4 Fresnel 5-5/8"
7B3W TOR White white 7-5/8" 2-1/4" 6H2OORB TOR Oil- 7-5/8"
7-5/8" 6LDB3 Drop opal baffle
7E1BN TOR Brushed 5-5/8" rubbed
7-5/8" bronze1 6LFB3 Flat white baffle
nickel1
6-5/8" 6LB4 Fresnel baffle
4-5/8 5-3/4" 7-3/4"
7-3/4 7-5/8" 7E1ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze1
5"
7-5/8"

IC
IC IC IC 40 A19 IC
75 PAR30 75 PAR30 (short neck) IC 65 BR30 IC 50 R20 IC 75 PAR30 6-1/8" IC
65 BR30 65 BR30 40 A19 75 PAR30 40 A19 50 PAR20 40 A19 75 PAR38 7-5/8" 75 A19

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY 7-7/8
CTR6 6" goof ring, white 7-1/2 5-3/4
(19.1) (20.0)
7-1/2 (14.6)
ATK6 6" air-tight trim kit 13-3/8 (19.1)
(34.0) Notes
Drawings are for dimensional detail only 6-7/8 6-7/8 12-1/4 1 Flange matches trim finish.
and may not represent actual mechanical (17.5) 6-1/2 (31.1)
(17.5) (16.5) 2 6 and C series trims also compatible
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches trim options.
15 7-1/4
(centimeters) unless otherwise noted. (38.1) (18.4)
L7X L7XR

472 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6" IC Shallow Housings & Trims

LED & INCANDESCENT


Intended Use • Retaining clips are riveted to top of reflector to hold trim
Recessed incandescent housing for 2x6 new construction (L7XP)
or remodel construction (L7XPR). Approved for direct burial in
inside housing
L7XP
insulation and all ceiling and wiring types.
Features
• L7XP: Air-tight, galvanized steel pan with aluminum can
• Two side-mounted torsion springs on the trim and two
receiving brackets in the can ensure a tight fit
• Suitable for ceilings up to 1-1/2" thick
L7XPR
and junction box • 120V applications
• L7XPR: Air-tight aluminum housing with heavy-gauge • Compatible with Acculamp™ LED lamps; see page 1044-1049
galvanized steel raceway arm utilizing remodel clips for for options L7XP
installation in plaster, sheetrock or mechanical ceilings
Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

L7XPR

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: L7XP 7X1MW TOR


Series Reflector Options
L7XP Choose reflector below. Torsion springs PHC Poke-home wire connectors
L7XPR will be designated with a TOR in the GSKT Foam gasketing aids in air-tight installation
nomenclature. Riveted clips will have no
designation. Housing and reflector may
be ordered separately.

IC/NON-IC Rated Full Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. Lensed reflectors are wet location listed. Lamp type and maximum wattages are listed for each trim. White flange standard, except as noted.
Open top shallow wide Baffle narrow Baffle open top shallow
Open wide flange flange-economy flange Baffle wide flange wide flange - economy Eyelid wallwash Eyeball
CO1 White 7X1MW TOR Matte white 7B0W White CB1 Black, white flange 7XB1MW TOR Matte white 7W1 White 25° Vertical tilt
open top 7BOW TOR White baffle open 7W1MW Matte white 7E1 TOR White
CO1 TOR White CB1 TOR Black, white flange top
CO1BN TOR Brushed 4-1/4" CB1W White 7E1MW TOR Matte white
nickel1 7-3/4" CB1W TOR White 7E1BN TOR Brushed nickel1
CO1ORB TOR Oil-rubbed 7E1ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze1
bronze1 4-1/4 5-3/4" 5-3/4"
7-9/16 4-5/8
7-5/8" 7-5/8"
7-3/4

4-5/8"
7-3/4" 4-7/8"
7-5/8"
IC IC
60 A19 IC IC 40 A19 IC IC
65 BR30 75 PAR30 (short neck) 65 BR30 65 BR30 75 PAR30 (short neck) IC 65 BR30
75 Par30 65 BR30 75 PAR30 75 PAR30 65 BR30 40 A19 75 PAAR30

Eyeball, adjustable Regressed eyeball Wet location lens Wet location lens
40° Vertical tilt 25° Vertical tilt CLF1 PF Opal lens, white plastic flange CLD1 PF Opal lens, white plastic

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


CE1 White CLF2 PF Prismatic lens, white plastic flange flange
7RE1 White
CLF1 Opal lens, white flange CLD1 Opal lens, white flange
4-7/8" 5-5/8" 5-5/8"
5-7/8" 7-5/8" CLF2 Prismatic lens, white flange
7-5/8" 7-5/8" 7-5/8"

IC IC
65 BR30 65 BR30 IC /NON-IC IC /NON-IC
75 PAR30 75 PAR30 40 A19 40 A19

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent
ORDER SEPARATELY actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches
(centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
CTR6 6" goof ring, white
ATK6 6" air-tight trim kit

7-7/8
(20.0) 5-3/4
4-7/8 5-3/4
(12.4) 13-7/8 (14.6) (14.6)
(35.2)
Notes
6-7/8 6-7/8 6-3/4 12-3/8 1 Flange matches trim finish.
(17.5) (17.5) (17.1) (31.4)
15 7-1/4
(38.1) (18.4)
L7XP L7XPR

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 473


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6" IC/NON-IC Housings & Trims
LED & INCANDESCENT

t No significant ferrous materials contained in fixture

LC6
Intended Use
Recessed incandescent housing for 2x8 new construction rated
IC/NON-IC. LC6 and LC6LED are approved for direct burial in t Retaining clips are riveted to top of reflector to hold trim

LC6LED T24 insulation and LC6 MRI is approved for all ceiling types except
air-handling plenums and is not for pulling wires.
inside housing
t Two side-mounted torsion springs on the trim and two

LC6 MRI Features


t Recessed housing rated IC/NON-IC for new constrution or
remodel applications
receiving brackets in the can ensure a tight fit
t Suitable for ceilings up to 1-1/2" thick
t 120V applications
t LC6 and LC6LED: Air-tight, aluminum housing with
engineering-grade thermoplastic frame, j-box with 4 t Compatible with Acculamp™ LED lamps; see pages 1044-
ROMEX® clamps and ground wire 1049 for options
LC6LED T24
t LC6 MRI: Airtight, aluminum housing with engineering- Listings
grade thermoplastic frame, j-box with 4 ROMEX® clamps UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
LC6 MRI and ground wire Featuring

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LC6 MRI 601 TOR
Series Reflector
LC6 New construction rough-in Choose reflector below. Torsion springs will be designated with a TOR in the
LC6LED T24 New construction rough-in LED base (see p. 469 for 6" LED module options) nomenclature. Riveted clips will have no designation. Housing and reflector
LC6 MRI Non-ferrous rough-in may be ordered separately.1

IC/NON-IC Rated Full Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. Lensed reflectors are wet location listed. Lamp type and maximum wattages are listed for each reflector. White flange standard, except as noted.
Shallow open, Open top shallow Baffle open top shallow Baffle narrow
Open wide flange Deep open, narrow flange narrow flange flange - economy wide flange - economy Baffle wide flange flange
601 White 602 White 603AZ Clear specular3 7X1MW TOR Matte white 7XB1MW Matte white 6B1 Black, white 6B2 Black, white
601 TOR White 602 TOR White open top TOR baffle open flange flange
top 6B1 TOR Black, white 6B2W White
601BN TOR Brushed nickel2 602A TOR Clear diffuse3 4-5/8"
5-3/4" flange 7-5/8"
601ORB TOR Oil-rubbed 7-5/8" (White)
602AZ TOR Clear specular3 8" (Others) 6B1W White
6-3/8"
bronze2
602BN TOR Brushed nickel2,3 7-5/8"
4-1/4 6B1W TOR White
4-5/8
2,3 5-1/2"
602ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze 7-9/16 7-3/4 6B1BN TOR Black baffle/brushed nickel 7-5/8"

5" NON-IC IC flange2 NON-IC


IC 7-5/8" NON-IC 100 A19 IC IC 100 A19
40 A19
65 BR30 100 A19, 120 BR40 IC 150 PAR38 75 PAR30 (short neck) 75 PAR30 (short neck) 65 BR30 150 PAR38
75 PAR30 150 PAR38 65 BR40 120 BR40 65 BR30 65 BR30 75 PAR30 120 BR40

Baffle narrow Clear diffused upper Clear diffused upper Adjustable baffle Regressed, adjustable
Baffle narrow flange flange reflector, baffle reflector, cone Eyeball eyeball eyeball
7B2 TOR Black, white flange 6B4 Black, white 6B3 Black, white 6C3AZ Clear 25 ° vertical tilt 40° vertical tilt 40° vertical tilt
7B2 TRMW TOR Black, matte white flange flange flange specular3 7E1 TOR White 6E2 White/black baffle 6RE1 White/black baffle trim
7B2W PF TOR White, white plastic flange 6B4W White 6B3W White, white 6C3BLZ Black 7E1MW TOR Matte white 6RE1W White/white baffle trim
flange specular3
7B2MW TOR Matte white 7E1ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze2
LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING

7B2W TOR White 7E1BN TOR Brushed


5-7/8"
7B2ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze2 5-5/8" nickel2 7-5/8"
5-3/4" 7-5/8"
6" 6-3/8"
7B2BN TOR Brushed nickel2 7-5/8"
NON-IC NON-IC 7-5/8" NON-IC 7-5/8" 4-7/8"
7-5/8" 5-7/8"
IC 100 A19 100 A19 100 A19 IC IC IC 8" (Others)
75 PAR30 120 BR40 120 BR40 120 BR40 75 PAR30 65 BR30 65 BR30
65 BR30 150 PAR38 150 PAR38 150 PAR38 65 BR30 75 PAR30 75 PAR30

Regressed, adjustable eyeball WETlite™ Polycarbonate lens Glass lens


40° vertical tilt 6H2O TOR White3 6LF1 Flush opal4 6LD3 Drop opal3 6LDB3 Drop opal baffle3
6RE2 White with black baffle trim 6H2OBN TOR Brushed nickel2,3 6LF2 Flush prismatic4 6LF3 Flat white3 6LFB3 Flat white baffle3
6RE2W White with white baffle trim 6H2OORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze2,3 6LD1 Drop opal4 6L4 Fresnel3 6LB4 Fresnel baffle3
5-7/8" 6-1/8" 5-5/8" 6"
IC 8" (Others) IC 7-5/8" 6LD2 Drop prismatic4 7-5/8" 7-5/8"

65 BR30 75 PAR30 IC IC
75 PAR30 75 PAR38 60 A19 75 A19

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY 7-1/2
CTR6 6" goof ring, white (19.1)
9
ATK6 6" air-tight trim kit (22.9)
7 Notes
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may (17.8)
1 7 and C series trims also compatible trim options.
not represent actual mechanical configuration. 7 2 Flange matches trim finish.
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) (17.8)
unless otherwise noted. 13 3 LC6 MRI is not available with Acculamp™.
(33.0) 4 For plastic flange, add suffix PF to catalog number. (Example: 6LF1 PF).

474 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 474 2/26/14 3:46 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6" IC Shallow Housings & Trims

LED & INCANDESCENT


Intended Use t No significant ferrous material contained in fixture
Recessed incandescent housings for new construction or
remodel applications. LCP is approved for direct burial in t Retaining clips are riveted to top of reflector to hold trim LCP
insulation and LCP MRI is approved for all ceiling types except
air-handling plenums and is not for pulling wires.
Features
inside housing
t Two side-mounted torsion springs on the trim and two
receiving brackets in the can ensure a tight fit
LCP MRI
t Recessed housing rated IC/NON-IC for new constrution or t Suitable for ceilings up to 1-1/2" thick
remodel applications
t 120V applications
t LCP: Air-tight, aluminum housing with engineering-grade
thermoplastic frame, j-box with 4 ROMEX® clamps and t Compatible with Acculamp™ LED lamps; see pages
ground wire 1044-1049 for options LCP

t LCP MRI: Air-tight, aluminum housing with engineering- Listings


grade thermoplastic frame, j-box with 4 ROMEX® clamps UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
and ground wire
Featuring
LCP MRI

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LCP CB1W TOR


Series Reflector
LCP Choose reflector below. Torsion springs
LCP MRI will be designated with a TOR in the
nomenclature. Riveted clips will have no
designation. Housing and reflector may be
ordered separately.

IC Rated Full Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. Lensed trims are wet location listed. These IC reflectors also can be used in NON-IC applications when using lamps and maximum wattages listed below.
White flange standard, except as noted.
Open top shallow wide Baffle open top shallow
Open wide flange Open narrow flange flange - economy wide flange - economy Baffle narrow flange Baffle narrow flange Adjustable eyeball
C01 White C02 White 7X1MW TOR Matte white 7XB1MW TOR Matte white 7BOW White CB1 Black, white flange 40° vertical tilt
C01 TOR White C02A Clear diffuse1,3 open top baffle open 7BOW TOR White CB1 TOR Black, white flange CE1 White
top
C01BN TOR Brushed C02AZ Clear specular1,3 CB1W White
nickel1,2 CB1W TOR White
C01ORB TOR Oil-rubbed 4-1/4 5-7/8"
4-5/8" 5-7/8"
bronze1,2 6-1/2" 7-9/16
4-5/8 7-5/8"
7-5/8" 7-5/8"
7-3/4
7-5/8"

4-1/4"
IC 7-3/4" IC IC IC IC IC IC
65 BR30 65 BR30 75 PAR30 (short neck) 75 PAR30 (short neck) 75 PAR30 65 BR30 65 BR30
75 PAR30 75 PAR30 65 BR30 65 BR30 65 BR30 75 PAR30 75 PAR30

Eyeball Shielded wallwash Shielded pinhole Polycarbonate lens Polycarbonate lens

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


25° Vertical tilt 7W1 White CS1 White2 CLD1 Drop opal3 CLF1 Flush opal3
7E1 TOR White 7W1MW Matte white CLF2 Flush
7E1MW TOR Matte white 4-7/8" 6-5/8"
2"
7-5/8" 5-7/8"
prismatic3 5-7/8"
7-5/8" 7-3/4" 7-5/8"
7-5/8"
7E1BN TOR Brushed
nickel1,2
7E1ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze1,2
IC
IC 40 A19
65 BR30 IC 50 R20 IC IC
75 PAR30 40 A19 50 PAR20 40 A19 40 A19

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
ORDER SEPARATELY unless otherwise noted.
CTR6 6" goof ring, white
ATK6 6" air-tight trim kit
5-7/8
(14.9)
9
7 (22.9)
(17.8)
Notes
7 1 Flange matches trim finish.
(17.8) 2 LCP MRI trim is not available with Acculamp™.
13
(33.0) 3 For plastic flange, add suffix PF to catalog number. (Example: CLD1 PF).

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 475

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 475 2/26/14 3:24 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6" IC High-Wattage/Sloped-Ceiling Housings & Trims
COMPACT FLUORESCENT

Intended Use t Socket clips to reflector to ensure proper and consistent

LI6 Recessed incandescent (LI6) or compact fluorescent (LI6F)


housing for 2x8 new construction. Approved for direct burial in
lamp postion
t Retaining clips are riveted to top of reflector to hold trim

LI6F insulation and all ceiling and wiring types.


Features
t Pre-painted steel housing
inside housing
t Two side-mounted torsion springs on the trim and two
receiving brackets in the can ensure a tight fit
t Galvanized steel junction box with four built-in ROMEX®
clamps Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t Rated for through-branch wiring

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LI6 6O2


Series Lamp type Reflector Voltage Options
LI6 Choose reflector below. Housing AT Sealed air-tight housing to minimize air flow through housing; complies with WSEC and ASTM E283
and reflector may be ordered
LI6F 13DTT/TRT1,2 separately. MVOLT1 ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic line voltage control dimming ballast, 120V or 277V; must be wattage
18DTT/TRT1,2 120V1 and voltage specific; minimum dimming level 5%1
26/32TRT1,2 277V1 GMF Single-fuse, must specify voltage1

IC Rated Full Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. These IC reflectors also can be used in NON-IC applications using lamps and maximum wattages listed below. White flange standard.

Open wide flange Deep open narrow flange Baffle wide flange Baffle narrow flange Sloped baffle
6O1 White 6O2 White 6B1 Black, white 6B4 Black, 6SB1 Black baffle,
6O2A Clear diffuse, white plastic flange flange white white flange
5" 6B1W White flange 6SB1W White baffle
7-5/8" 6O2AZ Clear specular, white plastic flange 5-3/4"
7-5/8" (White)
8" (Others)
4-5/8"
7-5/8"
6B4W White 5-5/8" 6-1/4"
IC 7-5/8" IC 8-1/4"
IC 60 A19 (white only) IC IC 65 BR30
60 A19 75 A19 40 A19 75 A19 75 PAR30
65 BR30 90 BR40 65 BR30 90 BR40 90 BR40
75 PAR30 100 PAR38 75 PAR30 100 PAR38 100 PAR38
32TRT 32TRT 32TRT 32TRT 32TRT

Sloped open Adjustable eyeball Eyelid wallwash Glass lens


6SO1 White 40° Vertical tilt 6W1 White 6LD3 Drop opal, white splay
LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING

6E1 White 6LF3 Flat white, white splay


5-7/8"
7-5/8"
6-3/8"
7-5/8"
6L4 Fresnel, white splay 6"
7-5/8"
6-1/4"
IC 8-1/4"
65 BR30
75 PAR30 IC
90 BR40 IC 60 A19
100 PAR38 65 BR30 IC 26TRT
32TRT 75 PAR30 40 A19 32TRT (drop lens only)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
CTR6 6" goof ring, white 7
(17.8) 12
7-1/2 (30.5)
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual (19.1)
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. 6-7/8
(17.5) 6-7/8 Notes
(17.5) 1 Available only on LI6F.
11 2 Socket base:
(27.9) 13W four-pin DTT (G24Q-1), TRT (GX24Q-1);
18W four-pin DTT (G24Q-2), TRT (GX24Q-2);
26W four-pin TRT (GX24Q-3).

476 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 476 2/26/14 3:24 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 6" IC/NON-IC Housings & Trims

COMPACT FLUORESCENT
Intended Use t Retaining clips are riveted to top of reflector to hold trim
Recessed compact fluorescent housing rated IC and NON-IC for
new construction (L7XF MVOLT) or remodel (L7XFR MVOLT) ap-
inside housing
t Two side-mounted torsion springs on the trim and two
L7XF MVOLT
plications. Approved for all ceiling and wiring types. Approved
for direct burial in insulation.
Features
receiving brackets in the can ensure a tight fit
t Suitable for ceilings up to 1-1/2" thick
L7XFR MVOLT
t Air-tight standard Listings
t Tested to meet current energy codes UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

t Aluminum housing with galvanized steel pan


L7XF

L7XFR

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: : L7XF 18DTT/TRT MVOLT 7W1
Series Wattage/lamp Voltage Reflector Options
L7XF 13DTT1 MVOLT4 Choose reflector below. Torsion springs ADEZ Advance Mark 10™ electronic line voltage control dimming ballast, 120V or 277V; must be wattage
L7FXR 18DTT 120V will be designated with a TOR in the and voltage specific; minimum dimming level 5%.
nomenclature. Riveted clips will have ADZT Advance Mark VII™ electronic 0-10V DC dimming ballast, 120V or 277V; minimum dimming level 3%
26DTT 277V no designation. Housing and reflector
13DTT/TRT1,2 347V5 may be ordered separately. GMF Single-fuse, must specify voltage
18DTT/TRT1,2 GSKT Foam gasketing. Aids in air-tight installation
13TRT PHC Poke-home wire connectors
18TRT WLP 35K 4-pin (shipped separately)6
26TRT

IC Rated Full Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. Lensed reflectors are wet location listed. These IC reflectors can be used in NON-IC applications using lamps and wattages listed below. White flange
standard, except as noted.

Open wide flange Open narrow flange Baffle wide flange Baffle narrow flange
703 TOR White 702 TOR White, white flange 7B3 TOR Black, 7B2 TOR Black, white flange
702 PF White, white plastic flange white 7B2 TRMW TOR Black, matte white
flange flange
702MW TOR Matte white 5-3/4" 5"
5-3/4"
7B3W TOR White 7-5/8" 7B2MW TOR Matte white
7-5/8"
702BN TOR Brushed nickel3 7-5/8"
5-3/4"
7-5/8" 702ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze3 7B2W TOR White
702A Clear diffuse, white plastic flange 7B2W PF TOR White, white plastic flange
702A PFMW TOR Clear diffuse, matte white plastic flange 7B2BN TOR Brushed nickel3
702AZ Clear specular, white plastic flange 7B2ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze3
IC IC IC IC
13DTT 13DTT 13DTT 13DTT
26TRT 26TRT 26TRT 26TRT

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


Baffle narrow flange Eyeball Wallwash narrow flange Glass lens
7B5 Black, white flange 25° Vertical tilt 7W1 White 6LD3 Drop opal, white splay
7B5 TRMW TOR Black, matte white flange 7E1TOR White 6LF3 Flat white, white splay
7W1MW Matte white
7B5W PF White, white plastic 5-5/8"
7E1MW Matte white 4-7/8" 5-3/4"
6L4 Fresnel, white splay 6"
7-5/8"
flange 7-5/8"
7E1BN TOR Brushed nickel3 7-5/8" 7-5/8"
7B5W White 7E1ORB TOR Oil-rubbed bronze3
7B5MW TOR Matte white
IC IC IC
13DTT IC 13DTT 26TRT
26DTT 18TRT 13TRT 32TRT (drop lens)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
ORDER SEPARATELY mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
CTR6 6" goof ring, white
ATK6 6" air-tight trim kit Notes
13-7/8 1 Not available with ADEZ.
(35.2) 2 Not available with WLP.
6-7/8
(17.5) 7-7/8 3 Flange matches trim finish.
(20.0)
4 Electronic multivolt ballast capable of operating any line voltage from 120-277.
6-7/8 5 347V is NON-IC only, electronic ballast.
(17.5) 6 Lamp socket base 13W 4-pin: DTT (G24Q-1); TRT (GX24Q-1).
15 Lamp socket base 18W 4-pin: DTT (G24Q-2); TRT (GX24Q-2).
(38.1) Lamp socket base 26W 4-pin: TRT (GX24Q-3).

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 477

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 477 2/26/14 3:46 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 4" NON-IC Housings & Trims
LOW VOLTAGE

Intended Use t Suitable for ceilings up to 1-1/2" thick

LV3 Recessed incandescent housings for 2x6 new construction (LV3)


or remodel construction (LV3R). Approved for all ceiling and t Includes two-pin procelain socket with heat shield

LV3R wiring types.


Features
t LV3: Air-tight, galvanized steel pan with aluminum can and
t Compatible with Acculamp™ LED lamps; see pages
1044-1049 for options
Listings
junction box UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t LV3R: Air-tight, aluminum housing with heavy-gauge
galvanized steel raceway arm utilizing remodel clips for
installation in plaster, sheetrock or mechanical ceilings

Featuring

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LV3 3VB1 120


Series Reflector Voltage Options
LV3 Choose reflector below. Reflectors are 30° vertical tilt standard (except 3VS1 pinhole). 1201 PHC Poke-home wire connectors
LV3R Housing and reflector may be ordered separately. 2772

NON-IC Rated Reflectors: Lamp types and maximum wattages are listed for each reflector. White flange standard.
Adjustable cones Adjustable baffles Adjustable eyeball Adjustable baffle eyeball
3V01AZ Clear 3VB1 Black, white 3VE1 White 3VE2 Black, white
specular, flange flange
white flang 3-5/8" 3VB1W White 3-5/8" 2" 3VE2W White 2"
5"
5" 3-5/8" 3"
5" 5"

NON-IC NON-IC NON-IC NON-IC


50 MR16 50 MR16 50 MR16 50 MR16

Adjustable wallwash Shielded eyelid wallwash Shielded slotted Shielded pinhole


3VDW1W White 3VW1 White 3VA5 Black baffle, 3VS1 Black baffle,
1-3/4"
white flange white flange
2-5/8" 2-5/8" 2"
5"
1-3/4" 5" 5"
3-5/8"
5"
LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING

NON-IC NON-IC NON-IC NON-IC


50 MR16 50 MR16 50 MR16 50 MR16

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

13-1/4
(33.7)
5-1/2
(14.0) 7-5/8
(19.4)
5-1/4 6
(13.3) (15.2) 12-1/8
4-5/8 (30.8)
(11.7)
4-1/8
(10.5)
12-1/4
(31.1)

LV3 LV3R

Notes
1 Use dimmers designed for electronic transformers.
2 Dimming is not available.

478 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 478 2/26/14 3:24 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION 4" IC Housings & Trims

LOW VOLTAGE
Intended Use t Suitable for ceilings up to 1-1/2" thick in new construction
Recessed housing rated IC for new construction applications.
Approved for direct burial in insulation and through-branch
circuit wiring. Approved for most wiring and ceiling types.
only
t Compatible with Acculamp™ LED lamps; see pages
LIV3
1044-1049 for options
Features
t Air-tight standard; meets current energy codes Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t Pre-painted steel inner housing and aluminum outer
housing mounted to a rugged galvanized steel pan
t Captive bar hangers span 24" and feature built-in nailers
and T-bar clips

Featuring

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LIV3 3VO1AZ 120


Series Reflector Voltage
LIV3 Choose reflector below. Reflectors are 30° vertical tilt standard on trims. 120
Housing and reflector may be ordered separately.

IC Rated Reflectors: All reflectors are damp location listed. Lamp types and maximum wattages listed for each reflector. These IC reflectors also can be used in NON-IC applications using lamps and wattages listed below.
White flange standard.
Adjustable open cone Adjustable baffle Adjustable eyeball Adjustable baffle eyeball
3V01AZ Clear 3VB1 Black, white 3VE1 Open eyeball 3VE2 Black
specular, flange 3VE2W White
white flange 3-5/8" 3VB1W White 3-5/8"
2" 2"
3-5/8" 3"
5" 5" 5" 5"

IC IC IC IC
50 MR16 50 MR16 50 MR16 50 MR16

Adjustable wallwash Shielded eyelid wallwash Shielded slotted Shielded pinhole


3VDW1W White 3VW1 White 3VA5 Black baffle, 3VS1 Black baffle
white flange white flange
1-3/4"
2-5/8" 1-3/4" 2-5/8" 2"
5" 3-5/8" 5" 5"
5"

IC IC IC IC

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


50 MR16 50 MR16 50 MR16 50 MR16

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

7-1/4 13-1/2
(18.4) (34.3)
11-1/4
4-1/4 4-1/4
(10.8) (28.6)
13 (10.8)
(33.0) 15
(38.1)
20
(50.8)

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 479

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 479 2/26/14 3:24 AM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wet Location
STEPLIGHTS

Intended Use t Die-cast powder coat painted faceplates are available in

WSL1F Rated NON-IC for new constrution in indoor applications or


outdoor wet locations such as, courtyards and pathways.
white or black finish (faceplates shipped separately)
t Electrical conduit fitting for wet location in wood
Wet Location Features construction, masonry and poured concrete applications
t Aluminum die-cast, white power coat paint, corrosion-
Steplight resistant housing Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t Louvered, slotted and open faceplates available

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: WSL1F 13DTTE FPLBL 120
Series Lamp type Finish Voltage
WSL1F 13DTTE FPL White louvered faceplate 120
FPLBL Black louvered faceplate 277
FPS White slotted faceplate
FPSBL Black slotted faceplate
FPO White, opal lens
FPOBL Black, opal lens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. 4-1/8
(10.5)

9-3/4 4-1/8
(24.8) (10.5)

PRODUCT INFORMATION Damp Location

Intended Use t Powder-coated steel louver available in white or black finish

SL1 Rated IC or NON-IC for new construction only. To direct light on


steps or pathways. Wall or step riser mounting. t Butterfly springs hold louver securely in place

SL1F Features
t Approved for through-branch circuit wiring
t Die-cut foam gasket seal steel louver against surface,
preventing light leaks

Damp Location t Galvanized steel housing and wiring compartment with a Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
Steplight ground wire
t Bar hangers span 16" with recessed integral nailer tabs
LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SL1F 13DTT BL


Series Lamp type Finish
Incandescent Incandescent1 (blank) White
SL1 (blank) Incandescent BL Black
Fluorescent Fluorescent
SL1F 13DTT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

IC/NON-IC RATED - THESE STEPLIGHTS ARE DAMP


LOCATION LISTED. MAXIMUM WATTAGE AND LAMPS ARE
LISTED. 5
INCANDESCENT FLUORESCENT (12.7)
25 A19 (IC) 13DTT (IC)
40 A19 (NON-IC)
9-1/2
(24.1) 3-1/2
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
10-1/4 (8.9)
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) Notes
unless otherwise noted. (26.0)
1 Leave lamp type information blank.

480 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 480 2/26/14 3:24 AM


LAYOUT GUIDE Layout Guide

LAYOUT GUIDE
LAYOUT GUIDE
GENERAL PARAMETERS - Shown are some basic rules of lighting that will help you make the best decisions to meet your lighting needs.
Fixture Estimator
(Room length x width) in feet. Example: 16' x 20' room = 8 fixtures
General (5-20 fc) 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Low to medium light levels. Fixture Spacing 12 2 2 4 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 9 9

14 2 2 4 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 9 9 9
Ceiling Height From Wall Space Apart
Recommended lamps: 16 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 8 8 8 9 9 9
t A19, BR30 (10' ceiling or lower) 8' 3' 6-7.5'
18 2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 9 9 10 10 12

t BR40, PAR 30/38 (12' ceiling or higher) 9' 3.5' 7-8.5' 20 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 9 9 10 10 12 12

t P Series LED 22 4 4 6 8 8 8 9 9 10 10 12 12 12

24 4 6 6 8 8 8 9 10 10 12 12 12 12

26 6 6 6 8 9 9 10 10 12 12 12 12 12

28 6 6 6 9 9 9 10 12 12 12 12 12 14

30 6 6 8 9 9 9 12 12 12 12 12 14 14

Task (35-44 fc)


Fixture Spacing
Medium to high light levels. Lighting Kitchen Counters
Ceiling Height Space Apart
Position center of fixtures over
Recommended lamps: 8' 3'
t AR20, PAR30 (10' ceiling or lower)
counter edge. This prevents
10' 4'
t PAR38 (12' ceiling or higher) shadowing and allows light to
12' 5'
t P Series LED, LED Gimbals spill into cabinets.

Accent (40-80 fc)


Should be four to five times the Artwork Collectables Fixture Spacing

general light level in the room. Wall-mounted art and photos Light free-standing objects at an Ceiling Height Space Apart

look best when angle of 30 degrees 8' 18-24"


Recommended lamps: from vertical to prevent 10' 30-36"
lighted at an angle
t PAR20 PAR30, MR16 (10' ceiling or
lower) of 30 degrees light from interfering 12' 40-48"

t PAR38 (12' ceiling or higher) from vertical. Use with line of sight. Add
t P Series LED, LED Gimbals eyeball, gimbal, or a second light
adjustable trims. from a different
position for greater

LITHONIA LIGHTING | RESIDENTIAL DOWNLIGHTING


visual interest.

Wallwash (20-35 fc)


Provides consistent, uniform Bookcases and Walls
light levels across wall. Washing a wall with light visually expands Fixture Spacing
a room, hides imperfections and adds From Wall 3'
Recommended lamp:
t A19
dimension to books. Space Apart 3'

Grazing (20-40 fc)


Low to medium light levels. Wall Grazing Fixture Spacing

Turn tough textures such as brick or stone into dynamic From Wall 6-9"
Recommended lamps: Space Apart 12-18"
t A19, BR30 (10' ceiling or lower)
patterns of shadow and light.
t BR40, PAR 30/38 (12' ceiling or
higher)
t P Series LED

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 481

Lithonia_Residential_Downlighting_Section.indd 481 2/26/14 3:24 AM


LITHONIA LIGHTING® TRACK
Lithonia Lighting offers a full-featured, contemporary line of LED and traditional-source contemporary track and display
lighting. Engineered for simplicity, our product offering delivers beautiful, clean designs that are easy to install and
provide a wide range of adjustability, making future lighting changes effortless.

Our track lighting family includes line- and low-voltage track heads for a wide range of popular LED and traditional
lamps, to maximize style and appearance. We also feature a full selection of accessories.

482

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 482 2/21/14 6:20 PM


484 CONTENTS
TRACK HEADS
LTH Series........................................................................................................ 484-496

TRACK SECTIONS
One-Circuit ..............................................................................................................497

TRACK CONFIGURATIONS ......................................................................... 498-499

TRACK CONNECTORS & ACCESSORIES.................................................. 500-501


486

490

495

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK


497

500

483

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 483 2/21/14 6:20 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series
TRACK HEADS

Intended Use t Easy to adjust

1000 SERIES This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as
specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality,
t Easily attachable adaptor
t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
residential and educational environments. Paired with our Aluminum 1 circuit track
Acculamp® LED lamps, the 1000 Series provides
high-quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions. t One-year limited warranty

Features t Black, white and brushed nickel finishes available


t Traditional Gimbal design
Listings
t Steel lamp holder cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH1000 MR16 WH WLP240L


Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH1000 Gimbal trackhead MR16 MR16 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP__ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
PAR20 PAR20 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum DBL Black
PAR30 PAR30 long-neck compatible LED, 75W halogen maximum BN Brushed nickel
PAR38 PAR38 compatible LED, 120W halogen maximum

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
Featuring
unless otherwise noted.

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
WLP140L 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
H WLP140L40K 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
W WLP240L40K 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP24OL36 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
L
WLP240L3640K 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP400L 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
Specification MR 16
Lamp Maximum WLP400L40K 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
designation Width Length height
WLP400L36 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
MR16 2 1/8 3 5 1/4
PAR20 2 13/16 4 7/8 8 3/8 WLP400L3640K 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
PAR30 4 5 1/2 8 7/8 WLP450L 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
PAR38 5 6 3/4 10 3/4
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).
WLP450L36 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L3640K 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP480L 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP480L40K 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 20
WLP530L 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 30
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP900L 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

WLP900L40K 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base
WLP1200L 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP1200L40K 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP1200L45 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 38
WLP1200L4540K 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L40K 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L45 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L4540K 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp

484 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 484 2/21/14 6:20 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series

TRACK HEADS
Intended Use t Die-cast aluminum lamp holder
This fresh and innovative track head combines
aesthetics with superior functionality for
applications such as specialty retail, grocery,
t Easily attachable adaptor
t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
2000 SERIES
galleries, museums, hospitality, residential and Aluminum 1 circuit track
educational environments. Paired with our Accu-
lamp® LED lamps, the 2000 Series provides t One-year limited warranty
high-quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions.
t Black, white, and brushed nickel finishes available
Features
Listings
t Contemporary MR16 design
cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.
t Front loading

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH2000 MR16 WH WLP240L


Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH2000 Front loading trackhead MR16 MR16 compatible LED, 50W halogen WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
DBL Black
BN Brushed nickel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches Featuring
unless otherwise noted.

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
H
WLP140L 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
W
WLP140L40K 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
L
WLP240L40K 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP24OL36 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
Specification WLP240L3640K 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
Lamp Maximum
designation Width Length height WLP400L 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
MR16 2-1/4 4 5 MR 16
WLP400L40K 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).
WLP400L36 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP400L3640K 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L36 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L3640K 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 485

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 485 2/21/14 6:20 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series
TRACK HEADS

t Front loading

3000 SERIES
Intended Use
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as t Easily attachable adaptor
specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality, t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
residential and educational environments. Paired with Aluminum 1 circuit track
our Acculamp® LED lamps, the 3000 Series provides
high-quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions. t One-year limited warranty

Features t Black, white, and brushed nickel finishes available


t Modern wave front design
Listings
t Die-cast aluminum lamp holder cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH3000 PAR20 WH WLP480L


Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH3000 Front loading trackhead MR16 MR16 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
PAR20 PAR20 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum DBL Black
PAR30 PAR30 long-neck compatible LED, 75W halogen maximum BN Brushed nickel
PAR38 PAR38 compatible LED, 120W halogen maximum

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted. Featuring
Specification
Lamp Width Length Maximum Acculamp Ordering Information
designation height
Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
H MR16 2 3 5-3/8
PAR20 3 3-9/16 7-15/16 WLP140L 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
W PAR30 4-7/16 4-7/16 8-15/16 WLP140L40K 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
PAR38 5-1/2 5-1/2 8-13/16 WLP240L 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
All dimensions are inches (centimeters). WLP240L40K 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
L
WLP24OL36 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L3640K 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP400L 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
MR 16
WLP400L40K 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP400L36 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP400L3640K 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L36 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L3640K 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP480L 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP480L40K 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 20
WLP530L 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 30
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP900L 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base
WLP900L40K 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base
WLP1200L 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP1200L40K
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp


WLP1200L45 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 38
WLP1200L4540K 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L40K 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L45 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L4540K 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp

486 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 486 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series

TRACK HEADS
Intended Use t Die-cast aluminum lamp holder
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics with
superior functionality for applications such as specialty retail,
grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality, residential and
t Easily attachable adaptor
t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
4000 SERIES
educational environments. Paired with our Acculamp® LED Aluminum 1 circuit track
lamps, the 4000 Series provides high-quality, eco-friendly
lighting solutions. t One-year limited warranty

Features t Black, white, and brushed nickel finishes available


t Updated front loading adjustable design
Listings
t Clean look with rounded back cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH4000 PAR20 WH WLP480L


Series Treack head size Finish Options
LTH4000 Front loading trackhead MR16 MR16 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
PAR20 PAR20 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum DBL Black
PAR30 PAR30 long-neck compatible LED, 75W halogen maximum BN Brushed nickel1
AR111 AR111 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum
PAR38 PAR38 compatible LED, 120W halogen maximum

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Featuring

Acculamp Ordering Information Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
Lamp Nomenclature Product Description unless otherwise noted.
WLP140L 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
Specification
WLP140L40K 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base Lamp Maximum
designation Width Length height
WLP240L 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
MR16 2 3 5-3/8
WLP240L40K 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
H PAR20 3-3/16 3-7/8 6-7/8
WLP24OL36 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base W PAR30 4-7/16 4-7/16 7-1/16
WLP240L3640K 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base AR111 4-13/16 4-13/16 6-13/16
WLP400L 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp PAR38 5-3/8 5-3/8 8-1/8
MR 16
WLP400L40K 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp L
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).
WLP400L36 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP400L3640K 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L36 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L3640K 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP480L 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP480L40K 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 20
WLP530L 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 30
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L 450-lumen, 15W, 8-degree, 2800K, GU10 base
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 15W, 8-degree, 4000K, GU10 base
WLP530L 530-lumen, 15W, 24-degree, 2800K, GU10 base
AR111
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 15W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU10 base
WLP570L 530-lumen, 15W, 45-degree, 2800K, GU10 base

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK


WLP570L40K 530-lumen, 15W, 45-degree, 4000K, GU10 base
WLP900L 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base
WLP900L40K 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base
WLP1200L 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP1200L40K 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP1200L45 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 38
WLP1200L4540K 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L40K 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L45 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
Notes
WLP2000L4540K 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
1 Only available in MR16, PAR20, PAR30 and PAR38 head sizes.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 487

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 487 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series
TRACK HEADS

Intended Use t Die-cast aluminum lamp holder

5000 SERIES This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as
specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality,
t Easily attachable adaptor
t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
residential and educational environments. Paired with Aluminum 1 circuit track
our Acculamp® LED lamps, the 5000 Series provides
high-quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions. t One-year limited warranty

Features t Black, white, and brushed nickel finishes available


t Fresh and innovative MR16 design
Listings
t Front loading cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH5000 MR16 WH WLP240L


Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH5000 Front loading trackhead MR16 MR16 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
DBL Black
BN Brushed nickel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual Featuring
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
H WLP140L 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
W
WLP140L40K 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
L
WLP240L40K 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP24OL36 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
Specification
Lamp Maximum WLP240L3640K 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
designation Width Length height
WLP400L 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
MR16 2 (5.1) 3 (7.6) 5-3/8 MR 16
WLP400L40K 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).
WLP400L36 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP400L3640K 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L36 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L3640K 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

488 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 488 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series

TRACK HEADS
Intended Use
This fresh and innovative track head combines
aesthetics with superior functionality for applications
such as specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums,
t Aluminum, cylindrical lamp holder
t Easily attachable adaptor
t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
6000 SERIES
hospitality, residential and educational environments. Aluminum 1 circuit track
Paired with our Acculamp® LED lamps, the 6000 Series
provides high-quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions. t One-year limited warranty

Features t Black, white, and brushed nickel finishes available


t Updated mini projector MR16 design
Listings
t Front loading cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH6000 MR16 WH WLP240L


Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH6000 Front loading trackhead MR16 MR16 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Accumlamp
DBL Black
BN Brushed nickel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual Featuring
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description

H WLP140L 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base

W WLP140L40K 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base


WLP240L 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base

L WLP240L40K 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base


WLP24OL36 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
Specification WLP240L3640K 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
Lamp Maximum WLP400L 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
designation Width Length height
MR 16
MR16 2 (5.1) 3 (7.6) 5-3/8 WLP400L40K 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
All dimensions are inches (centimeters). WLP400L36 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP400L3640K 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L36 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L3640K 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 489

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 489 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series
TRACK HEADS

7000 SERIES
Intended Use t Aluminum cylindrical lamp holder
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as t Easily attachable adaptor
specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality, t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
residential and educational environments. Paired with Aluminum 1 circuit track
our Acculamp® LED lamps, the 7000 Series provides
high-quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions. t One-year limited warranty

Features t Black, white, and brushed nickel finishes available


t Front loading MR16 design
Listings
cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH7000 MR16 WH WLP240L


Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH7000 Front loading trackhead MR16 MR16 compatible LED, 50W halogen WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
DBL Black
BN Brushed nickel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Specification
Lamp Maximum
designation Width Length height
MR16 3-3/8 5-11/16 8-7/8
H
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).

Featuring

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
WLP140L 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP140L40K 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L40K 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP24OL36 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L3640K 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP400L 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
MR 16
WLP400L40K 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

WLP400L36 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP400L3640K 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L36 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L3640K 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp

490 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 490 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series

TRACK HEADS
Intended Use t Front loading
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as
specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality,
t Aluminum holder
t Easily attachable adaptor
8000 SERIES
residential and educational environments. Paired with
our Acculamp® LED lamps, the 8000 Series provides t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
high-quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions. Aluminum 1 circuit track

Features t White and black finishes available


t Multidirectional MR16 design
Listings
t 1 or 2 lamped track head cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH8001 MR16 WH WLP240L


Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH8001 1-lamp front loading trackhead MR16 MR16 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
LTH8002 2-lamp front loading trackhead DBL Black

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Specification
Lamp Maximum
designation Width Length height
H 1 MR16 2-3/16 3-3/4 6-1/4
2 MR16 2-3/16 3-3/4 8-1/4

W All dimensions are inches (centimeters).

Featuring

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
WLP140L 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP140L40K 140-lumen, 4W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L40K 240-lumen, 6W, 24-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP24OL36 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 3000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP240L3640K 240-lumen, 6W, 36-degree, 4000K, GU 5.3 base
WLP400L 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
MR 16
WLP400L40K 400-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK


WLP400L36 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP400L3640K 400-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L40K 450-lumen, 8W, 24-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L36 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 2700K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp
WLP450L3640K 450-lumen, 8W, 36-degree, 4000K, MR16 GU5.3 base, dimmable lamp

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 491

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 491 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series
TRACK HEADS

9000 SERIES t Steel lamp holder


Intended Use
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as t Front loading
specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality, t Easily attachable adaptor
residential and educational environments. Paired with
our Acculamp® LED lamps, the 9000 Series provides t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
high-quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions. Aluminum 1 circuit track

Features t Black, white, and brushed nickel finishes available


t Clean look with rounded back
Listings
cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH9000 PAR20 WH WLP480L


Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH9000 Front loading trackhead PAR20 PAR20 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
PAR30 PAR30 long-neck compatible LED, 75W halogen maximum DBL Black
PAR38 PAR38 compatible LED, 120W halogen maximum BN Brushed nickel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.
Specification
Lamp Width Length Maximum
designation height
PAR20 3-5/16 4 8
H W PAR30 4-1/2 5 8-5/16
PAR38 5-1/2 5-1/2 9-5/8
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).
L

Featuring

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
WLP480L 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP480L40K 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 20
WLP530L 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 30
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP900L 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base
WLP900L40K 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base
WLP1200L 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP1200L40K 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

WLP1200L45 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp


PAR 38
WLP1200L4540K 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L40K 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L45 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L4540K 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp

492 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 492 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series

TRACK HEADS
Intended Use t Steel lamp holder
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as
specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality,
t Front loading
t Easily attachable adaptor
SHDE SERIES
residential and educational environments. Paired with
our Acculamp® LED lamps, the SHDE Series provides high- t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
quality, eco-friendly lighting solutions. Aluminum 1 circuit track

Features Listings
t Fresh and innovative design cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

t Full shade

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH SHDE PAR20 DBL WLP480L
Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH SHDE Front loading trackhead PAR20 PAR20 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
PAR30 PAR30 long-neck compatible LED, 75W halogen maximum DBL Black
PAR38 PAR38 compatible LED, 120W halogen maximum BN Brushed nickel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Specification
Lamp Width Length Maximum
designation height
H PAR20 3-5/16 3-11/16 6-7/8
W PAR30 5-1/8 5-1/8 7
PAR38 5-7/8 5-7/8 8-1/2

All dimensions are inches (centimeters).


L

Featuring

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
WLP480L 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP480L40K 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 20
WLP530L 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 30
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP900L 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base
WLP900L40K 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base
WLP1200L 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP1200L40K 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK


WLP1200L45 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 38
WLP1200L4540K 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L40K 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L45 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L4540K 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 493

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 493 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series
TRACK HEADS

EM SERIES t Easy to adjust


Intended Use
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as t Easily attachable adaptor
specialty retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality, t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
residential and educational environments. Paired with our Aluminum 1 circuit track
Acculamp® LED lamps, the EM Series provides high-quality,
eco-friendly lighting solutions. t Available with white finish only

Features Listings
t Polycarbonate 1 or 2 head lamp holder cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH EM1 PAR16 WH WLP320L
Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH EM1 1-lamp rear loading trackhead PAR16 PAR16 compatible LED, 7W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
LTH EM2 2-lamp rear loading trackhead PAR20 PAR20 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum
AR111 AR111 compatible LED, 15W halogen maximum

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Specification
Lamp Width Length Maximum
designation height
1 PAR16 3.15 4.48 9.31
2 PAR16 3.5 9.61 10.17
H
1 PAR20 3.64 5.07 9.1
2 PAR20 4.57 12.44 10.09
1 AR111 4.62 6.13 9.74
W 2 AR111 5.61 13.78 10.78
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).
L

Featuring

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
WLP320L ALSP16 320L M60
PAR 16
WLP320L40K ALSP16 320L 40K M60
WLP480L ALSP20 480L DIM M60
WLP480L40K ALSP20 480L 40K DIM M60
PAR 20
WLP530L ALSP20 530L DIM M60
WLP530L40K ALSP20 530L 40K DIM M60
WLP450L ALSAR111 450L M24
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

WLP450L40K ALSAR111 450L 40K M24


WLP530L ALSAR111 530L M24
AR111
WLP530L40K ALSAR111 530L 40K M24
WLP570L ALSAR111 570L M24
WLP570L40K ALSAR111 570L 40K M24

494 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 494 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series

TRACK HEADS
Intended Use
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as specialty
retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality, residential
t Easy to adjust
t Easily attachable adaptor
t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic
GRG SERIES
and educational environments. Paired with our Acculamp® Aluminum 1 circuit track
LED lamps, the GRG Series provides high-quality, eco-friendly
lighting solutions. t Available with white finish only

Features Listings
t Aluminum AR111 lamp holder cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH GRG AR111 WH WLP450L
Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH GRG Front loading trackhead AR111 AR111 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Specification
Lamp Maximum
designation Width Length height
AR111 4.41 4.57 8.36
H
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).

W
L

Featuring

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
WLP450L ALSAR111 450L M24
WLP450L40K ALSAR111 450L 40K M24
WLP530L ALSAR111 530L M24
AR111
WLP530L40K ALSAR111 530L 40K M24
WLP570L ALSAR111 570L M24
WLP570L40K ALSAR111 570L 40K M24

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 495

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 495 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LTH Series
TRACK HEADS

FLTB SERIES t Easy to adjust


Intended Use
This fresh and innovative track head combines aesthetics
with superior functionality for applications such as specialty t Easily attachable adaptor
retail, grocery, galleries, museums, hospitality, residential t Compatible with Lithonia Lighting and Nordic Aluminum
and educational environments. Paired with our Acculamp® 1 circuit track
LED lamps, the FLTB Series provides high-quality, eco-friendly
lighting solutions. t White and black finishes available

Features Listings
t Aluminum lamp holder cETLus Listed to UL1574 Track Lighting Standard.

t Flat back design

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LTH FLTB PAR20 WH WLP480L
Series Track head size Finish Options
LTH FLTB Front loading trackhead PAR20 PAR20 compatible LED, 50W halogen maximum WH White WLP_ Lamped. Specify Acculamp
PAR30 PAR30 long-neck compatible LED, 75W halogen maximum DBL Black
PAR38 PAR compatible LED, 120W halogen maximum

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual Featuring
mechanical configuration. Dimensions (if provided) are shown in inches
unless otherwise noted.

Acculamp Ordering Information


Lamp Nomenclature Product Description
WLP480L 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
H
WLP480L40K 480-lumen, 8W, 30-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 20
WLP530L 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
W WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 8W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP530L 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
L PAR 30
WLP530L40K 530-lumen, 15W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp

Specification WLP900L 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base
Lamp Width Length Maximum
designation height WLP900L40K 900-lumen, high R9 spectral content, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base
PAR20 4.51 3.36 7.97
WLP1200L 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR30 5.67 4.53 8.43
PAR38 5.47 6.61 8.72 WLP1200L40K 1200-lumen, 20W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
All dimensions are inches (centimeters). WLP1200L45 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
PAR 38
WLP1200L4540K 1200-lumen, 20W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

WLP2000L 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp


WLP2000L40K 2000-lumen, 25W, 25-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L45 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 2700K, E26 base, dimmable lamp
WLP2000L4540K 2000-lumen, 25W, 45-degree, 4000K, E26 base, dimmable lamp

496 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 496 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION One Circuit

TRACK SECTIONS
Intended Use t Visible polarity line indicates proper electrical connection
One-circuit track sections for use with Lithonia Lighting Track
fixtures. Common applications include retail, grocery, museums or
any application requiring accent illumination and the versatility of
and mechanical alignment
t Live end feed connector must be used to power track
TRACK
track lighting systems. t One 20-amp circuit, #12-gauge copper conductors are
Features co-extruded in PVC insulator
t Low-profile, heavy-guage, extruded aluminum channel for Listings
maximum regidity; available in white or black finishes UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t Track sections and connectors are designed to consider
dimensional restrictions of T-bar grid ceilings
t Track sections can be surface-or pendant-mounted
individually or joined to form continuous rows

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: LT4 WH


Series Finish
One-circuit track WH White
LT4 4' section; actual length 44" (111.8 cm) DBL Black
LT8 8' section; actual length 92" (233.7 cm)
LT12 12' section; actual length 140" (355.6 cm)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

STANDARD PACKAGING Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
To order, use single master catalog number. unless otherwise noted.
Example: (13) LT4 DBL

7/8
(2.2)

1-3/8
(3.5)
One-circuit

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 497

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 497 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Track Configurations
TRACK CONFIGURATIONS

Lithonia Lighting Track is constructed of low-profile, heavy-gauge, extruded


aluminum for maximum rigidity. Track sections and connections are designed
with the dimensional restrictions of T-bar grid ceilings in mind.
1
1 Suspension Hardware Rail
Allows easy twist-and-lock hardware installation. Available for stem
and grid-ceiling-mount configurations.

3 4 2 Milled Grounding Bar


Provides maximum ground continuity between fixtures and power
2 distribution system.
6
3 Circuit Key
Prevents accidental interchange of one- and two-circuit accessories.
5
4 Alignment Groove
Provides easy centering for drilling of additional mounting holes or use
of self-drilling screws.
5 Bus Retention Crimp
The continuous design of the bus bar wireway retention crimp allows
easy field cutting. Track sections can be cut without feeding bus bar
wireway retention.
6 Extruded Channel
High-quality, rugged, heavy-gauge extruded aluminum profile.
7 Predrilled Mounting Holes
Provide easy mounting capability.

Twist-and-Lock Mounting Clips Circuit Adaptor


Allow easy installation on T-bar and threaded rod. Adaptor design allows for easy circuit selection.
Shipped in default one-circuit configuration.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

498 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 498 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Track Configurations

TRACK CONFIGURATIONS
46-5/8
(118.4)

LTA1 Live end (feed point)

90-5/8
(230.2)
46-5/8 44
(118.4) (111.8)

LTA1 Live end (feed point) with LTA2 linear coupler LTA2 Linear coupler

92
44 (233.7)
(111.8)

4 LTA4 Straight feed connector (feed point)


(10.2)

LTA5 ("L" feed connector) LTA6 ("T" feed connector) LTA5 ("L" feed connector)

24
(61.0)

49-3/8
(125.4)
LTA6 ("T" feed connector) LTA7 ("X" feed connector) LTA6 ("T" feed connector)
48
(121.9)

24
(61.0)

LTA5 ("L" feed connector) LTA6 ("T" feed connector) LTA5 ("L" feed connector)

48 48
(121.9) (121.9)
96
(243.8)
97-3/8
(247.3)
One-circuit configurations shown.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Feed Connector
Provides a secure attachment to track hardware

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK


rail. A unique backplate feature provides additional
strength by mechanically integrating track and 2
connectors into one continuous system.
1 Heavy-Gauge Steel Backplate 1
For secure mechanical integration to track
3
sticks.
2 Brass Bus Bar Contacts
3 GE Lexan® Housing Material
Durable construction. Soft finish eliminates
fingerprint images.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 499

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 499 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Track Connectors and Accessories
TRACK CONNECTORS & ACCESSORIES

A complete selection of one-circuit track connectors, accessories and pendant and T-bar accessories is available for the Lithonia Lighting Track system. Most components are available in white and black finishes. All feature
embossed polarity lines to indicate correct insertion position and electrical connection.
Live End Feed Linear Coupler Floating Feed Straight Feed Connector
Feed connector used to start a run. Includes one Joins two track sections in a straight run. Not a feed Permits track to be wired anywhere along the track Joins two track sections in a straight run. Includes two
dead end. Available in white (WH) and black (DBL). point. Does not add to length. Available in white (WH) length. Includes two dead ends. Available in white dead ends. May be used as a feed. Available in white
and black (DBL). (WH) and black (DBL). (WH) and black (DBL).
LTA1 (color) One-circuit
LTA2 (color) One-circuit LTA3 (color) One-circuit LTA4 (color) One-circuit

Adjustable L Connector T Connector X Connector Flexible Connector


Joins two track sections at 90° angles. Includes two Joins three track sections at 90° angles. Includes Joins four track sections at 90° angles. Includes four Joins two track sections. Permits vertical or horizontal
dead ends. May be used as a feed. Available in white three dead ends. May be used as a feed. Available dead ends. May be used as a feed. Available in white bends up to 90°. Not a feed point. Available in white
(WH) and black (DBL). in white (WH) and black (DBL). (WH) and black (DBL). (WH) and black (DBL).

LTA5 (color) One-circuit LTA6 (color) One-circuit LTA7 (color) One-circuit LTA8 (color) One-circuit

Surface Conduit Feed Conduit Continuation Kit Concealed Feed Replacement Dead End
Permits track to be connected to conduit (1/2” trade Left and right conduit connector. Allows continuous Permits direct conduit wiring from above track Terminates straight run. Replacement only.
size conduit fitting). Includes one dead end. Available run around obstructions. Available in white (WH) without outlet box. Use with LTA1, LTA4, LTA5, LTA6, Available in white (WH) and black (DBL).
in white (WH) and black (DBL). and black (DBL). LTA7, L2TA1, L2TA4, L2TA6R, L2TA6L and L2TA7.
LTA12 (color) Set of 10
LTA9 (color) One-circuit LTA91 (color) One-circuit LTA11

Outlet Box Cover Track Reinforcement Plate Pendant Cord Adaptor Pendant Chain Adaptor
Used at any feed connection point (LTA1, LTA4, LTA5, Slides between track lengths to provide extra Allows cord-hung fixtures to be mounted to track. Allows chain-hung or swag fixtures to be attached to
LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK

LTA6, LTA7, L2TA1, L2TA4, L2TA6R, L2TA6L and L2TA7). strength when pendant mounting. Maximum weight: 20 lbs. (9 kg). Available in white track. Max. weight: 20 lbs. (9 kg). Available in white
Available in white (WH) and black (DBL). (WH) and black (DBL). (WH) and black (DBL).
LTA33
LTA13 (color) LTA19 (color) One-circuit LTA16 (color) One-circuit

500 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 500 2/21/14 6:21 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Track Connectors and Accessories

TRACK CONNECTORS & ACCESSORIES


Extension Wand Stem Kit 1 Stem Feed Kit Track Mounting Clips
Mounts to track, drops head 12", 18", 24" or 36". Canopy and stem for use on hard ceilings. Requires For use with stem kit. Required for track to be wired Optional track mounting method. Set of three.
Available in white (WH) and black (DBL). stem feed kit (LTAP2) to be used as a feed. Available in through stem. One required for each live feed. Available Available in white (WH) and black (DBL).
Cannot be field cut. 12", 18", 24", 36" or 48". Available in white (WH) and in white (WH) and black (DBL).
black (DBL). Can be field cut. LTA20 (color)
LTA31 xx (color) (Specify 12, 18, 24 or 36) LTAP2 (color)
LTAP1 xx (color) (Specify 12, 18, 24, 36 or 48)

Threaded Rod Mounting Clips T-Bar Stem Kit 1 T-Bar Feed Kit T-Bar Mounting Clips
Allows support of the track by 1/4" threaded rod. Set Canopy and stem. Requires stem feed kit (LTAP2) Outlet box for grid ceilings. For use with LTA1, LTA4, Offsets track from T-bar. Set of three. Available
of three. Available in white (WH) and black (DBL). to be used as feed. Available in 12", 18", 24", 36" LTA5, LTA6, LTA7, L2TA1, L2TA4, L2TA6R, L2TA6L and in white (WH) and black (DBL).
and 48". Available in white (WH) and black (DBL). L2TA7. Includes outlet box, cover and mounting
LTA30 (color) Can be field cut. hardware. Available in white (WH) and black (DBL). LTAT20 (color) For 1" T-bar, 1/4" drop
LTAT21 (color) For 1" T-bar, 1/2" drop
LTATP1 xx (color) (Specify 12, 18, 24, 36 or 48) LTAT1 (color) LTAT22 (color) For 1/2"T-bar, 1/4" drop
LTAT23 (color) For 1/2"T-bar, 1/2" drop

T-Bar Junction Box T-Bar Earthquake Clips Cord-and-Plug Feed Grounded Convenience Outlet
Provides added structural support for 1" T-bar. Permits track to be connected to grounded outlet. Provides an electrical outlet on the track. Consult
Set of three. 12", 3-wire cord. Maximum 10 amps. Includes one factory for use. Available in white (WH) and
LTAT25 dead end. Consult factory for use. Available in white black (DBL).
LTAT32 (WH) and black (DBL).
LTA15 (color)
LTA10 (color) One-circuit

Switch Module 2 Line-Voltage Monopoint 2 Low-Voltage Monopoint


Allows independent switching of connected fixtures. Converts line-voltage track fixture for direct wiring to Converts low-voltage track fixture for direct wiring

LITHONIA LIGHTING | TRACK


Available in white (WH) and black (DBL). an outlet box. For use with 120V fixture. Available in to an outlet box. Designed for use with electronic
white (WH) and black (DBL). low-voltage fixture. Available in white (WH) and
LTA17 (color) One-circuit black (DBL).
LTA18 (color)
LTA21 (color)

Notes
1 Two stems required for 2' or 4' track. Three stems required
for 8' track. Four stems required for 12' track. Can be
field-cut and threaded.
2 Not available for use with LTD CFWW20.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 501

Lithonia_Track_ Section.indd 501 2/21/14 6:21 PM


LITHONIA LIGHTING® DECORATIVE INDOOR
Since the creation of LED, Lithonia Lighting has been championing the practical application of this innovative science.
Early on, our ideas established us as one of the leaders in LED and its use in residential and commercial buildings.
Today we apply that superior knowledge and engineering to the development of top-performing, best-selling and
aesthetically pleasing indoor lighting products. Ideal for multi-family, light commercial and hospitality applications,
Lithonia Lighting decorative indoor products meet energy-savings guidelines, while enhancing the appearance of
your space.

502

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 502 2/21/14 6:04 PM


504 CONTENTS
LED Mini Pendants and Sconces ..........................................................504-507

Flush/Semi-Flush
LED Versi Lite ......................................................................................................... 508
LED Low-Profile...................................................................................................... 509
LED Flush Mount .............................................................................................510-511
LED Saturn.............................................................................................................. 512

Classic Collection
507
Ferros...................................................................................................................... 513
Sheffield .................................................................................................................. 514

Ceiling Mount
Linear Design ...................................................................................................515-517

Wall Mount
Vanities ............................................................................................................518-520

Cabinet Lighting .........................................................................................521-523


508

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR


512

515

521

503

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 503 2/21/14 6:05 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Mini Pendants
LED MINI PENDANTS AND SCONCES

LED MINI PENDANTS


Intended Use wall brackets in either bronze or polished
LED Mini Pendants provide maintenance-free, energy- brushed nickel
efficient (9.5 watts) accent and/or task lighting in
residential and commercial applications. LEDs enable t Each fitter contains three 3000K high-performance
the smaller, overall design making the mini sconces LEDs which maintain 274 lumen output at 50,000-
ideal for mounting over islands, counters, bars, desks hour life (L70 rated)
and tables. t Fitters are dimmable to 10% with most standard
Features incandescent dimmers (LED driver is 120V)
Bullet Fitter Cylinder Fitter
t Ideal replacement for up to 25W incandescent Listings
t Decorative shades are available in hand-blown UL Certified to U.S. safety standards. cUL Certified to
MAB glass, prismatic glass or metal. Decorative shades Canadian safety standards. Quality tested in accordance
M
with IESNA LM-79 and LM-80 standards.

LE
I
D
are sold separately
t Fitters are made of cast aluminum with matching

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MDPB BZ


Series Finish
MDPB Bullet LED mini-pendant fiter BZ Bronze
MDPC Cylinder LED mini-pendant fitter BNP Polished Brushed Nickel
OLCWB Wall bracket

SHADE ORDERING INFORMATION Model number and description shown below.

DRBL 1001 Ball shade in opal white finish DMCN BZ Metal cone shade in bronze finish DSCL 1010 Short cylinder shade in white drizzle finish
DRBL 1008 Ball shade in green melon finish DMCN BNP Metal cone shade in polished brushed nickel finish DSBL 1001 Small bell shade in opal white finish
DBEL 1001 Bell shade in opal white finish DCBL 1009 Concave bell shade in amber twist finish DTCL 1001 Tall cylinder shade in opal white finish
DBIL 1015 Billet shade in rain-drop finish DGDT 1003 Cylinder dot shade in frosted white finish DTCL 1005 Tall cylinder shade in apple red finish
DBLT 1001 Bullet shade in opal white finish DGWV 1003 Cylinder wave shade in frosted white finish DTCL 1009 Tall cylinder shade in amber twist finish
DBLT 1004 Bullet shade in caramel swirl finish DGNG 1007 Glass in glass shade in blue finish DTCL 1010 Tall cylinder shade in white drizzle finish
DCNE 1001 Cone shade in opal white finish DPRG 1011 Prismatic shade with clear ribbed glass DTRB 1014 Top rib shade in caramel mocha swirl finish
DCNE 1002 Cone shade in white melon finish DSCL 1001 Short cylinder shade in opal white finish DZNT 1003 Zentro shade in frosted white finish
DCNE 1006 Cone shade in cobalt blue finish DSCL 1005 Short cylinder shade in apple red finish DZNT 1007 Zentro shade in blue finish
DCNE 1008 Cone shade in green melon finish DSCL 1009 Short cylinder shade in amber twist finish

PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Mini Sconces


Intended Use t Fitters are made of cast aluminum with matching wall

LED MINI SCONCES LED Mini Sconces provide maintenance-free, energy-efficient


(9.5 watts) accent and/or task lighting in residential and
commercial applications. LEDs enable the smaller, overall
brackets in either bronze or polished brushed nickel
t Each fitter contains three 3000K high-performance LEDs
design making the mini sconces ideal for mounting in hall- which maintain 274 lumen output at 50,000-hour life
ways, accenting decorative elements or flanking mirrors. (L70 rated)

Features t Fitters are dimmable to 10% with most standard


t Ideal replacement for up to 25W incandescent incandescent dimmers (LED driver is 120V)
Cylinder Fitter
Bullet Fitter t Decorative shades are available in hand-blown glass, Listings
MAB
M UL Certified to U.S. safety standards. cUL Certified to Canadian
LE
I

prismatic glass or metal


D

safety standards. Quality tested in accordance with IESNA


LM-79 and LM-80 standards.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MWSB BZ


Series Finish
MWSB Bullet LED sconce fitter BZ Bronze
MWSC Cylinder LED sconce fitter BNP Polished brushed nickel

SHADE ORDERING INFORMATION Model number and description shown below.

DRBL 1001 Ball shade in opal white finish DMCN BZ Metal cone shade in bronze finish DSCL 1010 Short cylinder shade in white drizzle finish
DRBL 1008 Ball shade in green melon finish DMCN BNP Metal cone shade in polished brushed nickel finish DSBL 1001 Small bell shade in opal white finish
DBEL 1001 Bell shade in opal white finish DCBL 1009 Concave bell shade in amber twist finish DTCL 1001 Tall cylinder shade in opal white finish
DBIL 1015 Billet shade in rain drop finish DGDT 1003 Cylinder dot shade in frosted white finish DTCL 1005 Tall cylinder shade in apple red finish
DBLT 1001 Bullet shade in opal white finish DGWV 1003 Cylinder wave shade in frosted white finish DTCL 1009 Tall cylinder shade in amber twist finish
DBLT 1004 Bullet shade in caramel swirl finish DGNG 1007 Glass in glass shade in blue finish DTCL 1010 Tall cylinder shade in white drizzle finish
DCNE 1001 Cone shade in opal white finish DPRG 1011 Prismatic shade with clear ribbed glass DTRB 1014 Top rib shade in caramel mocha swirl finish
DCNE 1002 Cone shade in white melon finish DSCL 1001 Short cylinder shade in opal white finish DZNT 1003 Zentro shade in frosted white finish
DCNE 1006 Cone shade in cobalt blue finish DSCL 1005 Short cylinder shade in apple red finish DZNT 1007 Zentro shade in blue finish
DCNE 1008 Cone shade in green melon finish DSCL 1009 Short cylinder shade in amber twist finish

504 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 504 2/21/14 6:05 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Glass Options

LED MINI PENDANTS AND SCONCES


Intended Use
Whether you are looking for something subtle to light a
Features
t Mix and match up to 30 decorative glass pieces to LED GLASS
OPTIONS
corner or something colorful to accent a table, we’ve got create a look that perfectly complements any décor
a custom shade for you! All decorative shades are made
of hand-blown glass, prismatic glass or metal and fit
both fitter styles.

DBLT 1001 DBLT 1004 DTCL 1001 DTCL 1005 DTCL 1009 DTCL 1010 DZNT 1003 DZNT 1007 DGWV 1003 DGDT 1003
Opal White Bullet Caramel Swirl Opal White Apple Red Amber Twist White Drizzle Frosted White Blue Zentro Frosted White Frosted White
4-1/2” W X 10-1/2” H Bullet Tall Cylinder Tall Cylinder Tall Cylinder Tall Cylinder Zentro 3-5/8” W X 10-3/4” H Cylinder Wave Cylinder Dot
4-1/2” W X 10-1/2” H 3-3/8” W X 9-1/4” H 3-3/8” W X 9-1/4” H 3-3/8” W X 9-1/4” H 3-3/8” W X 9-1/4” H 3-5/8” W X 10-3/4” H 4” W X 7-3/4” H 4” W X 7-3/4” H

DCBL 1009 DBIL 1015 DBEL 1001 DRBL 1001 DRBL 1008 DGNG 1007 DSCL 1001 DSCL 1005 DSCL 1009 DSCL 1010
Amber Twist Rain Drop Billet Opal White Bell Opal White Ball Green Melon Ball Blue Glass In Glass Opal White Apple Red Amber Twist White Drizzle
Concave Bell 4-3/8” W X 5-1/2” H 4-1/2” W X 10-1/2” H 4” W X 6” H 4” W X 6” H 5” W X 3-3/4” H Short Cylinder Short Cylinder Short Cylinder Short Cylinder
4-1/2” W X 6” H 3-3/8” W X 6” H 3-3/8” W X 6” H 3-3/8” W X 6” H 3-3/8” W X 6” H

MAB
M

LE
DTRB 1014 DPRG 1011 DCNE 1001 DCNE 1002 DCNE 1006 DCNE 1008 DMCN BZ DMCN BNP

I
DSBL 1001

D
Caramel Mocha Opal White Clear Ribbed Prismatic Opal White Cone White Melon Cone Cobalt Blue Cone Green Melon Cone Bronze Cone Polished Brushed
Swirl Top Rib Small Bell (not hand-blown) 5-5/8” W X 3” H 5-5/8” W X 3” H 5-5/8” W X 3” H 5-5/8” W X 3” H (Metal) Nickel Cone
4-3/8” W X 5-1/2” H 4” W X 3” H 6-5/8” W X 3-5/8” H 5-3/8”W X 3”H (Metal)
5-3/8”W X 3”H

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Dimensions
Bullet Fitter: Cylinder Fitter:
Canopy Width: 5” (12.7) Canopy Width: 4-1/2” (11.4)
Canopy Height: 1-7/8” (4.8) Canopy Height: 1-7/8” (4.8)
Fitter Width: 2-3/4” (7) Fitter Width: 2-5/8” (6.7)
Fitter Height: 2” (5.1) Fitter Height: 1-7/8” (4.8)
Both fitter styles include 78” of cable for tool-free mounting height adjustment.
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).

Dimensions
Bullet Fitter: Cylinder Fitter:

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR


Height: 5” (12.7) Height: 4-1/2” (11.4)
Extension From Wall: 6-1/4” (15.9) Extension From Wall: 5-1/2” (14)
All dimensions are inches (centimeters).

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 505

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 505 2/21/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Backplate Sconce
LED MINI PENDANTS AND SCONCES

Intended Use t A wide variety of fully customized decorative diffusers

LED BACKPLATE Provides maintenance-free, energy-efficient general


purpose and/or accent lighting in residential and
helps you create a truly unique look
t 10W, 720 lumens output at 50,000 hours life

SCONCE commercial indoor applications. Designed for use with a


variety of Lithonia Lighting decorative sconce diffusers to
create a look that perfectly compliments any décor. Ideal
for lighting hallways or accenting seating areas.
t Fully dimmable down to 10%. Works with most
standard incandescent dimmers
Listings
Features UL and cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety requirements.
t Ideal replacement for up to a 60W incandescent Quality tested in accordance with IESNA LM-79.
t Formed aluminum backplate (Decorative diffusers
sold separately)

MAB
M
LE
I
D

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: SWBLED


Series1 Options
SWBLED LED wall sconce backplate Consult factory
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

Notes
1 Decorative diffusers must be ordered separately.

506 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 506 2/21/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Wall Sconces

LED MINI PENDANTS AND SCONCES


Intended Use t AccuDrive “engine” works with a variety of diffusers finishes
Each diffuser design can be customized with a variety of finishes
and materials to compliment any décor. See individual spec
and materials - customizable
LED WALL
sheets for a complete list of options. Colors and patterns may
vary. Backplate and Diffusers are ordered separately.
t Dimmable down to 10% with most standard dimmers
Listings SCONCE
Features
t Efficient, high-performance 3000K LED
UL and cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety requirements.
Quality tested in accordance with IESNA LM-79.
OPTIONS

DLSD1 MB DLSD2 BN P10* DLSD3 BN/BZ DLSD4 CH DLSD5 BZ DLSD6 ANS


9-1/2” W X 10-5/8” H 9-1/8” W X 10-7/8” H 11-1/2” W X 11-1/4” 8-3/8” W X 10-5/8” H 8-3/8” W X 11-5/8” H
6-1/2” W X 10-5/8” H
X 4”EXT X 3-7/8”EXT H X 4”EXT X 3-7/8”EXT X 3-7/8”EXT
X 4”EXT

DLS7 BZ F08 DLSD8 CLR P01 DLSD9 BZ/S03* DLSD10 BZ/WH DLSD11 S08* DLSD12 BN
8-3/8” W X 11” H X 3 8-3/8” W X 11-5/8” H 8-3/8” W X 11” H X 8” W X 12” H X 4”EXT 11-1/2” W X 11-1/4”H 7-1/2” W X 11-3/4” H
7/8”EXT X 3-7/8”EXT 3-7/8”EXT X 4”EXT X 4”EXT

MAB
M

LE
I
D
DLSD13 P12 DLSD14 F03* DLSD15 F03* DLSD16 S06* DLSD17 F03*
13-7/8” W X 8-1/2” H 13-7/8” W X 8-1/2” H 13-7/8” W X 8-1/2” H 13-7/8” W X 8-1/2” H 7” W X 12-1/2” H X
X 4”EXT X 4”EXT X 4”EXT X 4”EXT 3-3/4”EXT

ORDERING INFORMATION All Diffusers require SWBLED backplate for use (see page 506). Example: DLSD1 BN P10
1
Series Finish
DLSD1 Consult factory Matte Black*
DLSD2 BN P10 Brushed Nickel with Silver Rice Paper
DLSD3 BN/BZ Brushed Nickel with Bronze *
DLSD4 CH Cherry wood *
DLSD5 BZ Bronze*

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR


DLSD6 ANS Antique Silver *
DLSD7 BZ F08 Bronze with Umbria Linen *
DLSD8 CLR P01 Clear with White Swirl *
DLSD9 BZ/S03 Bronze with Root Beer Float *
DLSD10 BZ/WH Bronze with White *
DLSD11 SO8 Stormy Sky
DLSD12 BN P01 Brushed Nickel with White Swirl *
DLSD13 P12 Window Pane *
DLSD14 F03 Russell Square *
DLSD15 S06 Comet Trails *
DLSD16 BZ F02 Bronze with Chocolate Linen
DLSD17 BN P10 Brushed Nickel with Silver Rice Paper *

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

* Color/Finish/Fabric options available, consult spec sheet at www.lithonia.com or refer to swatch book.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 507

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 507 2/21/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Versi Lite
FLUSH / SEMI-FLUSH

t Available in 2700K, 3000K and 4000K CCTs

LED VERSI LITE


Intended Use
Ideal for use in closets, foyers, hallways, bedrooms, offices, utility
work areas, stairways, and many other rooms in the house. Wet t Certified for wet locations (510-640 lumens)
location for showers, covered patios, outdoor restaurant seating t Produces 650 lumens at 50,000 hours life
and other outdoor applications.
t Standard input = 9W, 70 lumens per watt
Features
t Replaces up to a 60W incandescent Listings
M
MAB cUL Certified to U.S. and Canadian standards and listed
t This contemporary shaped fixture features a matte white
LE
I

suitable for damp locations.


D

acrylic diffuser and white aluminum housing

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FMML 7 840 WL WH


Series Size CRI/FColor temperature Wet listed Finish
FMML LED Versi Lite 7 7” diameter CRI Color Temperature (blank) Non-wet Location Listed WH White
8 >80 40 4000K WL Wet Location Listed DDBT Bronze
30 3000K
27 2700K
ww

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

Specifications
D Height: 1-3/4 (4.4)
Width: 7-1/4 (18.4)
Diameter: 7-1/4” (18.4)
Depth: 1-3/4” (4.4)

All dimensions are inches (centimeters)


unless otherwise indicated.

Dia.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

508 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 508 2/21/14 6:12 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Low-Profile

FLUSH / SEMI-FLUSH
Intended Use t 11” units produce 1,100 lumens and 14” units produce
Provides general illumination in residential applications.
Ideal for use in closets, foyers, hallways, corridors, bedrooms,
1,600 lumens; both at 50,000 hours life
LED LOW-PROFILE
offices, utility work areas, stairways and more.
Features
t The beauty of simplicity in low-profile round, stay-white,
t 4000K color temperature
t High-efficiency dimmable LED on standard triac dimmers ROUND
Listings
acrylic diffuser cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and suitable
for damp locations. MAB
t Available in 11” and 14” sizes M

LE
I
D
t Hidden cam-latches provide easy diffuser removal for
installation and maintenance

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FMLRL 11 14840


Series
FMLRL 11 14840 11” LED low profile round flush mount, >80CRI, 4000K
FMLRL 14 20840 14” LED low profile round flush mount, >80CRI, 4000K

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual Specifications
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
Height: FMLRL 11 – 2-7/8 (7.3)
FMLRL 14 – 3-1/8 (7.9)
Width: FMLRL 11 – 11 (27.9)
D FMLRL 14 – 13-11/16 (34.7)
Dia.
All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless
otherwise indicated.

11" 14"
Diameter: 11 (27.9) 13-3/4 (34.9)
Depth: 3-1/4 (8.3) 3-1/2 (8.9)

PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Low-Profile


Intended Use t 11” units produce 1,100 lumens and 14” units produce
Provides general illumination in commercial and residential
applications. Ideal for use in closets, foyers, hallways,
1,600 lumens; both at 50,000 hours life
LED LOW-PROFILE
corridors, bedrooms, offices, utility work areas, stairways
and more.
Features
t 4000K color temperature
t High-efficiency dimmable LED on standard triac dimmers SQUARE
t All mounting hardware included
t The beauty of simplicity in low-profile square, stay-white,
acrylic diffuser Listings
cUL Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and listed M
MAB
t Available in 11” and 14” sizes

LE
I
suitable for damp locations.

D
t Hidden cam-latches provide easy diffuser removal for
installation and maintenance

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR


ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FMLSL 11 14840
Series
FMLSL 11 14840 11” LED low profile square flush mount, >80 CRI, 4000K
FMLSL 14 20840 14” LED low profile square flush mount, >80 CRI, 4000K

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual Specifications
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
Height: FMLSL 11 – 2-7/8 (7.3)
FMLSL 14 – 3-1/8 (7.9)
D Width: FMLSL 11 – 11 (27.9)
FMLSL 14 – 13-11/16 (34.7)
W
All dimensions are inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise indicated.
L

11" 14"
Length/Width: 12 (30.5) 14-3/4 (37.5)
Depth: 3-1/4 (8.3) 3-1/2 (8.9)

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 509

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 509 2/21/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Flush Mount
FLUSH / SEMI-FLUSH

Intended Use t Two finishes available

17” ROUND LED Provides general illumination in commercial and residential


applications. Ideal for use in closets, foyers, hallways, corridors,
living rooms, bedrooms, offices, stairways and more.
t Produces 1,500 lumens at 50,000 hours life
t Multiple color temperature options available
Features t High-efficiency dimmable LED on standard triac dimmers
t Replaces 28-60W incandescent fixtures
MAB
Listings
M t Modern, low-profile flush mount design cUL Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
LE
I
D

t Durable molded diffuser is easy to install in metal housing

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FMDCGL 16 20840 BN


Series CRI/Color temperature Finish
FMDCGL 16 LED Flush Mount 17” diameter CRI Color Temperature BN Brushed Nickel
208 >80 40 4000K BZ Bronze
35 3500K
30 3000K
27 2700K

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

D = 3-7/16”

Dia =
16-3/4”
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

510 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 510 2/21/14 6:06 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Flush Mount

FLUSH / SEMI-FLUSH
Intended Use
Provides general illumination in commercial and residential
applications. Ideal for use in closets, foyers, hallways, corridors,
living rooms, bedrooms, offices, stairways and more.
t Two finishes available
t Produces 1,500 lumens at 50,000 hours life
t Multiple color temperature options available
14” ROUND LED
Features t High-efficiency dimmable LED on standard triac dimmers
t Replaces 28-60W incandescent fixtures
Listings MAB
t Modern, low-profile flush mount design cUL Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. M

LE
I
D
t Durable molded diffuser is easy to install in metal housing

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FMDDHL 14 20830 BN


Series CRI/Color temperature Finish
FMDDHL 14 LED Flush Mount 14” diameter CRI Color temperature BN Brushed Nickel
208 >80 40 4000K BZA Anitique Bronze
35 3500K
30 3000K
27 2700K

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) D = 2-7/8”

unless otherwise noted.

Dia. =
14-5/8”

PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Flush Mount


Intended Use t Durable molded acrylic diffuser offers unique design
Provides general illumination in commercial and residential
applications. Ideal for use in closets, foyers, hallways, corridors,
bedrooms, dens, offices, stairways and more.
neutral enough for many applications
t One finish available
14” ROUND LED
Features t Produces 1,500 lumens at 50,000 hours life
t Replaces 28-60W incandescent fixtures t Multiple color temperature options available
MAB
M
t Transitional, low-profile flush mount with complementing

LE
I
t High-efficiency dimmable LED on standard triac dimmers

D
metallic highlight
Listings
cUL Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FMKMRL 14 20830 KR

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR


Series CRI/Color temperature Finish
FMKMRL 14 LED Flush Mount 14” diameter CRI Color temperature KR Polished Chrome
208 >80 40 4000K
35 3500K
30 3000K
27 2700K

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted. D =3-1/2”

Dia. =
13-7/8”

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 511

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 511 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED Saturn
FLUSH / SEMI-FLUSH

Intended Use t Available in 13” and 16” sizes

LED SATURN Provides general illumination in commercial and residential


applications. Ideal for use in closets, foyers, hotel and condo
hallways, corridors, bedrooms, living rooms, dens, offices,
t 13” units produce 1,000 lumens and 16” units produce
1,500 lumens; both at 50,000 hours life
13” and 16” stairways and more. t Available in multiple color temperatures
Features t High-efficiency dimmable LED on standard triac dimmers
t Replaces 28-60W incandescent fixtures
t All mounting hardware included
t Sleek, ultra low-profile flush mount complements a variety
of design applications Listings
cUL Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t Complemented with matching housing in either a brushed
nickel or an antique bronze finish

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FMSATL 13 20840 BN


Series Size CRI/Color temperature Finish
FMSATL LED Flush Mount 13 13” CRI Color Temperature BN Brushed Nickel
16 16” 208 >80 40 4000K BZA Antique Bronze
35 3500K
30 3000K
27 2700K

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
PKSATL BN Pendant Mounting Kit - Brushed Nickel unless otherwise noted.
PKSATL BZA Pendant Mounting Kit - Antique Bronze
DKSATL 13 13” replacement acrylic diffuser
DKSATL 16 16” replacement acrylic diffuser D
D
Dia.

13 16
Diameter: 13 (30.5) 16 (40.6)
Depth flush: 3-1/8 (7.9) 3-1/4 (8.3)
Depth semi-flush: 8-3/8 (21.3) 8-5/8 (21.9)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

512 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 512 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Ferros

CLASSIC COLLECTION
Intended Use t Residential-grade electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures
The Ferros family of lighting fixtures provides general illumination in
residential and light commercial applications. Ideal for use in dining
areas, kitchens, foyers, hallways, bathrooms and hospitality.
no flickering and quiet operation without interfering with
other electronics FERROS
t All mounting hardware included Family
Features
t Transitional style offered in unique bronze finish with tea-stained t Use with non-dimmable switches only
glass or brushed-nickel finish with acid-etched, frosted glass Listings
t All fixtures in Ferros family feature matching finials, canopy stems UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

t Includes 2700K fluorescent lamps for energy efficiency, superior


color rendering and long life

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 11530 BZA


1
Series Ballast¹ Finish Options
Flush/semi-flush2 Vanity3 Mini-pendant3,4 (blank) 120V residential electronic BZA Antique bronze Consult factory.
11530 14" diameter, (1) 55W 2C T6 lamp 11532 2-light, (2) 13W lamps 11536 (1) 13W lamp ballast (standard) BN Brushed nickel
Sconce3 11533 3-light, (3) 13W lamps Pendant2,5 For other voltage and ballast, consult
factory.
11531 (1) 13W lamp 11534 4-light, (4) 13W lamps 11538 (1) 70W 2C T6 lamp

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
DESCRIPTION SERIES NUMBER OF LAMPS/ LENGTH HEIGHT DEPTH6
LAMP TYPE
Pendant 11538 (1) 70W 2C T6 24 (61.0) 24 (61.0) up to 66-5/8 (169.2) w/chain
Flush/ flush: 6-5/8 (16.8);
11530 (1) 55W 2C T6 14 (35.6) 14 (35.6)
semi-flush semi-flush: 9-5/8 (24.4)
Mini-pendant 11536 (1) 13W GU24 integrated spiral 5 (12.7) 5 (12.7) 13-7/8 (35.2)
Sconce 11531 (1) 13W GU24 integrated spiral 4-1/2 (11.4) 9-3/8 (23.8) 6-1/8 (15.6)
2-light vanity 11532 (2) 13W GU24 integrated spiral 14-1/4 (36.2) 9-7/8 (25.1) 6-1/8 (15.6)
3-light vanity 11533 (3) 13W GU24 integrated spiral 24 (61.0) 9-7/8 (25.1) 6-1/8 (15.6)
4-light vanity 11534 (4) 13W GU24 integrated spiral 33-3/4 (85.7) 9-7/8 (25.1) 6-1/8 (15.6)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

Notes
1 Use with non-dimmable switches only.
2 Includes (1) 2C 6T 2700K fluorescent lamp.
3 Includes 13W compact full spiral 2700K fluorescent lamp(s).
4 Supplied with 72" of power cord.
5 Supplied with 11' of power cord.
6 Extension from wall or ceiling.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 513

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 513 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Sheffield
CLASSIC COLLECTION

Intended Use t Residential-grade electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures

SHEFFIELD The Sheffield family of lighting fixtures provides general


illumination in residential and light commercial applications.
no flickering, quiet operation, does not interfere with other
home electronics
Family Ideal for use in dining areas, kitchens, foyers, hallways,
bathrooms, and hospitality areas. t Use with non-dimmable switches only

Features t All mounting hardware included


t Distinctinve traditional style with black bronze finish and Listings
satin-etched, swirled white glass diffuser UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
t Includes 2700K double twin tube (flush/semi flush) or triple
tube (pendant/vanity) compact fluorescent lamps for energy
efficiency, superior color rendering, and long life

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 11780 BZ


Series1,2 Ballast2 Finish Options
3
Flush/semi-flush Pendant Vanity (blank) 120V residential electronic BZ Bronze Consult factory.
11780 11" diameter, (2) 13W DTT lamps 11786 23” diameter, (3) 18W integrated spiral 11790 2-light, (2) 13W DTT lamps ballast (standard)
11782 13" diameter, (2) 18W DTT lamps Sconce 11792 3-light, (3) 13W DTT lamps For other voltage and ballast, consult
factory.
11784 15" diameter, (1) 55W 2CT6 11788 (1) 13W DTT lamp 11794 4-light, (4) 13W DTT lamps

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
DESCRIPTION SERIES NUMBER OF LAMPS/ LENGTH HEIGHT FLUSH DEPTH4 SEMI-FLUSH DEPTH4
LAMP TYPE

11" flush/semi-flush 11780 (2) 13W DTT (G24q-1) 11 (27.9) N/A 4-7/8 (12.4) 12-3/4 (32.4)

13" flush/semi-flush 11782 (2) 18W DTT (G24q-2) 13 (33.0) N/A 5-3/8 (13.6) 13 (33.0)

15" flush/semi-flush 11784 (1) 55W 2CT6 15 (38.2) N/A 6 (15.2) 13-3/4 (34.9)

23" pendant3 11786 (3) 18W TRT (G24q-2) 22-3/4 (57.8) N/A N/A up to 72 (182.9) w/chain

Sconce 11788 (1) 13W DTT 6 (15.2) N/A 7-1/4 (18.4) N/A

2-light vanity 11790 (2) 13W DTT 20-3/8 (51.8) 9 (22.9) 7-3/4 (19.7) N/A

3-light vanity 11792 (3) 13W DTT 28-7/8 (73.4) 9 (22.9) 7-3/4 (19.7) N/A

4-light vanity 11794 (4) 13W DTT 37-1/4 (94.6) 9 (22.9) 7-3/4 (19.7) N/A
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

Notes
1 2700K compact fluorescent lamps included.
2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.
3 3’ of chain and 10’ of wire provided.
4 Extension from wall or ceiling.

514 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 514 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Linear Design

CEILING MOUNT
Intended Use t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no flickering,
Provides general illumination in residential and light commercial
applications. Ideal for use in offices and all rooms in the home.
quiet operation without interfering with other electronics
t For use with non-dimmable switches only
ARTISTEN
Features
t Decorative scrollwork cast end caps available in antique bronze t All mounting hardware included
with an extruded white acrylic diffuser Listings
t Available in 4’ or 2’ UL Listed (standard) and CSA Certified suitable for damp locations and
ENERGY STAR® qualified (10814 only). For non-RE ballast fixtures, UL
t Utilizes (2) 32W linear T8 or (2) 17W linear T8 straight tube Listed (standard) and CSA Certified (see Options).
fluorescent lamps for energy efficiency, superior color rendering
and long life (not included)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 10814 BZA


Series1 Ballast2 Finish Options
10814 1' x 4', (2) 32W linear T8 lamps (blank) 120V residential electronic ballast (standard) BZA Antique bronze Consult factory.
10816 1' x 2', (2) 17W linear T8 lamps For other voltage and ballast, consult factory.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) 9-7/8
unless otherwise noted. (25.1)
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS L
DFAL48 48" two-light acrylic diffuser
3-1/2 Notes
(8.9) 1 Lamps not included.
1X2 1X4 2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.
Length: 24-1/2 (62.2) 48-5/8 (123.5)

PRODUCT INFORMATION Linear Design


t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no flickering
FUTRA
Intended Use
Provides general illumination in residential and light commercial and quiet operation without interfering with other electronics
applications. Ideal for use in offices and all rooms in the home.
t Also available in other ballast configurations
Features
t Contemporary design complements decors with modern sensibility t For use with non-dimmable switches only
using simple, sleek cast end caps Listings
t Available in brushed nickel with an extruded white acrylic diffuser UL Listed (standard) and CSA Certified suitable for damp locations
and ENERGY STAR® qualified (10813 only). For non-RE ballast fixtures,
t Available in 4’ or 2’ UL Listed (standard) and CSA Certified (see Options).
t Utilizes (2) 32W linear T8 straight tube fluorescent lamps for energy
efficiency, superior color rendering and long life (not included)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR


ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 10813 BN
1 2
Series Ballast Finish Options
10813 1' x 4', (2) 32W linear T8 lamps (blank) 120V residential electronic ballast (standard) BN Brushed nickel Consult factory.
10815 1' x 2', (2) 17W linear T8 lamps For other voltage and ballast, consult factory.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

9-7/8
(25.1)

L
3-1/2
(8.9) Notes
1X2 1X4 1 Lamps not included.
Length: 24-1/2 (62.2) 48-5/8 (123.5) 2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 515

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 515 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Linear Design
CEILING MOUNT

Intended Use t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no flickering

LITEPUFF® Provides general illumination in residential and light commercial


applications. Ideal for use in kitchens, offices, utility areas or closets.
and quiet operation without interfering with other electronics
t For use with non-dimmable switches only
Features
t Durable, milk-white acrylic diffuser provides widespread, Listings
uniform illumination RE ballast fixtures are UL Listed (standard) and CSA Certified suitable
for damp locations and ENERGY STAR® qualified (10640 and 10642
t Low-profile styling complements a variety of decors only). For non-RE ballast fixtures, UL Listed (standard) and CSA
Certified (see Options).
t Clip-on diffuser provides easy access and maintenance
t Utilizes T8 linear lamps for energy efficiency, superior color
rendering and long life (not included)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 10640RE


1,2
Series/Ballast Lamp type Voltage Options
Series1 Ballast2 RE ballast fixtures only RE ballast fixtures only GEB Electronic ballast, ≤20% THD
10640 1' x 4', (2) 32W T8 lamps RE 120V residential electronic ballast (blank) No specification required (blank) No specification required GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD,
10641 1-1/2' x 2', (4) 17W T8 lamps (standard) Non-RE ballast fixtures only Non-RE ballast fixtures only instant start
10651 2' x 2', (2) 31W T8-U lamps 17 17W T8 (2' fixtures only) MVOLT Multi-volt GEB10RS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD,
rapid start
10642 1-1/2' x 4', (4) 32W T8 lamps U31 31W T8-U31 (1-5/8" leg)3 120 120V
CSA Meets Canadian standards4
U316 31W T8-U316 (6" leg)3 277 277V
For other voltage and ballast, consult factory. For other options, consult factory.
32 32W T8 (4' fixtures only) 347 347V
For other voltage, consult factory.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) Notes
unless otherwise noted. 1 Lamps not included.
2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.
W 1X4 1-1/2 X 4 2X2 1-1/2 X 4 3 Only available with 2' x 2' fixtures (U31 also
Length: 51-1/2 (130.8) 27-3/8 (69.5) 27-3/8 (69.5) 51-1/2 (130.8) can be ordered on RE ballast 2’ x 2’ fixtures).
L Width: 11-1/4 (28.6) 16-5/8 (42.2) 27 (68.6) 16-5/8 (42.2) 4 CSA standard on RE ballast fixtures.
D Depth: 5-1/2 (14.0) 5-1/2 (14.0) 6-1/2 (16.5) 5-1/2 (14.0)

PRODUCT INFORMATION Linear Design

CIRRUS® t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no


Intended Use
Provides general illumination in residential and light flickering, quiet operation without interfering with other
commercial applications. Ideal for use in kitchens, offices, electronics
utility areas or closets.
t For use with non-dimmable switches only
Features
t Durable, milk-white acrylic diffuser provides widespread, Listings
uniform illumination RE ballast fixtures are UL Listed (standard) and CSA Certified
suitable for damp locations and ENERGY STAR® qualified.
t Low-profile styling complements a variety of decors For non-RE ballast fixtures, UL Listed (standard) and CSA
Certified (see Options).
t Utilizes T8 linear lamps (not included) for energy efficiency,
superioor color rendering and long life
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 11602RE


Series/Ballast1,2 Lamp type Voltage Options
Series1 Ballast2 RE ballast fixtures only RE ballast fixtures only Non-RE ballast fixtures only GEB Electronic ballast, ≤20% THD
11602 1' x 4', (2) 32W T8 lamps RE 120V residential electronic (blank) No specification (blank) No specification MVOLT Multi-volt GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10%
11604 1' x 4', (4) 32W T8 lamps ballast (standard) required required THD, instant start
Non-RE ballast fixtures only 120 120V GEB10RS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10%
For other voltage and ballast, consult factory. THD, rapid start
32 32W T8 277 277V
347 347V CSA Meets Canadian standards3
For other voltage, consult factory. For other options, consult factory.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) 9-7/8
unless otherwise noted. (25.1)

48-5/8 Notes
(123.5) 1 Lamps not included.
3-1/2
(8.9) 2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.
3 CSA standard on RE ballast fixtures.

516 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 516 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Linear Design

CEILING MOUNT
Intended Use t Utilizes (2) 32W linear T8 lamps for energy efficiency, superior
Provides general illumination in residential and light commercial
applications. Ideal for use in offices and all rooms in the home.
color rendering and long life (not included)
t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no flickering ,
NICKEL END
Features
t Classic wrap with extruded clear prismatic acrylic diffuser and
nickel or bronze finish end caps
quiet operation without interfering with other electronics
t For use with non-dimmable switches only
WRAP
t Unique flush mounting system eliminates light leaks t All mounting hardware included

t Durable, clear acrylic diffuser provides widespread, uniform Listings


illumination cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and suitable for
damp locations. ENERGY STAR® qualified.
t Clip-on diffuser provides easy access for cleaning and maintenance

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: NEW 2 32 120 RE BN


1 2
Series Number of lamps Lamp type Voltage Ballast Finish Options
NEW 1' x 4' 2 32 32W linear T8 lamps 120 120V RE 120V residential electronic ballast (standard) BN Brushed nickel Consult factory.
For other voltage and ballast, consult factory. BZ Bronze

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. 8-3/8
(21.3)
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS Notes
49-1/8 1 Use with non-dimmable switches only.
DNEW48 Clear prismatic acrylic lens (124.8)
2 Lamps not included.
3-5/8 (9.2)

PRODUCT INFORMATION Linear Design


t Utilizes linear T8 lamps for energy efficiency, superior color
OAK END WRAP
Intended Use
Provides general illumination in residential and light commercial rendering and long life (not included)
applications. Ideal for use in offices and all rooms in the home.
t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no flickering
Features and quiet operation without interfering with other electronics
t Classic wrap with solid wood oak ends in oak or white finishes
t For use with non-dimmable switches only
t Low-profile styling complements a variety of decors
t All mounting hardware included
t Unique flush-mount system eliminates light leaks
Listings
t Clip-on diffuser provides easy access for cleaning and RE ballast fixtures are UL Listed and CSA Certified (standard),
maintenance suitable for damp locations and ENERGY STAR® qualified.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 10635RE OA

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR


1,2,3
Series/Ballast Diffuser Finish Lamp type Voltage Options
Series1 Ballast2,3 (blank) Clear lens OA Solid oak RE ballast fixtures only RE ballast fixtures only GEB Electronic ballast, ≤20%
10635 1' x 2', (2) 17W RE 120V residential frame (blank) No specification required (blank) No specification required THD
T8 lamps electronic ballast Non-RE ballast fixtures only Non-RE ballast fixtures only GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10%
10636 1' x 4', (2) 32W (standard) THD, instant start
17 17W T8 (2' fixtures only) MVOLT Multi-volt
T8 lamps GEB10RS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10%
32 32W T8 (4' fixtures only) 120 120V THD, rapid start
10637 1-1/2' x 4', (4)
32W T8 lamps 277 277V CSA Meets Canadian standards3
For other voltage and ballast, consult factory. 347 347V For other options, consult factory.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
W

L
2-7/8 (7.3)
Notes
1 Lamps not included.
1X2 1X4 1-1/2 X 4
Length: 25-1/2 (64.8) 49-1/2 (125.7) 49-1/2 (125.7) 2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.
Width: 8-1/2 (21.6) 8-1/2 (21.6) 13-7/8 (35.2) 3 CSA standard on RE ballast fixtures.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 517

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 517 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Vanities
WALL MOUNT

Intended Use t Available in 2’, 3’ and 4’ lengths

CYLINDER Provides general illumination in residential and commercial


applications. Ideal for use in restrooms, hallways, stairways, utility
areas and over hospital beds.
t Includes (2) linear T5, 3000K fluorescent lamps for energy
efficiency, superior color rendering and long life

Features t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no flickering,


t A sleek, cylinder white acrylic diffuser with accenting quiet operation without interfering with other electronics
brushed nickel end caps and matching brushed nickel canopy t For use with non-dimmable switches only
complements a variety of décors
t All mounting hardware included
t Diffuser provides widespread uniform illumination
Listings
t End caps allow easy access for cleaning and maintenance cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and listed as suitable
for damp locations. ADA compliant.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 11802RET5 BN


1 2
Series Ballast Finish Options
11802RET5 2', (2) 14W linear T5 lamps (blank) 120V residential electronic ballast BN Brushed nickel Consult factory.
11803RET5 3', (2) 21W linear T5 lamps (standard)
11804RET5 4', (2) 28W linear T5 lamps For other voltage and ballast, consult factory.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
DMICY 24 2' matte white acrylic diffuser unless otherwise noted.
DMICY 36 3' matte white acrylic diffuser
DMICY 48 4' matte white acrylic diffuser 2-7/8 (7.3)

3-3/8 (8.6)

2 3 4
Length: 23-1/8 (58.7) 35-1/4 (89.5) 47 (119.4)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

Notes
1 Includes (2) linear T5 3000K fluorescent lamps.
2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.

518 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 518 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Vanities

WALL MOUNT
Intended Use t Includes (2) linear T5, 3000K fluorescent lamps for energy efficiency,
Provides general illumination in residential and commercial applica-
tions. Ideal for use in restrooms, hallways, stairways, utility areas and
areas over hospital beds.
superior color rendering and long life
t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no flickering;
WING
quiet operation without interfering with other electronics
Features
t Curved etched-glass diffuser complimented by polished brushed t For use with non-dimmable switches only
nickel accents and finials t All mounting hardware included
t Diffuser provides uniform illumination Listings
t Finials allow easy access for cleaning and maintenance cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and listed as suitable for
damp locations.
t Available in 2’, 3’ and 4’ lengths

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 10842RET5 BNP


1 2
Series Ballast Finish Options
10842RET5 2', (2) 14W linear T5 lamps (blank) 120V residential electronic ballast (standard) BNP Polished brushed nickel Consult factory.
10843RET5 3', (2) 21W linear T5 lamps For other voltage and ballast, consult factory.
10844RET5 4', (2) 28W linear T5 lamps

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
DWGEP Etched-glass end panel (right or left) unless otherwise noted.
DWGCP Etched-glass front center panel (3' and 4' fixtures only)
6-5/8
(16.8)
L
3-1/4 (8.3)

2 3 4
Length: 23-1/8 (58.7) 35-1/4 (89.5) 47 (119.4)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

Notes
1 Includes (2) linear T5 3000K fluorescent lamps.
2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 519

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 519 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Vanities
WALL MOUNT

Intended Use t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no flickering

LITEPUFF® Ideal for use as general illumination in restrooms, hallways,


stairwells, utility areas and over hospital beds.
and quiet operation withotu interfering with other electronics
t For use with non-dimmable switches only
Features
t UV-stabilized one-piece white acrylic diffuser provides soft, Listings
uniform illumination UL Listed (standard), CSA Certified or NOM Certified (see Options). ADA
compliant.
t Utilizes (2) linear T8 fluorescent lamps for energy efficiency,
superior color rendering and long life (not included)

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 11890RE


1,2
Series/Ballast Options
1 2
Series Ballast CSA Meets Canadian standards
11890 2', (2) 17W T8 lamps RE 120V residential electronic ballast (standard) NOM Meets Mexican standards
11891 3', (2) 25W T8 lamps
11892 4', (2) 32W T8 lamps
For other voltage and ballast, consult factory.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
5
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) (12.7)
unless otherwise noted.
L

4 (10.2
Notes
2 3 4 1 Lamps not included.
Length: 27 (68.6) 39 (99.1) 51 (129.5) 2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.

PRODUCT INFORMATION Vanities

CONTEMPORARY t Residential electronic ballast (120V, 60Hz) ensures no


Intended Use
Provides general illumination for residential and commercial flickering and quiet operation without interfering with
applications. Ideal for use in restrooms, hallways, stairways, other electronics
utility areas and over hospital beds.
t For use with non-dimmable switches only
Features
t Fashionable look in white matches any décor t All mounting hardware included

t White end caps available in 1- and 2-lamp configurations Listings


cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and suitable
t Durable milk-white acrylic diffuser provides a wide-spread for damp locations on RE ballast fixtures. For non-RE ballast, UL
uniform illumination Listed and CSA Certified (standard). NOM Certified (see Options).
ADA Compliant.
t Suitable for vertical or horizontal mounting
t Available in 2’, 3’ and 4’ lengths
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: 11852RE
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

Series/Ballast1,2 Voltage Options


Series1 Ballast2 RE ballast fixtures only GEB Electronic ballast, ≤20% THD
11852 2', (2) 17W linear T8 lamps RE 120V residential electronic ballast (standard) (blank) No specification required GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start
11872 2', (1) 17W linear T8 lamp Non-RE ballast fixtures only GEB10RS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, rapid start
11853 3', (2) 25W linear T8 lamps MVOLT Multi-volt NOM Meets Mexican standards
11873 3', (1) 25W linear T8 lamp 120 120V For other options, consult factory.
11854 4', (2) 32W linear T8 lamps 277 277V
11874 4', (1) 32W linear T8 lamp 347 347V
For other voltage, consult factory.
For other voltage and ballast, consult factory.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS 4-5/8 Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may
(11.7)
not represent actual mechanical configuration.
DWC24 White acrylic diffuser 2' L Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
DWC36 White acrylic diffuser 3' 4-1/2 unless otherwise noted.
(11.3)
DWC48 White acrylic diffuser 4' Notes
2 3 4 1 Lamps not included.
Length: 24 (61.0) 36 (91.4) 48 (121.9)
2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.

520 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 520 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Cabinet Light

CABINET LIGHTING
Intended Use t Adjustable swivel head
Provides task or accent lighting in commercial, retail,
hospitality and residential applications. Ideal for use under
and over cabinets, display cases, task lighting, office light-
t 12” unit produces 226lm at 5W, 18” unit produces
377lm at 9W and 24” unit produces 504lm at 12W
UCLD
ing, coves and utility/work areas.
LED Cabinet Light
t Linkable - Connect multiple fixtures with 13” connector
Features cord (Included)
t Replaces up to a 25W T8 t Available in 2700K or 3000K CCTs, CRI > 80
t Rugged low profile aluminum housing, available in t Dimmable
either white, bronze, or brushed nickel finish
Listings
t Low profile design, with integrated driver, can be direct cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. ENERGY
wired or powered by 5’ cord-and-plug (included) STAR® and Title 24 qualified.

MAB
M

LE
I
D
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: UCLD 12 WH
Series Driver Color temperature Finish
UCLD 12 12” long with 3 LEDs (blank) 120V dimmable driver (blank) 3000K WH White
UCLD 18 18” long with 5 LEDs 2700 2700K BZ Bronze
UCLD 24 24” long with 7 LEDs BN Brushed nickel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
Specifications
Length: UCLD 12 - 12 (30.5)
UCLD 18 - 18 (45.7)
W
UCLD 24 - 24 (60.9)
Width: 3-5/8 (9.2)
L Height: 1 (2.5)
H All dimensions are inches (centimeters)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 521

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 521 2/21/14 6:07 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Cabinet Light
LIGHTING
DESIGN

Intended Use t Up to 80% of energy savings vs. fluorescent and xenon

RAYZER Provides task or accent lighting in commercial, retail, hospitality


t Multiple installation options
LINEAR

and residential applications. Ideal for use under and over cabinets,
CABINET

display cases, task lighting, office lighting, coves and utility/work t Linkable functionality
Modular LED Lighting System areas.
t Slim profile - only 1/2” in height
Features
t Replaces up to a 17W T8 t Requires 24V step down transformer kit (sold separately)

t Durable aluminum construction in a low-profile design. Can be t Available in 9”, 12”, 18” and 24” lengths
plugged in or direct-wired (splice box and 24” connector cord
Listings
required for direct-wiring)
cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RAZ18


Series Options
RAZ9 9” length - 3 LEDs Consult factory.
RAZ12 12” length - 4 LEDs
RAZ18 18” length - 6 LEDs
RAZ24 24” length - 8 LEDs

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS Specifications


RAZTRANS24 120 24V transformer - 120V power source Length: RAZ9 - 9-1/4 (23.5)
RAZTRANS24 MVOLT 24V transformer- Multi-Volt power source RAZ12 - 12-1/4 (31.1)
RAZDIM Step dimmer with remote touch pad RAZ18 - 18-1/4 (46.4)
RAZ CC121 121” Linking cord (fixture to fixture) RAZ24 - 24-1/4 (61.6)
RAZ CC24 24” linking cord (fixture to fixture)
Width: 1-1/4 (3.18)
RAZ CC3 3” linking cord (fixture to fixture)
RAZLVCC Low voltage linking cord (cord to cord) Height: 1/2” (1.27)
RAZ ERC End row connector
RAZ PHD Power hub distributor All dimensions are inches (centimeters)
RAZ INLS26 In-line power switch
UCD JB Splice box - white (required for direct wire)
UCD JB BL Splice box - black (required for direct wire)
UC ERC24 R12 24” connector cord - white (required for direct wire)
UC ERC24 BL 24” connector cord - black (required for direct wire)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR

Notes
1 Lamps not included.
2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.

522 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 522 2/27/14 3:53 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Cabinet Light

CABINET LIGHTING
Intended Use t No wiring required for plug-in; fixture-to-outlet connector
For use where accent or task lighting is needed. Ideal for cabinet
lighting in kitchens, offices and bookcases.
included with each fixture
t Top or back-side flush knockouts provided with direct wire
LINKABLE T5
Features
t Slim-profile design with on/off switch t Pre-installed, poke-home connectors eliminate the need
for wire nuts
FLUORESCENT
t Rugged powder-coated steel housing
t 13” connector cord with safety lock included with fixture for
t Acrylic diffuser provides soft, widespread illumination with linking additional fixtures together
zip-lock design for easy maintenance and superior retention
Listings
t Available in white or bronze finish UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: UC5D 8 120 LP


Series1 Number of lamps Voltage2 Lamped3 Finish
UC5D 8 12", (1) 8W T5 lamp 120 120V electronic ballasts (standard) LP Lamp included (standard) (blank) White
14 23", (2) 14W T5 lamps BZ Bronze
21 34", (3) 21W T5 lamps

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

2-5/8
(6.7)
Notes
L 1 Maximum quantity of cabinet fixtures that can be
connected from a single power source cannot exceed
1 (2.5) 540W from the lamp wattage.
2 Use with non-dimmable switches only.
12" 23" 34" 3 Includes T5 fluorescent lamp.
Length: 12-1/4 (31.1) 22-3/4 (57.8) 34-1/2 (87.6)

PRODUCT INFORMATION Cabinet Light

Intended Use
Splice box allows for quick and easy direct wiring. Features
snap-on cover pre-installed poke-home wire connectors and
t Side-by-side connections reduce shadow between fixtures
for uninterrupted light across countertops or work areas
LINKABLE
mounting hardware.
Features
t Linkable cabinet lights come standard with a 13” connector
t 18” white cord cover keeps fixture-to-fixture connector
cords and cord-and-plugs hidden
t Self-adhesive strip on upper side of cover adheres to most
ACCESSORIES
cord surfaces

t A 24” connector cord is available for longer-length connec- t Cord cover can be cut to accommodate shorter distances
tions between fixtures between fixtures

t Row connectors allow continuous connections with minimal Listings


(1/8”) spacing between fixtures UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

LITHONIA LIGHTING | DECORATIVE INDOOR


ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change.

ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
UCD JB M12 Splice box for quick and easy direct wiring
UC ERC R12 1-1/8" row connector for end-to-end connections1
UC ERC24 R12 24" connector cord for longer-length connections1
UCH WWC R12 18" white cord cover for concealing cord1

Notes
1 Resale packs must be ordered in increments of 12.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 523

Lithonia_Decorative_Indoor_ Section.indd 523 2/21/14 6:07 PM


LITHONIA LIGHTING® INDUSTRIAL
Lithonia Lighting offers a wide selection of products to address high-mount and low-mount, new construction and
renovation lighting applications. Our industrial lighting luminaires are designed to withstand dirt, heat, moisture and
corrosives while incorporating the latest in energy-saving technology and design. This provides the assurance of high-
quality, superior-performance products that meet budget requirements.

Additionally, LED technology has allowed for development of industrial fixtures that maximize total cost of ownership
within applications such as warehousing, manufacturing, gymnasiums, convention centers and retail spaces.
524

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 524 2/27/14 9:45 PM


526 CONTENTS
LED .................................................................................................................. 526-527
Fluorescent ...................................................................................................... 528-536
HID................................................................................................................... 537-546

LOW BAY
LED .................................................................................................................. 547-552
Fluorescent ...................................................................................................... 553-567
528 HID................................................................................................................... 568-574

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES


Fluorescent ...................................................................................................... 575-580
HID................................................................................................................... 581-593

542

547

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


554

571

525

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 525 3/4/14 5:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t Focus, narrow and wide distributions available

PROTEON Ideal one-for-one replacement of conventional high bay systems


such as HID and fluorescent. Applications include manufactur-
ing, warehousing, cold storage, commercial, retail, and other
t Reflectors feature precision-formed optics utilizing 97%+
reflective Alanod® MIRO-SILVER® specular aluminum
PTN large indoor spaces with mounting heights ranging from 15-40’ t Thermally protected driver(s) standard with 0-10V dimming
and ambient temperatures between -13°F (-25°C) and 122°F
(50°C). t Surge protection standard

Features Listings
t Extruded heat sink allows for superior thermal management CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards (UL1598 and
C22.2NO.250.0-08). Damp location. Patented design.
t Access plate on back of channel allows for quick and easy
wiring

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PTN 12000L ND LP750


Series Lumens Distribution Lens Voltage Color temperature Finish
PTN 6000L 6,000 lumens1 FD Focus (blank) Semi-diffuse acrylic (blank) MVOLT LP740 70 CRI, 4000K CCT (blank) Textured dark gray with aluminum accents
12000L 12,000 lumens1 ND Narrow HD125 High-diffuse acrylic 120 120V LP750 70 CRI, 5000K CCT DBLB Textured black with aluminum accents
18000L 18,000 lumens1,2 MD Medium 208 208V DWH Gloss white with aluminum accents
WD Wide 277 277V DNA Gloss natural aluminum with natural aluminum accents
347 347V3
480 480V3

Options
DLC Meets DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) requirements for high bay BSL722 Bodine® emergency LED battery pack for 0°C MSI360 360° motion sensor, pre-wired13,14
lighting4 and up6, 7, 8 MSI360LT 360° motion sensor, low temp; operates down to
CS1W Straight plug, 120V5 BSL722C Bodine® emergency LED battery pack for -20°C -40°F/C13,14
CS3W Twist-lock, 120V5 and up6, 7, 8 MSID Aisle motion sensor, pre-wired, HI/LO dimming
CS11W Twist-lock, 277V5 IMP Integrated modular plug9,10 control13,14
CS93W 600V SEOOW white cord, no plug (no voltage required) OUTCTR Wiring leads pulled through back center of MSI360D 360° motion sensor, pre-wired, HI/LO dimming
fixture11 control13,14
CS97W Twist-lock, 480V5
MSE360 360° motion sensor embedded, high bay12,13 MSIPED Aisle motion sensor, photocell, pre-wired12,13
L/SP Less surge protector
MSE360 360° motion sensor embedded, low bay12, 13 MSI360PED 360° motion sensor, photocell, pre-wired12,13
GLR Internal fast-blow fuse
MSI Aisle motion sensor, pre-wired13,14 nEPP5D nLight dimming module15

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
11
Mounting: Cord sets and sensors for IMP option: Miscellaneous:
PTNSMB DNA Surface-mount bracket, natural aluminum finish CS1WIMP Straight plug, 120V5 WGPTN12 DNA Wireguard, natural aluminum finish, 6L and 12L
IBAC120 M20 10’ adjustable aircraft cable; two clips; Y hanger (one pair) CS3WIMP Twist-lock, 120V5 WGPTN18 DNA Wireguard, natural aluminum finish, 18L
IBAC240 M20 20’ adjustable aircraft cable; two clips; Y hanger (one pair) CS7WIMP Straight plug, 277V5
IBZPMP DNA Pendant monopoint splice box, includes side covers, natural aluminum CS11WIMP Twist-lock, 277V5
(DNA) finish
Pendant monopoint splice box, includes side covers (3/4” threaded hub),
IBZPMPHB DNA natural CS93WIMP 600V SO white cord, no plug (no voltage required)
aluminum (DNA) finish
MSIIMPF Aisle motion sensor10, 12
MSI360IMPF 360° motion sensor10, 12
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) Notes
unless otherwise noted. 1 Nominal design lumens. Refer to 7 Voltage must be specified.
22-1/8
(56.2) IES files for exact lumens based
22-1/8
(56.2) 8 CSA Listed to 40°C max.
on LM79 testing.
9 Must be factory-installed.
2 CSA Certified for 120V - 277V only.
5-9/16
(14.3)
5-9/16
(14.3) 10 Must have “IMP” power cord
3 Step-down transformer utiliz-
17-3/8 to power fixture and/or sensor.
12-3/8 17-3/8 (44.1)
ing BACKPACK™. No pendant
(31.4)
PTN 6000L and PTN 12000L
(44.1)
PTN 18000L
12-3/8 PTN 18000L Specify voltage.
(31.4)
monopoint or emergency battery
PTN 6000L and 12000L
pack. 11 OUTCTR required when IBZPMP
CONFIGURATIONS is being used as wiring compart-
4 Available with 12,000 and 18,000
8-5/8 WATTAGE ment.
(21.9) 8-5/8
LUMENS COMPARABLE HID WEIGHT lumen packages only.
(21.9)
120V 277V 347V 480V 12 Specify voltage; 120, 277 or
6,000 73 71 77 76 175W MH 31.5 lbs. (14.3 kg) 5 All cord sets are 18/3, 6' white and
347 only.
12-3/8 17-3/8
12,000 146 142 154 151 250W MH 33.5 lbs. (15.2 kg) voltage specific. Specify voltage.
(31.4)
PTN 6000L and PTN 12000L with BACKPACK™
(44.1)
PTN 18000L with BACKPACK™ Other configurations available. 13 CSA Listed to 45°C max.
18,000 219 213 231 227 400W MH 39.0 lbs. (17.7 kg)
Consult factory. 14 Specify voltage; 120, 208, 277,
6 Factory-installed BACKPACK. 347 or 480V.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the No pendant monopoint or 15 Not available with HVOLT.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 347V-480V.

526 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 526 2/27/14 9:45 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

HIGH BAY
Intended Use t Narrow and wide distributions available
Ideal one-for-one replacement of conventional high bay systems
such as HID and fluorescent. Applications include warehousing,
manufacturing, and other large indoor spaces with mounting heights
t Reflectors feature precision-formed optics utilizing 97%+
reflective Alanod® MIRO-SILVER® specular aluminum IBL
ranging up to 60’. t Thermally protected driver(s) standard with 0-10V dimming Unlensed (standard)
9-24L pictured
I-BEAM LED
Features Listings
t Die-formed aluminum alloy chassis with intregrated fins for CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Damp location
superior cooling through natural convection listed. Suitable for ambient temperatures from -40°F (-40°C) to 131°F
t Assembly is rigidly designed to resist twisting and bowing (55°C). Patent pending. DesignLights Consortium® qualified product.

Lensed (optional)
36-48L pictured

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: IBL 18L WD LP740 DLC
Series Lumens Distribution Lens Voltage Color temperature
IBL 9L 9,000 lumens 24L 24,000 lumens WD Wide (blank) No shielding (blank) MVOLT; 120-277V LP740 DLC 70 CRI, 4000K CCT
12L 12,000 lumens 36L 36,000 lumens1 ND Narrow SD125 Semi-diffuse acrylic HVOLT 347-480V LP750 DLC 70 CRI, 5000K CCT
18L 18,000 lumens 48L 48,000 lumens1 120 120V LP740 70 CRI, 4000K CCT
277 277V LP750 70 CRI, 5000K CCT

Options Finish
GLR Internal fast-blow fuse2,3 Cord sets: 9 Motion sensors: MSID Aisle motion sensor, (blank) Gloss white with
OUTCTR Wiring leads pulled through CS1W Straight plug, 120V10 MSE360 360° motion sensor embedded, pre-wired, HI/LO dimming textured dark
back center of fixture4 high bay2,11 control2,12 gray accents
CS3W Twist-lock, 120V10
OCS RELOC® OnePass ® 5’ installed2 MSE360LB 360° motion sensor embedded, MSI360D 360° motion sensor, DWH Gloss white
CS7W Straight plug, 277V10 pre-wired, HI/LO dimming
IMP Integrated modular plug5,6 low bay2,11
CS11W Twist-lock, 277V10 control2,12
12412 IOTA emergency LED battery MSIPED Aisle motion sensor, photo sensor,
CS25W Twist-lock, 347V10 pre-wired2,12 NMSI nLight®, aisle motion
pack for 32°F to 104°F (0°C to sensor, pre-wired2
40°C) ambient7,8 CS97W Twist-lock, 480V10 MSI360PED 360° motion sensor, photo sensor,
pre-wired2,12 NMSI360 nLight enabled, 360°
SPD Surge protector2 CS93W 600 SEOOW white cord, no motion sensor, pre-wired2
plug (no voltage required) MSI Aisle motion sensor, pre-wired2
WGX Standard wireguard, installed nEPP5D nLight dimming module2,13
MSI360 360° motion sensor, pre-wired2
nSP5D nLight dimming module14

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


ACCESSORIES Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual mechanical
configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise
ORDER SEPARATELY noted.
Mounting: Cord sets and sensors for IMP option: Field-installable door and lens assemblies: Shown with optional pendant monopoint.
IBAC120 M20 Aircraft cable 10' with hook
(one pair) CS1WIMP Straight plug, 120V9,10,16 DLIBL SD125 Semi-diffuse acrylic lens for use
9L - 24L 1-1/16
IBAC240 M20 Aircraft cable 20' with hook DLIBL48 SD125 Semi-diff use acrylic lens for use (2.7) 2-1/8
(one pair) CS3WIMP Twist-lock, 120V9,10,16 with 36L and 48L (5.4)
2-15/16
IBHMP Hook monopoint CS7WIMP Straight plug, 277V9,10,16 Wire guards: (7.4)
ZACVH Aircraft 10’ V hanger (one pair)8 CS11WIMP Twist-lock, 277V9,10,16 WGIBL Wireguard for use with 9L - 24L 36L-48L
Pendant monopoint splice box, Wireguard for use with 36L
9,10,16
IBLPMP includes side covers for use with CS25WIMP Twist-lock, 347V WGIBL48 and 48L
9L-24L 2-15/16
CS93WIMP 600V SO white cord, no plug (7.6)
IBLPMPHB Straight plug, 120V5 (no voltage required)9, 16
IBLPMP48 Twist-lock, 120V5 CS97WIMP Twist-lock, 480V9,10,16 9L-24L
IBLPMPHB48 Straight plug, 277V5 MSIIMP Aisle sensor6,16
HC36 Twist-lock, 277V5 MSI360IMP 360° sensor6,16

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


THUN Tong hanger bracket (one pair)8,15

CONFIGURATIONS Notes 10 Cord sets are voltage-specific. Specify voltage.


LUMEN WATTAGE WEIGHT 1 Fixtures more than 24" wide can interfere with the Other configurations available. Consult factory.
COMPARABLE LIGHT SOURCE
PACKAGE 120V 277V 347V 480V (LENS IT ADDS APPROX. 7 LBS.) operation of some fire sprinkler systems. Verify 11 Not available with battery pack. Not field-
9L 103 98 101 100 12.5 lbs. (5.7 kg) 2-lamp T5HO specific installation requirements with local fire installable.
12L 134 131 135 134 12.5 lbs. (5.7 kg) 4-lamp T8, 250W HID
official and insurance carrier. Emergency battery
packs are not available with 36L or 48L. 12 After 7.5 minutes, the luminaire will dim to 10%,
18L 213 199 205 202 17.5 lbs. (7.9 kg) 4-lamp T5HO, 6-lamp T8, 400W HID then after an additional 2.5 minutes, the luminaire
2 Specify voltage.
24L 262 258 266 263 17.5 lbs. (7.9 kg) 6-lamp T5HO, 8-lamp T8 will turn off. The controls are field-programmable in
3 Not available with 347 voltage. many configurations. Contact Lithonia Lighting tech
36L 423 417 430 425 35 lbs. (15.9 kg) 8-lamp T5HO, 750 HID
48L 531 511 526 521 35 lbs. (15.9 kg) 10-lamp T5HO,1000W HID 4 OUTCTR required when pendant monopoint is being support for custom programming from factory.
used as the wiring compartment. 13 Consult factory for dimming of 208V, 347V or 480V
5 Must be factory-installed. fixtures.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer 6 Must have "IMP" power cord to power fixture. 14 Requires bus power such as nPP16 power pack from
to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for 7 Must specify voltage. 120V or 277V only. Not avail- Sensor Switch®.
suitable uses.
able with cord set w/plug or OUTCTR option. 15 95°F (35°C) maximum ambient temperature when
8 Not available with 36L or 48L lumen package. using the THUN.
9 All cord sets are 18/3, 6', white. 16 Must have IMP option on fixture.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 527

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 527 2/27/14 9:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t Narrow and wide distributions available

I-BEAM IBZ The IBZ fluorescent high bay is ideal for new construction and
renovation projects. It is a one-for-one replacement of common
metal halide high bay systems. The unique Cool Running Plus™
t Utilizes proprietary Cool Running Plus technology ballast

T5 technology provides industry-leading, trouble-free operation in


t Suitable for suspension by chain or cable, surface-mounting
bracket, hook monopoint, or single (pendant) monopoint
ambient temperatures up to 155°F (68°C). Applications include
manufacturing, warehousing, commercial and industrial facilities. t Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HOF, A+ sound rated
The IBZ fixture performs well at mounting heights from 15’-40’. electronic ballast

Features Listings
t Highly configurable design that allows for a multitude of op- CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards (UL1598 and CSA
tions that can be field- or factory-installed 250.0-08) for 55°C and 40°C lensed. Suitable for damp locations.

t Reflectors tightly control light distribution and effectively


manage heat to increase overall efficiency
ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: IBZ 454L
Series Lamp type Distribution Shielding2,3 Voltage Ballast configuration5 Ballast
IBZ Lamps installed1 (blank) Narrow distribution, (blank) No shielding (blank) MVOLT; 120- (blank) Standard configuration (blank) Cool Running
For tandem 454L 4-lamp 54W T5HO ≤5% uplight A12125 Pattern 12 acrylic, 277V as listed below Plus T5
double-length NDU Narrow distribution, 0.125” 4 HVOLT 347-480V5 Standard ballast configurations: electronic,
654L 6-lamp 54W T5HO 1.0 BF,
unit, add prefix enhanced uplight, ACL Clear acrylic, 0.125” 4 4-lamp = one 4-lamp ballast
“T”. Ex: TIBZ 854L 8-lamp 54W T5HO ≤13% uplight programmed
PCL125 Clear acrylic, 0.125” 4 6-lamp = one 2-lamp and one rapid start
Unlamped WD Wide distribution,
NLWG No lens; wireguard in 4-lamp ballast GEB10PS90 T5 electronic,
454 4-lamp 54W T5HO ≤5% uplight
door frame 8-lamp = two 4-lamp ballasts 1.0 BF,
654 6-lamp 54W T5HO WDU Wide distribution, programmed
854 8-lamp 54W T5HO enhanced uplight, rapid start
≤13% uplight
Lamp color Options

(blank) F54T5HO/841 GLR Internal fast-blow fuse7,8 HBBSIC Chain hanger (pair) Motion sensors:
LP835 F54T5HO/835 GMF Internal slow-blow fuse7,8 HBBS36IC Chain hanger with 36” chain (pair) MSI Aisle motion sensor, pre-wired16
LP850 F54T5HO/850 EL14 Emergency battery pack7,9,10 Cord sets: 14 MSI360 360° motion sensor, pre-wired16
Amalgam lamps6 EL14SD Emergency battery pack w/ self-diagnostics7,9,10 CS1W Straight plug, 120V15 MSE360 360° motion sensor, embedded, high bay7, 17
LP841A F54T5HO/841 I162 1250 lumens per lamp battery9,10,11 CS3W Twist-lock, 120V15 MSE360LB 360° motion sensor, embedded, low bay7, 18
LP835A F54T5HO/835 OUTCTR Wiring leads pulled through back center of CS7W Straight plug, 277V15 XP1 XPoint single relay19
fixture3 CS11W Twist-lock, 277V15 XP2 XPoint double relay19
LP850A F54T5HO/850
OCS RELOC® OnePass® cable7 CS25W Twist-lock, 347V15
Energy-saving 49W lamps Wireguards:
IMP Integrated modular plug12, 13 CS97W Twist-lock, 480V15 WGX External wireguard installed
P841E49 F54T5HO/841
P835E49 F54T5HO/835 FSP Integral full side panels CS93W 600 SEOOW white cord, no plug (no 2WGX External wireguard installed on bottom of fixture20
PBTSKT Polybutylene terephthalate sockets voltage required)
P850E49 F54T5HO/850

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


ACCESSORIES SPECIFICATIONS
ORDER SEPARATELY LENGTH WIDTH DEPTH WEIGHT
Mounting: Field-installable door and lens Cord sets and sensors for IMP Wireguards:
assemblies:3,4 option: 4-lamp 48-1/16 (1221) 13-1/4 (337) 2-3/8 (60) 16 lbs. (7.3 kg)
IBAC120 Aircraft cable 10' with hook (one pair) DLIBZ14 4-lamp pattern 12 acrylic CS1WIMP Straight plug, 120V WGIBZ14 Standard 6-lamp 48-1/16 (1221) 18-1/8 (460) 2-3/8 (60) 20 lbs (9.1 kg)
7, 13, 14, 15
M20 A12125 lens, 0.125” 4-lamp 8-lamp 48-1/16 (1221) 23-7/8 (606) 2-3/8 (60) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg)
wireguard
IBAC240 Aircraft cable 20' with hook (one pair) DLIBZ14 ACL 4-lamp clear acrylic lens CS3WIMP Twist-lock, 120V 7, 13, 14, 15 WGIBZ19 Standard
M20 6-lamp
wireguard
IBZACVH Aircraft 10’ V hanger (one pair) DLIBZ19 6-lamp pattern 12 acrylic CS7WIMP Straight plug, 277V WGIBZ24 Standard factory in order to accommodate the size of the battery. The BACKPACK is NOT
7, 13, 14, 15
A12125 lens, 0.125” 8-lamp
wireguard field-installable. May only be surface-mounted using IBZSMB. Not available with
Twist-lock, 277V 7, pendant-mount using IBZ PMP or IBZ PMPHB. Not available with IMP.
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

IBZTFC Tandem coupler and 8’ side panel DLIBZ19 ACL 6-lamp clear acrylic lens CS11WIMP
13, 14, 15
10 Certified to UL1598 (approx. 1100 lumens at 25°C when using 49W lamps, and
IBZPMP Pendant monopoint splice box, includes DLIBZ19 6-lamp clear CS25WIMP Twist-lock, 347V 7, 911 lumens at 45°C). Single-lamp operation only. 120 or 277 voltage.
side covers3,21 PCL125 polycarbonate lens, 0.125” 13, 14, 15
11 Max 2500 lumens when used with 54W T5 lamps up to 55°C ambient
IBZPMPHB Pendant monopoint splice box, includes DLIBZ24 ACL 8-lamp clear acrylic lens CS93WIMP 600V SEOOW white temperature (120 or 277 voltage only).
side covers (3/4” hub)3,21 cord, no plug (no
voltage required)14 12 Must be factory-installed. Not available on TIBZ 16-lamp configurations.
HBBS36 Chain hanger, 36” (one pair) DLIBZ24 8-lamp clear acrylic lens CS97WIMP Twist-lock, 480V 7, 13 Must have “IMP” power cord to power fixture.
13, 14, 15
PCL125
14 All cord sets are 18/3, 6', white.
IBZSMB Surface-mounting bracket (one pair) MSIIMP Aisle sensor7, 13
15 Cord sets are voltage specific. Specify voltage. Other configurations avail-
13-1/4
(337)
Drawings are for dimensional detail able. Consult factory.
2-3/8only and may not represent actual Notes A12125WG. 16 Specify voltage; 120, 208, 240, 277, 347 or 480.
(60)
mechanical configuration. Dimensions 5 Nonstandard configurations 17 Recommended for heights of 30-40'. Not available with lensed units. 120,
1 Lamps installed are
18-1/2 are shown in inches (centimeters)
(470) F54T5HO/841 unless otherwise may require factory-installed 277 or 347 voltage only.
unless otherwise noted.
2-3/8
(60) specified. BACKPACK™. Consult factory. 18 Embedded sensor. For mounting heights up to 20', not available with lensed
23-7/8 2 5/55°F warranty with open 6 Not for use with motion sensors units. 120, 277 or 347 voltage only.
(606)
fixtures only. or emergency battery packs. 19 Contact LC&D for additional system components required.
2-3/8
(60)
3 Not available with MSE360 or 7 Specify voltage. 20 One wireguard shipped as separate line item for top installation in field. Not
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and MSE360LB option. 8 Not available with 347 voltage. available with IBZPMP.
polycarbonate. Refer to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental 4 For wireguard in door frame, 9 Battery options require a 21 When ordering IBZPMP, two-ballast configurations are recommended. Ex: 2/2.
Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. add "WG" to shielding. Ex: BACKPACK installed by the Not available with tandem units. Not available with any battery pack.

528 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 528 2/27/14 9:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent

HIGH BAY
Intended Use t Reflectors tightly control light distribution and effectively
The IBZ fluorescent high bay is ideal for new construction and
renovation projects. It is a one-for-one replacement of common
metal halide high bay systems. The unique Cool Running Plus™
manage heat to increase overall efficiency
t Narrow and wide distributions available
I-BEAM IBZ
technology provides industry-leading, trouble-free operation
T8
t Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HOF, A+ sound rated
in ambient temperatures up to 155°F (68°C). Applications electronic ballast
include manufacturing, warehousing, commercial and industrial
facilities. The IBZ fixture performs well at mounting heights t Suitable for suspension by chain or cable, surface-mounting
from 15’-40’. bracket, hook monopoint, or single (pendant) monopoint

Features Listings
t Highly configurable design that allows for a multitude of CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards (UL1598 and
options that can be field- or factory-installed CSA 250.0-08 for 25°C ambient operation). Suitable for damp
locations.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: IBZ 432L


Series Lamp type Distribution Shielding2 Voltage Ballast configuration
IBZ Lamps installed1 Unlamped (blank) Narrow distribution, ≤5% (blank) No shielding (blank) MVOLT; (blank) Standard
For tandem 432L 4-lamp 32W T8 432 4-lamp 32W T8 uplight A12125 Pattern 12 acrylic, 0.125” 3 120-277V configuration
double-length 632L 6-lamp 32W T8 632 6-lamp 32W T8 NDU Narrow distribution, enhanced ACL Clear acrylic, 0.125” 3
unit, add prefix uplight, ≤13% uplight
“T”. Ex: TIBZ 832L 8-lamp 32W T8 832 8-lamp 32W T8 PCL125 Clear acrylic, 0.125” 3
WD Wide distribution, ≤5% uplight

Ballast Lamp color Options

(blank) T8 electronic, instant (blank) F32T8/841 GLR Internal fast-blow fuse4, 5 Cord sets: Motion sensors:
start, 1.15-1.20 BF LP835 F32T8/835 GMF Internal slow-blow fuse4,5 CS1W Straight plug, 120V11, 12 MSI Aisle motion sensor, pre-wired13
GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, LP850 F32T8/850 EL14 Emergency battery pack4, 6, 7 CS3W Twist-lock, 120V11, 12 MSI360 360° motion sensor, pre-wired13
≤10% THD, instant EL14SD Emergency battery pack w/ self-diagnostics4,6,7 CS7W Straight plug, 277V11, 12 MSE360 360° motion sensor, embedded14
start, .88 BF
I162 1250 lumens per lamp battery4,6,8 CS11W Twist-lock, 277V11, 12 MSE360LB 360° motion sensor, embedded15
GEB10PSH T8 electronic
ballast, ≤10% THD, OUTCTR Wiring leads pulled through back center of fixture2 CS25W Twist-lock, 347V11,12 XP1 XPoint single relay16
programmed rapid OCS RELOC® OnePass® cable4 CS97W Twist-lock, 480V11, 12 XP2 XPoint double relay16
start, 1.15-1.20 BF
IMP Integrated modular plug9,10 CS93W 600 SEOOW white cord, Wireguards:
FSP Integral full side panels no plug (no voltage WGX External wireguard installed
required)11
HBBSIC Chain hanger (pair) 2WGX Dual wireguard for top and
HBBS36IC Chain hanger with 36” chain (pair) bottom protection17

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent ACCESSORIES
actual mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches ORDER SEPARATELY
(centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Field-installable door and lens
13-1/4 Mounting: Cord sets and sensors for IMP option: Wireguards:
(337) assemblies:2, 3
2-3/8
(60) IBAC120 M20 Aircraft cable 10' with hook (one DLIBZ14 A12125 4-lamp pattern 12 acrylic CS1WIMP Straight plug, 120V11, 12, 19 WGIBZ14 Standard 4-lamp
pair) lens, 0.125” wireguard
18-1/2
(470) IBAC240 M20 Aircraft cable 20' with hook (one DLIBZ14 ACL 4-lamp clear acrylic lens CS3WIMP Twist-lock, 120V 11, 12, 19 WGIBZ19 Standard 6-lamp
2-3/8 pair) wireguard
(60)
IBHMP Hook monopoint DLIBZ14 PCL125 4-lamp clear polycarbonate CS7WIMP Straight plug, 277V 11, 12, 19 WGIBZ24 Standard 8-lamp
23-7/8 lens, 0.125” wireguard
(606) 11, 12, 19
IBZACVH Aircraft 10' V hanger (one pair) DLIBZ19 A12125 6-lamp pattern 12 acrylic CS11WIMP Twist-lock, 277V
2-3/8
(60) lens, 0.125"
IBZTFC Tandem coupler and 8' side panel DLIBZ19 ACL 6-lamp clear acrylic lens CS25WIMP Twist-lock, 347V 11, 12, 19
SPECIFICATIONS
LENGTH WIDTH DEPTH WEIGHT IBZPMP Pendant monopoint splice box, DLIBZ19 PCL125 6-lamp clear polycarbonate CS93WIMP 600V SEOOW white cord, no
4-lamp 48-1/16 (1221) 13-1/4 (337) 2-3/8 (60) 16 lbs. (7.3 kg) includes side covers18 lens, 0.125" plug (no voltage required)11
6-lamp 48-1/16 (1221) 18-1/8 (460) 2-3/8 (60) 20 lbs (9.1 kg) IBZPMPHB Pendant monopoint splice box, DLIBZ24 ACL 8-lamp clear acrylic lens CS97WIMP Twist-lock, 480V

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


8-lamp 48-1/16 (1221) 23-7/8 (606) 2-3/8 (60) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg) includes side covers (3/4” hub)18
HBBS36 Chain hanger, 36" (one pair) DLIBZ24 PCL125 8-lamp clear polycarbonate MSIIMP 360° sensor10, 19, 20
STANDARD BALLAST CONFIGURATIONS lens, 0.125"
4-LAMP 6-LAMP 8-LAMP IBZSMB Surface-mounting bracket (one pair) MSI360IMP 360° sensor7, 13
T8 instant start Two 2-lamp Two 3-lamp ballasts Two 4-lamp Notes 11 All cord sets are 18/3, 6’, white.
(1.15 - 1.20 BF) ballasts ballasts
1 Lamps installed are F32T8/841 unless otherwise specified. 12 Cord sets are voltage specific. Specify voltage. Other configurations available.
T8 instant One 4-lamp One 4-lamp and one Two 4-lamp 2 Not available with MSE360 or MSE360LB options. Consult factory.
start (0.88 BF) ballast 2-lamp ballast ballasts 3 For wireguard in door frame, add "WG" to shielding. Ex: A12125WG. 13 Specify voltage; 120, 208, 240, 277, 347 or 480.
4 Specify voltage. 14 Recommended for heights of 30-40’. Not available with lensed units. 120, 277 or
T8 program rapid Two 2-lamp Two 3-lamp ballasts One 2-lamp 5 Not available with 347 voltage. 347 voltage only.
start (1.15 - 1.20 BF) ballasts ballast and 6 Battery options require a BACKPACK™ installed by the factory in order to accom- 15 Recommended for heights up to 20’. Not available with lensed units. 120, 277 or
two 3-lamp modate the size of the battery. The BACKPACK is NOT field-installable. May only be 347 voltage only.
ballasts surface-mounted using IBZSMB. Not available with pendant-mount using IBZPMP 16 Contact LC&D for additional system components required.
or IBZ PMPHB. Not available with IMP. 17 External bottom wireguard factory-installed. External top wireguard shipped
T8 program One 4-lamp One 4-lamp and one Two 4-lamp separately for field installation. Not available with IBZPMP.
rapid start (0.88 BF) ballast 2-lamp ballast ballasts 7 Output in emergency mode varies with ambient temperature (911 lumens at
45°C). Single-lamp operation only. 120 or 277 voltage only. 18 When ordering IBZPMP, two-ballast configurations are recommended. Ex: 2/2. Not
8 Max 3000 lumens when used with T8 lamps up to 55°C ambient temperature. Not available with tandem units. Not available with any battery pack.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and available with IMP. 120 or 277 voltage only. 19 Fixture must have “IMP” option.
polycarbonate. Refer to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental
9 Must be factory-installed. Not available on TIBZ 16-lamp configurations. 20 120 or 277 voltage only.
Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.
10 Must have “IMP” power cord to power fixture.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 529

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 529 2/27/14 9:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent
HIGH BAY

Intended Use • Narrow and wide distribution available

FLUORESCENT The I-BEAM® fluorescent high bay is an ideal one-for-one


replacement of common metal halide high bay systems. • Reflectors provide 95% reflectivity

HIGH BAYS Applications include manufacturing, warehousing, commercial


facilities and retail. The fluorescent I-BEAM fixture performs at
mounting heights from 15’-40’.
• Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HOF, A+ sound
rated electronic ballast

T5 Features
• Suitable for suspension by chain or cable, surface-mounting
bracket, hook monopoint, or single (pendant) monopoint
• Rugged fixture construction coupled with excellent fixture
performance Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: IBZT5 4L


# of Lamp Standard
Catalog Number UPC Description lamps Wattage Voltage Distribution Ballast type included Pallet qty. carton quantity
IBZT5 4 745977144141 T5 fluorescent high bay 4 54 120-277 Narrow Electronic, program start N 51 1
IBZT5 4L 745977147197 T5 fluorescent high bay 4 54 120-277 Narrow Electronic, program start Y 51 1
IBZT5 4L WD 745977147227 T5 fluorescent high bay 4 54 120-277 Wide Electronic, program start Y 51 1
IBZT5 4 WD 745977147421 T5 fluorescent high bay 4 54 120-277 Wide Electronic, program start N 51 1
IBZT5 4 120/277 MSE360 745977147258 T5 w/ embedded sensor 4 54 120-277 Narrow Electronic, program start N 51 1
IBZT5 4L 120/277 MSE360 745977147289 T5 w/ embedded sensor 4 54 120-277 Narrow Electronic, program start Y 51 1
IBZT5 4L WD 120/277 MSE360 745977147302 T5 w/ embedded sensor 4 54 120-277 Wide Electronic, program start Y 51 1
IBZT5 6 WD 120/277 MSE360 745977147357 T5 w/ embedded sensor 4 54 120-277 Wide Electronic, program start N 51 1
1
IBZT5 6 745977147432 T5 fluorescent high bay 6 54 120-277 Narrow Electronic, program start N 36 1
IBZT5 6L 745977147470 T5 fluorescent high bay 6 54 120-277 Narrow Electronic, program start Y 36 1
IBZT5 6L WD 745977147517 T5 fluorescent high bay 6 54 120-277 Wide Electronic, program start Y 36 1
IBZT5 6 WD 745977147519 T5 fluorescent high bay 6 54 120-277 Wide Electronic, program start N 36 1
IBZT5 6 120/277 MSE360 745977147623 T5 w/ embedded sensor 6 54 120-277 Narrow Electronic, program start N 36 1
IBZT5 6L 120/277 MSE360 745977147630 T5 w/ embedded sensor 6 54 120-277 Narrow Electronic, program start Y 36 1
IBZT5 6L WD 120/277 MSE360 745977147609 T5 w/ embedded sensor 6 54 120-277 Wide Electronic, program start Y 36 1
IBZT5 6 WD 120/277 MSE360 745977147616 T5 w/ embedded sensor 6 54 120-277 Wide Electronic, program start N 36 1

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


ACCESSORIES T5 Specifications
ORDER SEPARATELY 4-lamp 6-lamp
DLIBZ14 ACL Door frame kit with .125” acrylic lens for four-lamp fixture
DLIBZ19 ACL Door frame kit with .125” acrylic lens for six-lamp fixture Length: 48-1/8(122.2) 48-1/8 (122.2)
DLIBZ24 ACL Door frame kit with .125” acrylic lens for four-lamp, 24” wide fixture Width: 13-1/4 (33.7) 18-1/8 (46.0)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

HBBS36 Chain hanger, 36” Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0) 2-3/8 (6.0)


IBHMP Hook monopoint
IBZACVH 10’ adjustable aircraft cable with V-hook Weight: 15 lbs. (6.8 kg) 19 lbs. (8.6 kg)
IBZPMP Pendant monopoint splice box, includes side covers Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless
IBZPMPHB Pendant monopoint splice box, includes side covers (3/4” hub) otherwise noted.
IBZTFC Tandem coupler and side panel
SFR 5 360° snap-fit high-bay sensor1
WGIBZ14 Wireguard for four-lamp fixture
WGIBZ19 Wireguard for six-lamp fixture
WGIBZ24 Wireguard for four-lamp, 24” wide fixture

Certain
Certain
airborne
airborne
contaminants
contaminants
cancan
diminish
diminish
integrity
integrity
of acrylic
of acrylic
andand
polycarbonate.
polycarbonate.
Refer
Refer
to the
to the Acrylic & Polycarbonate Notes
Acrylic
Environmental
& Polycarbonate
Compatibility
Environmental
tables Compatibility
on pages 1116-1117
tablesfor
onsuitable
pages 1116-1117
uses. for suitable uses. 1 Not available when used with a door and lens.

530 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent

HIGH BAY
Intended Use • Reflectors provide 95% reflectivity
The I-BEAM® fluorescent high bay is an ideal one-for-one
replacement of common metal halide high bay systems. • Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HOF, A+ sound
rated electronic ballast
FLUORESCENT
Applications include manufacturing, warehousing, commercial
facilities and retail. The fluorescent I-BEAM fixture performs at
mounting heights from 15’-40’.
• Suitable for suspension by chain or cable, surface-mounting
bracket, hook monopoint, or single (pendant) monopoint
HIGH BAYST8
Features Listings
• Rugged fixture construction coupled with excellent fixture UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
performance
• Narrow and wide distribution available

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: IBZT8 6


Standard
# of Lamp Pallet carton
Catalog Number UPC Description lamps Wattage Voltage Distribution Ballast type included qty. quantity
IBZT8 4 745977147661 T8 fluorescent high bay 4 32 120-277 Narrow NEMA® Premium, instant start N 51 1
IBZT8 4L 745977147678 T8 fluorescent high bay 4 32 120-277 Narrow NEMA Premium, instant start Y 51 1
IBZT8 4L WD 745977147692 T8 fluorescent high bay 4 32 120-277 Wide NEMA Premium, instant start Y 51 1
IBZT8 4 WD 745977147708 T8 fluorescent high bay 4 32 120-277 Wide NEMA Premium, instant start N 51 1
IBZT8 4 120/277 MSE360 745977147715 T8 w/ embedded sensor 4 32 120-277 Narrow NEMA Premium, program start N 51 1
IBZT8 4L 120/277 MSE360 745977147685 T8 w/ embedded sensor 4 32 120-277 Narrow NEMA Premium, program start Y 51 1
IBZT8 4L WD 120/277 MSE360 745977147814 T8 w/ embedded sensor 4 32 120-277 Wide NEMA Premium, program start Y 51 1
IBZT8 4 WD 120/277 MSE360 745977147784 T8 w/ embedded sensor 4 32 120-277 Wide NEMA Premium, program start N 51 1
1
IBZT8 6 745977147791 T8 fluorescent high bay 6 32 120-277 Narrow NEMA Premium, instant start N 36 1
IBZT8 6L 745977147807 T8 fluorescent high bay 6 32 120-277 Narrow NEMA Premium, instant start Y 36 1
IBZT8 6L WD 745977147845 T8 fluorescent high bay 6 32 120-277 Wide NEMA Premium, instant start Y 36 1
IBZT8 6 WD 745977147869 T8 fluorescent high bay 6 32 120-277 Wide NEMA Premium, instant start N 36 1
IBZT8 6 120/277 MSE360 745977147000 T8 w/ embedded sensor 6 32 120-277 Narrow NEMA Premium, program start N 36 1
IBZT8 6L 120/277 MSE360 745977148040 T8 w/ embedded sensor 6 32 120-277 Narrow NEMA Premium, program start Y 36 1
IBZT8 6L WD 120/277 MSE360 745977148088 T8 w/ embedded sensor 6 32 120-277 Wide NEMA Premium, program start Y 36 1
IBZT8 6 WD 120/277 MSE360 745977148170 T8 w/ embedded sensor 6 32 120-277 Wide NEMA Premium, program start N 36 1

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES T8 Specifications
ORDER SEPARATELY 4-lamp 6-lamp
DLIBZ14 ACL Door frame kit with .125” acrylic lens for four-lamp fixture Length: 48-1/8 (122.2) 48-1/8 (122.2)
DLIBZ19 ACL Door frame kit with .125” acrylic lens for six-lamp fixture
DLIBZ24 ACL Door frame kit with .125” acrylic lens for four-lamp, 24” wide fixture Width: 13-1/4 (33.7) 18-1/8 (46.0)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


HBBS36 Chain hanger, 36” Depth: 2-3/8 (6.0) 2-3/8 (6.0)
IBHMP Hook monopoint Weight: 15 lbs. (6.8 kg) 19 lbs. (8.6 kg)
IBZACVH 10’ adjustable aircraft cable with V-hook
Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless
IBZPMP Pendant monopoint splice box, includes side covers otherwise noted.
IBZPMPHB Pendant monopoint splice box, includes side covers (3/4” hub)
IBZTFC Tandem coupler and side panel
SFR 5 360° snap-fit high-bay sensor1
WGIBZ14 Wireguard for four-lamp fixture
WGIBZ19 Wireguard for six-lamp fixture
WGIBZ24 Wireguard for four-lamp, 24” wide fixture

Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the Notes
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 1 Not available when used with a door and lens.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 531


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t Multiple lamp distributions available

FGB The SPEC-BEAM™ is an ideal one-for-one replacement of


common metal halide high bay systems. The optional Cool
Running Technology provides trouble-free operation in
t Reflectors available with solid top or uplight

Spec-Beam™ ambient spaces up to 65°C. Applications include warehousing,


t Reflectors provide 95% reflectivity

manufacturing, commercial facilities and retail. The SPEC-BEAM t Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HOF, A+ sound rated
performs best at mounting heights from 15’ to 40’. electronic ballast

Features t Suitable for suspension by chain, cable or monopoint


t Full-side fixture body provides strength and rigidity during mounting with appropriate accessories
shipment and installation
Listings
t Ballast and wiring compartment are accessed from below UL Listed. CSA Certified. (UL 1598 and CSA C22.2 No. 250.0-00.)
and are completely tool-less For ambient operation up to 55°C. Suitable for damp locations.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FGB24 6 54T5HO T1X20 MVOLT 1/41/2 GEB10PS LP841
Series Number of lamps1 Lamp type Distribution/Reflector Shielding5
FGB14 2 28T5 28W T5 Distribution Reflector (blank) No shielding
FGB164 3 32 32W T8 F1 Focus (0.9>SC)2,3 X20 Specular aluminum A12125 Pattern 12 acrylic, 0.125”
FGB24 4 54T5HO 54W T5HO T1 Task (0.9<1.2 SC) X20U Specular aluminum w/ uplight A12125WG Pattern 12 acrylic, 0.125”
6 N1 Normal (1.2<1.4 SC) D20 White powder coat4 ACL Clear acrylic, 0.125”
S1 Spread (1.4<1.8 SC) D20U White powder coat w/ uplight4 ACLWG Clear acrylic, 0.125” w/ wireguard in door frame
B1 Broad (1.8<SC)3 PCL125 Clear polycarbonate, 0.125”
PCL125WG Clear polycarbonate, 0.125” w/ wireguard in
door frame
NLWG No lens, wireguard in door frame

Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options


MVOLT 120-277V, 60Hz (blank) All 2-lamp ballasts5 ACRP Cool Running Plus (blank) No lamps OUTCTR Wiring pulled through back center of fixture6
HVOLT 347-480V, 60Hz 1/3 One 3-lamp ballast GEB10PS90 T5HO electronic ballast, LP830 85 CRI, 3000K, std. life OUTCTR 7/8 Wiring leads pulled through back of fixture when
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast ≤10% THD programmed LP835 85 CRI, 3500K, std. life ordering without tong hanger6
rapid start PAF Powder coat after fabrication
1/41/2 One 4-lamp and one LP841 85 CRI, 4100K, std. life
2-lamp ballast GEB10PS T5 or T8 electronic ballast PAF AL Aluminum construction, powder coat
≤10% THD program rapid LP850 85 CRI, 5000K, std. life
2/3 Two 3-lamp ballasts start ballast 20GA 20-gauge steel construction
GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% TCP Top cover panels7
THD, instant start, normal BF WG Wireguard, 11 gauge, external mount
GEB10ISH T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% MSI Occupancy sensor pre-wired (aisle)8
THD, instant start, high BF
MSI360 Occupancy sensor pre-wired (360°)8
MSIPE Occupancy sensor pre-wired with photocell8
EL14 Emergency battery pack8

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES NUMBER OF LAMPS WIDTH HEIGHT LENGTH unless otherwise noted.
FGB14 2 or 3 12 (30.5) 4-1/2 (11.4) 48 (121.9)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

FGB164 4 16 (40.6) 4-1/2 (11.4) 48 (121.9) 4-1/2 4-1/2


FGB24 6 24 (61.0) 4-3/4 (12.1) 48 (121.9) (11.4) (11.4)

12 16
ACCESSORIES (30.5) (40.6)
ORDER SEPARATELY
IBAC120 M20 10' adjustable aircraft cable, 2-hook, Y hanger (one pair) FGB14 FGB164
IBAC240 M20 20' adjustable aircraft cable, 2-hook, Y hanger (one pair)
HSD36 3' jack chain with hanger (one pair) 4-1/2
(12.1) Notes
THSD Monopoint hanger with 3/4" KO
THSDHB Monopoint hanger with 3/4" hub 1 See Configurations table for availability.
24 2 Available with T5HO lamps only.
THSDSK Side covers for monopoint hanger (one pair) (61.0)
3 Not available with prismatic lens option.
FGB28 4 Available with N1 (normal) distribution only.
5 Not valid in 4ft fixtures with 6 six or more lamps.
6 Specify OUTCTR when monopoint hanger will be used for wiring
compartment.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 7 5/55 warranty with open fixtures only.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 8 Must specify voltage.

532 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 532 2/27/14 9:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent

HIGH BAY
Intended Use t Multiple lamp distributions available
The SPEC-BEAM™ high-lumen fixture is an ideal one-for-one
replacement of common metal halide high bay systems.
Applications include warehousing, manufacturing, commercial
t Reflectors available with solid top or uplight FGB
facilities and retail. The SPEC-BEAM performs best at mounting
t Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HOF, A+ sound rated SPEC-BEAM™ HL
electronic ballast
heights from 15’ to 40’.
t Suitable for suspension by chain, cable or monopoint
Features mounting with appropriate accessories
t Full-side fixture body provides strength and rigidity during
shipment and installation Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian standards. Suitable for damp
t Ballast and wiring compartment are accessed from below locations. For use in ambient temperatures from -20°C to 40°C
and are completely tool-less when using up to a six-lamp configuration.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FGB28 6 54T5HO T1X20 MVOLT 1/41/2 GEB10PS LP841
Series Number of lamps1 Lamp type Distribution/Reflector Shielding
FGB324 4 28T5 28W T5 Distribution Reflector (blank) No shielding
FGB168 6 32 32W T8 F1 Focus (0.9>SC)2,3 X20 Specular aluminum A12125 Pattern 12 acrylic, 0.125”
FGB28 8 54T5HO 54W T5HO T1 Task (0.9<1.2 SC) X20U Specular aluminum w/ uplight A12125WG Pattern 12 acrylic, 0.125”
10 N1 Normal (1.2<1.4 SC) D20 White powder coat4 ACL Clear acrylic, 0.125”
S1 Spread (1.4<1.8 SC) D20U White powder coat w/ uplight4 ACLWG Clear acrylic, 0.125” w/ wireguard in door frame
B1 Broad (1.8<SC)3 PCL125 Clear polycarbonate, 0.125”
PCL125WG Clear polycarbonate, 0.125” w/ wireguard in door frame
NLWG No lens, wireguard in door frame

Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options


MVOLT 120-277V, 60Hz (blank) All 2-lamp ballasts5 ACRP Cool Running Plus (blank) No lamps OUTCTR 7/8 Wiring leads pulled through back of fixture when
HVOLT 347-480V, 60Hz 1/3 One 3-lamp ballast GEB10PS90 T5HO electronic ballast, LP830 85 CRI, 3000K, std. life ordering without tong hanger6
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast ≤10% THD, programmed LP835 85 CRI, 3500K, std. life PAF Powder coat after fabrication
rapid start PAF AL Aluminum construction, powder coat
1/41/2 One 4-lamp and one LP841 85 CRI, 4100K, std. life
2-lamp ballast GEB10PS T5 or T8 electronic ballast, 20GA 20-gauge steel construction
≤10% THD, programmed LP850 85 CRI, 5000K, std. life
2/3 Two 3-lamp ballasts rapid start TCP Top cover panels7
GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% WG Wireguard, 11 gauge, external mount
THD, instant start, normal BF MSI Occupancy sensor pre-wired (aisle)8
GEB10ISH T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% MSI360 Occupancy sensor pre-wired (360°)8
THD, instant start, high BF
MSIPE Occupancy sensor pre-wired with photocell8
EL14 Emergency battery pack8

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
SERIES NUMBER OF LAMPS6 WIDTH HEIGHT LENGTH unless otherwise noted.
FGB324 8 or 10 32 (81.3) 4-3/4 (12.1) 48 (121.9)

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


FGB168 4 16 (40.6) 4-1/2 (11.4) 96 (243.8)
9-1/2
FGB28 6 24 (61.0) 4-3/4 (12.1) 96 (243.8) 4-1/2 (12.1)
(11.4)
ACCESSORIES 32
ORDER SEPARATELY 16 (81.3)
IBAC 120 M20 10' adjustable aircraft cable, 2-hook, Y hanger (one pair) (40.6)
FGB324
IBAC 240 M20 20' adjustable aircraft cable, 2-hook, Y hanger (one pair) FGB168
HSD36 3' jack chain with hanger (one pair) 4-1/2
(12.1)
Notes
24 1 See Configurations table for availability.
(61.0) 2 Available with T5HO lamps only.
FGB28 3 Not available with prismatic lens option.
4 Available with N1 (normal) distribution only.
5 Not valid with 6 or more lamps in 4” fixtures.
6 Specify OUTCTR when monopoint haner will
be used.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 7 5/55 warranty with open fixtures only.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 8 Must specify voltage.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 533

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 533 2/27/14 9:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t Optional uplight softens ceiling appearance and reduces

MS5HB Intended for use in retail stores, warehouses and


manufacturing applications where a high lumen package in
a compact fixture is required.
“cave effect”
t Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HOF, A+ sound rated
electronic ballast
Features
t Convenient access plate is located on back of channel for t A variety of mounting options are available including tong
easy access to wiring compartment hangers, aircraft cables and stems

t Narrow and wide distribution available t Suitable as stand-alone fixture or mounted in rows

t Optional straight-blade louver Listings


UL Listed for 25°C ambient temperatures. CSA Certified (see
Options).

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MS5HB 3 54T5HO SBL ND MVOLT GEB10PS90
Series Number of lamps2,3 Lamp type Reflector Distribution
MS5HB T5 low-profile direct/indirect 2 28T5 28W T5 (46”) (blank) No louver ND Narrow
MS5HBST T5 low-profile solid top1 3 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") SBL White straight blade louver assembly WD Wide
For tandem double-length unit, add prefix T. Example: TMS5HB Not included

Voltage Ballast configuration Ballast Options


4
MVOLT (blank) All 2-lamp ballasts GEB10PS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, GLR Internal fast-blow fuse5
347 1/3 One 3-lamp ballast programmed rapid start GMF Internal slow-blow fuse5
480 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast GEB10PS90 T5HO electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, EL55 T5 emergency battery pack (nominal 390-700 lumens)5,6
programmed rapid start
1/4 1/2 One 4-lamp balllast and one 2-lamp ballast CSA Meets Canadian standards
2/3 Two 3-lamp ballasts MSI Occupancy sensor pre-wired5,7

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NUMBER OF LAMPS PER
SERIES LAMP TYPE WIDTH DEPTH LENGTH unless otherwise noted.
LAMPS3 FIXTURE
MS5HB 2, 3 2, 3 54T5HO 9-3/4 (24.8) 4-1/4 (10.8) 46-1/8 (117.2)
TMS5HB 2, 3 4, 6 54T5HO 9-3/4 (24.8) 4-1/4 (10.8) 92-1/8 (234.0)
4-1/4
MS5HBST 2 2 54T5HO 9-3/4 (24.8) 4-1/4 (10.8) 46-1/8 (117.2) (10.8)
TMS5HBST 2 4 54T5HO 9-3/4 (24.8) 4-1/4 (10.8) 92-1/8 (234.0)
9-3/4
ACCESSORIES (24.8)
ORDER SEPARATELY
MSHBAC_ Adjustable aircraft cable support (non-feed) (specify length as 36, 72 or 120 inches)
MSHBACF_ Aircraft cable feed and support (specify length as 36, 72 or 120 inches)
THMS5HB Tong hanger
SQ_ Swivel stem hanger (specify length in 2" increments)
HC36 Chain hanger, 36" (one pair)
WGMS5HBZ 4' wireguard for MS5HB, zinc coated (two required for 8' lengths)
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

Notes
1 Available in 2-lamp only.
2 See Configurations table for availability.
3 Number of lamps per 4’ section.
4 Odd lamp configurations will include a two-lamp ballast.
5 Specify voltage.
6 3-lamp 4' fixtures require 1/3 ballast.
7 Use of programmed rapid start ballast recommended to avoid
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the shortened lamp life.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 8 Number of lamps per 4’ cross section.

534 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 534 3/4/14 5:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent

HIGH BAY
Intended Use t Optional factory-installed lamps
The perfect replacement for HID high bay luminaires.
Typically located in retail, warehouse, industrial, commercial
and manufacturing areas. Designed for large area lighting
t Thermally protected, resetting, Class P, HOF, A+ sound rated
electronic ballast
FOB
applications (5,000 - 1,000,000+ sq. ft.) and may be mounted t Fixture can be offset mounted, surface or supended
at heights of 15’ to 25’. mounted, utilizing appropriate mounting accessories
Features Listings
t Tool-less ballast and wiring access CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards (UL1598 and
t Door frame with two painted hinges and two painted CSA 250.0-08) for 0°C (32°F) and 30°C (85°F) lensed. Suitable
opposing rotary cam latches for damp locations. With IMP option, fixture is CSA Certified to
UL1598. Without IMP option, fixture is cUL Listed to UL1598.
t Optional double gasketing available
t Multiple lamp distributions available

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FOB164 4 54T5HO T1X20 ACL MVOLT 1/4 GEB10PS LP841
Series Number of lamps1 Lamp type Distribution/Reflector Shielding Voltage
4 ft fixtures 2 28T5 28W T5 (46”) Distribution Reflector (blank) No shielding MVOLT 120-277V, 60Hz
FOB14 1'x4' 3 32 32W T8 F1 Focus (0.9>SC)2,3,4 X20 Specular aluminum A12 Pattern 12 acrylic, 0.110" HVOLT 347-480V, 60Hz
FOB164 16"x4' 4 54T5HO 54W T5HO (46") T1 Task (0.9<1.2 SC) D20 White powder coat 5 ACL Clear acrylic, 0.125"
FOB24 2'x4' 6 N1 Normal (1.2<1.4 SC) PCL125 Clear polycarbonate, 0.125"
8 ft fixtures S1 Spread (1.4<1.8 SC) NLWG No lens
FOB18 1'x8' B1 Broad (1.8< SC)3,4
FOB168 16"x8'
FOB28 2'x8'

Ballast configuration Ballast Lamp color Options


(blank) All 2-lamp ballasts6 GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant (blank) No lamps OUTCTR Wiring leads pulled through back center of fixture7
1/3 One 3-lamp ballast start, normal BF LP830 85 CRI, 3000K, std. life AB Double-gasketing
1/4 One 4-lamp ballast GEB10ISH T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant LP835 85 CRI, 3500K, std. life 20GA 20-gauge steel construction
start, high BF
1/4 1/2 One 4-lamp and one 2-lamp LP841 85 CRI, 4100K, std. life AL Aluminum construction
ballast GEB10PS Electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed
rapid start LP850 85 CRI, 5000K, std. life WG Wireguard, 11 gauge, external mounting
2/3 Two 3-lamp ballasts IMP Integrated modular plug
GEB10PS90 T5HO 90° electronic ballast, ≤10% THD,
2/4 Two 4-lamp ballasts programmed rapid start IMP2 Integrated 2-circuit modular plug
3/4 Three 4-lamp ballasts GLR Internal fast-blow fuse8
GMF Internal slow-blow fuse8
EL14 Emergency battery pack8
MSI Aisle motion sensor, pre-wired8
MSI360 360° motion sensor, pre-wired8

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NUMBER
SERIES WIDTH HEIGHT LENGTH unless otherwise noted.
OF LAMPS

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


FOB14 / FOB18 2, 3 12 (30.5) 5-1/4 (13.3) 48 (121.9) / 96 (243.8)
FOB164 / FOB168 4 16 (40.6) 5-1/4 (13.3) 48 (121.9) / 96 (243.8)
FOB24 / FOB28 6 23-5/8 (60.0) 5-1/4 (13.3) 48 (121.9) / 96 (243.8) 5-1/4 5-1/4
(13.3) (13.3)

ACCESSORIES 12 23-5/8
ORDER SEPARATELY (30.5) (60.0)
FOB14/FOB18 FOB24/FOB28
IBAC120 M20 10' adjustable aircraft cable, 2-hook Y hanger (one pair)
IBAC240 M20 20' adjustable aircraft cable, 2-hook Y hanger (one pair)
MHYTGB10 10' adjustable aircraft cable, 2-toggle Y hanger (one pair) Notes
HBBS36 3' jack chain with hanger (one pair) 5-1/4 1 See Configurations table for series and lamp configurations.
THSDZ3HB Monopoint hanger, ¾" hub (for 12" fixture - 4' only) (13.3) 2 Available with T5HO lamps ONLY.
THSDZ4HB Monopoint hanger, ¾" hub (for 16" & 24" fixtures - 4' only) 3 Not available with prismatic lens option.
THSDZ3SK Side covers for monopoint hanger (for 12” fixture - 4’ only) 16 4 Not available with FOB164/8 (6L) or FOB24/8 (8L).
(40.6) 5 Available with N1 (normal) distribution only.
THSD245K Side covers for monopoint hanger (for 16” & 24” fixture-4’ only)
FOB164/FOB168 6 Not available in 4ft fixtures with six or more lamps.
7 Specify OUTCTR when monopoint hanger will be used for wiring
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the compartment.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 8 Must specify voltage.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 535

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 535 3/4/14 5:01 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION Fluorescent
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t Heavy-duty code-grade construction

FAL FAL provides peak optical performance with maximum fixture


efficiency for aisle lighting in industrial, commercial and retail
applications. T5 is ideal for mounting heights up to 50’, and T8
t Access plate on back of channel allows for quick and easy
wiring
for mounting heights up to 35’ in climate-controlled spaces. Us- t Optical system provides focused distribution with no uplift
ing high-performance optics will reduce the number of fixtures
required and maximize energy savings. t Segmented reflectors utilize 95%+ reflectance MIRO®
specular aluminum
Features
t Optical system fully enclosed in housing to protect Listings
components during shipment and installation UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards for 25°C ambient
temperatures. Suitable for damp locations.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: FAL 54L


Series Lamp type Distribution Voltage Ballast configuration
FAL Aisle lighter, 8' Lamps installed1 (blank) Focus distribution, no uplight, SC (blank) MVOLT2 (blank) Standard configuration (see table)
FAL12 Aisle lighter, 12' 54L 54W T5HO < 0.9 347 347V 1/4 One 4-lamp ballast
FAL16 Aisle lighter, 16' 32L 32W T8 480 480V3 2/2 Two 2-lamp ballasts
28L 28W T5
Unlamped
54 54W T5HO
32 32W T8
28 28W T5

Ballast Lamp color Options


(blank) T5HO electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start T5HO LP830A F54T5HO/830 T5 EL14 Emergency battery pack
(blank) T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start, high BF (blank) F54T5HO/841 LP835A F54T5HO/835 (blank) 28T5/841 (1400 lumens)5, 6
(blank) T5 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, programmed rapid start LP830 F54T5HO/830 T8 LP835 28T5/835 GLR Internal fast-blow fuse6
GEB10IS T8 electronic ballast, ≤10% THD, instant start, normal BF LP835 F54T5HO/835 (blank) F32T8/741 LP850 28T5/850 OCS OnePass® installed6
LP850 F54T5HO/850 LP730 F32T8/730 PAF Powder coat after fabrication
T5HO Amalgam4 LP735 F32T8/735 WGI Wireguard, 11-gauge, PAF
LP841A F54T5HO/841 MSI Occupancy sensor pre-wired6

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
NOMINAL SIZE SERIES FIXTURE CONFIGURATION NUMBER OF LAMPS unless otherwise noted.
7.2 x 8’ (18.3 x 243.8) FAL 8' section 2
7.2 x 12’ (18.3 x 365.8) FAL12 4' + 8' section 3
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

7.2 x 16’ (18.3 x 487.7) FAL16 Two 8' sections 4


3-5/8
STANDARD BALLAST CONFIGURATIONS (9.2)
LAMP TYPE 8' 12' 16'
T5HO One 2-lamp ballast One 3-lamp ballast One 4-lamp ballast 7-3/8
T8 (0.88 BF) One 2-lamp ballast One 3-lamp ballast One 4-lamp ballast (18.7)
T8 (1.2 BF) One 2-lamp ballast One 3-lamp ballast Two 2-lamp ballasts
28 T5 Notes
1 Unless otherwise specified, lamps installed are F54T5HO/841 for T5HO,
ACCESSORIES F32T8/741 for T8, or 28T5/841 for T5.
ORDER SEPARATELY 2 120-277V.
HSD36 Chain hanger, 36" 3 For use with T5HO. Consult factory for use with T8.
WGFAL Wireguard, 43"6 4 Not for use with sensors or EL14.
5 UL Listed for 40°C ambient. Consult factory for 6-lamp fixtures. Output
in emergency mode varies with ambient temperature (approximately
944 lumens at 25°C and 911 lumens at 45°C). Single-lamp operation
only. Not available with HVOLT. Requires some assembly in field for
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 6-lamp fixture.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 Specify voltage.

536 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 536 2/27/14 9:46 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

HIGH BAY
Intended Use t PA22 or PA22L: high-performance UV-stablized
Use in high mounting heights that require high
efficiencies, horizontal illumination and premium
prismatic acrylic refractor (available lensed or
open) RHMC A17
glare control. Ideal for general manufacturing areas
and warehouse aisles.
Features
t Electronic HID ballasts are 100% factory-tested
t 3/4” threaded hub for suspended mounting with
RHMC PA22
t Die-cast aluminum housing rigid conduit (other mounting options available)

t Integral splice box mounting flange ensures Listings


structural integrity UL and cUL Listed for damp locations, 40°C ambient.

t A17: premium spun aluminum anodized


17” reflector

With lens option

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RHMC 210MP A17 208 HEB CR
2
Series Wattage Reflector Voltage Ballast
1
RHMC Protected metal halide A17 Open aluminum 208 HEB
210MP 210W2, 3 PA22 Open acrylic 240
315MP 315W2 PA22L Lensed (tempered glass acrylic) 277
TVOLT

Options Finish
SF Single fuse (277)4 LOCS Loop, 5' white cord, RELOC® OCS4, 7 GL17 Tempered glass lens9 (blank) Textured dark gray with aluminum accents
DF Double fuse (208, 240)4 HOCS Hook, 5' white cord, RELOC OCS4, 7 GL17WG Tempered glass lens with wireguard9 DNA Gloss natural aluminum with aluminum accents
EC Emergency circuit4, 5, 6 LOCU Loop, 5' white cord, RELOC OCU4, 7 DIM Dimmimg access terminal DBLB Textured black with aluminum accents
QRS Quartz restrike system4, 5, 6 HOCU Hook, 5' white cord, RELOC OCU4, 7 CSA Listed and labeled to comply with DWH Gloss white
LCPP Loop, cord, plug requires TPH, PPH4 W/Lamp 210W or 315W lamp8 Canadian Standards CR Corrosion-resistant finish
LC3P Loop, 3' cord, 15A NEMA® twist-lock Q150DC QRS lamp for 210W8 NOM NOM Certified (consult factory)
plug4 Q175DC QRS lamp for 315W8
HC3P Hook, 3' cord, 15A NEMA twist-lock plug4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
HKF Fixture hook female
LPF Fixture loop female

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


SCK 60” safety chain kit
WGA17 Wireguard9
HKM Fixture hook male
HKMG Grommeted fixture hook male
LPM Fixture loop male
LPMG Grommeted fixture loop male
TPH Through-wire power hook10
PPH Pendant power hook10 Notes
DCY Cylinder shade 1 Lamp not included.
DSQ Square shade 2 These wattages comply with California Title 20.
DHX Hexagonal shade 3 Dimming over 25% of operational time not recommended by lamp/ballast
manufacturer.
4 Must specify voltage.
5 Quartz lamp max wattage is 150 for 210M. QRS max wattage is 250 for 315M.
6 Option is not field-installable. Must be factory-installed.
7 May be ordered with 10', 15' and 20' cords. For black cord, specify BK (i.e.: HOCSBK).
8 Will ship as separate line item.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 9 When ordering GL17 option, wireguard must be factory-installed on glass.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 10 Must use with LCPP.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 537

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 537 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t 16’ borosilicate glass reflector mounted with heavy-gauge

RHPG PG16 Use in high mounting heights that require high efficiencies,
horizontal illumination, premium contrast control and higher
wire form
t Reflector wire form is die-formed 14-gauge, corrosion-

RHPG PG16A thermal performance. Ideal for heavy manufacturing areas,


retail and warehouse aisles.
Features
resistant, zinc-plated steel with integral locking brackets
t Electronic HID ballasts are 100% factory-tested
t Die-cast aluminum housing t 3/4” threaded hub for suspended mounting with rigid
t Integral splice box mounting flange ensures structural conduit (other mounting options available)
integrity Listings
UL/cUL Listed for damp locations, 40°C ambient.

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: RHPG 210MP PG16 N 208 HEB CR
2
Series Wattage Reflector Distribution Voltage Ballast
RHPG1 Protected metal halide PG16 N Narrow 208 HEB
210MP 210W2,3 PG16A M Medium 240
315MP 315W2 W Wide 277
TVOLT

Options Finish
4 4, 7 8
SF Single fuse (277) LOCS Loop, 5' white cord, RELOC® OCS Q175DC QRS lamp for 315W (blank) Textured dark gray with aluminum accents
DF Double fuse (208, 240)4 HOCS Hook, 5' white cord, RELOC OCS4, 7 DIM Dimming access terminal DNA Gloss natural aluminum with aluminum
EC Emergency circuit4, 5, 6 LOCU Loop, 5' white cord, RELOC OCU4, 7 CSA Listed and labeled to comply accents
QRS Quartz restrike system4, 5, 6 HOCU Hook, 5' white cord, RELOC OCU4, 7 with Canadian Standards DBLB Textured black with aluminum accents
LCPP Loop, cord, plug requires TPH, PPH4 W/Lamp 210W or 315W lamp8 NOM NOM Certified (consult factory) DWH Gloss white
LC3P Loop, 3' cord, 15A NEMA® twist-lock plug4 Q150DC QRS lamp for 210W8 CR Corrosion-resistant finish
HC3P Hook, 3' cord, 15A NEMA twist-lock plug4

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES
ORDER SEPARATELY
HKF Fixture hook female
LPF Fixture loop female
SCK 60” safety chain kit
WGPG16 Lower wireguard
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

GFWG16 Upper wireguard


HKM Fixture hook male
HKMG Grommeted fixture hook male
LPM Fixture loop male
LPMG Grommeted fixture loop male
TPH Through-wire power hook10
PPH Pendant power hook11

Notes
1 Lamp not included.
2 These wattages comply with California Title 20.
3 Dimming over 25% of operational time not recommended by lamp/ballast manufacturer.
4 Must specify voltage.
5 Quartz lamp max wattage is 150 for 210M. QRS max wattage is 250 for 315M .
6 Option is not field-installable. Must be factory-installed.
7 May be ordered with 10', 15' and 20' cords. For black cord specify BK (i.e.: HOCSBK).
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 8 Will ship as separate line item.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 9 Must use with LCPP.

538 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 538 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

HIGH BAY
Intended Use t EISA legislation compliant, required for 350-400W
Use in high mounting heights that require high efficiencies,
horizontal illumination, premium glare control and total
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
t Suitable for suspension mounting with 3/4” rigid conduit or
TE E17
enclosure. Ideal for heavy manufacturing areas, gymnasiums
and wet location applications. optional mounting accessories
Listings
TE E22
Features
t Housing utilizes heavy-duty, die-cast aluminum halves UL Listed -30°C to 55°C ambient operations and damp locations. Hi-Tek®
High ambient (HA option) of 65°C available. UL Listed to U.S.
t One-piece totally enclosed and gasketed aluminum reflector and Canadian safety standards (see Options). NOM Certified (see
Options).
t All ballasts are 100% factory-tested
t HPS: Constant wattage autotransformer; MH: Super CWA
pulse-start ballasts, 88% efficient

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: TE 400M E17 M TB SCWA


2
Series Lamp type Reflector Distribution Voltage
TE Metal halide 400M High pressure sodium E17 N Narrow TB3
175M 750M 70S E22 C Concentrated 120
200M1 875M 100S M Medium 2084,5
250M 1000M 150S S Spread 2404,5,6
320M1 200S W Wide 277
350M 400S 347
4804,5

Ballast Options
Pulse-start metal halide For options and accessories, see pages 575-593.
For shipments to U.S. territories, SCWA must be specified to comply with EISA.
SCWA Super constant wattage autotransformer
RLB Regulated lag ballast
Non-EISA compliant
(blank) Standard magnetic ballast 7,8
CWI Constant wattage isolated 7,8
SCWI Isolated SCWA 7,9
MRB Magnetic regulator ballast

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
REFLECTOR LAMP TYPE DISTRIBUTION unless otherwise noted.
70S, 100S, 150S, 200S,
E17 C, M, S, W

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


175M, 200M, 250M
E17 320M, 350M, 400M, 400S M, S, W
E22 350M, 400M, 750M, 875M, 400S N, C
24-3/8 24-3/8
E22 1000M C, M, S (61.9) (61.9)

17-3/8 Notes
17-3/8 1 These wattages comply with California Title 20.
(44.1) (44.1)
2 See Configurations table for availability.
3 Optional multi-tap ballast (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V; 120V, 277V, 347V
17-7/8 23 in Canada).
(45.4) (58.4) 4 Requires CWI or RLB option in Canada for metal halide. Available for
TE E17 TE E22 175-450W only.
5 Requires CWI or MRB option in Canada for high pressure sodium.
Available for 70-400W only.
6 220V and 240V 50Hz and 60Hz ballasts are available for use with U.S.,
protected metal halide and high pressure sodium lamps.
7 Available for shipments outside of U.S. only.
8 175-400W metal halide only.
9 400W metal halide only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 539

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 539 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t EISA legislation compliant, required for 350-400W

TPG PG16A Use in high mounting heights that require high efficiencies,
horizontal illumination, premium contrast control and
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
t CSA, NOM or INTL required for probe-start shipments

TPG PG21A higher thermal performance. Ideal for heavy manufacturing


areas, retail and warehouse aisles. (must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only

TPG PG16 Features


t Housing utilizes heavy-duty, die-cast aluminum halves
t Suitable for suspension mounting with 3/4” rigid conduit
or optional mounting accessories

TPG PG21 t Borosilicate glass reflector mounted with heavy-gauge


wire form
Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. NOM Certi-
fied. UL Listed for damp locations. Ambient operation -30° to
DuraBay® t All ballasts are 100% factory-tested 55°C. High ambient (HA option) of 65°C available.
t HPS: Constant wattage autotransformer; MH: Super CWA
pulse-start ballasts, 88% efficient

TPG PG21A

TPG PG16

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: TPG 400MP PG16 M TB SCWA
2
Series Lamp type Reflector Distribution Voltage
TPG Protected metal halide 875MP PG16 N Narrow TB3
175MP 1000MP PG21 C Concentrating 120
200MP1 High pressure sodium PG16A M Medium 2084,5
250MP 150S PG21A S Spread 2404,5,6
320MP1 200S W Widespread 277
350MP 250S N21 Narrow 347
400MP 400S C21 Concentrating 4804,5
450MP 1000S M21 Medium (1000S only) TBV7

Ballast Options
Pulse start metal halide Non-EISA ballast For options and accessories, see pages 575-593.
For shipments to U.S. territories, SCWA must be specified to comply with EISA. (blank) Standard magnetic ballast8
SCWA Super constant wattage autotransformer CWI Constant wattage isolated8
RLB Regulated lag ballast MRB Magnetic regulator ballast
SCWI Isolated SCWA8,9

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)


REFLECTOR LAMP TYPE DISTRIBUTION unless otherwise noted.
175MP, 200MP, 250MP, 320MP, 400MP,
PG16 N, C, M, S, W
450MP, 150S
PG16 200S, 250S, 400S C, M, S, W Notes
26 28 1 These wattages comply with California Title 20.
PG16A 150S N, C, M, S, W (66.0) (71.1)
2 See Configurations table for availability.
175MP, 200MP, 250MP 320MP, 350MP,
PG16A C, M, S, W 3 Optional multi-tap ballast (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V; 120V, 277V, 347V
400MP, 450MP200S, 250S, 400S
in Canada).
PG21 200MP, 350MP, 400MP, 450MP M21 10-1/2 12-1/2 4 Requires CWI or RLB option in Canada for metal halide. Available for
PG21 875MP, 1000MP, 400S C21 (26.7) (31.8) 175-450W only.
PG21 1000S N21 5 Requires CWI or MRB option in Canada for high pressure sodium. Available
PG21A 350MP, 400MP, 450MP N21 17-1/4 22-1/2 for 70-400W only, 200V and 240V, 50Hz and 60Hz ballast available for
PG21A 875MP, 1000MP, 400S C21 (44.3) (57.2) use with U.S. metal halide and high pressure sodium lamps.
PG21A 1000S M21 TPG PG16 TPG PG21 6 220V and 240V, 50Hz and 60Hz ballasts available for use with U.S.
protected metal halide lamps.
7 Optional SCWA five-tap ballast (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V, 480V). Available
for 250W, 400W, 1000W metal halide and high pressure sodium (CWA
only).
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 8 Available for shipments outside of U.S. only.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 9 400W metal halide only.

540 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 540 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

HIGH BAY
Intended Use t EISA legislation compliant, required for 350-400W
Use in high mounting heights that require high
efficiencies, horizontal illumination, premium contrast
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
t CSA, NOM or INTL required for probe-start shipments
TPGE PG16GLE
control and higher thermal performance. Ideal for heavy
manufacturing areas, retail and warehouse aisles. (must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
PG21GLE
Features
t Housing utilizes heavy-duty, die-cast aluminum
t Suitable for suspension mounting with 3/4” rigid
conduit or optional mounting accessories
TPGE PG16AGLE
halves
t Borosilicate glass reflector mounted with heavy-
gauge wire form
Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. NOM
Certified. UL Listed for damp locations. Ambient
PG21GLE
operation -30° to 55°C. High ambient (HA option) of 65°C DuraBay®
t All ballasts are 100% factory-tested available. UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards
(see Options). NOM Certified (see Options).
t HPS: Constant wattage autotransformer; MH: Super
CWA pulse-start ballasts, 88% efficient

TPGE PG21AGLE TPGE PG16AGLE

TPGE PG16GLE TPGE PG21GLE


ORDERING INFORMATION
Tasdf
Specifications subject to change. Example: TPGE 400M PG16GLE M TB SCWA
Series Lamp type Reflector Distribution2 Voltage
TPGE Metal halide 400M High pressure sodium PG16GLE N Narrow TB3
175M 450M 150S PG21GLE C Concentrating 120
200M1 750M 200S PG16AGLE M Medium 2084,5
250M 875M 250S PG21AGLE S Spread 2404,5,6
320M1 1000M 400S W Widespread 277
350M 1000S N21 Narrow 347
C21 Concentrating 4804,5
TBV7

Ballast Options
Pulse-start metal halide Non-EISA ballast For options and accessories, see pages 575-593.
For shipments to U.S. territories, SCWA must be specified to comply with EISA. (blank) Standard magnetic ballast8
SCWA Super constant wattage autotransformer CWI Constant wattage isolated8
RLB Regulated lag ballast MRB Magnetic regulator ballast
SCWI Isolated SCWA8,9

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
REFLECTOR LAMP TYPE DISTRIBUTION unless otherwise noted.
150S, 175M, 250M, 320M, 350M,
PG16GLE, PG16AGLE N, C, M, S, W Notes
400M, 450M
26-1/8 28-1/2 1 These wattages comply with California Title 20.
PG16GLE, PG16AGLE 200S, 250S, 400S C, M, S, W (72.4)
(66.4) 2 See Configurations table for availability.
PG21GLE, PG21AGLE 350M, 400M, 450M, 750M, 875M N21
PG21GLE, PG21AGLE 1000M, 400S, 1000S C21 3 Optional multi-tap ballast (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V; 120V, 277V,
17-5/8 20-1/2 347V in Canada).
(44.7) (52.1) 4 Requires CWI or RLB option in Canada for metal halide. Available
for 175-450W only.
5 Requires CWI or MRB option in Canada for high pressure sodium.
17-1/4 22-1/2 Available for 70-400W only, 200V and 240V, 50Hz and 60Hz
(44.3) (57.2) ballast available for use with U.S. metal halide and high pressure
TPG PG16GLE sodium lamps.
TPG PG21GLE
6 220V and 240V, 50Hz and 60Hz ballasts available for use with U.S.
protected metal halide lamps.
7 Optional SCWA five-tap ballast (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V, 480V).
Available for 250W, 400W, 1000W metal halide and high pressure
sodium (CWA only).
8 Available for shipments outside of U.S. only.
9 400W metal halide only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 541

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 541 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t All ballasts are 100% factory-tested

TH PA22 Use in high mounting heights that require higher efficiencies,


general horizontal/high vertical illumination and premium t HPS: Constant wattage autotransformer; MH: Super CWA
pulse-start ballasts, 88% efficient

TH PA25 contrast control. Ideal for light manufacturing areas, warehouse


and retail aisles.
Features
t EISA legislation compliant, required for 350-400W
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
Acrylume® t Housing utilizes heavy-duty, die-cast aluminum halves t CSA, NOM or INTL required for probe-start shipments
t UV-stablized, high-efficiency, high-performance acrylic (must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
reflectors t Suitable for suspension mounting with 3/4” rigid conduit
t PA25 and PA22 provide 20% uplight or optional mounting accessories

t PA22E provides 15% uplight; enclosed with tempered Listings


prismatic glass lens UL Listed -30°C to 55°C ambient operations and damp locations.
Listed and labeled to comply with Canadian Standards. NOM
TH PA22
t PA22N provides 18% uplight Certified (see Options).

TH PA25

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: TH 400MP PA22 TB SCWA


2
Series Lamp type Reflector Voltage Ballast Options
TH Protected metal halide 450MP PA22 TB 5
Pulse-start metal halide For options and accessories,
see pages 575-593.
175MP 875MP PA22N 120 For shipments to U.S. territories, SCWA must be specified to comply with EISA.
200MP1 1000MP PA22L3 2086,7 SCWA Super constant wattage autotransformer
250MP High pressure sodium PA22E4 2406,7,8 RLB Regulated lag ballast (175-400W)
320MP1 250S PA25 277 Non-EISA ballast
350MP 400S 347 (blank) Standard magnetic ballast9
400MP 1000S 4806,7 SCWI Isolated SCWA (400W)9,10
CWI Constant wattage isolated9
MRB Magnetic regulator ballast

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

CONFIGURATIONS Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
REFLECTOR LAMP TYPE unless otherwise noted.
175MP, 200MP, 250MP, 320MP, 350MP,
PA22, PA22N, PA22E, PA22L 400MP, 450MP, 250S, 400S
PA25 875MP, 1000MP, 1000S 24-1/4 to 27-1/4 23-1/8 to 26-1/8
(61.6 to 69.2) (58.7 to 66.4)

13-1/2 14-1/4
(34.3) (36.2)
22-3/8
(56.8) 25-7/8
(65.7)
TH PA22
TH PA25
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

Notes
1 These wattages comply with California Title 20.
2 See Configurations table for availability.
3 Lensed bottom, open top. Periodic cleaning maintains
performance. Does not meet UL lamp rupture containment.
4 Enclosed bottom, open top. Meets UL lamp rupture
containment standards. Periodic cleaning maintains performance.
5 Optional multi-tap ballast (12OV, 208V, 247V, 277V; 120V, 277V, 347V
in Canada).
6 Requires CWI or RLB option in Canada for metal halide. Available in
175-400W.
7 Requires CWI or MRB option in Canada for high pressure sodium.
Available 70-400W.
8 220V and 240V, 50Hz and 60Hz ballasts available for use
with U.S. protected metal halide lamps.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 9 Available for shipments outside of U.S. only.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 10 400W metal halide only.

542 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 542 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

HIGH BAY
Intended Use t EISA legislation compliant, required for 350-400W
Use in high mounting heights that require high efficiencies,
horizontal illumination and premium glare control. Ideal for
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
t CSA, NOM or INTL required for probe-start shipments
TH A17
general manufacturing areas and warehouse aisles.
Features
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
t Suitable for suspension mounting with 3/4” rigid conduit or
TH A22
t Housing utilizes heavy-duty, die-cast aluminum halves
optional mounting accessories Hi-Tek®
t Premium spun aluminum anodized reflector available in
17” or 22” (optional lens); fluted design minimizes arc tube Listings
voltage rise UL Listed -30°C to 55°C ambient operations and damp locations.
High ambient (HA option) of 65°C available. Listed and labeled to
t All ballasts are 100% factory-tested comply with Canadian Standards. NOM Certified (see Options).
t HPS: Constant wattage autotransformer; MH: Super CWA
pulse-start ballasts, 88% efficient

TH A17

TH A22

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: TH 400MP A17 TB SCWA


2
Series Lamp type Reflector Voltage Ballast Options
TH Protected metal halide High pressure sodium A17 TB3 Pulse-start metal halide For options and accessories,
175MP 70S A22 120 For shipments to U.S. territories, SCWA must be specified to comply with EISA. see pages 575-593.
200MP1 100S 2084,5 SCWA Super constant wattage autotransformer
250MP 150S 2404,5,6 RLB Regulates lag ballast
320MP1 200S 277 Non-EISA ballast
350MP 250S 347 (blank) Standard magnetic ballast7
400MP 400S 4804,5 SCWI Isolated SCWA7,8
450MP 1000S CWI Constant wattage isolated7
875MP MRB Magnetic regulator ballast
1000MP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


CONFIGURATIONS
Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
REFLECTOR LAMP TYPE mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
175MP, 200MP, 250MP, 320MP, 350MP, 400MP, 450MP, unless otherwise noted.
A17 70S, 100S, 150S, 200S, 250S, 400S
A22 875MP, 1000MP, 100S, 150S, 200S, 250S, 400S, 1000S
21-5/8 to 24-5/8 21-5/8 to 24-5/8
(55.0 to 62.5) (55.0 to 62.5)

12-1/8 12-1/4
(30.8) (31.1)

17-7/8 23-1/4

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


(45.4) (59.1)
TH A17 TH A22

Notes
1 These wattages comply with California Title 20.
2 See Configurations table for availability.
3 Optional multi-tap ballast (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V; 120V, 277V, 347V in Canada).
4 Requires CWI or RLB option in Canada for metal halide. Available in 175-400W.
5 Requires CWI or MRB option in Canada for metal halide. Available in 70-400W.
6 220V and 240V, 50Hz and 60Hz ballasts available for use with U.S. protected metal
halide lamps.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 7 Available for shipments outside of U.S. only.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 8 400W metal halide only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 543

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 543 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
HIGH BAY

Intended Use t HPS: Constant wattage autotransformer; MH: Super CWA

TH A16 Use in high mounting heights that require high efficiencies and
horizontal illumination. Ideal for general manufacturing areas,
pulse-start ballasts, 88% efficient
t EISA legislation compliant, required for 350-400W

TH A16GL storage areas and warehouse aisles where color is critical.


Features
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only

THD A16 t Housing utilizes heavy-duty, die-cast aluminum halves t CSA, NOM or INTL required for probe-start shipments
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
t High-efficiency, annodized, spun aluminum with fluted
t Suitable for suspension mounting with 3/4” rigid conduit
Hi-Tek® design that minimizes arc-tube voltage life for optimal
lamp life or optional mounting accessories

t A16 open optical assemblies are self-cleaning with a Listings


ventilated design that carries contaminants out through UL Listed -30°C to 55°C ambient operations and damp locations.
top of reflector High ambient (HA option) of 65°C available (HA option not avail-
able with THD). UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards
t A16GL optical assemblies feature a gasketed clear (see Options). NOM Certified (see Options).
tempered-glass lens with hinge and stainless steel latches
t All ballasts are 100% factory-tested

TH A16 / THD A16

TH A16GL

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: TH 400MP A16 TB SCWA


Series Lamp type Reflector Voltage Ballast Options
4
TH Protected metal halide High pressure sodium A16 TB Pulse-start metal halide For options and accessories, see pages
THD1 200MP2 70S A16GL3 120 For shipments to U.S. territories, SCWA must be specified to 575-593.
250MP 100S 2085,6 comply with EISA.
320MP2 150S 2405,6,7 SCWA Super constant wattage autotransformer
350MP 200S 277 RLB Regulated lag ballast
400MP 250S 347 Non-EISA ballast
400S 4805,6 (blank) Standard magnetic ballast8
SCWI Isolated SCWA8,9
CWI Constant wattage isolated8
MRB Magnetic regulator ballast

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

H
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

TH A16-THD A16 TH A16GL


Notes
1 THD consists of TH housing and A16 reflector shipped in one carton.
Diameter: 16-3/8 (41.6) 17-3/4 (45.0) Available with 400MP SCWA tapped ballast only.
Reflector height: 9-5/8 (24.4) 10-1/4 (26.0) 2 These wattages are California Title 20 compliant.
Height: 19 to 22 19-5/8 to 22-5/8 3 Lens cannot be field-installed on open A16.
(48.2 to 55.9) (49.8 to 57.5)
4 Optional multi-tap ballast (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V; 120V, 277V, 347V in
Canada).
5 Requires CWI or RLB option in Canada for metal halide. Available for
175-450W only.
6 Requires CWI or MRB option in Canada for high pressure sodium.
Available for 70-400W only.
7 220V and 240V 50Hz and 60Hz ballasts available for use with U.S. protected
metal halide and high pressure sodium lamps.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 8 Available for shipments outside of U.S. only.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 9 400W metal halide only.

544 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 544 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID

HIGH BAY
t HPS: Constant wattage autotransformer; MH: Super CWA

TH A14
Intended Use
Use in high mounting heights that require high efficiencies and pulse-start ballasts, 88% efficient
horizontal illumination. Ideal for general manufacturing areas,
storage areas and warehouse aisles where color is critical.
Features
t EISA legislation compliant, required for 350-400W (must
order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
TH A15
t Housing utilizes heavy-duty, die-cast aluminum halves
t High-efficiency, annodized, spun aluminum with fluted
t CSA, NOM or INTL required for probe-start shipments
(must order SCWA option) for U.S. shipments only
t Suitable for suspension mounting with 3/4” rigid conduit
THD A15
design that minimizes arc-tube voltage life for optimal
or optional mounting accessories
Hi-Tek®
lamp life
t A16 open optical assemblies are self-cleaning with a Listings
ventilated design that carries contaminants out through UL Listed -30°C to 55°C ambient operations and damp locations.
top of reflector High ambient (HA option) of 65°C available (HA option not avail-
able with THD). UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards
t A16GL optical assemblies feature a gasketed clear (see Options). NOM Certified (see Options).
tempered-glass lens with hinge and stainless steel latches
t All ballasts are 100% factory-tested

TH A14

TH A15 / THD A15

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: TH 400MP A15 TB SCWA


Series Lamp type Reflector Voltage Ballast Options
3
TH Protected metal halide High pressure sodium A14 TB Pulse-start metal halide For options and accessories, see pages
THD1 200MP2 70S A15 120 For shipments to U.S. territories, SCWA must be specified to 575-593.
250MP 100S 2084,5 comply with EISA.
320MP2 150S 2404,5,6 SCWA Super constant wattage autotransformer
350MP 200S 277 RLB Regulated lag ballast
400MP 250S 347 Non-EISA ballast
400S 4804,5 (blank) Standard magnetic ballast7
SCWI Isolated SCWA7,8
CWI Constant wattage isolated7
MRB Magnetic regulator ballast

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

17-1/8 to 19-1/8 17-5/8 to 20-5/8


(43.5 to 48.6) (44.7 to 52.4)

8-1/8

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


(20.6)
8-1/4
13-5/8 (30.8)
(34.6)
TH A14 14-1/8
(35.9)
Notes
TH A15 / THD A15 1 THD consists of TH housing and A15 reflector shipped in one carton.
Available with 400MP SCWA tapped ballast only.
2 These wattages are California Title 20 compliant.
3 Optional multi-tap ballast (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V; 120V, 277V, 347V in
Canada).
4 Requires CWI or RLB option in Canada for metal halide. Available for
175-450W only.
5 Requires CWI or MRB option in Canada for high pressure sodium.
Available for 70-400W only.
6 220V and 240V 50Hz and 60Hz ballasts available for use with U.S. protected
metal halide and high pressure sodium lamps.
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 7 Available for shipments outside of U.S. only.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 8 400W metal halide only.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 545

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 545 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION HID
HIGH BAY

Intended Use • CHD: utilizes anodized 15” spun aluminum reflector

HID HIGH BAY CHD open high bay fixture with anodized aluminum high bay
reflector for use in high mounting heights that require high • CTL: utilizes steel safety cage that protects the lamp while

HID WORK LIGHT efficiencies and horizontal illumination with mounting heights allowing maximum light output; 6’ cord standard
of 20 feet and taller. Ideal for use in light manufacturing areas, • All ballasts are 100% factory-tested
storage areas and warehouse aisles.
• MH: Super CWA pulse-start ballasts, 88% efficient and EISA
CTL HID worklight with steel safety cage for use as a temporary legislation compliant
light source. Ideal for use in new construction and during
renovation of interior spaces. Listings
UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards for 30°C to 50°C
Features ambient operations and damp locations.
• Durable die-cast aluminum housing with compact design
• Steel hook and steel spring latch on removable pendant
splice box

CHD

CTL

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: CHD400PPSL


Dimensions (L x W x D, Fixture Pallet
Catalog number/Description Inches) weight (Lbs.) quantity Component parts/description
CHD400PPSL Ballast housing containing 400W MH pulse-start ballast, protected 14-1/8” x 14-1/8” x 22-1/8” 21.32 18 CHCX 400PPS HSG Housing with 400W protected socket,
exclusionary PINK socket, mounting legs, 400W MH protected pulse-start pendant splice box, steel hook and
lamp, reflector legs, 15” reflector and hook with pendant splice box reflector legs; works with either CHD
CHD400PL CSA Ballast housing containing 400W MH probe-start ballast, protected 14-1/8” x 14-1/8” x 22-1/8” 21.32 18 or CXD optical
exclusionary PINK socket, mounting legs, 400W MH protected probe- A15 15 inch spun aluminum reflector
start lamp, reflector legs, 15” reflector and hook with pendant splice box
WKLTGCAGE Wire cage for CTL fixture
CTL400PPSL Ballast housing containing 400W MH pulse-start ballast, protected 24-1/4” x 9-7/8” x 8-1/4” 21.2 32
exclusionary PINK socket, mounting legs, 400W MH protected pulse-start WGA15 Wireguard for A15 (must be ordered
lamp, outer cage and hook with pendant splice box separately

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.


Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.

22-1/8
(56.2) 24-1/4
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

(61.6)

14-1/8
(35.9)
9-7/8
CHD (25.1)

CTL

Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the Notes
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 1 Canadian products ship with standard probe-start ballast.

546 www.lithonia.com PSG11


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

LOW BAY
Intended Use t Joiners and modules are made from die-cast, zinc alloy
The PROTEON™ SL LED luminaire offers commercial building
owners, retailers and institutions an innovative, continuous-
row solution that better utilizes light to emphasize areas of
which reduces electro-magnetic interference (EMI)
t Utilizes precision-molded acrylic diffusers
PTNSL
focus while reducing energy. Using custom optics, the luminaire
Proteon SL
t Thermally protected driver(s) standard with 0-10V dimming
can provide unparalleled uniformity and achieve a horizontal-
to-vertical light ratio not attainable through t Suitable for suspension or surface-mounting with
previous technologies. appropriate mounting accessories

Features Listings
t Extruded housing and heat sink made from 6063-T5 CSA Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards (UL 1598 and
aluminum allows for superior thermal management to C22.2NO.250.0-08). For use in damp locations. U.S. patents
reduce both LED and driver temperature pending. Suitable for ambient temperatures from 5°C (41°F) -
40°C (105°F).

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: PTNSL4 ND OSR LP841


Series Distribution Voltage Driver Color temperature Joiner finish Options
PTNSL4 4’ AD1 Aisle, 17° off center (blank) MVOLT 18 OSRAM® LP835 83 CRI, 3500K CCT (blank) Textured dark gray CRE Continuous row, end, one end cap included
PTNSL8 8’ 120 120V driver LP841 83 CRI, 4100K CCT DNA Natural aluminum CRM Continuous row, middle, no end caps included
AD2 Aisle, 24° off center
ND Narrow area 208 208V LP850 83 CRI, 5000K CCT DWH White PLR1G Single-circuit through wire
WD Wide area 240 240V PLR22G Two-circuit alternating, through wire
277 277V PLR1LVG Single-circuit through wire, low voltage
PLR22LVG Alternating two-circuit through wire, low
voltage
PLR2ALVG Two-circuit through wire, with A circuit
connected to driver
PLR2BLVG Two-circuit through wire, with B circuit
connected to driver
GLR Internal fast-blow fuse1
CS95BL Cord no plug, black2
CS12BL 277V twist-lock, black1,2
CS2BL 120V straight plug, black1,2
UPL Uplight, non-dimming3

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES CONFIGURATIONS
ORDER SEPARATELY LENGTH NOMINAL LUMENS WATTAGE COMPARABLE LIGHT SOURCE
AFAC120 Adjustable aircraft cable, 120” 4 4' 3,600 47 2/32T8 or 1/54T5HO
ZAC120 Adjustable aircraft cable with canopy, 120” 4 8' 7,200 92 4/32T8 or 2/54T5HO
ZACFP120 Adjustable aircraft cable with feed and canopy, 120” 4
ZAC240 Adjustable aircraft cable with canopy, 240” 4

LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL


ZACFP240 Adjustable aircraft cable with feed and canopy, 240” 4
TGCLP T-grid clips5

REPLACEMENT PARTS
ORDER SEPARATELY
DPTNSL4 AD1 Aisle, 17° off center6
DPTNSL4 AD2 Aisle, 24° off center6
DPTNSL4 ND Narrow area6
Notes
DPTNSL4 WD Wide area6
1 Must specify voltage.
2 All cords are 16/3, 6' black. If plug is included, voltage must be specified.
Other configurations available; consult factory. White cords available:
replace BL with W (Ex: CS93W).
3 Only available in 8' with LP835 and LP841.
4 Bracket spacing for PTNSL4 min. 28", max. 44"; for PTNSL8 min. 48",
max. 88".
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 5 Compatible with ZAC120, ZACFP120, ZAC240 and ZACFP240.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses. 6 PTNSL4 two lenses per fixture; PTNSL8 four lenses per fixture.

PSG11 www.lithonia.com 547

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 547 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED
LOW BAY

Intended Use t Utilizes high-output LEDs integrated on a two-layer circuit

ZL1N Built on the compact, low-profile Z strip channel, this LED strip
offers long maintenance-free life, several color temperatures,
lumen outputs and lengths. Ideal for new construction and
board ensuring cool-running operation
t Internal pluggable wiring harness prevents wiring errors
retrofit applications in both T5 and T8 lengths. Ideal for t LEDs provide 83 CRI at 3000K, 3500K, 4000K and 5000K
uplight and downlight in commercial, retail, manufacturing,
warehouse, cove and display applications. t Multi-volt input and 0-10V dimming standard

Features Listings
t Compact-design channel and cover are formed from UL Listed. CSA Certified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.
code-gauge cold-rolled steel For use in damp locations between -20°C (-13°F) and 30°C (86°F).

L/Lens

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: ZL1N L48 3000LM MVOLT 40K FST WH
1
Series Length Nominal lumens Voltage Color temperature Diffuser Options Finish
ZL1N L24 24” 3000LM 3,000 lumens MVOLT 120-277V 40K 83 CRI, 4000K FST Snap-on frosted, PLR Plug-in wiring WH White
TZL1N L48 24” 3000LM 3,000 lumens HVOLT 347-480V 30K 83 CRI, 3000K diffuser GALV Galvanized
5000LM 5,000 lumens 35K 83 CRI, 3500K L/LENS No diffuser MB Matte black
7000LM 7,000 lumens 50K 83 CRI, 5000K SKGY Smoke gray
L96 96” 6000LM 6,000 lumens
10000LM 10,000 lumens
14000LM 14,000 lumens

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional product information, visit www.lithonia.com.

ACCESSORIES Drawings are for dimensional detail only and may not represent actual
ORDER SEPARATELY mechanical configuration. Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
HC36 Hanger chain, 36” LSXR Sensor Switch® LSXR sensor
ZACVH Aircraft cable with hook ZSPRG For 15/16” T-grid only
2-1/8"
ZAC72 Aircraft cable, 72” WGZ24 24” wireguard, white (5.39)
ZACF72 Aircraft cable with feed, 72” WGZ48 48” wireguard, white2
ZAC120 Aircraft cable, 120” 2-1/8"
(5.39)
ZACF120 Aircraft cable with feed, 120”
ZAC144 Aircraft cable, 144”
ZACF144 Aircraft cable with feed, 144”

OPERATIONAL DATA
Nominal Delivered lumens Delivered lumens Delivered lumens Delivered lumens
Length 3000 K CCT @ 77°F 3500 K CCT @ 77°F 4000 K CCT @ 77°F 5000 K CCT @ 77°F Wattage @
lumen Comparable light source
(inches) (25°C) ambient (25°C ) ambient (25°C) ambient (25°C) ambient 120V/277V
package temperature temperature temperature temperature
LITHONIA LIGHTING | INDUSTRIAL

3,000LM 24 2,805 2,921 3,177 3,400 34W/32W 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 50W HID
3,000LM 48 2,532 2,636 2,834 3,068 32W/31W 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 50W HID
5,000LM 48 3,923 4,085 4,391 4,754 42W/41W 2-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 70W HID
Lensed

7,000LM 48 5,914 6,158 6,619 7,231 72W/70W 3-lamp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5HO, 100W HID
6,000LM 96 5,064 5,273 5,668 6,136 64W/62W 3-lamp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5HO, 100W HID
10,000LM 96 7,846 8,170 8,782 9,508 84W/82W 4-lamp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5HO, 100W HID
14,000LM 96 11,828 12,316 13,239 14,462 144W/140W 4-lamp 32W T8, 3-lamp 54W T5HO, 150W HID
3,000LM 24 3,165 3,295 3,582 3,835 34W/32W 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 50W HID
3,000LM 48 2,865 2,983 3,207 3,472 32W/31W 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 50W HID
5,000LM 48 4,439 4,622 4,968 5,379 42W/41W 2-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 70W HID
Unlensed

7,000LM 48 6,737 7,015 7,541 8,164 72W/70W 3-lamp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5HO, 100W HID
6,000LM 96 5,730 5,966 6,413 6,944 64W/62W 3-lamp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5HO, 100W HID
10,000LM 96 8,878 9,244 9,937 10,759 84W/82W 4-lamp 32W T8, 2-lamp 54W T5HO, 100W HID
14,000LM 96 13,474 14,031 15,082 16,329 144W/140W 4-lamp 32W T8, 3-lamp 54W T5HO, 150W HID

Notes
Certain airborne contaminants can diminish integrity of acrylic and polycarbonate. Refer to the 1 Refer to Operational Data table.
Acrylic & Polycarbonate Environmental Compatibility tables on pages 1116-1117 for suitable uses.
2 Order two for tandem double-length fixtures (TZL1N).

548 www.lithonia.com PSG11

Lithonia_Industrial_Section.indd 548 2/27/14 9:47 PM


PRODUCT INFORMATION LED

LOW BAY
Intended Use t Optical design distributes the light in the 0-60 degree
The MS Series LED is a linear solution ideal for open-ceiling
or suspended applications with mounting heights from
14 to 20 feet. Available as a complete luminaire, based on
zone, which provides better utilization of light on task
t Thermally protected driver(s) standard with 0-10V
MSL
the time-tested MS housing, the traditional fixture design dimming
offers time-saving installation options making it a favorite t Suitable for suspension mounting with appropriate
for contractors. It can be mounted in a continuous row or as mounting options
a stand-alone unit. Its full-body construction and multiple
mounting options adapt to a wide variety of suspended and Listings
open-ceiling applications. UL and cUL Listed to U.S. and Canadian standards. For use in
damp and dry locations with ambient temperatures ranging
Features from -20°C (-4°F) to 30°C (86°F). DesignLights Consortium®
t The full-body housing and optical assembly is precision- qualified product.
formed using 20-gauge steel
t The lensing integrates seamlessly into the optical hous-
ing to provide a sealed chamber to mitigate dust and
insect collection

ORDERING INFORMATION Specifications subject to change. Example: MSL 4L LP835 PLR22G


Series Lumens Voltage Color temperature Options
MSL 4L 4,100 lumens1 (blank) MVOLT3 LP835 3500K, 83 CRI (blank) End caps have flattened knockouts made for individual
TMSL 3L CLO 3,300 lumens2 120 120V LP840 4000K, 83 CRI mounting
8L 8,200 lumens 277 277V LP850 5000K, 83 CRI PLR1G Single-circuit, plug-in wiring
6L CLO 8,200 lumens PLR22G Two-circuit alternating plug-in wiring
PLR1LVG Single-circuit plug-in wiring with low-voltage leads
GLR Internal fast-blow fuse4
CS93W 600 SO white cord, no plug

You might also like